Junichi Katsu
iOSのBLEコントローラアプリ「RCBController」と接続し、コントローラの操作を取得するサンプルプログラムです。 mbed HRM1017で動作を確認しています。 2014.08.20時点でのBLEライブラリに対応しました。
Fork of
BLE_RCBController
by 
Junichi Katsu
Revision 4:ebda47d22091, committed 2014-08-20
- Comitter:
- jksoft
- Date:
- Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
- Parent:
- 3:9a2487262bb2
- Commit message:
- ?????????
Changed in this revision
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/btle/btle.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/btle/btle.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#include "common/common.h"
+#include "nordic_common.h"
+
+#include "app_timer.h"
+#include "btle.h"
+
+#include "ble_stack_handler_types.h"
+#include "ble_radio_notification.h"
+#include "ble_flash.h"
+#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER
+#include "ble_bondmngr.h"
+#endif
+#include "ble_conn_params.h"
+
+#include "btle_gap.h"
+#include "btle_advertising.h"
+#include "custom/custom_helper.h"
+
+#include "softdevice_handler.h"
+#include "pstorage.h"
+
+#include "GapEvents.h"
+#include "nRF51Gap.h"
+#include "nRF51GattServer.h"
+
+#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER /* disabled by default */
+static void service_error_callback(uint32_t nrf_error);
+#endif
+extern "C" void assert_nrf_callback(uint16_t line_num, const uint8_t *p_file_name);
+void app_error_handler(uint32_t error_code,
+ uint32_t line_num,
+ const uint8_t *p_file_name);
+
+#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER /* disabled by default */
+static error_t bond_manager_init(void);
+#endif
+
+static void btle_handler(ble_evt_t *p_ble_evt);
+
+static void sys_evt_dispatch(uint32_t sys_evt)
+{
+#if NEED_PSTORAGE /* disabled by default */
+ pstorage_sys_event_handler(sys_evt);
+#endif
+}
+
+error_t btle_init(void)
+{
+ APP_TIMER_INIT(0, 8, 5, false);
+// SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_INIT(NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_20_PPM, false);
+ SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_INIT(NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_4000MS_CALIBRATION, false);
+
+ ASSERT_STATUS( softdevice_ble_evt_handler_set(btle_handler));
+ ASSERT_STATUS( softdevice_sys_evt_handler_set(sys_evt_dispatch));
+
+#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER /* disabled by default */
+ bond_manager_init();
+#endif
+ btle_gap_init();
+
+ return ERROR_NONE;
+}
+
+static void btle_handler(ble_evt_t *p_ble_evt)
+{
+ /* Library service handlers */
+#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER /* disabled by default */
+ ble_bondmngr_on_ble_evt(p_ble_evt);
+#endif
+ ble_conn_params_on_ble_evt(p_ble_evt);
+
+ /* Custom event handler */
+ switch (p_ble_evt->header.evt_id) {
+ case BLE_GAP_EVT_CONNECTED: {
+ Gap::Handle_t handle = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.conn_handle;
+ nRF51Gap::getInstance().setConnectionHandle(handle);
+ nRF51Gap::getInstance().processHandleSpecificEvent(GapEvents::GAP_EVENT_CONNECTED, handle);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case BLE_GAP_EVT_DISCONNECTED: {
+ Gap::Handle_t handle = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.conn_handle;
+ // Since we are not in a connection and have not started advertising,
+ // store bonds
+ nRF51Gap::getInstance().setConnectionHandle (BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID);
+#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER /* disabled by default */
+ ASSERT_STATUS_RET_VOID ( ble_bondmngr_bonded_centrals_store());
+#endif
+ nRF51Gap::getInstance().processHandleSpecificEvent(GapEvents::GAP_EVENT_DISCONNECTED, handle);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ case BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_PARAMS_REQUEST: {
+ ble_gap_sec_params_t sec_params = {0};
+
+ sec_params.timeout = 30; /*< Timeout for Pairing Request or
+ * Security Request (in seconds). */
+ sec_params.bond = 1; /**< Perform bonding. */
+ sec_params.mitm = CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_MITM;
+ sec_params.io_caps = CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_IO_CAPABILITIES;
+ sec_params.oob = CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_OOB;
+ sec_params.min_key_size = CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_MIN_KEY_SIZE;
+ sec_params.max_key_size = CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_MAX_KEY_SIZE;
+
+ ASSERT_STATUS_RET_VOID(
+ sd_ble_gap_sec_params_reply(nRF51Gap::getInstance().
+ getConnectionHandle(),
+ BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SUCCESS,
+ &sec_params));
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case BLE_GAP_EVT_TIMEOUT:
+ if (p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.timeout.src == BLE_GAP_TIMEOUT_SRC_ADVERTISEMENT) {
+ nRF51Gap::getInstance().processEvent(GapEvents::GAP_EVENT_TIMEOUT);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case BLE_GATTC_EVT_TIMEOUT:
+ case BLE_GATTS_EVT_TIMEOUT:
+ // Disconnect on GATT Server and Client timeout events.
+ // ASSERT_STATUS_RET_VOID (sd_ble_gap_disconnect(m_conn_handle,
+ // BLE_HCI_REMOTE_USER_TERMINATED_CONNECTION));
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ nRF51GattServer::getInstance().hwCallback(p_ble_evt);
+}
+
+#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER /* disabled by default */
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Initialises the bond manager
+
+ @note Bond data will be cleared on reset if the bond delete
+ button is pressed during initialisation (the button is
+ defined as CFG_BLE_BOND_DELETE_BUTTON_NUM).
+
+ @returns
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+static error_t bond_manager_init(void)
+{
+ ble_bondmngr_init_t bond_para = {0};
+
+ ASSERT_STATUS ( pstorage_init());
+
+ bond_para.flash_page_num_bond = CFG_BLE_BOND_FLASH_PAGE_BOND;
+ bond_para.flash_page_num_sys_attr = CFG_BLE_BOND_FLASH_PAGE_SYS_ATTR;
+ //bond_para.bonds_delete = boardButtonCheck(CFG_BLE_BOND_DELETE_BUTTON_NUM) ;
+ bond_para.evt_handler = NULL;
+ bond_para.error_handler = service_error_callback;
+
+ ASSERT_STATUS( ble_bondmngr_init( &bond_para ));
+
+ /* Init radio active/inactive notification to flash (to only perform flashing when the radio is inactive) */
+ // ASSERT_STATUS( ble_radio_notification_init(NRF_APP_PRIORITY_HIGH,
+ // NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_4560US,
+ // ble_flash_on_radio_active_evt) );
+
+ return ERROR_NONE;
+}
+#endif // #if NEED_BOND_MANAGER
+
+#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER /* disabled by default */
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief
+ @param[in] nrf_error
+ @returns
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+static void service_error_callback(uint32_t nrf_error)
+{
+ ASSERT_STATUS_RET_VOID( nrf_error );
+}
+#endif // #if NEED_BOND_MANAGER
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Callback when an error occurs inside the SoftDevice
+
+ @param[in] line_num
+ @param[in] p-file_name
+
+ @returns
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+void assert_nrf_callback(uint16_t line_num, const uint8_t *p_file_name)
+{
+ ASSERT(false, (void) 0);
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Handler for general errors above the SoftDevice layer.
+ Typically we can' recover from this so we do a reset.
+
+ @param[in] error_code
+ @param[in] line_num
+ @param[in] p-file_name
+
+ @returns
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+void app_error_handler(uint32_t error_code,
+ uint32_t line_num,
+ const uint8_t *p_file_name)
+{
+ ASSERT_STATUS_RET_VOID( error_code );
+ NVIC_SystemReset();
+}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/btle/btle.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/btle/btle.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BTLE_H_
+#define _BTLE_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "common/common.h"
+
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+#include "ble.h"
+
+error_t btle_init(void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif // ifndef _BTLE_H_
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/btle/btle_advertising.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/btle/btle_advertising.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+#include "common/common.h"
+
+#include "ble_advdata.h"
+#include "btle.h"
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Starts the advertising process
+
+ @returns
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+error_t btle_advertising_start(void)
+{
+ ble_gap_adv_params_t adv_para = {0};
+
+ /* Set the default advertising parameters */
+ adv_para.type = BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPE_ADV_IND;
+ adv_para.p_peer_addr = NULL; /* Undirected advertising */
+ adv_para.fp = BLE_GAP_ADV_FP_ANY;
+ adv_para.p_whitelist = NULL;
+ adv_para.interval = (CFG_GAP_ADV_INTERVAL_MS * 8) / 5; /* Advertising
+ * interval in
+ * units of 0.625
+ * ms */
+ adv_para.timeout = CFG_GAP_ADV_TIMEOUT_S;
+
+ ASSERT_STATUS( sd_ble_gap_adv_start(&adv_para));
+
+ return ERROR_NONE;
+}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/btle/btle_advertising.h --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/HRM1017/btle/btle_advertising.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/* mbed Microcontroller Library + * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef _BTLE_ADVERTISING_H_ +#define _BTLE_ADVERTISING_H_ + +#include "common/common.h" + +error_t btle_advertising_start(void); + +#endif // ifndef _BTLE_ADVERTISING_H_
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/btle/btle_gap.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/btle/btle_gap.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+#include "common/common.h"
+
+#include "app_timer.h"
+#include "ble_gap.h"
+#include "ble_conn_params.h"
+
+static inline uint32_t msec_to_1_25msec(uint32_t interval_ms) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
+static void error_callback(uint32_t nrf_error);
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Initialise GAP in the underlying SoftDevice
+
+ @returns
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+error_t btle_gap_init(void)
+{
+ ble_gap_conn_params_t gap_conn_params = {0};
+
+ gap_conn_params.min_conn_interval = msec_to_1_25msec(CFG_GAP_CONNECTION_MIN_INTERVAL_MS); // in 1.25ms units
+ gap_conn_params.max_conn_interval = msec_to_1_25msec(CFG_GAP_CONNECTION_MAX_INTERVAL_MS); // in 1.25ms unit
+ gap_conn_params.slave_latency = CFG_GAP_CONNECTION_SLAVE_LATENCY;
+ gap_conn_params.conn_sup_timeout = CFG_GAP_CONNECTION_SUPERVISION_TIMEOUT_MS / 10; // in 10ms unit
+
+ ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t sec_mode;
+ BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_OPEN(&sec_mode); // no security is needed
+
+ ASSERT_STATUS( sd_ble_gap_device_name_set(&sec_mode, (const uint8_t *) CFG_GAP_LOCAL_NAME, strlen(CFG_GAP_LOCAL_NAME)));
+ ASSERT_STATUS( sd_ble_gap_appearance_set(CFG_GAP_APPEARANCE));
+ ASSERT_STATUS( sd_ble_gap_ppcp_set(&gap_conn_params));
+ ASSERT_STATUS( sd_ble_gap_tx_power_set(CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL));
+
+ /* Connection Parameters */
+ enum {
+ FIRST_UPDATE_DELAY = APP_TIMER_TICKS(5000, CFG_TIMER_PRESCALER),
+ NEXT_UPDATE_DELAY = APP_TIMER_TICKS(5000, CFG_TIMER_PRESCALER),
+ MAX_UPDATE_COUNT = 3
+ };
+
+ ble_conn_params_init_t cp_init = {0};
+
+ cp_init.p_conn_params = NULL;
+ cp_init.first_conn_params_update_delay = FIRST_UPDATE_DELAY;
+ cp_init.next_conn_params_update_delay = NEXT_UPDATE_DELAY;
+ cp_init.max_conn_params_update_count = MAX_UPDATE_COUNT;
+ cp_init.start_on_notify_cccd_handle = BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID;
+ cp_init.disconnect_on_fail = true;
+ cp_init.evt_handler = NULL;
+ cp_init.error_handler = error_callback;
+
+ ASSERT_STATUS ( ble_conn_params_init(&cp_init));
+
+ return ERROR_NONE;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Converts msecs to an integer representing 1.25ms units
+
+ @param[in] ms
+ The number of milliseconds to conver to 1.25ms units
+
+ @returns The number of 1.25ms units in the supplied number of ms
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+static inline uint32_t msec_to_1_25msec(uint32_t interval_ms)
+{
+ return (interval_ms * 4) / 5;
+}
+
+static void error_callback(uint32_t nrf_error)
+{
+ ASSERT_STATUS_RET_VOID( nrf_error );
+}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/btle/btle_gap.h --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/HRM1017/btle/btle_gap.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/* mbed Microcontroller Library + * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef _BTLE_GAP_H_ +#define _BTLE_GAP_H_ + +#include "common/common.h" + +error_t btle_gap_init(void); + +#endif // ifndef _BTLE_GAP_H_
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/btle/custom/custom_helper.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/btle/custom/custom_helper.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#include "custom_helper.h"
+
+/*
+ * The current version of the soft-device doesn't handle duplicate 128-bit UUIDs
+ * very well. It is therefore necessary to filter away duplicates before
+ * passing long UUIDs to sd_ble_uuid_vs_add(). The following types and data
+ * structures involved in maintaining a local cache of 128-bit UUIDs.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ LongUUID_t uuid;
+ uint8_t type;
+} converted_uuid_table_entry_t;
+static const unsigned UUID_TABLE_MAX_ENTRIES = 8; /* This is the maximum number
+ * of 128-bit UUIDs with distinct bases that
+ * we expect to be in use; increase this
+ * limit if needed. */
+static unsigned uuidTableEntries = 0; /* current usage of the table */
+converted_uuid_table_entry_t convertedUUIDTable[UUID_TABLE_MAX_ENTRIES];
+
+/**
+ * lookup the cache of previously converted 128-bit UUIDs to find a type value.
+ * @param uuid long UUID
+ * @param recoveredType the type field of the 3-byte nRF's uuid.
+ * @return true if a match is found.
+ */
+static bool
+lookupConvertedUUIDTable(const LongUUID_t uuid, uint8_t *recoveredType)
+{
+ unsigned i;
+ for (i = 0; i < uuidTableEntries; i++) {
+ if (memcmp(convertedUUIDTable[i].uuid,
+ uuid,
+ LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID) == 0) {
+ *recoveredType = convertedUUIDTable[i].type;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+static void
+addToConvertedUUIDTable(const LongUUID_t uuid, uint8_t type)
+{
+ if (uuidTableEntries == UUID_TABLE_MAX_ENTRIES) {
+ return; /* recovery needed; or at least the user should be
+ * warned about this fact.*/
+ }
+
+ memcpy(convertedUUIDTable[uuidTableEntries].uuid, uuid,LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID);
+ convertedUUIDTable[uuidTableEntries].type = type;
+ uuidTableEntries++;
+}
+
+/**
+ * The nRF transport has its own 3-byte representation of a UUID. If the user-
+ * specified UUID is 128-bits wide, then the UUID base needs to be added to the
+ * soft-device and converted to a 3-byte handle before being used further. This
+ * function is responsible for this translation of user-specified UUIDs into
+ * nRF's representation.
+ *
+ * @param[in] uuid
+ * user-specified UUID
+ * @return nRF
+ * 3-byte UUID (containing a type and 16-bit UUID) representation
+ * to be used with SVC calls.
+ */
+ble_uuid_t custom_convert_to_nordic_uuid(const UUID &uuid)
+{
+ ble_uuid_t nordicUUID = {
+ .uuid = uuid.getShortUUID(),
+ .type = BLE_UUID_TYPE_UNKNOWN /* to be set below */
+ };
+
+ if (uuid.shortOrLong() == UUID::UUID_TYPE_SHORT) {
+ nordicUUID.type = BLE_UUID_TYPE_BLE;
+ } else {
+ if (!lookupConvertedUUIDTable(uuid.getBaseUUID(), &nordicUUID.type)) {
+ nordicUUID.type = custom_add_uuid_base(uuid.getBaseUUID());
+ addToConvertedUUIDTable(uuid.getBaseUUID(), nordicUUID.type);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return nordicUUID;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Adds the base UUID to the custom service. All UUIDs used
+ by this service are based on this 128-bit UUID.
+
+ @note This UUID needs to be added to the SoftDevice stack before
+ adding the service's primary service via
+ 'sd_ble_gatts_service_add'
+
+ @param[in] p_uuid_base A pointer to the 128-bit UUID array (8*16)
+
+ @returns The UUID type.
+ A return value of 0 should be considered an error.
+
+ @retval 0x00 BLE_UUID_TYPE_UNKNOWN
+ @retval 0x01 BLE_UUID_TYPE_BLE
+ @retval 0x02 BLE_UUID_TYPE_VENDOR_BEGIN
+
+ @section EXAMPLE
+ @code
+
+ // Take note that bytes 2/3 are blank since these are used to identify
+ // the primary service and individual characteristics
+ #define CFG_CUSTOM_UUID_BASE "\x6E\x40\x00\x00\xB5\xA3\xF3\x93\xE0\xA9\xE5\x0E\x24\xDC\xCA\x9E"
+
+ uint8_t uuid_type = custom_add_uuid_base(CFG_CUSTOM_UUID_BASE);
+ ASSERT(uuid_type > 0, ERROR_NOT_FOUND);
+
+ // We can now safely add the primary service and any characteristics
+ // for our custom service ...
+
+ @endcode
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+uint8_t custom_add_uuid_base(uint8_t const *const p_uuid_base)
+{
+ ble_uuid128_t base_uuid;
+ uint8_t uuid_type = 0;
+
+ /* Reverse the bytes since ble_uuid128_t is LSB */
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i<16; i++) {
+ base_uuid.uuid128[i] = p_uuid_base[15 - i];
+ }
+
+ ASSERT_INT( ERROR_NONE, sd_ble_uuid_vs_add( &base_uuid, &uuid_type ), 0);
+
+ return uuid_type;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+error_t custom_decode_uuid_base(uint8_t const *const p_uuid_base,
+ ble_uuid_t *p_uuid)
+{
+ LongUUID_t uuid_base_le;
+
+ /* Reverse the bytes since ble_uuid128_t is LSB */
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i<16; i++) {
+ uuid_base_le[i] = p_uuid_base[15 - i];
+ }
+
+ ASSERT_STATUS( sd_ble_uuid_decode(16, uuid_base_le, p_uuid));
+
+ return ERROR_NONE;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Adds a new characteristic to the custom service, assigning
+ properties, a UUID add-on value, etc.
+
+ @param[in] service_handle
+ @param[in] p_uuid The 16-bit value to add to the base UUID
+ for this characteristic (normally >1
+ since 1 is typically used by the primary
+ service).
+ @param[in] char_props The characteristic properties, as
+ defined by ble_gatt_char_props_t
+ @param[in] max_length The maximum length of this characeristic
+ @param[in] p_char_handle
+
+ @returns
+ @retval ERROR_NONE Everything executed normally
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+error_t custom_add_in_characteristic(uint16_t service_handle,
+ ble_uuid_t *p_uuid,
+ uint8_t properties,
+ uint8_t *p_data,
+ uint16_t min_length,
+ uint16_t max_length,
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t *p_char_handle)
+{
+ /* Characteristic metadata */
+ ble_gatts_attr_md_t cccd_md;
+ ble_gatt_char_props_t char_props;
+
+ memcpy(&char_props, &properties, 1);
+
+ if (char_props.notify || char_props.indicate) {
+ /* Notification requires cccd */
+ memclr_( &cccd_md, sizeof(ble_gatts_attr_md_t));
+ cccd_md.vloc = BLE_GATTS_VLOC_STACK;
+ BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_OPEN(&cccd_md.read_perm);
+ BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_OPEN(&cccd_md.write_perm);
+ }
+
+ ble_gatts_char_md_t char_md = {0};
+
+ char_md.char_props = char_props;
+ char_md.p_cccd_md =
+ (char_props.notify || char_props.indicate) ? &cccd_md : NULL;
+
+ /* Attribute declaration */
+ ble_gatts_attr_md_t attr_md = {0};
+
+ attr_md.vloc = BLE_GATTS_VLOC_STACK;
+ attr_md.vlen = (min_length == max_length) ? 0 : 1;
+
+ if (char_props.read || char_props.notify || char_props.indicate) {
+ BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_OPEN(&attr_md.read_perm);
+ }
+
+ if (char_props.write) {
+ BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_OPEN(&attr_md.write_perm);
+ }
+
+ ble_gatts_attr_t attr_char_value = {0};
+
+ attr_char_value.p_uuid = p_uuid;
+ attr_char_value.p_attr_md = &attr_md;
+ attr_char_value.init_len = min_length;
+ attr_char_value.max_len = max_length;
+ attr_char_value.p_value = p_data;
+
+ ASSERT_STATUS ( sd_ble_gatts_characteristic_add(service_handle,
+ &char_md,
+ &attr_char_value,
+ p_char_handle));
+
+ return ERROR_NONE;
+}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/btle/custom/custom_helper.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/btle/custom/custom_helper.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CUSTOM_HELPER_H_
+#define _CUSTOM_HELPER_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "common/common.h"
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "UUID.h"
+
+uint8_t custom_add_uuid_base(uint8_t const *const p_uuid_base);
+error_t custom_decode_uuid(uint8_t const *const p_uuid_base,
+ ble_uuid_t *p_uuid);
+ble_uuid_t custom_convert_to_nordic_uuid(const UUID &uuid);
+
+error_t custom_add_in_characteristic(uint16_t service_handle,
+ ble_uuid_t *p_uuid,
+ uint8_t properties,
+ uint8_t *p_data,
+ uint16_t min_length,
+ uint16_t max_length,
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t *p_char_handle);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif // ifndef _CUSTOM_HELPER_H_
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/common/ansi_escape.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/common/ansi_escape.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @file ansi_esc_code.h
+ @author hathach (tinyusb.org)
+
+ @section LICENSE
+
+ Software License Agreement (BSD License)
+
+ Copyright (c) 2013, hathach (tinyusb.org)
+ All rights reserved.
+
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ 3. Neither the name of the copyright holders nor the
+ names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
+ derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+ THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS ''AS IS'' AND ANY
+ EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+ This file is part of the tinyusb stack.
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief TBD
+ *
+ * \note TBD
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup TBD
+ * \defgroup TBD
+ * \brief TBD
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ANSI_ESC_CODE_H_
+#define _ANSI_ESC_CODE_H_
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define CSI_CODE(seq) "\33[" seq
+#define CSI_SGR(x) CSI_CODE(#x) "m"
+
+//------------- Cursor movement -------------//
+#define ANSI_CURSOR_UP(n) CSI_CODE(#n "A")
+#define ANSI_CURSOR_DOWN(n) CSI_CODE(#n "B")
+#define ANSI_CURSOR_FORWARD(n) CSI_CODE(#n "C")
+#define ANSI_CURSOR_BACKWARD(n) CSI_CODE(#n "D")
+#define ANSI_CURSOR_LINE_DOWN(n) CSI_CODE(#n "E")
+#define ANSI_CURSOR_LINE_UP(n) CSI_CODE(#n "F")
+#define ANSI_CURSOR_POSITION(n, m) CSI_CODE(#n ";" #m "H")
+
+#define ANSI_ERASE_SCREEN(n) CSI_CODE(#n "J")
+#define ANSI_ERASE_LINE(n) CSI_CODE(#n "K")
+
+/** text color */
+#define ANSI_TEXT_BLACK CSI_SGR(30)
+#define ANSI_TEXT_RED CSI_SGR(31)
+#define ANSI_TEXT_GREEN CSI_SGR(32)
+#define ANSI_TEXT_YELLOW CSI_SGR(33)
+#define ANSI_TEXT_BLUE CSI_SGR(34)
+#define ANSI_TEXT_MAGENTA CSI_SGR(35)
+#define ANSI_TEXT_CYAN CSI_SGR(36)
+#define ANSI_TEXT_WHITE CSI_SGR(37)
+#define ANSI_TEXT_DEFAULT CSI_SGR(39)
+
+/** background color */
+#define ANSI_BG_BLACK CSI_SGR(40)
+#define ANSI_BG_RED CSI_SGR(41)
+#define ANSI_BG_GREEN CSI_SGR(42)
+#define ANSI_BG_YELLOW CSI_SGR(43)
+#define ANSI_BG_BLUE CSI_SGR(44)
+#define ANSI_BG_MAGENTA CSI_SGR(45)
+#define ANSI_BG_CYAN CSI_SGR(46)
+#define ANSI_BG_WHITE CSI_SGR(47)
+#define ANSI_BG_DEFAULT CSI_SGR(49)
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ }
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _TUSB_ANSI_ESC_CODE_H_ */
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/common/assertion.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/common/assertion.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @file assertion.h
+ @author hathach (tinyusb.org)
+
+ @section LICENSE
+
+ Software License Agreement (BSD License)
+
+ Copyright (c) 2013, K. Townsend (microBuilder.eu)
+ All rights reserved.
+
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ 3. Neither the name of the copyright holders nor the
+ names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
+ derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+ THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS ''AS IS'' AND ANY
+ EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief TBD
+ *
+ * \note TBD
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup TBD
+ * \defgroup TBD
+ * \brief TBD
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ASSERTION_H_
+#define _ASSERTION_H_
+
+#include "projectconfig.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+static inline void debugger_breakpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+static inline void debugger_breakpoint(void)
+{
+#ifndef _TEST_
+ __asm("BKPT #0\n");
+#endif
+}
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+// Compile-time Assert
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+#if defined __COUNTER__ && __COUNTER__ != __COUNTER__
+ #define _ASSERT_COUNTER __COUNTER__
+#else
+ #define _ASSERT_COUNTER __LINE__
+#endif
+
+#define ASSERT_STATIC(const_expr, message) enum { XSTRING_CONCAT_(static_assert_, _ASSERT_COUNTER) = 1/(!!(const_expr)) }
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+// Assert Helper
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+//#ifndef _TEST_
+// #define ASSERT_MESSAGE(format, ...)\
+// _PRINTF("Assert at %s: %s: %d: " format "\n", __BASE_FILE__, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__, __LINE__, __VA_ARGS__)
+//#else
+// #define ASSERT_MESSAGE(format, ...)\
+// _PRINTF("%d:note: Assert " format "\n", __LINE__, __VA_ARGS__)
+//#endif
+
+#if CFG_DEBUG == 3
+ #define ASSERT_MESSAGE(format, ...) debugger_breakpoint()
+#elif CFG_DEBUG == 2
+ #define ASSERT_MESSAGE(format, ...) printf("Assert at %s: %s: %d: " format "\n", __BASE_FILE__, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__, __LINE__, __VA_ARGS__)
+#else
+ #define ASSERT_MESSAGE(format, ...)
+#endif
+
+#define ASSERT_ERROR_HANDLER(x, para) \
+ return (x)
+
+#define ASSERT_DEFINE_WITH_HANDLER(error_handler, handler_para, setup_statement, condition, error, format, ...) \
+ do{\
+ setup_statement;\
+ if (!(condition)) {\
+ ASSERT_MESSAGE(format, __VA_ARGS__);\
+ error_handler(error, handler_para);\
+ }\
+ }while(0)
+
+#define ASSERT_DEFINE(...) ASSERT_DEFINE_WITH_HANDLER(ASSERT_ERROR_HANDLER, NULL, __VA_ARGS__)
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+// error_t Status Assert TODO use ASSERT_DEFINE
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+#define ASSERT_STATUS_MESSAGE(sts, message) \
+ ASSERT_DEFINE(error_t status = (error_t)(sts),\
+ ERROR_NONE == status, status, "%s: %s", ErrorStr[status], message)
+
+#define ASSERT_STATUS(sts) \
+ ASSERT_DEFINE(error_t status = (error_t)(sts),\
+ ERROR_NONE == status, status, "error = %d", status)
+
+#define ASSERT_STATUS_RET_VOID(sts) \
+ ASSERT_DEFINE(error_t status = (error_t)(sts),\
+ ERROR_NONE == status, (void) 0, "error = %d", status)
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+// Logical Assert
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+#define ASSERT(...) ASSERT_TRUE(__VA_ARGS__)
+#define ASSERT_TRUE(condition , error) ASSERT_DEFINE( , (condition), error, "%s", "evaluated to false")
+#define ASSERT_FALSE(condition , error) ASSERT_DEFINE( ,!(condition), error, "%s", "evaluated to true")
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+// Pointer Assert
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+#define ASSERT_PTR(...) ASSERT_PTR_NOT_NULL(__VA_ARGS__)
+#define ASSERT_PTR_NOT_NULL(pointer, error) ASSERT_DEFINE( , NULL != (pointer), error, "%s", "pointer is NULL")
+#define ASSERT_PTR_NULL(pointer, error) ASSERT_DEFINE( , NULL == (pointer), error, "%s", "pointer is not NULL")
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+// Integral Assert
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+#define ASSERT_XXX_EQUAL(type_format, expected, actual, error) \
+ ASSERT_DEFINE(\
+ uint32_t exp = (expected); uint32_t act = (actual),\
+ exp==act,\
+ error,\
+ "expected " type_format ", actual " type_format, exp, act)
+
+#define ASSERT_XXX_WITHIN(type_format, lower, upper, actual, error) \
+ ASSERT_DEFINE(\
+ uint32_t low = (lower); uint32_t up = (upper); uint32_t act = (actual),\
+ (low <= act) && (act <= up),\
+ error,\
+ "expected within " type_format " - " type_format ", actual " type_format, low, up, act)
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+// Integer Assert
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+#define ASSERT_INT(...) ASSERT_INT_EQUAL(__VA_ARGS__)
+#define ASSERT_INT_EQUAL(...) ASSERT_XXX_EQUAL("%d", __VA_ARGS__)
+#define ASSERT_INT_WITHIN(...) ASSERT_XXX_WITHIN("%d", __VA_ARGS__)
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+// Hex Assert
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+#define ASSERT_HEX(...) ASSERT_HEX_EQUAL(__VA_ARGS__)
+#define ASSERT_HEX_EQUAL(...) ASSERT_XXX_EQUAL("0x%x", __VA_ARGS__)
+#define ASSERT_HEX_WITHIN(...) ASSERT_XXX_WITHIN("0x%x", __VA_ARGS__)
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+// Bin Assert
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+#define BIN8_PRINTF_PATTERN "%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d"
+#define BIN8_PRINTF_CONVERT(byte) \
+ ((byte) & 0x80 ? 1 : 0), \
+ ((byte) & 0x40 ? 1 : 0), \
+ ((byte) & 0x20 ? 1 : 0), \
+ ((byte) & 0x10 ? 1 : 0), \
+ ((byte) & 0x08 ? 1 : 0), \
+ ((byte) & 0x04 ? 1 : 0), \
+ ((byte) & 0x02 ? 1 : 0), \
+ ((byte) & 0x01 ? 1 : 0)
+
+#define ASSERT_BIN8(...) ASSERT_BIN8_EQUAL(__VA_ARGS__)
+#define ASSERT_BIN8_EQUAL(expected, actual, error)\
+ ASSERT_DEFINE(\
+ uint8_t exp = (expected); uint8_t act = (actual),\
+ exp==act,\
+ error,\
+ "expected " BIN8_PRINTF_PATTERN ", actual " BIN8_PRINTF_PATTERN, BIN8_PRINTF_CONVERT(exp), BIN8_PRINTF_CONVERT(act) )
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _ASSERTION_H_ */
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/common/binary.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/common/binary.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @file binary.h
+ @author hathach (tinyusb.org)
+
+ @section LICENSE
+
+ Software License Agreement (BSD License)
+
+ Copyright (c) 2013, K. Townsend (microBuilder.eu)
+ All rights reserved.
+
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ 3. Neither the name of the copyright holders nor the
+ names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
+ derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+ THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS ''AS IS'' AND ANY
+ EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+
+/** \ingroup TBD
+ * \defgroup TBD
+ * \brief TBD
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BINARY_H_
+#define _BINARY_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/// n-th Bit
+#define BIT(n) (1 << (n))
+
+/// set n-th bit of x to 1
+#define BIT_SET(x, n) ( (x) | BIT(n) )
+
+/// clear n-th bit of x
+#define BIT_CLR(x, n) ( (x) & (~BIT(n)) )
+
+/// test n-th bit of x
+#define BIT_TEST(x, n) ( (x) & BIT(n) )
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__CC_ARM) // keil does not support binary format
+
+#define BIN8(x) ((uint8_t) (0b##x))
+#define BIN16(b1, b2) ((uint16_t) (0b##b1##b2))
+#define BIN32(b1, b2, b3, b4) ((uint32_t) (0b##b1##b2##b3##b4))
+
+#else
+
+// internal macro of B8, B16, B32
+#define _B8__(x) (((x&0x0000000FUL)?1:0) \
+ +((x&0x000000F0UL)?2:0) \
+ +((x&0x00000F00UL)?4:0) \
+ +((x&0x0000F000UL)?8:0) \
+ +((x&0x000F0000UL)?16:0) \
+ +((x&0x00F00000UL)?32:0) \
+ +((x&0x0F000000UL)?64:0) \
+ +((x&0xF0000000UL)?128:0))
+
+#define BIN8(d) ((uint8_t) _B8__(0x##d##UL))
+#define BIN16(dmsb,dlsb) (((uint16_t)BIN8(dmsb)<<8) + BIN8(dlsb))
+#define BIN32(dmsb,db2,db3,dlsb) \
+ (((uint32_t)BIN8(dmsb)<<24) \
+ + ((uint32_t)BIN8(db2)<<16) \
+ + ((uint32_t)BIN8(db3)<<8) \
+ + BIN8(dlsb))
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _BINARY_H_ */
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/common/ble_error.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/common/ble_error.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @file ble_error.h
+ @author hathach (tinyusb.org)
+
+ @section LICENSE
+
+ Software License Agreement (BSD License)
+
+ Copyright (c) 2013, K. Townsend (microBuilder.eu)
+ All rights reserved.
+
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ 3. Neither the name of the copyright holders nor the
+ names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
+ derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+ THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS ''AS IS'' AND ANY
+ EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Error Header
+ *
+ * \note TBD
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ * \defgroup Group_Error Error Codes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BLE_ERROR_H_
+#define _BLE_ERROR_H_
+
+#include "projectconfig.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ /*=======================================================================
+ NORDIC GLOBAL ERRORS 0x0000 .. 0x00FF
+ -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Errors mapped from nrf_error.h
+ -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ ERROR_NONE = 0x0000 , ///< Successful command
+ ERROR_SVC_HANDLER_MISSING = 0x0001 , ///< SVC handler is missing
+ ERROR_SOFTDEVICE_NOT_ENABLED = 0x0002 , ///< SoftDevice has not been enabled
+ ERROR_INTERNAL = 0x0003 , ///< Internal Error
+ ERROR_NO_MEM = 0x0004 , ///< No Memory for operation
+ ERROR_NOT_FOUND = 0x0005 , ///< Not found
+ ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0x0006 , ///< Not supported
+ ERROR_INVALID_PARAM = 0x0007 , ///< Invalid Parameter
+ ERROR_INVALID_STATE = 0x0008 , ///< Invalid state, operation disallowed in this state
+ ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH = 0x0009 , ///< Invalid Length
+ ERROR_INVALID_FLAGS = 0x000A , ///< Invalid Flags
+ ERROR_INVALID_DATA = 0x000B , ///< Invalid Data
+ ERROR_DATA_SIZE = 0x000C , ///< Data size exceeds limit
+ ERROR_TIMEOUT = 0x000D , ///< Operation timed out
+ ERROR_NULL = 0x000E , ///< Null Pointer
+ ERROR_FORBIDDEN = 0x000F , ///< Forbidden Operation
+ ERROR_INVALID_ADDR = 0x0010 , ///< Bad Memory Address
+ ERROR_BUSY = 0x0011 , ///< Busy
+ /*=======================================================================*/
+
+ ERROR_INVALIDPARAMETER = 0x0100 , /**< An invalid parameter value was provided */
+ ERROR_I2C_XFER_FAILED = 0x0101 , /**< an failed attempt to make I2C transfer */
+
+ /*=======================================================================
+ SIMPLE BINARY PROTOCOL ERRORS 0x0120 .. 0x013F
+ -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ Errors relating to the simple binary protocol (/src//protocol)
+ -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+ ERROR_PROT_INVALIDMSGTYPE = 0x121, /**< Unexpected msg type encountered */
+ ERROR_PROT_INVALIDCOMMANDID = 0x122, /**< Unknown or out of range command ID */
+ ERROR_PROT_INVALIDPAYLOAD = 0x123, /**< Message payload has a problem (invalid len, etc.) */
+ /*=======================================================================*/
+
+ //------------- based on Nordic SDM nrf_error_sdm.h -------------//
+ ERROR_SDM_LFCLK_SOURCE_UNKNOWN = 0x1000 , ///< Unknown lfclk source
+ ERROR_SDM_INCORRECT_INTERRUPT_CONFIGURATION = 0x1001 , ///< Incorrect interrupt configuration (can be caused by using illegal priority levels, or having enabled SoftDevice interrupts)
+ ERROR_SDM_INCORRECT_CLENR0 = 0x1002 , ///< Incorrect CLENR0 (can be caused by erronous SoftDevice flashing)
+
+ //------------- based on Nordic SOC nrf_error_soc.h -------------//
+ /* Mutex Errors */
+ ERROR_SOC_MUTEX_ALREADY_TAKEN = 0x2000 , ///< Mutex already taken
+
+ /* NVIC errors */
+ ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE = 0x2001 , ///< NVIC interrupt not available
+ ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_NOT_ALLOWED = 0x2002 , ///< NVIC interrupt priority not allowed
+ ERROR_SOC_NVIC_SHOULD_NOT_RETURN = 0x2003 , ///< NVIC should not return
+
+ /* Power errors */
+ ERROR_SOC_POWER_MODE_UNKNOWN = 0x2004 , ///< Power mode unknown
+ ERROR_SOC_POWER_POF_THRESHOLD_UNKNOWN = 0x2005 , ///< Power POF threshold unknown
+ ERROR_SOC_POWER_OFF_SHOULD_NOT_RETURN = 0x2006 , ///< Power off should not return
+
+ /* Rand errors */
+ ERROR_SOC_RAND_NOT_ENOUGH_VALUES = 0x2007 , ///< RAND not enough values
+
+ /* PPI errors */
+ ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_CHANNEL = 0x2008 , ///< Invalid PPI Channel
+ ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_GROUP = 0x2009 , ///< Invalid PPI Group
+
+ //------------- based on Nordic STK (ble) ble_err.h -------------//
+ ERROR_BLE_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE = 0x3001 , /**< Invalid connection handle. */
+ ERROR_BLE_INVALID_ATTR_HANDLE = 0x3002 , /**< Invalid attribute handle. */
+ ERROR_BLE_NO_TX_BUFFERS = 0x3003 , /**< Buffer capacity exceeded. */
+
+ // L2CAP
+ ERROR_BLE_L2CAP_CID_IN_USE = 0x3100 , /**< CID already in use. */
+
+ // GAP
+ ERROR_BLE_GAP_UUID_LIST_MISMATCH = 0x3200 , /**< UUID list does not contain an integral number of UUIDs. */
+ ERROR_BLE_GAP_DISCOVERABLE_WITH_WHITELIST = 0x3201 , /**< Use of Whitelist not permitted with discoverable advertising. */
+ ERROR_BLE_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR = 0x3202 , /**< The upper two bits of the address do not correspond to the specified address type. */
+
+ // GATTC
+ ERROR_BLE_GATTC_PROC_NOT_PERMITTED = 0x3300 ,
+
+ // GATTS
+ ERROR_BLEGATTS_INVALID_ATTR_TYPE = 0x3400 , /**< Invalid attribute type. */
+ ERROR_BLEGATTS_SYS_ATTR_MISSING = 0x3401 , /**< System Attributes missing. */
+
+}error_t;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ }
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _BLE_ERROR_H_ */
+
+ /** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/common/common.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/common/common.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @file common.h
+ @author hathach (tinyusb.org)
+
+ @section LICENSE
+
+ Software License Agreement (BSD License)
+
+ Copyright (c) 2013, K. Townsend (microBuilder.eu)
+ All rights reserved.
+
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ 3. Neither the name of the copyright holders nor the
+ names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
+ derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+ THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS ''AS IS'' AND ANY
+ EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+
+/** \defgroup Group_Common Common Files
+ * @{
+ *
+ * \defgroup Group_CommonH common.h
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _COMMON_H_
+#define _COMMON_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+// INCLUDES
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+
+//------------- Standard Header -------------//
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+//------------- General Header -------------//
+#include "projectconfig.h"
+#include "compiler.h"
+#include "assertion.h"
+#include "binary.h"
+#include "ble_error.h"
+
+//------------- MCU header -------------//
+//#include "nrf.h"
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+// TYPEDEFS
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+typedef unsigned char byte_t;
+typedef float float32_t;
+typedef double float64_t;
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+// MACROS
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+#define STRING_(x) #x // stringify without expand
+#define XSTRING_(x) STRING_(x) // expand then stringify
+#define STRING_CONCAT_(a, b) a##b // concat without expand
+#define XSTRING_CONCAT_(a, b) STRING_CONCAT_(a, b) // expand then concat
+
+#define U16_HIGH_U8(u16) ((uint8_t) (((u16) >> 8) & 0x00ff))
+#define U16_LOW_U8(u16) ((uint8_t) ((u16) & 0x00ff))
+#define U16_TO_U8S_BE(u16) U16_HIGH_U8(u16), U16_LOW_U8(u16)
+#define U16_TO_U8S_LE(u16) U16_LOW_U8(u16), U16_HIGH_U8(u16)
+
+#define U32_B1_U8(u32) ((uint8_t) (((u32) >> 24) & 0x000000ff)) // MSB
+#define U32_B2_U8(u32) ((uint8_t) (((u32) >> 16) & 0x000000ff))
+#define U32_B3_U8(u32) ((uint8_t) (((u32) >> 8) & 0x000000ff))
+#define U32_B4_U8(u32) ((uint8_t) ((u32) & 0x000000ff)) // LSB
+
+#define U32_TO_U8S_BE(u32) U32_B1_U8(u32), U32_B2_U8(u32), U32_B3_U8(u32), U32_B4_U8(u32)
+#define U32_TO_U8S_LE(u32) U32_B4_U8(u32), U32_B3_U8(u32), U32_B2_U8(u32), U32_B1_U8(u32)
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+// INLINE FUNCTION
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
+#define memclr_(buffer, size) memset(buffer, 0, size)
+
+//------------- Conversion -------------//
+/// form an uint32_t from 4 x uint8_t
+static inline uint32_t u32_from_u8(uint8_t b1, uint8_t b2, uint8_t b3, uint8_t b4) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
+static inline uint32_t u32_from_u8(uint8_t b1, uint8_t b2, uint8_t b3, uint8_t b4)
+{
+ return (b1 << 24) + (b2 << 16) + (b3 << 8) + b4;
+}
+
+static inline uint8_t u16_high_u8(uint16_t u16) ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+static inline uint8_t u16_high_u8(uint16_t u16)
+{
+ return (uint8_t) ((u16 >> 8) & 0x00ff);
+}
+
+static inline uint8_t u16_low_u8(uint16_t u16) ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+static inline uint8_t u16_low_u8(uint16_t u16)
+{
+ return (uint8_t) (u16 & 0x00ff);
+}
+
+//------------- Min -------------//
+static inline uint8_t min8_of(uint8_t x, uint8_t y) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
+static inline uint8_t min8_of(uint8_t x, uint8_t y)
+{
+ return (x < y) ? x : y;
+}
+
+static inline uint16_t min16_of(uint16_t x, uint16_t y) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
+static inline uint16_t min16_of(uint16_t x, uint16_t y)
+{
+ return (x < y) ? x : y;
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t min32_of(uint32_t x, uint32_t y) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
+static inline uint32_t min32_of(uint32_t x, uint32_t y)
+{
+ return (x < y) ? x : y;
+}
+
+//------------- Max -------------//
+static inline uint32_t max32_of(uint32_t x, uint32_t y) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
+static inline uint32_t max32_of(uint32_t x, uint32_t y)
+{
+ return (x > y) ? x : y;
+}
+
+//------------- Align -------------//
+static inline uint32_t align32 (uint32_t value) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
+static inline uint32_t align32 (uint32_t value)
+{
+ return (value & 0xFFFFFFE0UL);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t align16 (uint32_t value) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
+static inline uint32_t align16 (uint32_t value)
+{
+ return (value & 0xFFFFFFF0UL);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t align_n (uint32_t alignment, uint32_t value) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
+static inline uint32_t align_n (uint32_t alignment, uint32_t value)
+{
+ return value & (~(alignment-1));
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t align4k (uint32_t value) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
+static inline uint32_t align4k (uint32_t value)
+{
+ return (value & 0xFFFFF000UL);
+}
+
+static inline uint32_t offset4k(uint32_t value) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
+static inline uint32_t offset4k(uint32_t value)
+{
+ return (value & 0xFFFUL);
+}
+
+//------------- Mathematics -------------//
+/// inclusive range checking
+static inline bool is_in_range(uint32_t lower, uint32_t value, uint32_t upper) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
+static inline bool is_in_range(uint32_t lower, uint32_t value, uint32_t upper)
+{
+ return (lower <= value) && (value <= upper);
+}
+
+/// exclusive range checking
+static inline bool is_in_range_exclusive(uint32_t lower, uint32_t value, uint32_t upper) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
+static inline bool is_in_range_exclusive(uint32_t lower, uint32_t value, uint32_t upper)
+{
+ return (lower < value) && (value < upper);
+}
+
+static inline uint8_t log2_of(uint32_t value) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
+static inline uint8_t log2_of(uint32_t value)
+{
+ uint8_t result = 0; // log2 of a value is its MSB's position
+
+ while (value >>= 1)
+ {
+ result++;
+ }
+ return result;
+}
+
+// return the number of set bits in value
+static inline uint8_t cardinality_of(uint32_t value) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
+static inline uint8_t cardinality_of(uint32_t value)
+{
+ // Brian Kernighan's method goes through as many iterations as there are set bits. So if we have a 32-bit word with only
+ // the high bit set, then it will only go once through the loop
+ // Published in 1988, the C Programming Language 2nd Ed. (by Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie)
+ // mentions this in exercise 2-9. On April 19, 2006 Don Knuth pointed out to me that this method
+ // "was first published by Peter Wegner in CACM 3 (1960), 322. (Also discovered independently by Derrick Lehmer and
+ // published in 1964 in a book edited by Beckenbach.)"
+ uint8_t count;
+ for (count = 0; value; count++)
+ {
+ value &= value - 1; // clear the least significant bit set
+ }
+
+ return count;
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ }
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _COMMON_H_ */
+
+/** @} */
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/common/compiler.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/common/compiler.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @file compiler.h
+ @author hathach (tinyusb.org)
+
+ @section LICENSE
+
+ Software License Agreement (BSD License)
+
+ Copyright (c) 2013, K. Townsend (microBuilder.eu)
+ All rights reserved.
+
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ 3. Neither the name of the copyright holders nor the
+ names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
+ derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+
+ THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS ''AS IS'' AND ANY
+ EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief GCC Header
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Compiler
+ * \defgroup Group_GCC GNU GCC
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _COMPILER_GCC_H_
+#define _COMPILER_GCC_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "projectconfig.h"
+
+//#ifndef __GNUC__
+// #define ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE
+// #define ATTR_CONST
+//#else
+
+#ifdef _TEST_
+ #define ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE
+ #define STATIC_
+ #define INLINE_
+#else
+ #define STATIC_ static
+ #define INLINE_ inline
+
+ #if CFG_DEBUG == 3
+ #define ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE // no inline for debug = 3
+ #endif
+#endif
+
+#define ALIGN_OF(x) __alignof__(x)
+
+/// Normally, the compiler places the objects it generates in sections like data or bss & function in text. Sometimes, however, you need additional sections, or you need certain particular variables to appear in special sections, for example to map to special hardware. The section attribute specifies that a variable (or function) lives in a particular section
+#define ATTR_SECTION(section) __attribute__ ((#section))
+
+/// If this attribute is used on a function declaration and a call to such a function is not eliminated through dead code elimination or other optimizations, an error that includes message is diagnosed. This is useful for compile-time checking
+#define ATTR_ERROR(Message) __attribute__ ((error(Message)))
+
+/// If this attribute is used on a function declaration and a call to such a function is not eliminated through dead code elimination or other optimizations, a warning that includes message is diagnosed. This is useful for compile-time checking
+#define ATTR_WARNING(Message) __attribute__ ((warning(Message)))
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup Group_VariableAttr Variable Attributes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/// This attribute specifies a minimum alignment for the variable or structure field, measured in bytes
+#define ATTR_ALIGNED(Bytes) __attribute__ ((aligned(Bytes)))
+
+/// The packed attribute specifies that a variable or structure field should have the smallest possible alignmentâone byte for a variable, and one bit for a field, unless you specify a larger value with the aligned attribute
+#define ATTR_PACKED __attribute__ ((packed))
+
+#define ATTR_PREPACKED
+
+#define ATTR_PACKED_STRUCT(x) x __attribute__ ((packed))
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * \defgroup Group_FuncAttr Function Attributes
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE
+/// Generally, functions are not inlined unless optimization is specified. For functions declared inline, this attribute inlines the function even if no optimization level is specified
+#define ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE __attribute__ ((always_inline))
+#endif
+
+/// The nonnull attribute specifies that some function parameters should be non-null pointers. f the compiler determines that a null pointer is passed in an argument slot marked as non-null, and the -Wnonnull option is enabled, a warning is issued. All pointer arguments are marked as non-null
+#define ATTR_NON_NULL __attribute__ ((nonull))
+
+/// Many functions have no effects except the return value and their return value depends only on the parameters and/or global variables. Such a function can be subject to common subexpression elimination and loop optimization just as an arithmetic operator would be. These functions should be declared with the attribute pure
+#define ATTR_PURE __attribute__ ((pure))
+
+/// Many functions do not examine any values except their arguments, and have no effects except the return value. Basically this is just slightly more strict class than the pure attribute below, since function is not allowed to read global memory.
+/// Note that a function that has pointer arguments and examines the data pointed to must not be declared const. Likewise, a function that calls a non-const function usually must not be const. It does not make sense for a const function to return void
+#define ATTR_CONST __attribute__ ((const))
+
+/// The deprecated attribute results in a warning if the function is used anywhere in the source file. This is useful when identifying functions that are expected to be removed in a future version of a program. The warning also includes the location of the declaration of the deprecated function, to enable users to easily find further information about why the function is deprecated, or what they should do instead. Note that the warnings only occurs for uses
+#define ATTR_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((deprecated))
+
+/// Same as the deprecated attribute with optional message in the warning
+#define ATTR_DEPRECATED_MESS(mess) __attribute__ ((deprecated(mess)))
+
+/// The weak attribute causes the declaration to be emitted as a weak symbol rather than a global. This is primarily useful in defining library functions that can be overridden in user code
+#define ATTR_WEAK __attribute__ ((weak))
+
+/// The alias attribute causes the declaration to be emitted as an alias for another symbol, which must be specified
+#define ATTR_ALIAS(func) __attribute__ ((alias(#func)))
+
+/// The weakref attribute marks a declaration as a weak reference. It is equivalent with weak + alias attribute, but require function is static
+#define ATTR_WEAKREF(func) __attribute__ ((weakref(#func)))
+
+/// The warn_unused_result attribute causes a warning to be emitted if a caller of the function with this attribute does not use its return value. This is useful for functions where not checking the result is either a security problem or always a bug
+#define ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT __attribute__ ((warn_unused_result))
+
+/// This attribute, attached to a function, means that code must be emitted for the function even if it appears that the function is not referenced. This is useful, for example, when the function is referenced only in inline assembly.
+#define ATTR_USED __attribute__ ((used))
+
+/// This attribute, attached to a function, means that the function is meant to be possibly unused. GCC does not produce a warning for this function.
+#define ATTR_UNUSED __attribute__ ((unused))
+
+/** @} */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ }
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _COMPILER_GCC_H_ */
+
+/// @}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nRF51822n.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nRF51822n.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#include "mbed.h"
+#include "nRF51822n.h"
+#include "nrf_soc.h"
+
+#include "btle/btle.h"
+
+/**
+ * The singleton which represents the nRF51822 transport for the BLEDevice.
+ */
+static nRF51822n deviceInstance;
+
+/**
+ * BLE-API requires an implementation of the following function in order to
+ * obtain its transport handle.
+ */
+BLEDeviceInstanceBase *
+createBLEDeviceInstance(void)
+{
+ return (&deviceInstance);
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Constructor
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+nRF51822n::nRF51822n(void)
+{
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Destructor
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+nRF51822n::~nRF51822n(void)
+{
+}
+
+const char *nRF51822n::getVersion(void)
+{
+ static char versionString[10];
+ static bool versionFetched = false;
+
+ if (!versionFetched) {
+ ble_version_t version;
+ if (sd_ble_version_get(&version) == NRF_SUCCESS) {
+ snprintf(versionString, sizeof(versionString), "%u.%u", version.version_number, version.subversion_number);
+ versionFetched = true;
+ } else {
+ strncpy(versionString, "unknown", sizeof(versionString));
+ }
+ }
+
+ return versionString;
+}
+
+/* (Valid values are -40, -20, -16, -12, -8, -4, 0, 4) */
+ble_error_t nRF51822n::setTxPower(int8_t txPower)
+{
+ unsigned rc;
+ if ((rc = sd_ble_gap_tx_power_set(txPower)) != NRF_SUCCESS) {
+ switch (rc) {
+ case NRF_ERROR_BUSY:
+ return BLE_STACK_BUSY;
+ case NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM:
+ default:
+ return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Initialises anything required to start using BLE
+
+ @returns ble_error_t
+
+ @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
+ Everything executed properly
+
+ @section EXAMPLE
+
+ @code
+
+ @endcode
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+ble_error_t nRF51822n::init(void)
+{
+ /* ToDo: Clear memory contents, reset the SD, etc. */
+ btle_init();
+
+ reset();
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Resets the BLE HW, removing any existing services and
+ characteristics
+
+ @returns ble_error_t
+
+ @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
+ Everything executed properly
+
+ @section EXAMPLE
+
+ @code
+
+ @endcode
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+ble_error_t nRF51822n::reset(void)
+{
+ wait(0.5);
+
+ /* Wait for the radio to come back up */
+ wait(1);
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+}
+
+void
+nRF51822n::waitForEvent(void)
+{
+ sd_app_evt_wait();
+}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nRF51822n.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nRF51822n.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __NRF51822_H__
+#define __NRF51822_H__
+
+#define NRF51
+#define DEBUG_NRF_USER
+#define BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
+#define BOARD_PCA10001
+
+#include "mbed.h"
+#include "blecommon.h"
+#include "BLEDevice.h"
+#include "nRF51Gap.h"
+#include "nRF51GattServer.h"
+
+class nRF51822n : public BLEDeviceInstanceBase
+{
+public:
+ nRF51822n(void);
+ virtual ~nRF51822n(void);
+
+ virtual const char *getVersion(void);
+
+ virtual Gap &getGap() {
+ return nRF51Gap::getInstance();
+ };
+ virtual GattServer &getGattServer() {
+ return nRF51GattServer::getInstance();
+ };
+
+ virtual ble_error_t setTxPower(int8_t txPower);
+
+ virtual ble_error_t init(void);
+ virtual ble_error_t reset(void);
+ virtual void waitForEvent(void);
+};
+
+#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nRF51Gap.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nRF51Gap.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#include "nRF51Gap.h"
+#include "mbed.h"
+
+#include "common/common.h"
+#include "ble_advdata.h"
+#include "ble_hci.h"
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Sets the advertising parameters and payload for the device
+
+ @param[in] params
+ Basic advertising details, including the advertising
+ delay, timeout and how the device should be advertised
+ @params[in] advData
+ The primary advertising data payload
+ @params[in] scanResponse
+ The optional Scan Response payload if the advertising
+ type is set to \ref GapAdvertisingParams::ADV_SCANNABLE_UNDIRECTED
+ in \ref GapAdveritinngParams
+
+ @returns \ref ble_error_t
+
+ @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
+ Everything executed properly
+
+ @retval BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW
+ The proposed action would cause a buffer overflow. All
+ advertising payloads must be <= 31 bytes, for example.
+
+ @retval BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED
+ A feature was requested that is not yet supported in the
+ nRF51 firmware or hardware.
+
+ @retval BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE
+ One of the proposed values is outside the valid range.
+
+ @section EXAMPLE
+
+ @code
+
+ @endcode
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+ble_error_t nRF51Gap::setAdvertisingData(const GapAdvertisingData &advData, const GapAdvertisingData &scanResponse)
+{
+ /* Make sure we don't exceed the advertising payload length */
+ if (advData.getPayloadLen() > GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_MAX_PAYLOAD) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
+ }
+
+ /* Make sure we have a payload! */
+ if (advData.getPayloadLen() == 0) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+ }
+
+ /* Check the scan response payload limits */
+ //if ((params.getAdvertisingType() == GapAdvertisingParams::ADV_SCANNABLE_UNDIRECTED))
+ //{
+ // /* Check if we're within the upper limit */
+ // if (advData.getPayloadLen() > GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_MAX_PAYLOAD)
+ // {
+ // return BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
+ // }
+ // /* Make sure we have a payload! */
+ // if (advData.getPayloadLen() == 0)
+ // {
+ // return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+ // }
+ //}
+
+ /* Send advertising data! */
+ ASSERT(ERROR_NONE ==
+ sd_ble_gap_adv_data_set(advData.getPayload(),
+ advData.getPayloadLen(),
+ scanResponse.getPayload(),
+ scanResponse.getPayloadLen()),
+ BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
+
+ /* Make sure the GAP Service appearance value is aligned with the
+ *appearance from GapAdvertisingData */
+ ASSERT(ERROR_NONE == sd_ble_gap_appearance_set(advData.getAppearance()),
+ BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
+
+ /* ToDo: Perform some checks on the payload, for example the Scan Response can't */
+ /* contains a flags AD type, etc. */
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Starts the BLE HW, initialising any services that were
+ added before this function was called.
+
+ @note All services must be added before calling this function!
+
+ @returns ble_error_t
+
+ @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
+ Everything executed properly
+
+ @section EXAMPLE
+
+ @code
+
+ @endcode
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+ble_error_t nRF51Gap::startAdvertising(const GapAdvertisingParams ¶ms)
+{
+ /* Make sure we support the advertising type */
+ if (params.getAdvertisingType() == GapAdvertisingParams::ADV_CONNECTABLE_DIRECTED) {
+ /* ToDo: This requires a propery security implementation, etc. */
+ return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+ }
+
+ /* Check interval range */
+ if (params.getAdvertisingType() == GapAdvertisingParams::ADV_NON_CONNECTABLE_UNDIRECTED) {
+ /* Min delay is slightly longer for unconnectable devices */
+ if ((params.getInterval() < GAP_ADV_PARAMS_INTERVAL_MIN_NONCON) ||
+ (params.getInterval() > GAP_ADV_PARAMS_INTERVAL_MAX)) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+ }
+ } else {
+ if ((params.getInterval() < GAP_ADV_PARAMS_INTERVAL_MIN) ||
+ (params.getInterval() > GAP_ADV_PARAMS_INTERVAL_MAX)) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check timeout is zero for Connectable Directed */
+ if ((params.getAdvertisingType() == GapAdvertisingParams::ADV_CONNECTABLE_DIRECTED) && (params.getTimeout() != 0)) {
+ /* Timeout must be 0 with this type, although we'll never get here */
+ /* since this isn't implemented yet anyway */
+ return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+ }
+
+ /* Check timeout for other advertising types */
+ if ((params.getAdvertisingType() != GapAdvertisingParams::ADV_CONNECTABLE_DIRECTED) &&
+ (params.getTimeout() > GAP_ADV_PARAMS_TIMEOUT_MAX)) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+ }
+
+ /* Start Advertising */
+ ble_gap_adv_params_t adv_para = {0};
+
+ adv_para.type = params.getAdvertisingType();
+ adv_para.p_peer_addr = NULL; // Undirected advertisement
+ adv_para.fp = BLE_GAP_ADV_FP_ANY;
+ adv_para.p_whitelist = NULL;
+ adv_para.interval = params.getInterval(); // advertising interval (in units of 0.625 ms)
+ adv_para.timeout = params.getTimeout();
+
+ ASSERT(ERROR_NONE == sd_ble_gap_adv_start(&adv_para),
+ BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
+
+ state.advertising = 1;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Stops the BLE HW and disconnects from any devices
+
+ @returns ble_error_t
+
+ @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
+ Everything executed properly
+
+ @section EXAMPLE
+
+ @code
+
+ @endcode
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+ble_error_t nRF51Gap::stopAdvertising(void)
+{
+ /* Stop Advertising */
+ ASSERT(ERROR_NONE == sd_ble_gap_adv_stop(), BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
+
+ state.advertising = 0;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Disconnects if we are connected to a central device
+
+ @returns ble_error_t
+
+ @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
+ Everything executed properly
+
+ @section EXAMPLE
+
+ @code
+
+ @endcode
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+ble_error_t nRF51Gap::disconnect(void)
+{
+ state.advertising = 0;
+ state.connected = 0;
+
+ /* Disconnect if we are connected to a central device */
+ ASSERT_INT(ERROR_NONE,
+ sd_ble_gap_disconnect(m_connectionHandle, BLE_HCI_REMOTE_USER_TERMINATED_CONNECTION), BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+}
+
+ble_error_t nRF51Gap::getPreferredConnectionParams(ConnectionParams_t *params)
+{
+ ASSERT_INT(NRF_SUCCESS,
+ sd_ble_gap_ppcp_get(reinterpret_cast<ble_gap_conn_params_t *>(params)),
+ BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+}
+
+ble_error_t nRF51Gap::setPreferredConnectionParams(const ConnectionParams_t *params)
+{
+ ASSERT_INT(NRF_SUCCESS,
+ sd_ble_gap_ppcp_set(reinterpret_cast<const ble_gap_conn_params_t *>(params)),
+ BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+}
+
+ble_error_t nRF51Gap::updateConnectionParams(Handle_t handle, const ConnectionParams_t *newParams)
+{
+ uint32_t rc;
+
+ rc = sd_ble_gap_conn_param_update(handle,
+ reinterpret_cast<ble_gap_conn_params_t *>(const_cast<ConnectionParams_t*>(newParams)));
+ if (rc == NRF_SUCCESS) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ } else {
+ return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+ }
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Sets the 16-bit connection handle
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+void nRF51Gap::setConnectionHandle(uint16_t con_handle)
+{
+ m_connectionHandle = con_handle;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Gets the 16-bit connection handle
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+uint16_t nRF51Gap::getConnectionHandle(void)
+{
+ return m_connectionHandle;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Sets the BLE device address
+
+ @returns ble_error_t
+
+ @section EXAMPLE
+
+ @code
+
+ uint8_t device_address[6] = { 0xca, 0xfe, 0xf0, 0xf0, 0xf0, 0xf0 };
+ nrf.getGap().setAddress(Gap::ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC, device_address);
+
+ @endcode
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+ble_error_t nRF51Gap::setAddress(addr_type_t type, const uint8_t address[6])
+{
+ if (type > ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_NON_RESOLVABLE) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+ }
+
+ ble_gap_addr_t dev_addr;
+ dev_addr.addr_type = type;
+ memcpy(dev_addr.addr, address, 6);
+
+ ASSERT_INT(ERROR_NONE,
+ sd_ble_gap_address_set(BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_NONE, &dev_addr),
+ BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
+
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nRF51Gap.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nRF51Gap.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __NRF51822_GAP_H__
+#define __NRF51822_GAP_H__
+
+#include "mbed.h"
+#include "blecommon.h"
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "GapAdvertisingParams.h"
+#include "GapAdvertisingData.h"
+#include "public/Gap.h"
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ \brief
+
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+class nRF51Gap : public Gap
+{
+public:
+ static nRF51Gap &getInstance() {
+ static nRF51Gap m_instance;
+ return m_instance;
+ }
+
+ /* Functions that must be implemented from Gap */
+ virtual ble_error_t setAddress(addr_type_t type,
+ const uint8_t address[6]);
+ virtual ble_error_t setAdvertisingData(const GapAdvertisingData &,
+ const GapAdvertisingData &);
+ virtual ble_error_t startAdvertising(const GapAdvertisingParams &);
+ virtual ble_error_t stopAdvertising(void);
+ virtual ble_error_t disconnect(void);
+
+ void setConnectionHandle(uint16_t con_handle);
+ uint16_t getConnectionHandle(void);
+
+ virtual ble_error_t getPreferredConnectionParams(ConnectionParams_t *params);
+ virtual ble_error_t setPreferredConnectionParams(const ConnectionParams_t *params);
+ virtual ble_error_t updateConnectionParams(Handle_t handle, const ConnectionParams_t *params);
+
+private:
+ uint16_t m_connectionHandle;
+ nRF51Gap() {
+ m_connectionHandle = BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID;
+ }
+
+ nRF51Gap(nRF51Gap const &);
+ void operator=(nRF51Gap const &);
+};
+
+#endif // ifndef __NRF51822_GAP_H__
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nRF51GattServer.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nRF51GattServer.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#include "nRF51GattServer.h"
+#include "mbed.h"
+
+#include "common/common.h"
+#include "btle/custom/custom_helper.h"
+
+#include "nRF51Gap.h"
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Adds a new service to the GATT table on the peripheral
+
+ @returns ble_error_t
+
+ @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
+ Everything executed properly
+
+ @section EXAMPLE
+
+ @code
+
+ @endcode
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+ble_error_t nRF51GattServer::addService(GattService &service)
+{
+ /* ToDo: Make sure we don't overflow the array, etc. */
+ /* ToDo: Make sure this service UUID doesn't already exist (?) */
+ /* ToDo: Basic validation */
+
+ /* Add the service to the nRF51 */
+ ble_uuid_t nordicUUID;
+ nordicUUID = custom_convert_to_nordic_uuid(service.getUUID());
+
+ uint16_t serviceHandle;
+ ASSERT( ERROR_NONE ==
+ sd_ble_gatts_service_add(BLE_GATTS_SRVC_TYPE_PRIMARY,
+ &nordicUUID,
+ &serviceHandle),
+ BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE );
+ service.setHandle(serviceHandle);
+
+ /* Add characteristics to the service */
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < service.getCharacteristicCount(); i++) {
+ GattCharacteristic *p_char = service.getCharacteristic(i);
+
+ nordicUUID = custom_convert_to_nordic_uuid(p_char->getUUID());
+
+ ASSERT ( ERROR_NONE ==
+ custom_add_in_characteristic(service.getHandle(),
+ &nordicUUID,
+ p_char->getProperties(),
+ NULL,
+ p_char->getInitialLength(),
+ p_char->getMaxLength(),
+ &nrfCharacteristicHandles[characteristicCount]),
+ BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE );
+
+ /* Update the characteristic handle */
+ uint16_t charHandle = characteristicCount;
+ p_characteristics[characteristicCount++] = p_char;
+
+ p_char->setHandle(charHandle);
+ if ((p_char->getValuePtr() != NULL) && (p_char->getInitialLength() > 0)) {
+ updateValue(charHandle, p_char->getValuePtr(), p_char->getInitialLength(), false /* localOnly */);
+ }
+ }
+
+ serviceCount++;
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Reads the value of a characteristic, based on the service
+ and characteristic index fields
+
+ @param[in] charHandle
+ The handle of the GattCharacteristic to read from
+ @param[in] buffer
+ Buffer to hold the the characteristic's value
+ (raw byte array in LSB format)
+ @param[in] len
+ The number of bytes read into the buffer
+
+ @returns ble_error_t
+
+ @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
+ Everything executed properly
+
+ @section EXAMPLE
+
+ @code
+
+ @endcode
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+ble_error_t nRF51GattServer::readValue(uint16_t charHandle, uint8_t buffer[], uint16_t *const lengthP)
+{
+ ASSERT( ERROR_NONE ==
+ sd_ble_gatts_value_get(nrfCharacteristicHandles[charHandle].value_handle, 0, lengthP, buffer),
+ BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Updates the value of a characteristic, based on the service
+ and characteristic index fields
+
+ @param[in] charHandle
+ The handle of the GattCharacteristic to write to
+ @param[in] buffer
+ Data to use when updating the characteristic's value
+ (raw byte array in LSB format)
+ @param[in] len
+ The number of bytes in buffer
+
+ @returns ble_error_t
+
+ @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
+ Everything executed properly
+
+ @section EXAMPLE
+
+ @code
+
+ @endcode
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+ble_error_t nRF51GattServer::updateValue(uint16_t charHandle, uint8_t buffer[], uint16_t len, bool localOnly)
+{
+ uint16_t gapConnectionHandle = nRF51Gap::getInstance().getConnectionHandle();
+
+ if (localOnly) {
+ /* Only update locally regardless of notify/indicate */
+ ASSERT_INT( ERROR_NONE,
+ sd_ble_gatts_value_set(nrfCharacteristicHandles[charHandle].value_handle, 0, &len, buffer),
+ BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE );
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ }
+
+ if ((p_characteristics[charHandle]->getProperties() &
+ (GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_INDICATE |
+ GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NOTIFY)) &&
+ (gapConnectionHandle != BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID)) {
+ /* HVX update for the characteristic value */
+ ble_gatts_hvx_params_t hvx_params;
+
+ hvx_params.handle = nrfCharacteristicHandles[charHandle].value_handle;
+ hvx_params.type =
+ (p_characteristics[charHandle]->getProperties() &
+ GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NOTIFY) ?
+ BLE_GATT_HVX_NOTIFICATION : BLE_GATT_HVX_INDICATION;
+ hvx_params.offset = 0;
+ hvx_params.p_data = buffer;
+ hvx_params.p_len = &len;
+
+ error_t error = (error_t) sd_ble_gatts_hvx(gapConnectionHandle, &hvx_params);
+
+ /* ERROR_INVALID_STATE, ERROR_BUSY, ERROR_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_MISSING and
+ *ERROR_NO_TX_BUFFERS the ATT table has been updated. */
+ if ((error != ERROR_NONE) && (error != ERROR_INVALID_STATE) &&
+ (error != ERROR_BLE_NO_TX_BUFFERS) && (error != ERROR_BUSY) &&
+ (error != ERROR_BLEGATTS_SYS_ATTR_MISSING)) {
+ ASSERT_INT( ERROR_NONE,
+ sd_ble_gatts_value_set(nrfCharacteristicHandles[charHandle].value_handle, 0, &len, buffer),
+ BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE );
+ }
+ } else {
+ ASSERT_INT( ERROR_NONE,
+ sd_ble_gatts_value_set(nrfCharacteristicHandles[charHandle].value_handle, 0, &len, buffer),
+ BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE );
+ }
+
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+}
+
+ble_error_t nRF51GattServer::setDeviceName(const uint8_t *deviceName)
+{
+ ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t sec_mode;
+ BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_OPEN(&sec_mode); // no security is needed
+
+ if (sd_ble_gap_device_name_set(&sec_mode, deviceName, strlen((const char *)deviceName)) == NRF_SUCCESS) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ } else {
+ return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+ }
+}
+
+ble_error_t nRF51GattServer::getDeviceName(uint8_t *deviceName, unsigned *lengthP)
+{
+ if (sd_ble_gap_device_name_get(deviceName, (uint16_t *)lengthP) == NRF_SUCCESS) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ } else {
+ return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+ }
+}
+
+ble_error_t nRF51GattServer::setAppearance(uint16_t appearance)
+{
+ if (sd_ble_gap_appearance_set(appearance) == NRF_SUCCESS) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ } else {
+ return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+ }
+}
+
+ble_error_t nRF51GattServer::getAppearance(uint16_t *appearanceP)
+{
+ if (sd_ble_gap_appearance_get(appearanceP)) {
+ return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
+ } else {
+ return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
+ }
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************/
+/*!
+ @brief Callback handler for events getting pushed up from the SD
+*/
+/**************************************************************************/
+void nRF51GattServer::hwCallback(ble_evt_t *p_ble_evt)
+{
+ uint16_t handle_value;
+ GattServerEvents::gattEvent_t event;
+
+ switch (p_ble_evt->header.evt_id) {
+ case BLE_GATTS_EVT_WRITE:
+ /* There are 2 use case here: Values being updated & CCCD (indicate/notify) enabled */
+
+ /* 1.) Handle CCCD changes */
+ handle_value = p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.params.write.handle;
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i<characteristicCount; i++) {
+ if ((p_characteristics[i]->getProperties() & (GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_INDICATE | GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NOTIFY)) &&
+ (nrfCharacteristicHandles[i].cccd_handle == handle_value)) {
+ uint16_t cccd_value =
+ (p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.params.write.data[1] << 8) |
+ p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.params.write.data[0]; /* Little Endian but M0 may be mis-aligned */
+
+ if (((p_characteristics[i]->getProperties() & GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_INDICATE) && (cccd_value & BLE_GATT_HVX_INDICATION)) ||
+ ((p_characteristics[i]->getProperties() & GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NOTIFY) && (cccd_value & BLE_GATT_HVX_NOTIFICATION))) {
+ event = GattServerEvents::GATT_EVENT_UPDATES_ENABLED;
+ } else {
+ event = GattServerEvents::GATT_EVENT_UPDATES_DISABLED;
+ }
+
+ handleEvent(event, i);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* 2.) Changes to the characteristic value will be handled with other events below */
+ event = GattServerEvents::GATT_EVENT_DATA_WRITTEN;
+ break;
+
+ case BLE_EVT_TX_COMPLETE:
+ handleEvent(GattServerEvents::GATT_EVENT_DATA_SENT);
+ return;
+
+ case BLE_GATTS_EVT_HVC:
+ /* Indication confirmation received */
+ event = GattServerEvents::GATT_EVENT_CONFIRMATION_RECEIVED;
+ handle_value = p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.params.hvc.handle;
+ break;
+
+ case BLE_GATTS_EVT_SYS_ATTR_MISSING:
+ sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set(p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.conn_handle, NULL, 0);
+ return;
+
+ default:
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Find index (charHandle) in the pool */
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i<characteristicCount; i++) {
+ if (nrfCharacteristicHandles[i].value_handle == handle_value) {
+ handleEvent(event, i);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nRF51GattServer.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nRF51GattServer.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* mbed Microcontroller Library
+ * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+ * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __NRF51822_GATT_SERVER_H__
+#define __NRF51822_GATT_SERVER_H__
+
+#include "mbed.h"
+#include "blecommon.h"
+#include "ble.h" /* nordic ble */
+#include "GattService.h"
+#include "public/GattServer.h"
+
+#define BLE_TOTAL_CHARACTERISTICS 10
+
+class nRF51GattServer : public GattServer
+{
+public:
+ static nRF51GattServer &getInstance() {
+ static nRF51GattServer m_instance;
+ return m_instance;
+ }
+
+ /* Functions that must be implemented from GattServer */
+ virtual ble_error_t addService(GattService &);
+ virtual ble_error_t readValue(uint16_t handle, uint8_t buffer[], uint16_t *const lengthP);
+ virtual ble_error_t updateValue(uint16_t, uint8_t[], uint16_t, bool localOnly = false);
+
+ virtual ble_error_t setDeviceName(const uint8_t *deviceName);
+ virtual ble_error_t getDeviceName(uint8_t *deviceName, unsigned *lengthP);
+ virtual ble_error_t setAppearance(uint16_t appearance);
+ virtual ble_error_t getAppearance(uint16_t *appearanceP);
+
+ /* nRF51 Functions */
+ void eventCallback(void);
+ void hwCallback(ble_evt_t *p_ble_evt);
+
+private:
+ GattCharacteristic *p_characteristics[BLE_TOTAL_CHARACTERISTICS];
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t nrfCharacteristicHandles[BLE_TOTAL_CHARACTERISTICS];
+
+ nRF51GattServer() {
+ serviceCount = 0;
+ characteristicCount = 0;
+ };
+
+ nRF51GattServer(nRF51GattServer const &);
+ void operator=(nRF51GattServer const &);
+};
+
+#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/app_common/app_gpiote.c
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/app_common/app_gpiote.c Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "app_gpiote.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "app_util.h"
+#include "app_util_platform.h"
+#include "nrf_error.h"
+#include "nrf_gpio.h"
+
+
+/**@brief GPIOTE user type. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t pins_mask; /**< Mask defining which pins user wants to monitor. */
+ uint32_t pins_low_to_high_mask; /**< Mask defining which pins will generate events to this user when toggling low->high. */
+ uint32_t pins_high_to_low_mask; /**< Mask defining which pins will generate events to this user when toggling high->low. */
+ uint32_t sense_high_pins; /**< Mask defining which pins are configured to generate GPIOTE interrupt on transition to high level. */
+ app_gpiote_event_handler_t event_handler; /**< Pointer to function to be executed when an event occurs. */
+} gpiote_user_t;
+
+STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(gpiote_user_t) <= GPIOTE_USER_NODE_SIZE);
+STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(gpiote_user_t) % 4 == 0);
+
+static uint32_t m_enabled_users_mask; /**< Mask for tracking which users are enabled. */
+static uint8_t m_user_array_size; /**< Size of user array. */
+static uint8_t m_user_count; /**< Number of registered users. */
+static gpiote_user_t * mp_users = NULL; /**< Array of GPIOTE users. */
+
+
+/**@brief Function for toggling sense level for specified pins.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_user Pointer to user structure.
+ * @param[in] pins Bitmask specifying for which pins the sense level is to be toggled.
+ */
+static void sense_level_toggle(gpiote_user_t * p_user, uint32_t pins)
+{
+ uint32_t pin_no;
+
+ for (pin_no = 0; pin_no < NO_OF_PINS; pin_no++)
+ {
+ uint32_t pin_mask = (1 << pin_no);
+
+ if ((pins & pin_mask) != 0)
+ {
+ uint32_t sense;
+
+ // Invert sensing.
+ if ((p_user->sense_high_pins & pin_mask) == 0)
+ {
+ sense = GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_High << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos;
+ p_user->sense_high_pins |= pin_mask;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ sense = GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Low << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos;
+ p_user->sense_high_pins &= ~pin_mask;
+ }
+
+ NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_no] &= ~GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Msk;
+ NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_no] |= sense;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the GPIOTE interrupt.
+ */
+void GPIOTE_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ uint8_t i;
+ uint32_t pins_changed;
+ uint32_t pins_state = NRF_GPIO->IN;
+
+ // Clear event.
+ NRF_GPIOTE->EVENTS_PORT = 0;
+
+ // Check all users.
+ for (i = 0; i < m_user_count; i++)
+ {
+ gpiote_user_t * p_user = &mp_users[i];
+
+ // Check if user is enabled.
+ if (((1 << i) & m_enabled_users_mask) != 0)
+ {
+ uint32_t transition_pins;
+ uint32_t event_low_to_high;
+ uint32_t event_high_to_low;
+
+ // Find set of pins on which there has been a transition.
+ transition_pins = (pins_state ^ ~p_user->sense_high_pins) & p_user->pins_mask;
+
+ // Toggle SENSE level for all pins that have changed state.
+ sense_level_toggle(p_user, transition_pins);
+
+ // Second read after setting sense.
+ // Check if any pins have changed while serving this interrupt.
+ pins_changed = NRF_GPIO->IN ^ pins_state;
+ if (pins_changed)
+ {
+ // Transition pins detected in late stage.
+ uint32_t late_transition_pins;
+
+ pins_state |= pins_changed;
+
+ // Find set of pins on which there has been a transition.
+ late_transition_pins = (pins_state ^ ~p_user->sense_high_pins) & p_user->pins_mask;
+
+ // Toggle SENSE level for all pins that have changed state in last phase.
+ sense_level_toggle(p_user, late_transition_pins);
+
+ // Update pins that has changed state since the interrupt occurred.
+ transition_pins |= late_transition_pins;
+ }
+
+ // Call user event handler if an event has occurred.
+ event_high_to_low = (~pins_state & p_user->pins_high_to_low_mask) & transition_pins;
+ event_low_to_high = (pins_state & p_user->pins_low_to_high_mask) & transition_pins;
+
+ if ((event_low_to_high | event_high_to_low) != 0)
+ {
+ p_user->event_handler(event_low_to_high, event_high_to_low);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for sense disabling for all pins for specified user.
+ *
+ * @param[in] user_id User id.
+ */
+static void pins_sense_disable(app_gpiote_user_id_t user_id)
+{
+ uint32_t pin_no;
+
+ for (pin_no = 0; pin_no < 32; pin_no++)
+ {
+ if ((mp_users[user_id].pins_mask & (1 << pin_no)) != 0)
+ {
+ NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_no] &= ~GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Msk;
+ NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_no] |= GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+uint32_t app_gpiote_init(uint8_t max_users, void * p_buffer)
+{
+ if (p_buffer == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ // Check that buffer is correctly aligned.
+ if (!is_word_aligned(p_buffer))
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ // Initialize file globals.
+ mp_users = (gpiote_user_t *)p_buffer;
+ m_user_array_size = max_users;
+ m_user_count = 0;
+ m_enabled_users_mask = 0;
+
+ memset(mp_users, 0, m_user_array_size * sizeof(gpiote_user_t));
+
+ // Initialize GPIOTE interrupt (will not be enabled until app_gpiote_user_enable() is called).
+ NRF_GPIOTE->INTENCLR = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+
+ NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(GPIOTE_IRQn);
+ NVIC_SetPriority(GPIOTE_IRQn, APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_HIGH);
+ NVIC_EnableIRQ(GPIOTE_IRQn);
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t app_gpiote_user_register(app_gpiote_user_id_t * p_user_id,
+ uint32_t pins_low_to_high_mask,
+ uint32_t pins_high_to_low_mask,
+ app_gpiote_event_handler_t event_handler)
+{
+ // Check state and parameters.
+ if (mp_users == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
+ }
+ if (event_handler == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+ if (m_user_count >= m_user_array_size)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
+ }
+
+ // Allocate new user.
+ mp_users[m_user_count].pins_mask = pins_low_to_high_mask | pins_high_to_low_mask;
+ mp_users[m_user_count].pins_low_to_high_mask = pins_low_to_high_mask;
+ mp_users[m_user_count].pins_high_to_low_mask = pins_high_to_low_mask;
+ mp_users[m_user_count].event_handler = event_handler;
+
+ *p_user_id = m_user_count++;
+
+ // Make sure SENSE is disabled for all pins.
+ pins_sense_disable(*p_user_id);
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t app_gpiote_user_enable(app_gpiote_user_id_t user_id)
+{
+ uint32_t pin_no;
+ uint32_t pins_state;
+
+ // Check state and parameters.
+ if (mp_users == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
+ }
+ if (user_id >= m_user_count)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ // Clear any pending event.
+ NRF_GPIOTE->EVENTS_PORT = 0;
+ pins_state = NRF_GPIO->IN;
+
+ // Enable user.
+ if (m_enabled_users_mask == 0)
+ {
+ NRF_GPIOTE->INTENSET = GPIOTE_INTENSET_PORT_Msk;
+ }
+ m_enabled_users_mask |= (1 << user_id);
+
+ // Enable sensing for all pins for specified user.
+ mp_users[user_id].sense_high_pins = 0;
+ for (pin_no = 0; pin_no < 32; pin_no++)
+ {
+ uint32_t pin_mask = (1 << pin_no);
+
+ if ((mp_users[user_id].pins_mask & pin_mask) != 0)
+ {
+ uint32_t sense;
+
+ if ((pins_state & pin_mask) != 0)
+ {
+ sense = GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Low << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ sense = GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_High << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos;
+ mp_users[user_id].sense_high_pins |= pin_mask;
+ }
+
+ NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_no] &= ~GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Msk;
+ NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_no] |= sense;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t app_gpiote_user_disable(app_gpiote_user_id_t user_id)
+{
+ // Check state and parameters.
+ if (mp_users == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
+ }
+ if (user_id >= m_user_count)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ // Disable sensing for all pins for specified user.
+ pins_sense_disable(user_id);
+
+ // Disable user.
+ m_enabled_users_mask &= ~(1UL << user_id);
+ if (m_enabled_users_mask == 0)
+ {
+ NRF_GPIOTE->INTENCLR = GPIOTE_INTENSET_PORT_Msk;
+ }
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t app_gpiote_pins_state_get(app_gpiote_user_id_t user_id, uint32_t * p_pins)
+{
+ gpiote_user_t * p_user;
+
+ // Check state and parameters.
+ if (mp_users == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
+ }
+ if (user_id >= m_user_count)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ // Get pins.
+ p_user = &mp_users[user_id];
+ *p_pins = NRF_GPIO->IN & p_user->pins_mask;
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+#if defined(SVCALL_AS_NORMAL_FUNCTION) || defined(SER_CONNECTIVITY)
+uint32_t app_gpiote_input_event_handler_register(const uint8_t channel,
+ const uint32_t pin,
+ const uint32_t polarity,
+ app_gpiote_input_event_handler_t event_handler)
+{
+ (void)sense_level_toggle(NULL, pin);
+ return NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+}
+
+uint32_t app_gpiote_input_event_handler_unregister(const uint8_t channel)
+{
+ return NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+}
+
+uint32_t app_gpiote_end_irq_event_handler_register(app_gpiote_input_event_handler_t event_handler)
+{
+ return NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+}
+
+uint32_t app_gpiote_end_irq_event_handler_unregister(void)
+{
+ return NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+}
+
+uint32_t app_gpiote_enable_interrupts(void)
+{
+ return NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+}
+
+uint32_t app_gpiote_disable_interrupts(void)
+{
+ return NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+}
+#endif // SVCALL_AS_NORMAL_FUNCTION || SER_CONNECTIVITY
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/app_common/app_scheduler.c
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/app_common/app_scheduler.c Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "app_scheduler.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "nrf_soc.h"
+#include "nrf_assert.h"
+#include "app_util.h"
+#include "app_util_platform.h"
+
+/**@brief Structure for holding a scheduled event header. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ app_sched_event_handler_t handler; /**< Pointer to event handler to receive the event. */
+ uint16_t event_data_size; /**< Size of event data. */
+} event_header_t;
+
+STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(event_header_t) <= APP_SCHED_EVENT_HEADER_SIZE);
+
+static event_header_t * m_queue_event_headers; /**< Array for holding the queue event headers. */
+static uint8_t * m_queue_event_data; /**< Array for holding the queue event data. */
+static volatile uint8_t m_queue_start_index; /**< Index of queue entry at the start of the queue. */
+static volatile uint8_t m_queue_end_index; /**< Index of queue entry at the end of the queue. */
+static uint16_t m_queue_event_size; /**< Maximum event size in queue. */
+static uint16_t m_queue_size; /**< Number of queue entries. */
+
+/**@brief Macro for checking if a queue is full. */
+#define APP_SCHED_QUEUE_FULL() (next_index(m_queue_end_index) == m_queue_start_index)
+
+/**@brief Macro for checking if a queue is empty. */
+#define APP_SCHED_QUEUE_EMPTY() (m_queue_end_index == m_queue_start_index)
+
+
+/**@brief Function for incrementing a queue index, and handle wrap-around.
+ *
+ * @param[in] index Old index.
+ *
+ * @return New (incremented) index.
+ */
+static __INLINE uint8_t next_index(uint8_t index)
+{
+ return (index < m_queue_size) ? (index + 1) : 0;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t app_sched_init(uint16_t event_size, uint16_t queue_size, void * p_event_buffer)
+{
+ uint16_t data_start_index = (queue_size + 1) * sizeof(event_header_t);
+
+ // Check that buffer is correctly aligned
+ if (!is_word_aligned(p_event_buffer))
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ // Initialize event scheduler
+ m_queue_event_headers = p_event_buffer;
+ m_queue_event_data = &((uint8_t *)p_event_buffer)[data_start_index];
+ m_queue_end_index = 0;
+ m_queue_start_index = 0;
+ m_queue_event_size = event_size;
+ m_queue_size = queue_size;
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t app_sched_event_put(void * p_event_data,
+ uint16_t event_data_size,
+ app_sched_event_handler_t handler)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ if (event_data_size <= m_queue_event_size)
+ {
+ uint16_t event_index = 0xFFFF;
+
+ CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER();
+
+ if (!APP_SCHED_QUEUE_FULL())
+ {
+ event_index = m_queue_end_index;
+ m_queue_end_index = next_index(m_queue_end_index);
+ }
+
+ CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT();
+
+ if (event_index != 0xFFFF)
+ {
+ // NOTE: This can be done outside the critical region since the event consumer will
+ // always be called from the main loop, and will thus never interrupt this code.
+ m_queue_event_headers[event_index].handler = handler;
+ if ((p_event_data != NULL) && (event_data_size > 0))
+ {
+ memcpy(&m_queue_event_data[event_index * m_queue_event_size],
+ p_event_data,
+ event_data_size);
+ m_queue_event_headers[event_index].event_data_size = event_data_size;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ m_queue_event_headers[event_index].event_data_size = 0;
+ }
+
+ err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ err_code = NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ err_code = NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH;
+ }
+
+ return err_code;
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for reading the next event from specified event queue.
+ *
+ * @param[out] pp_event_data Pointer to pointer to event data.
+ * @param[out] p_event_data_size Pointer to size of event data.
+ * @param[out] p_event_handler Pointer to event handler function pointer.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS if new event, NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND if event queue is empty.
+ */
+static uint32_t app_sched_event_get(void ** pp_event_data,
+ uint16_t * p_event_data_size,
+ app_sched_event_handler_t * p_event_handler)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code = NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND;
+
+ if (!APP_SCHED_QUEUE_EMPTY())
+ {
+ uint16_t event_index;
+
+ // NOTE: There is no need for a critical region here, as this function will only be called
+ // from app_sched_execute() from inside the main loop, so it will never interrupt
+ // app_sched_event_put(). Also, updating of (i.e. writing to) the start index will be
+ // an atomic operation.
+ event_index = m_queue_start_index;
+ m_queue_start_index = next_index(m_queue_start_index);
+
+ *pp_event_data = &m_queue_event_data[event_index * m_queue_event_size];
+ *p_event_data_size = m_queue_event_headers[event_index].event_data_size;
+ *p_event_handler = m_queue_event_headers[event_index].handler;
+
+ err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ return err_code;
+}
+
+
+void app_sched_execute(void)
+{
+ void * p_event_data;
+ uint16_t event_data_size;
+ app_sched_event_handler_t event_handler;
+
+ // Get next event (if any), and execute handler
+ while ((app_sched_event_get(&p_event_data, &event_data_size, &event_handler) == NRF_SUCCESS))
+ {
+ event_handler(p_event_data, event_data_size);
+ }
+}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/app_common/app_timer.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/app_common/app_timer.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,1131 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "app_timer.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "nrf51.h"
+#include "nrf51_bitfields.h"
+#include "nrf_soc.h"
+#include "app_error.h"
+//#include "nrf_delay.h"
+#include "mbed.h"
+#include "app_util.h"
+#include "app_util_platform.h"
+
+
+#define RTC1_IRQ_PRI APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_LOW /**< Priority of the RTC1 interrupt (used for checking for timeouts and executing timeout handlers). */
+#define SWI0_IRQ_PRI APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_LOW /**< Priority of the SWI0 interrupt (used for updating the timer list). */
+
+// The current design assumes that both interrupt handlers run at the same interrupt level.
+// If this is to be changed, protection must be added to prevent them from interrupting each other
+// (e.g. by using guard/trigger flags).
+STATIC_ASSERT(RTC1_IRQ_PRI == SWI0_IRQ_PRI);
+
+#define MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL 0x00FFFFFF /**< Maximum value of the RTC counter. */
+
+#define APP_HIGH_USER_ID 0 /**< User Id for the Application High "user". */
+#define APP_LOW_USER_ID 1 /**< User Id for the Application Low "user". */
+#define THREAD_MODE_USER_ID 2 /**< User Id for the Thread Mode "user". */
+
+#define RTC_COMPARE_OFFSET_MIN 3 /**< Minimum offset between the current RTC counter value and the Capture Compare register. Although the nRF51 Series User Specification recommends this value to be 2, we use 3 to be safer.*/
+
+#define MAX_RTC_TASKS_DELAY 47 /**< Maximum delay until an RTC task is executed. */
+
+/**@brief Timer allocation state type. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ STATE_FREE, /**< The timer node is available. */
+ STATE_ALLOCATED /**< The timer node has been allocated. */
+} timer_alloc_state_t;
+
+/**@brief Timer node type. The nodes will be used form a linked list of running timers. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ timer_alloc_state_t state; /**< Timer allocation state. */
+ app_timer_mode_t mode; /**< Timer mode. */
+ uint32_t ticks_to_expire; /**< Number of ticks from previous timer interrupt to timer expiry. */
+ uint32_t ticks_at_start; /**< Current RTC counter value when the timer was started. */
+ uint32_t ticks_first_interval; /**< Number of ticks in the first timer interval. */
+ uint32_t ticks_periodic_interval; /**< Timer period (for repeating timers). */
+ bool is_running; /**< True if timer is running, False otherwise. */
+ app_timer_timeout_handler_t p_timeout_handler; /**< Pointer to function to be executed when the timer expires. */
+ void * p_context; /**< General purpose pointer. Will be passed to the timeout handler when the timer expires. */
+ app_timer_id_t next; /**< Id of next timer in list of running timers. */
+} timer_node_t;
+
+STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(timer_node_t) <= APP_TIMER_NODE_SIZE);
+STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(timer_node_t) % 4 == 0);
+
+/**@brief Set of available timer operation types. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_NONE, /**< Invalid timer operation type. */
+ TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_START, /**< Timer operation type Start. */
+ TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP, /**< Timer operation type Stop. */
+ TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP_ALL /**< Timer operation type Stop All. */
+} timer_user_op_type_t;
+
+/**@brief Structure describing a timer start operation. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t ticks_at_start; /**< Current RTC counter value when the timer was started. */
+ uint32_t ticks_first_interval; /**< Number of ticks in the first timer interval. */
+ uint32_t ticks_periodic_interval; /**< Timer period (for repeating timers). */
+ void * p_context; /**< General purpose pointer. Will be passed to the timeout handler when the timer expires. */
+} timer_user_op_start_t;
+
+/**@brief Structure describing a timer operation. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ timer_user_op_type_t op_type; /**< Timer operation type. */
+ app_timer_id_t timer_id; /**< Id of timer on which the operation is to be performed. */
+ union
+ {
+ timer_user_op_start_t start; /**< Structure describing a timer start operation. */
+ } params;
+} timer_user_op_t;
+
+STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(timer_user_op_t) <= APP_TIMER_USER_OP_SIZE);
+STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(timer_user_op_t) % 4 == 0);
+
+/**@brief Structure describing a timer user.
+ *
+ * @details For each user of the timer module, there will be a timer operations queue. This queue
+ * will hold timer operations issued by this user until the timer interrupt handler
+ * processes these operations. For the current implementation, there will be one user for
+ * each interrupt level available to the application (APP_HIGH, APP_LOW and THREAD_MODE),
+ * but the module can easily be modified to e.g. have one queue per process when using an
+ * RTOS. The purpose of the queues is to be able to have a completely lockless timer
+ * implementation.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t first; /**< Index of first entry to have been inserted in the queue (i.e. the next entry to be executed). */
+ uint8_t last; /**< Index of last entry to have been inserted in the queue. */
+ uint8_t user_op_queue_size; /**< Queue size. */
+ timer_user_op_t * p_user_op_queue; /**< Queue buffer. */
+} timer_user_t;
+
+STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(timer_user_t) == APP_TIMER_USER_SIZE);
+STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(timer_user_t) % 4 == 0);
+
+/**@brief User id type.
+ *
+ * @details In the current implementation, this will automatically be generated from the current
+ * interrupt level.
+ */
+typedef uint32_t timer_user_id_t;
+
+#define TIMER_NULL ((app_timer_id_t)(0 - 1)) /**< Invalid timer id. */
+#define CONTEXT_QUEUE_SIZE_MAX (2) /**< Timer internal elapsed ticks queue size. */
+
+static uint8_t m_node_array_size; /**< Size of timer node array. */
+static timer_node_t * mp_nodes = NULL; /**< Array of timer nodes. */
+static uint8_t m_user_array_size; /**< Size of timer user array. */
+static timer_user_t * mp_users; /**< Array of timer users. */
+static app_timer_id_t m_timer_id_head; /**< First timer in list of running timers. */
+static uint32_t m_ticks_latest; /**< Last known RTC counter value. */
+static uint32_t m_ticks_elapsed[CONTEXT_QUEUE_SIZE_MAX]; /**< Timer internal elapsed ticks queue. */
+static uint8_t m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind; /**< Timer internal elapsed ticks queue read index. */
+static uint8_t m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind; /**< Timer internal elapsed ticks queue write index. */
+static app_timer_evt_schedule_func_t m_evt_schedule_func; /**< Pointer to function for propagating timeout events to the scheduler. */
+
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the RTC1 counter.
+ *
+ * @param[in] prescaler Value of the RTC1 PRESCALER register. Set to 0 for no prescaling.
+ */
+static void rtc1_init(uint32_t prescaler)
+{
+ NRF_RTC1->PRESCALER = prescaler;
+ NVIC_SetPriority(RTC1_IRQn, RTC1_IRQ_PRI);
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for starting the RTC1 timer.
+ */
+static void rtc1_start(void)
+{
+ NRF_RTC1->EVTENSET = RTC_EVTEN_COMPARE0_Msk;
+ NRF_RTC1->INTENSET = RTC_INTENSET_COMPARE0_Msk;
+
+ NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(RTC1_IRQn);
+ NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC1_IRQn);
+
+ NRF_RTC1->TASKS_START = 1;
+ wait(0.0000001 * MAX_RTC_TASKS_DELAY);
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for stopping the RTC1 timer.
+ */
+static void rtc1_stop(void)
+{
+ NVIC_DisableIRQ(RTC1_IRQn);
+
+ NRF_RTC1->EVTENCLR = RTC_EVTEN_COMPARE0_Msk;
+ NRF_RTC1->INTENCLR = RTC_INTENSET_COMPARE0_Msk;
+
+ NRF_RTC1->TASKS_STOP = 1;
+ wait(0.0000001 * MAX_RTC_TASKS_DELAY);
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for returning the current value of the RTC1 counter.
+ *
+ * @return Current value of the RTC1 counter.
+ */
+static __INLINE uint32_t rtc1_counter_get(void)
+{
+ return NRF_RTC1->COUNTER;
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for computing the difference between two RTC1 counter values.
+ *
+ * @return Number of ticks elapsed from ticks_old to ticks_now.
+ */
+static __INLINE uint32_t ticks_diff_get(uint32_t ticks_now, uint32_t ticks_old)
+{
+ return ((ticks_now - ticks_old) & MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL);
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for setting the RTC1 Capture Compare register 0, and enabling the corresponding
+ * event.
+ *
+ * @param[in] value New value of Capture Compare register 0.
+ */
+static __INLINE void rtc1_compare0_set(uint32_t value)
+{
+ NRF_RTC1->CC[0] = value;
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for inserting a timer in the timer list.
+ *
+ * @param[in] timer_id Id of timer to insert.
+ */
+static void timer_list_insert(app_timer_id_t timer_id)
+{
+ timer_node_t * p_timer = &mp_nodes[timer_id];
+
+ if (m_timer_id_head == TIMER_NULL)
+ {
+ m_timer_id_head = timer_id;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (p_timer->ticks_to_expire <= mp_nodes[m_timer_id_head].ticks_to_expire)
+ {
+ mp_nodes[m_timer_id_head].ticks_to_expire -= p_timer->ticks_to_expire;
+
+ p_timer->next = m_timer_id_head;
+ m_timer_id_head = timer_id;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ app_timer_id_t previous;
+ app_timer_id_t current;
+ uint32_t ticks_to_expire;
+
+ ticks_to_expire = p_timer->ticks_to_expire;
+ previous = m_timer_id_head;
+ current = m_timer_id_head;
+
+ while ((current != TIMER_NULL) && (ticks_to_expire > mp_nodes[current].ticks_to_expire))
+ {
+ ticks_to_expire -= mp_nodes[current].ticks_to_expire;
+ previous = current;
+ current = mp_nodes[current].next;
+ }
+
+ if (current != TIMER_NULL)
+ {
+ mp_nodes[current].ticks_to_expire -= ticks_to_expire;
+ }
+
+ p_timer->ticks_to_expire = ticks_to_expire;
+ p_timer->next = current;
+ mp_nodes[previous].next = timer_id;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for removing a timer from the timer queue.
+ *
+ * @param[in] timer_id Id of timer to remove.
+ */
+static void timer_list_remove(app_timer_id_t timer_id)
+{
+ app_timer_id_t previous;
+ app_timer_id_t current;
+ uint32_t timeout;
+
+ // Find the timer's position in timer list
+ previous = m_timer_id_head;
+ current = previous;
+
+ while (current != TIMER_NULL)
+ {
+ if (current == timer_id)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ previous = current;
+ current = mp_nodes[current].next;
+ }
+
+ // Timer not in active list
+ if (current == TIMER_NULL)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Timer is the first in the list
+ if (previous == current)
+ {
+ m_timer_id_head = mp_nodes[m_timer_id_head].next;
+ }
+
+ // Remaining timeout between next timeout
+ timeout = mp_nodes[current].ticks_to_expire;
+
+ // Link previous timer with next of this timer, i.e. removing the timer from list
+ mp_nodes[previous].next = mp_nodes[current].next;
+
+ // If this is not the last timer, increment the next timer by this timer timeout
+ current = mp_nodes[previous].next;
+ if (current != TIMER_NULL)
+ {
+ mp_nodes[current].ticks_to_expire += timeout;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for scheduling a check for timeouts by generating a RTC1 interrupt.
+ */
+static void timer_timeouts_check_sched(void)
+{
+ NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(RTC1_IRQn);
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for scheduling a timer list update by generating a SWI0 interrupt.
+ */
+static void timer_list_handler_sched(void)
+{
+ NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(SWI0_IRQn);
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for executing an application timeout handler, either by calling it directly, or
+ * by passing an event to the @ref app_scheduler.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_timer Pointer to expired timer.
+ */
+static void timeout_handler_exec(timer_node_t * p_timer)
+{
+ if (m_evt_schedule_func != NULL)
+ {
+ uint32_t err_code = m_evt_schedule_func(p_timer->p_timeout_handler, p_timer->p_context);
+ APP_ERROR_CHECK(err_code);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ p_timer->p_timeout_handler(p_timer->p_context);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for checking for expired timers.
+ */
+static void timer_timeouts_check(void)
+{
+ // Handle expired of timer
+ if (m_timer_id_head != TIMER_NULL)
+ {
+ app_timer_id_t timer_id;
+ uint32_t ticks_elapsed;
+ uint32_t ticks_expired;
+
+ // Initialize actual elapsed ticks being consumed to 0
+ ticks_expired = 0;
+
+ // ticks_elapsed is collected here, job will use it
+ ticks_elapsed = ticks_diff_get(rtc1_counter_get(), m_ticks_latest);
+
+ // Auto variable containing the head of timers expiring
+ timer_id = m_timer_id_head;
+
+ // Expire all timers within ticks_elapsed and collect ticks_expired
+ while (timer_id != TIMER_NULL)
+ {
+ timer_node_t * p_timer;
+
+ // Auto variable for current timer node
+ p_timer = &mp_nodes[timer_id];
+
+ // Do nothing if timer did not expire
+ if (ticks_elapsed < p_timer->ticks_to_expire)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Decrement ticks_elapsed and collect expired ticks
+ ticks_elapsed -= p_timer->ticks_to_expire;
+ ticks_expired += p_timer->ticks_to_expire;
+
+ // Move to next timer
+ timer_id = p_timer->next;
+
+ // Execute Task
+ timeout_handler_exec(p_timer);
+ }
+
+ // Prepare to queue the ticks expired in the m_ticks_elapsed queue.
+ if (m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind == m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind)
+ {
+ // The read index of the queue is equal to the write index. This means the new
+ // value of ticks_expired should be stored at a new location in the m_ticks_elapsed
+ // queue (which is implemented as a double buffer).
+
+ // Check if there will be a queue overflow.
+ if (++m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind == CONTEXT_QUEUE_SIZE_MAX)
+ {
+ // There will be a queue overflow. Hence the write index should point to the start
+ // of the queue.
+ m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Queue the ticks expired.
+ m_ticks_elapsed[m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind] = ticks_expired;
+
+ timer_list_handler_sched();
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for acquiring the number of ticks elapsed.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_ticks_elapsed Number of ticks elapsed.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if elapsed ticks was read from queue, FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+static bool elapsed_ticks_acquire(uint32_t * p_ticks_elapsed)
+{
+ // Pick the elapsed value from queue
+ if (m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind != m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind)
+ {
+ // Dequeue elapsed value
+ m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind++;
+ if (m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind == CONTEXT_QUEUE_SIZE_MAX)
+ {
+ m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind = 0;
+ }
+
+ *p_ticks_elapsed = m_ticks_elapsed[m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind];
+
+ m_ticks_latest += *p_ticks_elapsed;
+ m_ticks_latest &= MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL;
+
+ return true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // No elapsed value in queue
+ *p_ticks_elapsed = 0;
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the timer list deletions.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if Capture Compare register must be updated, FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+static bool list_deletions_handler(void)
+{
+ app_timer_id_t timer_id_old_head;
+ uint8_t user_id;
+
+ // Remember the old head, so as to decide if new compare needs to be set
+ timer_id_old_head = m_timer_id_head;
+
+ user_id = m_user_array_size;
+ while (user_id--)
+ {
+ timer_user_t * p_user = &mp_users[user_id];
+ uint8_t user_ops_first = p_user->first;
+
+ while (user_ops_first != p_user->last)
+ {
+ timer_node_t * p_timer;
+ timer_user_op_t * p_user_op = &p_user->p_user_op_queue[user_ops_first];
+
+ // Traverse to next operation in queue
+ user_ops_first++;
+ if (user_ops_first == p_user->user_op_queue_size)
+ {
+ user_ops_first = 0;
+ }
+
+ switch (p_user_op->op_type)
+ {
+ case TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP:
+ // Delete node if timer is running
+ p_timer = &mp_nodes[p_user_op->timer_id];
+ if (p_timer->is_running)
+ {
+ timer_list_remove(p_user_op->timer_id);
+ p_timer->is_running = false;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP_ALL:
+ // Delete list of running timers, and mark all timers as not running
+ while (m_timer_id_head != TIMER_NULL)
+ {
+ timer_node_t * p_head = &mp_nodes[m_timer_id_head];
+
+ p_head->is_running = false;
+ m_timer_id_head = p_head->next;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ // No implementation needed.
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Detect change in head of the list
+ return (m_timer_id_head != timer_id_old_head);
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for updating the timer list for expired timers.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ticks_elapsed Number of elapsed ticks.
+ * @param[in] ticks_previous Previous known value of the RTC counter.
+ * @param[out] p_restart_list_head List of repeating timers to be restarted.
+ */
+static void expired_timers_handler(uint32_t ticks_elapsed,
+ uint32_t ticks_previous,
+ app_timer_id_t * p_restart_list_head)
+{
+ uint32_t ticks_expired = 0;
+
+ while (m_timer_id_head != TIMER_NULL)
+ {
+ timer_node_t * p_timer;
+ app_timer_id_t id_expired;
+
+ // Auto variable for current timer node
+ p_timer = &mp_nodes[m_timer_id_head];
+
+ // Do nothing if timer did not expire
+ if (ticks_elapsed < p_timer->ticks_to_expire)
+ {
+ p_timer->ticks_to_expire -= ticks_elapsed;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ // Decrement ticks_elapsed and collect expired ticks
+ ticks_elapsed -= p_timer->ticks_to_expire;
+ ticks_expired += p_timer->ticks_to_expire;
+
+ // Timer expired, set ticks_to_expire zero
+ p_timer->ticks_to_expire = 0;
+ p_timer->is_running = false;
+
+ // Remove the expired timer from head
+ id_expired = m_timer_id_head;
+ m_timer_id_head = p_timer->next;
+
+ // Timer will be restarted if periodic
+ if (p_timer->ticks_periodic_interval != 0)
+ {
+ p_timer->ticks_at_start = (ticks_previous + ticks_expired) & MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL;
+ p_timer->ticks_first_interval = p_timer->ticks_periodic_interval;
+ p_timer->next = *p_restart_list_head;
+ *p_restart_list_head = id_expired;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for handling timer list insertions.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_restart_list_head List of repeating timers to be restarted.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if Capture Compare register must be updated, FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+static bool list_insertions_handler(app_timer_id_t restart_list_head)
+{
+ app_timer_id_t timer_id_old_head;
+ uint8_t user_id;
+
+ // Remember the old head, so as to decide if new compare needs to be set
+ timer_id_old_head = m_timer_id_head;
+
+ user_id = m_user_array_size;
+ while (user_id--)
+ {
+ timer_user_t * p_user = &mp_users[user_id];
+
+ // Handle insertions of timers
+ while ((restart_list_head != TIMER_NULL) || (p_user->first != p_user->last))
+ {
+ app_timer_id_t id_start;
+ timer_node_t * p_timer;
+
+ if (restart_list_head != TIMER_NULL)
+ {
+ id_start = restart_list_head;
+ p_timer = &mp_nodes[id_start];
+ restart_list_head = p_timer->next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ timer_user_op_t * p_user_op = &p_user->p_user_op_queue[p_user->first];
+
+ p_user->first++;
+ if (p_user->first == p_user->user_op_queue_size)
+ {
+ p_user->first = 0;
+ }
+
+ id_start = p_user_op->timer_id;
+ p_timer = &mp_nodes[id_start];
+
+ if ((p_user_op->op_type != TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_START) || p_timer->is_running)
+ {
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ p_timer->ticks_at_start = p_user_op->params.start.ticks_at_start;
+ p_timer->ticks_first_interval = p_user_op->params.start.ticks_first_interval;
+ p_timer->ticks_periodic_interval = p_user_op->params.start.ticks_periodic_interval;
+ p_timer->p_context = p_user_op->params.start.p_context;
+ }
+
+ // Prepare the node to be inserted
+ if (
+ ((p_timer->ticks_at_start - m_ticks_latest) & MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL)
+ <
+ (MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL / 2)
+ )
+ {
+ p_timer->ticks_to_expire = ticks_diff_get(p_timer->ticks_at_start, m_ticks_latest) +
+ p_timer->ticks_first_interval;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ uint32_t delta_current_start;
+
+ delta_current_start = ticks_diff_get(m_ticks_latest, p_timer->ticks_at_start);
+ if (p_timer->ticks_first_interval > delta_current_start)
+ {
+ p_timer->ticks_to_expire = p_timer->ticks_first_interval - delta_current_start;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ p_timer->ticks_to_expire = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ p_timer->ticks_at_start = 0;
+ p_timer->ticks_first_interval = 0;
+ p_timer->is_running = true;
+ p_timer->next = TIMER_NULL;
+
+ // Insert into list
+ timer_list_insert(id_start);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return (m_timer_id_head != timer_id_old_head);
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for updating the Capture Compare register.
+ */
+static void compare_reg_update(app_timer_id_t timer_id_head_old)
+{
+ // Setup the timeout for timers on the head of the list
+ if (m_timer_id_head != TIMER_NULL)
+ {
+ uint32_t ticks_to_expire = mp_nodes[m_timer_id_head].ticks_to_expire;
+ uint32_t pre_counter_val = rtc1_counter_get();
+ uint32_t cc = m_ticks_latest;
+ uint32_t ticks_elapsed = ticks_diff_get(pre_counter_val, cc) + RTC_COMPARE_OFFSET_MIN;
+
+ if (timer_id_head_old == TIMER_NULL)
+ {
+ // No timers were already running, start RTC
+ rtc1_start();
+ }
+
+ cc += (ticks_elapsed < ticks_to_expire) ? ticks_to_expire : ticks_elapsed;
+ cc &= MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL;
+
+ rtc1_compare0_set(cc);
+
+ uint32_t post_counter_val = rtc1_counter_get();
+
+ if (
+ (ticks_diff_get(post_counter_val, pre_counter_val) + RTC_COMPARE_OFFSET_MIN)
+ >
+ ticks_diff_get(cc, pre_counter_val)
+ )
+ {
+ // When this happens the COMPARE event may not be triggered by the RTC.
+ // The nRF51 Series User Specification states that if the COUNTER value is N
+ // (i.e post_counter_val = N), writing N or N+1 to a CC register may not trigger a
+ // COMPARE event. Hence the RTC interrupt is forcefully pended by calling the following
+ // function.
+ timer_timeouts_check_sched();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // No timers are running, stop RTC
+ rtc1_stop();
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for handling changes to the timer list.
+ */
+static void timer_list_handler(void)
+{
+ app_timer_id_t restart_list_head = TIMER_NULL;
+ uint32_t ticks_elapsed;
+ uint32_t ticks_previous;
+ bool ticks_have_elapsed;
+ bool compare_update;
+ app_timer_id_t timer_id_head_old;
+
+ // Back up the previous known tick and previous list head
+ ticks_previous = m_ticks_latest;
+ timer_id_head_old = m_timer_id_head;
+
+ // Get number of elapsed ticks
+ ticks_have_elapsed = elapsed_ticks_acquire(&ticks_elapsed);
+
+ // Handle list deletions
+ compare_update = list_deletions_handler();
+
+ // Handle expired timers
+ if (ticks_have_elapsed)
+ {
+ expired_timers_handler(ticks_elapsed, ticks_previous, &restart_list_head);
+ compare_update = true;
+ }
+
+ // Handle list insertions
+ if (list_insertions_handler(restart_list_head))
+ {
+ compare_update = true;
+ }
+
+ // Update compare register if necessary
+ if (compare_update)
+ {
+ compare_reg_update(timer_id_head_old);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for enqueueing a new operations queue entry.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_user User that the entry is to be enqueued for.
+ * @param[in] last_index Index of the next last index to be enqueued.
+ */
+static void user_op_enque(timer_user_t * p_user, app_timer_id_t last_index)
+{
+ p_user->last = last_index;
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for allocating a new operations queue entry.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_user User that the entry is to be allocated for.
+ * @param[out] p_last_index Index of the next last index to be enqueued.
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to allocated queue entry, or NULL if queue is full.
+ */
+static timer_user_op_t * user_op_alloc(timer_user_t * p_user, app_timer_id_t * p_last_index)
+{
+ app_timer_id_t last;
+ timer_user_op_t * p_user_op;
+
+ last = p_user->last + 1;
+ if (last == p_user->user_op_queue_size)
+ {
+ // Overflow case.
+ last = 0;
+ }
+ if (last == p_user->first)
+ {
+ // Queue is full.
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ *p_last_index = last;
+ p_user_op = &p_user->p_user_op_queue[p_user->last];
+
+ return p_user_op;
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for scheduling a Timer Start operation.
+ *
+ * @param[in] user_id Id of user calling this function.
+ * @param[in] timer_id Id of timer to start.
+ * @param[in] timeout_initial Time (in ticks) to first timer expiry.
+ * @param[in] timeout_periodic Time (in ticks) between periodic expiries.
+ * @param[in] p_context General purpose pointer. Will be passed to the timeout handler when
+ * the timer expires.
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+static uint32_t timer_start_op_schedule(timer_user_id_t user_id,
+ app_timer_id_t timer_id,
+ uint32_t timeout_initial,
+ uint32_t timeout_periodic,
+ void * p_context)
+{
+ app_timer_id_t last_index;
+
+ timer_user_op_t * p_user_op = user_op_alloc(&mp_users[user_id], &last_index);
+ if (p_user_op == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
+ }
+
+ p_user_op->op_type = TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_START;
+ p_user_op->timer_id = timer_id;
+ p_user_op->params.start.ticks_at_start = rtc1_counter_get();
+ p_user_op->params.start.ticks_first_interval = timeout_initial;
+ p_user_op->params.start.ticks_periodic_interval = timeout_periodic;
+ p_user_op->params.start.p_context = p_context;
+
+ user_op_enque(&mp_users[user_id], last_index);
+
+ timer_list_handler_sched();
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for scheduling a Timer Stop operation.
+ *
+ * @param[in] user_id Id of user calling this function.
+ * @param[in] timer_id Id of timer to stop.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful scheduling a timer stop operation. NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM when there
+ * is no memory left to schedule the timer stop operation.
+ */
+static uint32_t timer_stop_op_schedule(timer_user_id_t user_id, app_timer_id_t timer_id)
+{
+ app_timer_id_t last_index;
+
+ timer_user_op_t * p_user_op = user_op_alloc(&mp_users[user_id], &last_index);
+ if (p_user_op == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
+ }
+
+ p_user_op->op_type = TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP;
+ p_user_op->timer_id = timer_id;
+
+ user_op_enque(&mp_users[user_id], last_index);
+
+ timer_list_handler_sched();
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for scheduling a Timer Stop All operation.
+ *
+ * @param[in] user_id Id of user calling this function.
+ */
+static uint32_t timer_stop_all_op_schedule(timer_user_id_t user_id)
+{
+ app_timer_id_t last_index;
+
+ timer_user_op_t * p_user_op = user_op_alloc(&mp_users[user_id], &last_index);
+ if (p_user_op == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
+ }
+
+ p_user_op->op_type = TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP_ALL;
+ p_user_op->timer_id = TIMER_NULL;
+
+ user_op_enque(&mp_users[user_id], last_index);
+
+ timer_list_handler_sched();
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the RTC1 interrupt.
+ *
+ * @details Checks for timeouts, and executes timeout handlers for expired timers.
+ */
+extern "C" void RTC1_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ // Clear all events (also unexpected ones)
+ NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_COMPARE[0] = 0;
+ NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_COMPARE[1] = 0;
+ NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_COMPARE[2] = 0;
+ NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_COMPARE[3] = 0;
+ NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_TICK = 0;
+ NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_OVRFLW = 0;
+
+ // Check for expired timers
+ timer_timeouts_check();
+}
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the SWI0 interrupt.
+ *
+ * @details Performs all updates to the timer list.
+ */
+extern "C" void SWI0_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ timer_list_handler();
+}
+
+uint32_t app_timer_init(uint32_t prescaler,
+ uint8_t max_timers,
+ uint8_t op_queues_size,
+ void * p_buffer,
+ app_timer_evt_schedule_func_t evt_schedule_func)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ // Check that buffer is correctly aligned
+ if (!is_word_aligned(p_buffer))
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+ // Check for NULL buffer
+ if (p_buffer == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ // Stop RTC to prevent any running timers from expiring (in case of reinitialization)
+ rtc1_stop();
+
+ m_evt_schedule_func = evt_schedule_func;
+
+ // Initialize timer node array
+ m_node_array_size = max_timers;
+ mp_nodes = (timer_node_t *) p_buffer;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < max_timers; i++)
+ {
+ mp_nodes[i].state = STATE_FREE;
+ mp_nodes[i].is_running = false;
+ }
+
+ // Skip timer node array
+ p_buffer = &((uint8_t *)p_buffer)[max_timers * sizeof(timer_node_t)];
+
+ // Initialize users array
+ m_user_array_size = APP_TIMER_INT_LEVELS;
+ mp_users = (timer_user_t *) p_buffer;
+
+ // Skip user array
+ p_buffer = &((uint8_t *)p_buffer)[APP_TIMER_INT_LEVELS * sizeof(timer_user_t)];
+
+ // Initialize operation queues
+ for (i = 0; i < APP_TIMER_INT_LEVELS; i++)
+ {
+ timer_user_t * p_user = &mp_users[i];
+
+ p_user->first = 0;
+ p_user->last = 0;
+ p_user->user_op_queue_size = op_queues_size;
+ p_user->p_user_op_queue = (timer_user_op_t *) p_buffer;
+
+ // Skip operation queue
+ p_buffer = &((uint8_t *)p_buffer)[op_queues_size * sizeof(timer_user_op_t)];
+ }
+
+ m_timer_id_head = TIMER_NULL;
+ m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind = 0;
+ m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind = 0;
+
+ NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(SWI0_IRQn);
+ NVIC_SetPriority(SWI0_IRQn, SWI0_IRQ_PRI);
+ NVIC_EnableIRQ(SWI0_IRQn);
+
+ rtc1_init(prescaler);
+
+ m_ticks_latest = rtc1_counter_get();
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t app_timer_create(app_timer_id_t * p_timer_id,
+ app_timer_mode_t mode,
+ app_timer_timeout_handler_t timeout_handler)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ // Check state and parameters
+ if (mp_nodes == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
+ }
+ if (timeout_handler == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+ if (p_timer_id == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ // Find free timer
+ for (i = 0; i < m_node_array_size; i++)
+ {
+ if (mp_nodes[i].state == STATE_FREE)
+ {
+ mp_nodes[i].state = STATE_ALLOCATED;
+ mp_nodes[i].mode = mode;
+ mp_nodes[i].p_timeout_handler = timeout_handler;
+
+ *p_timer_id = i;
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for creating a timer user id from the current interrupt level.
+ *
+ * @return Timer user id.
+*/
+static timer_user_id_t user_id_get(void)
+{
+ timer_user_id_t ret;
+
+ STATIC_ASSERT(APP_TIMER_INT_LEVELS == 3);
+
+ switch (current_int_priority_get())
+ {
+ case APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_HIGH:
+ ret = APP_HIGH_USER_ID;
+ break;
+
+ case APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_LOW:
+ ret = APP_LOW_USER_ID;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ret = THREAD_MODE_USER_ID;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t app_timer_start(app_timer_id_t timer_id, uint32_t timeout_ticks, void * p_context)
+{
+ uint32_t timeout_periodic;
+
+ // Check state and parameters
+ if (mp_nodes == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
+ }
+ if ((timer_id >= m_node_array_size) || (timeout_ticks < APP_TIMER_MIN_TIMEOUT_TICKS))
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+ if (mp_nodes[timer_id].state != STATE_ALLOCATED)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
+ }
+
+ // Schedule timer start operation
+ timeout_periodic = (mp_nodes[timer_id].mode == APP_TIMER_MODE_REPEATED) ? timeout_ticks : 0;
+
+ return timer_start_op_schedule(user_id_get(),
+ timer_id,
+ timeout_ticks,
+ timeout_periodic,
+ p_context);
+}
+
+
+uint32_t app_timer_stop(app_timer_id_t timer_id)
+{
+ // Check state and parameters
+ if (mp_nodes == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
+ }
+ if (timer_id >= m_node_array_size)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+ if (mp_nodes[timer_id].state != STATE_ALLOCATED)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
+ }
+
+ // Schedule timer stop operation
+ return timer_stop_op_schedule(user_id_get(), timer_id);
+}
+
+
+uint32_t app_timer_stop_all(void)
+{
+ // Check state
+ if (mp_nodes == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
+ }
+
+ return timer_stop_all_op_schedule(user_id_get());
+}
+
+
+uint32_t app_timer_cnt_get(uint32_t * p_ticks)
+{
+ *p_ticks = rtc1_counter_get();
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t app_timer_cnt_diff_compute(uint32_t ticks_to,
+ uint32_t ticks_from,
+ uint32_t * p_ticks_diff)
+{
+ *p_ticks_diff = ticks_diff_get(ticks_to, ticks_from);
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/app_common/crc16.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/app_common/crc16.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "crc16.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+uint16_t crc16_compute(const uint8_t * p_data, uint32_t size, const uint16_t * p_crc)
+{
+ uint32_t i;
+ uint16_t crc = (p_crc == NULL) ? 0xffff : *p_crc;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+ {
+ crc = (unsigned char)(crc >> 8) | (crc << 8);
+ crc ^= p_data[i];
+ crc ^= (unsigned char)(crc & 0xff) >> 4;
+ crc ^= (crc << 8) << 4;
+ crc ^= ((crc & 0xff) << 4) << 1;
+ }
+
+ return crc;
+}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/app_common/hci_mem_pool.c
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/app_common/hci_mem_pool.c Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "hci_mem_pool.h"
+#include "hci_mem_pool_internal.h"
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/**@brief RX buffer element instance structure.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t rx_buffer[RX_BUF_SIZE]; /**< RX buffer memory array. */
+ uint32_t length; /**< Length of the RX buffer memory array. */
+} rx_buffer_elem_t;
+
+/**@brief RX buffer queue element instance structure.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ rx_buffer_elem_t * p_buffer; /**< Pointer to RX buffer element. */
+ uint32_t free_window_count; /**< Free space element count. */
+ uint32_t free_available_count; /**< Free area element count. */
+ uint32_t read_available_count; /**< Read area element count. */
+ uint32_t write_index; /**< Write position index. */
+ uint32_t read_index; /**< Read position index. */
+ uint32_t free_index; /**< Free position index. */
+} rx_buffer_queue_t;
+
+static bool m_is_tx_allocated; /**< Boolean value to determine if the TX buffer is allocated. */
+static rx_buffer_elem_t m_rx_buffer_elem_queue[RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE]; /**< RX buffer element instances. */
+static rx_buffer_queue_t m_rx_buffer_queue; /**< RX buffer queue element instance. */
+
+
+uint32_t hci_mem_pool_open(void)
+{
+ m_is_tx_allocated = false;
+ m_rx_buffer_queue.p_buffer = m_rx_buffer_elem_queue;
+ m_rx_buffer_queue.free_window_count = RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE;
+ m_rx_buffer_queue.free_available_count = 0;
+ m_rx_buffer_queue.read_available_count = 0;
+ m_rx_buffer_queue.write_index = 0;
+ m_rx_buffer_queue.read_index = 0;
+ m_rx_buffer_queue.free_index = 0;
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t hci_mem_pool_close(void)
+{
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t hci_mem_pool_tx_alloc(void ** pp_buffer)
+{
+ static uint8_t tx_buffer[TX_BUF_SIZE];
+
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ if (pp_buffer == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (!m_is_tx_allocated)
+ {
+ m_is_tx_allocated = true;
+ *pp_buffer = tx_buffer;
+ err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ err_code = NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
+ }
+
+ return err_code;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t hci_mem_pool_tx_free(void)
+{
+ m_is_tx_allocated = false;
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t hci_mem_pool_rx_produce(uint32_t length, void ** pp_buffer)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ if (pp_buffer == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_NULL;
+ }
+ *pp_buffer = NULL;
+
+ if (m_rx_buffer_queue.free_window_count != 0)
+ {
+ if (length <= RX_BUF_SIZE)
+ {
+ --(m_rx_buffer_queue.free_window_count);
+ ++(m_rx_buffer_queue.read_available_count);
+
+ *pp_buffer =
+ m_rx_buffer_queue.p_buffer[m_rx_buffer_queue.write_index].rx_buffer;
+
+ m_rx_buffer_queue.free_index |= (1u << m_rx_buffer_queue.write_index);
+
+ // @note: Adjust the write_index making use of the fact that the buffer size is of
+ // power of two and two's complement arithmetic. For details refer example to book
+ // "Making embedded systems: Elicia White".
+ m_rx_buffer_queue.write_index =
+ (m_rx_buffer_queue.write_index + 1u) & (RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE - 1u);
+
+ err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ err_code = NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ err_code = NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
+ }
+
+ return err_code;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t hci_mem_pool_rx_consume(uint8_t * p_buffer)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+ uint32_t consume_index;
+ uint32_t start_index;
+
+ if (m_rx_buffer_queue.free_available_count != 0)
+ {
+ // Find the buffer that has been freed -
+ // Start at read_index minus free_available_count and then increment until read index.
+ err_code = NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR;
+ consume_index = (m_rx_buffer_queue.read_index - m_rx_buffer_queue.free_available_count) &
+ (RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE - 1u);
+ start_index = consume_index;
+
+ do
+ {
+ if (m_rx_buffer_queue.p_buffer[consume_index].rx_buffer == p_buffer)
+ {
+ m_rx_buffer_queue.free_index ^= (1u << consume_index);
+ err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ consume_index = (consume_index + 1u) & (RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE - 1u);
+ }
+ }
+ while (consume_index != m_rx_buffer_queue.read_index);
+
+ while (!(m_rx_buffer_queue.free_index & (1 << start_index)) &&
+ (m_rx_buffer_queue.free_available_count != 0))
+ {
+ --(m_rx_buffer_queue.free_available_count);
+ ++(m_rx_buffer_queue.free_window_count);
+ start_index = (consume_index + 1u) & (RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE - 1u);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ err_code = NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
+ }
+
+ return err_code;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t hci_mem_pool_rx_data_size_set(uint32_t length)
+{
+ // @note: Adjust the write_index making use of the fact that the buffer size is of power
+ // of two and two's complement arithmetic. For details refer example to book
+ // "Making embedded systems: Elicia White".
+ const uint32_t index = (m_rx_buffer_queue.write_index - 1u) & (RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE - 1u);
+ m_rx_buffer_queue.p_buffer[index].length = length;
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t hci_mem_pool_rx_extract(uint8_t ** pp_buffer, uint32_t * p_length)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ if ((pp_buffer == NULL) || (p_length == NULL))
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (m_rx_buffer_queue.read_available_count != 0)
+ {
+ --(m_rx_buffer_queue.read_available_count);
+ ++(m_rx_buffer_queue.free_available_count);
+
+ *pp_buffer =
+ m_rx_buffer_queue.p_buffer[m_rx_buffer_queue.read_index].rx_buffer;
+ *p_length =
+ m_rx_buffer_queue.p_buffer[m_rx_buffer_queue.read_index].length;
+
+ // @note: Adjust the write_index making use of the fact that the buffer size is of power
+ // of two and two's complement arithmetic. For details refer example to book
+ // "Making embedded systems: Elicia White".
+ m_rx_buffer_queue.read_index =
+ (m_rx_buffer_queue.read_index + 1u) & (RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE - 1u);
+
+ err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ err_code = NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
+ }
+
+ return err_code;
+}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/app_common/pstorage.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/app_common/pstorage.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,762 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+#if NEED_PSTORAGE /* disabled by default */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "nordic_common.h"
+#include "nrf_error.h"
+#include "nrf_assert.h"
+//#include "nrf.h"
+#include "nrf_soc.h"
+#include "app_util.h"
+#include "pstorage.h"
+
+
+#define INVALID_OPCODE 0x00 /**< Invalid op code identifier. */
+#define SOC_MAX_WRITE_SIZE 1024 /**< Maximum write size allowed for a single call to \ref sd_flash_write as specified in the SoC API. */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup api_param_check API Parameters check macros.
+ *
+ * @details Macros that verify parameters passed to the module in the APIs. These macros
+ * could be mapped to nothing in final versions of code to save execution and size.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Check if the input pointer is NULL, if it is returns NRF_ERROR_NULL.
+ */
+#define NULL_PARAM_CHECK(PARAM) \
+ if ((PARAM) == NULL) \
+ { \
+ return NRF_ERROR_NULL; \
+ }
+
+/**
+ * @brief Verifies the module identifier supplied by the application is within permissible
+ * range.
+ */
+#define MODULE_ID_RANGE_CHECK(ID) \
+ if ((((ID)->module_id) >= PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS) || \
+ (m_app_table[(ID)->module_id].cb == NULL)) \
+ { \
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; \
+ }
+
+/**
+ * @brief Verifies the block identifier supplied by the application is within the permissible
+ * range.
+ */
+#define BLOCK_ID_RANGE_CHECK(ID) \
+ if (((ID)->block_id) >= (m_app_table[(ID)->module_id].base_id + \
+ (m_app_table[(ID)->module_id].block_count * MODULE_BLOCK_SIZE(ID)))) \
+ { \
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; \
+ }
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Verifies the block size requested by the application can be supported by the module.
+ */
+#define BLOCK_SIZE_CHECK(X) \
+ if (((X) > PSTORAGE_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE) || ((X) < PSTORAGE_MIN_BLOCK_SIZE)) \
+ { \
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; \
+ }
+
+/**
+ * @brief Verifies block size requested by Application in registration API.
+ */
+#define BLOCK_COUNT_CHECK(COUNT, SIZE) \
+ if (((COUNT) == 0) || ((m_next_page_addr + ((COUNT) *(SIZE)) > PSTORAGE_DATA_END_ADDR))) \
+ { \
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; \
+ }
+
+/**
+ * @brief Verifies size parameter provided by application in API.
+ */
+#define SIZE_CHECK(ID, SIZE) \
+ if(((SIZE) == 0) || ((SIZE) > MODULE_BLOCK_SIZE(ID))) \
+ { \
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; \
+ }
+
+/**
+ * @brief Verifies offset parameter provided by application in API.
+ */
+#define OFFSET_CHECK(ID, OFFSET, SIZE) \
+ if(((SIZE) + (OFFSET)) > MODULE_BLOCK_SIZE(ID)) \
+ { \
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; \
+ }
+
+#ifdef PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
+
+/**
+ * @brief Verifies the module identifier supplied by the application is registered for raw mode.
+ */
+#define MODULE_RAW_ID_RANGE_CHECK(ID) \
+ if ((PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS+1 != ((ID)->module_id)) || \
+ (m_raw_app_table.cb == NULL)) \
+ { \
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; \
+ }
+
+#endif // PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
+
+/**@} */
+
+/**@brief Verify module's initialization status.
+ *
+ * @details Verify module's initialization status. Returns NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE in case a
+ * module API is called without initializing the module.
+ */
+#define VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED() \
+ do \
+ { \
+ if (!m_module_initialized) \
+ { \
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE; \
+ } \
+ } while(0)
+
+/**@brief Macro to fetch the block size registered for the module. */
+#define MODULE_BLOCK_SIZE(ID) (m_app_table[(ID)->module_id].block_size)
+
+/**@} */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Application registration information.
+ *
+ * @details Define application specific information that application needs to maintain to be able
+ * to process requests from each one of them.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ pstorage_ntf_cb_t cb; /**< Callback registered with the module to be notified of result of flash access. */
+ pstorage_block_t base_id; /**< Base block id assigned to the module */
+ pstorage_size_t block_size; /**< Size of block for the module */
+ pstorage_size_t block_count; /**< Number of block requested by application */
+ pstorage_size_t no_of_pages; /**< Variable to remember how many pages have been allocated for this module. This information is used for clearing of block, so that application does not need to have knowledge of number of pages its using. */
+} pstorage_module_table_t;
+
+#ifdef PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
+/**
+ * @brief Application registration information.
+ *
+ * @details Define application specific information that application registered for raw mode.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ pstorage_ntf_cb_t cb; /**< Callback registered with the module to be notified of result of flash access. */
+ uint16_t no_of_pages; /**< Variable to remember how many pages have been allocated for this module. This information is used for clearing of block, so that application does not need to have knowledge of number of pages its using. */
+} pstorage_raw_module_table_t;
+#endif // PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
+
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Defines command queue element.
+ *
+ * @details Defines command queue element. Each element encapsulates needed information to process
+ * a flash access command.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t op_code; /**< Identifies flash access operation being queued. Element is free is op-code is INVALID_OPCODE */
+ pstorage_size_t size; /**< Identifies size in bytes requested for the operation. */
+ pstorage_size_t offset; /**< Offset requested by the application for access operation. */
+ pstorage_handle_t storage_addr; /**< Address/Identifier for persistent memory. */
+ uint8_t * p_data_addr; /**< Address/Identifier for data memory. This is assumed to be resident memory. */
+} cmd_queue_element_t;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Defines command queue, an element is free is op_code field is not invalid.
+ *
+ * @details Defines commands enqueued for flash access. At any point of time, this queue has one or
+ * more flash access operation pending if the count field is not zero. When the queue is
+ * not empty, the rp (read pointer) field points to the flash access command in progress
+ * or to requested next. The queue implements a simple first in first out algorithm.
+ * Data addresses are assumed to be resident.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t rp; /**< Read pointer, pointing to flash access that is ongoing or to be requested next. */
+ uint8_t count; /**< Number of elements in the queue. */
+ bool flash_access; /**< Flag to ensure an flash event received is for an request issued by the module. */
+ cmd_queue_element_t cmd[PSTORAGE_CMD_QUEUE_SIZE]; /**< Array to maintain flash access operation details */
+}cmd_queue_t;
+
+static cmd_queue_t m_cmd_queue; /**< Flash operation request queue. */
+static pstorage_module_table_t m_app_table[PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS]; /**< Registered application information table. */
+
+#ifdef PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
+static pstorage_raw_module_table_t m_raw_app_table; /**< Registered application information table for raw mode. */
+#endif // PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
+
+static pstorage_size_t m_next_app_instance; /**< Points to the application module instance that can be allocated next */
+static uint32_t m_next_page_addr; /**< Points to the flash address that can be allocated to a module next, this is needed as blocks of a module can span across flash pages. */
+static bool m_module_initialized = false; /**< Flag for checking if module has been initialized. */
+static pstorage_size_t m_round_val; /**< Round value for multiple round operations. For erase operations, the round value will contain current round counter which is identical to number of pages erased. For store operations, the round value contains current round of operation * SOC_MAX_WRITE_SIZE to ensure each store to the SoC Flash API is within the SoC limit. */
+
+static uint32_t process_cmd(void);
+static void app_notify (uint32_t reason);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup utility_functions Utility internal functions.
+ * @{
+ * @details Utility functions needed for interfacing with flash through SoC APIs.
+ * SoC APIs are non blocking and provide the result of flash access through an event.
+ *
+ * @note Only one flash access operation is permitted at a time by SoC. Hence a queue is
+ * maintained by this module.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes command queue element.
+ */
+static void cmd_queue_init_element(uint32_t index)
+{
+ // Internal function and checks on range of index can be avoided
+ m_cmd_queue.cmd[index].op_code = INVALID_OPCODE;
+ m_cmd_queue.cmd[index].size = 0;
+ m_cmd_queue.cmd[index].storage_addr.module_id = PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS;
+ m_cmd_queue.cmd[index].storage_addr.block_id = 0;
+ m_cmd_queue.cmd[index].p_data_addr = NULL;
+ m_cmd_queue.cmd[index].offset = 0;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes command queue.
+ */
+static void cmd_queue_init (void)
+{
+ uint32_t cmd_index;
+
+ m_round_val = 0;
+ m_cmd_queue.rp = 0;
+ m_cmd_queue.count = 0;
+ m_cmd_queue.flash_access = false;
+
+ for(cmd_index = 0; cmd_index < PSTORAGE_CMD_QUEUE_SIZE; cmd_index++)
+ {
+ cmd_queue_init_element(cmd_index);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Routine to enqueue a flash access operation.
+ */
+static uint32_t cmd_queue_enqueue(uint8_t opcode, pstorage_handle_t * p_storage_addr,uint8_t * p_data_addr, pstorage_size_t size, pstorage_size_t offset)
+{
+ uint32_t retval;
+ uint8_t write_index = 0;
+ retval = NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
+
+ // Check if flash access is ongoing.
+ if ((m_cmd_queue.flash_access == false) && (m_cmd_queue.count == 0))
+ {
+ m_cmd_queue.rp = 0;
+ m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].op_code = opcode;
+ m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].p_data_addr = p_data_addr;
+ m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].storage_addr = (*p_storage_addr);
+ m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].size = size;
+ m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].offset = offset;
+ m_cmd_queue.count++;
+ retval = process_cmd();
+ if ((retval == NRF_SUCCESS) || (retval == NRF_ERROR_BUSY))
+ {
+ // In case of busy error code, it is possible to attempt to access flash
+ retval = NRF_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (m_cmd_queue.count != PSTORAGE_CMD_QUEUE_SIZE)
+ {
+ // Enqueue the command if it is queue is not full
+ write_index = m_cmd_queue.rp + m_cmd_queue.count;
+
+ if (write_index >= PSTORAGE_CMD_QUEUE_SIZE)
+ {
+ write_index -= PSTORAGE_CMD_QUEUE_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ m_cmd_queue.cmd[write_index].op_code = opcode;
+ m_cmd_queue.cmd[write_index].p_data_addr = p_data_addr;
+ m_cmd_queue.cmd[write_index].storage_addr = (*p_storage_addr);
+ m_cmd_queue.cmd[write_index].size = size;
+ m_cmd_queue.cmd[write_index].offset = offset;
+ m_cmd_queue.count++;
+
+ retval = NRF_SUCCESS;
+
+ }
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Dequeues a command element.
+ */
+static uint32_t cmd_queue_dequeue(void)
+{
+ uint32_t retval;
+
+ cmd_queue_element_t * p_cmd = &m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp];
+ // Update count and read pointer to process any queued requests
+ if(m_round_val >= p_cmd->size)
+ {
+ // Initialize/free the element as it is now processed.
+ cmd_queue_init_element(m_cmd_queue.rp);
+ m_round_val = 0;
+ m_cmd_queue.count--;
+ m_cmd_queue.rp++;
+ }
+
+ retval = NRF_SUCCESS;
+
+ // If any flash operation is enqueued, schedule
+ if (m_cmd_queue.count)
+ {
+ retval = process_cmd();
+
+ if (retval != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ // Flash could be accessed by modules other than Bond Manager, hence a busy error is
+ // acceptable, but any other error needs to be indicated to the bond manager
+ if (retval != NRF_ERROR_BUSY)
+ {
+ app_notify (retval);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // In case of busy next trigger will be a success or a failure event
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // No flash access request pending
+ }
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Routine to notify application of any errors.
+ */
+static void app_notify (uint32_t result)
+{
+ pstorage_ntf_cb_t ntf_cb;
+ uint8_t op_code = m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].op_code;
+
+#ifdef PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
+ if(m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].storage_addr.module_id == (PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS + 1))
+ {
+ ntf_cb = m_raw_app_table.cb;
+ }
+ else
+#endif // PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
+ {
+ ntf_cb = m_app_table[m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].storage_addr.module_id].cb;
+ }
+
+ // Indicate result to client.
+ // For PSTORAGE_CLEAR_OP_CODE no size is returned as the size field is used only internally
+ // for clients registering multiple pages.
+ ntf_cb(&m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].storage_addr,
+ op_code,
+ result,
+ m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].p_data_addr,
+ op_code == PSTORAGE_CLEAR_OP_CODE ? 0 : m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].size);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Handles Flash Access Result Events.
+ */
+void pstorage_sys_event_handler (uint32_t sys_evt)
+{
+ uint32_t retval;
+
+ retval = NRF_SUCCESS;
+
+ // Its possible the flash access was not initiated by bond manager, hence
+ // event is processed only if the event triggered was for an operation requested by the
+ // bond manager.
+ if (m_cmd_queue.flash_access == true)
+ {
+ cmd_queue_element_t * p_cmd;
+ m_cmd_queue.flash_access = false;
+ switch (sys_evt)
+ {
+ case NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_SUCCESS:
+ p_cmd = &m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp];
+ if ((p_cmd->op_code != PSTORAGE_CLEAR_OP_CODE) || (m_round_val >= p_cmd->size))
+ {
+ app_notify(retval);
+ }
+ // Schedule any queued flash access operations
+ retval = cmd_queue_dequeue ();
+ if (retval != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ app_notify(retval);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_ERROR:
+ app_notify(NRF_ERROR_TIMEOUT);
+ break;
+ default:
+ // No implementation needed.
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Routine called to actually issue the flash access request to the SoftDevice.
+ */
+static uint32_t process_cmd(void)
+{
+ uint32_t retval;
+ uint32_t storage_addr;
+ cmd_queue_element_t * p_cmd;
+
+ retval = NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN;
+
+ p_cmd = &m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp];
+
+ storage_addr = p_cmd->storage_addr.block_id;
+
+ if (p_cmd->op_code == PSTORAGE_CLEAR_OP_CODE)
+ {
+ // Calculate page number before copy.
+ uint32_t page_number;
+
+ page_number = ((storage_addr / PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) +
+ m_round_val);
+
+ retval = sd_flash_page_erase(page_number);
+
+ if (NRF_SUCCESS == retval)
+ {
+ m_round_val++;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (p_cmd->op_code == PSTORAGE_STORE_OP_CODE)
+ {
+ uint32_t size;
+ uint8_t * p_data_addr = p_cmd->p_data_addr;
+
+ p_data_addr += m_round_val;
+
+ storage_addr += (p_cmd->offset + m_round_val);
+
+ size = p_cmd->size - m_round_val;
+
+ if (size < SOC_MAX_WRITE_SIZE)
+ {
+ retval = sd_flash_write(((uint32_t *)storage_addr),
+ (uint32_t *)p_data_addr,
+ size / sizeof(uint32_t));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ retval = sd_flash_write(((uint32_t *)storage_addr),
+ (uint32_t *)p_data_addr,
+ SOC_MAX_WRITE_SIZE / sizeof(uint32_t));
+ }
+
+
+ if (retval == NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ m_round_val += SOC_MAX_WRITE_SIZE;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Should never reach here.
+ }
+
+ if (retval == NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ m_cmd_queue.flash_access = true;
+ }
+
+ return retval;
+}
+/** @} */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Module initialization routine to be called once by the application.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_init(void)
+{
+ unsigned int index;
+ cmd_queue_init();
+
+ m_next_app_instance = 0;
+ m_next_page_addr = PSTORAGE_DATA_START_ADDR;
+ m_round_val = 0;
+
+ for(index = 0; index < PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS; index++)
+ {
+ m_app_table[index].cb = NULL;
+ m_app_table[index].block_size = 0;
+ m_app_table[index].no_of_pages = 0;
+ m_app_table[index].block_count = 0;
+ }
+
+#ifdef PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
+ m_raw_app_table.cb = NULL;
+ m_raw_app_table.no_of_pages = 0;
+#endif //PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
+
+ m_module_initialized = true;
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Registration routine to request persistent memory of certain sizes based on
+ * application module requirements.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_register(pstorage_module_param_t * p_module_param,
+ pstorage_handle_t * p_block_id)
+{
+ uint16_t page_count;
+ uint32_t total_size;
+
+ VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
+ NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_module_param);
+ NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_block_id);
+ NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_module_param->cb);
+ BLOCK_SIZE_CHECK(p_module_param->block_size);
+ BLOCK_COUNT_CHECK(p_module_param->block_count, p_module_param->block_size);
+
+ if (m_next_app_instance == PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
+ }
+
+ p_block_id->module_id = m_next_app_instance;
+ p_block_id->block_id = m_next_page_addr;
+ m_app_table[m_next_app_instance].base_id = p_block_id->block_id;
+ m_app_table[m_next_app_instance].cb = p_module_param->cb;
+ m_app_table[m_next_app_instance].block_size = p_module_param->block_size;
+ m_app_table[m_next_app_instance].block_count = p_module_param->block_count;
+
+ // Calculate number of flash pages allocated for the device.
+ page_count = 0;
+ total_size = p_module_param->block_size * p_module_param->block_count;
+ do
+ {
+ page_count++;
+ if (total_size > PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)
+ {
+ total_size -= PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ total_size = 0;
+ }
+ m_next_page_addr += PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
+ }while(total_size >= PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+
+ m_app_table[m_next_app_instance].no_of_pages = page_count;
+ m_next_app_instance++;
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief API to get the next block identifier.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_block_identifier_get(pstorage_handle_t * p_base_id,
+ pstorage_size_t block_num,
+ pstorage_handle_t * p_block_id)
+{
+ pstorage_handle_t temp_id;
+
+ VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
+ NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_base_id);
+ NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_block_id);
+ MODULE_ID_RANGE_CHECK(p_base_id);
+
+ temp_id = (*p_base_id);
+ temp_id.block_id += (block_num * MODULE_BLOCK_SIZE(p_base_id));
+ BLOCK_ID_RANGE_CHECK(&temp_id);
+ (*p_block_id) = temp_id;
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief API to store data persistently.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_store(pstorage_handle_t * p_dest,
+ uint8_t * p_src,
+ pstorage_size_t size,
+ pstorage_size_t offset)
+{
+ VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
+ NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_src);
+ NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_dest);
+ MODULE_ID_RANGE_CHECK (p_dest);
+ BLOCK_ID_RANGE_CHECK(p_dest);
+ SIZE_CHECK(p_dest,size);
+ OFFSET_CHECK(p_dest,offset,size);
+
+ // Verify word alignment.
+ if ((!is_word_aligned(p_src)) || (!is_word_aligned(p_src+offset)))
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR;
+ }
+
+ return cmd_queue_enqueue(PSTORAGE_STORE_OP_CODE, p_dest, p_src, size, offset);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief API to load data from persistent memory.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_load(uint8_t * p_dest,
+ pstorage_handle_t * p_src,
+ pstorage_size_t size,
+ pstorage_size_t offset)
+{
+ VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
+ NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_src);
+ NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_dest);
+ MODULE_ID_RANGE_CHECK (p_src);
+ BLOCK_ID_RANGE_CHECK(p_src);
+ SIZE_CHECK(p_src,size);
+ OFFSET_CHECK(p_src,offset,size);
+
+ // Verify word alignment.
+ if ((!is_word_aligned (p_dest)) || (!is_word_aligned (p_dest + offset)))
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR;
+ }
+
+ memcpy (p_dest, (((uint8_t *)p_src->block_id) + offset), size);
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief API to clear data in blocks of persistent memory.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_clear(pstorage_handle_t * p_dest, pstorage_size_t size)
+{
+ uint32_t retval;
+ uint32_t pages;
+
+ VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
+ NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_dest);
+ MODULE_ID_RANGE_CHECK(p_dest);
+ BLOCK_ID_RANGE_CHECK(p_dest);
+
+ pages = m_app_table[p_dest->module_id].no_of_pages;
+
+ retval = cmd_queue_enqueue(PSTORAGE_CLEAR_OP_CODE, p_dest, NULL , pages , 0);
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
+
+/**
+ * @brief Registration routine to request persistent memory of certain sizes based on
+ * application module requirements.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_raw_register(pstorage_module_param_t * p_module_param,
+ pstorage_handle_t * p_block_id)
+{
+ VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
+ NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_module_param);
+ NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_block_id);
+ NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_module_param->cb);
+
+ if (m_raw_app_table.cb != NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
+ }
+
+ p_block_id->module_id = PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS + 1;
+ m_raw_app_table.cb = p_module_param->cb;
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief API to store data persistently.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_raw_store(pstorage_handle_t * p_dest,
+ uint8_t * p_src,
+ uint32_t size,
+ uint32_t offset)
+{
+ VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
+ NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_src);
+ NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_dest);
+ MODULE_RAW_ID_RANGE_CHECK(p_dest);
+
+ // Verify word alignment.
+ if ((!is_word_aligned(p_src)) || (!is_word_aligned(p_src+offset)))
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR;
+ }
+
+ return cmd_queue_enqueue(PSTORAGE_STORE_OP_CODE, p_dest, p_src, size, offset);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief API to clear data in blocks of persistent memory.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_raw_clear(pstorage_handle_t * p_dest, uint32_t size)
+{
+ uint32_t retval;
+ uint32_t pages;
+
+ VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
+ NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_dest);
+ MODULE_RAW_ID_RANGE_CHECK(p_dest);
+
+ retval = NRF_SUCCESS;
+
+ pages = CEIL_DIV(size, PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+
+ retval = cmd_queue_enqueue(PSTORAGE_CLEAR_OP_CODE, p_dest, NULL , pages, 0);
+
+ return retval;
+}
+
+#endif // PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
+#endif /* #if NEED_PSTORAGE */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/ble/ble_advdata.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/ble/ble_advdata.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,624 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "ble_advdata.h"
+#include "nordic_common.h"
+#include "nrf_error.h"
+#include "ble_gap.h"
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+#include "app_util.h"
+
+
+// Offset from where advertisement data other than flags information can start.
+#define ADV_FLAG_OFFSET 2
+
+// Offset for Advertising Data.
+// Offset is 2 as each Advertising Data contain 1 octet of Adveritising Data Type and
+// one octet Advertising Data Length.
+#define ADV_DATA_OFFSET 2
+
+// NOTE: For now, Security Manager TK Value and Security Manager Out of Band Flags (OOB) are omitted
+// from the advertising data.
+
+
+static uint32_t name_encode(const ble_advdata_t * p_advdata,
+ uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
+ uint8_t * p_len)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+ uint16_t rem_adv_data_len;
+ uint16_t actual_length;
+ uint8_t adv_data_format;
+ uint8_t adv_offset;
+
+ adv_offset = *p_len;
+
+
+ // Check for buffer overflow.
+ if ((adv_offset + ADV_DATA_OFFSET > BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE) ||
+ ((p_advdata->short_name_len + ADV_DATA_OFFSET) > BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE))
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
+ }
+ actual_length = rem_adv_data_len = (BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE - adv_offset - ADV_FLAG_OFFSET);
+
+ // Get GAP device name and length
+ err_code = sd_ble_gap_device_name_get(&p_encoded_data[adv_offset + ADV_DATA_OFFSET],
+ &actual_length);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ // Check if device internd to use short name and it can fit available data size.
+ if ((p_advdata->name_type == BLE_ADVDATA_FULL_NAME) && (actual_length <= rem_adv_data_len))
+ {
+ // Complete device name can fit, setting Complete Name in Adv Data.
+ adv_data_format = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_COMPLETE_LOCAL_NAME;
+ rem_adv_data_len = actual_length;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Else short name needs to be used. Or application has requested use of short name.
+ adv_data_format = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SHORT_LOCAL_NAME;
+
+ // If application has set a preference on the short name size, it needs to be considered,
+ // else fit what can be fit.
+ if ((p_advdata->short_name_len != 0) && (p_advdata->short_name_len <= rem_adv_data_len))
+ {
+ // Short name fits available size.
+ rem_adv_data_len = p_advdata->short_name_len;
+ }
+ // Else whatever can fit the data buffer will be packed.
+ else
+ {
+ rem_adv_data_len = actual_length;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Complete name field in encoded data.
+ p_encoded_data[adv_offset++] = rem_adv_data_len + 1;
+ p_encoded_data[adv_offset++] = adv_data_format;
+ (*p_len) += (rem_adv_data_len + ADV_DATA_OFFSET);
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+static uint32_t appearance_encode(uint8_t * p_encoded_data, uint8_t * p_len)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+ uint16_t appearance;
+
+ // Check for buffer overflow.
+ if ((*p_len) + 4 > BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ // Get GAP appearance field.
+ err_code = sd_ble_gap_appearance_get(&appearance);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ // Encode Length, AD Type and Appearance.
+ p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = 3;
+ p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_APPEARANCE;
+
+ (*p_len) += uint16_encode(appearance, &p_encoded_data[*p_len]);
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+static uint32_t uint8_array_encode(const uint8_array_t * p_uint8_array,
+ uint8_t adv_type,
+ uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
+ uint8_t * p_len)
+{
+ // Check parameter consistency.
+ if (p_uint8_array->p_data == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ // Check for buffer overflow.
+ if ((*p_len) + ADV_DATA_OFFSET + p_uint8_array->size > BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ // Encode Length and AD Type.
+ p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = 1 + p_uint8_array->size;
+ p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = adv_type;
+
+ // Encode array.
+ memcpy(&p_encoded_data[*p_len], p_uint8_array->p_data, p_uint8_array->size);
+ (*p_len) += p_uint8_array->size;
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+static uint32_t tx_power_level_encode(int8_t tx_power_level,
+ uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
+ uint8_t * p_len)
+{
+ // Check for buffer overflow.
+ if ((*p_len) + 3 > BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ // Encode TX Power Level.
+ p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = 2;
+ p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_TX_POWER_LEVEL;
+ p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = (uint8_t)tx_power_level;
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+static uint32_t uuid_list_sized_encode(const ble_advdata_uuid_list_t * p_uuid_list,
+ uint8_t adv_type,
+ uint8_t uuid_size,
+ uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
+ uint8_t * p_len)
+{
+ int i;
+ bool is_heading_written = false;
+ uint8_t start_pos = *p_len;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < p_uuid_list->uuid_cnt; i++)
+ {
+ uint32_t err_code;
+ uint8_t encoded_size;
+ ble_uuid_t uuid = p_uuid_list->p_uuids[i];
+
+ // Find encoded uuid size.
+ err_code = sd_ble_uuid_encode(&uuid, &encoded_size, NULL);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ // Check size.
+ if (encoded_size == uuid_size)
+ {
+ uint8_t heading_bytes = (is_heading_written) ? 0 : 2;
+
+ // Check for buffer overflow
+ if (*p_len + encoded_size + heading_bytes > BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ if (!is_heading_written)
+ {
+ // Write AD structure heading.
+ (*p_len)++;
+ p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = adv_type;
+ is_heading_written = true;
+ }
+
+ // Write UUID.
+ err_code = sd_ble_uuid_encode(&uuid, &encoded_size, &p_encoded_data[*p_len]);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ (*p_len) += encoded_size;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (is_heading_written)
+ {
+ // Write length.
+ p_encoded_data[start_pos] = (*p_len) - (start_pos + 1);
+ }
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+static uint32_t uuid_list_encode(const ble_advdata_uuid_list_t * p_uuid_list,
+ uint8_t adv_type_16,
+ uint8_t adv_type_128,
+ uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
+ uint8_t * p_len)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ // Encode 16 bit UUIDs.
+ err_code = uuid_list_sized_encode(p_uuid_list,
+ adv_type_16,
+ sizeof(uint16_le_t),
+ p_encoded_data,
+ p_len);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ // Encode 128 bit UUIDs.
+ err_code = uuid_list_sized_encode(p_uuid_list,
+ adv_type_128,
+ sizeof(ble_uuid128_t),
+ p_encoded_data,
+ p_len);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+static uint32_t conn_int_check(const ble_advdata_conn_int_t *p_conn_int)
+{
+ // Check Minimum Connection Interval.
+ if ((p_conn_int->min_conn_interval < 0x0006) ||
+ (
+ (p_conn_int->min_conn_interval > 0x0c80) &&
+ (p_conn_int->min_conn_interval != 0xffff)
+ )
+ )
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ // Check Maximum Connection Interval.
+ if ((p_conn_int->max_conn_interval < 0x0006) ||
+ (
+ (p_conn_int->max_conn_interval > 0x0c80) &&
+ (p_conn_int->max_conn_interval != 0xffff)
+ )
+ )
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ // Make sure Minimum Connection Interval is not bigger than Maximum Connection Interval.
+ if ((p_conn_int->min_conn_interval != 0xffff) &&
+ (p_conn_int->max_conn_interval != 0xffff) &&
+ (p_conn_int->min_conn_interval > p_conn_int->max_conn_interval)
+ )
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+static uint32_t conn_int_encode(const ble_advdata_conn_int_t * p_conn_int,
+ uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
+ uint8_t * p_len)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ // Check for buffer overflow.
+ if ((*p_len) + ADV_DATA_OFFSET + 2 * sizeof(uint16_le_t) > BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ // Check parameters.
+ err_code = conn_int_check(p_conn_int);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ // Encode Length and AD Type.
+ p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = 1 + 2 * sizeof(uint16_le_t);
+ p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SLAVE_CONNECTION_INTERVAL_RANGE;
+
+ // Encode Minimum and Maximum Connection Intervals.
+ (*p_len) += uint16_encode(p_conn_int->min_conn_interval, &p_encoded_data[*p_len]);
+ (*p_len) += uint16_encode(p_conn_int->max_conn_interval, &p_encoded_data[*p_len]);
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+static uint32_t manuf_specific_data_encode(const ble_advdata_manuf_data_t * p_manuf_sp_data,
+ uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
+ uint8_t * p_len)
+{
+ uint8_t data_size = sizeof(uint16_le_t) + p_manuf_sp_data->data.size;
+
+ // Check for buffer overflow.
+ if ((*p_len) + ADV_DATA_OFFSET + data_size > BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ // Encode Length and AD Type.
+ p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = 1 + data_size;
+ p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_DATA;
+
+ // Encode Company Identifier.
+ (*p_len) += uint16_encode(p_manuf_sp_data->company_identifier, &p_encoded_data[*p_len]);
+
+ // Encode additional manufacturer specific data.
+ if (p_manuf_sp_data->data.size > 0)
+ {
+ if (p_manuf_sp_data->data.p_data == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+ memcpy(&p_encoded_data[*p_len], p_manuf_sp_data->data.p_data, p_manuf_sp_data->data.size);
+ (*p_len) += p_manuf_sp_data->data.size;
+ }
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+static uint32_t service_data_encode(const ble_advdata_t * p_advdata,
+ uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
+ uint8_t * p_len)
+{
+ uint8_t i;
+
+ // Check parameter consistency.
+ if (p_advdata->p_service_data_array == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < p_advdata->service_data_count; i++)
+ {
+ ble_advdata_service_data_t * p_service_data;
+ uint8_t data_size;
+
+ p_service_data = &p_advdata->p_service_data_array[i];
+ data_size = sizeof(uint16_le_t) + p_service_data->data.size;
+
+ // Encode Length and AD Type.
+ p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = 1 + data_size;
+ p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SERVICE_DATA;
+
+ // Encode service UUID.
+ (*p_len) += uint16_encode(p_service_data->service_uuid, &p_encoded_data[*p_len]);
+
+ // Encode additional service data.
+ if (p_service_data->data.size > 0)
+ {
+ if (p_service_data->data.p_data == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+ memcpy(&p_encoded_data[*p_len], p_service_data->data.p_data, p_service_data->data.size);
+ (*p_len) += p_service_data->data.size;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+static uint32_t adv_data_encode(const ble_advdata_t * p_advdata,
+ uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
+ uint8_t * p_len)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
+
+ *p_len = 0;
+
+ // Encode name.
+ if (p_advdata->name_type != BLE_ADVDATA_NO_NAME)
+ {
+ err_code = name_encode(p_advdata, p_encoded_data, p_len);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Encode appearance.
+ if (p_advdata->include_appearance)
+ {
+ err_code = appearance_encode(p_encoded_data, p_len);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Encode flags.
+ if (p_advdata->flags.size > 0)
+ {
+ err_code = uint8_array_encode(&p_advdata->flags,
+ BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_FLAGS,
+ p_encoded_data,
+ p_len);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Encode TX power level.
+ if (p_advdata->p_tx_power_level != NULL)
+ {
+ err_code = tx_power_level_encode(*p_advdata->p_tx_power_level, p_encoded_data, p_len);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Encode 'more available' uuid list.
+ if (p_advdata->uuids_more_available.uuid_cnt > 0)
+ {
+ err_code = uuid_list_encode(&p_advdata->uuids_more_available,
+ BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_16BIT_SERVICE_UUID_MORE_AVAILABLE,
+ BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_128BIT_SERVICE_UUID_MORE_AVAILABLE,
+ p_encoded_data,
+ p_len);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Encode 'complete' uuid list.
+ if (p_advdata->uuids_complete.uuid_cnt > 0)
+ {
+ err_code = uuid_list_encode(&p_advdata->uuids_complete,
+ BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_16BIT_SERVICE_UUID_COMPLETE,
+ BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_128BIT_SERVICE_UUID_COMPLETE,
+ p_encoded_data,
+ p_len);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Encode 'solicited service' uuid list.
+ if (p_advdata->uuids_solicited.uuid_cnt > 0)
+ {
+ err_code = uuid_list_encode(&p_advdata->uuids_solicited,
+ BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SOLICITED_SERVICE_UUIDS_16BIT,
+ BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SOLICITED_SERVICE_UUIDS_128BIT,
+ p_encoded_data,
+ p_len);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Encode Slave Connection Interval Range.
+ if (p_advdata->p_slave_conn_int != NULL)
+ {
+ err_code = conn_int_encode(p_advdata->p_slave_conn_int, p_encoded_data, p_len);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Encode Manufacturer Specific Data.
+ if (p_advdata->p_manuf_specific_data != NULL)
+ {
+ err_code = manuf_specific_data_encode(p_advdata->p_manuf_specific_data,
+ p_encoded_data,
+ p_len);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Encode Service Data.
+ if (p_advdata->service_data_count > 0)
+ {
+ err_code = service_data_encode(p_advdata, p_encoded_data, p_len);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return err_code;
+}
+
+
+static uint32_t advdata_check(const ble_advdata_t * p_advdata)
+{
+ // Flags must be included in advertising data, and the BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_BR_EDR_NOT_SUPPORTED flag must be set.
+ if ((p_advdata->flags.size == 0) ||
+ (p_advdata->flags.p_data == NULL) ||
+ ((p_advdata->flags.p_data[0] & BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_BR_EDR_NOT_SUPPORTED) == 0)
+ )
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+static uint32_t srdata_check(const ble_advdata_t * p_srdata)
+{
+ // Flags shall not be included in the scan response data.
+ if (p_srdata->flags.size > 0)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t ble_advdata_set(const ble_advdata_t * p_advdata, const ble_advdata_t * p_srdata)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+ uint8_t len_advdata = 0;
+ uint8_t len_srdata = 0;
+ uint8_t encoded_advdata[BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE];
+ uint8_t encoded_srdata[BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE];
+ uint8_t * p_encoded_advdata;
+ uint8_t * p_encoded_srdata;
+
+ // Encode advertising data (if supplied).
+ if (p_advdata != NULL)
+ {
+ err_code = advdata_check(p_advdata);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ err_code = adv_data_encode(p_advdata, encoded_advdata, &len_advdata);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ p_encoded_advdata = encoded_advdata;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ p_encoded_advdata = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Encode scan response data (if supplied).
+ if (p_srdata != NULL)
+ {
+ err_code = srdata_check(p_srdata);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ err_code = adv_data_encode(p_srdata, encoded_srdata, &len_srdata);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ p_encoded_srdata = encoded_srdata;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ p_encoded_srdata = NULL;
+ }
+
+ // Pass encoded advertising data and/or scan response data to the stack.
+ return sd_ble_gap_adv_data_set(p_encoded_advdata, len_advdata, p_encoded_srdata, len_srdata);
+}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/ble/ble_advdata_parser.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/ble/ble_advdata_parser.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#include "ble_advdata_parser.h"
+
+uint32_t ble_advdata_parser_field_find(uint8_t type, uint8_t * p_advdata, uint8_t * len, uint8_t ** pp_field_data)
+{
+ uint32_t index = 0;
+
+ while (index < *len)
+ {
+ uint8_t field_length = p_advdata[index];
+ uint8_t field_type = p_advdata[index+1];
+
+ if (field_type == type)
+ {
+ *pp_field_data = &p_advdata[index+2];
+ *len = field_length-1;
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ index += field_length+1;
+ }
+ return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND;
+}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/ble/ble_bondmngr.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/ble/ble_bondmngr.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,1598 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER /* disabled by default */
+
+#include "ble_bondmngr.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "nordic_common.h"
+#include "nrf_error.h"
+#include "ble_gap.h"
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+#include "app_util.h"
+#include "nrf_assert.h"
+//#include "nrf.h"
+#include "nrf51_bitfields.h"
+#include "crc16.h"
+#include "pstorage.h"
+#include "ble_bondmngr_cfg.h"
+
+#define CCCD_SIZE 6 /**< Number of bytes needed for storing the state of one CCCD. */
+#define CRC_SIZE 2 /**< Size of CRC in sys_attribute data. */
+#define SYS_ATTR_BUFFER_MAX_LEN (((BLE_BONDMNGR_CCCD_COUNT + 1) * CCCD_SIZE) + CRC_SIZE) /**< Size of sys_attribute data. */
+#define MAX_NUM_CENTRAL_WHITE_LIST MIN(BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS, 8) /**< Maximum number of whitelisted centrals supported.*/
+#define MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH 10 /**< Maximum number of bonds that can be stored in flash. */
+#define BOND_MANAGER_DATA_SIGNATURE 0x53240000
+
+/**@defgroup ble_bond_mngr_sec_access Bond Manager Security Status Access Macros
+ * @brief The following group of macros abstract access to Security Status with a peer.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define SEC_STATUS_INIT_VAL 0x00 /**< Initialization value for security status flags. */
+#define ENC_STATUS_SET_VAL 0x01 /**< Bitmask for encryption status. */
+#define BOND_IN_PROGRESS_SET_VAL 0x02 /**< Bitmask for 'bonding in progress'. */
+
+
+/**@brief Macro for setting the Encryption Status for current link.
+ *
+ * @details Macro for setting the Encryption Status for current link.
+ */
+#define ENCRYPTION_STATUS_SET() \
+ do \
+ { \
+ m_sec_con_status |= ENC_STATUS_SET_VAL; \
+ } while (0)
+
+/**@brief Macro for getting the Encryption Status for current link.
+ *
+ * @details Macro for getting the Encryption Status for current link.
+ */
+#define ENCRYPTION_STATUS_GET() \
+ (((m_sec_con_status & ENC_STATUS_SET_VAL) == 0) ? false : true)
+
+/**@brief Macro for resetting the Encryption Status for current link.
+ *
+ * @details Macro for resetting the Encryption Status for current link.
+ */
+#define ENCRYPTION_STATUS_RESET() \
+ do \
+ { \
+ m_sec_con_status &= (~ENC_STATUS_SET_VAL); \
+ } while (0)
+
+
+/**@brief Macro for resetting the Bonding In Progress status for current link.
+ *
+ * @details Macro for resetting the Bonding In Progress status for current link.
+ */
+#define BONDING_IN_PROGRESS_STATUS_SET() \
+ do \
+ { \
+ m_sec_con_status |= BOND_IN_PROGRESS_SET_VAL; \
+ } while (0)
+
+/**@brief Macro for setting the Bonding In Progress status for current link.
+ *
+ * @details Macro for setting the Bonding In Progress status for current link.
+ */
+#define BONDING_IN_PROGRESS_STATUS_GET() \
+ (((m_sec_con_status & BOND_IN_PROGRESS_SET_VAL) == 0) ? false: true)
+
+/**@brief Macro for resetting the Bonding In Progress status for current link.
+ *
+ * @details Macro for resetting the Bonding In Progress status for current link.
+ */
+#define BONDING_IN_PROGRESS_STATUS_RESET() \
+ do \
+ { \
+ m_sec_con_status &= (~BOND_IN_PROGRESS_SET_VAL); \
+ } while (0)
+
+/**@brief Macro for resetting all security status flags for current link.
+ *
+ * @details Macro for resetting all security status flags for current link.
+ */
+#define SECURITY_STATUS_RESET() \
+ do \
+ { \
+ m_sec_con_status = SEC_STATUS_INIT_VAL; \
+ } while (0)
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**@brief Verify module's initialization status.
+ *
+ * @details Verify module's initialization status. Returns NRF_INVALID_STATE in case a module API
+ * is called without initializing the module.
+ */
+#define VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED() \
+ do \
+ { \
+ if (!m_is_bondmngr_initialized) \
+ { \
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE; \
+ } \
+ } while(0)
+
+
+/**@brief This structure contains the Bonding Information for one central.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ int32_t central_handle; /**< Central's handle (NOTE: Size is 32 bits just to make struct size dividable by 4). */
+ ble_gap_evt_auth_status_t auth_status; /**< Central authentication data. */
+ ble_gap_evt_sec_info_request_t central_id_info; /**< Central identification info. */
+ ble_gap_addr_t central_addr; /**< Central's address. */
+} central_bond_t;
+
+STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(central_bond_t) % 4 == 0);
+
+/**@brief This structure contains the System Attributes information related to one central.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ int32_t central_handle; /**< Central's handle (NOTE: Size is 32 bits just to make struct size dividable by 4). */
+ uint8_t sys_attr[SYS_ATTR_BUFFER_MAX_LEN]; /**< Central sys_attribute data. */
+ uint32_t sys_attr_size; /**< Central sys_attribute data's size (NOTE: Size is 32 bits just to make struct size dividable by 4). */
+} central_sys_attr_t;
+
+STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(central_sys_attr_t) % 4 == 0);
+
+/**@brief This structure contains the Bonding Information and System Attributes related to one
+ * central.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ central_bond_t bond; /**< Bonding information. */
+ central_sys_attr_t sys_attr; /**< System attribute information. */
+} central_t;
+
+/**@brief This structure contains the whitelisted addresses.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ int8_t central_handle; /**< Central's handle. */
+ ble_gap_addr_t * p_addr; /**< Pointer to the central's address if BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC. */
+} whitelist_addr_t;
+
+/**@brief This structure contains the whitelisted IRKs.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ int8_t central_handle; /**< Central's handle. */
+ ble_gap_irk_t * p_irk; /**< Pointer to the central's irk if available. */
+} whitelist_irk_t;
+
+static bool m_is_bondmngr_initialized = false; /**< Flag for checking if module has been initialized. */
+static ble_bondmngr_init_t m_bondmngr_config; /**< Configuration as specified by the application. */
+static uint16_t m_conn_handle; /**< Current connection handle. */
+static central_t m_central; /**< Current central data. */
+static central_t m_centrals_db[BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS]; /**< Pointer to start of bonded centrals database. */
+static uint8_t m_centrals_in_db_count; /**< Number of bonded centrals. */
+static whitelist_addr_t m_whitelist_addr[MAX_NUM_CENTRAL_WHITE_LIST]; /**< List of central's addresses for the whitelist. */
+static whitelist_irk_t m_whitelist_irk[MAX_NUM_CENTRAL_WHITE_LIST]; /**< List of central's IRKs for the whitelist. */
+static uint8_t m_addr_count; /**< Number of addresses in the whitelist. */
+static uint8_t m_irk_count; /**< Number of IRKs in the whitelist. */
+static uint16_t m_crc_bond_info; /**< Combined CRC for all Bonding Information currently stored in flash. */
+static uint16_t m_crc_sys_attr; /**< Combined CRC for all System Attributes currently stored in flash. */
+static pstorage_handle_t mp_flash_bond_info; /**< Pointer to flash location to write next Bonding Information. */
+static pstorage_handle_t mp_flash_sys_attr; /**< Pointer to flash location to write next System Attribute information. */
+static uint8_t m_bond_info_in_flash_count; /**< Number of Bonding Information currently stored in flash. */
+static uint8_t m_sys_attr_in_flash_count; /**< Number of System Attributes currently stored in flash. */
+static uint8_t m_sec_con_status; /**< Variable to denote security status.*/
+static bool m_bond_loaded; /**< Variable to indicate if the bonding information of the currently connected central is available in the RAM.*/
+static bool m_sys_attr_loaded; /**< Variable to indicate if the system attribute information of the currently connected central is loaded from the database and set in the S110 SoftDevice.*/
+static uint32_t m_bond_crc_array[BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS];
+static uint32_t m_sys_crc_array[BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS];
+
+/**@brief Function for extracting the CRC from an encoded 32 bit number that typical resides in
+ * the flash memory
+ *
+ * @param[in] header Header containing CRC and magic number.
+ * @param[out] p_crc Extracted CRC.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS CRC successfully extracted.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND Flash seems to be empty.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA Header does not contain the magic number.
+ */
+static uint32_t crc_extract(uint32_t header, uint16_t * p_crc)
+{
+ if ((header & 0xFFFF0000U) == BOND_MANAGER_DATA_SIGNATURE)
+ {
+ *p_crc = (uint16_t)(header & 0x0000FFFFU);
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else if (header == 0xFFFFFFFFU)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for storing the Bonding Information of the specified central to the flash.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_bond Bonding information to be stored.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, an error_code otherwise.
+ */
+static uint32_t bond_info_store(central_bond_t * p_bond)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+ pstorage_handle_t dest_block;
+
+ // Check if flash is full
+ if (m_bond_info_in_flash_count >= MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
+ }
+
+ // Check if this is the first bond to be stored
+ if (m_bond_info_in_flash_count == 0)
+ {
+ // Initialize CRC
+ m_crc_bond_info = crc16_compute(NULL, 0, NULL);
+ }
+
+ // Get block pointer from base
+ err_code = pstorage_block_identifier_get(&mp_flash_bond_info,m_bond_info_in_flash_count,&dest_block);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ // Write Bonding Information
+ err_code = pstorage_store(&dest_block,
+ (uint8_t *)p_bond,
+ sizeof(central_bond_t),
+ sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ m_crc_bond_info = crc16_compute((uint8_t *)p_bond,
+ sizeof(central_bond_t),
+ &m_crc_bond_info);
+
+ // Write header
+ m_bond_crc_array[m_bond_info_in_flash_count] = (BOND_MANAGER_DATA_SIGNATURE | m_crc_bond_info);
+
+ err_code = pstorage_store (&dest_block, (uint8_t *)&m_bond_crc_array[m_bond_info_in_flash_count],sizeof(uint32_t),0);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ m_bond_info_in_flash_count++;
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for storing the System Attributes related to a specified central in flash.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_sys_attr System Attributes to be stored.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, an error_code otherwise.
+ */
+static uint32_t sys_attr_store(central_sys_attr_t * p_sys_attr)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+ pstorage_handle_t dest_block;
+
+ // Check if flash is full.
+ if (m_sys_attr_in_flash_count >= MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
+ }
+
+ // Check if this is the first time any System Attributes is stored.
+ if (m_sys_attr_in_flash_count == 0)
+ {
+ // Initialize CRC
+ m_crc_sys_attr = crc16_compute(NULL, 0, NULL);
+ }
+
+
+ // Get block pointer from base
+ err_code = pstorage_block_identifier_get(&mp_flash_sys_attr,m_sys_attr_in_flash_count,&dest_block);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ // Write System Attributes in flash.
+ err_code = pstorage_store(&dest_block,
+ (uint8_t *)p_sys_attr,
+ sizeof(central_sys_attr_t),
+ sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ m_crc_sys_attr = crc16_compute((uint8_t *)p_sys_attr,
+ sizeof(central_sys_attr_t),
+ &m_crc_sys_attr);
+
+ // Write header.
+ m_sys_crc_array[m_sys_attr_in_flash_count] = (BOND_MANAGER_DATA_SIGNATURE | m_crc_sys_attr);
+
+ err_code = pstorage_store (&dest_block,
+ (uint8_t *)&m_sys_crc_array[m_sys_attr_in_flash_count],
+ sizeof(uint32_t),
+ 0);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ m_sys_attr_in_flash_count++;
+
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for loading the Bonding Information of one central from flash.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_bond Loaded Bonding Information.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+static uint32_t bonding_info_load_from_flash(central_bond_t * p_bond)
+{
+ pstorage_handle_t source_block;
+ uint32_t err_code;
+ uint32_t crc;
+ uint16_t crc_header;
+
+ // Check if this is the first bond to be loaded, in which case the
+ // m_bond_info_in_flash_count variable would have the intial value 0.
+ if (m_bond_info_in_flash_count == 0)
+ {
+ // Initialize CRC.
+ m_crc_bond_info = crc16_compute(NULL, 0, NULL);
+ }
+
+ // Get block pointer from base
+ err_code = pstorage_block_identifier_get(&mp_flash_bond_info,
+ m_bond_info_in_flash_count,
+ &source_block);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ err_code = pstorage_load((uint8_t *)&crc, &source_block, sizeof(uint32_t), 0);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ // Extract CRC from header.
+ err_code = crc_extract(crc, &crc_header);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ // Load central.
+ err_code = pstorage_load((uint8_t *)p_bond,
+ &source_block,
+ sizeof(central_bond_t),
+ sizeof(uint32_t));
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ // Check CRC.
+ m_crc_bond_info = crc16_compute((uint8_t *)p_bond,
+ sizeof(central_bond_t),
+ &m_crc_bond_info);
+ if (m_crc_bond_info == crc_header)
+ {
+ m_bond_info_in_flash_count++;
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA;
+ }
+}
+
+
+
+/**@brief Function for loading the System Attributes related to one central from flash.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_sys_attr Loaded System Attributes.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+static uint32_t sys_attr_load_from_flash(central_sys_attr_t * p_sys_attr)
+{
+ pstorage_handle_t source_block;
+ uint32_t err_code;
+ uint32_t crc;
+ uint16_t crc_header;
+
+ // Check if this is the first time System Attributes is loaded from flash, in which case the
+ // m_sys_attr_in_flash_count variable would have the initial value 0.
+ if (m_sys_attr_in_flash_count == 0)
+ {
+ // Initialize CRC.
+ m_crc_sys_attr = crc16_compute(NULL, 0, NULL);
+ }
+
+ // Get block pointer from base
+ err_code = pstorage_block_identifier_get(&mp_flash_sys_attr,
+ m_sys_attr_in_flash_count,
+ &source_block);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ err_code = pstorage_load((uint8_t *)&crc, &source_block, sizeof(uint32_t), 0);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ // Extract CRC from header.
+ err_code = crc_extract(crc, &crc_header);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ err_code = pstorage_load((uint8_t *)p_sys_attr,
+ &source_block,
+ sizeof(central_sys_attr_t),
+ sizeof(uint32_t));
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ // Check CRC.
+ m_crc_sys_attr = crc16_compute((uint8_t *)p_sys_attr,
+ sizeof(central_sys_attr_t),
+ &m_crc_sys_attr);
+
+ if (m_crc_sys_attr == crc_header)
+ {
+ m_sys_attr_in_flash_count++;
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA;
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for erasing the flash pages that contain Bonding Information and System
+ * Attributes.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+static uint32_t flash_pages_erase(void)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ err_code = pstorage_clear(&mp_flash_bond_info, MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH);
+
+ if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ err_code = pstorage_clear(&mp_flash_sys_attr, MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH);
+ }
+
+ return err_code;
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for checking if Bonding Information in RAM is different from that in
+ * flash.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if Bonding Information in flash and RAM are different, FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+static bool bond_info_changed(void)
+{
+ int i;
+ uint16_t crc = crc16_compute(NULL, 0, NULL);
+
+ // Compute CRC for all bonds in database.
+ for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
+ {
+ crc = crc16_compute((uint8_t *)&m_centrals_db[i].bond,
+ sizeof(central_bond_t),
+ &crc);
+ }
+
+ // Compare the computed CRS to CRC stored in flash.
+ return (crc != m_crc_bond_info);
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for checking if System Attributes in RAM is different from that in flash.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if System Attributes in flash and RAM are different, FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+static bool sys_attr_changed(void)
+{
+ int i;
+ uint16_t crc = crc16_compute(NULL, 0, NULL);
+
+ // Compute CRC for all System Attributes in database.
+ for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
+ {
+ crc = crc16_compute((uint8_t *)&m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr,
+ sizeof(central_sys_attr_t),
+ &crc);
+ }
+
+ // Compare the CRC of System Attributes in flash with that of the System Attributes in memory.
+ return (crc != m_crc_sys_attr);
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for setting the System Attributes for specified central to the SoftDevice, or
+ * clearing the System Attributes if central is a previously unknown.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_central Central for which the System Attributes is to be set.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+static uint32_t central_sys_attr_set(central_t * p_central)
+{
+ uint8_t * p_sys_attr;
+
+ if (m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size != 0)
+ {
+ if (m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size > SYS_ATTR_BUFFER_MAX_LEN)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL;
+ }
+
+ p_sys_attr = m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ p_sys_attr = NULL;
+ }
+
+ return sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set(m_conn_handle, p_sys_attr, m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size);
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for updating the whitelist data structures.
+ */
+static void update_whitelist(void)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0, m_addr_count = 0, m_irk_count = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
+ {
+ central_bond_t * p_bond = &m_centrals_db[i].bond;
+
+ if (p_bond->auth_status.central_kex.irk)
+ {
+ m_whitelist_irk[m_irk_count].central_handle = p_bond->central_handle;
+ m_whitelist_irk[m_irk_count].p_irk = &(p_bond->auth_status.central_keys.irk);
+
+ m_irk_count++;
+ }
+
+ if (p_bond->central_addr.addr_type != BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE)
+ {
+ m_whitelist_addr[m_addr_count].central_handle = p_bond->central_handle;
+ m_whitelist_addr[m_addr_count].p_addr = &(p_bond->central_addr);
+
+ m_addr_count++;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the authentication status event related to a new central.
+ *
+ * @details This function adds the new central to the database and stores the central's Bonding
+ * Information to flash. It also notifies the application when the new bond is created,
+ * and sets the System Attributes to prepare the stack for connection with the new
+ * central.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_auth_status New authentication status.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+static uint32_t on_auth_status_from_new_central(ble_gap_evt_auth_status_t * p_auth_status)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ if (m_centrals_in_db_count >= BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
+ }
+
+ // Update central.
+ m_central.bond.auth_status = *p_auth_status;
+ m_central.bond.central_id_info.div = p_auth_status->periph_keys.enc_info.div;
+ m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size = 0;
+
+ // Add new central to database.
+ m_central.bond.central_handle = m_centrals_in_db_count;
+ m_centrals_db[m_centrals_in_db_count++] = m_central;
+
+ update_whitelist();
+
+ m_bond_loaded = true;
+
+ // Clear System Attributes.
+ err_code = sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set(m_conn_handle, NULL, 0);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ // Write new central's Bonding Information to flash.
+ err_code = bond_info_store(&m_central.bond);
+ if ((err_code == NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM) && (m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler != NULL))
+ {
+ ble_bondmngr_evt_t evt;
+
+ evt.evt_type = BLE_BONDMNGR_EVT_BOND_FLASH_FULL;
+ evt.central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
+ evt.central_id = m_central.bond.central_id_info.div;
+
+ m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler(&evt);
+ }
+ else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ // Pass the event to application.
+ if (m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler != NULL)
+ {
+ ble_bondmngr_evt_t evt;
+
+ evt.evt_type = BLE_BONDMNGR_EVT_NEW_BOND;
+ evt.central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
+ evt.central_id = m_central.bond.central_id_info.div;
+
+ m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler(&evt);
+ }
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for updating the current central's entry in the database.
+ */
+static uint32_t central_update(void)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+ int32_t central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
+
+ if ((central_handle >= 0) && (central_handle < m_centrals_in_db_count))
+ {
+ // Update the database based on whether the bond and system attributes have
+ // been loaded or not to avoid overwriting information that was not used in the
+ // connection session.
+ if (m_bond_loaded)
+ {
+ m_centrals_db[central_handle].bond = m_central.bond;
+ }
+
+ if (m_sys_attr_loaded)
+ {
+ m_centrals_db[central_handle].sys_attr = m_central.sys_attr;
+ }
+
+ update_whitelist();
+
+ err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ err_code = NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL;
+ }
+
+ return err_code;
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for searching for the central in the database of known centrals.
+ *
+ * @details If the central is found, the variable m_central will be populated with all the
+ * information (Bonding Information and System Attributes) related to that central.
+ *
+ * @param[in] central_id Central Identifier.
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+static uint32_t central_find_in_db(uint16_t central_id)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
+ {
+ if (central_id == m_centrals_db[i].bond.central_id_info.div)
+ {
+ m_central = m_centrals_db[i];
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for loading all Bonding Information and System Attributes from flash.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+static uint32_t load_all_from_flash(void)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+ int i;
+
+ m_centrals_in_db_count = 0;
+
+ while (m_centrals_in_db_count < BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS)
+ {
+ central_bond_t central_bond_info;
+ int central_handle;
+
+ // Load Bonding Information.
+ err_code = bonding_info_load_from_flash(¢ral_bond_info);
+ if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)
+ {
+ // No more bonds in flash.
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ central_handle = central_bond_info.central_handle;
+ if (central_handle > m_centrals_in_db_count)
+ {
+ // Central handle value(s) missing in flash. This should never happen.
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Add/update Bonding Information in central array.
+ m_centrals_db[central_handle].bond = central_bond_info;
+ if (central_handle == m_centrals_in_db_count)
+ {
+ // New central handle, clear System Attributes.
+ m_centrals_db[central_handle].sys_attr.sys_attr_size = 0;
+ m_centrals_db[central_handle].sys_attr.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
+ m_centrals_in_db_count++;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Entry was updated, do nothing.
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Load System Attributes for all previously known centrals.
+ for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
+ {
+ central_sys_attr_t central_sys_attr;
+
+ // Load System Attributes.
+ err_code = sys_attr_load_from_flash(¢ral_sys_attr);
+ if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)
+ {
+ // No more System Attributes in flash.
+ break;
+ }
+ else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ if (central_sys_attr.central_handle > m_centrals_in_db_count)
+ {
+ // Central handle value(s) missing in flash. This should never happen.
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Add/update Bonding Information in central array.
+ m_centrals_db[central_sys_attr.central_handle].sys_attr = central_sys_attr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Initialize the remaining empty bond entries in the memory.
+ for (i = m_centrals_in_db_count; i < BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS; i++)
+ {
+ m_centrals_db[i].bond.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
+ m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr.sys_attr_size = 0;
+ m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
+ }
+
+ // Update whitelist data structures.
+ update_whitelist();
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the connected event received from the BLE stack.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+static void on_connect(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
+{
+ m_conn_handle = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.conn_handle;
+
+ m_central.bond.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
+ m_central.bond.central_addr = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.connected.peer_addr;
+ m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size = 0;
+
+ if (p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.connected.irk_match)
+ {
+ uint8_t irk_idx = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.connected.irk_match_idx;
+
+ if ((irk_idx >= MAX_NUM_CENTRAL_WHITE_LIST) ||
+ (m_whitelist_irk[irk_idx].central_handle >= BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS))
+ {
+ m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ m_central = m_centrals_db[m_whitelist_irk[irk_idx].central_handle];
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < m_addr_count; i++)
+ {
+ ble_gap_addr_t * p_cur_addr = m_whitelist_addr[i].p_addr;
+
+ if (memcmp(p_cur_addr->addr, m_central.bond.central_addr.addr, BLE_GAP_ADDR_LEN) == 0)
+ {
+ m_central = m_centrals_db[m_whitelist_addr[i].central_handle];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (m_central.bond.central_handle != INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE)
+ {
+ // Reset bond and system attributes loaded variables.
+ m_bond_loaded = false;
+ m_sys_attr_loaded = false;
+
+ // Do not set the system attributes of the central on connection.
+ if (m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler != NULL)
+ {
+ ble_bondmngr_evt_t evt;
+
+ evt.evt_type = BLE_BONDMNGR_EVT_CONN_TO_BONDED_CENTRAL;
+ evt.central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
+ evt.central_id = m_central.bond.central_id_info.div;
+
+ m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler(&evt);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the 'System Attributes Missing' event received from the
+ * SoftDevice.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+static void on_sys_attr_missing(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ if (
+ (m_central.bond.central_handle == INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE) ||
+ !ENCRYPTION_STATUS_GET() ||
+ BONDING_IN_PROGRESS_STATUS_GET()
+ )
+ {
+ err_code = sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set(m_conn_handle, NULL, 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Current central is valid, use its data. Set the corresponding sys_attr.
+ err_code = central_sys_attr_set(&m_central);
+ if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ // Set System Attributes loaded status variable.
+ m_sys_attr_loaded = true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(err_code);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the new authentication status event, received from the
+ * SoftDevice, related to an already bonded central.
+ *
+ * @details This function also writes the updated Bonding Information to flash and notifies the
+ * application.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_auth_status Updated authentication status.
+ */
+static void auth_status_update(ble_gap_evt_auth_status_t * p_auth_status)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ // Authentication status changed, update Bonding Information.
+ m_central.bond.auth_status = *p_auth_status;
+ m_central.bond.central_id_info.div = p_auth_status->periph_keys.enc_info.div;
+
+ memset(&(m_centrals_db[m_central.bond.central_handle]), 0, sizeof(central_t));
+ m_centrals_db[m_central.bond.central_handle] = m_central;
+
+ // Write updated Bonding Information to flash.
+ err_code = bond_info_store(&m_central.bond);
+ if ((err_code == NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM) && (m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler != NULL))
+ {
+ ble_bondmngr_evt_t evt;
+
+ evt.evt_type = BLE_BONDMNGR_EVT_BOND_FLASH_FULL;
+ evt.central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
+ evt.central_id = m_central.bond.central_id_info.div;
+
+ m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler(&evt);
+ }
+ else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(err_code);
+ }
+
+ // Pass the event to the application.
+ if (m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler != NULL)
+ {
+ ble_bondmngr_evt_t evt;
+
+ evt.evt_type = BLE_BONDMNGR_EVT_AUTH_STATUS_UPDATED;
+ evt.central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
+ evt.central_id = m_central.bond.central_id_info.div;
+
+ m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler(&evt);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Authentication Status event received from the BLE stack.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+static void on_auth_status(ble_gap_evt_auth_status_t * p_auth_status)
+{
+ if (p_auth_status->auth_status != BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Verify if its pairing and not bonding
+ if (!ENCRYPTION_STATUS_GET())
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (m_central.bond.central_handle == INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE)
+ {
+ uint32_t err_code = central_find_in_db(p_auth_status->periph_keys.enc_info.div);
+
+ if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ // Possible DIV Collision indicate error to application,
+ // not storing the new LTK
+ err_code = NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Add the new device to data base
+ err_code = on_auth_status_from_new_central(p_auth_status);
+ }
+
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(err_code);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ m_bond_loaded = true;
+
+ // Receiving a auth status again when already in have existing information!
+ auth_status_update(p_auth_status);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Security Info Request event received from the BLE stack.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+static void on_sec_info_request(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ err_code = central_find_in_db(p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.sec_info_request.div);
+ if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ // Bond information has been found and loaded for security procedures. Reflect this in the
+ // status variable
+ m_bond_loaded = true;
+
+ // Central found in the list of bonded central. Use the encryption info for this central.
+ err_code = sd_ble_gap_sec_info_reply(m_conn_handle,
+ &m_central.bond.auth_status.periph_keys.enc_info,
+ NULL);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(err_code);
+ }
+
+ // Do not set the sys_attr yet, should be set only when sec_update is successful.
+ }
+ else if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)
+ {
+ m_central.bond.central_id_info = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.sec_info_request;
+
+ // New central.
+ err_code = sd_ble_gap_sec_info_reply(m_conn_handle, NULL, NULL);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(err_code);
+ }
+
+ // Initialize the sys_attr.
+ err_code = sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set(m_conn_handle, NULL, 0);
+ }
+
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(err_code);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Connection Security Update event received from the BLE
+ * stack.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+static void on_sec_update(ble_gap_evt_conn_sec_update_t * p_sec_update)
+{
+ uint8_t security_mode = p_sec_update->conn_sec.sec_mode.sm;
+ uint8_t security_level = p_sec_update->conn_sec.sec_mode.lv;
+
+ if (((security_mode == 1) && (security_level > 1)) ||
+ ((security_mode == 2) && (security_level != 0)))
+ {
+ ENCRYPTION_STATUS_SET();
+
+ uint32_t err_code = central_sys_attr_set(&m_central);
+
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(err_code);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ m_sys_attr_loaded = true;
+ }
+
+ if (m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler != NULL)
+ {
+ ble_bondmngr_evt_t evt;
+
+ evt.evt_type = BLE_BONDMNGR_EVT_ENCRYPTED;
+ evt.central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
+ evt.central_id = m_central.bond.central_id_info.div;
+
+ m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler(&evt);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Connection Security Parameters Request event received from
+ * the BLE stack.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+static void on_sec_param_request(ble_gap_evt_sec_params_request_t * p_sec_update)
+{
+ if (p_sec_update->peer_params.bond)
+ {
+ BONDING_IN_PROGRESS_STATUS_SET();
+
+ if (m_central.bond.central_handle != INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE)
+ {
+ // Bonding request received from a bonded central, make all system attributes null
+ m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size = 0;
+ memset(m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr, 0, SYS_ATTR_BUFFER_MAX_LEN);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+void ble_bondmngr_on_ble_evt(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
+{
+ if (!m_is_bondmngr_initialized)
+ {
+ m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE);
+ }
+
+ switch (p_ble_evt->header.evt_id)
+ {
+ case BLE_GAP_EVT_CONNECTED:
+ on_connect(p_ble_evt);
+ break;
+
+ // NOTE: All actions to be taken on the Disconnected event are performed in
+ // ble_bondmngr_bonded_centrals_store(). This function must be called from the
+ // Disconnected handler of the application before advertising is restarted (to make
+ // sure the flash blocks are cleared while the radio is inactive).
+ case BLE_GAP_EVT_DISCONNECTED:
+ SECURITY_STATUS_RESET();
+ break;
+
+ case BLE_GATTS_EVT_SYS_ATTR_MISSING:
+ on_sys_attr_missing(p_ble_evt);
+ break;
+
+ case BLE_GAP_EVT_AUTH_STATUS:
+ on_auth_status(&p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.auth_status);
+ break;
+
+ case BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_INFO_REQUEST:
+ on_sec_info_request(p_ble_evt);
+ break;
+
+ case BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_PARAMS_REQUEST:
+ on_sec_param_request(&p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.sec_params_request);
+ break;
+
+ case BLE_GAP_EVT_CONN_SEC_UPDATE:
+ on_sec_update(&p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.conn_sec_update);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ // No implementation needed.
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+
+uint32_t ble_bondmngr_bonded_centrals_store(void)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+ int i;
+
+ VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
+
+ if (m_central.bond.central_handle != INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE)
+ {
+ // Fetch System Attributes from stack.
+ uint16_t sys_attr_size = SYS_ATTR_BUFFER_MAX_LEN;
+
+ err_code = sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_get(m_conn_handle,
+ m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr,
+ &sys_attr_size);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ m_central.sys_attr.central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
+ m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size = (uint16_t)sys_attr_size;
+
+ // Update the current central.
+ err_code = central_update();
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Save Bonding Information if changed.
+ if (bond_info_changed())
+ {
+ // Erase flash page.
+ err_code = pstorage_clear(&mp_flash_bond_info,MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ // Store bond information for all centrals.
+ m_bond_info_in_flash_count = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
+ {
+ err_code = bond_info_store(&m_centrals_db[i].bond);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Save System Attributes, if changed.
+ if (sys_attr_changed())
+ {
+ // Erase flash page.
+ err_code = pstorage_clear(&mp_flash_sys_attr, MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ // Store System Attributes for all centrals.
+ m_sys_attr_in_flash_count = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
+ {
+ err_code = sys_attr_store(&m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_conn_handle = BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID;
+ m_central.bond.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
+ m_central.sys_attr.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
+ m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size = 0;
+ m_bond_loaded = false;
+ m_sys_attr_loaded = false;
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t ble_bondmngr_sys_attr_store(void)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ if (m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size == 0)
+ {
+ // Connected to new central. So the flash block for System Attributes for this
+ // central is empty. Hence no erase is needed.
+
+ uint16_t sys_attr_size = SYS_ATTR_BUFFER_MAX_LEN;
+
+ // Fetch System Attributes from stack.
+ err_code = sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_get(m_conn_handle,
+ m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr,
+ &sys_attr_size);
+
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ m_central.sys_attr.central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
+ m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size = (uint16_t)sys_attr_size;
+
+ // Copy the System Attributes to database.
+ m_centrals_db[m_central.bond.central_handle].sys_attr = m_central.sys_attr;
+
+ // Write new central's System Attributes to flash.
+ return (sys_attr_store(&m_central.sys_attr));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Will not write to flash because System Attributes of an old central would already be
+ // in flash and so this operation needs a flash erase operation.
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
+ }
+}
+
+
+uint32_t ble_bondmngr_bonded_centrals_delete(void)
+{
+ VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
+
+ m_centrals_in_db_count = 0;
+ m_bond_info_in_flash_count = 0;
+ m_sys_attr_in_flash_count = 0;
+
+ return flash_pages_erase();
+}
+
+
+uint32_t ble_bondmngr_central_addr_get(int8_t central_handle, ble_gap_addr_t * p_central_addr)
+{
+ if (
+ (central_handle == INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE) ||
+ (central_handle >= m_centrals_in_db_count) ||
+ (p_central_addr == NULL) ||
+ (
+ m_centrals_db[central_handle].bond.central_addr.addr_type
+ ==
+ BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE
+ )
+ )
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ *p_central_addr = m_centrals_db[central_handle].bond.central_addr;
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t ble_bondmngr_whitelist_get(ble_gap_whitelist_t * p_whitelist)
+{
+ static ble_gap_addr_t * s_addr[MAX_NUM_CENTRAL_WHITE_LIST];
+ static ble_gap_irk_t * s_irk[MAX_NUM_CENTRAL_WHITE_LIST];
+
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < m_irk_count; i++)
+ {
+ s_irk[i] = m_whitelist_irk[i].p_irk;
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < m_addr_count; i++)
+ {
+ s_addr[i] = m_whitelist_addr[i].p_addr;
+ }
+
+ p_whitelist->addr_count = m_addr_count;
+ p_whitelist->pp_addrs = (m_addr_count != 0) ? s_addr : NULL;
+ p_whitelist->irk_count = m_irk_count;
+ p_whitelist->pp_irks = (m_irk_count != 0) ? s_irk : NULL;
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+static void bm_pstorage_cb_handler(pstorage_handle_t * handle,
+ uint8_t op_code,
+ uint32_t result,
+ uint8_t * p_data,
+ uint32_t data_len)
+{
+ if (result != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(result);
+ }
+}
+
+
+uint32_t ble_bondmngr_init(ble_bondmngr_init_t * p_init)
+{
+ pstorage_module_param_t param;
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ if (p_init->error_handler == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ if (BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS > MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ param.block_size = sizeof (central_bond_t) + sizeof (uint32_t);
+ param.block_count = MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH;
+ param.cb = bm_pstorage_cb_handler;
+
+ // Blocks are requested twice, once for bond information and once for system attributes.
+ // The number of blocks requested has to be the maximum number of bonded devices that
+ // need to be supported. However, the size of blocks can be different if the sizes of
+ // system attributes and bonds are not too close.
+ err_code = pstorage_register(¶m, &mp_flash_bond_info);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ param.block_size = sizeof(central_sys_attr_t) + sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ err_code = pstorage_register(¶m, &mp_flash_sys_attr);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ m_bondmngr_config = *p_init;
+
+ memset(&m_central, 0, sizeof(central_t));
+
+ m_central.bond.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
+ m_conn_handle = BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID;
+ m_centrals_in_db_count = 0;
+ m_bond_info_in_flash_count = 0;
+ m_sys_attr_in_flash_count = 0;
+
+ SECURITY_STATUS_RESET();
+
+ // Erase all stored centrals if specified.
+ if (m_bondmngr_config.bonds_delete)
+ {
+ err_code = flash_pages_erase();
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ m_centrals_in_db_count = 0;
+ int i;
+ for (i = m_centrals_in_db_count; i < BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS; i++)
+ {
+ m_centrals_db[i].bond.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
+ m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr.sys_attr_size = 0;
+ m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Load bond manager data from flash.
+ err_code = load_all_from_flash();
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_is_bondmngr_initialized = true;
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t ble_bondmngr_central_ids_get(uint16_t * p_central_ids, uint16_t * p_length)
+{
+ VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
+ int i;
+ if (p_length == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (*p_length < m_centrals_in_db_count)
+ {
+ // Length of the input array is not enough to fit all known central identifiers.
+ return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
+ }
+
+ *p_length = m_centrals_in_db_count;
+ if (p_central_ids == NULL)
+ {
+ // Only the length field was required to be filled.
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
+ {
+ p_central_ids[i] = m_centrals_db[i].bond.central_id_info.div;
+ }
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t ble_bondmngr_bonded_central_delete(uint16_t central_id)
+{
+ VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
+
+ int8_t central_handle_to_be_deleted = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
+ uint8_t i;
+
+ // Search for the handle of the central.
+ for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
+ {
+ if (m_centrals_db[i].bond.central_id_info.div == central_id)
+ {
+ central_handle_to_be_deleted = i;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (central_handle_to_be_deleted == INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE)
+ {
+ // Central ID not found.
+ return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND;
+ }
+
+ // Delete the central in RAM.
+ for (i = central_handle_to_be_deleted; i < (m_centrals_in_db_count - 1); i++)
+ {
+ // Overwrite the current central entry with the next one.
+ m_centrals_db[i] = m_centrals_db[i + 1];
+
+ // Decrement the value of handle.
+ m_centrals_db[i].bond.central_handle--;
+ if (INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE != m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr.central_handle)
+ {
+ m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr.central_handle--;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Clear the last database entry.
+ memset(&(m_centrals_db[m_centrals_in_db_count - 1]), 0, sizeof(central_t));
+
+ m_centrals_in_db_count--;
+
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ // Reinitialize the pointers to the memory where bonding info and System Attributes are stored
+ // in flash.
+ // Refresh the data in the flash memory (both Bonding Information and System Attributes).
+ // Erase and rewrite bonding info and System Attributes.
+
+ err_code = flash_pages_erase();
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ m_bond_info_in_flash_count = 0;
+ m_sys_attr_in_flash_count = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
+ {
+ err_code = bond_info_store(&(m_centrals_db[i].bond));
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
+ {
+ err_code = sys_attr_store(&(m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr));
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+
+ update_whitelist();
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+uint32_t ble_bondmngr_is_link_encrypted (bool * status)
+{
+ VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
+
+ (*status) = ENCRYPTION_STATUS_GET();
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+#endif /* #if NEED_BOND_MANAGER */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/ble/ble_conn_params.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/ble/ble_conn_params.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "ble_conn_params.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "nordic_common.h"
+#include "ble_hci.h"
+#include "app_timer.h"
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+#include "app_util.h"
+
+
+static ble_conn_params_init_t m_conn_params_config; /**< Configuration as specified by the application. */
+static ble_gap_conn_params_t m_preferred_conn_params; /**< Connection parameters preferred by the application. */
+static uint8_t m_update_count; /**< Number of Connection Parameter Update messages that has currently been sent. */
+static uint16_t m_conn_handle; /**< Current connection handle. */
+static ble_gap_conn_params_t m_current_conn_params; /**< Connection parameters received in the most recent Connect event. */
+static app_timer_id_t m_conn_params_timer_id; /**< Connection parameters timer. */
+
+static bool m_change_param = false;
+
+static bool is_conn_params_ok(ble_gap_conn_params_t * p_conn_params)
+{
+ // Check if interval is within the acceptable range.
+ // NOTE: Using max_conn_interval in the received event data because this contains
+ // the client's connection interval.
+ if ((p_conn_params->max_conn_interval >= m_preferred_conn_params.min_conn_interval) &&
+ (p_conn_params->max_conn_interval <= m_preferred_conn_params.max_conn_interval)) {
+ return true;
+ } else {
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void update_timeout_handler(void * p_context)
+{
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p_context);
+
+ if (m_conn_handle != BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID)
+ {
+ // Check if we have reached the maximum number of attempts
+ m_update_count++;
+ if (m_update_count <= m_conn_params_config.max_conn_params_update_count)
+ {
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ // Parameters are not ok, send connection parameters update request.
+ err_code = sd_ble_gap_conn_param_update(m_conn_handle, &m_preferred_conn_params);
+ if ((err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_conn_params_config.error_handler != NULL))
+ {
+ m_conn_params_config.error_handler(err_code);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ m_update_count = 0;
+
+ // Negotiation failed, disconnect automatically if this has been configured
+ if (m_conn_params_config.disconnect_on_fail)
+ {
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ err_code = sd_ble_gap_disconnect(m_conn_handle, BLE_HCI_CONN_INTERVAL_UNACCEPTABLE);
+ if ((err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_conn_params_config.error_handler != NULL))
+ {
+ m_conn_params_config.error_handler(err_code);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Notify the application that the procedure has failed
+ if (m_conn_params_config.evt_handler != NULL)
+ {
+ ble_conn_params_evt_t evt;
+
+ evt.evt_type = BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_FAILED;
+ m_conn_params_config.evt_handler(&evt);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+uint32_t ble_conn_params_init(const ble_conn_params_init_t * p_init)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ m_conn_params_config = *p_init;
+ m_change_param = false;
+ if (p_init->p_conn_params != NULL)
+ {
+ m_preferred_conn_params = *p_init->p_conn_params;
+
+ // Set the connection params in stack
+ err_code = sd_ble_gap_ppcp_set(&m_preferred_conn_params);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Fetch the connection params from stack
+ err_code = sd_ble_gap_ppcp_get(&m_preferred_conn_params);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ }
+
+ m_conn_handle = BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID;
+ m_update_count = 0;
+
+ return app_timer_create(&m_conn_params_timer_id,
+ APP_TIMER_MODE_SINGLE_SHOT,
+ update_timeout_handler);
+}
+
+
+uint32_t ble_conn_params_stop(void)
+{
+ return app_timer_stop(m_conn_params_timer_id);
+}
+
+
+static void conn_params_negotiation(void)
+{
+ // Start negotiation if the received connection parameters are not acceptable
+ if (!is_conn_params_ok(&m_current_conn_params))
+ {
+ uint32_t err_code;
+ uint32_t timeout_ticks;
+
+ if (m_change_param)
+ {
+ // Notify the application that the procedure has failed
+ if (m_conn_params_config.evt_handler != NULL)
+ {
+ ble_conn_params_evt_t evt;
+
+ evt.evt_type = BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_FAILED;
+ m_conn_params_config.evt_handler(&evt);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (m_update_count == 0)
+ {
+ // First connection parameter update
+ timeout_ticks = m_conn_params_config.first_conn_params_update_delay;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ timeout_ticks = m_conn_params_config.next_conn_params_update_delay;
+ }
+
+ err_code = app_timer_start(m_conn_params_timer_id, timeout_ticks, NULL);
+ if ((err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_conn_params_config.error_handler != NULL))
+ {
+ m_conn_params_config.error_handler(err_code);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Notify the application that the procedure has succeded
+ if (m_conn_params_config.evt_handler != NULL)
+ {
+ ble_conn_params_evt_t evt;
+
+ evt.evt_type = BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_SUCCEEDED;
+ m_conn_params_config.evt_handler(&evt);
+ }
+ }
+ m_change_param = false;
+}
+
+
+static void on_connect(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
+{
+ // Save connection parameters
+ m_conn_handle = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.conn_handle;
+ m_current_conn_params = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.connected.conn_params;
+ m_update_count = 0; // Connection parameter negotiation should re-start every connection
+
+ // Check if we shall handle negotiation on connect
+ if (m_conn_params_config.start_on_notify_cccd_handle == BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID)
+ {
+ conn_params_negotiation();
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void on_disconnect(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ m_conn_handle = BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID;
+
+ // Stop timer if running
+ m_update_count = 0; // Connection parameters updates should happen during every connection
+
+ err_code = app_timer_stop(m_conn_params_timer_id);
+ if ((err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_conn_params_config.error_handler != NULL))
+ {
+ m_conn_params_config.error_handler(err_code);
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void on_write(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
+{
+ ble_gatts_evt_write_t * p_evt_write = &p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.params.write;
+
+ // Check if this the correct CCCD
+ if (
+ (p_evt_write->handle == m_conn_params_config.start_on_notify_cccd_handle)
+ &&
+ (p_evt_write->len == 2)
+ )
+ {
+ // Check if this is a 'start notification'
+ if (ble_srv_is_notification_enabled(p_evt_write->data))
+ {
+ // Do connection parameter negotiation if necessary
+ conn_params_negotiation();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ // Stop timer if running
+ err_code = app_timer_stop(m_conn_params_timer_id);
+ if ((err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_conn_params_config.error_handler != NULL))
+ {
+ m_conn_params_config.error_handler(err_code);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+static void on_conn_params_update(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
+{
+ // Copy the parameters
+ m_current_conn_params = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.conn_param_update.conn_params;
+
+ conn_params_negotiation();
+}
+
+
+void ble_conn_params_on_ble_evt(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
+{
+ switch (p_ble_evt->header.evt_id)
+ {
+ case BLE_GAP_EVT_CONNECTED:
+ on_connect(p_ble_evt);
+ break;
+
+ case BLE_GAP_EVT_DISCONNECTED:
+ on_disconnect(p_ble_evt);
+ break;
+
+ case BLE_GATTS_EVT_WRITE:
+ on_write(p_ble_evt);
+ break;
+
+ case BLE_GAP_EVT_CONN_PARAM_UPDATE:
+ on_conn_params_update(p_ble_evt);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ // No implementation needed.
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+uint32_t ble_conn_params_change_conn_params(ble_gap_conn_params_t *new_params)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ m_preferred_conn_params = *new_params;
+ // Set the connection params in stack
+ err_code = sd_ble_gap_ppcp_set(&m_preferred_conn_params);
+ if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ if (!is_conn_params_ok(&m_current_conn_params))
+ {
+ m_change_param = true;
+ err_code = sd_ble_gap_conn_param_update(m_conn_handle, &m_preferred_conn_params);
+ m_update_count = 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Notify the application that the procedure has succeded
+ if (m_conn_params_config.evt_handler != NULL)
+ {
+ ble_conn_params_evt_t evt;
+
+ evt.evt_type = BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_SUCCEEDED;
+ m_conn_params_config.evt_handler(&evt);
+ }
+ err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
+ }
+ }
+ return err_code;
+}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/ble/ble_debug_assert_handler.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/ble/ble_debug_assert_handler.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "ble_debug_assert_handler.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include "nrf51.h"
+#include "ble_error_log.h"
+#include "nordic_common.h"
+
+#define MAX_LENGTH_FILENAME 128 /**< Max length of filename to copy for the debug error handlier. */
+
+
+// WARNING - DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION IN END PRODUCT. - WARNING
+// WARNING - FOR DEBUG PURPOSES ONLY. - WARNING
+void ble_debug_assert_handler(uint32_t error_code, uint32_t line_num, const uint8_t * p_file_name)
+{
+ // Copying parameters to static variables because parameters may not be accessible in debugger.
+ static volatile uint8_t s_file_name[MAX_LENGTH_FILENAME];
+ static volatile uint16_t s_line_num;
+ static volatile uint32_t s_error_code;
+
+ strncpy((char *)s_file_name, (const char *)p_file_name, MAX_LENGTH_FILENAME - 1);
+ s_file_name[MAX_LENGTH_FILENAME - 1] = '\0';
+ s_line_num = line_num;
+ s_error_code = error_code;
+ UNUSED_VARIABLE(s_file_name);
+ UNUSED_VARIABLE(s_line_num);
+ UNUSED_VARIABLE(s_error_code);
+
+ // WARNING: The PRIMASK register is set to disable ALL interrups during writing the error log.
+ //
+ // Do not use __disable_irq() in normal operation.
+ __disable_irq();
+
+ // This function will write error code, filename, and line number to the flash.
+ // In addition, the Cortex-M0 stack memory will also be written to the flash.
+ //(void) ble_error_log_write(error_code, p_file_name, line_num);
+
+ // For debug purposes, this function never returns.
+ // Attach a debugger for tracing the error cause.
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ // Do nothing.
+ }
+}
+
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/ble/ble_error_log.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/ble/ble_error_log.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <nrf51.h>
+#include "ble_error_log.h"
+#include "app_util.h"
+#include "app_error.h"
+#include "nrf_gpio.h"
+#include "pstorage.h"
+
+
+// Made static to avoid the error_log to go on the stack.
+static ble_error_log_data_t m_ble_error_log; /**< . */
+//lint -esym(526,__Vectors)
+extern uint32_t * __Vectors; /**< The initialization vector holds the address to __initial_sp that will be used when fetching the stack. */
+
+static void fetch_stack(ble_error_log_data_t * error_log)
+{
+ // KTOWN: Temporarily removed 06022014
+ /*
+ uint32_t * p_stack;
+ uint32_t * initial_sp;
+ uint32_t length;
+
+ initial_sp = (uint32_t *) __Vectors;
+ p_stack = (uint32_t *) GET_SP();
+
+ length = ((uint32_t) initial_sp) - ((uint32_t) p_stack);
+ memcpy(error_log->stack_info,
+ p_stack,
+ (length > STACK_DUMP_LENGTH) ? STACK_DUMP_LENGTH : length);
+ */
+}
+
+uint32_t ble_error_log_write(uint32_t err_code, const uint8_t * p_message, uint16_t line_number)
+{
+ m_ble_error_log.failure = true;
+ m_ble_error_log.err_code = err_code;
+ m_ble_error_log.line_number = line_number;
+
+ strncpy((char *)m_ble_error_log.message, (const char *)p_message, ERROR_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 1);
+ m_ble_error_log.message[ERROR_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 1] = '\0';
+
+ fetch_stack(&m_ble_error_log);
+
+ // Write to flash removed, to be redone.
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/ble/ble_services/ble_srv_common.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/ble/ble_services/ble_srv_common.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/* Attention!
+* To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASAs Bluetooth profile
+* qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
+*/
+
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include "nordic_common.h"
+#include "app_error.h"
+
+
+uint8_t ble_srv_report_ref_encode(uint8_t * p_encoded_buffer,
+ const ble_srv_report_ref_t * p_report_ref)
+{
+ uint8_t len = 0;
+
+ p_encoded_buffer[len++] = p_report_ref->report_id;
+ p_encoded_buffer[len++] = p_report_ref->report_type;
+
+ APP_ERROR_CHECK_BOOL(len == BLE_SRV_ENCODED_REPORT_REF_LEN);
+ return len;
+}
+
+
+void ble_srv_ascii_to_utf8(ble_srv_utf8_str_t * p_utf8, char * p_ascii)
+{
+ p_utf8->length = (uint16_t)strlen(p_ascii);
+ p_utf8->p_str = (uint8_t *)p_ascii;
+}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/ble_bondmngr_cfg.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/ble_bondmngr_cfg.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+ /** @cond To make doxygen skip this file */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_app_gls_bondmngr_cfg GLS Bond Manager Configuration
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_app_gls
+ * @brief Definition of bond manager configurable parameters
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_BONDMNGR_CFG_H__
+#define BLE_BONDMNGR_CFG_H__
+
+/**@brief Number of CCCDs used in the GLS application. */
+#define BLE_BONDMNGR_CCCD_COUNT 2
+
+/**@brief Maximum number of bonded centrals. */
+#define BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS 7
+
+#endif // BLE_BONDMNGR_CFG_H__
+
+/** @} */
+/** @endcond */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nordic_global.h --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nordic_global.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef _NORDIC_GLOBAL_H_ +#define _NORDIC_GLOBAL_H_ + +/* There are no global defines in mbed, so we need to define */ +/* mandatory conditional compilation flags here */ +#define NRF51 +#define DEBUG_NRF_USER +#define BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD +#define BOARD_PCA10001 + +#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_button.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_button.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup app_button Button Handler
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup app_common
+ *
+ * @brief Buttons handling module.
+ *
+ * @details The button handler uses the @ref app_gpiote to detect that a button has been
+ * pushed. To handle debouncing, it will start a timer in the GPIOTE event handler.
+ * The button will only be reported as pushed if the corresponding pin is still active when
+ * the timer expires. If there is a new GPIOTE event while the timer is running, the timer
+ * is restarted.
+ * Use the USE_SCHEDULER parameter of the APP_BUTTON_INIT() macro to select if the
+ * @ref app_scheduler is to be used or not.
+ *
+ * @note The app_button module uses the app_timer module. The user must ensure that the queue in
+ * app_timer is large enough to hold the app_timer_stop() / app_timer_start() operations
+ * which will be executed on each event from GPIOTE module (2 operations), as well as other
+ * app_timer operations queued simultaneously in the application.
+ *
+ * @note Even if the scheduler is not used, app_button.h will include app_scheduler.h, so when
+ * compiling, app_scheduler.h must be available in one of the compiler include paths.
+ */
+
+#ifndef APP_BUTTON_H__
+#define APP_BUTTON_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "app_error.h"
+#include "app_scheduler.h"
+#include "nrf_gpio.h"
+
+#define APP_BUTTON_SCHED_EVT_SIZE sizeof(app_button_event_t) /**< Size of button events being passed through the scheduler (is to be used for computing the maximum size of scheduler events). */
+#define APP_BUTTON_PUSH 1 /**< Indicates that a button is pushed. */
+#define APP_BUTTON_RELEASE 0 /**< Indicates that a button is released. */
+#define APP_BUTTON_ACTIVE_HIGH 1 /**< Indicates that a button is active high. */
+#define APP_BUTTON_ACTIVE_LOW 0 /**< Indicates that a button is active low. */
+
+/**@brief Button event handler type. */
+typedef void (*app_button_handler_t)(uint8_t pin_no, uint8_t button_action);
+
+/**@brief Type of function for passing events from the Button Handler module to the scheduler. */
+typedef uint32_t (*app_button_evt_schedule_func_t) (app_button_handler_t button_handler,
+ uint8_t pin_no,
+ uint8_t button_action);
+
+/**@brief Button configuration structure. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t pin_no; /**< Pin to be used as a button. */
+ uint8_t active_state; /**< APP_BUTTON_ACTIVE_HIGH or APP_BUTTON_ACTIVE_LOW. */
+ nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t pull_cfg; /**< Pull-up or -down configuration. */
+ app_button_handler_t button_handler; /**< Handler to be called when button is pushed. */
+} app_button_cfg_t;
+
+/**@brief Pin transition direction struct. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t high_to_low; /**Pin went from high to low */
+ uint32_t low_to_high; /**Pin went from low to high */
+} pin_transition_t;
+
+/**@brief Macro for initializing the Button Handler module.
+ *
+ * @details It will initialize the specified pins as buttons, and configure the Button Handler
+ * module as a GPIOTE user (but it will not enable button detection). It will also connect
+ * the Button Handler module to the scheduler (if specified).
+ *
+ * @param[in] BUTTONS Array of buttons to be used (type app_button_cfg_t, must be
+ * static!).
+ * @param[in] BUTTON_COUNT Number of buttons.
+ * @param[in] DETECTION_DELAY Delay from a GPIOTE event until a button is reported as pushed.
+ * @param[in] USE_SCHEDULER TRUE if the application is using the event scheduler,
+ * FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+/*lint -emacro(506, APP_BUTTON_INIT) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */
+#define APP_BUTTON_INIT(BUTTONS, BUTTON_COUNT, DETECTION_DELAY, USE_SCHEDULER) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ uint32_t ERR_CODE = app_button_init((BUTTONS), \
+ (BUTTON_COUNT), \
+ (DETECTION_DELAY), \
+ (USE_SCHEDULER) ? app_button_evt_schedule : NULL); \
+ APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE); \
+ } while (0)
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the Buttons.
+ *
+ * @details This function will initialize the specified pins as buttons, and configure the Button
+ * Handler module as a GPIOTE user (but it will not enable button detection).
+ *
+ * @note Normally initialization should be done using the APP_BUTTON_INIT() macro, as that will take
+ * care of connecting the Buttons module to the scheduler (if specified).
+ *
+ * @note app_button_enable() function must be called in order to enable the button detection.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_buttons Array of buttons to be used (NOTE: Must be static!).
+ * @param[in] button_count Number of buttons.
+ * @param[in] detection_delay Delay from a GPIOTE event until a button is reported as pushed.
+ * @param[in] evt_schedule_func Function for passing button events to the scheduler. Point to
+ * app_button_evt_schedule() to connect to the scheduler. Set to
+ * NULL to make the Buttons module call the event handler directly
+ * from the delayed button push detection timeout handler.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t app_button_init(app_button_cfg_t * p_buttons,
+ uint8_t button_count,
+ uint32_t detection_delay,
+ app_button_evt_schedule_func_t evt_schedule_func);
+
+/**@brief Function for enabling button detection.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM GPIOTE has to many users.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Button or GPIOTE not initialized.
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Button detection successfully enabled.
+ */
+uint32_t app_button_enable(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for disabling button detection.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM GPIOTE has to many users.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Button or GPIOTE not initialized.
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Button detection successfully enabled.
+ */
+uint32_t app_button_disable(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for checking if a button is currently being pushed.
+ *
+ * @param[in] pin_no Button pin to be checked.
+ * @param[out] p_is_pushed Button state.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS State successfully read.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid pin_no.
+ */
+uint32_t app_button_is_pushed(uint8_t pin_no, bool * p_is_pushed);
+
+
+// Type and functions for connecting the Buttons module to the scheduler:
+
+/**@cond NO_DOXYGEN */
+typedef struct
+{
+ app_button_handler_t button_handler;
+ uint8_t pin_no;
+ uint8_t button_action;
+} app_button_event_t;
+
+static __INLINE void app_button_evt_get(void * p_event_data, uint16_t event_size)
+{
+ app_button_event_t * p_buttons_event = (app_button_event_t *)p_event_data;
+
+ APP_ERROR_CHECK_BOOL(event_size == sizeof(app_button_event_t));
+ p_buttons_event->button_handler(p_buttons_event->pin_no, p_buttons_event->button_action);
+}
+
+static __INLINE uint32_t app_button_evt_schedule(app_button_handler_t button_handler,
+ uint8_t pin_no,
+ uint8_t button_action)
+{
+ app_button_event_t buttons_event;
+
+ buttons_event.button_handler = button_handler;
+ buttons_event.pin_no = pin_no;
+ buttons_event.button_action = button_action;
+
+ return app_sched_event_put(&buttons_event, sizeof(buttons_event), app_button_evt_get);
+}
+/**@endcond */
+
+#endif // APP_BUTTON_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_error.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_error.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup app_error Common application error handler
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup app_common
+ *
+ * @brief Common application error handler and macros for utilizing a common error handler.
+ */
+
+#ifndef APP_ERROR_H__
+#define APP_ERROR_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "nrf_error.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**@brief Function for error handling, which is called when an error has occurred.
+ *
+ * @param[in] error_code Error code supplied to the handler.
+ * @param[in] line_num Line number where the handler is called.
+ * @param[in] p_file_name Pointer to the file name.
+ */
+void app_error_handler(uint32_t error_code, uint32_t line_num, const uint8_t * p_file_name);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/**@brief Macro for calling error handler function.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ERR_CODE Error code supplied to the error handler.
+ */
+#define APP_ERROR_HANDLER(ERR_CODE) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ app_error_handler((ERR_CODE), __LINE__, (uint8_t*) __FILE__); \
+ } while (0)
+
+/**@brief Macro for calling error handler function if supplied error code any other than NRF_SUCCESS.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ERR_CODE Error code supplied to the error handler.
+ */
+#define APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ const uint32_t LOCAL_ERR_CODE = (ERR_CODE); \
+ if (LOCAL_ERR_CODE != NRF_SUCCESS) \
+ { \
+ APP_ERROR_HANDLER(LOCAL_ERR_CODE); \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+
+/**@brief Macro for calling error handler function if supplied boolean value is false.
+ *
+ * @param[in] BOOLEAN_VALUE Boolean value to be evaluated.
+ */
+#define APP_ERROR_CHECK_BOOL(BOOLEAN_VALUE) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ const bool LOCAL_BOOLEAN_VALUE = (BOOLEAN_VALUE); \
+ if (!LOCAL_BOOLEAN_VALUE) \
+ { \
+ APP_ERROR_HANDLER(0); \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+
+#endif // APP_ERROR_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_fifo.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_fifo.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**@file
+ *
+ * @defgroup app_fifo FIFO implementation
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup app_common
+ *
+ * @brief FIFO implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef APP_FIFO_H__
+#define APP_FIFO_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "nrf_error.h"
+
+/**@brief A FIFO instance structure. Keeps track of which bytes to read and write next.
+ * Also it keeps the information about which memory is allocated for the buffer
+ * and its size. This needs to be initialized by app_fifo_init() before use.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t * p_buf; /**< Pointer to FIFO buffer memory. */
+ uint16_t buf_size_mask; /**< Read/write index mask. Also used for size checking. */
+ volatile uint32_t read_pos; /**< Next read position in the FIFO buffer. */
+ volatile uint32_t write_pos; /**< Next write position in the FIFO buffer. */
+} app_fifo_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the FIFO.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_fifo FIFO object.
+ * @param[in] p_buf FIFO buffer for storing data. The buffer size has to be a power of two.
+ * @param[in] buf_size Size of the FIFO buffer provided, has to be a power of 2.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If initialization was successful.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If a NULL pointer is provided as buffer.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH If size of buffer provided is not a power of two.
+ */
+uint32_t app_fifo_init(app_fifo_t * p_fifo, uint8_t * p_buf, uint16_t buf_size);
+
+/**@brief Function for adding an element to the FIFO.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_fifo Pointer to the FIFO.
+ * @param[in] byte Data byte to add to the FIFO.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If an element has been successfully added to the FIFO.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If the FIFO is full.
+ */
+uint32_t app_fifo_put(app_fifo_t * p_fifo, uint8_t byte);
+
+/**@brief Function for getting the next element from the FIFO.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_fifo Pointer to the FIFO.
+ * @param[out] p_byte Byte fetched from the FIFO.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If an element was returned.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If there is no more elements in the queue.
+ */
+uint32_t app_fifo_get(app_fifo_t * p_fifo, uint8_t * p_byte);
+
+/**@brief Function for flushing the FIFO.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_fifo Pointer to the FIFO.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the FIFO flushed successfully.
+ */
+uint32_t app_fifo_flush(app_fifo_t * p_fifo);
+
+#endif // APP_FIFO_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_gpiote.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_gpiote.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup app_gpiote GPIOTE Handler
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup app_common
+ *
+ * @brief GPIOTE handler module.
+ *
+ * @details The GPIOTE handler allows several modules ("users") to share the GPIOTE interrupt,
+ * each user defining a set of pins able to generate events to the user.
+ * When a GPIOTE interrupt occurs, the GPIOTE interrupt handler will call the event handler
+ * of each user for which at least one of the pins generated an event.
+ *
+ * The GPIOTE users are responsible for configuring all their corresponding pins, except
+ * the SENSE field, which should be initialized to GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Disabled.
+ * The SENSE field will be updated by the GPIOTE module when it is enabled or disabled,
+ * and also while it is enabled.
+ *
+ * The module specifies on which pins events should be generated if the pin(s) goes
+ * from low->high or high->low or both directions.
+ *
+ * @note Even if the application is using the @ref app_scheduler, the GPIOTE event handlers will
+ * be called directly from the GPIOTE interrupt handler.
+ *
+ * @warning If multiple users registers for the same pins the behavior for those pins are undefined.
+ */
+
+#ifndef APP_GPIOTE_H__
+#define APP_GPIOTE_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+// #include "nrf.h"
+#include "app_error.h"
+#include "app_util.h"
+
+#ifdef __cpluplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define GPIOTE_USER_NODE_SIZE 20 /**< Size of app_gpiote.gpiote_user_t (only for use inside APP_GPIOTE_BUF_SIZE()). */
+#define NO_OF_PINS 32 /**< Number of GPIO pins on the nRF51 chip. */
+
+/**@brief Compute number of bytes required to hold the GPIOTE data structures.
+ *
+ * @param[in] MAX_USERS Maximum number of GPIOTE users.
+ *
+ * @return Required buffer size (in bytes).
+ */
+#define APP_GPIOTE_BUF_SIZE(MAX_USERS) ((MAX_USERS) * GPIOTE_USER_NODE_SIZE)
+
+typedef uint8_t app_gpiote_user_id_t;
+
+/**@brief GPIOTE event handler type. */
+typedef void (*app_gpiote_event_handler_t)(uint32_t event_pins_low_to_high,
+ uint32_t event_pins_high_to_low);
+
+/**@brief GPIOTE input event handler type. */
+typedef void (*app_gpiote_input_event_handler_t)(void);
+
+/**@brief Macro for initializing the GPIOTE module.
+ *
+ * @details It will handle dimensioning and allocation of the memory buffer required by the module,
+ * making sure that the buffer is correctly aligned.
+ *
+ * @param[in] MAX_USERS Maximum number of GPIOTE users.
+ *
+ * @note Since this macro allocates a buffer, it must only be called once (it is OK to call it
+ * several times as long as it is from the same location, e.g. to do a reinitialization).
+ */
+/*lint -emacro(506, APP_GPIOTE_INIT) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */
+#define APP_GPIOTE_INIT(MAX_USERS) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ static uint32_t app_gpiote_buf[CEIL_DIV(APP_GPIOTE_BUF_SIZE(MAX_USERS), sizeof(uint32_t))];\
+ uint32_t ERR_CODE = app_gpiote_init((MAX_USERS), app_gpiote_buf); \
+ APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE); \
+ } while (0)
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the GPIOTE module.
+ *
+ * @note Normally initialization should be done using the APP_GPIOTE_INIT() macro, as that will
+ * allocate the buffer needed by the GPIOTE module (including aligning the buffer correctly).
+ *
+ * @param[in] max_users Maximum number of GPIOTE users.
+ * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to memory buffer for internal use in the app_gpiote
+ * module. The size of the buffer can be computed using the
+ * APP_GPIOTE_BUF_SIZE() macro. The buffer must be aligned to
+ * a 4 byte boundary.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful initialization.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter (buffer not aligned to a 4 byte
+ * boundary).
+ */
+uint32_t app_gpiote_init(uint8_t max_users, void * p_buffer);
+
+/**@brief Function for registering a GPIOTE user.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_user_id Id for the new GPIOTE user.
+ * @param[in] pins_low_to_high_mask Mask defining which pins will generate events to this user
+ * when state is changed from low->high.
+ * @param[in] pins_high_to_low_mask Mask defining which pins will generate events to this user
+ * when state is changed from high->low.
+ * @param[in] event_handler Pointer to function to be executed when an event occurs.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful initialization.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter (buffer not aligned to a 4 byte boundary).
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INALID_STATE If @ref app_gpiote_init has not been called on the GPIOTE
+ * module.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Returned if the application tries to register more users
+ * than defined when the GPIOTE module was initialized in
+ * @ref app_gpiote_init.
+ */
+uint32_t app_gpiote_user_register(app_gpiote_user_id_t * p_user_id,
+ uint32_t pins_low_to_high_mask,
+ uint32_t pins_high_to_low_mask,
+ app_gpiote_event_handler_t event_handler);
+
+/**@brief Function for informing the GPIOTE module that the specified user wants to use the GPIOTE module.
+ *
+ * @param[in] user_id Id of user to enable.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid user_id provided, No a valid user.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INALID_STATE If @ref app_gpiote_init has not been called on the GPIOTE
+ * module.
+ */
+uint32_t app_gpiote_user_enable(app_gpiote_user_id_t user_id);
+
+/**@brief Function for informing the GPIOTE module that the specified user is done using the GPIOTE module.
+ *
+ * @param[in] user_id Id of user to enable.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS On success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid user_id provided, No a valid user.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INALID_STATE If @ref app_gpiote_init has not been called on the GPIOTE
+ * module.
+ */
+uint32_t app_gpiote_user_disable(app_gpiote_user_id_t user_id);
+
+/**@brief Function for getting the state of the pins which are registered for the specified user.
+ *
+ * @param[in] user_id Id of user to check.
+ * @param[out] p_pins Bit mask corresponding to the pins configured to generate events to
+ * the specified user. All bits corresponding to pins in the state
+ * 'high' will have value '1', all others will have value '0'.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS On success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid user_id provided, No a valid user.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INALID_STATE If @ref app_gpiote_init has not been called on the GPIOTE
+ * module.
+ */
+uint32_t app_gpiote_pins_state_get(app_gpiote_user_id_t user_id, uint32_t * p_pins);
+
+/**@brief Function for registering event handlers for GPIOTE IN events.
+ *
+ * @param[in] channel GPIOTE channel [0..3].
+ * @param[in] pin Pins associated with GPIOTE channel. Changes on following pins will generate events.
+ * @param[in] polarity Specify operation on input that shall trigger IN event.
+ * @param[in] event_handler Event handler invoked on the IN event in the GPIOTE interrupt.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS On success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid channel or pin number.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED Driver doesn't support IN events.
+ */
+uint32_t app_gpiote_input_event_handler_register(const uint8_t channel,
+ const uint32_t pin,
+ const uint32_t polarity,
+ app_gpiote_input_event_handler_t event_handler);
+
+/**@brief Function for unregistering event handlers for GPIOTE IN events.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS On success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED Driver doesn't support IN events.
+ */
+uint32_t app_gpiote_input_event_handler_unregister(const uint8_t channel);
+
+/**@brief Function for registering event handler invoked at the end of a GPIOTE interrupt.
+ *
+ * @param[in] event_handler Event handler invoked at the end of the GPIOTE interrupt.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS On success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED Driver doesn't support IN events.
+ */
+uint32_t app_gpiote_end_irq_event_handler_register(app_gpiote_input_event_handler_t event_handler);
+
+/**@brief Function for unregistering event handler invoked at the end of a GPIOTE interrupt.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS On success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED Driver doesn't support IN events.
+ */
+uint32_t app_gpiote_end_irq_event_handler_unregister(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for enabling interrupts in the GPIOTE driver.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS On success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED Driver doesn't support.
+ */
+uint32_t app_gpiote_enable_interrupts(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for disabling interrupts in the GPIOTE driver.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS On success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED Driver doesn't support.
+ */
+uint32_t app_gpiote_disable_interrupts(void);
+
+#ifdef __cpluplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif // APP_GPIOTE_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_scheduler.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_scheduler.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup app_scheduler Scheduler
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup app_common
+ *
+ * @brief The scheduler is used for transferring execution from the interrupt context to the main
+ * context.
+ *
+ * @details See @ref ble_sdk_apps_seq_diagrams for sequence diagrams illustrating the flow of events
+ * when using the Scheduler.
+ *
+ * @section app_scheduler_req Requirements:
+ *
+ * @subsection main_context_logic Logic in main context:
+ *
+ * - Define an event handler for each type of event expected.
+ * - Initialize the scheduler by calling the APP_SCHED_INIT() macro before entering the
+ * application main loop.
+ * - Call app_sched_execute() from the main loop each time the application wakes up because of an
+ * event (typically when sd_app_evt_wait() returns).
+ *
+ * @subsection int_context_logic Logic in interrupt context:
+ *
+ * - In the interrupt handler, call app_sched_event_put()
+ * with the appropriate data and event handler. This will insert an event into the
+ * scheduler's queue. The app_sched_execute() function will pull this event and call its
+ * handler in the main context.
+ *
+ * For an example usage of the scheduler, please see the implementations of
+ * @ref ble_sdk_app_hids_mouse and @ref ble_sdk_app_hids_keyboard.
+ *
+ * @image html scheduler_working.jpg The high level design of the scheduler
+ */
+
+#ifndef APP_SCHEDULER_H__
+#define APP_SCHEDULER_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "app_error.h"
+
+#define APP_SCHED_EVENT_HEADER_SIZE 8 /**< Size of app_scheduler.event_header_t (only for use inside APP_SCHED_BUF_SIZE()). */
+
+/**@brief Compute number of bytes required to hold the scheduler buffer.
+ *
+ * @param[in] EVENT_SIZE Maximum size of events to be passed through the scheduler.
+ * @param[in] QUEUE_SIZE Number of entries in scheduler queue (i.e. the maximum number of events
+ * that can be scheduled for execution).
+ *
+ * @return Required scheduler buffer size (in bytes).
+ */
+#define APP_SCHED_BUF_SIZE(EVENT_SIZE, QUEUE_SIZE) \
+ (((EVENT_SIZE) + APP_SCHED_EVENT_HEADER_SIZE) * ((QUEUE_SIZE) + 1))
+
+/**@brief Scheduler event handler type. */
+typedef void (*app_sched_event_handler_t)(void * p_event_data, uint16_t event_size);
+
+/**@brief Macro for initializing the event scheduler.
+ *
+ * @details It will also handle dimensioning and allocation of the memory buffer required by the
+ * scheduler, making sure the buffer is correctly aligned.
+ *
+ * @param[in] EVENT_SIZE Maximum size of events to be passed through the scheduler.
+ * @param[in] QUEUE_SIZE Number of entries in scheduler queue (i.e. the maximum number of events
+ * that can be scheduled for execution).
+ *
+ * @note Since this macro allocates a buffer, it must only be called once (it is OK to call it
+ * several times as long as it is from the same location, e.g. to do a reinitialization).
+ */
+#define APP_SCHED_INIT(EVENT_SIZE, QUEUE_SIZE) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ static uint32_t APP_SCHED_BUF[CEIL_DIV(APP_SCHED_BUF_SIZE((EVENT_SIZE), (QUEUE_SIZE)), \
+ sizeof(uint32_t))]; \
+ uint32_t ERR_CODE = app_sched_init((EVENT_SIZE), (QUEUE_SIZE), APP_SCHED_BUF); \
+ APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE); \
+ } while (0)
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the Scheduler.
+ *
+ * @details It must be called before entering the main loop.
+ *
+ * @param[in] max_event_size Maximum size of events to be passed through the scheduler.
+ * @param[in] queue_size Number of entries in scheduler queue (i.e. the maximum number of
+ * events that can be scheduled for execution).
+ * @param[in] p_event_buffer Pointer to memory buffer for holding the scheduler queue. It must
+ * be dimensioned using the APP_SCHED_BUFFER_SIZE() macro. The buffer
+ * must be aligned to a 4 byte boundary.
+ *
+ * @note Normally initialization should be done using the APP_SCHED_INIT() macro, as that will both
+ * allocate the scheduler buffer, and also align the buffer correctly.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful initialization.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter (buffer not aligned to a 4 byte
+ * boundary).
+ */
+uint32_t app_sched_init(uint16_t max_event_size, uint16_t queue_size, void * p_evt_buffer);
+
+/**@brief Function for executing all scheduled events.
+ *
+ * @details This function must be called from within the main loop. It will execute all events
+ * scheduled since the last time it was called.
+ */
+void app_sched_execute(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for scheduling an event.
+ *
+ * @details Puts an event into the event queue.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_event_data Pointer to event data to be scheduled.
+ * @param[in] p_event_size Size of event data to be scheduled.
+ * @param[in] handler Event handler to receive the event.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t app_sched_event_put(void * p_event_data,
+ uint16_t event_size,
+ app_sched_event_handler_t handler);
+
+#endif // APP_SCHEDULER_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_timer.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_timer.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup app_timer Application Timer
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup app_common
+ *
+ * @brief Application timer functionality.
+ *
+ * @details It enables the application to create multiple timer instances based on the RTC1
+ * peripheral. Checking for timeouts and invokation of user timeout handlers is performed
+ * in the RTC1 interrupt handler. List handling is done using a software interrupt (SWI0).
+ * Both interrupt handlers are running in APP_LOW priority level.
+ *
+ * @note When calling app_timer_start() or app_timer_stop(), the timer operation is just queued,
+ * and the software interrupt is triggered. The actual timer start/stop operation is
+ * executed by the SWI0 interrupt handler. Since the SWI0 interrupt is running in APP_LOW,
+ * if the application code calling the timer function is running in APP_LOW or APP_HIGH,
+ * the timer operation will not be performed until the application handler has returned.
+ * This will be the case e.g. when stopping a timer from a timeout handler when not using
+ * the scheduler.
+ *
+ * @details Use the USE_SCHEDULER parameter of the APP_TIMER_INIT() macro to select if the
+ * @ref app_scheduler is to be used or not.
+ *
+ * @note Even if the scheduler is not used, app_timer.h will include app_scheduler.h, so when
+ * compiling, app_scheduler.h must be available in one of the compiler include paths.
+ */
+
+#ifndef APP_TIMER_H__
+#define APP_TIMER_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "app_error.h"
+#include "app_util.h"
+#include "app_scheduler.h"
+#include "compiler_abstraction.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#define APP_TIMER_SCHED_EVT_SIZE sizeof(app_timer_event_t) /**< Size of button events being passed through the scheduler (is to be used for computing the maximum size of scheduler events). */
+#define APP_TIMER_CLOCK_FREQ 32768 /**< Clock frequency of the RTC timer used to implement the app timer module. */
+#define APP_TIMER_MIN_TIMEOUT_TICKS 5 /**< Minimum value of the timeout_ticks parameter of app_timer_start(). */
+
+#define APP_TIMER_NODE_SIZE 40 /**< Size of app_timer.timer_node_t (only for use inside APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE()). */
+#define APP_TIMER_USER_OP_SIZE 24 /**< Size of app_timer.timer_user_op_t (only for use inside APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE()). */
+#define APP_TIMER_USER_SIZE 8 /**< Size of app_timer.timer_user_t (only for use inside APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE()). */
+#define APP_TIMER_INT_LEVELS 3 /**< Number of interrupt levels from where timer operations may be initiated (only for use inside APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE()). */
+
+/**@brief Compute number of bytes required to hold the application timer data structures.
+ *
+ * @param[in] MAX_TIMERS Maximum number of timers that can be created at any given time.
+ * @param[in] OP_QUEUE_SIZE Size of queues holding timer operations that are pending execution.
+ * NOTE: Due to the queue implementation, this size must be one more
+ * than the size that is actually needed.
+ *
+ * @return Required application timer buffer size (in bytes).
+ */
+#define APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE(MAX_TIMERS, OP_QUEUE_SIZE) \
+ ( \
+ ((MAX_TIMERS) * APP_TIMER_NODE_SIZE) \
+ + \
+ ( \
+ APP_TIMER_INT_LEVELS \
+ * \
+ (APP_TIMER_USER_SIZE + ((OP_QUEUE_SIZE) + 1) * APP_TIMER_USER_OP_SIZE) \
+ ) \
+ )
+
+/**@brief Convert milliseconds to timer ticks.
+ *
+ * @note This macro uses 64 bit integer arithmetic, but as long as the macro parameters are
+ * constants (i.e. defines), the computation will be done by the preprocessor.
+ *
+ * @param[in] MS Milliseconds.
+ * @param[in] PRESCALER Value of the RTC1 PRESCALER register (must be the same value that was
+ * passed to APP_TIMER_INIT()).
+ *
+ * @note When using this macro, it is the responsibility of the developer to ensure that the
+ * values provided as input result in an output value that is supported by the
+ * @ref app_timer_start function. For example, when the ticks for 1 ms is needed, the
+ * maximum possible value of PRESCALER must be 6, when @ref APP_TIMER_CLOCK_FREQ is 32768.
+ * This will result in a ticks value as 5. Any higher value for PRESCALER will result in a
+ * ticks value that is not supported by this module.
+ *
+ * @return Number of timer ticks.
+ */
+#define APP_TIMER_TICKS(MS, PRESCALER)\
+ ((uint32_t)ROUNDED_DIV((MS) * (uint64_t)APP_TIMER_CLOCK_FREQ, ((PRESCALER) + 1) * 1000))
+
+/**@brief Timer id type. */
+typedef uint32_t app_timer_id_t;
+
+/**@brief Application timeout handler type. */
+typedef void (*app_timer_timeout_handler_t)(void * p_context);
+
+/**@brief Type of function for passing events from the timer module to the scheduler. */
+typedef uint32_t (*app_timer_evt_schedule_func_t) (app_timer_timeout_handler_t timeout_handler,
+ void * p_context);
+
+/**@brief Timer modes. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ APP_TIMER_MODE_SINGLE_SHOT, /**< The timer will expire only once. */
+ APP_TIMER_MODE_REPEATED /**< The timer will restart each time it expires. */
+} app_timer_mode_t;
+
+/**@brief Macro for initializing the application timer module.
+ *
+ * @details It will handle dimensioning and allocation of the memory buffer required by the timer,
+ * making sure that the buffer is correctly aligned. It will also connect the timer module
+ * to the scheduler (if specified).
+ *
+ * @note This module assumes that the LFCLK is already running. If it isn't, the module will
+ * be non-functional, since the RTC will not run. If you don't use a softdevice, you'll
+ * have to start the LFCLK manually. See the rtc_example's \ref lfclk_config() function
+ * for an example of how to do this. If you use a softdevice, the LFCLK is started on
+ * softdevice init.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param[in] PRESCALER Value of the RTC1 PRESCALER register. This will decide the
+ * timer tick rate. Set to 0 for no prescaling.
+ * @param[in] MAX_TIMERS Maximum number of timers that can be created at any given time.
+ * @param[in] OP_QUEUES_SIZE Size of queues holding timer operations that are pending execution.
+ * @param[in] USE_SCHEDULER TRUE if the application is using the event scheduler,
+ * FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * @note Since this macro allocates a buffer, it must only be called once (it is OK to call it
+ * several times as long as it is from the same location, e.g. to do a reinitialization).
+ */
+/*lint -emacro(506, APP_TIMER_INIT) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */
+#define APP_TIMER_INIT(PRESCALER, MAX_TIMERS, OP_QUEUES_SIZE, USE_SCHEDULER) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ static uint32_t APP_TIMER_BUF[CEIL_DIV(APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE((MAX_TIMERS), \
+ (OP_QUEUES_SIZE) + 1), \
+ sizeof(uint32_t))]; \
+ uint32_t ERR_CODE = app_timer_init((PRESCALER), \
+ (MAX_TIMERS), \
+ (OP_QUEUES_SIZE) + 1, \
+ APP_TIMER_BUF, \
+ (USE_SCHEDULER) ? app_timer_evt_schedule : NULL); \
+ APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE); \
+ } while (0)
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the timer module.
+ *
+ * @note Normally initialization should be done using the APP_TIMER_INIT() macro, as that will both
+ * allocate the buffers needed by the timer module (including aligning the buffers correctly,
+ * and also take care of connecting the timer module to the scheduler (if specified).
+ *
+ * @param[in] prescaler Value of the RTC1 PRESCALER register. Set to 0 for no prescaling.
+ * @param[in] max_timers Maximum number of timers that can be created at any given time.
+ * @param[in] op_queues_size Size of queues holding timer operations that are pending
+ * execution. NOTE: Due to the queue implementation, this size must
+ * be one more than the size that is actually needed.
+ * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to memory buffer for internal use in the app_timer
+ * module. The size of the buffer can be computed using the
+ * APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE() macro. The buffer must be aligned to a
+ * 4 byte boundary.
+ * @param[in] evt_schedule_func Function for passing timeout events to the scheduler. Point to
+ * app_timer_evt_schedule() to connect to the scheduler. Set to NULL
+ * to make the timer module call the timeout handler directly from
+ * the timer interrupt handler.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful initialization.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter (buffer not aligned to a 4 byte
+ * boundary or NULL).
+ */
+uint32_t app_timer_init(uint32_t prescaler,
+ uint8_t max_timers,
+ uint8_t op_queues_size,
+ void * p_buffer,
+ app_timer_evt_schedule_func_t evt_schedule_func);
+
+/**@brief Function for creating a timer instance.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_timer_id Id of the newly created timer.
+ * @param[in] mode Timer mode.
+ * @param[in] timeout_handler Function to be executed when the timer expires.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Timer was successfully created.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Application timer module has not been initialized.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Maximum number of timers has already been reached.
+ *
+ * @note This function does the timer allocation in the caller's context. It is also not protected
+ * by a critical region. Therefore care must be taken not to call it from several interrupt
+ * levels simultaneously.
+ */
+uint32_t app_timer_create(app_timer_id_t * p_timer_id,
+ app_timer_mode_t mode,
+ app_timer_timeout_handler_t timeout_handler);
+
+/**@brief Function for starting a timer.
+ *
+ * @param[in] timer_id Id of timer to start.
+ * @param[in] timeout_ticks Number of ticks (of RTC1, including prescaling) to timeout event
+ * (minimum 5 ticks).
+ * @param[in] p_context General purpose pointer. Will be passed to the timeout handler when
+ * the timer expires.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Timer was successfully started.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Application timer module has not been initialized, or timer
+ * has not been created.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Timer operations queue was full.
+ *
+ * @note The minimum timeout_ticks value is 5.
+ * @note For multiple active timers, timeouts occurring in close proximity to each other (in the
+ * range of 1 to 3 ticks) will have a positive jitter of maximum 3 ticks.
+ * @note When calling this method on a timer which is already running, the second start operation
+ * will be ignored.
+ */
+uint32_t app_timer_start(app_timer_id_t timer_id, uint32_t timeout_ticks, void * p_context);
+
+/**@brief Function for stopping the specified timer.
+ *
+ * @param[in] timer_id Id of timer to stop.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Timer was successfully stopped.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Application timer module has not been initialized, or timer
+ * has not been created.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Timer operations queue was full.
+ */
+uint32_t app_timer_stop(app_timer_id_t timer_id);
+
+/**@brief Function for stopping all running timers.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS All timers were successfully stopped.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Application timer module has not been initialized.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Timer operations queue was full.
+ */
+uint32_t app_timer_stop_all(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for returning the current value of the RTC1 counter.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_ticks Current value of the RTC1 counter.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Counter was successfully read.
+ */
+uint32_t app_timer_cnt_get(uint32_t * p_ticks);
+
+/**@brief Function for computing the difference between two RTC1 counter values.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ticks_to Value returned by app_timer_cnt_get().
+ * @param[in] ticks_from Value returned by app_timer_cnt_get().
+ * @param[out] p_ticks_diff Number of ticks from ticks_from to ticks_to.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Counter difference was successfully computed.
+ */
+uint32_t app_timer_cnt_diff_compute(uint32_t ticks_to,
+ uint32_t ticks_from,
+ uint32_t * p_ticks_diff);
+
+
+// Type and functions for connecting the timer to the scheduler:
+
+/**@cond NO_DOXYGEN */
+typedef struct
+{
+ app_timer_timeout_handler_t timeout_handler;
+ void * p_context;
+} app_timer_event_t;
+
+static __INLINE void app_timer_evt_get(void * p_event_data, uint16_t event_size)
+{
+ app_timer_event_t * p_timer_event = (app_timer_event_t *)p_event_data;
+
+ APP_ERROR_CHECK_BOOL(event_size == sizeof(app_timer_event_t));
+ p_timer_event->timeout_handler(p_timer_event->p_context);
+}
+
+static __INLINE uint32_t app_timer_evt_schedule(app_timer_timeout_handler_t timeout_handler,
+ void * p_context)
+{
+ app_timer_event_t timer_event;
+
+ timer_event.timeout_handler = timeout_handler;
+ timer_event.p_context = p_context;
+
+ return app_sched_event_put(&timer_event, sizeof(timer_event), app_timer_evt_get);
+}
+/**@endcond */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#endif // APP_TIMER_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_trace.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_trace.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+#ifndef __DEBUG_H_
+#define __DEBUG_H_
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup app_trace Debug Logger
+ * @ingroup app_common
+ * @{
+ * @brief Enables debug logs/ trace over UART.
+ * @details Enables debug logs/ trace over UART. Tracing is enabled only if
+ * ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG_SUPPORT is defined in the project.
+ */
+#ifdef ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG_SUPPORT
+/**
+ * @brief Module Initialization.
+ *
+ * @details Initializes the module to use UART as trace output.
+ *
+ * @warning This function will configure UART using default board configuration (described in @ref nrf51_setups).
+ * Do not call this function if UART is configured from a higher level in the application.
+ */
+void app_trace_init(void);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Log debug messages.
+ *
+ * @details This API logs messages over UART. The module must be initialized before using this API.
+ *
+ * @note Though this is currently a macro, it should be used used and treated as function.
+ */
+#define app_trace_log printf
+
+/**
+ * @brief Dump auxiliary byte buffer to the debug trace.
+ *
+ * @details This API logs messages over UART. The module must be initialized before using this API.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_buffer Buffer to be dumped on the debug trace.
+ * @param[in] len Size of the buffer.
+ */
+void app_trace_dump(uint8_t * p_buffer, uint32_t len);
+
+#else // ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG_SUPPORT
+
+#define app_trace_init(...)
+#define app_trace_log(...)
+#define app_trace_dump(...)
+
+#endif // ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG_SUPPORT
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif //__DEBUG_H_
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_uart.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_uart.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**@file
+ *
+ * @defgroup app_uart UART module
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup app_common
+ *
+ * @brief UART module interface.
+ */
+
+#ifndef APP_UART_H__
+#define APP_UART_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "app_util_platform.h"
+
+#define UART_PIN_DISCONNECTED 0xFFFFFFFF /**< Value indicating that no pin is connected to this UART register. */
+
+/**@brief UART Flow Control modes for the peripheral.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ APP_UART_FLOW_CONTROL_DISABLED, /**< UART Hw Flow Control is disabled. */
+ APP_UART_FLOW_CONTROL_ENABLED, /**< Standard UART Hw Flow Control is enabled. */
+ APP_UART_FLOW_CONTROL_LOW_POWER /**< Specialized UART Hw Flow Control is used. The Low Power setting allows the nRF51 to Power Off the UART module when CTS is in-active, and re-enabling the UART when the CTS signal becomes active. This allows the nRF51 to safe power by only using the UART module when it is needed by the remote site. */
+} app_uart_flow_control_t;
+
+/**@brief UART communication structure holding configuration settings for the peripheral.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t rx_pin_no; /**< RX pin number. */
+ uint8_t tx_pin_no; /**< TX pin number. */
+ uint8_t rts_pin_no; /**< RTS pin number, only used if flow control is enabled. */
+ uint8_t cts_pin_no; /**< CTS pin number, only used if flow control is enabled. */
+ app_uart_flow_control_t flow_control; /**< Flow control setting, if flow control is used, the system will use low power UART mode, based on CTS signal. */
+ bool use_parity; /**< Even parity if TRUE, no parity if FALSE. */
+ uint32_t baud_rate; /**< Baud rate configuration. */
+} app_uart_comm_params_t;
+
+/**@brief UART buffer for transmitting/receiving data.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t * rx_buf; /**< Pointer to the RX buffer. */
+ uint32_t rx_buf_size; /**< Size of the RX buffer. */
+ uint8_t * tx_buf; /**< Pointer to the TX buffer. */
+ uint32_t tx_buf_size; /**< Size of the TX buffer. */
+} app_uart_buffers_t;
+
+/**@brief Enumeration describing current state of the UART.
+ *
+ * @details The connection state can be fetched by the application using the function call
+ * @ref app_uart_get_connection_state.
+ * When hardware flow control is used
+ * - APP_UART_CONNECTED: Communication is ongoing.
+ * - APP_UART_DISCONNECTED: No communication is ongoing.
+ *
+ * When no hardware flow control is used
+ * - APP_UART_CONNECTED: Always returned as bytes can always be received/transmitted.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ APP_UART_DISCONNECTED, /**< State indicating that the UART is disconnected and cannot receive or transmit bytes. */
+ APP_UART_CONNECTED /**< State indicating that the UART is connected and ready to receive or transmit bytes. If flow control is disabled, the state will always be connected. */
+} app_uart_connection_state_t;
+
+/**@brief Enumeration which defines events used by the UART module upon data reception or error.
+ *
+ * @details The event type is used to indicate the type of additional information in the event
+ * @ref app_uart_evt_t.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ APP_UART_DATA_READY, /**< An event indicating that UART data has been received. The data is available in the FIFO and can be fetched using @ref app_uart_get. */
+ APP_UART_FIFO_ERROR, /**< An error in the FIFO module used by the app_uart module has occured. The FIFO error code is stored in app_uart_evt_t.data.error_code field. */
+ APP_UART_COMMUNICATION_ERROR, /**< An communication error has occured during reception. The error is stored in app_uart_evt_t.data.error_communication field. */
+ APP_UART_TX_EMPTY, /**< An event indicating that UART has completed transmission of all available data in the TX FIFO. */
+ APP_UART_DATA, /**< An event indicating that UART data has been received, and data is present in data field. This event is only used when no FIFO is configured. */
+} app_uart_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief Struct containing events from the UART module.
+ *
+ * @details The app_uart_evt_t is used to notify the application of asynchronous events when data
+ * are received on the UART peripheral or in case an error occured during data reception.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ app_uart_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+ union
+ {
+ uint32_t error_communication; /**< Field used if evt_type is: APP_UART_COMMUNICATION_ERROR. This field contains the value in the ERRORSRC register for the UART peripheral. The UART_ERRORSRC_x defines from @ref nrf51_bitfields.h can be used to parse the error code. See also the nRF51 Series Reference Manual for specification. */
+ uint32_t error_code; /**< Field used if evt_type is: NRF_ERROR_x. Additional status/error code if the error event type is APP_UART_FIFO_ERROR. This error code refer to errors defined in nrf_error.h. */
+ uint8_t value; /**< Field used if evt_type is: NRF_ERROR_x. Additional status/error code if the error event type is APP_UART_FIFO_ERROR. This error code refer to errors defined in nrf_error.h. */
+ } data;
+} app_uart_evt_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for handling app_uart event callback.
+ *
+ * @details Upon an event in the app_uart module this callback function will be called to notify
+ * the applicatioon about the event.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_app_uart_event Pointer to UART event.
+ */
+
+
+typedef void (* app_uart_event_handler_t) (app_uart_evt_t * p_app_uart_event);
+
+/**@brief Macro for safe initialization of the UART module in a single user instance when using
+ * a FIFO together with UART.
+ *
+ * @param[in] P_COMM_PARAMS Pointer to a UART communication structure: app_uart_comm_params_t
+ * @param[in] RX_BUF_SIZE Size of desired RX buffer, must be a power of 2 or ZERO (No FIFO).
+ * @param[in] TX_BUF_SIZE Size of desired TX buffer, must be a power of 2 or ZERO (No FIFO).
+ * @param[in] EVENT_HANDLER Event handler function to be called when an event occurs in the
+ * UART module.
+ * @param[in] IRQ_PRIO IRQ priority, app_irq_priority_t, for the UART module irq handler.
+ * @param[out] ERR_CODE The return value of the UART initialization function will be
+ * written to this parameter.
+ *
+ * @note Since this macro allocates a buffer and registers the module as a GPIOTE user when flow
+ * control is enabled, it must only be called once.
+ */
+#define APP_UART_FIFO_INIT(P_COMM_PARAMS, RX_BUF_SIZE, TX_BUF_SIZE, EVT_HANDLER, IRQ_PRIO, ERR_CODE) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ uint16_t APP_UART_UID = 0; \
+ app_uart_buffers_t buffers; \
+ static uint8_t rx_buf[RX_BUF_SIZE]; \
+ static uint8_t tx_buf[TX_BUF_SIZE]; \
+ \
+ buffers.rx_buf = rx_buf; \
+ buffers.rx_buf_size = sizeof (rx_buf); \
+ buffers.tx_buf = tx_buf; \
+ buffers.tx_buf_size = sizeof (tx_buf); \
+ ERR_CODE = app_uart_init(P_COMM_PARAMS, &buffers, EVT_HANDLER, IRQ_PRIO, &APP_UART_UID); \
+ } while (0)
+
+/**@brief Macro for safe initialization of the UART module in a single user instance.
+ *
+ * @param[in] P_COMM_PARAMS Pointer to a UART communication structure: app_uart_comm_params_t
+ * @param[in] EVENT_HANDLER Event handler function to be called when an event occurs in the
+ * UART module.
+ * @param[in] IRQ_PRIO IRQ priority, app_irq_priority_t, for the UART module irq handler.
+ * @param[out] ERR_CODE The return value of the UART initialization function will be
+ * written to this parameter.
+ *
+ * @note Since this macro allocates registers the module as a GPIOTE user when flow control is
+ * enabled, it must only be called once.
+ */
+#define APP_UART_INIT(P_COMM_PARAMS, EVT_HANDLER, IRQ_PRIO, ERR_CODE) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ uint16_t APP_UART_UID = 0; \
+ ERR_CODE = app_uart_init(P_COMM_PARAMS, NULL, EVT_HANDLER, IRQ_PRIO, &APP_UART_UID); \
+ } while (0)
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the UART module. Use this initialization when several instances of the UART
+ * module are needed.
+ *
+ * @details This initialization will return a UART user id for the caller. The UART user id must be
+ * used upon re-initialization of the UART or closing of the module for the user.
+ * If single instance usage is needed, the APP_UART_INIT() macro should be used instead.
+ *
+ * @note Normally single instance initialization should be done using the APP_UART_INIT() or
+ * APP_UART_INIT_FIFO() macro depending on whether the FIFO should be used by the UART, as
+ * that will allocate the buffers needed by the UART module (including aligning the buffer
+ * correctly).
+
+ * @param[in] p_comm_params Pin and communication parameters.
+ * @param[in] p_buffers RX and TX buffers, NULL is FIFO is not used.
+ * @param[in] error_handler Function to be called in case of an error.
+ * @param[in] app_irq_priority Interrupt priority level.
+ * @param[in,out] p_uart_uid User id for the UART module. The p_uart_uid must be used if
+ * re-initialization and/or closing of the UART module is needed.
+ * If the value pointed to by p_uart_uid is zero, this is
+ * considdered a first time initialization. Otherwise this is
+ * considered a re-initialization for the user with id *p_uart_uid.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If successful initialization.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH If a provided buffer is not a power of two.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If one of the provided buffers is a NULL pointer.
+ *
+ * Those errors are propagated by the UART module to the caller upon registration when Hardware Flow
+ * Control is enabled. When Hardware Flow Control is not used, those errors cannot occur.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE The GPIOTE module is not in a valid state when registering
+ * the UART module as a user.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM The UART module provides an invalid callback function when
+ * registering the UART module as a user.
+ * Or the value pointed to by *p_uart_uid is not a valid
+ * GPIOTE number.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM GPIOTE module has reached the maximum number of users.
+ */
+uint32_t app_uart_init(const app_uart_comm_params_t * p_comm_params,
+ app_uart_buffers_t * p_buffers,
+ app_uart_event_handler_t error_handler,
+ app_irq_priority_t irq_priority,
+ uint16_t * p_uart_uid);
+
+/**@brief Function for getting a byte from the UART.
+ *
+ * @details This function will get the next byte from the RX buffer. If the RX buffer is empty
+ * an error code will be returned and the app_uart module will generate an event upon
+ * reception of the first byte which is added to the RX buffer.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_byte Pointer to an address where next byte received on the UART will be copied.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If a byte has been received and pushed to the pointer provided.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If no byte is available in the RX buffer of the app_uart module.
+ */
+uint32_t app_uart_get(uint8_t * p_byte);
+
+/**@brief Function for putting a byte on the UART.
+ *
+ * @details This call is non-blocking.
+ *
+ * @param[in] byte Byte to be transmitted on the UART.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the byte was succesfully put on the TX buffer for transmission.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If no more space is available in the TX buffer.
+ * NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM may occur if flow control is enabled and CTS signal
+ * is high for a long period and the buffer fills up.
+ */
+uint32_t app_uart_put(uint8_t byte);
+
+/**@brief Function for getting the current state of the UART.
+ *
+ * @details If flow control is disabled, the state is assumed to always be APP_UART_CONNECTED.
+ *
+ * When using flow control the state will be controlled by the CTS. If CTS is set active
+ * by the remote side, or the app_uart module is in the process of transmitting a byte,
+ * app_uart is in APP_UART_CONNECTED state. If CTS is set inactive by remote side app_uart
+ * will not get into APP_UART_DISCONNECTED state until the last byte in the TXD register
+ * is fully transmitted.
+ *
+ * Internal states in the state machine are mapped to the general connected/disconnected
+ * states in the following ways:
+ *
+ * - UART_ON = CONNECTED
+ * - UART_READY = CONNECTED
+ * - UART_WAIT = CONNECTED
+ * - UART_OFF = DISCONNECTED.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_connection_state Current connection state of the UART.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS The connection state was succesfully retrieved.
+ */
+uint32_t app_uart_get_connection_state(app_uart_connection_state_t * p_connection_state);
+
+/**@brief Function for flushing the RX and TX buffers (Only valid if FIFO is used).
+ * This function does nothing if FIFO is not used.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Flushing completed (Current implementation will always succeed).
+ */
+uint32_t app_uart_flush(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for closing the UART module.
+ *
+ * @details This function will close any on-going UART transmissions and disable itself in the
+ * GPTIO module.
+ *
+ * @param[in] app_uart_uid User id for the UART module. The app_uart_uid must be identical to the
+ * UART id returned on initialization and which is currently in use.
+
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If successfully closed.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If an invalid user id is provided or the user id differs from
+ * the current active user.
+ */
+uint32_t app_uart_close(uint16_t app_uart_id);
+
+
+#endif //APP_UART_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_util.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_util.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup app_util Utility Functions and Definitions
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup app_common
+ *
+ * @brief Various types and definitions available to all applications.
+ */
+
+#ifndef APP_UTIL_H__
+#define APP_UTIL_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "compiler_abstraction.h"
+
+enum
+{
+ UNIT_0_625_MS = 625, /**< Number of microseconds in 0.625 milliseconds. */
+ UNIT_1_25_MS = 1250, /**< Number of microseconds in 1.25 milliseconds. */
+ UNIT_10_MS = 10000 /**< Number of microseconds in 10 milliseconds. */
+};
+
+/**@brief Macro for doing static (i.e. compile time) assertion.
+ *
+ * @note If the assertion fails when compiling using Keil, the compiler will report error message
+ * "error: #94: the size of an array must be greater than zero" (while gcc will list the
+ * symbol static_assert_failed, making the error message more readable).
+ * If the supplied expression can not be evaluated at compile time, Keil will report
+ * "error: #28: expression must have a constant value".
+ *
+ * @note The macro is intentionally implemented not using do while(0), allowing it to be used
+ * outside function blocks (e.g. close to global type- and variable declarations).
+ * If used in a code block, it must be used before any executable code in this block.
+ *
+ * @param[in] EXPR Constant expression to be verified.
+ */
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+#define STATIC_ASSERT(EXPR) typedef char __attribute__((unused)) static_assert_failed[(EXPR) ? 1 : -1]
+#else
+#define STATIC_ASSERT(EXPR) typedef char static_assert_failed[(EXPR) ? 1 : -1]
+#endif
+
+
+/**@brief type for holding an encoded (i.e. little endian) 16 bit unsigned integer. */
+typedef uint8_t uint16_le_t[2];
+
+/**@brief type for holding an encoded (i.e. little endian) 32 bit unsigned integer. */
+typedef uint8_t uint32_le_t[4];
+
+/**@brief Byte array type. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t size; /**< Number of array entries. */
+ uint8_t * p_data; /**< Pointer to array entries. */
+} uint8_array_t;
+
+/**@brief Perform rounded integer division (as opposed to truncating the result).
+ *
+ * @param[in] A Numerator.
+ * @param[in] B Denominator.
+ *
+ * @return Rounded (integer) result of dividing A by B.
+ */
+#define ROUNDED_DIV(A, B) (((A) + ((B) / 2)) / (B))
+
+/**@brief Check if the integer provided is a power of two.
+ *
+ * @param[in] A Number to be tested.
+ *
+ * @return true if value is power of two.
+ * @return false if value not power of two.
+ */
+#define IS_POWER_OF_TWO(A) ( ((A) != 0) && ((((A) - 1) & (A)) == 0) )
+
+/**@brief To convert ticks to millisecond
+ * @param[in] time Number of millseconds that needs to be converted.
+ * @param[in] resolution Units to be converted.
+ */
+#define MSEC_TO_UNITS(TIME, RESOLUTION) (((TIME) * 1000) / (RESOLUTION))
+
+
+/**@brief Perform integer division, making sure the result is rounded up.
+ *
+ * @details One typical use for this is to compute the number of objects with size B is needed to
+ * hold A number of bytes.
+ *
+ * @param[in] A Numerator.
+ * @param[in] B Denominator.
+ *
+ * @return Integer result of dividing A by B, rounded up.
+ */
+#define CEIL_DIV(A, B) \
+ /*lint -save -e573 */ \
+ ((((A) - 1) / (B)) + 1) \
+ /*lint -restore */
+
+/**@brief Function for encoding a uint16 value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] value Value to be encoded.
+ * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is to be written.
+ *
+ * @return Number of bytes written.
+ */
+static __INLINE uint8_t uint16_encode(uint16_t value, uint8_t * p_encoded_data)
+{
+ p_encoded_data[0] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x00FF) >> 0);
+ p_encoded_data[1] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0xFF00) >> 8);
+ return sizeof(uint16_t);
+}
+
+/**@brief Function for encoding a uint32 value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] value Value to be encoded.
+ * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is to be written.
+ *
+ * @return Number of bytes written.
+ */
+static __INLINE uint8_t uint32_encode(uint32_t value, uint8_t * p_encoded_data)
+{
+ p_encoded_data[0] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x000000FF) >> 0);
+ p_encoded_data[1] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
+ p_encoded_data[2] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
+ p_encoded_data[3] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
+ return sizeof(uint32_t);
+}
+
+/**@brief Function for decoding a uint16 value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored.
+ *
+ * @return Decoded value.
+ */
+static __INLINE uint16_t uint16_decode(const uint8_t * p_encoded_data)
+{
+ return ( (((uint16_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[0])) |
+ (((uint16_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[1]) << 8 ));
+}
+
+/**@brief Function for decoding a uint32 value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored.
+ *
+ * @return Decoded value.
+ */
+static __INLINE uint32_t uint32_decode(const uint8_t * p_encoded_data)
+{
+ return ( (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[0]) << 0) |
+ (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[1]) << 8) |
+ (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[2]) << 16) |
+ (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[3]) << 24 ));
+}
+
+/** @brief Function for converting the input voltage (in milli volts) into percentage of 3.0 Volts.
+ *
+ * @details The calculation is based on a linearized version of the battery's discharge
+ * curve. 3.0V returns 100% battery level. The limit for power failure is 2.1V and
+ * is considered to be the lower boundary.
+ *
+ * The discharge curve for CR2032 is non-linear. In this model it is split into
+ * 4 linear sections:
+ * - Section 1: 3.0V - 2.9V = 100% - 42% (58% drop on 100 mV)
+ * - Section 2: 2.9V - 2.74V = 42% - 18% (24% drop on 160 mV)
+ * - Section 3: 2.74V - 2.44V = 18% - 6% (12% drop on 300 mV)
+ * - Section 4: 2.44V - 2.1V = 6% - 0% (6% drop on 340 mV)
+ *
+ * These numbers are by no means accurate. Temperature and
+ * load in the actual application is not accounted for!
+ *
+ * @param[in] mvolts The voltage in mV
+ *
+ * @return Battery level in percent.
+*/
+static __INLINE uint8_t battery_level_in_percent(const uint16_t mvolts)
+{
+ uint8_t battery_level;
+
+ if (mvolts >= 3000)
+ {
+ battery_level = 100;
+ }
+ else if (mvolts > 2900)
+ {
+ battery_level = 100 - ((3000 - mvolts) * 58) / 100;
+ }
+ else if (mvolts > 2740)
+ {
+ battery_level = 42 - ((2900 - mvolts) * 24) / 160;
+ }
+ else if (mvolts > 2440)
+ {
+ battery_level = 18 - ((2740 - mvolts) * 12) / 300;
+ }
+ else if (mvolts > 2100)
+ {
+ battery_level = 6 - ((2440 - mvolts) * 6) / 340;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ battery_level = 0;
+ }
+
+ return battery_level;
+}
+
+/**@brief Function for checking if a pointer value is aligned to a 4 byte boundary.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p Pointer value to be checked.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if pointer is aligned to a 4 byte boundary, FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+static __INLINE bool is_word_aligned(void * p)
+{
+ return (((uintptr_t)p & 0x03) == 0);
+}
+
+#endif // APP_UTIL_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/crc16.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/crc16.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup crc_compute CRC compute
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup hci_transport
+ *
+ * @brief This module implements the CRC-16 calculation in the blocks.
+ */
+
+#ifndef CRC16_H__
+#define CRC16_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**@brief Function for calculating CRC-16 in blocks.
+ *
+ * Feed each consecutive data block into this function, along with the current value of p_crc as
+ * returned by the previous call of this function. The first call of this function should pass NULL
+ * as the initial value of the crc in p_crc.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_data The input data block for computation.
+ * @param[in] size The size of the input data block in bytes.
+ * @param[in] p_crc The previous calculated CRC-16 value or NULL if first call.
+ *
+ * @return The updated CRC-16 value, based on the input supplied.
+ */
+uint16_t crc16_compute(const uint8_t * p_data, uint32_t size, const uint16_t * p_crc);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif // CRC16_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hal_transport.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hal_transport.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**@file
+ *
+ * @defgroup hci_transport HCI Transport
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup app_common
+ *
+ * @brief HCI transport module implementation.
+ *
+ * This module implements certain specific features from the three-wire UART transport layer,
+ * defined by the Bluetooth specification version 4.0 [Vol 4] part D.
+ *
+ * \par Features supported
+ * - Transmission and reception of Vendor Specific HCI packet type application packets.
+ * - Transmission and reception of reliable packets: defined by chapter 6 of the specification.
+ *
+ * \par Features not supported
+ * - Link establishment procedure: defined by chapter 8 of the specification.
+ * - Low power: defined by chapter 9 of the specification.
+ *
+ * \par Implementation specific behaviour
+ * - As Link establishment procedure is not supported following static link configuration parameters
+ * are used:
+ * + TX window size is 1.
+ * + 16 bit CCITT-CRC must be used.
+ * + Out of frame software flow control not supported.
+ * + Parameters specific for resending reliable packets are compile time configurable (clarifed
+ * later in this document).
+ * + Acknowledgement packet transmissions are not timeout driven , meaning they are delivered for
+ * transmission within same context which the corresponding application packet was received.
+ *
+ * \par Implementation specific limitations
+ * Current implementation has the following limitations which will have impact to system wide
+ * behaviour:
+ * - Delayed acknowledgement scheduling not implemented:
+ * There exists a possibility that acknowledgement TX packet and application TX packet will collide
+ * in the TX pipeline having the end result that acknowledgement packet will be excluded from the TX
+ * pipeline which will trigger the retransmission algorithm within the peer protocol entity.
+ * - Delayed retransmission scheduling not implemented:
+ * There exists a possibility that retransmitted application TX packet and acknowledgement TX packet
+ * will collide in the TX pipeline having the end result that retransmitted application TX packet
+ * will be excluded from the TX pipeline.
+ * - Processing of the acknowledgement number from RX application packets:
+ * Acknowledgement number is not processed from the RX application packets having the end result
+ * that unnecessary application packet retransmissions can occur.
+ *
+ * The application TX packet processing flow is illustrated by the statemachine below.
+ *
+ * @image html hci_transport_tx_sm.png "TX - application packet statemachine"
+ *
+ * \par Component specific configuration options
+ *
+ * The following compile time configuration options are available, and used to configure the
+ * application TX packet retransmission interval, in order to suite various application specific
+ * implementations:
+ * - MAC_PACKET_SIZE_IN_BITS Maximum size of a single application packet in bits.
+ * - USED_BAUD_RATE Used uart baudrate.
+ *
+ * The following compile time configuration option is available to configure module specific
+ * behaviour:
+ * - MAX_RETRY_COUNT Max retransmission retry count for applicaton packets.
+ */
+
+#ifndef HCI_TRANSPORT_H__
+#define HCI_TRANSPORT_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "nrf_error.h"
+
+#define HCI_TRANSPORT_PKT_HEADER_SIZE (2) /**< Size of transport packet header */
+
+/**@brief Generic event callback function events. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ HCI_TRANSPORT_RX_RDY, /**< An event indicating that RX packet is ready for read. */
+ HCI_TRANSPORT_EVT_TYPE_MAX /**< Enumeration upper bound. */
+} hci_transport_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief Struct containing events from the Transport layer.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ hci_transport_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+} hci_transport_evt_t;
+
+/**@brief Transport layer generic event callback function type.
+ *
+ * @param[in] event Transport layer event.
+ */
+typedef void (*hci_transport_event_handler_t)(hci_transport_evt_t event);
+
+/**@brief TX done event callback function result codes. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ HCI_TRANSPORT_TX_DONE_SUCCESS, /**< Transmission success, peer transport entity has acknowledged the transmission. */
+ HCI_TRANSPORT_TX_DONE_FAILURE /**< Transmission failure. */
+} hci_transport_tx_done_result_t;
+
+/**@brief Transport layer TX done event callback function type.
+ *
+ * @param[in] result TX done event result code.
+ */
+typedef void (*hci_transport_tx_done_handler_t)(hci_transport_tx_done_result_t result);
+
+/**@brief Function for registering a generic event handler.
+ *
+ * @note Multiple registration requests will overwrite any possible existing registration.
+ *
+ * @param[in] event_handler The function to be called by the transport layer upon an event.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_evt_handler_reg(hci_transport_event_handler_t event_handler);
+
+/**@brief Function for registering a handler for TX done event.
+ *
+ * @note Multiple registration requests will overwrite any possible existing registration.
+ *
+ * @param[in] event_handler The function to be called by the transport layer upon TX done
+ * event.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_tx_done_register(hci_transport_tx_done_handler_t event_handler);
+
+/**@brief Function for opening the transport channel and initializing the transport layer.
+ *
+ * @warning Must not be called for a channel which has been allready opened.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL Operation failure. Internal error ocurred.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_open(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for closing the transport channel.
+ *
+ * @note Can be called multiple times and also for not opened channel.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_close(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for allocating tx packet memory.
+ *
+ * @param[out] pp_memory Pointer to the packet data.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Memory was allocated.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No memory available.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_tx_alloc(uint8_t ** pp_memory);
+
+/**@brief Function for freeing tx packet memory.
+ *
+ * @note Memory management works in FIFO principle meaning that free order must match the alloc
+ * order.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Memory was freed.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_tx_free(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for writing a packet.
+ *
+ * @note Completion of this method does not guarantee that actual peripheral transmission would
+ * have completed.
+ *
+ * @note In case of 0 byte packet length write request, message will consist of only transport
+ * module specific headers.
+ *
+ * @note The buffer provided to this function must be allocated through @ref hci_transport_tx_alloc
+ * function.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Packet was added to the transmission queue
+ * and an event will be send upon transmission completion.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. Transmission queue is full and packet was not
+ * added to the transmission queue. User should wait for
+ * a appropriate event prior issuing this operation again.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Operation failure. Packet size exceeds limit.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Operation failure. Channel is not open.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Operation failure. Buffer provided is not allocated through
+ * hci_transport_tx_alloc function.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_pkt_write(const uint8_t * p_buffer, uint16_t length);
+
+/**@brief Function for extracting received packet.
+ *
+ * @note Extracted memory can't be reused by the underlying transport layer untill freed by call to
+ * hci_transport_rx_pkt_consume().
+ *
+ * @param[out] pp_buffer Pointer to the packet data.
+ * @param[out] p_length Length of packet data in bytes.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Packet was extracted.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No packet available to extract.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_rx_pkt_extract(uint8_t ** pp_buffer, uint16_t * p_length);
+
+/**@brief Function for consuming extracted packet described by p_buffer.
+ *
+ * RX memory pointed to by p_buffer is freed and can be reused by the underlying transport layer.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the buffer that has been consumed.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No packet available to consume.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Operation failure. Not a valid pointer.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_rx_pkt_consume(uint8_t * p_buffer);
+
+#endif // HCI_TRANSPORT_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hci_mem_pool.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hci_mem_pool.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup memory_pool Memory pool
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup app_common
+ *
+ * @brief Memory pool implementation
+ *
+ * Memory pool implementation, based on circular buffer data structure, which supports asynchronous
+ * processing of RX data. The current default implementation supports 1 TX buffer and 4 RX buffers.
+ * The memory managed by the pool is allocated from static storage instead of heap. The internal
+ * design of the circular buffer implementing the RX memory layout is illustrated in the picture
+ * below.
+ *
+ * @image html memory_pool.png "Circular buffer design"
+ *
+ * The expected call order for the RX APIs is as follows:
+ * - hci_mem_pool_rx_produce
+ * - hci_mem_pool_rx_data_size_set
+ * - hci_mem_pool_rx_extract
+ * - hci_mem_pool_rx_consume
+ *
+ * @warning If the above mentioned expected call order is violated the end result can be undefined.
+ *
+ * \par Component specific configuration options
+ *
+ * The following compile time configuration options are available to suit various implementations:
+ * - TX_BUF_SIZE TX buffer size in bytes.
+ * - RX_BUF_SIZE RX buffer size in bytes.
+ * - RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE RX buffer element size.
+ */
+
+#ifndef HCI_MEM_POOL_H__
+#define HCI_MEM_POOL_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "nrf_error.h"
+
+/**@brief Function for opening the module.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_mem_pool_open(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for closing the module.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_mem_pool_close(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for allocating requested amount of TX memory.
+ *
+ * @param[out] pp_buffer Pointer to the allocated memory.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Memory was allocated.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No memory available for allocation.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_mem_pool_tx_alloc(void ** pp_buffer);
+
+/**@brief Function for freeing previously allocated TX memory.
+ *
+ * @note Memory management follows the FIFO principle meaning that free() order must match the
+ * alloc(...) order, which is the reason for omitting exact memory block identifier as an
+ * input parameter.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Memory was freed.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_mem_pool_tx_free(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for producing a free RX memory block for usage.
+ *
+ * @note Upon produce request amount being 0, NRF_SUCCESS is returned.
+ *
+ * @param[in] length Amount, in bytes, of free memory to be produced.
+ * @param[out] pp_buffer Pointer to the allocated memory.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Free RX memory block produced.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No suitable memory available for allocation.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Operation failure. Request size exceeds limit.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_mem_pool_rx_produce(uint32_t length, void ** pp_buffer);
+
+/**@brief Function for setting the length of the last produced RX memory block.
+ *
+ * @warning If call to this API is omitted the end result is that the following call to
+ * mem_pool_rx_extract will return incorrect data in the p_length output parameter.
+ *
+ * @param[in] length Amount, in bytes, of actual memory used.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Length was set.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_mem_pool_rx_data_size_set(uint32_t length);
+
+/**@brief Function for extracting a packet, which has been filled with read data, for further
+ * processing.
+ *
+ * @param[out] pp_buffer Pointer to the packet data.
+ * @param[out] p_length Length of packet data in bytes.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No packet available to extract.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_mem_pool_rx_extract(uint8_t ** pp_buffer, uint32_t * p_length);
+
+/**@brief Function for freeing previously extracted packet, which has been filled with read data.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to consumed buffer.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No packet available to free.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Operation failure. Not a valid pointer.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_mem_pool_rx_consume(uint8_t * p_buffer);
+
+#endif // HCI_MEM_POOL_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hci_mem_pool_internal.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hci_mem_pool_internal.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup memory_pool_internal Memory Pool Internal
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup memory_pool
+ *
+ * @brief Memory pool internal definitions
+ */
+
+#ifndef MEM_POOL_INTERNAL_H__
+#define MEM_POOL_INTERNAL_H__
+
+#define TX_BUF_SIZE 600u /**< TX buffer size in bytes. */
+#define RX_BUF_SIZE TX_BUF_SIZE /**< RX buffer size in bytes. */
+
+#define RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE 4u /**< RX buffer element size. */
+
+#endif // MEM_POOL_INTERNAL_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hci_slip.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hci_slip.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup hci_slip SLIP module
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup app_common
+ *
+ * @brief SLIP layer for supporting packet framing in HCI transport.
+ *
+ * @details This module implements SLIP packet framing as described in the Bluetooth Core
+ * Specification 4.0, Volume 4, Part D, Chapter 3 SLIP Layer.
+ *
+ * SLIP framing ensures that all packets sent on the UART are framed as:
+ * <0xC0> SLIP packet 1 <0xC0> <0xC0> SLIP packet 2 <0xC0>.
+ *
+ * The SLIP layer uses events to notify the upper layer when data transmission is complete
+ * and when a SLIP packet is received.
+ */
+
+#ifndef HCI_SLIP_H__
+#define HCI_SLIP_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**@brief Event types from the SLIP Layer. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ HCI_SLIP_RX_RDY, /**< An event indicating that an RX packet is ready to be read. */
+ HCI_SLIP_TX_DONE, /**< An event indicating write completion of the TX packet provided in the function call \ref hci_slip_write . */
+ HCI_SLIP_RX_OVERFLOW, /**< An event indicating that RX data has been discarded due to lack of free RX memory. */
+ HCI_SLIP_ERROR, /**< An event indicating that an unrecoverable error has occurred. */
+ HCI_SLIP_EVT_TYPE_MAX /**< Enumeration upper bound. */
+} hci_slip_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief Structure containing an event from the SLIP layer.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ hci_slip_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+ const uint8_t * packet; /**< This field contains a pointer to the packet for which the event relates, i.e. SLIP_TX_DONE: the packet transmitted, SLIP_RX_RDY: the packet received, SLIP_RX_OVERFLOW: The packet which overflow/or NULL if no receive buffer is available. */
+ uint32_t packet_length; /**< Packet length, i.e. SLIP_TX_DONE: Bytes transmitted, SLIP_RX_RDY: Bytes received, SLIP_RX_OVERFLOW: index at which the packet overflowed. */
+} hci_slip_evt_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for the SLIP layer event callback.
+ */
+typedef void (*hci_slip_event_handler_t)(hci_slip_evt_t event);
+
+/**@brief Function for registering the event handler provided as parameter and this event handler
+ * will be used by SLIP layer to send events described in \ref hci_slip_evt_type_t.
+ *
+ * @note Multiple registration requests will overwrite any existing registration.
+ *
+ * @param[in] event_handler This function is called by the SLIP layer upon an event.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_slip_evt_handler_register(hci_slip_event_handler_t event_handler);
+
+/**@brief Function for opening the SLIP layer. This function must be called before
+ * \ref hci_slip_write and before any data can be received.
+ *
+ * @note Can be called multiple times.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ *
+ * The SLIP layer module will propagate errors from underlying sub-modules.
+ * This implementation is using UART module as a physical transmission layer, and hci_slip_open
+ * executes \ref app_uart_init . For an extended error list, please refer to \ref app_uart_init .
+ */
+uint32_t hci_slip_open(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for closing the SLIP layer. After this function is called no data can be
+ * transmitted or received in this layer.
+ *
+ * @note This function can be called multiple times and also for an unopened channel.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_slip_close(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for writing a packet with SLIP encoding. Packet transmission is confirmed when
+ * the HCI_SLIP_TX_DONE event is received by the function caller.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the packet to transmit.
+ * @param[in] length Packet length, in bytes.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Packet was encoded and added to the
+ * transmission queue and an event will be sent upon transmission
+ * completion.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. Transmission queue is full and packet was not
+ * added to the transmission queue. Application shall wait for
+ * the \ref HCI_SLIP_TX_DONE event. After HCI_SLIP_TX_DONE this
+ * function can be executed for transmission of next packet.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If a NULL pointer is provided.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Operation failure. Module is not open.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_slip_write(const uint8_t * p_buffer, uint32_t length);
+
+/**@brief Function for registering a receive buffer. The receive buffer will be used for storage of
+ * received and SLIP decoded data.
+ * No data can be received by the SLIP layer until a receive buffer has been registered.
+ *
+ * @note The lifetime of the buffer must be valid during complete reception of data. A static
+ * buffer is recommended.
+ *
+ * @warning Multiple registration requests will overwrite any existing registration.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to receive buffer. The received and SLIP decoded packet
+ * will be placed in this buffer.
+ * @param[in] length Buffer length, in bytes.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_slip_rx_buffer_register(uint8_t * p_buffer, uint32_t length);
+
+#endif // HCI_SLIP_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hci_transport.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hci_transport.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**@file
+ *
+ * @defgroup hci_transport HCI Transport
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup app_common
+ *
+ * @brief HCI transport module implementation.
+ *
+ * This module implements certain specific features from the three-wire UART transport layer,
+ * defined by the Bluetooth specification version 4.0 [Vol 4] part D.
+ *
+ * \par Features supported
+ * - Transmission and reception of Vendor Specific HCI packet type application packets.
+ * - Transmission and reception of reliable packets: defined by chapter 6 of the specification.
+ *
+ * \par Features not supported
+ * - Link establishment procedure: defined by chapter 8 of the specification.
+ * - Low power: defined by chapter 9 of the specification.
+ *
+ * \par Implementation specific behaviour
+ * - As Link establishment procedure is not supported following static link configuration parameters
+ * are used:
+ * + TX window size is 1.
+ * + 16 bit CCITT-CRC must be used.
+ * + Out of frame software flow control not supported.
+ * + Parameters specific for resending reliable packets are compile time configurable (clarifed
+ * later in this document).
+ * + Acknowledgement packet transmissions are not timeout driven , meaning they are delivered for
+ * transmission within same context which the corresponding application packet was received.
+ *
+ * \par Implementation specific limitations
+ * Current implementation has the following limitations which will have impact to system wide
+ * behaviour:
+ * - Delayed acknowledgement scheduling not implemented:
+ * There exists a possibility that acknowledgement TX packet and application TX packet will collide
+ * in the TX pipeline having the end result that acknowledgement packet will be excluded from the TX
+ * pipeline which will trigger the retransmission algorithm within the peer protocol entity.
+ * - Delayed retransmission scheduling not implemented:
+ * There exists a possibility that retransmitted application TX packet and acknowledgement TX packet
+ * will collide in the TX pipeline having the end result that retransmitted application TX packet
+ * will be excluded from the TX pipeline.
+ * - Processing of the acknowledgement number from RX application packets:
+ * Acknowledgement number is not processed from the RX application packets having the end result
+ * that unnecessary application packet retransmissions can occur.
+ *
+ * The application TX packet processing flow is illustrated by the statemachine below.
+ *
+ * @image html hci_transport_tx_sm.png "TX - application packet statemachine"
+ *
+ * \par Component specific configuration options
+ *
+ * The following compile time configuration options are available, and used to configure the
+ * application TX packet retransmission interval, in order to suite various application specific
+ * implementations:
+ * - MAC_PACKET_SIZE_IN_BITS Maximum size of a single application packet in bits.
+ * - USED_BAUD_RATE Used uart baudrate.
+ *
+ * The following compile time configuration option is available to configure module specific
+ * behaviour:
+ * - MAX_RETRY_COUNT Max retransmission retry count for applicaton packets.
+ */
+
+#ifndef HCI_TRANSPORT_H__
+#define HCI_TRANSPORT_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "nrf_error.h"
+
+/**@brief Generic event callback function events. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ HCI_TRANSPORT_RX_RDY, /**< An event indicating that RX packet is ready for read. */
+ HCI_TRANSPORT_EVT_TYPE_MAX /**< Enumeration upper bound. */
+} hci_transport_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief Struct containing events from the Transport layer.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ hci_transport_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+} hci_transport_evt_t;
+
+/**@brief Transport layer generic event callback function type.
+ *
+ * @param[in] event Transport layer event.
+ */
+typedef void (*hci_transport_event_handler_t)(hci_transport_evt_t event);
+
+/**@brief TX done event callback function result codes. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ HCI_TRANSPORT_TX_DONE_SUCCESS, /**< Transmission success, peer transport entity has acknowledged the transmission. */
+ HCI_TRANSPORT_TX_DONE_FAILURE /**< Transmission failure. */
+} hci_transport_tx_done_result_t;
+
+/**@brief Transport layer TX done event callback function type.
+ *
+ * @param[in] result TX done event result code.
+ */
+typedef void (*hci_transport_tx_done_handler_t)(hci_transport_tx_done_result_t result);
+
+/**@brief Function for registering a generic event handler.
+ *
+ * @note Multiple registration requests will overwrite any possible existing registration.
+ *
+ * @param[in] event_handler The function to be called by the transport layer upon an event.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_evt_handler_reg(hci_transport_event_handler_t event_handler);
+
+/**@brief Function for registering a handler for TX done event.
+ *
+ * @note Multiple registration requests will overwrite any possible existing registration.
+ *
+ * @param[in] event_handler The function to be called by the transport layer upon TX done
+ * event.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_tx_done_register(hci_transport_tx_done_handler_t event_handler);
+
+/**@brief Function for opening the transport channel and initializing the transport layer.
+ *
+ * @warning Must not be called for a channel which has been allready opened.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL Operation failure. Internal error ocurred.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_open(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for closing the transport channel.
+ *
+ * @note Can be called multiple times and also for not opened channel.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_close(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for allocating tx packet memory.
+ *
+ * @param[out] pp_memory Pointer to the packet data.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Memory was allocated.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No memory available.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_tx_alloc(uint8_t ** pp_memory);
+
+/**@brief Function for freeing tx packet memory.
+ *
+ * @note Memory management works in FIFO principle meaning that free order must match the alloc
+ * order.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Memory was freed.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_tx_free(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for writing a packet.
+ *
+ * @note Completion of this method does not guarantee that actual peripheral transmission would
+ * have completed.
+ *
+ * @note In case of 0 byte packet length write request, message will consist of only transport
+ * module specific headers.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Packet was added to the transmission queue
+ * and an event will be send upon transmission completion.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. Transmission queue is full and packet was not
+ * added to the transmission queue. User should wait for
+ * a appropriate event prior issuing this operation again.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Operation failure. Packet size exceeds limit.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Operation failure. Channel is not open.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_pkt_write(const uint8_t * p_buffer, uint32_t length);
+
+/**@brief Function for extracting received packet.
+ *
+ * @note Extracted memory can't be reused by the underlying transport layer untill freed by call to
+ * hci_transport_rx_pkt_consume().
+ *
+ * @param[out] pp_buffer Pointer to the packet data.
+ * @param[out] p_length Length of packet data in bytes.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Packet was extracted.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No packet available to extract.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_rx_pkt_extract(uint8_t ** pp_buffer, uint32_t * p_length);
+
+/**@brief Function for consuming extracted packet described by p_buffer.
+ *
+ * RX memory pointed to by p_buffer is freed and can be reused by the underlying transport layer.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the buffer that has been consumed.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No packet available to consume.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Operation failure. Not a valid pointer.
+ */
+uint32_t hci_transport_rx_pkt_consume(uint8_t * p_buffer);
+
+#endif // HCI_TRANSPORT_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/pstorage.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/pstorage.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**@file
+ *
+ * @defgroup persistent_storage Persistent Storage Interface
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup app_common
+ * @brief Abstracted flash interface.
+ *
+ * @details In order to ensure that the SDK and application be moved to alternate persistent storage
+ * options other than the default provided with NRF solution, an abstracted interface is provided
+ * by the module to ensure SDK modules and application can be ported to alternate option with ease.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PSTORAGE_H__
+#define PSTORAGE_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* #ifdef __cplusplus */
+
+#include "pstorage_platform.h"
+
+
+/**@defgroup ps_opcode Persistent Storage Access Operation Codes
+ * @{
+ * @brief Persistent Storage Access Operation Codes. These are used to report any error during
+ * a persistent storage access operation or any general error that may occur in the
+ * interface.
+ *
+ * @details Persistent Storage Access Operation Codes used in error notification callback
+ * registered with the interface to report any error during an persistent storage access
+ * operation or any general error that may occur in the interface.
+ */
+#define PSTORAGE_ERROR_OP_CODE 0x01 /**< General Error Code */
+#define PSTORAGE_STORE_OP_CODE 0x02 /**< Error when Store Operation was requested */
+#define PSTORAGE_LOAD_OP_CODE 0x03 /**< Error when Load Operation was requested */
+#define PSTORAGE_CLEAR_OP_CODE 0x04 /**< Error when Clear Operation was requested */
+#define PSTORAGE_UPDATE_OP_CODE 0x05 /**< Update an already touched storage block */
+
+/**@} */
+
+/**@defgroup pstorage_data_types Persistent Memory Interface Data Types
+ * @{
+ * @brief Data Types needed for interfacing with persistent memory.
+ *
+ * @details Data Types needed for interfacing with persistent memory.
+ */
+
+/**@brief Persistent Storage Error Reporting Callback
+ *
+ * @details Persistent Storage Error Reporting Callback that is used by the interface to report
+ * success or failure of a flash operation. Therefore, for any operations, application
+ * can know when the procedure was complete. For store operation, since no data copy
+ * is made, receiving a success or failure notification, indicated by the reason
+ * parameter of callback is an indication that the resident memory could now be reused
+ * or freed, as the case may be.
+ *
+ * @param[in] handle Identifies module and block for which callback is received.
+ * @param[in] op_code Identifies the operation for which the event is notified.
+ * @param[in] result Identifies the result of flash access operation.
+ * NRF_SUCCESS implies, operation succeeded.
+ * @param[in] p_data Identifies the application data pointer. In case of store operation, this
+ * points to the resident source of application memory that application can now
+ * free or reuse. In case of clear, this is NULL as no application pointer is
+ * needed for this operation.
+ * @param[in] data_len Length data application had provided for the operation.
+ *
+ */
+typedef void (*pstorage_ntf_cb_t)(pstorage_handle_t * p_handle,
+ uint8_t op_code,
+ uint32_t result,
+ uint8_t * p_data,
+ uint32_t data_len);
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ pstorage_ntf_cb_t cb; /**< Callback registered with the module to be notified of any error occurring in persistent memory management */
+ pstorage_size_t block_size; /**< Desired block size for persistent memory storage, for example, if a module has a table with 10 entries, each entry is size 64 bytes,
+ * it can request 10 blocks with block size 64 bytes. On the other hand, the module can also request one block of size 640 based on
+ * how it would like to access or alter memory in persistent memory.
+ * First option is preferred when single entries that need to be updated often when having no impact on the other entries.
+ * While second option is preferred when entries of table are not changed on individually but have common point of loading and storing
+ * data. */
+ pstorage_size_t block_count; /** Number of blocks requested by the module, minimum values is 1. */
+} pstorage_module_param_t;
+
+/**@} */
+
+/**@defgroup pstorage_routines Persistent Storage Access Routines
+ * @{
+ * @brief Functions/Interface SDK modules use to persistently store data.
+ *
+ * @details Interface for Application & SDK module to load/store information persistently.
+ * Note: that while implementation of each of the persistent storage access function
+ * depends on the system and can specific to system/solution, the signature of the
+ * interface routines should not be altered.
+ */
+
+/**@brief Module Initialization Routine.
+ *
+ * @details Initializes module. To be called once before any other APIs of the module are used.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_init(void);
+
+
+/**@brief Register with persistent storage interface.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_module_param Module registration param.
+ * @param[out] p_block_id Block identifier to identify persistent memory blocks in case
+ * registration succeeds. Application is expected to use the block ids
+ * for subsequent operations on requested persistent memory. Maximum
+ * registrations permitted is determined by configuration parameter
+ * PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS.
+ * In case more than one memory blocks are requested, the identifier provided here is
+ * the base identifier for the first block and to identify subsequent block,
+ * application shall use \@ref pstorage_block_identifier_get with this base identifier
+ * and block number. Therefore if 10 blocks of size 64 are requested and application
+ * wishes to store memory in 6th block, it shall use
+ * \@ref pstorage_block_identifier_get with based id and provide a block number of 5.
+ * This way application is only expected to remember the base block identifier.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM in case no more registrations can be supported.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_register(pstorage_module_param_t * p_module_param,
+ pstorage_handle_t * p_block_id);
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function to get block id with reference to base block identifier provided at time of
+ * registration.
+ *
+ * @details Function to get block id with reference to base block identifier provided at time of
+ * registration.
+ * In case more than one memory blocks were requested when registering, the identifier
+ * provided here is the base identifier for the first block and to identify subsequent
+ * block, application shall use this routine to get block identifier providing input as
+ * base identifier and block number. Therefore if 10 blocks of size 64 are requested and
+ * application wishes to store memory in 6th block, it shall use
+ * \@ref pstorage_block_identifier_get with based id and provide a block number of 5.
+ * This way application is only expected to remember the base block identifier.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_base_id Base block id received at the time of registration.
+ * @param[in] block_num Block Number, with first block numbered zero.
+ * @param[out] p_block_id Block identifier for the block number requested in case the API succeeds.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_block_identifier_get(pstorage_handle_t * p_base_id,
+ pstorage_size_t block_num,
+ pstorage_handle_t * p_block_id);
+
+
+/**@brief Routine to persistently store data of length 'size' contained in 'p_src' address
+ * in storage module at 'p_dest' address; Equivalent to Storage Write.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_dest Destination address where data is to be stored persistently.
+ * @param[in] p_src Source address containing data to be stored. API assumes this to be resident
+ * memory and no intermediate copy of data is made by the API.
+ * @param[in] size Size of data to be stored expressed in bytes. Should be word aligned.
+ * @param[in] offset Offset in bytes to be applied when writing to the block.
+ * For example, if within a block of 100 bytes, application wishes to
+ * write 20 bytes at offset of 12, then this field should be set to 12.
+ * Should be word aligned.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR in case data address 'p_src' is not aligned.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM in case request cannot be processed.
+ *
+ * @warning No copy of the data is made, and hence memory provided for data source to be written
+ * to flash cannot be freed or reused by the application until this procedure
+ * is complete. End of this procedure is notified to the application using the
+ * notification callback registered by the application.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_store(pstorage_handle_t * p_dest,
+ uint8_t * p_src,
+ pstorage_size_t size,
+ pstorage_size_t offset);
+
+/**@brief Routine to update persistently stored data of length 'size' contained in 'p_src' address
+ * in storage module at 'p_dest' address.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_dest Destination address where data is to be updated.
+ * @param[in] p_src Source address containing data to be stored. API assumes this to be resident
+ * memory and no intermediate copy of data is made by the API.
+ * @param[in] size Size of data to be stored expressed in bytes. Should be word aligned.
+ * @param[in] offset Offset in bytes to be applied when writing to the block.
+ * For example, if within a block of 100 bytes, application wishes to
+ * write 20 bytes at offset of 12, then this field should be set to 12.
+ * Should be word aligned.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR in case data address 'p_src' is not aligned.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM in case request cannot be processed.
+ *
+ * @warning No copy of the data is made, and hence memory provided for data source to be written
+ * to flash cannot be freed or reused by the application until this procedure
+ * is complete. End of this procedure is notified to the application using the
+ * notification callback registered by the application.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_update(pstorage_handle_t * p_dest,
+ uint8_t * p_src,
+ pstorage_size_t size,
+ pstorage_size_t offset);
+
+/**@brief Routine to load persistently stored data of length 'size' from 'p_src' address
+ * to 'p_dest' address; Equivalent to Storage Read.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_dest Destination address where persistently stored data is to be loaded.
+ * @param[in] p_src Source from where data is to be loaded from persistent memory.
+ * @param[in] size Size of data to be loaded from persistent memory expressed in bytes.
+ * Should be word aligned.
+ * @param[in] offset Offset in bytes to be applied when loading from the block.
+ * For example, if within a block of 100 bytes, application wishes to
+ * load 20 bytes from offset of 12, then this field should be set to 12.
+ * Should be word aligned.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR in case data address 'p_dst' is not aligned.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM in case request cannot be processed.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_load(uint8_t * p_dest,
+ pstorage_handle_t * p_src,
+ pstorage_size_t size,
+ pstorage_size_t offset);
+
+/**@brief Routine to clear data in persistent memory.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_base_id Base block identifier in persistent memory that needs to cleared;
+ * Equivalent to an Erase Operation.
+ *
+ * @param[in] size Size of data to be cleared from persistent memory expressed in bytes.
+ * This parameter is to provision for clearing of certain blocks
+ * of memory, or all memory blocks in a registered module. If the total size
+ * of the application module is used (blocks * block size) in combination with
+ * the identifier for the first block in the module, all blocks in the
+ * module will be erased.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR in case data address 'p_dst' is not aligned.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM in case request cannot be processed.
+ *
+ * @note Clear operations may take time. This API however, does not block until the clear
+ * procedure is complete. Application is notified of procedure completion using
+ * notification callback registered by the application. 'result' parameter of the
+ * callback suggests if the procedure was successful or not.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_clear(pstorage_handle_t * p_base_id, pstorage_size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * @brief API to get status of number of pending operations with the module.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_count Number of storage operations pending with the module, if 0,
+ * there are no outstanding requests.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_access_status_get(uint32_t * p_count);
+
+#ifdef PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
+
+/**@brief Function for registering with persistent storage interface.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_module_param Module registration param.
+ * @param[out] p_block_id Block identifier to identify persistent memory blocks in case
+ * registration succeeds. Application is expected to use the block ids
+ * for subsequent operations on requested persistent memory.
+ * In case more than one memory blocks are requested, the identifier provided here is
+ * the base identifier for the first block and to identify subsequent block,
+ * application shall use \@ref pstorage_block_identifier_get with this base identifier
+ * and block number. Therefore if 10 blocks of size 64 are requested and application
+ * wishes to store memory in 6th block, it shall use
+ * \@ref pstorage_block_identifier_get with based id and provide a block number of 5.
+ * This way application is only expected to remember the base block identifier.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM in case no more registrations can be supported.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_raw_register(pstorage_module_param_t * p_module_param,
+ pstorage_handle_t * p_block_id);
+
+/**@brief Raw mode function for persistently storing data of length 'size' contained in 'p_src'
+ * address in storage module at 'p_dest' address; Equivalent to Storage Write.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_dest Destination address where data is to be stored persistently.
+ * @param[in] p_src Source address containing data to be stored. API assumes this to be resident
+ * memory and no intermediate copy of data is made by the API.
+ * @param[in] size Size of data to be stored expressed in bytes. Should be word aligned.
+ * @param[in] offset Offset in bytes to be applied when writing to the block.
+ * For example, if within a block of 100 bytes, application wishes to
+ * write 20 bytes at offset of 12, then this field should be set to 12.
+ * Should be word aligned.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR in case data address 'p_src' is not aligned.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM in case request cannot be processed.
+ *
+ * @warning No copy of the data is made, and hence memory provided for data source to be written
+ * to flash cannot be freed or reused by the application until this procedure
+ * is complete. End of this procedure is notified to the application using the
+ * notification callback registered by the application.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_raw_store(pstorage_handle_t * p_dest,
+ uint8_t * p_src,
+ pstorage_size_t size,
+ pstorage_size_t offset);
+
+/**@brief Function for clearing data in persistent memory in raw mode.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_dest Base block identifier in persistent memory that needs to cleared;
+ * Equivalent to an Erase Operation.
+ * @param[in] size Size of data to be cleared from persistent memory expressed in bytes.
+ * This is currently unused. And a clear would mean clearing all blocks,
+ * however, this parameter is to provision for clearing of certain blocks
+ * of memory only and not all if need be.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM in case request cannot be processed.
+ *
+ * @note Clear operations may take time. This API however, does not block until the clear
+ * procedure is complete. Application is notified of procedure completion using
+ * notification callback registered by the application. 'result' parameter of the
+ * callback suggests if the procedure was successful or not.
+ */
+uint32_t pstorage_raw_clear(pstorage_handle_t * p_dest, pstorage_size_t size);
+
+#endif // PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* #ifdef __cplusplus */
+
+
+/**@} */
+/**@} */
+
+#endif // PSTORAGE_H__
+
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_advdata.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_advdata.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_lib_advdata Advertising Data Encoder
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
+ * @brief Function for encoding the advertising data and/or scan response data, and passing them to
+ * the stack.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_ADVDATA_H__
+#define BLE_ADVDATA_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "app_util.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**@brief Advertising data name type. This contains the options available for the device name inside
+ * the advertising data. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_ADVDATA_NO_NAME, /**< Include no device name in advertising data. */
+ BLE_ADVDATA_SHORT_NAME, /**< Include short device name in advertising data. */
+ BLE_ADVDATA_FULL_NAME /**< Include full device name in advertising data. */
+} ble_advdata_name_type_t;
+
+/**@brief UUID list type. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t uuid_cnt; /**< Number of UUID entries. */
+ ble_uuid_t * p_uuids; /**< Pointer to UUID array entries. */
+} ble_advdata_uuid_list_t;
+
+/**@brief Connection interval range structure. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t min_conn_interval; /**< Minimum Connection Interval, in units of 1.25ms, range 6 to 3200 (i.e. 7.5ms to 4s). */
+ uint16_t max_conn_interval; /**< Maximum Connection Interval, in units of 1.25ms, range 6 to 3200 (i.e. 7.5ms to 4s). Value of 0xFFFF indicates no specific maximum. */
+} ble_advdata_conn_int_t;
+
+/**@brief Manufacturer specific data structure. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t company_identifier; /**< Company Identifier Code. */
+ uint8_array_t data; /**< Additional manufacturer specific data. */
+} ble_advdata_manuf_data_t;
+
+/**@brief Service data structure. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t service_uuid; /**< Service UUID. */
+ uint8_array_t data; /**< Additional service data. */
+} ble_advdata_service_data_t;
+
+/**@brief Advertising data structure. This contains all options and data needed for encoding and
+ * setting the advertising data. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_advdata_name_type_t name_type; /**< Type of device name. */
+ uint8_t short_name_len; /**< Length of short device name (if short type is specified). */
+ bool include_appearance; /**< Determines if Appearance shall be included. */
+ uint8_array_t flags; /**< Advertising data Flags field. */
+ int8_t * p_tx_power_level; /**< TX Power Level field. */
+ ble_advdata_uuid_list_t uuids_more_available; /**< List of UUIDs in the 'More Available' list. */
+ ble_advdata_uuid_list_t uuids_complete; /**< List of UUIDs in the 'Complete' list. */
+ ble_advdata_uuid_list_t uuids_solicited; /**< List of solcited UUIDs. */
+ ble_advdata_conn_int_t * p_slave_conn_int; /**< Slave Connection Interval Range. */
+ ble_advdata_manuf_data_t * p_manuf_specific_data; /**< Manufacturer specific data. */
+ ble_advdata_service_data_t * p_service_data_array; /**< Array of Service data structures. */
+ uint8_t service_data_count; /**< Number of Service data structures. */
+} ble_advdata_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for encoding and setting the advertising data and/or scan response data.
+ *
+ * @details This function encodes advertising data and/or scan response data based on the selections
+ * in the supplied structures, and passes the encoded data to the stack.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_advdata Structure for specifying the content of the advertising data.
+ * Set to NULL if advertising data is not to be set.
+ * @param[in] p_srdata Structure for specifying the content of the scan response data.
+ * Set to NULL if scan response data is not to be set.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE if not all the requested data could fit
+ * into the advertising packet. The maximum size of the advertisement packet is @ref
+ * BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE.
+ *
+ * @warning This API may override application's request to use the long name and use a short name
+ * instead. This truncation will occur in case the long name does not fit advertisement data size.
+ * Application is permitted to specify a preferred short name length in case truncation is required.
+ * For example, if the complete device name is ABCD_HRMonitor, application can specify short name
+ * length to 8 such that short device name appears as ABCD_HRM instead of ABCD_HRMo or ABCD_HRMoni
+ * etc if available size for short name is 9 or 12 respectively to have more apporpriate short name.
+ * However, it should be noted that this is just a preference that application can specify and
+ * if the preference too large to fit in Advertisement Data, this can be further truncated.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_advdata_set(const ble_advdata_t * p_advdata, const ble_advdata_t * p_srdata);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif // BLE_ADVDATA_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_advdata_parser.h --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_advdata_parser.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#ifndef BLE_ADVDATA_PARSER_H_ +#define BLE_ADVDATA_PARSER_H_ + +#include "ble_advdata.h" + +uint32_t ble_advdata_parse(uint8_t * p_data, uint8_t len, ble_advdata_t * advdata); +uint32_t ble_advdata_parser_field_find(uint8_t type, uint8_t * p_advdata, uint8_t * len, uint8_t ** pp_field_data); + +#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_central_bondmngr.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_central_bondmngr.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+#ifndef __BLE_CENTRAL_BONDMNGR_H_
+#define __BLE_CENTRAL_BONDMNGR_H_
+
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "ble_gap.h"
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params;
+} ble_central_bondmngr_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params;
+ bool delete_bonds;
+} ble_central_bondmngr_init_t;
+
+uint32_t ble_central_bondmngr_init(ble_central_bondmngr_t * p_bm, ble_central_bondmngr_init_t * p_bm_init);
+void ble_central_bondmngr_on_ble_evt(ble_central_bondmngr_t * p_bm, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+uint32_t ble_central_bondmngr_store(ble_central_bondmngr_t * p_bm);
+
+#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_conn_params.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_conn_params.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_lib_conn_params Connection Parameters Negotiation
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
+ * @brief Module for initiating and executing a connection parameters negotiation procedure.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_CONN_PARAMS_H__
+#define BLE_CONN_PARAMS_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
+
+/**@brief Connection Parameters Module event type. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_FAILED , /**< Negotiation procedure failed. */
+ BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_SUCCEEDED /**< Negotiation procedure succeeded. */
+} ble_conn_params_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief Connection Parameters Module event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_conn_params_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+} ble_conn_params_evt_t;
+
+/**@brief Connection Parameters Module event handler type. */
+typedef void (*ble_conn_params_evt_handler_t) (ble_conn_params_evt_t * p_evt);
+
+/**@brief Connection Parameters Module init structure. This contains all options and data needed for
+ * initialization of the connection parameters negotiation module. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gap_conn_params_t * p_conn_params; /**< Pointer to the connection parameters desired by the application. When calling ble_conn_params_init, if this parameter is set to NULL, the connection parameters will be fetched from host. */
+ uint32_t first_conn_params_update_delay; /**< Time from initiating event (connect or start of notification) to first time sd_ble_gap_conn_param_update is called (in number of timer ticks). */
+ uint32_t next_conn_params_update_delay; /**< Time between each call to sd_ble_gap_conn_param_update after the first (in number of timer ticks). Recommended value 30 seconds as per BLUETOOTH SPECIFICATION Version 4.0. */
+ uint8_t max_conn_params_update_count; /**< Number of attempts before giving up the negotiation. */
+ uint16_t start_on_notify_cccd_handle; /**< If procedure is to be started when notification is started, set this to the handle of the corresponding CCCD. Set to BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID if procedure is to be started on connect event. */
+ bool disconnect_on_fail; /**< Set to TRUE if a failed connection parameters update shall cause an automatic disconnection, set to FALSE otherwise. */
+ ble_conn_params_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Connection Parameters. */
+ ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
+} ble_conn_params_init_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the Connection Parameters module.
+ *
+ * @note If the negotiation procedure should be triggered when notification/indication of
+ * any characteristic is enabled by the peer, then this function must be called after
+ * having initialized the services.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_init This contains information needed to initialize this module.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_conn_params_init(const ble_conn_params_init_t * p_init);
+
+/**@brief Function for stopping the Connection Parameters module.
+ *
+ * @details This function is intended to be used by the application to clean up the connection
+ * parameters update module. This will stop the connection parameters update timer if
+ * running, thereby preventing any impending connection parameters update procedure. This
+ * function must be called by the application when it needs to clean itself up (for
+ * example, before disabling the bluetooth SoftDevice) so that an unwanted timer expiry
+ * event can be avoided.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_conn_params_stop(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for changing the current connection parameters to a new set.
+ *
+ * @details Use this function to change the connection parameters to a new set of parameter
+ * (ie different from the ones given at init of the module).
+ * This function is usefull for scenario where most of the time the application
+ * needs a relatively big connection interval, and just sometimes, for a temporary
+ * period requires shorter connection interval, for example to transfer a higher
+ * amount of data.
+ * If the given parameters does not match the current connection's parameters
+ * this function initiates a new negotiation.
+ *
+ * @param[in] new_params This contains the new connections parameters to setup.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_conn_params_change_conn_params(ble_gap_conn_params_t *new_params);
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
+ *
+ * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack that are of interest to this module.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt The event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+void ble_conn_params_on_ble_evt(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+
+#endif // BLE_CONN_PARAMS_H__
+
+/** @} */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_date_time.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_date_time.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2011 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+*
+* The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+* Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+* SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+*
+* Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+* WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+* the file.
+*/
+
+/* Attention!
+* To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASAs Bluetooth profile
+* qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
+*/
+
+/** @file
+ * @brief Contains definition of ble_date_time structure.
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_date_time BLE Date Time characteristic type
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Definition of ble_date_time_t type.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_DATE_TIME_H__
+#define BLE_DATE_TIME_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**@brief Date and Time structure. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t year;
+ uint8_t month;
+ uint8_t day;
+ uint8_t hours;
+ uint8_t minutes;
+ uint8_t seconds;
+} ble_date_time_t;
+
+static __INLINE uint8_t ble_date_time_encode(const ble_date_time_t * p_date_time,
+ uint8_t * p_encoded_data)
+{
+ uint8_t len = uint16_encode(p_date_time->year, p_encoded_data);
+
+ p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->month;
+ p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->day;
+ p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->hours;
+ p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->minutes;
+ p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->seconds;
+
+ return len;
+}
+
+static __INLINE uint8_t ble_date_time_decode(ble_date_time_t * p_date_time,
+ const uint8_t * p_encoded_data)
+{
+ uint8_t len = sizeof(uint16_t);
+
+ p_date_time->year = uint16_decode(p_encoded_data);
+ p_date_time->month = p_encoded_data[len++];
+ p_date_time->day = p_encoded_data[len++];
+ p_date_time->hours = p_encoded_data[len++];
+ p_date_time->minutes = p_encoded_data[len++];
+ p_date_time->seconds = p_encoded_data[len++];
+
+ return len;
+}
+
+#endif // BLE_DATE_TIME_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_debug_assert_handler.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_debug_assert_handler.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_debug_assert_handler Assert Handler for debug purposes.
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
+ * @brief Module for handling of assert during application development when debugging.
+ *
+ * @details This module may be used during development of an application to facilitate debugging.
+ * It contains a function to write file name, line number and the Stack Memory to flash.
+ * This module is ONLY for debugging purposes and must never be used in final product.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_DEBUG_ASSERT_HANDLER_H__
+#define BLE_DEBUG_ASSERT_HANDLER_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Debug assert, which can be called from an error handler.
+ * To be used only for debugging purposes.
+ *
+ *@details This code will copy the filename and line number into local variables for them to always
+ * be accessible in Keil debugger. The function will also write the ARM Cortex-M0 stack
+ * memory into flash where it can be retrieved and manually un-winded in order to
+ * back-trace the location where the error ocured.<br>
+ * @warning <b>ALL INTERRUPTS WILL BE DISABLED.</b>
+ *
+ * @note This function will never return but loop forever for debug purposes.
+ *
+ * @param[in] error_code Error code supplied to the handler.
+ * @param[in] line_num Line number where the original handler is called.
+ * @param[in] p_file_name Pointer to the file name.
+ */
+void ble_debug_assert_handler(uint32_t error_code, uint32_t line_num, const uint8_t * p_file_name);
+
+#endif /* BLE_DEBUG_ASSERT_HANDLER_H__ */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_dtm.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_dtm.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_dtmlib_dtm DTM - Direct Test Mode
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
+ * @brief Module for testing RF/PHY using DTM commands.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_DTM_H__
+#define BLE_DTM_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+
+/**@brief Configuration parameters. */
+#define DEFAULT_TX_POWER RADIO_TXPOWER_TXPOWER_Pos4dBm /**< Default Transmission power using in the DTM module. */
+#define DEFAULT_TIMER NRF_TIMER0 /**< Default timer used for timing. */
+#define DEFAULT_TIMER_IRQn TIMER0_IRQn /**< IRQ used for timer. NOTE: MUST correspond to DEFAULT_TIMER. */
+
+/**@brief BLE DTM command codes. */
+typedef uint32_t dtm_cmd_t; /**< DTM command type. */
+
+#define LE_RESET 0 /**< DTM command: Reset device. */
+#define LE_RECEIVER_TEST 1 /**< DTM command: Start receive test. */
+#define LE_TRANSMITTER_TEST 2 /**< DTM command: Start transmission test. */
+#define LE_TEST_END 3 /**< DTM command: End test and send packet report. */
+
+// Configuration options used as parameter 2
+// when cmd == LE_TRANSMITTER_TEST and payload == DTM_PKT_VENDORSPECIFIC
+// Configuration value, if any, is supplied in parameter 3
+
+#define CARRIER_TEST 0 /**< Length=0 indicates a constant, unmodulated carrier until LE_TEST_END or LE_RESET */
+#define CARRIER_TEST_STUDIO 1 /**< nRFgo Studio uses value 1 in length field, to indicate a constant, unmodulated carrier until LE_TEST_END or LE_RESET */
+#define SET_TX_POWER 2 /**< Set transmission power, value -40..+4 dBm in steps of 4 */
+#define SELECT_TIMER 3 /**< Select on of the 16 MHz timers 0, 1 or 2 */
+
+#define LE_PACKET_REPORTING_EVENT 0x8000 /**< DTM Packet reporting event, returned by the device to the tester. */
+#define LE_TEST_STATUS_EVENT_SUCCESS 0x0000 /**< DTM Status event, indicating success. */
+#define LE_TEST_STATUS_EVENT_ERROR 0x0001 /**< DTM Status event, indicating an error. */
+
+#define DTM_PKT_PRBS9 0x00 /**< Bit pattern PRBS9. */
+#define DTM_PKT_0X0F 0x01 /**< Bit pattern 11110000 (LSB is the leftmost bit). */
+#define DTM_PKT_0X55 0x02 /**< Bit pattern 10101010 (LSB is the leftmost bit). */
+#define DTM_PKT_VENDORSPECIFIC 0xFFFFFFFF /**< Vendor specific. Nordic: Continuous carrier test, or configuration. */
+
+/**@brief Return codes from dtm_cmd(). */
+#define DTM_SUCCESS 0x00 /**< Indicate that the DTM function completed with success. */
+#define DTM_ERROR_ILLEGAL_CHANNEL 0x01 /**< Physical channel number must be in the range 0..39. */
+#define DTM_ERROR_INVALID_STATE 0x02 /**< Sequencing error: Command is not valid now. */
+#define DTM_ERROR_ILLEGAL_LENGTH 0x03 /**< Payload size must be in the range 0..37. */
+#define DTM_ERROR_ILLEGAL_CONFIGURATION 0x04 /**< Parameter out of range (legal range is function dependent). */
+#define DTM_ERROR_UNINITIALIZED 0x05 /**< DTM module has not been initialized by the application. */
+
+// Note: DTM_PKT_VENDORSPECIFIC, is not a packet type
+#define PACKET_TYPE_MAX DTM_PKT_0X55 /**< Highest value allowed as DTM Packet type. */
+
+/** @brief BLE DTM event type. */
+typedef uint32_t dtm_event_t; /**< Type for handling DTM event. */
+
+/** @brief BLE DTM frequency type. */
+typedef uint32_t dtm_freq_t; /**< Physical channel, valid range: 0..39. */
+
+/**@brief BLE DTM packet types. */
+typedef uint32_t dtm_pkt_type_t; /**< Type for holding the requested DTM payload type.*/
+
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing or re-initializing DTM module
+ *
+ * @return DTM_SUCCESS on successful initialization of the DTM module.
+*/
+uint32_t dtm_init(void);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for giving control to dtmlib for handling timer and radio events.
+ * Will return to caller at 625us intervals or whenever another event than radio occurs
+ * (such as UART input). Function will put MCU to sleep between events.
+ *
+ * @return Time counter, incremented every 625 us.
+ */
+uint32_t dtm_wait(void);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for calling when a complete command has been prepared by the Tester.
+ *
+ * @param[in] cmd One of the DTM_CMD values (bits 14:15 in the 16-bit UART format).
+ * @param[in] freq Phys. channel no - actual frequency = (2402 + freq * 2) MHz (bits 8:13 in
+ * the 16-bit UART format).
+ * @param[in] length Payload length, 0..37 (bits 2:7 in the 16-bit UART format).
+ * @param[in] payload One of the DTM_PKT values (bits 0:1 in the 16-bit UART format).
+ *
+ * @return DTM_SUCCESS or one of the DTM_ERROR_ values
+ */
+uint32_t dtm_cmd(dtm_cmd_t cmd, dtm_freq_t freq, uint32_t length, dtm_pkt_type_t payload);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for reading the result of a DTM command
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_dtm_event Pointer to buffer for 16 bit event code according to DTM standard.
+ *
+ * @return true: new event, false: no event since last call, this event has been read earlier
+ */
+bool dtm_event_get(dtm_event_t * p_dtm_event);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for configuring the timer to use.
+ *
+ * @note Must be called when no DTM test is running.
+ *
+ * @param[in] new_timer Index (0..2) of timer to be used by the DTM library
+ *
+ * @return true: success, new timer was selected, false: parameter error
+ */
+bool dtm_set_timer(uint32_t new_timer);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for configuring the transmit power.
+ *
+ * @note Must be called when no DTM test is running.
+ *
+ * @param[in] new_tx_power New output level, +4..-40, in steps of 4.
+ *
+ * @return true: tx power setting changed, false: parameter error
+ */
+bool dtm_set_txpower(uint32_t new_tx_power);
+
+#endif // BLE_DTM_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_error_log.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_error_log.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_error_log_module Error Log Module
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
+ * @brief Module for writing error and stack to flash memory.
+ *
+ * @details It contains functions for writing an error code, line number, filename/message and
+ * the stack to the flash during an error, e.g. in the assert handler.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef BLE_ERROR_LOG_H__
+#define BLE_ERROR_LOG_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "ble_flash.h"
+
+#define ERROR_MESSAGE_LENGTH 128 /**< Length of error message to stored. */
+#define STACK_DUMP_LENGTH 256 /**< Length of stack to be stored at max: 64 entries of 4 bytes each. */
+#define FLASH_PAGE_ERROR_LOG (BLE_FLASH_PAGE_END - 2) /**< Address in flash where stack trace can be stored. */
+
+/**@brief Error Log Data structure.
+ *
+ * @details The structure contains the error, message/filename, line number as well as the current
+ * stack, at the time where an error occured.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t failure; /**< Indication that a major failure has occurred during last execution of the application. */
+ uint16_t line_number; /**< Line number indicating at which line the failure occurred. */
+ uint32_t err_code; /**< Error code when failure occurred. */
+ uint8_t message[ERROR_MESSAGE_LENGTH]; /**< Will just use the first 128 bytes of filename to store for debugging purposes. */
+ uint32_t stack_info[STACK_DUMP_LENGTH / 4]; /**< Will contain stack information, can be manually unwinded for debug purposes. */
+} ble_error_log_data_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Function for writing the file name/message, line number, and current program stack
+ * to flash.
+ *
+ * @note This function will force the writing to flash, and disregard any radio communication.
+ * USE THIS FUNCTION WITH CARE.
+ *
+ * @param[in] err_code Error code to be logged.
+ * @param[in] p_message Message to be written to the flash together with stack dump, usually
+ * the file name where the error occured.
+ * @param[in] line_number Line number where the error occured.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful writing of the error log.
+ *
+ */
+uint32_t ble_error_log_write(uint32_t err_code, const uint8_t * p_message, uint16_t line_number);
+
+
+#endif /* BLE_ERROR_LOG_H__ */
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_flash.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_flash.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_flash_module Flash Manager
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
+ * @brief Module for accessing flash memory.
+ *
+ * @details It contains functions for reading, writing and erasing one page in flash.
+ *
+ * The module uses the first 32 bits of the flash page to write a magic number in order to
+ * determine if the page has been written or not.
+ *
+ * @note Be careful not to use a page number in the SoftDevice area (which currently occupies the
+ * range 0 to 127), or in your application space! In both cases, this would end up
+ * with a hard fault.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_FLASH_H__
+#define BLE_FLASH_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <nrf51.h>
+
+#define BLE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE ((uint16_t)NRF_FICR->CODEPAGESIZE) /**< Size of one flash page. */
+#define BLE_FLASH_MAGIC_NUMBER 0x45DE0000 /**< Magic value to identify if flash contains valid data. */
+#define BLE_FLASH_EMPTY_MASK 0xFFFFFFFF /**< Bit mask that defines an empty address in flash. */
+
+
+/**@brief Macro for getting the end of the flash available for application.
+ *
+ * @details The result flash page number indicates the end boundary of the flash available
+ * to the application. If a bootloader is used, the end will be the start of the
+ * bootloader region. Otherwise, the end will be the size of the flash.
+ */
+#define BLE_FLASH_PAGE_END \
+ ((NRF_UICR->BOOTLOADERADDR != BLE_FLASH_EMPTY_MASK) \
+ ? (NRF_UICR->BOOTLOADERADDR / BLE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) \
+ : NRF_FICR->CODESIZE)
+
+/**@brief Function for erasing the specified flash page, and then writes the given data to this page.
+ *
+ * @warning This operation blocks the CPU. DO NOT use while in a connection!
+ *
+ * @param[in] page_num Page number to update.
+ * @param[in] p_in_array Pointer to a RAM area containing the elements to write in flash.
+ * This area has to be 32 bits aligned.
+ * @param[in] word_count Number of 32 bits words to write in flash.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful flash write, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_flash_page_write(uint8_t page_num, uint32_t * p_in_array, uint8_t word_count);
+
+/**@brief Function for reading data from flash to RAM.
+ *
+ * @param[in] page_num Page number to read.
+ * @param[out] p_out_array Pointer to a RAM area where the found data will be written.
+ * This area has to be 32 bits aligned.
+ * @param[out] p_word_count Number of 32 bits words read.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful upload, NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND if no valid data has been found
+ * in flash (first 32 bits not equal to the MAGIC_NUMBER+CRC).
+ */
+uint32_t ble_flash_page_read(uint8_t page_num, uint32_t * p_out_array, uint8_t * p_word_count);
+
+/**@brief Function for erasing a flash page.
+ *
+ * @note This operation blocks the CPU, so it should not be done while the radio is running!
+ *
+ * @param[in] page_num Page number to erase.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, an error_code otherwise.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_flash_page_erase(uint8_t page_num);
+
+/**@brief Function for writing one word to flash.
+ *
+ * @note Flash location to be written must have been erased previously.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_address Pointer to flash location to be written.
+ * @param[in] value Value to write to flash.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_flash_word_write(uint32_t * p_address, uint32_t value);
+
+/**@brief Function for writing a data block to flash.
+ *
+ * @note Flash locations to be written must have been erased previously.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_address Pointer to start of flash location to be written.
+ * @param[in] p_in_array Pointer to start of flash block to be written.
+ * @param[in] word_count Number of words to be written.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_flash_block_write(uint32_t * p_address, uint32_t * p_in_array, uint16_t word_count);
+
+/**@brief Function for computing pointer to start of specified flash page.
+ *
+ * @param[in] page_num Page number.
+ * @param[out] pp_page_addr Pointer to start of flash page.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_flash_page_addr(uint8_t page_num, uint32_t ** pp_page_addr);
+
+/**@brief Function for calculating a 16 bit CRC using the CRC-16-CCITT scheme.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_data Pointer to data on which the CRC is to be calulated.
+ * @param[in] size Number of bytes on which the CRC is to be calulated.
+ * @param[in] p_crc Initial CRC value (if NULL, a preset value is used as the initial value).
+ *
+ * @return Calculated CRC.
+ */
+uint16_t ble_flash_crc16_compute(uint8_t * p_data, uint16_t size, uint16_t * p_crc);
+
+/**@brief Function for handling flashing module Radio Notification event.
+ *
+ * @note For flash writing to work safely while in a connection or while advertising, this function
+ * MUST be called from the Radio Notification module's event handler (see
+ * @ref ble_radio_notification for details).
+ *
+ * @param[in] radio_active TRUE if radio is active (or about to become active), FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+void ble_flash_on_radio_active_evt(bool radio_active);
+
+#endif // BLE_FLASH_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_racp.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_racp.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_lib_racp Record Access Control Point
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
+ * @brief Record Access Control Point library.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_RACP_H__
+#define BLE_RACP_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "ble_types.h"
+#include "ble.h"
+
+/**@brief Record Access Control Point opcodes. */
+#define RACP_OPCODE_RESERVED 0 /**< Record Access Control Point opcode - Reserved for future use. */
+#define RACP_OPCODE_REPORT_RECS 1 /**< Record Access Control Point opcode - Report stored records. */
+#define RACP_OPCODE_DELETE_RECS 2 /**< Record Access Control Point opcode - Delete stored records. */
+#define RACP_OPCODE_ABORT_OPERATION 3 /**< Record Access Control Point opcode - Abort operation. */
+#define RACP_OPCODE_REPORT_NUM_RECS 4 /**< Record Access Control Point opcode - Report number of stored records. */
+#define RACP_OPCODE_NUM_RECS_RESPONSE 5 /**< Record Access Control Point opcode - Number of stored records response. */
+#define RACP_OPCODE_RESPONSE_CODE 6 /**< Record Access Control Point opcode - Response code. */
+
+/**@brief Record Access Control Point operators. */
+#define RACP_OPERATOR_NULL 0 /**< Record Access Control Point operator - Null. */
+#define RACP_OPERATOR_ALL 1 /**< Record Access Control Point operator - All records. */
+#define RACP_OPERATOR_LESS_OR_EQUAL 2 /**< Record Access Control Point operator - Less than or equal to. */
+#define RACP_OPERATOR_GREATER_OR_EQUAL 3 /**< Record Access Control Point operator - Greater than or equal to. */
+#define RACP_OPERATOR_RANGE 4 /**< Record Access Control Point operator - Within range of (inclusive). */
+#define RACP_OPERATOR_FIRST 5 /**< Record Access Control Point operator - First record (i.e. oldest record). */
+#define RACP_OPERATOR_LAST 6 /**< Record Access Control Point operator - Last record (i.e. most recent record). */
+#define RACP_OPERATOR_RFU_START 7 /**< Record Access Control Point operator - Start of Reserved for Future Use area. */
+
+/**@brief Record Access Control Point response codes. */
+#define RACP_RESPONSE_RESERVED 0 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Reserved for future use. */
+#define RACP_RESPONSE_SUCCESS 1 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Successful operation. */
+#define RACP_RESPONSE_OPCODE_UNSUPPORTED 2 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Unsupported op code received. */
+#define RACP_RESPONSE_INVALID_OPERATOR 3 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Operator not valid for service. */
+#define RACP_RESPONSE_OPERATOR_UNSUPPORTED 4 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Unsupported operator. */
+#define RACP_RESPONSE_INVALID_OPERAND 5 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Operand not valid for service. */
+#define RACP_RESPONSE_NO_RECORDS_FOUND 6 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - No matching records found. */
+#define RACP_RESPONSE_ABORT_FAILED 7 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Abort could not be completed. */
+#define RACP_RESPONSE_PROCEDURE_NOT_DONE 8 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Procedure could not be completed. */
+#define RACP_RESPONSE_OPERAND_UNSUPPORTED 9 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Unsupported operand. */
+
+/**@brief Record Access Control Point value structure. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t opcode; /**< Op Code. */
+ uint8_t operator; /**< Operator. */
+ uint8_t operand_len; /**< Length of the operand. */
+ uint8_t * p_operand; /**< Pointer to the operand. */
+} ble_racp_value_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for decoding a Record Access Control Point write.
+ *
+ * @details This call decodes a write to the Record Access Control Point.
+ *
+ * @param[in] data_len Length of data in received write.
+ * @param[in] p_data Pointer to received data.
+ * @param[out] p_racp_val Pointer to decoded Record Access Control Point write.
+ * @note This does not do a data copy. It assumes the data pointed to by
+ * p_data is persistant until no longer needed.
+ */
+void ble_racp_decode(uint8_t data_len, uint8_t * p_data, ble_racp_value_t * p_racp_val);
+
+/**@brief Function for encoding a Record Access Control Point response.
+ *
+ * @details This call encodes a response from the Record Access Control Point response.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_racp_val Pointer to Record Access Control Point to encode.
+ * @param[out] p_data Pointer to where encoded data is written.
+ * NOTE! It is calling routines respsonsibility to make sure.
+ *
+ * @return Length of encoded data.
+ */
+uint8_t ble_racp_encode(const ble_racp_value_t * p_racp_val, uint8_t * p_data);
+
+#endif // BLE_RACP_H__
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @endcond */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_radio_notification.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_radio_notification.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_radio_notification Radio Notification Event Handler
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
+ * @brief Module for propagating Radio Notification events to the application.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_H__
+#define BLE_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "nrf_soc.h"
+
+/**@brief Application radio notification event handler type. */
+typedef void (*ble_radio_notification_evt_handler_t) (bool radio_active);
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the Radio Notification module.
+ *
+ * @param[in] irq_priority Interrupt priority for the Radio Notification interrupt handler.
+ * @param[in] distance The time from an Active event until the radio is activated.
+ * @param[in] evt_handler Handler to be executed when a radio notification event has been
+ * received.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_radio_notification_init(nrf_app_irq_priority_t irq_priority,
+ nrf_radio_notification_distance_t distance,
+ ble_radio_notification_evt_handler_t evt_handler);
+
+#endif // BLE_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_sensorsim.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_sensorsim.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_lib_sensorsim Sensor Data Simulator
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
+ * @brief Functions for simulating sensor data.
+ *
+ * @details Currently only a triangular waveform simulator is implemented.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_SENSORSIM_H__
+#define BLE_SENSORSIM_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+
+/**@brief Triangular waveform sensor simulator configuration. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t min; /**< Minimum simulated value. */
+ uint32_t max; /**< Maximum simulated value. */
+ uint32_t incr; /**< Increment between each measurement. */
+ bool start_at_max; /**< TRUE is measurement is to start at the maximum value, FALSE if it is to start at the minimum. */
+} ble_sensorsim_cfg_t;
+
+/**@brief Triangular waveform sensor simulator state. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t current_val; /**< Current sensor value. */
+ bool is_increasing; /**< TRUE if the simulator is in increasing state, FALSE otherwise. */
+} ble_sensorsim_state_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing a triangular waveform sensor simulator.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_state Current state of simulator.
+ * @param[in] p_cfg Simulator configuration.
+ */
+void ble_sensorsim_init(ble_sensorsim_state_t * p_state,
+ const ble_sensorsim_cfg_t * p_cfg);
+
+/**@brief Function for generating a simulated sensor measurement using a triangular waveform generator.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] p_state Current state of simulator.
+ * @param[in] p_cfg Simulator configuration.
+ *
+ * @return Simulator output.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_sensorsim_measure(ble_sensorsim_state_t * p_state,
+ const ble_sensorsim_cfg_t * p_cfg);
+
+#endif // BLE_SENSORSIM_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_ans_c.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_ans_c.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_ans_c Alert Notification Service Client
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Alert Notification module.
+ *
+ * @details This module implements the Alert Notification Client according to the
+ * Alert Notification Profile.
+ *
+ * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Alert Notification Client module
+ * by calling ble_ans_c_on_ble_evt() from the from the @ref ble_stack_handler callback.
+ *
+ * @note Attention!
+ * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
+ * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
+ */
+#ifndef BLE_ANS_C_H__
+#define BLE_ANS_C_H__
+
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "ble_gatts.h"
+#include "ble_types.h"
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+#include "device_manager.h"
+
+#define ANS_NB_OF_CHARACTERISTICS 5 /**< Number of characteristics as defined by Alert Notification Service specification. */
+#define ANS_NB_OF_SERVICES 1 /**< Number of services supported in one central. */
+#define INVALID_SERVICE_HANDLE_BASE 0xF0 /**< Base for indicating invalid service handle. */
+#define INVALID_SERVICE_HANDLE (INVALID_SERVICE_HANDLE_BASE + 0x0F) /**< Indication that the current service handle is invalid. */
+#define INVALID_SERVICE_HANDLE_DISC (INVALID_SERVICE_HANDLE_BASE + 0x0E) /**< Indication that the current service handle is invalid but the service has been discovered. */
+#define BLE_ANS_INVALID_HANDLE 0xFF /**< Indication that the current service handle is invalid. */
+
+// Forward declaration of the ble_ans_c_t type.
+typedef struct ble_ans_c_s ble_ans_c_t;
+
+/** Alerts types as defined in the alert category id; UUID: 0x2A43. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ ANS_TYPE_SIMPLE_ALERT = 0, /**< General text alert or non-text alert.*/
+ ANS_TYPE_EMAIL = 1, /**< Alert when email messages arrives.*/
+ ANS_TYPE_NEWS = 2, /**< News feeds such as RSS, Atom.*/
+ ANS_TYPE_NOTIFICATION_CALL = 3, /**< Incoming call.*/
+ ANS_TYPE_MISSED_CALL = 4, /**< Missed call.*/
+ ANS_TYPE_SMS_MMS = 5, /**< SMS/MMS message arrives.*/
+ ANS_TYPE_VOICE_MAIL = 6, /**< Voice mail.*/
+ ANS_TYPE_SCHEDULE = 7, /**< Alert occurred on calendar, planner.*/
+ ANS_TYPE_HIGH_PRIORITIZED_ALERT = 8, /**< Alert that should be handled as high priority.*/
+ ANS_TYPE_INSTANT_MESSAGE = 9, /**< Alert for incoming instant messages.*/
+ ANS_TYPE_ALL_ALERTS = 0xFF /**< Identifies All Alerts. */
+} ble_ans_category_id_t;
+
+/** Alerts notification control point commands as defined in the Alert Notification Specification;
+ * UUID: 0x2A44.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ ANS_ENABLE_NEW_INCOMING_ALERT_NOTIFICATION = 0, /**< Enable New Incoming Alert Notification.*/
+ ANS_ENABLE_UNREAD_CATEGORY_STATUS_NOTIFICATION = 1, /**< Enable Unread Category Status Notification.*/
+ ANS_DISABLE_NEW_INCOMING_ALERT_NOTIFICATION = 2, /**< Disable New Incoming Alert Notification.*/
+ ANS_DISABLE_UNREAD_CATEGORY_STATUS_NOTIFICATION = 3, /**< Disable Unread Category Status Notification.*/
+ ANS_NOTIFY_NEW_INCOMING_ALERT_IMMEDIATELY = 4, /**< Notify New Incoming Alert immediately.*/
+ ANS_NOTIFY_UNREAD_CATEGORY_STATUS_IMMEDIATELY = 5, /**< Notify Unread Category Status immediately.*/
+} ble_ans_command_id_t;
+
+/**@brief Alert Notification Event types that are passed from client to application on an event. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_ANS_C_EVT_DISCOVER_COMPLETE, /**< A successful connection has been established and the characteristics of the server has been fetched. */
+ BLE_ANS_C_EVT_DISCOVER_FAILED, /**< It was not possible to discover service or characteristics of the connected peer. */
+ BLE_ANS_C_EVT_RECONNECT, /**< A re-connection to a known and previously discovered central has occurred. */
+ BLE_ANS_C_EVT_DISCONN_COMPLETE, /**< The connection has been taken down. */
+ BLE_ANS_C_EVT_NOTIFICATION, /**< A valid Alert Notification has been received from the server.*/
+ BLE_ANS_C_EVT_READ_RESP, /**< A read response has been received from the server.*/
+ BLE_ANS_C_EVT_WRITE_RESP /**< A write response has been received from the server.*/
+} ble_ans_c_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief Alert Notification Control Point structure. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_ans_command_id_t command; /**< The command to be written to the control point, see @ref ble_ans_command_id_t. */
+ ble_ans_category_id_t category; /**< The category for the control point for which the command applies, see @ref ble_ans_category_id_t. */
+} ble_ans_control_point_t;
+
+/**@brief Alert Notification Setting structure containing the supported alerts in the service.
+ *
+ *@details
+ * The structure contains bit fields describing which alerts that are supported:
+ * 0 = Unsupported
+ * 1 = Supported
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t ans_simple_alert_support : 1; /**< Support for General text alert or non-text alert.*/
+ uint8_t ans_email_support : 1; /**< Support for Alert when email messages arrives.*/
+ uint8_t ans_news_support : 1; /**< Support for News feeds such as RSS, Atom.*/
+ uint8_t ans_notification_call_support : 1; /**< Support for Incoming call.*/
+ uint8_t ans_missed_call_support : 1; /**< Support for Missed call.*/
+ uint8_t ans_sms_mms_support : 1; /**< Support for SMS/MMS message arrives.*/
+ uint8_t ans_voice_mail_support : 1; /**< Support for Voice mail.*/
+ uint8_t ans_schedule_support : 1; /**< Support for Alert occurred on calendar, planner.*/
+ uint8_t ans_high_prioritized_alert_support : 1; /**< Support for Alert that should be handled as high priority.*/
+ uint8_t ans_instant_message_support : 1; /**< Support for Alert for incoming instant messages.*/
+ uint8_t reserved : 6; /**< Reserved for future use. */
+} ble_ans_alert_settings_t;
+
+/**@brief Alert Notification structure
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t alert_category; /**< Alert category to which this alert belongs.*/
+ uint8_t alert_category_count; /**< Number of alerts in the category. */
+ uint32_t alert_msg_length; /**< Length of optional text message send by the server. */
+ uint8_t * p_alert_msg_buf; /**< Pointer to buffer containing the optional text message. */
+} ble_ans_alert_notification_t;
+
+/**@brief Alert Notification Event structure
+ *
+ * @details The structure contains the event that should be handled, as well as
+ * additional information.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_ans_c_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+ ble_uuid_t uuid; /**< UUID of the event in case of an alert or notification. */
+ union
+ {
+ ble_ans_alert_settings_t settings; /**< Setting returned from server on read request. */
+ ble_ans_alert_notification_t alert; /**< Alert Notification data sent by the server. */
+ uint32_t error_code; /**< Additional status/error code if the event was caused by a stack error or gatt status, e.g. during service discovery. */
+ } data;
+} ble_ans_c_evt_t;
+
+/**@brief Alert Notification event handler type. */
+typedef void (*ble_ans_c_evt_handler_t) (ble_ans_c_evt_t * p_evt);
+
+/**@brief Alert Notification structure. This contains various status information for the client. */
+typedef struct ble_ans_c_s
+{
+ ble_ans_c_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Alert Notification Client Application. */
+ ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
+ uint8_t central_handle; /**< Handle for the currently connected central if peer is bonded. */
+ uint8_t service_handle; /**< Handle to the service in the database to use for this instance. */
+ uint32_t message_buffer_size; /**< Size of message buffer to hold the additional text messages received on notifications. */
+ uint8_t * p_message_buffer; /**< Pointer to the buffer to be used for additional text message handling. */
+} ble_ans_c_t;
+
+/**@brief Alert Notification init structure. This contains all options and data needed for
+ * initialization of the client.*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_ans_c_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Battery Service. */
+ ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
+ uint32_t message_buffer_size; /**< Size of buffer to handle messages. */
+ uint8_t * p_message_buffer; /**< Pointer to buffer for passing messages. */
+} ble_ans_c_init_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
+ *
+ * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Alert Notification Client.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification Client structure.
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+void ble_ans_c_on_ble_evt(ble_ans_c_t * p_ans, const ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Alert Notification Client - Device Manager Event.
+ *
+ * @details Handles all events from the Bond Manager of interest to the Alert Notification Client.
+ * The Alert Notification Client will use the events of re-connection to existing central
+ * and creation of new bonds for handling of service discovery and writing of the Alert
+ * Notification Control Point for re-send of New Alert and Unread Alert notifications.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification Client structure.
+ * @param[in] p_bond_mgmr_evt Event received from the Bond Manager.
+ */
+void ble_ans_c_on_device_manager_evt(ble_ans_c_t * p_ans,
+ dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
+ dm_event_t const * p_dm_evt);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the Alert Notification Client.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_ans Alert Notification Client structure. This structure will have to be
+ * supplied by the application. It will be initialized by this function,
+ * and will later be used to identify this particular client instance.
+ * @param[in] p_ans_init Information needed to initialize the client.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of client, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_ans_c_init(ble_ans_c_t * p_ans, const ble_ans_c_init_t * p_ans_init);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for writing the to CCCD to enable new alert notifications from the Alert Notification Service.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
+ * the application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful writing of the CCCD, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_ans_c_enable_notif_new_alert(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for writing to the CCCD to enable unread alert notifications from the Alert Notification Service.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
+ * the application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful writing of the CCCD, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_ans_c_enable_notif_unread_alert(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for writing to the CCCD to disable new alert notifications from the Alert Notification Service.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
+ * the application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful writing of the CCCD, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_ans_c_disable_notif_new_alert(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for writing to the CCCD to disable unread alert notifications from the Alert Notification Service.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
+ * the application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful writing of the CCCD, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_ans_c_disable_notif_unread_alert(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for writing to the Alert Notification Control Point to specify alert notification behavior in the
+ * Alert Notification Service on the Central.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be
+ * supplied by the application. It identifies the particular client
+ * instance to use.
+ * @param[in] p_control_point Alert Notification Control Point structure. This structure
+ * specifies the values to write to the Alert Notification Control
+ * Point, UUID 0x2A44.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful writing of the Control Point, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_ans_c_control_point_write(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans,
+ const ble_ans_control_point_t * p_control_point);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for reading the Supported New Alert characteristic value of the service.
+ * The value describes the alerts supported in the central.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
+ * the application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful transmission of the read request, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_ans_c_new_alert_read(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for reading the Supported Unread Alert characteristic value of the service.
+ * The value describes the alerts supported in the central.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
+ * the application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful transmission of the read request, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_ans_c_unread_alert_read(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for requesting the peer to notify the New Alert characteristics immediately.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
+ * the application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
+ * @param[in] category The category ID for which the peer should notify the client.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful transmission of the read request, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_ans_c_new_alert_notify(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans, ble_ans_category_id_t category);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for requesting the peer to notify the Unread Alert characteristics immediately.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
+ * the application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
+ * @param[in] category The category ID for which the peer should notify the client.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful transmission of the read request, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_ans_c_unread_alert_notify(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans, ble_ans_category_id_t category);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for loading previous discovered service and characteristic handles for bonded centrals from
+ * flash into RAM.
+ *
+ * @details Read the database of all discovered service and characteristic handles from flash.
+ * If the flash does not contain any valid data, the array of discovered service handles in
+ * RAM will be empty.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by the
+ * application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
+ *
+ * @note Currently the Alert Notification Client uses only one page in flash.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS if all operations went successfully, an error_code otherwise.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_ans_c_service_load(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for storing discovered service and characteristic handles for bonded centrals into flash memory.
+ *
+ * @details This function will erase the flash page (if the data to store
+ * are diferent than the one already stored) and then write into flash. Those
+ * operations could prevent the radio to run.
+ *
+ * @note Do not call this function while in a connection or when advertising. If you do, the
+ * behavior is undefined.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS if all operations went successfully, an error_code otherwise.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_ans_c_service_store(void);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for deleting the Alert Notification Client database from flash.
+ *
+ * @details After calling this function you should call ble_ans_c_init(...) to re-initialize
+ * the RAM database.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS if all operations went successfully.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_ans_c_service_delete(void);
+
+#endif // BLE_ANS_C_H__
+
+/** @} */
+
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_bas.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_bas.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_bas Battery Service
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Battery Service module.
+ *
+ * @details This module implements the Battery Service with the Battery Level characteristic.
+ * During initialization it adds the Battery Service and Battery Level characteristic
+ * to the BLE stack database. Optionally it can also add a Report Reference descriptor
+ * to the Battery Level characteristic (used when including the Battery Service in
+ * the HID service).
+ *
+ * If specified, the module will support notification of the Battery Level characteristic
+ * through the ble_bas_battery_level_update() function.
+ * If an event handler is supplied by the application, the Battery Service will
+ * generate Battery Service events to the application.
+ *
+ * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Battery Service module by calling
+ * ble_bas_on_ble_evt() from the from the @ref ble_stack_handler callback.
+ *
+ * @note Attention!
+ * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
+ * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_BAS_H__
+#define BLE_BAS_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+
+/**@brief Battery Service event type. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_BAS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_ENABLED, /**< Battery value notification enabled event. */
+ BLE_BAS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_DISABLED /**< Battery value notification disabled event. */
+} ble_bas_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief Battery Service event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_bas_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+} ble_bas_evt_t;
+
+// Forward declaration of the ble_bas_t type.
+typedef struct ble_bas_s ble_bas_t;
+
+/**@brief Battery Service event handler type. */
+typedef void (*ble_bas_evt_handler_t) (ble_bas_t * p_bas, ble_bas_evt_t * p_evt);
+
+/**@brief Battery Service init structure. This contains all options and data needed for
+ * initialization of the service.*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_bas_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Battery Service. */
+ bool support_notification; /**< TRUE if notification of Battery Level measurement is supported. */
+ ble_srv_report_ref_t * p_report_ref; /**< If not NULL, a Report Reference descriptor with the specified value will be added to the Battery Level characteristic */
+ uint8_t initial_batt_level; /**< Initial battery level */
+ ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t battery_level_char_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for battery characteristics attribute */
+ ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t battery_level_report_read_perm; /**< Initial security level for battery report read attribute */
+} ble_bas_init_t;
+
+/**@brief Battery Service structure. This contains various status information for the service. */
+typedef struct ble_bas_s
+{
+ ble_bas_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Battery Service. */
+ uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Battery Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t battery_level_handles; /**< Handles related to the Battery Level characteristic. */
+ uint16_t report_ref_handle; /**< Handle of the Report Reference descriptor. */
+ uint8_t battery_level_last; /**< Last Battery Level measurement passed to the Battery Service. */
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
+ bool is_notification_supported; /**< TRUE if notification of Battery Level is supported. */
+} ble_bas_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the Battery Service.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_bas Battery Service structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
+ * the application. It will be initialized by this function, and will later
+ * be used to identify this particular service instance.
+ * @param[in] p_bas_init Information needed to initialize the service.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_bas_init(ble_bas_t * p_bas, const ble_bas_init_t * p_bas_init);
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
+ *
+ * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Battery Service.
+ *
+ * @note For the requirements in the BAS specification to be fulfilled,
+ * ble_bas_battery_level_update() must be called upon reconnection if the
+ * battery level has changed while the service has been disconnected from a bonded
+ * client.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_bas Battery Service structure.
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+void ble_bas_on_ble_evt(ble_bas_t * p_bas, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+
+/**@brief Function for updating the battery level.
+ *
+ * @details The application calls this function after having performed a battery measurement. If
+ * notification has been enabled, the battery level characteristic is sent to the client.
+ *
+ * @note For the requirements in the BAS specification to be fulfilled,
+ * this function must be called upon reconnection if the battery level has changed
+ * while the service has been disconnected from a bonded client.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_bas Battery Service structure.
+ * @param[in] battery_level New battery measurement value (in percent of full capacity).
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_bas_battery_level_update(ble_bas_t * p_bas, uint8_t battery_level);
+
+#endif // BLE_BAS_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_bps.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_bps.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_bps Blood Pressure Service
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Blood Pressure Service module.
+ *
+ * @details This module implements the Blood Pressure Service.
+ *
+ * If an event handler is supplied by the application, the Blood Pressure
+ * Service will generate Blood Pressure Service events to the application.
+ *
+ * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Blood Pressure Service
+ * module by calling ble_bps_on_ble_evt() from the from the @ref ble_stack_handler function.
+ *
+ * @note Attention!
+ * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
+ * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_BPS_H__
+#define BLE_BPS_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+#include "ble_date_time.h"
+
+// Blood Pressure Feature bits
+#define BLE_BPS_FEATURE_BODY_MOVEMENT_BIT (0x01 << 0) /**< Body Movement Detection Support bit. */
+#define BLE_BPS_FEATURE_CUFF_FIT_BIT (0x01 << 1) /**< Cuff Fit Detection Support bit. */
+#define BLE_BPS_FEATURE_IRREGULAR_PULSE_BIT (0x01 << 2) /**< Irregular Pulse Detection Support bit. */
+#define BLE_BPS_FEATURE_PULSE_RATE_RANGE_BIT (0x01 << 3) /**< Pulse Rate Range Detection Support bit. */
+#define BLE_BPS_FEATURE_MEASUREMENT_POSITION_BIT (0x01 << 4) /**< Measurement Position Detection Support bit. */
+#define BLE_BPS_FEATURE_MULTIPLE_BOND_BIT (0x01 << 5) /**< Multiple Bond Support bit. */
+
+/**@brief Blood Pressure Service event type. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_BPS_EVT_INDICATION_ENABLED, /**< Blood Pressure value indication enabled event. */
+ BLE_BPS_EVT_INDICATION_DISABLED, /**< Blood Pressure value indication disabled event. */
+ BLE_BPS_EVT_INDICATION_CONFIRMED /**< Confirmation of a blood pressure measurement indication has been received. */
+} ble_bps_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief Blood Pressure Service event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_bps_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+} ble_bps_evt_t;
+
+// Forward declaration of the ble_bps_t type.
+typedef struct ble_bps_s ble_bps_t;
+
+/**@brief Blood Pressure Service event handler type. */
+typedef void (*ble_bps_evt_handler_t) (ble_bps_t * p_bps, ble_bps_evt_t * p_evt);
+
+/**@brief SFLOAT format (IEEE-11073 16-bit FLOAT, defined as a 16-bit vlue with 12-bit mantissa and
+ * 4-bit exponent. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ int8_t exponent; /**< Base 10 exponent, only 4 bits */
+ int16_t mantissa; /**< Mantissa, only 12 bits */
+} ieee_float16_t;
+
+/**@brief Blood Pressure Service init structure. This contains all options and data
+ * needed for initialization of the service. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_bps_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Blood Pressure Service. */
+ ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t bps_meas_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for blood pressure measurement attribute */
+ ble_srv_security_mode_t bps_feature_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for blood pressure feature attribute */
+ uint16_t feature; /**< Initial value for blood pressure feature */
+} ble_bps_init_t;
+
+/**@brief Blood Pressure Service structure. This contains various status information for
+ * the service. */
+typedef struct ble_bps_s
+{
+ ble_bps_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Blood Pressure Service. */
+ uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Blood Pressure Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t meas_handles; /**< Handles related to the Blood Pressure Measurement characteristic. */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t feature_handles; /**< Handles related to the Blood Pressure Feature characteristic. */
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
+ uint16_t feature; /**< Value of Blood Pressure feature. */
+} ble_bps_t;
+
+/**@brief Blood Pressure Service measurement structure. This contains a Blood Pressure
+ * measurement. */
+typedef struct ble_bps_meas_s
+{
+ bool blood_pressure_units_in_kpa; /**< Blood Pressure Units Flag, 0=mmHg, 1=kPa */
+ bool time_stamp_present; /**< Time Stamp Flag, 0=not present, 1=present. */
+ bool pulse_rate_present; /**< Pulse Rate Flag, 0=not present, 1=present. */
+ bool user_id_present; /**< User ID Flag, 0=not present, 1=present. */
+ bool measurement_status_present; /**< Measurement Status Flag, 0=not present, 1=present. */
+ ieee_float16_t blood_pressure_systolic; /**< Blood Pressure Measurement Compound Value - Systolic. */
+ ieee_float16_t blood_pressure_diastolic; /**< Blood Pressure Measurement Compound Value - Diastolic . */
+ ieee_float16_t mean_arterial_pressure; /**< Blood Pressure Measurement Compound Value - Mean Arterial Pressure. */
+ ble_date_time_t time_stamp; /**< Time Stamp. */
+ ieee_float16_t pulse_rate; /**< Pulse Rate. */
+ uint8_t user_id; /**< User ID. */
+ uint16_t measurement_status; /**< Measurement Status. */
+} ble_bps_meas_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the Blood Pressure Service.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_bps Blood Pressure Service structure. This structure will have to
+ * be supplied by the application. It will be initialized by this function,
+ * and will later be used to identify this particular service instance.
+ * @param[in] p_bps_init Information needed to initialize the service.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_bps_init(ble_bps_t * p_bps, const ble_bps_init_t * p_bps_init);
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
+ *
+ * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Blood Pressure Service.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_bps Blood Pressure Service structure.
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+void ble_bps_on_ble_evt(ble_bps_t * p_bps, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+
+/**@brief Function for sending blood pressure measurement if indication has been enabled.
+ *
+ * @details The application calls this function after having performed a Blood Pressure
+ * measurement. If indication has been enabled, the measurement data is encoded and
+ * sent to the client.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_bps Blood Pressure Service structure.
+ * @param[in] p_bps_meas Pointer to new blood pressure measurement.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_bps_measurement_send(ble_bps_t * p_bps, ble_bps_meas_t * p_bps_meas);
+
+/**@brief Function for checking if indication of Blood Pressure Measurement is currently enabled.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_bps Blood Pressure Service structure.
+ * @param[out] p_indication_enabled TRUE if indication is enabled, FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_bps_is_indication_enabled(ble_bps_t * p_bps, bool * p_indication_enabled);
+
+#endif // BLE_BPS_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_cscs.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_cscs.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_csc Cycling Speed and Cadence Service
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Cycling Speed and Cadence Service module.
+ *
+ * @details This module implements the Cycling Speed and Cadence Service. If enabled, notification
+ * of the Cycling Speead and Candence Measurement is performed when the application
+ * calls ble_cscs_measurement_send().
+ *
+ * To use this service, you need to provide the the supported features (@ref BLE_CSCS_FEATURES).
+ * If you choose to support Wheel revolution data (feature bit @ref BLE_CSCS_FEATURE_WHEEL_REV_BIT),
+ * you then need to support the 'setting of cumulative value' operation by the supporting the
+ * Speed and Cadence Control Point (@ref ble_sdk_srv_sc_ctrlpt) by setting the @ref BLE_SRV_SC_CTRLPT_CUM_VAL_OP_SUPPORTED
+ * bit of the ctrplt_supported_functions in the @ref ble_cscs_init_t structure.
+ * If you want to support the 'start autocalibration' control point feature, you need, after the @ref BLE_SC_CTRLPT_EVT_START_CALIBRATION
+ * has been received and the auto calibration is finished, to call the @ref ble_sc_ctrlpt_rsp_send to indicate that the operation is finished
+ * and thus be able to receive new control point operations.
+ * If you want to support the 'sensor location' related operation, you need to provide a list of supported location in the
+ * @ref ble_cscs_init_t structure.
+ *
+ *
+ * @note The application or the service using this module must propagate BLE stack events to the
+ * Cycling Speead and Candence Service module by calling ble_cscs_on_ble_evt() from the
+ * from the @ref ble_stack_handler function. This service will forward the event to the @ref ble_sdk_srv_sc_ctrlpt module.
+ *
+ * @note Attention!
+ * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
+ * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_CSCS_H__
+#define BLE_CSCS_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+#include "ble_sc_ctrlpt.h"
+#include "ble_sensor_location.h"
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_CSCS_FEATURES Cycling Speed and Cadence Service feature bits
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_CSCS_FEATURE_WHEEL_REV_BIT (0x01 << 0) /**< Wheel Revolution Data Supported bit. */
+#define BLE_CSCS_FEATURE_CRANK_REV_BIT (0x01 << 1) /**< Crank Revolution Data Supported bit. */
+#define BLE_CSCS_FEATURE_MULTIPLE_SENSORS_BIT (0x01 << 2) /**< Multiple Sensor Locations Supported bit. */
+/** @} */
+
+/**@brief Cycling Speed and Cadence Service event type. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_CSCS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_ENABLED, /**< Cycling Speed and Cadence value notification enabled event. */
+ BLE_CSCS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_DISABLED /**< Cycling Speed and Cadence value notification disabled event. */
+} ble_cscs_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief Cycling Speed and Cadence Service event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_cscs_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+} ble_cscs_evt_t;
+
+// Forward declaration of the ble_csc_t type.
+typedef struct ble_cscs_s ble_cscs_t;
+
+/**@brief Cycling Speed and Cadence Service event handler type. */
+typedef void (*ble_cscs_evt_handler_t) (ble_cscs_t * p_cscs, ble_cscs_evt_t * p_evt);
+
+/**@brief Cycling Speed and Cadence Service init structure. This contains all options and data
+* needed for initialization of the service. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_cscs_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Cycling Speed and Cadence Service. */
+ ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t csc_meas_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for cycling speed and cadence measurement attribute */
+ ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t csc_ctrlpt_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for cycling speed and cadence control point attribute */
+ ble_srv_security_mode_t csc_feature_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for feature attribute */
+ uint16_t feature; /**< Initial value for features of sensor @ref BLE_CSCS_FEATURES. */
+ uint8_t ctrplt_supported_functions; /**< Supported control point functionnalities see @ref BLE_SRV_SC_CTRLPT_SUPP_FUNC. */
+ ble_sc_ctrlpt_evt_handler_t ctrlpt_evt_handler; /**< Event handler */
+ ble_sensor_location_t *list_supported_locations; /**< List of supported sensor locations.*/
+ uint8_t size_list_supported_locations; /**< Number of supported sensor locations in the list.*/
+ ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
+ ble_sensor_location_t *sensor_location; /**< Initial Sensor Location, if NULL, sensor_location characteristic is not added*/
+ ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t csc_sensor_loc_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for sensor location attribute */
+} ble_cscs_init_t;
+
+/**@brief Cycling Speed and Cadence Service structure. This contains various status information for
+ * the service. */
+typedef struct ble_cscs_s
+{
+ ble_cscs_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Cycling Speed and Cadence Service. */
+ uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Cycling Speed and Cadence Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t meas_handles; /**< Handles related to the Cycling Speed and Cadence Measurement characteristic. */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t feature_handles; /**< Handles related to the Cycling Speed and Cadence feature characteristic. */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t sensor_loc_handles; /**< Handles related to the Cycling Speed and Cadence Sensor Location characteristic. */
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
+ uint16_t feature; /**< Bit mask of features available on sensor. */
+ ble_sc_ctrlpt_t ctrl_pt; /**< data for speed and cadence control point */
+} ble_cscs_t;
+
+/**@brief Cycling Speed and Cadence Service measurement structure. This contains a Cycling Speed and
+ * Cadence Service measurement. */
+typedef struct ble_cscs_meas_s
+{
+ bool is_wheel_rev_data_present; /**< True if Wheel Revolution Data is present in the measurement. */
+ bool is_crank_rev_data_present; /**< True if Crank Revolution Data is present in the measurement. */
+ uint32_t cumulative_wheel_revs; /**< Cumulative Wheel Revolutions. */
+ uint16_t last_wheel_event_time; /**< Last Wheel Event Time. */
+ uint16_t cumulative_crank_revs; /**< Cumulative Crank Revolutions. */
+ uint16_t last_crank_event_time; /**< Last Crank Event Time. */
+} ble_cscs_meas_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the Cycling Speed and Cadence Service.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_cscs Cycling Speed and Cadence Service structure. This structure will have to
+ * be supplied by the application. It will be initialized by this function,
+ * and will later be used to identify this particular service instance.
+ * @param[in] p_cscs_init Information needed to initialize the service.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_cscs_init(ble_cscs_t * p_cscs, const ble_cscs_init_t * p_cscs_init);
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
+ *
+ * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Cycling Speed and Cadence
+ * Service.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_cscs Cycling Speed and Cadence Service structure.
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+void ble_cscs_on_ble_evt(ble_cscs_t * p_cscs, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+
+/**@brief Function for sending cycling speed and cadence measurement if notification has been enabled.
+ *
+ * @details The application calls this function after having performed a Cycling Speed and Cadence
+ * Service measurement. If notification has been enabled, the measurement data is encoded
+ * and sent to the client.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_cscs Cycling Speed and Cadence Service structure.
+ * @param[in] p_measurement Pointer to new cycling speed and cadence measurement.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_cscs_measurement_send(ble_cscs_t * p_cscs, ble_cscs_meas_t * p_measurement);
+
+#endif // BLE_CSCS_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_dfu.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_dfu.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**@file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_dfu Device Firmware Update Service
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Device Firmware Update Service
+ *
+ * @details The Device Firmware Update (DFU) service is a GATT based service that can be used for
+ * performing firmware updates over BLE. Note that this implementation uses vendor
+ * specific UUIDs for service and characteristics and is intended to demonstrate the
+ * firmware updates over BLE. Refer @ref dfu_ble_service_spec and @ref
+ * dfu_ble_profile_spec for more information on the service and profile respectively.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_DFU_H__
+#define BLE_DFU_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "ble_gatts.h"
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+
+#define BLE_DFU_SERVICE_UUID 0x1530 /**< The UUID of the DFU Service. */
+#define BLE_DFU_PKT_CHAR_UUID 0x1532 /**< The UUID of the DFU Packet Characteristic. */
+#define BLE_DFU_CTRL_PT_UUID 0x1531 /**< The UUID of the DFU Control Point. */
+#define BLE_DFU_STATUS_REP_UUID 0x1533 /**< The UUID of the DFU Status Report Characteristic. */
+
+
+/**@brief DFU Event type.
+ *
+ * @details This enumeration contains the types of events that will be received from the DFU Service.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_DFU_START, /**< The event indicating that the peer wants the application to prepare for a new firmware update. */
+ BLE_DFU_RECEIVE_INIT_DATA, /**< The event indicating that the peer wants the application to prepare to receive init parameters. */
+ BLE_DFU_RECEIVE_APP_DATA, /**< The event indicating that the peer wants the application to prepare to receive the new firmware image. */
+ BLE_DFU_VALIDATE, /**< The event indicating that the peer wants the application to validate the newly received firmware image. */
+ BLE_DFU_ACTIVATE_N_RESET, /**< The event indicating that the peer wants the application to undergo activate new firmware and restart with new valid application */
+ BLE_DFU_SYS_RESET, /**< The event indicating that the peer wants the application to undergo a reset and start the currently valid application image.*/
+ BLE_DFU_PKT_RCPT_NOTIF_ENABLED, /**< The event indicating that the peer has enabled packet receipt notifications. It is the responsibility of the application to call @ref ble_dfu_pkts_rcpt_notify each time the number of packets indicated by num_of_pkts field in @ref ble_dfu_evt_t is received.*/
+ BLE_DFU_PKT_RCPT_NOTIF_DISABLED, /**< The event indicating that the peer has disabled the packet receipt notifications.*/
+ BLE_DFU_PACKET_WRITE, /**< The event indicating that the peer has written a value to the 'DFU Packet' characteristic. The data received from the peer will be present in the @ref ble_dfu_pkt_write element contained within @ref ble_dfu_evt_t.*/
+ BLE_DFU_BYTES_RECEIVED_SEND /**< The event indicating that the peer is requesting for the number of bytes of firmware data last received by the application. It is the responsibility of the application to call @ref ble_dfu_pkts_rcpt_notify in response to this event. */
+} ble_dfu_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief DFU Procedure type.
+ *
+ * @details This enumeration contains the types of DFU procedures.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_DFU_START_PROCEDURE = 1, /**< DFU Start procedure.*/
+ BLE_DFU_INIT_PROCEDURE = 2, /**< DFU Initialization procedure.*/
+ BLE_DFU_RECEIVE_APP_PROCEDURE = 3, /**< Firmware receiving procedure.*/
+ BLE_DFU_VALIDATE_PROCEDURE = 4, /**< Firmware image validation procedure .*/
+ BLE_DFU_PKT_RCPT_REQ_PROCEDURE = 8 /**< Packet receipt notification request procedure. */
+} ble_dfu_procedure_t;
+
+/**@brief DFU Response value type.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_DFU_RESP_VAL_SUCCESS = 1, /**< Success.*/
+ BLE_DFU_RESP_VAL_INVALID_STATE, /**< Invalid state.*/
+ BLE_DFU_RESP_VAL_NOT_SUPPORTED, /**< Operation not supported.*/
+ BLE_DFU_RESP_VAL_DATA_SIZE, /**< Data size exceeds limit.*/
+ BLE_DFU_RESP_VAL_CRC_ERROR, /**< CRC Error.*/
+ BLE_DFU_RESP_VAL_OPER_FAILED /**< Operation failed.*/
+} ble_dfu_resp_val_t;
+
+/**@brief DFU Packet structure.
+ *
+ * @details This structure contains the value of the DFU Packet characteristic as written by the
+ * peer and the length of the value written. It will be filled by the DFU Service when the
+ * peer writes to the DFU Packet characteristic.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t len; /**< Length of the packet received. */
+ uint8_t * p_data; /**< Pointer to the received packet. This will point to a word aligned memory location.*/
+} ble_dfu_pkt_write_t;
+
+/**@brief Packet receipt notification request structure.
+ *
+ * @details This structure contains the contents of the packet receipt notification request
+ * sent by the DFU Controller.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t num_of_pkts; /**< The number of packets of firmware data to be received by application before sending the next Packet Receipt Notification to the peer. */
+} ble_pkt_rcpt_notif_req_t;
+
+/**@brief DFU Event structure.
+ *
+ * @details This structure contains the event generated by the DFU Service based on the data
+ * received from the peer.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_dfu_evt_type_t ble_dfu_evt_type; /**< Type of the event.*/
+ union
+ {
+ ble_dfu_pkt_write_t ble_dfu_pkt_write; /**< The DFU packet received. This field is when the @ref ble_dfu_evt_type field is set to @ref BLE_DFU_PACKET_WRITE.*/
+ ble_pkt_rcpt_notif_req_t pkt_rcpt_notif_req; /**< Packet receipt notification request. This field is when the @ref ble_dfu_evt_type field is set to @ref BLE_DFU_PKT_RCPT_NOTIF_ENABLED.*/
+ } evt;
+} ble_dfu_evt_t;
+
+// Forward declaration of the ble_dfu_t type.
+typedef struct ble_dfu_s ble_dfu_t;
+
+/**@brief DFU Service event handler type. */
+typedef void (*ble_dfu_evt_handler_t) (ble_dfu_t * p_dfu, ble_dfu_evt_t * p_evt);
+
+/**@brief DFU service structure.
+ *
+ * @details This structure contains status information related to the service.
+ */
+typedef struct ble_dfu_s
+{
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the S110 SoftDevice). This will be BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID when not in a connection. */
+ uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of DFU Service (as provided by the S110 SoftDevice). */
+ uint8_t uuid_type; /**< UUID type assigned for DFU Service by the S110 SoftDevice. */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t dfu_pkt_handles; /**< Handles related to the DFU Packet characteristic. */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t dfu_ctrl_pt_handles; /**< Handles related to the DFU Control Point characteristic. */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t dfu_status_rep_handles; /**< Handles related to the DFU Status Report characteristic. */
+ ble_dfu_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< The event handler to be called when an event is to be sent to the application.*/
+ ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
+} ble_dfu_t;
+
+/**@brief DFU service initialization structure.
+ *
+ * @details This structure contains the initialization information for the DFU Service. The
+ * application needs to fill this structure and pass it to the DFU Service using the
+ * @ref ble_dfu_init function.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_dfu_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Device Firmware Update Service. */
+ ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
+} ble_dfu_init_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for handling a BLE event.
+ *
+ * @details The DFU service expects the application to call this function each time an event
+ * is received from the S110 SoftDevice. This function processes the event, if it is
+ * relevant for the DFU service and calls the DFU event handler of the application if
+ * necessary.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_dfu Pointer to the DFU service structure.
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Pointer to the event received from S110 SoftDevice.
+ */
+void ble_dfu_on_ble_evt(ble_dfu_t * p_dfu, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the DFU service.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_dfu Device Firmware Update service structure. This structure will have to be
+ * supplied by the application. It will be initialized by this function,
+ * and will later be used to identify the service instance.
+ * @param[in] p_dfu_init Information needed to initialize the service.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS if the DFU service and its characteristics were successfully added to the
+ * S110 SoftDevice. Otherwise an error code.
+ * This function returns NRF_ERROR_NULL if the value of evt_handler in p_dfu_init
+ * structure provided is NULL or if the pointers supplied as input are NULL.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_dfu_init(ble_dfu_t * p_dfu, ble_dfu_init_t * p_dfu_init);
+
+/**@brief Function for sending response to a control point command.
+ *
+ * @details This function will encode a DFU Control Point response using the given input
+ * parameters and will send a notification of the same to the peer.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_dfu Pointer to the DFU service structure.
+ * @param[in] dfu_proc Procedure for which this response is to be sent.
+ * @param[in] resp_val Response value.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS if the DFU Service has successfully requested the S110 SoftDevice to
+ * send the notification. Otherwise an error code.
+ * This function returns NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE if the device is not connected to a
+ * peer or if the DFU service is not initialized or if the notification of the DFU
+ * Status Report characteristic was not enabled by the peer. It returns NRF_ERROR_NULL
+ * if the pointer p_dfu is NULL.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_dfu_response_send(ble_dfu_t * p_dfu,
+ ble_dfu_procedure_t dfu_proc,
+ ble_dfu_resp_val_t resp_val);
+
+/**@brief Function for notifying the peer about the number of bytes of firmware data received.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_dfu Pointer to the DFU service structure.
+ * @param[in] num_of_firmware_bytes_rcvd Number of bytes.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS if the DFU Service has successfully requested the S110 SoftDevice to send
+ * the notification. Otherwise an error code.
+ * This function returns NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE if the device is not connected to a
+ * peer or if the DFU service is not initialized or if the notification of the DFU
+ * Status Report characteristic was not enabled by the peer. It returns NRF_ERROR_NULL
+ * if the pointer p_dfu is NULL.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_dfu_bytes_rcvd_report(ble_dfu_t * p_dfu, uint32_t num_of_firmware_bytes_rcvd);
+
+/**@brief Function for sending Packet Receipt Notification to the peer.
+ *
+ * This function will encode the number of bytes received as input parameter into a
+ * notification of the control point characteristic and send it to the peer.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_dfu Pointer to the DFU service structure.
+ * @param[in] num_of_firmware_bytes_rcvd Number of bytes of firmware image received.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS if the DFU Service has successfully requested the S110 SoftDevice to send
+ * the notification. Otherwise an error code.
+ * This function returns NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE if the device is not connected to a
+ * peer or if the DFU service is not initialized or if the notification of the DFU
+ * Status Report characteristic was not enabled by the peer. It returns NRF_ERROR_NULL
+ * if the pointer p_dfu is NULL.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_dfu_pkts_rcpt_notify(ble_dfu_t * p_dfu, uint32_t num_of_firmware_bytes_rcvd);
+
+#endif // BLE_DFU_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_dis.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_dis.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_dis Device Information Service
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Device Information Service module.
+ *
+ * @details This module implements the Device Information Service.
+ * During initialization it adds the Device Information Service to the BLE stack database.
+ * It then encodes the supplied information, and adds the curresponding characteristics.
+ *
+ * @note Attention!
+ * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
+ * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_DIS_H__
+#define BLE_DIS_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+
+// Vendor ID Source values
+#define BLE_DIS_VENDOR_ID_SRC_BLUETOOTH_SIG 1 /**< Vendor ID assigned by Bluetooth SIG. */
+#define BLE_DIS_VENDOR_ID_SRC_USB_IMPL_FORUM 2 /**< Vendor ID assigned by USB Implementer's Forum. */
+
+/**@brief System ID parameters */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint64_t manufacturer_id; /**< Manufacturer ID. Only 5 LSOs shall be used. */
+ uint32_t organizationally_unique_id; /**< Organizationally unique ID. Only 3 LSOs shall be used. */
+} ble_dis_sys_id_t;
+
+/**@brief IEEE 11073-20601 Regulatory Certification Data List Structure */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t * p_list; /**< Pointer the byte array containing the encoded opaque structure based on IEEE 11073-20601 specification. */
+ uint8_t list_len; /**< Length of the byte array. */
+} ble_dis_reg_cert_data_list_t;
+
+/**@brief PnP ID parameters */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t vendor_id_source; /**< Vendor ID Source. see @ref DIS_VENDOR_ID_SRC_VALUES. */
+ uint16_t vendor_id; /**< Vendor ID. */
+ uint16_t product_id; /**< Product ID. */
+ uint16_t product_version; /**< Product Version. */
+} ble_dis_pnp_id_t;
+
+/**@brief Device Information Service init structure. This contains all possible characteristics
+ * needed for initialization of the service.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_srv_utf8_str_t manufact_name_str; /**< Manufacturer Name String. */
+ ble_srv_utf8_str_t model_num_str; /**< Model Number String. */
+ ble_srv_utf8_str_t serial_num_str; /**< Serial Number String. */
+ ble_srv_utf8_str_t hw_rev_str; /**< Hardware Revision String. */
+ ble_srv_utf8_str_t fw_rev_str; /**< Firmware Revision String. */
+ ble_srv_utf8_str_t sw_rev_str; /**< Software Revision String. */
+ ble_dis_sys_id_t * p_sys_id; /**< System ID. The helper function @ref dis_sys_id_encode can be used to encode the value of this characteristic. */
+ ble_dis_reg_cert_data_list_t * p_reg_cert_data_list; /**< IEEE 11073-20601 Regulatory Certification Data List. */
+ ble_dis_pnp_id_t * p_pnp_id; /**< PnP ID. The helper function @ref dis_pnp_id_encode can be used to encode the value of this characteristic. */
+ ble_srv_security_mode_t dis_attr_md; /**< Initial Security Setting for Device Information Characteristics. */
+} ble_dis_init_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the Device Information Service.
+ *
+ * @details This call allows the application to initialize the device information service.
+ * It adds the DIS service and DIS characteristics to the database, using the initial
+ * values supplied through the p_dis_init parameter. Characteristics which are not to be
+ * added, shall be set to NULL in p_dis_init.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_dis_init The structure containing the values of characteristics needed by the
+ * service.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_dis_init(const ble_dis_init_t * p_dis_init);
+
+#endif // BLE_DIS_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_gls.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_gls.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_gls Glucose Service
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Glucose Service module.
+ *
+ * @details This module implements the Glucose Service.
+ *
+ * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Glucose Service module by calling
+ * ble_gls_on_ble_evt() from the from the @ref ble_stack_handler callback.
+ *
+ * @note Attention!
+ * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
+ * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_GLS_H__
+#define BLE_GLS_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+#include "ble_date_time.h"
+
+/**@brief Glucose feature */
+#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_LOW_BATT 0x0001 /**< Low Battery Detection During Measurement Supported */
+#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_MALFUNC 0x0002 /**< Sensor Malfunction Detection Supported */
+#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_SAMPLE_SIZE 0x0004 /**< Sensor Sample Size Supported */
+#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_INSERT_ERR 0x0008 /**< Sensor Strip Insertion Error Detection Supported */
+#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_TYPE_ERR 0x0010 /**< Sensor Strip Type Error Detection Supported */
+#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_RES_HIGH_LOW 0x0020 /**< Sensor Result High-Low Detection Supported */
+#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_TEMP_HIGH_LOW 0x0040 /**< Sensor Temperature High-Low Detection Supported */
+#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_READ_INT 0x0080 /**< Sensor Read Interrupt Detection Supported */
+#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_GENERAL_FAULT 0x0100 /**< General Device Fault Supported */
+#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_TIME_FAULT 0x0200 /**< Time Fault Supported */
+#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_MULTI_BOND 0x0400 /**< Multiple Bond Supported */
+
+/**@brief Glucose measurement flags */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_FLAG_TIME_OFFSET 0x01 /**< Time Offset Present */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_FLAG_CONC_TYPE_LOC 0x02 /**< Glucose Concentration, Type, and Sample Location Present */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_FLAG_UNITS_KG_L 0x00 /**< Glucose Concentration Units kg/L */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_FLAG_UNITS_MOL_L 0x04 /**< Glucose Concentration Units mol/L */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_FLAG_SENSOR_STATUS 0x08 /**< Sensor Status Annunciation Present */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_FLAG_CONTEXT_INFO 0x10 /**< Context Information Follows */
+
+/**@brief Glucose measurement type */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_CAP_BLOOD 1 /**< Capillary whole blood */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_CAP_PLASMA 2 /**< Capillary plasma */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_VEN_BLOOD 3 /**< Venous whole blood */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_VEN_PLASMA 4 /**< Venous plasma */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_ART_BLOOD 5 /**< Arterial whole blood */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_ART_PLASMA 6 /**< Arterial plasma */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_UNDET_BLOOD 7 /**< Undetermined whole blood */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_UNDET_PLASMA 8 /**< Undetermined plasma */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_FLUID 9 /**< Interstitial fluid (ISF) */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_CONTROL 10 /**< Control solution */
+
+/**@brief Glucose measurement location */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_LOC_FINGER 1 /**< Finger */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_LOC_AST 2 /**< Alternate Site Test (AST) */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_LOC_EAR 3 /**< Earlobe */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_LOC_CONTROL 4 /**< Control solution */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_LOC_NOT_AVAIL 15 /**< Sample Location value not available */
+
+/**@brief Glucose sensor status annunciation */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_BATT_LOW 0x0001 /**< Device battery low at time of measurement */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_SENSOR_FAULT 0x0002 /**< Sensor malfunction or faulting at time of measurement */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_SAMPLE_SIZE 0x0004 /**< Sample size for blood or control solution insufficient at time of measurement */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_STRIP_INSERT 0x0008 /**< Strip insertion error */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_STRIP_TYPE 0x0010 /**< Strip type incorrect for device */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_RESULT_HIGH 0x0020 /**< Sensor result higher than the device can process */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_RESULT_LOW 0x0040 /**< Sensor result lower than the device can process */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_TEMP_HIGH 0x0080 /**< Sensor temperature too high for valid test/result at time of measurement */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_TEMP_LOW 0x0100 /**< Sensor temperature too low for valid test/result at time of measurement */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_STRIP_PULL 0x0200 /**< Sensor read interrupted because strip was pulled too soon at time of measurement */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_GENERAL_FAULT 0x0400 /**< General device fault has occurred in the sensor */
+#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_TIME_FAULT 0x0800 /**< Time fault has occurred in the sensor and time may be inaccurate */
+
+/**@brief Glucose measurement context flags */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_CARB 0x01 /**< Carbohydrate id and carbohydrate present */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_MEAL 0x02 /**< Meal present */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_TESTER 0x04 /**< Tester-health present */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_EXERCISE 0x08 /**< Exercise duration and exercise intensity present */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_MED 0x10 /**< Medication ID and medication present */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_MED_KG 0x00 /**< Medication value units, kilograms */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_MED_L 0x20 /**< Medication value units, liters */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_HBA1C 0x40 /**< Hba1c present */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_EXT 0x80 /**< Extended flags present */
+
+/**@brief Glucose measurement context carbohydrate ID */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_CARB_BREAKFAST 1 /**< Breakfast */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_CARB_LUNCH 2 /**< Lunch */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_CARB_DINNER 3 /**< Dinner */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_CARB_SNACK 4 /**< Snack */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_CARB_DRINK 5 /**< Drink */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_CARB_SUPPER 6 /**< Supper */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_CARB_BRUNCH 7 /**< Brunch */
+
+/**@brief Glucose measurement context meal */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MEAL_PREPRANDIAL 1 /**< Preprandial (before meal) */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MEAL_POSTPRANDIAL 2 /**< Postprandial (after meal) */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MEAL_FASTING 3 /**< Fasting */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MEAL_CASUAL 4 /**< Casual (snacks, drinks, etc.) */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MEAL_BEDTIME 5 /**< Bedtime */
+
+/**@brief Glucose measurement context tester */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_TESTER_SELF 1 /**< Self */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_TESTER_PRO 2 /**< Health care professional */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_TESTER_LAB 3 /**< Lab test */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_TESTER_NOT_AVAIL 15 /**< Tester value not available */
+
+/**@brief Glucose measurement context health */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_HEALTH_MINOR 1 /**< Minor health issues */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_HEALTH_MAJOR 2 /**< Major health issues */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_HEALTH_MENSES 3 /**< During menses */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_HEALTH_STRESS 4 /**< Under stress */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_HEALTH_NONE 5 /**< No health issues */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_HEALTH_NOT_AVAIL 15 /**< Health value not available */
+
+/**@brief Glucose measurement context medication ID */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MED_RAPID 1 /**< Rapid acting insulin */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MED_SHORT 2 /**< Short acting insulin */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MED_INTERMED 3 /**< Intermediate acting insulin */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MED_LONG 4 /**< Long acting insulin */
+#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MED_PREMIX 5 /**< Pre-mixed insulin */
+
+/**@brief SFLOAT format (IEEE-11073 16-bit FLOAT, meaning 4 bits for exponent (base 10) and 12 bits mantissa) */
+typedef struct
+{
+ int8_t exponent; /**< Base 10 exponent, should be using only 4 bits */
+ int16_t mantissa; /**< Mantissa, should be using only 12 bits */
+} sfloat_t;
+
+/**@brief Glucose Service event type. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_GLS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_ENABLED, /**< Glucose value notification enabled event. */
+ BLE_GLS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_DISABLED /**< Glucose value notification disabled event. */
+} ble_gls_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief Glucose Service event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gls_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+} ble_gls_evt_t;
+
+// Forward declaration of the ble_gls_t type.
+typedef struct ble_gls_s ble_gls_t;
+
+/**@brief Glucose Service event handler type. */
+typedef void (*ble_gls_evt_handler_t) (ble_gls_t * p_gls, ble_gls_evt_t * p_evt);
+
+/**@brief Glucose Measurement structure. This contains glucose measurement value. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t flags; /**< Flags */
+ uint16_t sequence_number; /**< Sequence number */
+ ble_date_time_t base_time; /**< Time stamp */
+ int16_t time_offset; /**< Time offset */
+ sfloat_t glucose_concentration; /**< Glucose concentration */
+ uint8_t type; /**< Type */
+ uint8_t sample_location; /**< Sample location */
+ uint16_t sensor_status_annunciation; /**< Sensor status annunciation */
+} ble_gls_meas_t;
+
+/**@brief Glucose measurement context structure */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t flags; /**< Flags */
+ uint8_t extended_flags; /**< Extended Flags */
+ uint8_t carbohydrate_id; /**< Carbohydrate ID */
+ sfloat_t carbohydrate; /**< Carbohydrate */
+ uint8_t meal; /**< Meal */
+ uint8_t tester_and_health; /**< Tester and health */
+ uint16_t exercise_duration; /**< Exercise Duration */
+ uint8_t exercise_intensity; /**< Exercise Intensity */
+ uint8_t medication_id; /**< Medication ID */
+ sfloat_t medication; /**< Medication */
+ uint16_t hba1c; /**< HbA1c */
+} ble_gls_meas_context_t;
+
+/**@brief Glucose measurement record */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gls_meas_t meas; /**< Glucose measurement */
+ ble_gls_meas_context_t context; /**< Glucose measurement context */
+} ble_gls_rec_t;
+
+/**@brief Glucose Service init structure. This contains all options and data needed for
+ * initialization of the service. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gls_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Glucose Service. */
+ ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
+ uint16_t feature; /**< Glucose Feature value indicating supported features. */
+ bool is_context_supported; /**< Determines if optional Glucose Measurement Context is to be supported. */
+} ble_gls_init_t;
+
+/**@brief Glucose Service structure. This contains various status information for the service. */
+typedef struct ble_gls_s
+{
+ ble_gls_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Glucose Service. */
+ ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
+ uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Glucose Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t glm_handles; /**< Handles related to the Glucose Measurement characteristic. */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t glm_context_handles; /**< Handles related to the Glucose Measurement Context characteristic. */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t glf_handles; /**< Handles related to the Glucose Feature characteristic. */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t racp_handles; /**< Handles related to the Record Access Control Point characteristic. */
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
+ uint16_t feature;
+ bool is_context_supported;
+} ble_gls_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the Glucose Service.
+ *
+ * @details This call allows the application to initialize the Glucose Service.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_gls Glucose Service structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
+ * the application. It will be initialized by this function, and will later
+ * be used to identify this particular service instance.
+ * @param[in] p_gls_init Information needed to initialize the service.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_gls_init(ble_gls_t * p_gls, const ble_gls_init_t * p_gls_init);
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
+ *
+ * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Glucose Service.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_gls Glucose Service structure.
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+void ble_gls_on_ble_evt(ble_gls_t * p_gls, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+
+/**@brief Function for reporting a new glucose measurement to the glucose service module.
+ *
+ * @details The application calls this function after having performed a new glucose measurement.
+ * The new measurement is recorded in the RACP database.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_gls Glucose Service structure.
+ * @param[in] p_rec Pointer to glucose record (measurement plus context).
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_gls_glucose_new_meas(ble_gls_t * p_gls, ble_gls_rec_t * p_rec);
+
+#endif // BLE_GLS_H__
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @endcond */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_gls_db.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_gls_db.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_gls_db Glucose Database Service
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Glucose Service module.
+ *
+ * @details This module implements at database of stored glucose measurement values.
+ *
+ * @note Attention!
+ * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
+ * qualification listings, These APIs must not be modified. However, the corresponding
+ * functions' implementations can be modified.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_GLS_DB_H__
+#define BLE_GLS_DB_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "ble_gls.h"
+
+#define BLE_GLS_DB_MAX_RECORDS 20
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the glucose record database.
+ *
+ * @details This call initializes the database holding glucose records.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_gls_db_init(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for getting the number of records in the database.
+ *
+ * @details This call returns the number of records in the database.
+ *
+ * @return Number of records in the database.
+ */
+uint16_t ble_gls_db_num_records_get(void);
+
+/**@brief Function for getting a record from the database.
+ *
+ * @details This call returns a specified record from the database.
+ *
+ * @param[in] record_num Index of the record to retrieve.
+ * @param[out] p_rec Pointer to record structure where retrieved record is copied to.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_gls_db_record_get(uint8_t record_num, ble_gls_rec_t * p_rec);
+
+/**@brief Function for adding a record at the end of the database.
+ *
+ * @details This call adds a record as the last record in the database.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_rec Pointer to record to add to database.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_gls_db_record_add(ble_gls_rec_t * p_rec);
+
+/**@brief Function for deleting a database entry.
+ *
+ * @details This call deletes an record from the database.
+ *
+ * @param[in] record_num Index of record to delete.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_gls_db_record_delete(uint8_t record_num);
+
+#endif // BLE_GLS_DB_H__
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @endcond */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_hids.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_hids.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_hids Human Interface Device Service
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Human Interface Device Service module.
+ *
+ * @details This module implements the Human Interface Device Service with the corresponding set of
+ * characteristics. During initialization it adds the Human Interface Device Service and
+ * a set of characteristics as per the Human Interface Device Service specification and
+ * the user requirements to the BLE stack database.
+ *
+ * If enabled, notification of Input Report characteristics is performed when the
+ * application calls the corresponding ble_hids_xx_input_report_send() function.
+ *
+ * If an event handler is supplied by the application, the Human Interface Device Service
+ * will generate Human Interface Device Service events to the application.
+ *
+ * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Human Interface Device Service
+ * module by calling ble_hids_on_ble_evt() from the @ref ble_stack_handler callback.
+ *
+ * @note Attention!
+ * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
+ * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_HIDS_H__
+#define BLE_HIDS_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+
+// Report Type values
+#define BLE_HIDS_REP_TYPE_INPUT 1
+#define BLE_HIDS_REP_TYPE_OUTPUT 2
+#define BLE_HIDS_REP_TYPE_FEATURE 3
+
+// Maximum number of the various Report Types
+#define BLE_HIDS_MAX_INPUT_REP 10
+#define BLE_HIDS_MAX_OUTPUT_REP 10
+#define BLE_HIDS_MAX_FEATURE_REP 10
+
+// Information Flags
+#define HID_INFO_FLAG_REMOTE_WAKE_MSK 0x01
+#define HID_INFO_FLAG_NORMALLY_CONNECTABLE_MSK 0x02
+
+/**@brief HID Service characteristic id. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t uuid; /**< UUID of characteristic. */
+ uint8_t rep_type; /**< Type of report (only used for BLE_UUID_REPORT_CHAR, see @ref BLE_HIDS_REPORT_TYPE). */
+ uint8_t rep_index; /**< Index of the characteristic (only used for BLE_UUID_REPORT_CHAR). */
+} ble_hids_char_id_t;
+
+/**@brief HID Service event type. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_HIDS_EVT_HOST_SUSP, /**< Suspend command received. */
+ BLE_HIDS_EVT_HOST_EXIT_SUSP, /**< Exit suspend command received. */
+ BLE_HIDS_EVT_NOTIF_ENABLED, /**< Notification enabled event. */
+ BLE_HIDS_EVT_NOTIF_DISABLED, /**< Notification disabled event. */
+ BLE_HIDS_EVT_REP_CHAR_WRITE, /**< A new value has been written to an Report characteristic. */
+ BLE_HIDS_EVT_BOOT_MODE_ENTERED, /**< Boot mode entered. */
+ BLE_HIDS_EVT_REPORT_MODE_ENTERED, /**< Report mode entered. */
+ BLE_HIDS_EVT_REPORT_READ /**< Read with response */
+} ble_hids_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief HID Service event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_hids_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+ union
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ ble_hids_char_id_t char_id; /**< Id of characteristic for which notification has been started. */
+ } notification;
+ struct
+ {
+ ble_hids_char_id_t char_id; /**< Id of characteristic having been written. */
+ uint16_t offset; /**< Offset for the write operation. */
+ uint16_t len; /**< Length of the incoming data. */
+ uint8_t* data; /**< Incoming data, variable length */
+ } char_write;
+ struct
+ {
+ ble_hids_char_id_t char_id; /**< Id of characteristic being read. */
+ } char_auth_read;
+ } params;
+ ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt; /**< corresponding received ble event, NULL if not relevant */
+} ble_hids_evt_t;
+
+// Forward declaration of the ble_hids_t type.
+typedef struct ble_hids_s ble_hids_t;
+
+/**@brief HID Service event handler type. */
+typedef void (*ble_hids_evt_handler_t) (ble_hids_t * p_hids, ble_hids_evt_t * p_evt);
+
+/**@brief HID Information characteristic value. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t bcd_hid; /**< 16-bit unsigned integer representing version number of base USB HID Specification implemented by HID Device */
+ uint8_t b_country_code; /**< Identifies which country the hardware is localized for. Most hardware is not localized and thus this value would be zero (0). */
+ uint8_t flags; /**< See http://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.hid_information.xml */
+ ble_srv_security_mode_t security_mode; /**< Security mode for the HID Information characteristic. */
+} ble_hids_hid_information_t;
+
+/**@brief HID Service Input Report characteristic init structure. This contains all options and
+ * data needed for initialization of one Input Report characteristic. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t max_len; /**< Maximum length of characteristic value. */
+ ble_srv_report_ref_t rep_ref; /**< Value of the Report Reference descriptor. */
+ ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t security_mode; /**< Security mode for the HID Input Report characteristic, including cccd. */
+ uint8_t read_resp : 1; /**< Should application generate a response to read requests. */
+} ble_hids_inp_rep_init_t;
+
+/**@brief HID Service Output Report characteristic init structure. This contains all options and
+ * data needed for initialization of one Output Report characteristic. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t max_len; /**< Maximum length of characteristic value. */
+ ble_srv_report_ref_t rep_ref; /**< Value of the Report Reference descriptor. */
+ ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t security_mode; /**< Security mode for the HID Output Report characteristic, including cccd. */
+ uint8_t read_resp : 1; /**< Should application generate a response to read requests. */
+} ble_hids_outp_rep_init_t;
+
+/**@brief HID Service Feature Report characteristic init structure. This contains all options and
+ * data needed for initialization of one Feature Report characteristic. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t max_len; /**< Maximum length of characteristic value. */
+ ble_srv_report_ref_t rep_ref; /**< Value of the Report Reference descriptor. */
+ ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t security_mode; /**< Security mode for the HID Service Feature Report characteristic, including cccd. */
+ uint8_t read_resp : 1; /**< Should application generate a response to read requests. */
+} ble_hids_feature_rep_init_t;
+
+/**@brief HID Service Report Map characteristic init structure. This contains all options and data
+ * needed for initialization of the Report Map characteristic. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t * p_data; /**< Report map data. */
+ uint16_t data_len; /**< Length of report map data. */
+ uint8_t ext_rep_ref_num; /**< Number of Optional External Report Reference descriptors. */
+ ble_uuid_t * p_ext_rep_ref; /**< Optional External Report Reference descriptor (will be added if != NULL). */
+ ble_srv_security_mode_t security_mode; /**< Security mode for the HID Service Report Map characteristic. */
+} ble_hids_rep_map_init_t;
+
+/**@brief HID Report characteristic structure. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t char_handles; /**< Handles related to the Report characteristic. */
+ uint16_t ref_handle; /**< Handle of the Report Reference descriptor. */
+} ble_hids_rep_char_t;
+
+/**@brief HID Service init structure. This contains all options and data needed for initialization
+ * of the service. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_hids_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the HID Service. */
+ ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
+ bool is_kb; /**< TRUE if device is operating as a keyboard, FALSE if it is not. */
+ bool is_mouse; /**< TRUE if device is operating as a mouse, FALSE if it is not. */
+ uint8_t inp_rep_count; /**< Number of Input Report characteristics. */
+ ble_hids_inp_rep_init_t * p_inp_rep_array; /**< Information about the Input Report characteristics. */
+ uint8_t outp_rep_count; /**< Number of Output Report characteristics. */
+ ble_hids_outp_rep_init_t * p_outp_rep_array; /**< Information about the Output Report characteristics. */
+ uint8_t feature_rep_count; /**< Number of Feature Report characteristics. */
+ ble_hids_feature_rep_init_t * p_feature_rep_array; /**< Information about the Feature Report characteristics. */
+ ble_hids_rep_map_init_t rep_map; /**< Information nedeed for initialization of the Report Map characteristic. */
+ ble_hids_hid_information_t hid_information; /**< Value of the HID Information characteristic. */
+ uint8_t included_services_count; /**< Number of services to include in HID service. */
+ uint16_t * p_included_services_array; /**< Array of services to include in HID service. */
+ ble_srv_security_mode_t security_mode_protocol; /**< Security settings for HID service protocol attribute */
+ ble_srv_security_mode_t security_mode_ctrl_point; /**< Security settings for HID service Control Point attribute */
+ ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t security_mode_boot_mouse_inp_rep; /**< Security settings for HID service Mouse input report attribute */
+ ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t security_mode_boot_kb_inp_rep; /**< Security settings for HID service Keyboard input report attribute */
+ ble_srv_security_mode_t security_mode_boot_kb_outp_rep; /**< Security settings for HID service Keyboard output report attribute */
+} ble_hids_init_t;
+
+/**@brief HID Service structure. This contains various status information for the service. */
+typedef struct ble_hids_s
+{
+ ble_hids_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the HID Service. */
+ ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
+ uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of HID Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t protocol_mode_handles; /**< Handles related to the Protocol Mode characteristic (will only be created if ble_hids_init_t.is_kb or ble_hids_init_t.is_mouse is set). */
+ uint8_t inp_rep_count; /**< Number of Input Report characteristics. */
+ ble_hids_rep_char_t inp_rep_array[BLE_HIDS_MAX_INPUT_REP]; /**< Information about the Input Report characteristics. */
+ uint8_t outp_rep_count; /**< Number of Output Report characteristics. */
+ ble_hids_rep_char_t outp_rep_array[BLE_HIDS_MAX_OUTPUT_REP]; /**< Information about the Output Report characteristics. */
+ uint8_t feature_rep_count; /**< Number of Feature Report characteristics. */
+ ble_hids_rep_char_t feature_rep_array[BLE_HIDS_MAX_FEATURE_REP]; /**< Information about the Feature Report characteristics. */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t rep_map_handles; /**< Handles related to the Report Map characteristic. */
+ uint16_t rep_map_ext_rep_ref_handle; /**< Handle of the Report Map External Report Reference descriptor. */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t boot_kb_inp_rep_handles; /**< Handles related to the Boot Keyboard Input Report characteristic (will only be created if ble_hids_init_t.is_kb is set). */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t boot_kb_outp_rep_handles; /**< Handles related to the Boot Keyboard Output Report characteristic (will only be created if ble_hids_init_t.is_kb is set). */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t boot_mouse_inp_rep_handles; /**< Handles related to the Boot Mouse Input Report characteristic (will only be created if ble_hids_init_t.is_mouse is set). */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t hid_information_handles; /**< Handles related to the Report Map characteristic. */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t hid_control_point_handles; /**< Handles related to the Report Map characteristic. */
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
+} ble_hids_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the HID Service.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_hids HID Service structure. This structure will have to be supplied by the
+ * application. It will be initialized by this function, and will later be
+ * used to identify this particular service instance.
+ * @param[in] p_hids_init Information needed to initialize the service.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_hids_init(ble_hids_t * p_hids, const ble_hids_init_t * p_hids_init);
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
+ *
+ * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the HID Service.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_hids HID Service structure.
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+void ble_hids_on_ble_evt(ble_hids_t * p_hids, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+
+/**@brief Function for sending Input Report.
+ *
+ * @details Sends data on an Input Report characteristic.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_hids HID Service structure.
+ * @param[in] rep_index Index of the characteristic (corresponding to the index in
+ * ble_hids_t.inp_rep_array as passed to ble_hids_init()).
+ * @param[in] len Length of data to be sent.
+ * @param[in] p_data Pointer to data to be sent.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful sending of input report, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_hids_inp_rep_send(ble_hids_t * p_hids,
+ uint8_t rep_index,
+ uint16_t len,
+ uint8_t * p_data);
+
+/**@brief Function for sending Boot Keyboard Input Report.
+ *
+ * @details Sends data on an Boot Keyboard Input Report characteristic.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_hids HID Service structure.
+ * @param[in] len Length of data to be sent.
+ * @param[in] p_data Pointer to data to be sent.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful sending of the report, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_hids_boot_kb_inp_rep_send(ble_hids_t * p_hids,
+ uint16_t len,
+ uint8_t * p_data);
+
+/**@brief Function for sending Boot Mouse Input Report.
+ *
+ * @details Sends data on an Boot Mouse Input Report characteristic.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_hids HID Service structure.
+ * @param[in] buttons State of mouse buttons.
+ * @param[in] x_delta Horizontal movement.
+ * @param[in] y_delta Vertical movement.
+ * @param[in] optional_data_len Length of optional part of Boot Mouse Input Report.
+ * @param[in] p_optional_data Optional part of Boot Mouse Input Report.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful sending of the report, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_hids_boot_mouse_inp_rep_send(ble_hids_t * p_hids,
+ uint8_t buttons,
+ int8_t x_delta,
+ int8_t y_delta,
+ uint16_t optional_data_len,
+ uint8_t * p_optional_data);
+
+/**@brief Function for getting the current value of Output Report from the stack.
+ *
+ * @details Fetches the current value of the output report characteristic from the stack.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_hids HID Service structure.
+ * @param[in] rep_index Index of the characteristic (corresponding to the index in
+ * ble_hids_t.outp_rep_array as passed to ble_hids_init()).
+ * @param[in] len Length of output report needed.
+ * @param[in] offset Offset in bytes to read from.
+ * @param[out] p_outp_rep Pointer to the output report.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful read of the report, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_hids_outp_rep_get(ble_hids_t * p_hids,
+ uint8_t rep_index,
+ uint16_t len,
+ uint8_t offset,
+ uint8_t * p_outp_rep);
+
+#endif // BLE_HIDS_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_hrs.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_hrs.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_hrs Heart Rate Service
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Heart Rate Service module.
+ *
+ * @details This module implements the Heart Rate Service with the Heart Rate Measurement,
+ * Body Sensor Location and Heart Rate Control Point characteristics.
+ * During initialization it adds the Heart Rate Service and Heart Rate Measurement
+ * characteristic to the BLE stack database. Optionally it also adds the
+ * Body Sensor Location and Heart Rate Control Point characteristics.
+ *
+ * If enabled, notification of the Heart Rate Measurement characteristic is performed
+ * when the application calls ble_hrs_heart_rate_measurement_send().
+ *
+ * The Heart Rate Service also provides a set of functions for manipulating the
+ * various fields in the Heart Rate Measurement characteristic, as well as setting
+ * the Body Sensor Location characteristic value.
+ *
+ * If an event handler is supplied by the application, the Heart Rate Service will
+ * generate Heart Rate Service events to the application.
+ *
+ * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Heart Rate Service module by calling
+ * ble_hrs_on_ble_evt() from the from the @ref ble_stack_handler callback.
+ *
+ * @note Attention!
+ * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
+ * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_HRS_H__
+#define BLE_HRS_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+
+// Body Sensor Location values
+#define BLE_HRS_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_OTHER 0
+#define BLE_HRS_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_CHEST 1
+#define BLE_HRS_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_WRIST 2
+#define BLE_HRS_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_FINGER 3
+#define BLE_HRS_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_HAND 4
+#define BLE_HRS_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_EAR_LOBE 5
+#define BLE_HRS_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_FOOT 6
+
+#define BLE_HRS_MAX_BUFFERED_RR_INTERVALS 20 /**< Size of RR Interval buffer inside service. */
+
+/**@brief Heart Rate Service event type. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_HRS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_ENABLED, /**< Heart Rate value notification enabled event. */
+ BLE_HRS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_DISABLED /**< Heart Rate value notification disabled event. */
+} ble_hrs_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief Heart Rate Service event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_hrs_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+} ble_hrs_evt_t;
+
+// Forward declaration of the ble_hrs_t type.
+typedef struct ble_hrs_s ble_hrs_t;
+
+/**@brief Heart Rate Service event handler type. */
+typedef void (*ble_hrs_evt_handler_t) (ble_hrs_t * p_hrs, ble_hrs_evt_t * p_evt);
+
+/**@brief Heart Rate Service init structure. This contains all options and data needed for
+ * initialization of the service. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_hrs_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Heart Rate Service. */
+ bool is_sensor_contact_supported; /**< Determines if sensor contact detection is to be supported. */
+ uint8_t * p_body_sensor_location; /**< If not NULL, initial value of the Body Sensor Location characteristic. */
+ ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t hrs_hrm_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for heart rate service measurement attribute */
+ ble_srv_security_mode_t hrs_bsl_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for body sensor location attribute */
+} ble_hrs_init_t;
+
+/**@brief Heart Rate Service structure. This contains various status information for the service. */
+typedef struct ble_hrs_s
+{
+ ble_hrs_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Heart Rate Service. */
+ bool is_expended_energy_supported; /**< TRUE if Expended Energy measurement is supported. */
+ bool is_sensor_contact_supported; /**< TRUE if sensor contact detection is supported. */
+ uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Heart Rate Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t hrm_handles; /**< Handles related to the Heart Rate Measurement characteristic. */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t bsl_handles; /**< Handles related to the Body Sensor Location characteristic. */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t hrcp_handles; /**< Handles related to the Heart Rate Control Point characteristic. */
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
+ bool is_sensor_contact_detected; /**< TRUE if sensor contact has been detected. */
+ uint16_t rr_interval[BLE_HRS_MAX_BUFFERED_RR_INTERVALS]; /**< Set of RR Interval measurements since the last Heart Rate Measurement transmission. */
+ uint16_t rr_interval_count; /**< Number of RR Interval measurements since the last Heart Rate Measurement transmission. */
+} ble_hrs_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the Heart Rate Service.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_hrs Heart Rate Service structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
+ * the application. It will be initialized by this function, and will later
+ * be used to identify this particular service instance.
+ * @param[in] p_hrs_init Information needed to initialize the service.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_hrs_init(ble_hrs_t * p_hrs, const ble_hrs_init_t * p_hrs_init);
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
+ *
+ * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Heart Rate Service.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_hrs Heart Rate Service structure.
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+void ble_hrs_on_ble_evt(ble_hrs_t * p_hrs, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+
+/**@brief Function for sending heart rate measurement if notification has been enabled.
+ *
+ * @details The application calls this function after having performed a heart rate measurement.
+ * If notification has been enabled, the heart rate measurement data is encoded and sent to
+ * the client.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_hrs Heart Rate Service structure.
+ * @param[in] heart_rate New heart rate measurement.
+ * @param[in] include_expended_energy Determines if expended energy will be included in the
+ * heart rate measurement data.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_hrs_heart_rate_measurement_send(ble_hrs_t * p_hrs, uint16_t heart_rate);
+
+/**@brief Function for adding a RR Interval measurement to the RR Interval buffer.
+ *
+ * @details All buffered RR Interval measurements will be included in the next heart rate
+ * measurement message, up to the maximum number of measurements that will fit into the
+ * message. If the buffer is full, the oldest measurement in the buffer will be deleted.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_hrs Heart Rate Service structure.
+ * @param[in] rr_interval New RR Interval measurement (will be buffered until the next
+ * transmission of Heart Rate Measurement).
+ */
+void ble_hrs_rr_interval_add(ble_hrs_t * p_hrs, uint16_t rr_interval);
+
+/**@brief Function for checking if RR Interval buffer is full.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_hrs Heart Rate Service structure.
+ *
+ * @return true if RR Interval buffer is full, false otherwise.
+ */
+bool ble_hrs_rr_interval_buffer_is_full(ble_hrs_t * p_hrs);
+
+/**@brief Function for setting the state of the Sensor Contact Supported bit.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_hrs Heart Rate Service structure.
+ * @param[in] is_sensor_contact_supported New state of the Sensor Contact Supported bit.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_hrs_sensor_contact_supported_set(ble_hrs_t * p_hrs, bool is_sensor_contact_supported);
+
+/**@brief Function for setting the state of the Sensor Contact Detected bit.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_hrs Heart Rate Service structure.
+ * @param[in] is_sensor_contact_detected TRUE if sensor contact is detected, FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+void ble_hrs_sensor_contact_detected_update(ble_hrs_t * p_hrs, bool is_sensor_contact_detected);
+
+/**@brief Function for setting the Body Sensor Location.
+ *
+ * @details Sets a new value of the Body Sensor Location characteristic. The new value will be sent
+ * to the client the next time the client reads the Body Sensor Location characteristic.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_hrs Heart Rate Service structure.
+ * @param[in] body_sensor_location New Body Sensor Location.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_hrs_body_sensor_location_set(ble_hrs_t * p_hrs, uint8_t body_sensor_location);
+
+#endif // BLE_HRS_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_hts.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_hts.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_hts Health Thermometer Service
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Health Thermometer Service module.
+ *
+ * @details This module implements the Health Thermometer Service.
+ *
+ * If an event handler is supplied by the application, the Health Thermometer
+ * Service will generate Health Thermometer Service events to the application.
+ *
+ * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Health Thermometer Service
+ * module by calling ble_hts_on_ble_evt() from the from the @ref ble_stack_handler function.
+ *
+ * @note Attention!
+ * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
+ * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_HTS_H__
+#define BLE_HTS_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+#include "ble_date_time.h"
+
+// Temperature Type measurement locations
+#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_ARMPIT 1
+#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_BODY 2
+#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_EAR 3
+#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_FINGER 4
+#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_GI_TRACT 5
+#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_MOUTH 6
+#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_RECTUM 7
+#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_TOE 8
+#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_EAR_DRUM 9
+
+/**@brief Health Thermometer Service event type. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_HTS_EVT_INDICATION_ENABLED, /**< Health Thermometer value indication enabled event. */
+ BLE_HTS_EVT_INDICATION_DISABLED, /**< Health Thermometer value indication disabled event. */
+ BLE_HTS_EVT_INDICATION_CONFIRMED /**< Confirmation of a temperature measurement indication has been received. */
+} ble_hts_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief Health Thermometer Service event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_hts_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+} ble_hts_evt_t;
+
+// Forward declaration of the ble_hts_t type.
+typedef struct ble_hts_s ble_hts_t;
+
+/**@brief Health Thermometer Service event handler type. */
+typedef void (*ble_hts_evt_handler_t) (ble_hts_t * p_hts, ble_hts_evt_t * p_evt);
+
+/**@brief FLOAT format (IEEE-11073 32-bit FLOAT, defined as a 32-bit value with a 24-bit mantissa
+ * and an 8-bit exponent. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ int8_t exponent; /**< Base 10 exponent */
+ int32_t mantissa; /**< Mantissa, should be using only 24 bits */
+} ieee_float32_t;
+
+/**@brief Health Thermometer Service init structure. This contains all options and data
+ * needed for initialization of the service. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_hts_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Health Thermometer Service. */
+ ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t hts_meas_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for health thermometer measurement attribute */
+ ble_srv_security_mode_t hts_temp_type_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for health thermometer tempearture type attribute */
+ uint8_t temp_type_as_characteristic; /**< Set non-zero if temp type given as characteristic */
+ uint8_t temp_type; /**< Temperature type if temperature characteristic is used */
+} ble_hts_init_t;
+
+/**@brief Health Thermometer Service structure. This contains various status information for
+ * the service. */
+typedef struct ble_hts_s
+{
+ ble_hts_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Health Thermometer Service. */
+ uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Health Thermometer Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t meas_handles; /**< Handles related to the Health Thermometer Measurement characteristic. */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t temp_type_handles; /**< Handles related to the Health Thermometer Temperature Type characteristic. */
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
+ uint8_t temp_type; /**< Temperature type indicates where the measurement was taken. */
+} ble_hts_t;
+
+/**@brief Health Thermometer Service measurement structure. This contains a Health Thermometer
+ * measurement. */
+typedef struct ble_hts_meas_s
+{
+ bool temp_in_fahr_units; /**< True if Temperature is in Fahrenheit units, Celcius otherwise. */
+ bool time_stamp_present; /**< True if Time Stamp is present. */
+ bool temp_type_present; /**< True if Temperature Type is present. */
+ ieee_float32_t temp_in_celcius; /**< Temperature Measurement Value (Celcius). */
+ ieee_float32_t temp_in_fahr; /**< Temperature Measurement Value (Fahrenheit). */
+ ble_date_time_t time_stamp; /**< Time Stamp. */
+ uint8_t temp_type; /**< Temperature Type. */
+} ble_hts_meas_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the Health Thermometer Service.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_hts Health Thermometer Service structure. This structure will have to
+ * be supplied by the application. It will be initialized by this function,
+ * and will later be used to identify this particular service instance.
+ * @param[in] p_hts_init Information needed to initialize the service.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_hts_init(ble_hts_t * p_hts, const ble_hts_init_t * p_hts_init);
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
+ *
+ * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Health Thermometer Service.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_hts Health Thermometer Service structure.
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+void ble_hts_on_ble_evt(ble_hts_t * p_hts, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+
+/**@brief Function for sending health thermometer measurement if indication has been enabled.
+ *
+ * @details The application calls this function after having performed a Health Thermometer
+ * measurement. If indication has been enabled, the measurement data is encoded and
+ * sent to the client.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_hts Health Thermometer Service structure.
+ * @param[in] p_hts_meas Pointer to new health thermometer measurement.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_hts_measurement_send(ble_hts_t * p_hts, ble_hts_meas_t * p_hts_meas);
+
+/**@brief Function for checking if indication of Temperature Measurement is currently enabled.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_hts Health Thermometer Service structure.
+ * @param[out] p_indication_enabled TRUE if indication is enabled, FALSE otherwise.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_hts_is_indication_enabled(ble_hts_t * p_hts, bool * p_indication_enabled);
+
+#endif // BLE_HTS_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_ias.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_ias.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_ias Immediate Alert Service
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Immediate Alert Service module.
+ *
+ * @details This module implements the Immediate Alert Service with the Alert Level characteristic.
+ * During initialization it adds the Immediate Alert Service and Alert Level characteristic
+ * to the BLE stack database.
+ *
+ * The application must supply an event handler for receiving Immediate Alert Service
+ * events. Using this handler, the service will notify the application when the
+ * Alert Level characteristic value changes.
+ *
+ * The service also provides a function for letting the application poll the current
+ * value of the Alert Level characteristic.
+ *
+ * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Immediate Alert Service
+ * module by calling ble_ias_on_ble_evt() from the @ref ble_stack_handler callback.
+ *
+ * @note Attention!
+ * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
+ * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
+*/
+
+#ifndef BLE_IAS_H__
+#define BLE_IAS_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "ble.h"
+
+/**@brief Immediate Alert Service event type. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_IAS_EVT_ALERT_LEVEL_UPDATED /**< Alert Level Updated event. */
+} ble_ias_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief Immediate Alert Service event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_ias_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+ union
+ {
+ uint8_t alert_level; /**< New Alert Level value. */
+ } params;
+} ble_ias_evt_t;
+
+// Forward declaration of the ble_ias_t type.
+typedef struct ble_ias_s ble_ias_t;
+
+/**@brief Immediate Alert Service event handler type. */
+typedef void (*ble_ias_evt_handler_t) (ble_ias_t * p_ias, ble_ias_evt_t * p_evt);
+
+/**@brief Immediate Alert Service init structure. This contains all options and data needed for
+ * initialization of the service. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_ias_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Immediate Alert Service. */
+} ble_ias_init_t;
+
+/**@brief Immediate Alert Service structure. This contains various status information for the
+ * service. */
+typedef struct ble_ias_s
+{
+ ble_ias_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Immediate Alert Service. */
+ uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Immediate Alert Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t alert_level_handles; /**< Handles related to the Alert Level characteristic. */
+} ble_ias_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the Immediate Alert Service.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_ias Immediate Alert Service structure. This structure will have to be
+ * supplied by the application. It will be initialized by this function,
+ * and will later be used to identify this particular service instance.
+ * @param[in] p_ias_init Information needed to initialize the service.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_ias_init(ble_ias_t * p_ias, const ble_ias_init_t * p_ias_init);
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
+ *
+ * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Immediate Alert Service.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ias Immediate Alert Service structure.
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+void ble_ias_on_ble_evt(ble_ias_t * p_ias, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+
+/**@brief Function for getting current value of the Alert Level characteristic.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ias Immediate Alert Service structure.
+ * @param[out] p_alert_level Current Alert Level value.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_ias_alert_level_get(ble_ias_t * p_ias, uint8_t * p_alert_level);
+
+#endif // BLE_IAS_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_ias_c.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_ias_c.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_ias_c Immediate Alert Service Client
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Immediate Alert Service Client module
+ *
+ * @details This module implements the Immediate Alert Service client - locator role of the Find Me
+ * profile. On @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_CONNECTED event, this module starts discovery of the
+ * Immediate Alert Service with Alert Level characteristic at the peer. This module will
+ * indicate the application about a successful service & characteristic discovery using
+ * @ref BLE_IAS_C_EVT_CHAR_DISCOVERED event. The application can use @ref
+ * ble_ias_c_send_alert_level function to signal alerts to the peer.
+ *
+ * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to this module by calling
+ * ble_ias_c_on_ble_evt() from the from the @ref ble_stack_handler callback function.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_IAS_C_H__
+#define BLE_IAS_C_H__
+
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+#include "ble_gattc.h"
+#include "ble.h"
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+// Forward declaration of the ble_ias_c_t type.
+typedef struct ble_ias_c_s ble_ias_c_t;
+
+/**@brief Immediate Alert Service client event type. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_IAS_C_EVT_SRV_DISCOVERED, /**< Event indicating that the Immediate Alert Service is found at the peer. */
+ BLE_IAS_C_EVT_SRV_NOT_FOUND, /**< Event indicating that the Immediate Alert Service is not found at the peer. */
+ BLE_IAS_C_EVT_DISCONN_COMPLETE /**< Event indicating that the Immediate Alert Service client module has completed the processing of BLE_GAP_EVT_DISCONNECTED event. This event is raised only if a valid instance of IAS was found at the peer during the discovery phase. This event can be used the application to do clean up related to the IAS Client.*/
+} ble_ias_c_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief Immediate Alert Service client event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_ias_c_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+} ble_ias_c_evt_t;
+
+/**@brief Immediate Alert Service client event handler type. */
+typedef void (*ble_ias_c_evt_handler_t) (ble_ias_c_t * p_ias_c, ble_ias_c_evt_t * p_evt);
+
+/**@brief IAS Client structure. This contains various status information for the client. */
+typedef struct ble_ias_c_s
+{
+ ble_ias_c_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Immediate Alert Service client. */
+ ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
+ uint16_t alert_level_handle; /**< Handle of Alert Level characteristic at peer (as provided by the BLE stack). */
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
+} ble_ias_c_t;
+
+/**@brief IAS Client init structure. This contains all options and data needed for initialization of
+ * the client.*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_ias_c_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events from the Immediate Alert Service client. */
+ ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
+} ble_ias_c_init_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the Immediate Alert Service client.
+ *
+ * @details This call allows the application to initialize the Immediate Alert Service client.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_ias_c Immediate Alert Service client structure. This structure will have to
+ * be supplied by the application. It will be initialized by this
+ * function, and will later be used to identify this particular client
+ * instance.
+ * @param[in] p_ias_c_init Information needed to initialize the Immediate Alert Service client.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_ias_c_init(ble_ias_c_t * p_ias_c, const ble_ias_c_init_t * p_ias_c_init);
+
+/**@brief Function for sending alert level to the peer.
+ *
+ * @details This function allows the application to send an alert to the peer.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ias_c Immediate Alert Service client structure.
+ * @param[in] alert_level Required alert level to be sent to the peer.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_ias_c_send_alert_level(const ble_ias_c_t * p_ias_c, uint8_t alert_level);
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events for Immediate Alert Service client.
+ *
+ * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Immediate Alert Service client.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ias_c Immediate Alert Service client structure.
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+void ble_ias_c_on_ble_evt(ble_ias_c_t * p_ias_c, const ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+
+/**@brief Function for checking whether the peer's Immediate Alert Service instance and the alert level
+ * characteristic have been discovered.
+ * @param[in] p_ias_c Immediate Alert Service client structure.
+ */
+static __INLINE bool ble_ias_c_is_ias_discovered(const ble_ias_c_t * p_ias_c)
+{
+ return (p_ias_c->alert_level_handle != BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID);
+}
+
+#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_lls.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_lls.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_lls Link Loss Service
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Link Loss Service module.
+ *
+ * @details This module implements the Link Loss Service with the Alert Level characteristic.
+ * During initialization it adds the Link Loss Service and Alert Level characteristic
+ * to the BLE stack database.
+ *
+ * The application must supply an event handler for receiving Link Loss Service
+ * events. Using this handler, the service will notify the application when the
+ * link has been lost, and which Alert Level has been set.
+ *
+ * The service also provides a function for letting the application poll the current
+ * value of the Alert Level characteristic.
+ *
+ * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Link Loss Service
+ * module by calling ble_lls_on_ble_evt() from the @ref ble_stack_handler callback.
+ *
+ * @note Attention!
+ * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
+ * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
+*/
+
+#ifndef BLE_LLS_H__
+#define BLE_LLS_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+
+/**@brief Link Loss Service event type. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_LLS_EVT_LINK_LOSS_ALERT /**< Alert Level Updated event. */
+} ble_lls_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief Link Loss Service event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_lls_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+ union
+ {
+ uint8_t alert_level; /**< New Alert Level value. */
+ } params;
+} ble_lls_evt_t;
+
+// Forward declaration of the ble_lls_t type.
+typedef struct ble_lls_s ble_lls_t;
+
+/**@brief Link Loss Service event handler type. */
+typedef void (*ble_lls_evt_handler_t) (ble_lls_t * p_lls, ble_lls_evt_t * p_evt);
+
+/**@brief Link Loss Service init structure. This contains all options and data needed for initialization of the service. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_lls_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Link Loss Service. */
+ ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
+ uint8_t initial_alert_level; /**< Initial value of the Alert Level characteristic. */
+ ble_srv_security_mode_t lls_attr_md; /**< Initial Security Setting for Link Loss Service Characteristics. */
+} ble_lls_init_t;
+
+/**@brief Link Loss Service structure. This contains various status information for the service. */
+typedef struct ble_lls_s
+{
+ ble_lls_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Link Loss Service. */
+ ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
+ uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Link Loss Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t alert_level_handles; /**< Handles related to the Alert Level characteristic. */
+} ble_lls_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the Link Loss Service.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_lls Link Loss Service structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
+ * the application. It will be initialized by this function, and will later
+ * be used to identify this particular service instance.
+ * @param[in] p_lls_init Information needed to initialize the service.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_lls_init(ble_lls_t * p_lls, const ble_lls_init_t * p_lls_init);
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
+ *
+ * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Link Loss Service.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_lls Link Loss Service structure.
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+void ble_lls_on_ble_evt(ble_lls_t * p_lls, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+
+/**@brief Function for getting current value of the Alert Level characteristic.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_lls Link Loss Service structure.
+ * @param[out] p_alert_level Current Alert Level value.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_lls_alert_level_get(ble_lls_t * p_lls, uint8_t * p_alert_level);
+
+#endif // BLE_LLS_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_rscs.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_rscs.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_rsc Running Speed and Cadence Service
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Running Speed and Cadence Service module.
+ *
+ * @details This module implements the Running Speed and Cadence Service. If enabled, notification
+ * of the Running Speead and Candence Measurement is performed when the application
+ * calls ble_rscs_measurement_send().
+ *
+ * If an event handler is supplied by the application, the Running Speed and Cadence
+ * Service will generate Running Speed and Cadence Service events to the application.
+ *
+ * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Running Speead and Candence Service
+ * module by calling ble_rscs_on_ble_evt() from the from the @ref ble_stack_handler function.
+ *
+ * @note Attention!
+ * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
+ * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_RSCS_H__
+#define BLE_RSCS_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+
+/**@brief Running Speed and Cadence Service feature bits. */
+#define BLE_RSCS_FEATURE_INSTANT_STRIDE_LEN_BIT (0x01 << 0) /**< Instantaneous Stride Length Measurement Supported bit. */
+#define BLE_RSCS_FEATURE_TOTAL_DISTANCE_BIT (0x01 << 1) /**< Total Distance Measurement Supported bit. */
+#define BLE_RSCS_FEATURE_WALKING_OR_RUNNING_STATUS_BIT (0x01 << 2) /**< Walking or Running Status Supported bit. */
+#define BLE_RSCS_FEATURE_CALIBRATION_PROCEDURE_BIT (0x01 << 3) /**< Calibration Procedure Supported bit. */
+#define BLE_RSCS_FEATURE_MULTIPLE_SENSORS_BIT (0x01 << 4) /**< Multiple Sensor Locations Supported bit. */
+
+/**@brief Running Speed and Cadence Service event type. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_RSCS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_ENABLED, /**< Running Speed and Cadence value notification enabled event. */
+ BLE_RSCS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_DISABLED /**< Running Speed and Cadence value notification disabled event. */
+} ble_rscs_evt_type_t;
+
+/**@brief Running Speed and Cadence Service event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_rscs_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+} ble_rscs_evt_t;
+
+// Forward declaration of the ble_rsc_t type.
+typedef struct ble_rscs_s ble_rscs_t;
+
+/**@brief Running Speed and Cadence Service event handler type. */
+typedef void (*ble_rscs_evt_handler_t) (ble_rscs_t * p_rscs, ble_rscs_evt_t * p_evt);
+
+/**@brief Running Speed and Cadence Service init structure. This contains all options and data
+ * needed for initialization of the service. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_rscs_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Running Speed and Cadence Service. */
+ ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t rsc_meas_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for running speed and cadence measurement attribute */
+ ble_srv_security_mode_t rsc_feature_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for feature attribute */
+ uint16_t feature; /**< Initial value for features of sensor. */
+} ble_rscs_init_t;
+
+/**@brief Running Speed and Cadence Service structure. This contains various status information for
+ * the service. */
+typedef struct ble_rscs_s
+{
+ ble_rscs_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Running Speed and Cadence Service. */
+ uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Running Speed and Cadence Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t meas_handles; /**< Handles related to the Running Speed and Cadence Measurement characteristic. */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t feature_handles; /**< Handles related to the Running Speed and Cadence feature characteristic. */
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
+ uint16_t feature; /**< Bit mask of features available on sensor. */
+} ble_rscs_t;
+
+/**@brief Running Speed and Cadence Service measurement structure. This contains a Running Speed and
+ * Cadence measurement. */
+typedef struct ble_rscs_meas_s
+{
+ bool is_inst_stride_len_present; /**< True if Instantaneous Stride Length is present in the measurement. */
+ bool is_total_distance_present; /**< True if Total Distance is present in the measurement. */
+ bool is_running; /**< True if running, False if walking. */
+ uint16_t inst_speed; /**< Instantaneous Speed. */
+ uint8_t inst_cadence; /**< Instantaneous Cadence. */
+ uint16_t inst_stride_length; /**< Instantaneous Stride Length. */
+ uint32_t total_distance; /**< Total Distance. */
+} ble_rscs_meas_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the Running Speed and Cadence Service.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_rscs Running Speed and Cadence Service structure. This structure will have to
+ * be supplied by the application. It will be initialized by this function,
+ * and will later be used to identify this particular service instance.
+ * @param[in] p_rscs_init Information needed to initialize the service.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_rscs_init(ble_rscs_t * p_rscs, const ble_rscs_init_t * p_rscs_init);
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
+ *
+ * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Running Speed and Cadence
+ * Service.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_rscs Running Speed and Cadence Service structure.
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+void ble_rscs_on_ble_evt(ble_rscs_t * p_rscs, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+
+/**@brief Function for sending running speed and cadence measurement if notification has been enabled.
+ *
+ * @details The application calls this function after having performed a Running Speed and Cadence
+ * measurement. If notification has been enabled, the measurement data is encoded and sent
+ * to the client.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_rscs Running Speed and Cadence Service structure.
+ * @param[in] p_measurement Pointer to new running speed and cadence measurement.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_rscs_measurement_send(ble_rscs_t * p_rscs, ble_rscs_meas_t * p_measurement);
+
+#endif // BLE_RSCS_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_sc_ctrlpt.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_sc_ctrlpt.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,206 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_sc_ctrlpt Speed and Cadence Control Point
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Speed and Cadence Control Point module.
+ *
+ * @details This module implements the Speed and Cadence control point behavior. It is used
+ * by the @ref ble_sdk_srv_csc module and the ble_sdk_srv_rsc module for control point
+ * mechanisms like setting a cumulative value, Start an automatic calibration,
+ * Update the sensor location or request the supported locations.
+ *
+ * @note Attention!
+ * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
+ * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_SC_CTRLPT_H__
+#define BLE_SC_CTRLPT_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+#include "ble_sensor_location.h"
+
+#define BLE_SC_CTRLPT_MAX_LEN 19 /**< maximum lenght for Speed and cadence control point characteristic value. */
+#define BLE_SC_CTRLPT_MIN_LEN 1 /**< minimum length for Speed and cadence control point characteristic value. */
+
+// Forward declaration of the ble_sc_ctrlpt_t type.
+typedef struct ble_sc_ctrlpt_s ble_sc_ctrlpt_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Speed and Cadence Control Point event type. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ BLE_SC_CTRLPT_EVT_UPDATE_LOCATION, /**< rcvd update location opcode (the control point handles the change of location automatically, the event just informs the application in case it needs to adjust its algorithm). */
+ BLE_SC_CTRLPT_EVT_SET_CUMUL_VALUE, /**< rcvd set cumulative value opcode, it is then up to the application to use the new cumulative value. */
+ BLE_SC_CTRLPT_EVT_START_CALIBRATION, /**< rcvd start calibration opcode, the application needs, at the end ot the calibration to call ble_sc_ctrlpt_send_rsp. */
+} ble_sc_ctrlpt_evt_type_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Speed and Cadence Control point event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_sc_ctrlpt_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
+ union
+ {
+ ble_sensor_location_t update_location;
+ uint32_t cumulative_value;
+ }params;
+} ble_sc_ctrlpt_evt_t;
+
+
+/** Speed and Cadence Control Point operator code (see RSC service specification)*/
+typedef enum {
+ BLE_SCPT_SET_CUMULATIVE_VALUE = 0x01, /**< Operator to set a given cumulative value. */
+ BLE_SCPT_START_AUTOMATIC_CALIBRATION = 0x02, /**< Operator to start automatic calibration. */
+ BLE_SCPT_UPDATE_SENSOR_LOCATION = 0x03, /**< Operator to update the sensor location. */
+ BLE_SCPT_REQUEST_SUPPORTED_SENSOR_LOCATIONS = 0x04, /**< Operator to request the supported sensor locations. */
+ BLE_SCPT_RESPONSE_CODE = 0x10, /**< Response Code. */
+} ble_scpt_operator_t;
+
+
+/** Speed and Cadence Control Point response parameter (see RSC service specification)*/
+typedef enum {
+ BLE_SCPT_SUCCESS = 0x01, /**< Sucess Response. */
+ BLE_SCPT_OP_CODE_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0x02, /**< Error Response received opcode not supported. */
+ BLE_SCPT_INVALID_PARAMETER = 0x03, /**< Error Response received parameter invalid. */
+ BLE_SCPT_OPERATION_FAILED = 0x04, /**< Error Response operation failed. */
+} ble_scpt_response_t;
+
+
+/** Speed and Cadence Control Point procedure status (indicates is a procedure is in progress or not and which procedure is in progress*/
+typedef enum {
+ BLE_SCPT_NO_PROC_IN_PROGRESS = 0x00, /**< No procedure in progress. */
+ BLE_SCPT_AUTOMATIC_CALIB_IN_PROGRESS = 0x01, /**< Automatic Calibration is in progress. */
+ BLE_SCPT_INDICATION_PENDING = 0x02, /**< Control Point Indication is pending. */
+ BLE_SCPT_IND_CONFIRM_PENDING = 0x03, /**< Waiting for the indication confirmation. */
+}ble_scpt_procedure_status_t;
+
+/**@brief Speed and Cadence Control point event handler type. */
+typedef ble_scpt_response_t (*ble_sc_ctrlpt_evt_handler_t) (ble_sc_ctrlpt_t * p_sc_ctrlpt,
+ ble_sc_ctrlpt_evt_t * p_evt);
+
+
+typedef struct{
+ ble_scpt_operator_t opcode;
+ uint32_t cumulative_value;
+ ble_sensor_location_t location;
+}ble_sc_ctrlpt_val_t;
+
+
+typedef struct{
+ ble_scpt_operator_t opcode;
+ ble_scpt_response_t status;
+ ble_sensor_location_t location_list[BLE_NB_MAX_SENSOR_LOCATIONS];
+}ble_sc_ctrlpt_rsp_t;
+
+
+
+#define BLE_SRV_SC_CTRLPT_SENSOR_LOCATIONS_OP_SUPPORTED 0x01 /**< Support for sensor location related operations */
+#define BLE_SRV_SC_CTRLPT_CUM_VAL_OP_SUPPORTED 0x02 /**< Support for setting cumulative value related operations */
+#define BLE_SRV_SC_CTRLPT_START_CALIB_OP_SUPPORTED 0x04 /**< Support for starting calibration related operations */
+
+
+/**@brief Speed and Cadence Control Point init structure. This contains all options and data
+* needed for initialization of the Speed and Cadence Control Point module. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t sc_ctrlpt_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for cycling speed and cadence control point attribute */
+ uint8_t supported_functions; /**< supported control point functionnalities see @ref BLE_SRV_SC_CTRLPT_SUPP_FUNC. */
+ uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of the parent service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
+ ble_sc_ctrlpt_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< event handler */
+ ble_sensor_location_t *list_supported_locations; /**< list of supported sensor locations.*/
+ uint8_t size_list_supported_locations; /**< number of supported sensor locations in the list.*/
+ uint16_t sensor_location_handle; /**< handle for the sensor location characteristic (if sensor_location related operation are supported).*/
+ ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
+} ble_cs_ctrlpt_init_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Speed and Cadence Control Point response indication structure. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_scpt_response_t status; /**< control point response status .*/
+ uint8_t len; /**< control point response length .*/
+ uint8_t encoded_ctrl_rsp[BLE_SC_CTRLPT_MAX_LEN]; /**< control point encoded response.*/
+}ble_sc_ctrlpt_resp_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Speed and Cadence Control Point structure. This contains various status information for
+ * the Speed and Cadence Control Point behavior. */
+typedef struct ble_sc_ctrlpt_s
+{
+ uint8_t supported_functions; /**< supported control point functionnalities see @ref BLE_SRV_SC_CTRLPT_SUPP_FUNC. */
+ uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of the parent service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t sc_ctrlpt_handles; /**< Handles related to the Speed and Cadence Control Point characteristic. */
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
+ ble_sensor_location_t list_supported_locations[BLE_NB_MAX_SENSOR_LOCATIONS]; /**< list of supported sensor locations.*/
+ uint8_t size_list_supported_locations; /**< number of supported sensor locations in the list.*/
+ ble_sc_ctrlpt_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Handle of the parent service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
+ uint16_t sensor_location_handle; /**< handle for the sensor location characteristic (if sensor_location related operation are supported).*/
+ ble_scpt_procedure_status_t procedure_status; /**< status of possible procedure*/
+ ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
+ ble_sc_ctrlpt_resp_t response; /**< pending response data.*/
+} ble_sc_ctrlpt_t;
+
+#define SCPT_OPCODE_POS 0 /**< Request opcode position. */
+#define SCPT_PARAMETER_POS 1 /**< Request parameter position. */
+
+#define SCPT_RESPONSE_REQUEST_OPCODE_POS 1 /**< Response position of requested opcode. */
+#define SCPT_RESPONSE_CODE_POS 2 /**< Response position of response code. */
+#define SCPT_RESPONSE_PARAMETER 3 /**< Response position of response parameter. */
+
+#define SCPT_MIN_RESPONSE_SIZE 3 /**< Minimum size for control point response. */
+#define SCPT_MAX_RESPONSE_SIZE (SCPT_MIN_RESPONSE_SIZE + NB_MAX_SENSOR_LOCATIONS) /**< Maximum size for control point response. */
+
+
+/**@brief Function for Initializing the Speed and Cadence Control Point.
+ *
+ * @details Function for Initializing the Speed and Cadence Control Point.
+ * @param[in] p_sc_ctrlpt Speed and Cadence Control Point structure.
+ * @param[in] p_cscs_init Information needed to initialize the control point behavior.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_sc_ctrlpt_init(ble_sc_ctrlpt_t * p_sc_ctrlpt,
+ const ble_cs_ctrlpt_init_t * p_sc_ctrlpt_init);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for sending a control point response.
+ *
+ * @details Function for sending a control point response when the control point received was
+ * BLE_SCPT_START_AUTOMATIC_CALIBRATION. To be called after the calibration procedure is finished.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_sc_ctrlpt Speed and Cadence Control Point structure.
+ * @param[in] response_status status to include in the control point response.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_sc_ctrlpt_rsp_send(ble_sc_ctrlpt_t * p_sc_ctrlpt, ble_scpt_response_t response_status);
+
+
+/**@brief Speed and Cadence Control Point BLE stack event handler.
+ *
+ * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Speed and Cadence Control Point.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_sc_ctrlpt Speed and Cadence Control Point structure.
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
+ */
+void ble_sc_ctrlpt_on_ble_evt(ble_sc_ctrlpt_t * p_sc_ctrlpt, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+
+
+#endif // BLE_SC_CTRLPT_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_sensor_location.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_sensor_location.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+ /* Attention!
+* To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASAs Bluetooth profile
+* qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
+*/
+
+#ifndef BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_H__
+#define BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_H__
+
+typedef enum {
+ BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_OTHER = 0 , /**<-- Other */
+ BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_TOP_OF_SHOE = 1 , /**<-- Top of shoe */
+ BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_IN_SHOE = 2 , /**<-- In shoe */
+ BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_HIP = 3 , /**<-- Hip */
+ BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_FRONT_WHEEL = 4 , /**<-- Front Wheel */
+ BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_LEFT_CRANK = 5 , /**<-- Left Crank */
+ BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_RIGHT_CRANK = 6 , /**<-- Right Crank */
+ BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_LEFT_PEDAL = 7 , /**<-- Left Pedal */
+ BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_RIGHT_PEDAL = 8 , /**<-- Right Pedal */
+ BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_FRONT_HUB = 9 , /**<-- Front Hub */
+ BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_REAR_DROPOUT = 10, /**<-- Rear Dropout */
+ BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_CHAINSTAY = 11, /**<-- Chainstay */
+ BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_REAR_WHEEL = 12, /**<-- Rear Wheel */
+ BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_REAR_HUB = 13, /**<-- Rear Hub */
+}ble_sensor_location_t;
+
+#define BLE_NB_MAX_SENSOR_LOCATIONS 14
+
+#endif // BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_H__
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_srv_common.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_srv_common.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_common 'Common service definitions'
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief Constants, type definitions and functions that are common to all services.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_SRV_COMMON_H__
+#define BLE_SRV_COMMON_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "ble_types.h"
+#include "app_util.h"
+#include "ble_gap.h"
+#include "ble_gatt.h"
+
+/** @defgroup UUID_SERVICES Service UUID definitions
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_NOTIFICATION_SERVICE 0x1811 /**< Alert Notification service UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_BATTERY_SERVICE 0x180F /**< Battery service UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_BLOOD_PRESSURE_SERVICE 0x1810 /**< Blood Pressure service UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_CURRENT_TIME_SERVICE 0x1805 /**< Current Time service UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_CYCLING_SPEED_AND_CADENCE 0x1816 /**< Cycling Speed and Cadence service UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_DEVICE_INFORMATION_SERVICE 0x180A /**< Device Information service UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_GLUCOSE_SERVICE 0x1808 /**< Glucose service UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_HEALTH_THERMOMETER_SERVICE 0x1809 /**< Health Thermometer service UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_HEART_RATE_SERVICE 0x180D /**< Heart Rate service UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_HUMAN_INTERFACE_DEVICE_SERVICE 0x1812 /**< Human Interface Device service UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_IMMEDIATE_ALERT_SERVICE 0x1802 /**< Immediate Alert service UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_LINK_LOSS_SERVICE 0x1803 /**< Link Loss service UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_NEXT_DST_CHANGE_SERVICE 0x1807 /**< Next Dst Change service UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_PHONE_ALERT_STATUS_SERVICE 0x180E /**< Phone Alert Status service UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_REFERENCE_TIME_UPDATE_SERVICE 0x1806 /**< Reference Time Update service UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_RUNNING_SPEED_AND_CADENCE 0x1814 /**< Running Speed and Cadence service UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_SCAN_PARAMETERS_SERVICE 0x1813 /**< Scan Parameters service UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_TX_POWER_SERVICE 0x1804 /**< TX Power service UUID. */
+/** @} */
+
+/** @defgroup UUID_CHARACTERISTICS Characteristic UUID definitions
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_UUID_BATTERY_LEVEL_STATE_CHAR 0x2A1B /**< Battery Level State characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_BATTERY_POWER_STATE_CHAR 0x2A1A /**< Battery Power State characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_REMOVABLE_CHAR 0x2A3A /**< Removable characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_SERVICE_REQUIRED_CHAR 0x2A3B /**< Service Required characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_CATEGORY_ID_CHAR 0x2A43 /**< Alert Category Id characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_CATEGORY_ID_BIT_MASK_CHAR 0x2A42 /**< Alert Category Id Bit Mask characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_LEVEL_CHAR 0x2A06 /**< Alert Level characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_NOTIFICATION_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A44 /**< Alert Notification Control Point characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_STATUS_CHAR 0x2A3F /**< Alert Status characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_BATTERY_LEVEL_CHAR 0x2A19 /**< Battery Level characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_BLOOD_PRESSURE_FEATURE_CHAR 0x2A49 /**< Blood Pressure Feature characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_BLOOD_PRESSURE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A35 /**< Blood Pressure Measurement characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_CHAR 0x2A38 /**< Body Sensor Location characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_BOOT_KEYBOARD_INPUT_REPORT_CHAR 0x2A22 /**< Boot Keyboard Input Report characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_BOOT_KEYBOARD_OUTPUT_REPORT_CHAR 0x2A32 /**< Boot Keyboard Output Report characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_BOOT_MOUSE_INPUT_REPORT_CHAR 0x2A33 /**< Boot Mouse Input Report characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_CURRENT_TIME_CHAR 0x2A2B /**< Current Time characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_DATE_TIME_CHAR 0x2A08 /**< Date Time characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_DAY_DATE_TIME_CHAR 0x2A0A /**< Day Date Time characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_DAY_OF_WEEK_CHAR 0x2A09 /**< Day Of Week characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_DST_OFFSET_CHAR 0x2A0D /**< Dst Offset characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_EXACT_TIME_256_CHAR 0x2A0C /**< Exact Time 256 characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_FIRMWARE_REVISION_STRING_CHAR 0x2A26 /**< Firmware Revision String characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_GLUCOSE_FEATURE_CHAR 0x2A51 /**< Glucose Feature characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_GLUCOSE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A18 /**< Glucose Measurement characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_GLUCOSE_MEASUREMENT_CONTEXT_CHAR 0x2A34 /**< Glucose Measurement Context characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_HARDWARE_REVISION_STRING_CHAR 0x2A27 /**< Hardware Revision String characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_HEART_RATE_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A39 /**< Heart Rate Control Point characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_HEART_RATE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A37 /**< Heart Rate Measurement characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_HID_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A4C /**< Hid Control Point characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_HID_INFORMATION_CHAR 0x2A4A /**< Hid Information characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_IEEE_REGULATORY_CERTIFICATION_DATA_LIST_CHAR 0x2A2A /**< IEEE Regulatory Certification Data List characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_INTERMEDIATE_CUFF_PRESSURE_CHAR 0x2A36 /**< Intermediate Cuff Pressure characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_INTERMEDIATE_TEMPERATURE_CHAR 0x2A1E /**< Intermediate Temperature characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_LOCAL_TIME_INFORMATION_CHAR 0x2A0F /**< Local Time Information characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_MANUFACTURER_NAME_STRING_CHAR 0x2A29 /**< Manufacturer Name String characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_MEASUREMENT_INTERVAL_CHAR 0x2A21 /**< Measurement Interval characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_MODEL_NUMBER_STRING_CHAR 0x2A24 /**< Model Number String characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_UNREAD_ALERT_CHAR 0x2A45 /**< Unread Alert characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_NEW_ALERT_CHAR 0x2A46 /**< New Alert characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_PNP_ID_CHAR 0x2A50 /**< PNP Id characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_PROTOCOL_MODE_CHAR 0x2A4E /**< Protocol Mode characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_RECORD_ACCESS_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A52 /**< Record Access Control Point characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_REFERENCE_TIME_INFORMATION_CHAR 0x2A14 /**< Reference Time Information characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_REPORT_CHAR 0x2A4D /**< Report characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_REPORT_MAP_CHAR 0x2A4B /**< Report Map characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_RINGER_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A40 /**< Ringer Control Point characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_RINGER_SETTING_CHAR 0x2A41 /**< Ringer Setting characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_SCAN_INTERVAL_WINDOW_CHAR 0x2A4F /**< Scan Interval Window characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_SCAN_REFRESH_CHAR 0x2A31 /**< Scan Refresh characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_SERIAL_NUMBER_STRING_CHAR 0x2A25 /**< Serial Number String characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_SOFTWARE_REVISION_STRING_CHAR 0x2A28 /**< Software Revision String characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_SUPPORTED_NEW_ALERT_CATEGORY_CHAR 0x2A47 /**< Supported New Alert Category characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_SUPPORTED_UNREAD_ALERT_CATEGORY_CHAR 0x2A48 /**< Supported Unread Alert Category characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_SYSTEM_ID_CHAR 0x2A23 /**< System Id characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_TEMPERATURE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A1C /**< Temperature Measurement characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_TEMPERATURE_TYPE_CHAR 0x2A1D /**< Temperature Type characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_TIME_ACCURACY_CHAR 0x2A12 /**< Time Accuracy characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_TIME_SOURCE_CHAR 0x2A13 /**< Time Source characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_TIME_UPDATE_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A16 /**< Time Update Control Point characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_TIME_UPDATE_STATE_CHAR 0x2A17 /**< Time Update State characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_TIME_WITH_DST_CHAR 0x2A11 /**< Time With Dst characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_TIME_ZONE_CHAR 0x2A0E /**< Time Zone characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_TX_POWER_LEVEL_CHAR 0x2A07 /**< TX Power Level characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_CSC_FEATURE_CHAR 0x2A5C /**< Cycling Speed and Cadence Feature characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_CSC_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A5B /**< Cycling Speed and Cadence Measurement characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_RSC_FEATURE_CHAR 0x2A54 /**< Running Speed and Cadence Feature characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_SC_CTRLPT_CHAR 0x2A55 /**< Speed and Cadence Control Point UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_RSC_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A53 /**< Running Speed and Cadence Measurement characteristic UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_SENSOR_LOCATION_CHAR 0x2A5D /**< Sensor Location characteristic UUID. */
+/** @} */
+
+/** @defgroup UUID_CHARACTERISTICS descriptors UUID definitions
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_UUID_EXTERNAL_REPORT_REF_DESCR 0x2907 /**< External Report Reference descriptor UUID. */
+#define BLE_UUID_REPORT_REF_DESCR 0x2908 /**< Report Reference descriptor UUID. */
+/** @} */
+
+/** @defgroup ALERT_LEVEL_VALUES Definitions for the Alert Level characteristic values
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_CHAR_ALERT_LEVEL_NO_ALERT 0x00 /**< No Alert. */
+#define BLE_CHAR_ALERT_LEVEL_MILD_ALERT 0x01 /**< Mild Alert. */
+#define BLE_CHAR_ALERT_LEVEL_HIGH_ALERT 0x02 /**< High Alert. */
+/** @} */
+
+#define BLE_SRV_ENCODED_REPORT_REF_LEN 2 /**< The length of an encoded Report Reference Descriptor. */
+#define BLE_CCCD_VALUE_LEN 2 /**< The length of a CCCD value. */
+
+/**@brief Type definition for error handler function which will be called in case of an error in
+ * a service or a service library module. */
+typedef void (*ble_srv_error_handler_t) (uint32_t nrf_error);
+
+/**@brief Value of a Report Reference descriptor.
+ *
+ * @details This is mapping information which maps the parent characteristic to the Report ID(s) and
+ * Report Type(s) defined within a Report Map characteristic.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t report_id; /**< Non-zero value if these is more than one instance of the same Report Type */
+ uint8_t report_type; /**< Type of Report characteristic (see @ref BLE_SRV_HIDS_REPORT_TYPE) */
+} ble_srv_report_ref_t;
+
+/**@brief UTF-8 string data type.
+ *
+ * @note The type can only hold a pointer to the string data (i.e. not the actual data).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t length; /**< String length. */
+ uint8_t * p_str; /**< String data. */
+} ble_srv_utf8_str_t;
+
+/**@brief Security settings structure.
+ * @details This structure contains the security options needed during initialization of the
+ * service.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t read_perm; /**< Read permissions. */
+ ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t write_perm; /**< Write permissions. */
+} ble_srv_security_mode_t;
+
+/**@brief Security settings structure.
+ * @details This structure contains the security options needed during initialization of the
+ * service. It can be used when the charecteristics contains cccd.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t cccd_write_perm;
+ ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t read_perm; /**< Read permissions. */
+ ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t write_perm; /**< Write permissions. */
+} ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for decoding a CCCD value, and then testing if notification is
+ * enabled.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded CCCD is stored.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if notification is enabled, FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+static __INLINE bool ble_srv_is_notification_enabled(uint8_t * p_encoded_data)
+{
+ uint16_t cccd_value = uint16_decode(p_encoded_data);
+ return ((cccd_value & BLE_GATT_HVX_NOTIFICATION) != 0);
+}
+
+/**@brief Function for decoding a CCCD value, and then testing if indication is
+ * enabled.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded CCCD is stored.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if indication is enabled, FALSE otherwise.
+ */
+static __INLINE bool ble_srv_is_indication_enabled(uint8_t * p_encoded_data)
+{
+ uint16_t cccd_value = uint16_decode(p_encoded_data);
+ return ((cccd_value & BLE_GATT_HVX_INDICATION) != 0);
+}
+
+/**@brief Function for encoding a Report Reference Descriptor.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_encoded_buffer The buffer of the encoded data.
+ * @param[in] p_report_ref Report Reference value to be encoded.
+ *
+ * @return Length of the encoded data.
+ */
+uint8_t ble_srv_report_ref_encode(uint8_t * p_encoded_buffer,
+ const ble_srv_report_ref_t * p_report_ref);
+
+/**@brief Function for making UTF-8 structure refer to an ASCII string.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_utf8 UTF-8 structure to be set.
+ * @param[in] p_ascii ASCII string to be referred to.
+ */
+void ble_srv_ascii_to_utf8(ble_srv_utf8_str_t * p_utf8, char * p_ascii);
+
+#endif // BLE_SRV_COMMON_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_tps.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_tps.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_tps TX Power Service
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
+ * @brief TX Power Service module.
+ *
+ * @details This module implements the TX Power Service with the TX Power Level characteristic.
+ * During initialization it adds the TX Power Service and TX Power Level characteristic
+ * with the specified initial value to the BLE stack database.
+ *
+ * It provides a function for letting the application update the TX Power Level
+ * characteristic.
+ *
+ * @note Attention!
+ * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
+ * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_TPS_H__
+#define BLE_TPS_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "ble_srv_common.h"
+
+/**@brief TX Power Service init structure. This contains all options and data needed for
+ * initialization of the service. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ int8_t initial_tx_power_level; /**< Initial value of the TX Power Level characteristic (in dBm). */
+ ble_srv_security_mode_t tps_attr_md; /**< Initial Security Setting for TX Power Service Characteristics. */
+} ble_tps_init_t;
+
+/**@brief TX Power Service structure. This contains various status information for the service. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of TX Power Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
+ ble_gatts_char_handles_t tx_power_level_handles; /**< Handles related to the TX Power Level characteristic. */
+} ble_tps_t;
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the TX Power Service.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_tps TX Power Service structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
+ * the application. It will be initialized by this function, and will later
+ * be used to identify this particular service instance.
+ * @param[in] p_tps_init Information needed to initialize the service.
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_tps_init(ble_tps_t * p_hrs, const ble_tps_init_t * p_tps_init);
+
+/**@brief Function for setting the state of the Sensor Contact Detected bit.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_tps TX Power Service structure.
+ * @param[in] tx_power_level New TX Power Level (unit dBm, range -100 to 20).
+ *
+ * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
+ */
+uint32_t ble_tps_tx_power_level_set(ble_tps_t * p_tps, int8_t tx_power_level);
+
+#endif // BLE_TPS_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/device_manager/device_manager.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/device_manager/device_manager.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,839 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file device_manager.h
+ *
+ * @defgroup device_manager Device Manager
+ * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
+ * @{
+ * @brief Device Manager Application Interface Abstraction.
+ *
+ * @details The Device Manager module manages Active and Bonded Peers. Management of peer includes
+ * book keeping of contextual information like the Security Keys, GATT
+ * configuration and any application specific information.
+ *
+ * Active Peers are devices which are connected, and may or may not be bonded.
+ * Bonded Peers are devices which are bonded, and may or may not be Active (Connected).
+ * Active Bonded Peer refers to a device which is connected and bonded.
+ *
+ * Paired Devices refers to peer devices that are connected and have necessary context
+ * establishment/exchange for the current connection session. On disconnect,
+ * all contextual information is flushed. For example, SMP Information Exchanged during
+ * pairing and GATT Configuration is not retained on disconnection.
+ *
+ * Note that this module allows management of contextual information but
+ * does not provide an interface for connection management. Therefore, entering connectible
+ * mode, connection establishment, or disconnection of a link with peer is not in scope
+ * of this module.
+ *
+ * For bonded peers, the contextual information is required to be retained on disconnection
+ * and power cycling. Persistent storage of contextual information is handled by the
+ * module. This module categorizes the contextual information into 3 categories:
+ * - <b>Bonding Information</b>
+ * Bond information is the information exchanged between local and peer device to
+ * establish a bond. It also includes peer identification information,
+ * like the peer address or the IRK or both. From here on this category of information
+ * is referred to as Device Context.
+ * - <b>Service/Protocol Information</b>
+ * Service/Protocol information is the information retained for the peer to save on one-time
+ * procedures like the GATT Service Discovery procedures and Service Configurations.
+ * It allows devices to resume data exchange on subsequent reconnection without having
+ * to perform initial set-up procedures each time. From here on this category is
+ * referred to as Service Context.
+ * - <b>Application Information</b>
+ * Application information is the context that the application would like to associate with
+ * each of the bonded device. For example, if the application chooses to rank its peers
+ * in order to manage them better, the rank information could be treated as
+ * Application Information. This storage space is provided to save the application from
+ * maintaining a mapping table with each Device Instance and Application Information.
+ * However, if the application have no use for this, it is possible to not
+ * use or employ this at compile time. From here on this category of information is
+ * referred to as Application Context.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef DEVICE_MANAGER_H__
+#define DEVICE_MANAGER_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "sdk_common.h"
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "ble_gap.h"
+#include "device_manager_cnfg.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup dm_service_cntext_types Service/Protocol Types
+ *
+ * @brief Describes the possible types of Service/Protocol Contexts for a bonded/peer device.
+ *
+ * @details Possible Service/Protocol context per peer device. The Device Manager provides the
+ * functionality of persistently storing the Service/Protocol context and can automatically
+ * load them when needed.
+ * For example system attributes for a GATT Server. Based on the nature of the application,
+ * not all service types may be needed. The application can specify
+ * only the service/protocol context it wants to use at the time of registration.
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DM_PROTOCOL_CNTXT_NONE 0x00 /**< No Service Context, this implies the application does not want to associate any service/protocol context with the peer device */
+#define DM_PROTOCOL_CNTXT_GATT_SRVR_ID 0x01 /**< GATT Server Service Context, this implies the application does associate GATT Server with the peer device and this information will be loaded when needed for a bonded device */
+#define DM_PROTOCOL_CNTXT_GATT_CLI_ID 0x02 /**< GATT Client Service Context, this implies the application does associate GATT Client with the peer device and this information will be loaded when needed for a bonded device */
+#define DM_PROTOCOL_CNTXT_ALL \
+ (DM_PROTOCOL_CNTXT_GATT_SRVR_ID | DM_PROTOCOL_CNTXT_GATT_CLI_ID) /**< All Service/Protocol Context, this implies that the application wants to associate all Service/Protocol Information with the bonded device. This is configurable based on system requirements. If the application has only one type of service, this define could be altered to reflect the same. */
+/** @} */
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup dm_events Device Manager Events
+ *
+ * @brief This section describes the device manager events that are notified to the application.
+ *
+ * @details The Device Manager notifies the application of various asynchronous events using the
+ * asynchronous event notification callback. All events has been categorized into:
+ * a. General.
+ * b. Link Status.
+ * c. Context Management.
+ *
+ * In the callback, these events are notified along with handle that uniquely identifies:
+ * application instance, active instance (if applicable), device instance
+ * bonding instance, (if applicable) and service instance.
+ * Not all events are pertaining to an active connection, for example a context deletion event could occur even if the peer
+ * is not connected. Also, general category of events may not be pertaining to any specific peer.
+ * See also \ref dm_event_cb_t and \ref dm_register.
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup general_events General Events
+ *
+ * @brief General or miscellaneous events.
+ *
+ * @details This category of events are general events not pertaining to a peer or context.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DM_EVT_RFU 0x00 /**< Reserved for future use, is never notified. */
+#define DM_EVT_ERROR 0x01 /**< Device Manager Event Error. */
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup link_status_events Link Status Events
+ *
+ * @brief Link Status Events.
+ *
+ * @details This category of events notify the application of the link status. Event result associated
+ * with the event is provided along with the event in the callback to provide more details of
+ * whether a procedure succeeded or failed and assist the application in decision making of
+ * how to proceed. For example if a DM_DEVICE_CONNECT_IND is indicated with NRF_SUCCESS
+ * result, the application may want to proceed with discovering and association with
+ * service of the peer. However, if indicated with a failure result, the application may
+ * want to take an alternate action such as reattempting to connect or go into a
+ * sleep mode.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DM_EVT_CONNECTION 0x11 /**< Indicates that link with the peer is established. */
+#define DM_EVT_DISCONNECTION 0x12 /**< Indicates that link with peer is torn down. */
+#define DM_EVT_SECURITY_SETUP 0x13 /**< Security procedure for link started indication */
+#define DM_EVT_SECURITY_SETUP_COMPLETE 0x14 /**< Security procedure for link completion indication. */
+#define DM_EVT_LINK_SECURED 0x15 /**< Indicates that link with the peer is secured. For bonded devices, subsequent reconnections with bonded peer will result only in this event when the link is secured and setup procedures will not occur unless the bonding information is either lost or deleted on either or both sides. */
+#define DM_EVT_SECURITY_SETUP_REFRESH 0x16 /**< Indicates that the security on the link was re-established. */
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup context_mgmt_events Context Management Events
+ *
+ * @brief Context Management Events.
+ *
+ * @details These events notify the application of the status of context loading and storing.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+#define DM_EVT_DEVICE_CONTEXT_LOADED 0x21 /**< Indicates that device context for a peer is loaded. */
+#define DM_EVT_DEVICE_CONTEXT_STORED 0x22 /**< Indicates that device context is stored persistently. */
+#define DM_EVT_DEVICE_CONTEXT_DELETED 0x23 /**< Indicates that device context is deleted. */
+#define DM_EVT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_LOADED 0x31 /**< Indicates that service context for a peer is loaded. */
+#define DM_EVT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_STORED 0x32 /**< Indicates that service context is stored persistently. */
+#define DM_EVT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_DELETED 0x33 /**< Indicates that service context is deleted. */
+#define DM_EVT_APPL_CONTEXT_LOADED 0x41 /**< Indicates that application context for a peer is loaded. */
+#define DM_EVT_APPL_CONTEXT_STORED 0x42 /**< Indicates that application context is stored persistently. */
+#define DM_EVT_APPL_CONTEXT_DELETED 0x43 /**< Indicates that application context is deleted. */
+/** @} */
+/** @} */
+
+#define DM_INVALID_ID 0xFF /**< Invalid instance idenitifer. */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup dm_data_structure Device Manager Data Types
+ *
+ * @brief This section describes all the data types exposed by the module to the application.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Application Instance.
+ *
+ * @details Application instance uniquely identifies an application. The identifier is allocated by
+ * the device manager when application registers with the module. The application is
+ * expected to identify itself with this instance identifier when initiating subsequent
+ * requests. Application should use the utility API \ref dm_application_instance_set in
+ * order to set its application instance in dm_handle_t needed for all subsequent APIs.
+ * See also \ref dm_register.
+ */
+typedef uint8_t dm_application_instance_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Connection Instance.
+ *
+ * @details Identifies connection instance for an active device. This instance is allocated by the
+ * device manager when a connection is established and is notified with DM_EVT_CONNECTION
+ * with the event result NRF_SUCCESS.
+ */
+typedef uint8_t dm_connection_instance_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Device Instance.
+ *
+ * @details Uniquely identifies a bonded peer device. The peer device may or may not be connected.
+ * In case of the central: The bonded device instance to identify the peer is allocated when bonding procedure is initiated by the central using dm_security_setup_req.
+ * In case of the peripheral: When the bonding procedure is successful, the DM_EVT_SECURITY_SETUP_COMPLETE event with success event result, is received.
+ * In case the module cannot add more bonded devices, no instance is allocated, this is indicated by an appropriate error code for the API/event as the case may be. Application can choose to disconnect the link.
+ */
+typedef uint8_t dm_device_instance_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Service Instance.
+ *
+ * @details Uniquely identifies a peer device. The peer device may or may not be connected. This
+ * instance is allocated by the device manager when a device is bonded and is notified
+ * when security procedures have been initiated.
+ * Security Procedures initiation is notified with DM_SECURITY_SETUP_IND with
+ * success event result. In case the event result indicates that the module cannot add more
+ * bonded devices, no instance is allocated. Application can chose to disconnect the link.
+ */
+typedef uint8_t dm_service_instance_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Service/Protocol Type Identifier.
+ *
+ * @details Uniquely identifies a service or a protocol type. Service/Protocol Type identification
+ * is needed as each service/protocol can have its own contextual data.
+ * This allows the peer to access more than one service at a time. \ref dm_service_cntext_types describes the
+ * list of services/protocols supported.
+ */
+typedef uint8_t service_type_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Device Handle used for unique identification of each peer.
+ *
+ * @details This data type is used to uniquely identify each peer device. A peer device could be
+ * active and/or bonded. Therefore an instance for active and bonded is provided.
+ * However, the application is expected to treat this is an opaque structure and use this for
+ * all API interactions once stored on appropriate events.
+ * See \ref dm_events.
+ */
+typedef struct device_handle
+{
+ dm_application_instance_t appl_id; /**< Identifies the application instances for the device that is being managed. */
+ dm_connection_instance_t connection_id; /**< Identifies the active connection instance. */
+ dm_device_instance_t device_id; /**< Identifies peer instance in the data base. */
+ dm_service_instance_t service_id; /**< Service instance identifier. */
+} dm_handle_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Definition of Data Context.
+ *
+ * @details Defines contextual data format, it consists of context data length and pointer to data.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t len; /**< Length of data . */
+ uint8_t * p_data; /**< Pointer to contextual data, a copy is made of the data. */
+} dm_context_t;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Device Context.
+ *
+ * @details Defines "device context" type for a device managed by device manager.
+ */
+typedef dm_context_t dm_device_context_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Service Context.
+ *
+ * @details Service context data for a service identified by the 'service_type' field.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ service_type_t service_type; /**< Identifies the service/protocol to which the context data is related. */
+ dm_context_t context_data; /**< Contains length and pointer to context data */
+} dm_service_context_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Application context.
+ *
+ * @details The application context can be used by the application to map any application level
+ * information that is to be mapped with a particular peer.
+ * For bonded peers, this information will be stored by the bond manager persistently.
+ * Note that the device manager treats this information as an
+ * opaque block of bytes.
+ * Necessary APIs to get and set this context for a peer have been provided.
+ */
+typedef dm_context_t dm_application_context_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Event parameters.
+ *
+ * @details Defines event parameters for each of the events notified by the module.
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+ ble_gap_evt_t * p_gap_param; /**< All events that are triggered in device manager as a result of GAP events, like connection, disconnection and security procedures are accompanied with GAP parameters. */
+ dm_application_context_t * p_app_context; /**< All events that are associated with application context procedures of store, load, and deletion have this as event parameter. */
+ dm_service_context_t * p_service_context; /**< All events that are associated with service context procedures of store, load and deletion have this as event parameter. */
+ dm_device_context_t * p_device_context; /**< All events that are associated with device context procedures of store, load and deletion have this as event parameter. */
+} dm_event_param_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Asynchronous events details notified to the application by the module.
+ *
+ * @details Defines event type along with event parameters notified to the application by the
+ * module.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t event_id; /**< Identifies the event. See \ref dm_events for details on event types and their significance. */
+ dm_event_param_t event_param; /**< Event parameters. Can be NULL if the event does not have any parameters. */
+ uint16_t event_paramlen; /**< Length of the event parameters, is zero if the event does not have any parameters. */
+} dm_event_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Event notification callback registered by application with the module.
+ *
+ * @details Event notification callback registered by application with the module when registering
+ * the module using \ref dm_register API.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_handle Identifies the peer for which the event is being notified.
+ * @param[in] p_event Identifies the event, any associated parameters and parameter length.
+ * See \ref dm_events for details on event types and their significance.
+ * @param[in,out] event_result Provide additional information on the event.
+ * In addition to SDK error codes there is also a return value
+ * indicating if maximum number of connections has been reached when connecting or bonding.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, or a failure to indicate if it could handle the event
+ * successfully. There is no action taken in case application returns a failure.
+ */
+typedef api_result_t (*dm_event_cb_t)(dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
+ dm_event_t const * p_event,
+ api_result_t event_result);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initialization Parameters.
+ *
+ * @details Indicates the application parameters. Currently this only encompasses clearing
+ * all persistent data.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ bool clear_persistent_data; /**< Set to true in case the module should clear all persistent data. */
+} dm_init_param_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Application Registration Parameters.
+ *
+ * @details Parameters needed by the module when registering with it.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ dm_event_cb_t evt_handler; /**< Event Handler to be registered. It will receive asynchronous notification from the module, see \ref dm_events for asynchronous events. */
+ uint8_t service_type; /**< Bit mask identifying services that the application intends to support for all peers. */
+ ble_gap_sec_params_t sec_param; /**< Security parameters to be used for the application. */
+} dm_application_param_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Defines possible security status/states.
+ *
+ * @details Defines possible security status/states of a link when requested by application using
+ * the \ref dm_security_status_req.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ NOT_ENCRYPTED, /**< The link does not security. */
+ ENCRYPTION_IN_PROGRESS, /**< Security is in progress of being established.*/
+ ENCRYPTED /**< The link is secure.*/
+} dm_security_status_t;
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup dm_api Device Module APIs
+ *
+ * @brief This section describes APIs exposed by the module.
+ *
+ * @details This section describes APIs exposed by the module. The APIs have been categorized to provide
+ * better and specific look up for developers. Categories are:
+ * a. Set up APIs.
+ * b. Context Management APIs.
+ * c. Utility APIs.
+ *
+ * MSCs describe usage of these APIs. See @mscfile dm_api.dox
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @defgroup dm_setup_api Device Module Set-up APIs
+ *
+ * @brief Initialization & registration APIs that are pre-requisite for all other module procedures.
+ * @details This section describes the Module Initialization and Registration APIs needed to be set up by
+ * the application before device manager can start managing devices and device contexts
+ * for the application.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Module Initialization Routine.
+ *
+ * @details Function for initializing the module. Must called before any other APIs of the module are used.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_init_param Initialization parameters.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ *
+ * @note It is mandatory that pstorage is initialized before initializing this module.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_init(dm_init_param_t const * p_init_param);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for registering the application.
+ *
+ * @details This routine is used by the application to register for asynchronous events with the
+ * device manager. During registration the application also indicates the services that it
+ * intends to support on this instance. It is possible to register multiple times with the
+ * device manager. At least one instance shall be registered with the device manager after
+ * the module has been initialized.
+ * Maximum number of application instances device manager can support is determined
+ * by DM_MAX_APPLICATIONS.
+ *
+ * All applications must be registered before initiating or accepting connections from the peer.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_appl_param Application parameters.
+ * @param[out] p_appl_instance Application Instance Identifier in case registration is successful.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If module cannot support more applications.
+ *
+ * @note Currently only one application instance is supported by the module.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_register(dm_application_instance_t * p_appl_instance,
+ dm_application_param_t const * p_appl_param);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for handling BLE events.
+ *
+ * @details BLE Event Handler for the module. This routine should be called from BLE stack event
+ * dispatcher for the module to work as expected.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ble_evt BLE stack event being dispatched to the function.
+ *
+ */
+void dm_ble_evt_handler(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+
+/** @} */
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup dm_security_api APIs to set up or read status of security on a link.
+ *
+ * @brief This section describes APIs to set up Security. These APIs require that the peer is
+ * connected before the procedures can be requested.
+ *
+ * @details This group allows application to request security procedures
+ * or get the status of the security on a link.
+ * @{
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Function for requesting setting up security on a link.
+ *
+ * @details This API initiates security procedures with a peer device.
+ * @note For the GAP Central role, in case peer is not bonded, request to bond/pair is
+ * initiated. If it is bonded, the link is re-encrypted using the existing bond information.
+ * For the GAP peripheral role, a Slave security request is sent.
+ * @details If a pairing procedure is initiated successfully, application is notified of
+ * @ref DM_EVT_SECURITY_SETUP_COMPLETE. A result indicating success or failure is notified along with the event.
+ * In case the link is re-encrypted using existing bond information, @ref DM_EVT_LINK_SECURED is
+ * notified to the application.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_handle Identifies the link on which security is desired.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
+ * application registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle is NULL.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If the peer is not identified by the handle provided by the application
+ * or if the peer is not connected when this procedure is requested.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_security_setup_req(dm_handle_t * p_handle);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for reading the status of the security on a link.
+ *
+ * @details This API allows application to query status of security on a link.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_handle Identifies the link on which security is desired.
+ * @param[out] p_status Pointer where security status is provided to the application.
+ * See \ref dm_security_status_t for possible statuses that can be expected.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Or appropriate error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
+ * application registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle or p_status is NULL.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If peer is not identified by the handle provided by the application
+ * or if peer is not connected when this procedure is requested.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_security_status_req(dm_handle_t const * p_handle, dm_security_status_t * p_status);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for creating the whitelist.
+ *
+ * @details This API allows application to create whitelist based on bonded peer devices in module
+ * data base.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_handle Identifies the application requesting whitelist creation.
+ * @param[in,out] p_whitelist Pointer where created whitelist is provided to the application.
+ *
+ * @note 'addr_count' and 'irk_count' fields of the structure should be populated with the maximum
+ * number of devices that the application wishes to request in the whitelist.
+ * If the number of bonded devices is less than requested, the fields are updated with that number of devices.
+ * If the number of devices are more than requested, the module will populate the list
+ * with devices in the order the bond was established with the peer devices. Also, if this routine is
+ * called when a connection exists with one or more peer devices,
+ * those connected devices are not added to the whitelist.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
+ * application registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle or p_whitelist is NULL.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_whitelist_create(dm_application_instance_t const * p_handle,
+ ble_gap_whitelist_t * p_whitelist);
+
+/** @} */
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup dm_cntxt_mgmt_api Context Management APIs
+ *
+ * @brief Utility APIs offered by the device manager to get information about the peer if and
+ * when needed.
+ *
+ * @details This group of API allow the application to access information that is not required to be
+ * maintained by the application but may be needed. Hence it is possible to get the
+ * information from the module instead of mapping all the information with a device
+ * context.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+api_result_t dm_device_add(dm_handle_t * p_handle,
+ dm_device_context_t const * p_context);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for deleting a peer device context and all related information from the database.
+ *
+ * @details Delete peer device context and all related information from database. If
+ * this API returns NRF_SUCCESS, DM_EVT_DEVICE_CONTEXT_DELETED event is notified to the
+ * application. Event result notified along with the event indicates success or failure
+ * of this procedure.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_handle Identifies the peer device to be deleted.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE In the API is called without module initialization and/or
+ * application registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle is NULL.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If peer is not identified the handle provided by the application.
+ *
+ * @note Deleting device context results in deleting service and application context for the
+ * bonded device. The respective events DM_EVT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_DELETED and
+ * DM_EVT_APPL_CONTEXT_DELETED are not notified to the application.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_device_delete(dm_handle_t const * p_handle);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for deleting all peer device context and all related information from the database.
+ *
+ * @details Delete peer device context and all related information from database. If
+ * this API returns NRF_SUCCESS, DM_EVT_DEVICE_CONTEXT_DELETED event is notified to the
+ * application for each device that is deleted from the data base. Event result
+ * notified along with the event indicates success or failure of this procedure.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_handle Identifies application instance that is requesting
+ * the deletion of all bonded devices.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
+ * application registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle is NULL.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If peer is not identified the handle provided by the application.
+ *
+ * @note Deleting device context results in deleting both service and application context for the
+ * bonded device. The respective events DM_EVT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_DELETED and
+ * DM_EVT_APPL_CONTEXT_DELETED are not notified to the application.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_device_delete_all(dm_application_instance_t const * p_handle);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for setting Service Context for a peer device identified by 'p_handle' parameter.
+ *
+ * @details This API allows application to Set Service Context for a peer device identified by the
+ * 'p_handle' parameter. This API is useful when the Service Context cannot be requested
+ * from the SoftDevice, but needs to be assembled by the application or an another module.
+ * (or when service context is exchanged in an out of band way.)
+ * This API could also be used to trigger a storing of service context into persistent
+ * memory. If this is desired, a NULL pointer could be passed to the p_context.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_handle Identifies peer device for which the procedure is requested.
+ * @param[in] p_context Service context being set. The context information includes length of
+ * data and pointer to the contextual data being set. The memory pointed to by
+ * the pointer to data is assumed to be resident when API is being called and
+ * can be freed or reused once the set procedure is complete. Set procedure
+ * completion is indicated by the event \ref DM_EVT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_STORED.
+ * The Event result is notified along with the event and indicates success or failure of
+ * this procedure.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
+ * application registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle is NULL.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If the peer is not identified by the handle provided by the application.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_service_context_set(dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
+ dm_service_context_t const * p_context);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for getting Service Context for a peer device identified by 'p_handle' parameter.
+ *
+ * @details Get Service Context for a peer device identified by the 'p_handle' parameter. If
+ * this API returns NRF_SUCCESS, DM_EVT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_LOADED event is notified to the
+ * application. The event result is notified along with the event indicates success or failure
+ * of this procedure.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_handle Identifies peer device for which procedure is requested.
+ * @param[in] p_context Application context being requested. The context information includes length
+ * of the data and a pointer to the data. Note that requesting a 'get'
+ * of application does not need to provide memory, the pointer to data will be
+ * pointing to service data and hence no data movement is involved.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE In case API is called without module initialization and/or
+ * application registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle is NULL.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If the peer is not identified by the handle provided by the application.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_service_context_get(dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
+ dm_service_context_t * p_context);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for deleting a Service Context for a peer device identified by the 'p_handle' parameter.
+ *
+ * @details This API allows application to delete a Service Context identified for a peer device
+ * identified by the 'p_handle' parameter. If this API returns NRF_SUCCESS,
+ * DM_EVT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_DELETED event is notified to the application.
+ * Event result is notified along with the event and indicates success or failure of this
+ * procedure.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_handle Identifies peer device for which procedure is requested.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
+ * application registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle is NULL.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If the peer is not identified by the handle provided by the application.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_service_context_delete(dm_handle_t const * p_handle);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for setting Application Context for a peer device identified by the 'p_handle' parameter.
+ *
+ * @details This application allows the setting of the application context for the peer device identified by
+ * the 'p_handle'. Application context is stored persistently by the module and can be
+ * requested by the application at any time using the \ref dm_application_context_get
+ * API. Note that this procedure is permitted only for bonded devices. If the
+ * device is not bonded, application context cannot be set. However, it is not mandatory
+ * that the bonded device is connected when requesting this procedure.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_handle Identifies peer device for which procedure is requested.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_context Application context being set. The context information includes length of the
+ * data and pointer to the contextual data being set. The memory pointed to by
+ * the data pointer is assumed to be resident when API is being called and
+ * can be freed or reused once the set procedure is complete. Set procedure
+ * completion is notified by the event \ref DM_EVT_APPL_CONTEXT_STORED.
+ * The event result is notified along with the event and indicates success or
+ * failure of this procedure.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
+ * application registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle and/or p_context is NULL.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If peer is not identified the handle provided by the application.
+ *
+ * @note The API returns FEATURE_NOT_ENABLED in case DEVICE_MANAGER_APP_CONTEXT_SIZE is set to zero.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_application_context_set(dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
+ dm_application_context_t const * p_context);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for getting Application Context for a peer device identified by the 'p_handle' parameter.
+ *
+ * @details Get Application Context for a peer device identified by the 'p_handle' parameter. If
+ * this API returns NRF_SUCCESS, DM_EVT_APPL_CONTEXT_LOADED event is notified to the
+ * application. Event result notified along with the event indicates success or failure
+ * of this procedure.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_handle Identifies peer device for which procedure is requested.
+ * @param[in] p_context Application context being requested. The context information includes
+ * length of data and pointer to the contextual data is provided.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
+ * application registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle and/or p_context is NULL.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If the peer is not identified by the handle provided by the application.
+ * @retval DM_NO_APP_CONTEXT If no application context was set that can be fetched.
+ *
+ * @note The API returns FEATURE_NOT_ENABLED in case DEVICE_MANAGER_APP_CONTEXT_SIZE is set to
+ * zero.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_application_context_get(dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
+ dm_application_context_t * p_context);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for deleting Application Context for a peer device identified by the 'p_handle' parameter.
+ *
+ * @details Delete Application Context for a peer device identified by the 'p_handle' parameter. If
+ * this API returns NRF_SUCCESS, DM_EVT_APPL_CONTEXT_DELETED event is notified to the
+ * application. The event result notified along with the event and indicates success or failure
+ * of this procedure.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_handle Identifies peer device for which procedure is requested.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
+ * application registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If the p_handle is NULL.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If peer is not identified the handle provided by the application.
+ * @retval DM_NO_APP_CONTEXT If no application context was set that can be deleted.
+ *
+ * @note The API returns FEATURE_NOT_ENABLED if the DEVICE_MANAGER_APP_CONTEXT_SIZE is set to zero.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_application_context_delete(dm_handle_t const * p_handle);
+
+/** @} */
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup utility_api Utility APIs
+ * @{
+ * @brief This section describes the utility APIs offered by the module.
+ *
+ * @details APIs defined in this section are utility or assisting/helper APIs.
+ */
+/**
+ * @brief Function for Setting/Copying Application instance to Device Manager handle.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_appl_instance Application instance to be set.
+ * @param[out] p_handle Device Manager handle for which the instance is to be copied.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
+ * application registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle and/or p_addr is NULL.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_application_instance_set(dm_application_instance_t const * p_appl_instance,
+ dm_handle_t * p_handle);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for getting a peer's device address.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_handle Identifies the peer device whose address is requested. Can not be NULL.
+ * @param[out] p_addr Pointer where address is to be copied. Can not be NULL.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
+ * application registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle and/or p_addr is NULL.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If the peer could not be identified.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_peer_addr_get(dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
+ ble_gap_addr_t * p_addr);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for setting/updating a peer's device address.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_handle Identifies the peer device whose address is requested to be set/updated.
+ * @param[out] p_addr Address to be set/updated.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
+ * application registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle and/or p_addr is NULL.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If the peer is not identified by the handle provided by the application.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If this procedure is requested while connected to the peer or if the address
+ * type was set to BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE.
+ *
+ * @note Setting or updating a peer's device address is permitted
+ * only for a peer that is bonded and disconnected.
+ * @note Updated address is reflected only after DM_EVT_DEVICE_CONTEXT_STORED is notified to the
+ * application for this bonded device instance. In order to avoid abnormal behaviour, it is
+ * recommended to not invite/initiate connections on the updated address unless this event
+ * has been notified.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_peer_addr_set(dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
+ ble_gap_addr_t const * p_addr);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for initializing Device Manager handle.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_handle Device Manager handle to be initialized.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle is NULL.
+ *
+ * @note This routine is permitted before initialization of the module.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_handle_initialize(dm_handle_t * p_handle);
+
+#ifdef GAP_CENTRAL
+/**
+ * @brief Function for getting distributed keys for a device.
+ *
+ * @details This routine is used to get distributed keys with a bonded device. This API is currently
+ * only available on S120 (GAP Central role).
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_handle Device Manager handle identifying the peer.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_key_dist Pointer to distributed keys.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
+ * application registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If the p_handle and/or p_key_dist pointer is NULL.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If the peer is not identified by the handle provided by the application.
+ */
+api_result_t dm_distributed_keys_get(dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
+ ble_gap_sec_keyset_t * p_key_dist);
+#endif // GAP_CENTRAL
+/** @} */
+/** @} */
+/** @} */
+#endif // DEVICE_MANAGER_H__
+
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/nordic_common.h --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/nordic_common.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2008 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + */ + +/** @file + * @brief Common defines and macros for firmware developed by Nordic Semiconductor. + */ + +#ifndef NORDIC_COMMON_H__ +#define NORDIC_COMMON_H__ + +#include "nordic_global.h" + +/** Swaps the upper byte with the lower byte in a 16 bit variable */ +//lint -emacro((572),SWAP) // Suppress warning 572 "Excessive shift value" +#define SWAP(x) ((((x)&0xFF)<<8)|(((x)>>8)&0xFF)) + +/** The upper 8 bits of a 16 bit value */ +//lint -emacro(572,MSB) // Suppress warning 572 "Excessive shift value" +#define MSB(a) (((a) & 0xFF00) >> 8) +/** The lower 8 bits (of a 16 bit value) */ +#define LSB(a) ((a) & 0xFF) + +/** Leaves the minimum of the two arguments */ +/*lint -emacro(506, MIN) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */ +#define MIN(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) +/** Leaves the maximum of the two arguments */ +/*lint -emacro(506, MAX) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */ +#define MAX(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a)) + +#define BIT_0 0x01 /**< The value of bit 0 */ +#define BIT_1 0x02 /**< The value of bit 1 */ +#define BIT_2 0x04 /**< The value of bit 2 */ +#define BIT_3 0x08 /**< The value of bit 3 */ +#define BIT_4 0x10 /**< The value of bit 4 */ +#define BIT_5 0x20 /**< The value of bit 5 */ +#define BIT_6 0x40 /**< The value of bit 6 */ +#define BIT_7 0x80 /**< The value of bit 7 */ +#define BIT_8 0x0100 /**< The value of bit 8 */ +#define BIT_9 0x0200 /**< The value of bit 9 */ +#define BIT_10 0x0400 /**< The value of bit 10 */ +#define BIT_11 0x0800 /**< The value of bit 11 */ +#define BIT_12 0x1000 /**< The value of bit 12 */ +#define BIT_13 0x2000 /**< The value of bit 13 */ +#define BIT_14 0x4000 /**< The value of bit 14 */ +#define BIT_15 0x8000 /**< The value of bit 15 */ +#define BIT_16 0x00010000 /**< The value of bit 16 */ +#define BIT_17 0x00020000 /**< The value of bit 17 */ +#define BIT_18 0x00040000 /**< The value of bit 18 */ +#define BIT_19 0x00080000 /**< The value of bit 19 */ +#define BIT_20 0x00100000 /**< The value of bit 20 */ +#define BIT_21 0x00200000 /**< The value of bit 21 */ +#define BIT_22 0x00400000 /**< The value of bit 22 */ +#define BIT_23 0x00800000 /**< The value of bit 23 */ +#define BIT_24 0x01000000 /**< The value of bit 24 */ +#define BIT_25 0x02000000 /**< The value of bit 25 */ +#define BIT_26 0x04000000 /**< The value of bit 26 */ +#define BIT_27 0x08000000 /**< The value of bit 27 */ +#define BIT_28 0x10000000 /**< The value of bit 28 */ +#define BIT_29 0x20000000 /**< The value of bit 29 */ +#define BIT_30 0x40000000 /**< The value of bit 30 */ +#define BIT_31 0x80000000 /**< The value of bit 31 */ + +#define UNUSED_VARIABLE(X) ((void)(X)) +#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(X) UNUSED_VARIABLE(X) + +#endif // NORDIC_COMMON_H__
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_assert.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_assert.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ * @brief Utilities for verifying program logic
+ */
+
+#ifndef NRF_ASSERT_H_
+#define NRF_ASSERT_H_
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined(DEBUG_NRF) || defined(DEBUG_NRF_USER)
+
+/** @brief Function for handling assertions.
+ *
+ *
+ * @note
+ * This function is called when an assertion has triggered.
+ *
+ *
+ * @post
+ * All hardware is put into an idle non-emitting state (in particular the radio is highly
+ * important to switch off since the radio might be in a state that makes it send
+ * packets continiously while a typical final infinit ASSERT loop is executing).
+ *
+ *
+ * @param line_num The line number where the assertion is called
+ * @param file_name Pointer to the file name
+ */
+void assert_nrf_callback(uint16_t line_num, const uint8_t *file_name);
+
+/*lint -emacro(506, ASSERT) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */
+/*lint -emacro(774, ASSERT) */ /* Suppress "Boolean within 'if' always evaluates to True" */ \
+
+/** @brief Function for checking intended for production code.
+ *
+ * Check passes if "expr" evaluates to true. */
+#define ASSERT(expr) \
+if (expr) \
+{ \
+} \
+else \
+{ \
+ assert_nrf_callback((uint16_t)__LINE__, (uint8_t *)__FILE__); \
+}
+#else
+#define ASSERT(expr) //!< Assert empty when disabled
+void assert_nrf_callback(uint16_t line_num, const uint8_t *file_name);
+
+#endif /* defined(DEBUG_NRF) || defined(DEBUG_NRF_USER) */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* NRF_ASSERT_H_ */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_delay.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_delay.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+#ifndef _NRF_DELAY_H
+#define _NRF_DELAY_H
+
+// #include "nrf.h"
+
+/*lint --e{438, 522} "Variable not used" "Function lacks side-effects" */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
+static __ASM void __INLINE nrf_delay_us(uint32_t volatile number_of_us)
+{
+loop
+ SUBS R0, R0, #1
+ NOP
+ NOP
+ NOP
+ NOP
+ NOP
+ NOP
+ NOP
+ NOP
+ NOP
+ NOP
+ NOP
+ NOP
+ BNE loop
+ BX LR
+}
+#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+static void __INLINE nrf_delay_us(uint32_t volatile number_of_us)
+{
+__ASM (
+"loop:\n\t"
+ " SUBS R0, R0, #1\n\t"
+ " NOP\n\t"
+ " NOP\n\t"
+ " NOP\n\t"
+ " NOP\n\t"
+ " NOP\n\t"
+ " NOP\n\t"
+ " NOP\n\t"
+ " NOP\n\t"
+ " NOP\n\t"
+ " NOP\n\t"
+ " NOP\n\t"
+ " NOP\n\t"
+ " BNE loop\n\t");
+}
+#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
+static void __INLINE nrf_delay_us(uint32_t volatile number_of_us)
+{
+ do
+ {
+ __ASM volatile (
+ "NOP\n\t"
+ "NOP\n\t"
+ "NOP\n\t"
+ "NOP\n\t"
+ "NOP\n\t"
+ "NOP\n\t"
+ "NOP\n\t"
+ "NOP\n\t"
+ "NOP\n\t"
+ "NOP\n\t"
+ "NOP\n\t"
+ "NOP\n\t"
+ "NOP\n\t"
+ "NOP\n\t"
+ );
+ } while (--number_of_us);
+}
+#endif
+
+void nrf_delay_ms(uint32_t volatile number_of_ms);
+
+#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_ecb.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_ecb.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic
+ * Semiconductor ASA.Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail
+ * in NORDIC SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ * $LastChangedRevision: 13999 $
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @brief ECB driver API.
+ */
+
+#ifndef NRF_ECB_H__
+#define NRF_ECB_H__
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup nrf_ecb AES ECB encryption
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup nrf_drivers
+ * @brief Driver for the nRF51 AES Electronic Code Book (ECB) peripheral.
+ *
+ * In order to encrypt and decrypt data the peripheral must be powered on
+ * using nrf_ecb_init() and then the key set using nrf_ecb_set_key.
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * Initialize and power on the ECB peripheral.
+ *
+ * Allocates memory for the ECBDATAPTR.
+ * @retval true Initialization was successful.
+ * @retval false Powering up failed.
+ */
+bool nrf_ecb_init(void);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt/decrypt 16-byte data using current key.
+ *
+ * The function avoids unnecessary copying of data if the point to the
+ * correct locations in the ECB data structure.
+ *
+ * @param dst Result of encryption/decryption. 16 bytes will be written.
+ * @param src Source with 16-byte data to be encrypted/decrypted.
+ *
+ * @retval true If the encryption operation completed.
+ * @retval false If the encryption operation did not complete.
+ */
+bool nrf_ecb_crypt(uint8_t * dst, const uint8_t * src);
+
+/**
+ * Set the key to be used for encryption/decryption.
+ *
+ * @param key Pointer to key. 16 bytes will be read.
+ */
+void nrf_ecb_set_key(const uint8_t * key);
+
+#endif // NRF_ECB_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_gpio.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_gpio.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+#ifndef NRF_GPIO_H__
+#define NRF_GPIO_H__
+
+#include "nrf51.h"
+#include "nrf51_bitfields.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup nrf_gpio GPIO abstraction
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup nrf_drivers
+ * @brief GPIO pin abstraction and port abstraction for reading and writing byte-wise to GPIO ports.
+ *
+ * Here, the GPIO ports are defined as follows:
+ * - Port 0 -> pin 0-7
+ * - Port 1 -> pin 8-15
+ * - Port 2 -> pin 16-23
+ * - Port 3 -> pin 24-31
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @enum nrf_gpio_port_dir_t
+ * @brief Enumerator used for setting the direction of a GPIO port.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ NRF_GPIO_PORT_DIR_OUTPUT, ///< Output
+ NRF_GPIO_PORT_DIR_INPUT ///< Input
+} nrf_gpio_port_dir_t;
+
+/**
+ * @enum nrf_gpio_pin_dir_t
+ * Pin direction definitions.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ NRF_GPIO_PIN_DIR_INPUT, ///< Input
+ NRF_GPIO_PIN_DIR_OUTPUT ///< Output
+} nrf_gpio_pin_dir_t;
+
+/**
+ * @enum nrf_gpio_port_select_t
+ * @brief Enumerator used for selecting between port 0 - 3.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ NRF_GPIO_PORT_SELECT_PORT0 = 0, ///< Port 0 (GPIO pin 0-7)
+ NRF_GPIO_PORT_SELECT_PORT1, ///< Port 1 (GPIO pin 8-15)
+ NRF_GPIO_PORT_SELECT_PORT2, ///< Port 2 (GPIO pin 16-23)
+ NRF_GPIO_PORT_SELECT_PORT3, ///< Port 3 (GPIO pin 24-31)
+} nrf_gpio_port_select_t;
+
+/**
+ * @enum nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t
+ * @brief Enumerator used for selecting the pin to be pulled down or up at the time of pin configuration
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ NRF_GPIO_PIN_NOPULL = GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Disabled, ///< Pin pullup resistor disabled
+ NRF_GPIO_PIN_PULLDOWN = GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pulldown, ///< Pin pulldown resistor enabled
+ NRF_GPIO_PIN_PULLUP = GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pullup, ///< Pin pullup resistor enabled
+} nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t;
+
+/**
+ * @enum nrf_gpio_pin_sense_t
+ * @brief Enumerator used for selecting the pin to sense high or low level on the pin input.
+ */
+typedef enum
+{
+ NRF_GPIO_PIN_NOSENSE = GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Disabled, ///< Pin sense level disabled.
+ NRF_GPIO_PIN_SENSE_LOW = GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Low, ///< Pin sense low level.
+ NRF_GPIO_PIN_SENSE_HIGH = GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_High, ///< Pin sense high level.
+} nrf_gpio_pin_sense_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for configuring the GPIO pin range as outputs with normal drive strength.
+ * This function can be used to configure pin range as simple output with gate driving GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 (normal cases).
+ *
+ * @param pin_range_start specifies the start number (inclusive) in the range of pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30)
+ *
+ * @param pin_range_end specifies the end number (inclusive) in the range of pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30)
+ *
+ * @note For configuring only one pin as output use @ref nrf_gpio_cfg_output
+ * Sense capability on the pin is disabled, and input is disconnected from the buffer as the pins are configured as output.
+ */
+static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_range_cfg_output(uint32_t pin_range_start, uint32_t pin_range_end)
+{
+ /*lint -e{845} // A zero has been given as right argument to operator '|'" */
+ for (; pin_range_start <= pin_range_end; pin_range_start++)
+ {
+ NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_range_start] = (GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Disconnect << GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Output << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Pos);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for configuring the GPIO pin range as inputs with given initial value set, hiding inner details.
+ * This function can be used to configure pin range as simple input.
+ *
+ * @param pin_range_start specifies the start number (inclusive) in the range of pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30)
+ *
+ * @param pin_range_end specifies the end number (inclusive) in the range of pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30)
+ *
+ * @param pull_config State of the pin range pull resistor (no pull, pulled down or pulled high)
+ *
+ * @note For configuring only one pin as input use @ref nrf_gpio_cfg_input
+ * Sense capability on the pin is disabled, and input is connected to buffer so that the GPIO->IN register is readable
+ */
+static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_range_cfg_input(uint32_t pin_range_start, uint32_t pin_range_end, nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t pull_config)
+{
+ /*lint -e{845} // A zero has been given as right argument to operator '|'" */
+ for (; pin_range_start <= pin_range_end; pin_range_start++)
+ {
+ NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_range_start] = (GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_Pos)
+ | (pull_config << GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Connect << GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Input << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Pos);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for configuring the given GPIO pin number as output with given initial value set, hiding inner details.
+ * This function can be used to configure pin range as simple input with gate driving GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 (normal cases).
+ *
+ * @param pin_number specifies the pin number of gpio pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30)
+ *
+ * @note Sense capability on the pin is disabled, and input is disconnected from the buffer as the pins are configured as output.
+ */
+static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_output(uint32_t pin_number)
+{
+ /*lint -e{845} // A zero has been given as right argument to operator '|'" */
+ NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_number] = (GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Disconnect << GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Output << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Pos);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for configuring the given GPIO pin number as input with given initial value set, hiding inner details.
+ * This function can be used to configure pin range as simple input with gate driving GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 (normal cases).
+ *
+ * @param pin_number specifies the pin number of gpio pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30)
+ *
+ * @param pull_config State of the pin range pull resistor (no pull, pulled down or pulled high)
+ *
+ * @note Sense capability on the pin is disabled, and input is connected to buffer so that the GPIO->IN register is readable
+ */
+static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_input(uint32_t pin_number, nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t pull_config)
+{
+ /*lint -e{845} // A zero has been given as right argument to operator '|'" */
+ NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_number] = (GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_Pos)
+ | (pull_config << GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Connect << GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Input << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Pos);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for configuring the given GPIO pin number as input with given initial value set, hiding inner details.
+ * This function can be used to configure pin range as simple input with gate driving GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 (normal cases).
+ * Sense capability on the pin is configurable, and input is connected to buffer so that the GPIO->IN register is readable.
+ *
+ * @param pin_number specifies the pin number of gpio pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30).
+ *
+ * @param pull_config state of the pin pull resistor (no pull, pulled down or pulled high).
+ *
+ * @param sense_config sense level of the pin (no sense, sense low or sense high).
+ */
+static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_sense_input(uint32_t pin_number, nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t pull_config, nrf_gpio_pin_sense_t sense_config)
+{
+ /*lint -e{845} // A zero has been given as right argument to operator '|'" */
+ NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_number] = (sense_config << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_Pos)
+ | (pull_config << GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Connect << GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Input << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Pos);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for setting the direction for a GPIO pin.
+ *
+ * @param pin_number specifies the pin number [0:31] for which to
+ * set the direction.
+ *
+ * @param direction specifies the direction
+ */
+static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_dir_set(uint32_t pin_number, nrf_gpio_pin_dir_t direction)
+{
+ if(direction == NRF_GPIO_PIN_DIR_INPUT)
+ {
+ NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_number] =
+ (GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Connect << GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Pos)
+ | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Input << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Pos);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ NRF_GPIO->DIRSET = (1UL << pin_number);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for setting a GPIO pin.
+ *
+ * Note that the pin must be configured as an output for this
+ * function to have any effect.
+ *
+ * @param pin_number specifies the pin number [0:31] to
+ * set.
+ */
+static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_set(uint32_t pin_number)
+{
+ NRF_GPIO->OUTSET = (1UL << pin_number);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for clearing a GPIO pin.
+ *
+ * Note that the pin must be configured as an output for this
+ * function to have any effect.
+ *
+ * @param pin_number specifies the pin number [0:31] to
+ * clear.
+ */
+static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_clear(uint32_t pin_number)
+{
+ NRF_GPIO->OUTCLR = (1UL << pin_number);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for toggling a GPIO pin.
+ *
+ * Note that the pin must be configured as an output for this
+ * function to have any effect.
+ *
+ * @param pin_number specifies the pin number [0:31] to
+ * toggle.
+ */
+static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_toggle(uint32_t pin_number)
+{
+ const uint32_t pin_bit = 1UL << pin_number;
+ const uint32_t pin_state = ((NRF_GPIO->OUT >> pin_number) & 1UL);
+
+ if (pin_state == 0)
+ {
+ // Current state low, set high.
+ NRF_GPIO->OUTSET = pin_bit;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Current state high, set low.
+ NRF_GPIO->OUTCLR = pin_bit;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for writing a value to a GPIO pin.
+ *
+ * Note that the pin must be configured as an output for this
+ * function to have any effect.
+ *
+ * @param pin_number specifies the pin number [0:31] to
+ * write.
+ *
+ * @param value specifies the value to be written to the pin.
+ * @arg 0 clears the pin
+ * @arg >=1 sets the pin.
+ */
+static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_write(uint32_t pin_number, uint32_t value)
+{
+ if (value == 0)
+ {
+ nrf_gpio_pin_clear(pin_number);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ nrf_gpio_pin_set(pin_number);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for reading the input level of a GPIO pin.
+ *
+ * Note that the pin must have input connected for the value
+ * returned from this function to be valid.
+ *
+ * @param pin_number specifies the pin number [0:31] to
+ * read.
+ *
+ * @return
+ * @retval 0 if the pin input level is low.
+ * @retval 1 if the pin input level is high.
+ * @retval > 1 should never occur.
+ */
+static __INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpio_pin_read(uint32_t pin_number)
+{
+ return ((NRF_GPIO->IN >> pin_number) & 1UL);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Generic function for writing a single byte of a 32 bit word at a given
+ * address.
+ *
+ * This function should not be called from outside the nrf_gpio
+ * abstraction layer.
+ *
+ * @param word_address is the address of the word to be written.
+ *
+ * @param byte_no is the the word byte number (0-3) to be written.
+ *
+ * @param value is the value to be written to byte "byte_no" of word
+ * at address "word_address"
+ */
+static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_word_byte_write(volatile uint32_t * word_address, uint8_t byte_no, uint8_t value)
+{
+ *((volatile uint8_t*)(word_address) + byte_no) = value;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Generic function for reading a single byte of a 32 bit word at a given
+ * address.
+ *
+ * This function should not be called from outside the nrf_gpio
+ * abstraction layer.
+ *
+ * @param word_address is the address of the word to be read.
+ *
+ * @param byte_no is the the byte number (0-3) of the word to be read.
+ *
+ * @return byte "byte_no" of word at address "word_address".
+ */
+static __INLINE uint8_t nrf_gpio_word_byte_read(const volatile uint32_t* word_address, uint8_t byte_no)
+{
+ return (*((const volatile uint8_t*)(word_address) + byte_no));
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for setting the direction of a port.
+ *
+ * @param port is the port for which to set the direction.
+ *
+ * @param dir direction to be set for this port.
+ */
+static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_dir_set(nrf_gpio_port_select_t port, nrf_gpio_port_dir_t dir)
+{
+ if (dir == NRF_GPIO_PORT_DIR_OUTPUT)
+ {
+ nrf_gpio_word_byte_write(&NRF_GPIO->DIRSET, port, 0xFF);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ nrf_gpio_range_cfg_input(port*8, (port+1)*8-1, NRF_GPIO_PIN_NOPULL);
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for reading a GPIO port.
+ *
+ * @param port is the port to read.
+ *
+ * @return the input value on this port.
+ */
+static __INLINE uint8_t nrf_gpio_port_read(nrf_gpio_port_select_t port)
+{
+ return nrf_gpio_word_byte_read(&NRF_GPIO->IN, port);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for writing to a GPIO port.
+ *
+ * @param port is the port to write.
+ *
+ * @param value is the value to write to this port.
+ *
+ * @sa nrf_gpio_port_dir_set()
+ */
+static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_write(nrf_gpio_port_select_t port, uint8_t value)
+{
+ nrf_gpio_word_byte_write(&NRF_GPIO->OUT, port, value);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for setting individual pins on GPIO port.
+ *
+ * @param port is the port for which to set the pins.
+ *
+ * @param set_mask is a mask specifying which pins to set. A bit
+ * set to 1 indicates that the corresponding port pin shall be
+ * set.
+ *
+ * @sa nrf_gpio_port_dir_set()
+ */
+static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_set(nrf_gpio_port_select_t port, uint8_t set_mask)
+{
+ nrf_gpio_word_byte_write(&NRF_GPIO->OUTSET, port, set_mask);
+}
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for clearing individual pins on GPIO port.
+ *
+ * @param port is the port for which to clear the pins.
+ *
+ * @param clr_mask is a mask specifying which pins to clear. A bit
+ * set to 1 indicates that the corresponding port pin shall be
+ * cleared.
+ *
+ * @sa nrf_gpio_port_dir_set()
+ */
+static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_clear(nrf_gpio_port_select_t port, uint8_t clr_mask)
+{
+ nrf_gpio_word_byte_write(&NRF_GPIO->OUTCLR, port, clr_mask);
+}
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_nvmc.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_nvmc.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic
+ * Semiconductor ASA.Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail
+ * in NORDIC SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ * $LastChangedRevision: 17685 $
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @brief NMVC driver API.
+ */
+
+#ifndef NRF_NVMC_H__
+#define NRF_NVMC_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup nrf_nvmc Non-volatile memory controller
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup nrf_drivers
+ * @brief Driver for the nRF51 NVMC peripheral.
+ *
+ * This driver allows writing to the non-volatile memory (NVM) regions
+ * of the nRF51. In order to write to NVM the controller must be powered
+ * on and the relevant page must be erased.
+ *
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Erase a page in flash. This is required before writing to any
+ * address in the page.
+ *
+ * @param address Start address of the page.
+ */
+void nrf_nvmc_page_erase(uint32_t address);
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Write a single byte to flash.
+ *
+ * The function reads the word containing the byte, and then
+ * rewrites the entire word.
+ *
+ * @param address Address to write to.
+ * @param value Value to write.
+ */
+void nrf_nvmc_write_byte(uint32_t address , uint8_t value);
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Write a 32-bit word to flash.
+ * @param address Address to write to.
+ * @param value Value to write.
+ */
+void nrf_nvmc_write_word(uint32_t address, uint32_t value);
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Write consecutive bytes to flash.
+ *
+ * @param address Address to write to.
+ * @param src Pointer to data to copy from.
+ * @param num_bytes Number of bytes in src to write.
+ */
+void nrf_nvmc_write_bytes(uint32_t address, const uint8_t * src, uint32_t num_bytes);
+
+
+/**
+ @ @brief Write consecutive words to flash.
+ *
+ * @param address Address to write to.
+ * @param src Pointer to data to copy from.
+ * @param num_words Number of bytes in src to write.
+ */
+void nrf_nvmc_write_words(uint32_t address, const uint32_t * src, uint32_t num_words);
+
+
+#endif // NRF_NVMC_H__
+/** @} */
+
+
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_temp.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_temp.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifndef NRF_TEMP_H__
+#define NRF_TEMP_H__
+
+#include "nrf51.h"
+
+/**
+* @defgroup nrf_temperature TEMP (temperature) abstraction
+* @{
+* @ingroup nrf_drivers temperature_example
+* @brief Temperature module init and read functions.
+*
+*/
+
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for preparing the temp module for temperature measurement.
+ *
+ * This function initializes the TEMP module and writes to the hidden configuration register.
+ *
+ * @param none
+ */
+static __INLINE void nrf_temp_init(void)
+{
+ /**@note Workaround for PAN_028 rev2.0A anomaly 31 - TEMP: Temperature offset value has to be manually loaded to the TEMP module */
+ *(uint32_t *) 0x4000C504 = 0;
+}
+
+
+
+#define MASK_SIGN (0x00000200UL)
+#define MASK_SIGN_EXTENSION (0xFFFFFC00UL)
+
+/**
+ * @brief Function for reading temperature measurement.
+ *
+ * The function reads the 10 bit 2's complement value and transforms it to a 32 bit 2's complement value.
+ *
+ * @param none
+ */
+static __INLINE int32_t nrf_temp_read(void)
+{
+ /**@note Workaround for PAN_028 rev2.0A anomaly 28 - TEMP: Negative measured values are not represented correctly */
+ return ((NRF_TEMP->TEMP & MASK_SIGN) != 0) ? (NRF_TEMP->TEMP | MASK_SIGN_EXTENSION) : (NRF_TEMP->TEMP);
+}
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2011 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ *
+ */
+/**
+ @addtogroup BLE_COMMON BLE SoftDevice Common
+ @{
+ @defgroup ble_api Events, type definitions and API calls
+ @{
+
+ @brief Module independent events, type definitions and API calls for the S110 SoftDevice.
+
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_H__
+#define BLE_H__
+
+#include "ble_ranges.h"
+#include "ble_types.h"
+#include "ble_gap.h"
+#include "ble_l2cap.h"
+#include "ble_gatt.h"
+#include "ble_gattc.h"
+#include "ble_gatts.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup BLE_COMMON_ENUMERATIONS Enumerations
+ * @{ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Common API SVC numbers.
+ */
+enum BLE_COMMON_SVCS
+{
+ SD_BLE_ENABLE = BLE_SVC_BASE, /**< Enable and initialize the BLE stack */
+ SD_BLE_EVT_GET, /**< Get an event from the pending events queue. */
+ SD_BLE_TX_BUFFER_COUNT_GET, /**< Get the total number of available application transmission buffers from the stack. */
+ SD_BLE_UUID_VS_ADD, /**< Add a Vendor Specific UUID. */
+ SD_BLE_UUID_DECODE, /**< Decode UUID bytes. */
+ SD_BLE_UUID_ENCODE, /**< Encode UUID bytes. */
+ SD_BLE_VERSION_GET, /**< Get the local version information (company id, Link Layer Version, Link Layer Subversion). */
+ SD_BLE_USER_MEM_REPLY, /**< User Memory Reply. */
+ SD_BLE_OPT_SET, /**< Set a BLE option. */
+ SD_BLE_OPT_GET, /**< Get a BLE option. */
+};
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup BLE_COMMON_DEFINES Defines
+ * @{ */
+
+/** @brief Required pointer alignment for BLE Events.
+*/
+#define BLE_EVTS_PTR_ALIGNMENT 4
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_USER_MEM_TYPES User Memory Types
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_USER_MEM_TYPE_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid User Memory Types. */
+#define BLE_USER_MEM_TYPE_GATTS_QUEUED_WRITES 0x01 /**< User Memory for GATTS queued writes. */
+/** @} */
+
+/** @brief Maximum number of Vendor Specific UUIDs.
+*/
+#define BLE_UUID_VS_MAX_COUNT 10
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup BLE_COMMON_STRUCTURES Structures
+ * @{ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief BLE Module Independent Event IDs.
+ */
+enum BLE_COMMON_EVTS
+{
+ BLE_EVT_TX_COMPLETE = BLE_EVT_BASE, /**< Transmission Complete. */
+ BLE_EVT_USER_MEM_REQUEST, /**< User Memory request. */
+ BLE_EVT_USER_MEM_RELEASE /**< User Memory release. */
+};
+
+/**@brief User Memory Block. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t* p_mem; /**< Pointer to the start of the user memory block. */
+ uint16_t len; /**< Length in bytes of the user memory block. */
+} ble_user_mem_block_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief TX complete event.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t count; /**< Number of packets transmitted. */
+} ble_evt_tx_complete_t;
+
+/**@brief Event structure for BLE_EVT_USER_MEM_REQUEST. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t type; /**< User memory type, see @ref BLE_USER_MEM_TYPES. */
+} ble_evt_user_mem_request_t;
+
+/**@brief Event structure for BLE_EVT_USER_MEM_RELEASE. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t type; /**< User memory type, see @ref BLE_USER_MEM_TYPES. */
+ ble_user_mem_block_t mem_block; /**< User memory block */
+} ble_evt_user_mem_release_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Event structure for events not associated with a specific function module. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Connection Handle on which this event occured. */
+ union
+ {
+ ble_evt_tx_complete_t tx_complete; /**< Transmission Complete. */
+ ble_evt_user_mem_request_t user_mem_request; /**< User Memory Request Event Parameters. */
+ ble_evt_user_mem_release_t user_mem_release; /**< User Memory Release Event Parameters. */
+ } params;
+} ble_common_evt_t;
+
+/**@brief BLE Event header. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t evt_id; /**< Value from a BLE_<module>_EVT series. */
+ uint16_t evt_len; /**< Length in octets excluding this header. */
+} ble_evt_hdr_t;
+
+/**@brief Common BLE Event type, wrapping the module specific event reports. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_evt_hdr_t header; /**< Event header. */
+ union
+ {
+ ble_common_evt_t common_evt; /**< Common Event, evt_id in BLE_EVT_* series. */
+ ble_gap_evt_t gap_evt; /**< GAP originated event, evt_id in BLE_GAP_EVT_* series. */
+ ble_l2cap_evt_t l2cap_evt; /**< L2CAP originated event, evt_id in BLE_L2CAP_EVT* series. */
+ ble_gattc_evt_t gattc_evt; /**< GATT client originated event, evt_id in BLE_GATTC_EVT* series. */
+ ble_gatts_evt_t gatts_evt; /**< GATT server originated event, evt_id in BLE_GATTS_EVT* series. */
+ } evt;
+} ble_evt_t;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Version Information.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t version_number; /**< Link Layer Version number for BT 4.1 spec is 7 (https://www.bluetooth.org/en-us/specification/assigned-numbers/link-layer). */
+ uint16_t company_id; /**< Company ID, Nordic Semiconductor's company ID is 89 (0x0059) (https://www.bluetooth.org/apps/content/Default.aspx?doc_id=49708). */
+ uint16_t subversion_number; /**< Link Layer Sub Version number, corresponds to the SoftDevice Config ID or Firmware ID (FWID). */
+} ble_version_t;
+
+/**@brief Common BLE Option type, wrapping the module specific options. */
+typedef union
+{
+ ble_gap_opt_t gap; /**< GAP option, opt_id in BLE_GAP_OPT_* series. */
+} ble_opt_t;
+
+/**
+ * @brief BLE GATTS init options
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gatts_enable_params_t gatts_enable_params; /**< GATTS init options @ref ble_gatts_enable_params_t. */
+} ble_enable_params_t;
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup BLE_COMMON_FUNCTIONS Functions
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief Enable the bluetooth stack
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_ble_enable_params Pointer to ble_enable_params_t
+ *
+ * @details This call initializes the bluetooth stack, no other BLE related call can be called before this one has been executed.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS BLE stack has been initialized successfully
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid or not sufficiently aligned pointer supplied.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_ENABLE, uint32_t, sd_ble_enable(ble_enable_params_t * p_ble_enable_params));
+
+/**@brief Get an event from the pending events queue.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_dest Pointer to buffer to be filled in with an event, or NULL to retrieve the event length. This buffer <b>must be 4-byte aligned in memory</b>.
+ * @param[in, out] p_len Pointer the length of the buffer, on return it is filled with the event length.
+ *
+ * @details This call allows the application to pull a BLE event from the BLE stack. The application is signalled that an event is
+ * available from the BLE Stack by the triggering of the SD_EVT_IRQn interrupt (mapped to IRQ 22).
+ * The application is free to choose whether to call this function from thread mode (main context) or directly from the Interrupt Service Routine
+ * that maps to SD_EVT_IRQn. In any case however, and because the BLE stack runs at a higher priority than the application, this function should be called
+ * in a loop (until @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND is returned) every time SD_EVT_IRQn is raised to ensure that all available events are pulled from the stack.
+ * Failure to do so could potentially leave events in the internal queue without the application being aware of this fact.
+ * Sizing the p_dest buffer is equally important, since the application needs to provide all the memory necessary for the event to be copied into
+ * application memory. If the buffer provided is not large enough to fit the entire contents of the event, @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE will be returned
+ * and the application can then call again with a larger buffer size.
+ * Please note that because of the variable length nature of some events, sizeof(ble_evt_t) will not always be large enough to fit certain events,
+ * and so it is the application's responsability to provide an amount of memory large enough so that the relevant event is copied in full.
+ * The application may "peek" the event length by providing p_dest as a NULL pointer and inspecting the value of *p_len upon return.
+ *
+ * @note The pointer supplied must be aligned to the extend defined by @ref BLE_EVTS_PTR_ALIGNMENT
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Event pulled and stored into the supplied buffer.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid or not sufficiently aligned pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND No events ready to be pulled.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Event ready but could not fit into the supplied buffer.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_EVT_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_evt_get(uint8_t* p_dest, uint16_t *p_len));
+
+
+/**@brief Get the total number of available application transmission buffers in the BLE stack.
+ *
+ * @details This call allows the application to obtain the total number of
+ * transmission buffers available for application data. Please note that
+ * this does not give the number of free buffers, but rather the total amount of them.
+ * The application has two options to handle its own application transmission buffers:
+ * - Use a simple arithmetic calculation: at boot time the application should use this function
+ * to find out the total amount of buffers available to it and store it in a variable.
+ * Every time a packet that consumes an application buffer is sent using any of the
+ * exposed functions in this BLE API, the application should decrement that variable.
+ * Conversely, whenever a @ref BLE_EVT_TX_COMPLETE event is received by the application
+ * it should retrieve the count field in such event and add that number to the same
+ * variable storing the number of available packets.
+ * This mechanism allows the application to be aware at any time of the number of
+ * application packets available in the BLE stack's internal buffers, and therefore
+ * it can know with certainty whether it is possible to send more data or it has to
+ * wait for a @ref BLE_EVT_TX_COMPLETE event before it proceeds.
+ * - Choose to simply not keep track of available buffers at all, and instead handle the
+ * @ref BLE_ERROR_NO_TX_BUFFERS error by queueing the packet to be transmitted and
+ * try again as soon as a @ref BLE_EVT_TX_COMPLETE event arrives.
+ *
+ * The API functions that <b>may</b> consume an application buffer depending on
+ * the parameters supplied to them can be found below:
+ *
+ * - @ref sd_ble_gattc_write (write witout response only)
+ * - @ref sd_ble_gatts_hvx (notifications only)
+ * - @ref sd_ble_l2cap_tx (all packets)
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_count Pointer to a uint8_t which will contain the number of application transmission buffers upon
+ * successful return.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Number of application transmission buffers retrieved successfully.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_TX_BUFFER_COUNT_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_tx_buffer_count_get(uint8_t* p_count));
+
+
+/**@brief Add a Vendor Specific UUID.
+ *
+ * @details This call enables the application to add a vendor specific UUID to the BLE stack's table,
+ * for later use all other modules and APIs. This then allows the application to use the shorter,
+ * 24-bit @ref ble_uuid_t format when dealing with both 16-bit and 128-bit UUIDs without having to
+ * check for lengths and having split code paths. The way that this is accomplished is by extending the
+ * grouping mechanism that the Bluetooth SIG standard base UUID uses for all other 128-bit UUIDs. The
+ * type field in the @ref ble_uuid_t structure is an index (relative to @ref BLE_UUID_TYPE_VENDOR_BEGIN)
+ * to the table populated by multiple calls to this function, and the uuid field in the same structure
+ * contains the 2 bytes at indices 12 and 13. The number of possible 128-bit UUIDs available to the
+ * application is therefore the number of Vendor Specific UUIDs added with the help of this function times 65536,
+ * although restricted to modifying bytes 12 and 13 for each of the entries in the supplied array.
+ *
+ * @note Bytes 12 and 13 of the provided UUID will not be used internally, since those are always replaced by
+ * the 16-bit uuid field in @ref ble_uuid_t.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_vs_uuid Pointer to a 16-octet (128-bit) little endian Vendor Specific UUID disregarding
+ * bytes 12 and 13.
+ * @param[out] p_uuid_type Pointer where the type field in @ref ble_uuid_t corresponding to this UUID will be stored.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully added the Vendor Specific UUID.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If p_vs_uuid or p_uuid_type is NULL or invalid.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If there are no more free slots for VS UUIDs.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN If p_vs_uuid has already been added to the VS UUID table.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_UUID_VS_ADD, uint32_t, sd_ble_uuid_vs_add(ble_uuid128_t const * const p_vs_uuid, uint8_t * const p_uuid_type));
+
+
+/** @brief Decode little endian raw UUID bytes (16-bit or 128-bit) into a 24 bit @ref ble_uuid_t structure.
+ *
+ * @details The raw UUID bytes excluding bytes 12 and 13 (i.e. bytes 0-11 and 14-15) of p_uuid_le are compared
+ * to the corresponding ones in each entry of the table of vendor specific UUIDs pouplated with @ref sd_ble_uuid_vs_add
+ * to look for a match. If there is such a match, bytes 12 and 13 are returned as p_uuid->uuid and the index
+ * relative to @ref BLE_UUID_TYPE_VENDOR_BEGIN as p_uuid->type.
+ *
+ * @note If the UUID length supplied is 2, then the type set by this call will always be @ref BLE_UUID_TYPE_BLE.
+ *
+ * @param[in] uuid_le_len Length in bytes of the buffer pointed to by p_uuid_le (must be 2 or 16 bytes).
+ * @param[in] p_uuid_le Pointer pointing to little endian raw UUID bytes.
+ * @param[in,out] p_uuid Pointer to a @ref ble_uuid_t structure to be filled in.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully decoded into the @ref ble_uuid_t structure.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH Invalid UUID length.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND For a 128-bit UUID, no match in the populated table of UUIDs.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_UUID_DECODE, uint32_t, sd_ble_uuid_decode(uint8_t uuid_le_len, uint8_t const * const p_uuid_le, ble_uuid_t * const p_uuid));
+
+
+/** @brief Encode a @ref ble_uuid_t structure into little endian raw UUID bytes (16-bit or 128-bit).
+ *
+ * @note The pointer to the destination buffer p_uuid_le may be NULL, in which case only the validitiy and size of p_uuid is computed.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_uuid Pointer to a @ref ble_uuid_t structure that will be encoded into bytes.
+ * @param[out] p_uuid_le_len Pointer to a uint8_t that will be filled with the encoded length (2 or 16 bytes).
+ * @param[out] p_uuid_le Pointer to a buffer where the little endian raw UUID bytes (2 or 16) will be stored.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully encoded into the buffer.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid UUID type.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_UUID_ENCODE, uint32_t, sd_ble_uuid_encode(ble_uuid_t const * const p_uuid, uint8_t * const p_uuid_le_len, uint8_t * const p_uuid_le));
+
+
+/**@brief Get Version Information.
+ *
+ * @details This call allows the application to get the BLE stack version information.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_version Pointer to ble_version_t structure to be filled in.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Version information stored successfully.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY The stack is busy (typically doing a locally-initiated disconnection procedure).
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_VERSION_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_version_get(ble_version_t * p_version));
+
+
+/**@brief Provide a user memory block.
+ *
+ * @note This call can only be used as a response to a @ref BLE_EVT_USER_MEM_REQUEST event issued to the application.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
+ * @param[in] p_block Pointer to a user memory block structure.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully queued a response to the peer.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE No execute write request pending.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_USER_MEM_REPLY, uint32_t, sd_ble_user_mem_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_user_mem_block_t *p_block));
+
+
+/**@brief Set a BLE option.
+ *
+ * @details This call allows the application to set the value of an option.
+ *
+ * @param[in] opt_id Option ID.
+ * @param[in] p_opt Pointer to a ble_opt_t structure containing the option value.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS Option set successfully.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @retval ::BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, check parameter limits and constraints.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Unable to set the parameter at this time.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_BUSY The stack is busy or the previous procedure has not completed.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_OPT_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_opt_set(uint32_t opt_id, ble_opt_t const *p_opt));
+
+
+/**@brief Get a BLE option.
+ *
+ * @details This call allows the application to retrieve the value of an option.
+ *
+ * @param[in] opt_id Option ID.
+ * @param[out] p_opt Pointer to a ble_opt_t structure to be filled in.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS Option retrieved successfully.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @retval ::BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, check parameter limits and constraints.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Unable to retrieve the parameter at this time.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_BUSY The stack is busy or the previous procedure has not completed.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED This option is not supported.
+ *
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_OPT_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_opt_get(uint32_t opt_id, ble_opt_t *p_opt));
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif /* BLE_H__ */
+
+/**
+ @}
+ @}
+*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_err.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_err.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ *
+ */
+ /**
+ @addtogroup BLE_COMMON
+ @{
+ @addtogroup nrf_error
+ @{
+ @ingroup BLE_COMMON
+ @}
+
+ @defgroup ble_err General error codes
+ @{
+
+ @brief General error code definitions for the BLE API.
+
+ @ingroup BLE_COMMON
+*/
+#ifndef NRF_BLE_ERR_H__
+#define NRF_BLE_ERR_H__
+
+#include "nrf_error.h"
+
+/* @defgroup BLE_ERRORS Error Codes
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_ERROR_NOT_ENABLED (NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM+0x001) /**< @ref sd_ble_enable has not been called. */
+#define BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE (NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM+0x002) /**< Invalid connection handle. */
+#define BLE_ERROR_INVALID_ATTR_HANDLE (NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM+0x003) /**< Invalid attribute handle. */
+#define BLE_ERROR_NO_TX_BUFFERS (NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM+0x004) /**< Buffer capacity exceeded. */
+/** @} */
+
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_ERROR_SUBRANGES Module specific error code subranges
+ * @brief Assignment of subranges for module specific error codes.
+ * @note For specific error codes, see ble_<module>.h or ble_error_<module>.h.
+ * @{ */
+#define NRF_L2CAP_ERR_BASE (NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM+0x100) /**< L2CAP specific errors. */
+#define NRF_GAP_ERR_BASE (NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM+0x200) /**< GAP specific errors. */
+#define NRF_GATTC_ERR_BASE (NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM+0x300) /**< GATT client specific errors. */
+#define NRF_GATTS_ERR_BASE (NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM+0x400) /**< GATT server specific errors. */
+/** @} */
+
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ @}
+ @}
+*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_gap.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_gap.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,1032 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2011 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ *
+ */
+/**
+ @addtogroup BLE_GAP Generic Access Profile (GAP)
+ @{
+ @brief Definitions and prototypes for the GAP interface.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_GAP_H__
+#define BLE_GAP_H__
+
+#include "ble_types.h"
+#include "ble_ranges.h"
+#include "nrf_svc.h"
+
+
+/**@addtogroup BLE_GAP_ENUMERATIONS Enumerations
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief GAP API SVC numbers.
+ */
+enum BLE_GAP_SVCS
+{
+ SD_BLE_GAP_ADDRESS_SET = BLE_GAP_SVC_BASE, /**< Set own Bluetooth Address. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_ADDRESS_GET, /**< Get own Bluetooth Address. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_ADV_DATA_SET, /**< Set Advertisement Data. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_ADV_START, /**< Start Advertising. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_ADV_STOP, /**< Stop Advertising. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_CONN_PARAM_UPDATE, /**< Connection Parameter Update. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_DISCONNECT, /**< Disconnect. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_TX_POWER_SET, /**< Set TX Power. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_APPEARANCE_SET, /**< Set Appearance. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_APPEARANCE_GET, /**< Get Appearance. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_PPCP_SET, /**< Set PPCP. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_PPCP_GET, /**< Get PPCP. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_DEVICE_NAME_SET, /**< Set Device Name. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_DEVICE_NAME_GET, /**< Get Device Name. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_AUTHENTICATE, /**< Initiate Pairing/Bonding. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_SEC_PARAMS_REPLY, /**< Reply with Security Parameters. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_REPLY, /**< Reply with an authentication key. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_SEC_INFO_REPLY, /**< Reply with Security Information. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_GET, /**< Obtain connection security level. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_RSSI_START, /**< Start reporting of changes in RSSI. */
+ SD_BLE_GAP_RSSI_STOP, /**< Stop reporting of changes in RSSI. */
+};
+/**@} */
+
+/**@addtogroup BLE_GAP_DEFINES Defines
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_ERRORS_GAP SVC return values specific to GAP
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_ERROR_GAP_UUID_LIST_MISMATCH (NRF_GAP_ERR_BASE + 0x000) /**< UUID list does not contain an integral number of UUIDs. */
+#define BLE_ERROR_GAP_DISCOVERABLE_WITH_WHITELIST (NRF_GAP_ERR_BASE + 0x001) /**< Use of Whitelist not permitted with discoverable advertising. */
+#define BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR (NRF_GAP_ERR_BASE + 0x002) /**< The upper two bits of the address do not correspond to the specified address type. */
+/**@} */
+
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_ROLES GAP Roles
+ * @note Not explicitly used in peripheral API, but will be relevant for central API.
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GAP_ROLE_INVALID 0x0 /**< Invalid Role. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ROLE_PERIPH 0x1 /**< Peripheral Role. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ROLE_CENTRAL 0x2 /**< Central Role. */
+/**@} */
+
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_TIMEOUT_SOURCES GAP Timeout sources
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GAP_TIMEOUT_SRC_ADVERTISEMENT 0x00 /**< Advertisement timeout. */
+#define BLE_GAP_TIMEOUT_SRC_SECURITY_REQUEST 0x01 /**< Security request timeout. */
+/**@} */
+
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPES GAP Address types
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC 0x00 /**< Public address. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC 0x01 /**< Random Static address. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE 0x02 /**< Private Resolvable address. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_NON_RESOLVABLE 0x03 /**< Private Non-Resolvable address. */
+/**@} */
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODES GAP Address cycle modes
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_NONE 0x00 /**< Set addresses directly, no automatic address cycling. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_AUTO 0x01 /**< Automatically generate and update private addresses. */
+/** @} */
+
+/**@brief The default interval in seconds at which a private address is refreshed when address cycle mode is @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_AUTO. */
+#define BLE_GAP_DEFAULT_PRIVATE_ADDR_CYCLE_INTERVAL_S (60 * 15)
+
+/** @brief BLE address length. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADDR_LEN 6
+
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_DEFINITIONS GAP Advertising and Scan Response Data format
+ * @note Found at https://www.bluetooth.org/Technical/AssignedNumbers/generic_access_profile.htm
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_FLAGS 0x01 /**< Flags for discoverability. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_16BIT_SERVICE_UUID_MORE_AVAILABLE 0x02 /**< Partial list of 16 bit service UUIDs. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_16BIT_SERVICE_UUID_COMPLETE 0x03 /**< Complete list of 16 bit service UUIDs. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_32BIT_SERVICE_UUID_MORE_AVAILABLE 0x04 /**< Partial list of 32 bit service UUIDs. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_32BIT_SERVICE_UUID_COMPLETE 0x05 /**< Complete list of 32 bit service UUIDs. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_128BIT_SERVICE_UUID_MORE_AVAILABLE 0x06 /**< Partial list of 128 bit service UUIDs. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_128BIT_SERVICE_UUID_COMPLETE 0x07 /**< Complete list of 128 bit service UUIDs. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SHORT_LOCAL_NAME 0x08 /**< Short local device name. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_COMPLETE_LOCAL_NAME 0x09 /**< Complete local device name. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_TX_POWER_LEVEL 0x0A /**< Transmit power level. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_CLASS_OF_DEVICE 0x0D /**< Class of device. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SIMPLE_PAIRING_HASH_C 0x0E /**< Simple Pairing Hash C. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SIMPLE_PAIRING_RANDOMIZER_R 0x0F /**< Simple Pairing Randomizer R. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SECURITY_MANAGER_TK_VALUE 0x10 /**< Security Manager TK Value. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SECURITY_MANAGER_OOB_FLAGS 0x11 /**< Security Manager Out Of Band Flags. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SLAVE_CONNECTION_INTERVAL_RANGE 0x12 /**< Slave Connection Interval Range. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SOLICITED_SERVICE_UUIDS_16BIT 0x14 /**< List of 16-bit Service Solicitation UUIDs. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SOLICITED_SERVICE_UUIDS_128BIT 0x15 /**< List of 128-bit Service Solicitation UUIDs. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SERVICE_DATA 0x16 /**< Service Data - 16-bit UUID. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_PUBLIC_TARGET_ADDRESS 0x17 /**< Public Target Address. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_RANDOM_TARGET_ADDRESS 0x18 /**< Random Target Address. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_APPEARANCE 0x19 /**< Appearance. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_ADVERTISING_INTERVAL 0x1A /**< Advertising Interval. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_LE_BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_ADDRESS 0x1B /**< LE Bluetooth Device Address. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_LE_ROLE 0x1C /**< LE Role. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SIMPLE_PAIRING_HASH_C256 0x1D /**< Simple Pairing Hash C-256. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SIMPLE_PAIRING_RANDOMIZER_R256 0x1E /**< Simple Pairing Randomizer R-256. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SERVICE_DATA_32BIT_UUID 0x20 /**< Service Data - 32-bit UUID. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SERVICE_DATA_128BIT_UUID 0x21 /**< Service Data - 128-bit UUID. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_3D_INFORMATION_DATA 0x3D /**< 3D Information Data. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_DATA 0xFF /**< Manufacturer Specific Data. */
+/**@} */
+
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAGS GAP Advertisement Flags
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_LE_LIMITED_DISC_MODE (0x01) /**< LE Limited Discoverable Mode. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_LE_GENERAL_DISC_MODE (0x02) /**< LE General Discoverable Mode. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_BR_EDR_NOT_SUPPORTED (0x04) /**< BR/EDR not supported. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_LE_BR_EDR_CONTROLLER (0x08) /**< Simultaneous LE and BR/EDR, Controller. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_LE_BR_EDR_HOST (0x10) /**< Simultaneous LE and BR/EDR, Host. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAGS_LE_ONLY_LIMITED_DISC_MODE (BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_LE_LIMITED_DISC_MODE | BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_BR_EDR_NOT_SUPPORTED) /**< LE Limited Discoverable Mode, BR/EDR not supported. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAGS_LE_ONLY_GENERAL_DISC_MODE (BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_LE_GENERAL_DISC_MODE | BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_BR_EDR_NOT_SUPPORTED) /**< LE General Discoverable Mode, BR/EDR not supported. */
+/**@} */
+
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_ADV_INTERVALS GAP Advertising interval max and min
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_INTERVAL_MIN 0x0020 /**< Minimum Advertising interval in 625 us units, i.e. 20 ms. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_NONCON_INTERVAL_MIN 0x00A0 /**< Minimum Advertising interval in 625 us units for non connectable mode, i.e. 100 ms. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_INTERVAL_MAX 0x4000 /**< Maximum Advertising interval in 625 us units, i.e. 10.24 s. */
+ /**@} */
+
+
+/**@brief Maximum size of advertising data in octets. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE 31
+
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPES GAP Advertising types
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPE_ADV_IND 0x00 /**< Connectable undirected. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPE_ADV_DIRECT_IND 0x01 /**< Connectable directed. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPE_ADV_SCAN_IND 0x02 /**< Scannable undirected. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPE_ADV_NONCONN_IND 0x03 /**< Non connectable undirected. */
+/**@} */
+
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_ADV_FILTER_POLICIES GAP Advertising filter policies
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FP_ANY 0x00 /**< Allow scan requests and connect requests from any device. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FP_FILTER_SCANREQ 0x01 /**< Filter scan requests with whitelist. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FP_FILTER_CONNREQ 0x02 /**< Filter connect requests with whitelist. */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FP_FILTER_BOTH 0x03 /**< Filter both scan and connect requests with whitelist. */
+/**@} */
+
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_ADV_TIMEOUT_VALUES GAP Advertising timeout values
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_TIMEOUT_LIMITED_MAX 180 /**< Maximum advertising time in limited discoverable mode (TGAP(lim_adv_timeout) = 180s in spec (Addendum 2)). */
+#define BLE_GAP_ADV_TIMEOUT_GENERAL_UNLIMITED 0 /**< Unlimited advertising in general discoverable mode. */
+/**@} */
+
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_DISC_MODES GAP Discovery modes
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GAP_DISC_MODE_NOT_DISCOVERABLE 0x00 /**< Not discoverable discovery Mode. */
+#define BLE_GAP_DISC_MODE_LIMITED 0x01 /**< Limited Discovery Mode. */
+#define BLE_GAP_DISC_MODE_GENERAL 0x02 /**< General Discovery Mode. */
+/**@} */
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS GAP IO Capabilities
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS_DISPLAY_ONLY 0x00 /**< Display Only. */
+#define BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS_DISPLAY_YESNO 0x01 /**< Display and Yes/No entry. */
+#define BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS_KEYBOARD_ONLY 0x02 /**< Keyboard Only. */
+#define BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS_NONE 0x03 /**< No I/O capabilities. */
+#define BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS_KEYBOARD_DISPLAY 0x04 /**< Keyboard and Display. */
+/**@} */
+
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPES GAP Authentication Key Types
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPE_NONE 0x00 /**< No key (may be used to reject). */
+#define BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPE_PASSKEY 0x01 /**< 6-digit Passkey. */
+#define BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPE_OOB 0x02 /**< Out Of Band data. */
+/**@} */
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS GAP Security status
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SUCCESS 0x00 /**< Successful parameters. */
+#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_TIMEOUT 0x01 /**< Procedure timed out. */
+#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_PDU_INVALID 0x02 /**< Invalid PDU received. */
+#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_PASSKEY_ENTRY_FAILED 0x81 /**< Passkey entry failed (user cancelled or other). */
+#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_OOB_NOT_AVAILABLE 0x82 /**< Out of Band Key not available. */
+#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_AUTH_REQ 0x83 /**< Authentication requirements not met. */
+#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_CONFIRM_VALUE 0x84 /**< Confirm value failed. */
+#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_PAIRING_NOT_SUPP 0x85 /**< Pairing not supported. */
+#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_ENC_KEY_SIZE 0x86 /**< Encryption key size. */
+#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SMP_CMD_UNSUPPORTED 0x87 /**< Unsupported SMP command. */
+#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED 0x88 /**< Unspecified reason. */
+#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_REPEATED_ATTEMPTS 0x89 /**< Too little time elapsed since last attempt. */
+#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMS 0x8A /**< Invalid parameters. */
+/**@} */
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCES GAP Security status sources
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCE_LOCAL 0x00 /**< Local failure. */
+#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCE_REMOTE 0x01 /**< Remote failure. */
+/**@} */
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS GAP Connection Parameters Limits
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GAP_CP_MIN_CONN_INTVL_NONE 0xFFFF /**< No new minimum connction interval specified in connect parameters. */
+#define BLE_GAP_CP_MIN_CONN_INTVL_MIN 0x0006 /**< Lowest mimimum connection interval permitted, in units of 1.25 ms, i.e. 7.5 ms. */
+#define BLE_GAP_CP_MIN_CONN_INTVL_MAX 0x0C80 /**< Highest minimum connection interval permitted, in units of 1.25 ms, i.e. 4 s. */
+#define BLE_GAP_CP_MAX_CONN_INTVL_NONE 0xFFFF /**< No new maximum connction interval specified in connect parameters. */
+#define BLE_GAP_CP_MAX_CONN_INTVL_MIN 0x0006 /**< Lowest maximum connection interval permitted, in units of 1.25 ms, i.e. 7.5 ms. */
+#define BLE_GAP_CP_MAX_CONN_INTVL_MAX 0x0C80 /**< Highest maximum connection interval permitted, in units of 1.25 ms, i.e. 4 s. */
+#define BLE_GAP_CP_SLAVE_LATENCY_MAX 0x03E8 /**< Highest slave latency permitted, in connection events. */
+#define BLE_GAP_CP_CONN_SUP_TIMEOUT_NONE 0xFFFF /**< No new supervision timeout specified in connect parameters. */
+#define BLE_GAP_CP_CONN_SUP_TIMEOUT_MIN 0x000A /**< Lowest supervision timeout permitted, in units of 10 ms, i.e. 100 ms. */
+#define BLE_GAP_CP_CONN_SUP_TIMEOUT_MAX 0x0C80 /**< Highest supervision timeout permitted, in units of 10 ms, i.e. 32 s. */
+/**@} */
+
+
+/**@brief GAP device name maximum length. */
+#define BLE_GAP_DEVNAME_MAX_LEN 31
+
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_MACROS GAP attribute security requirement setters
+ *
+ * See @ref ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t.
+ * @{ */
+/**@brief Set sec_mode pointed to by ptr to have no access rights.*/
+#define BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_NO_ACCESS(ptr) do {(ptr)->sm = 0; (ptr)->lv = 0;} while(0)
+/**@brief Set sec_mode pointed to by ptr to require no protection, open link.*/
+#define BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_OPEN(ptr) do {(ptr)->sm = 1; (ptr)->lv = 1;} while(0)
+/**@brief Set sec_mode pointed to by ptr to require encryption, but no MITM protection.*/
+#define BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_ENC_NO_MITM(ptr) do {(ptr)->sm = 1; (ptr)->lv = 2;} while(0)
+/**@brief Set sec_mode pointed to by ptr to require encryption and MITM protection.*/
+#define BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_ENC_WITH_MITM(ptr) do {(ptr)->sm = 1; (ptr)->lv = 3;} while(0)
+/**@brief Set sec_mode pointed to by ptr to require signing or encryption, no MITM protection needed.*/
+#define BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_SIGNED_NO_MITM(ptr) do {(ptr)->sm = 2; (ptr)->lv = 1;} while(0)
+/**@brief Set sec_mode pointed to by ptr to require signing or encryption with MITM protection.*/
+#define BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_SIGNED_WITH_MITM(ptr) do {(ptr)->sm = 2; (ptr)->lv = 2;} while(0)
+/**@} */
+
+
+/**@brief GAP Security Key Length. */
+#define BLE_GAP_SEC_KEY_LEN 16
+
+/**@brief GAP Passkey Length. */
+#define BLE_GAP_PASSKEY_LEN 6
+
+/**@brief Maximum amount of addresses in a whitelist. */
+#define BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_ADDR_MAX_COUNT (8)
+
+/**@brief Maximum amount of IRKs in a whitelist.
+ * @note The number of IRKs is limited to 8, even if the hardware supports more.
+ */
+#define BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_IRK_MAX_COUNT (8)
+
+/**@defgroup GAP_SEC_MODES GAP Security Modes
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GAP_SEC_MODE 0x00 /**< No key (may be used to reject). */
+/**@} */
+
+/**@} */
+
+/**@addtogroup BLE_GAP_STRUCTURES Structures
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief Bluetooth Low Energy address. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t addr_type; /**< See @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPES. */
+ uint8_t addr[BLE_GAP_ADDR_LEN]; /**< 48-bit address, LSB format. */
+} ble_gap_addr_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GAP connection parameters.
+ *
+ * @note When ble_conn_params_t is received in an event, both min_conn_interval and
+ * max_conn_interval will be equal to the connection interval set by the central.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t min_conn_interval; /**< Minimum Connection Interval in 1.25 ms units, see @ref BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS.*/
+ uint16_t max_conn_interval; /**< Maximum Connection Interval in 1.25 ms units, see @ref BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS.*/
+ uint16_t slave_latency; /**< Slave Latency in number of connection events, see @ref BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS.*/
+ uint16_t conn_sup_timeout; /**< Connection Supervision Timeout in 10 ms units, see @ref BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS.*/
+} ble_gap_conn_params_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GAP link requirements.
+ *
+ * See Bluetooth Core specification, Volume 3 Part C 10.2 for details.
+ *
+ * Security Mode 0 Level 0: No access permissions at all (this level is not defined by the Bluetooth Core specification).\n
+ * Security Mode 1 Level 1: No security is needed (aka open link).\n
+ * Security Mode 1 Level 2: Encrypted link required, MITM protection not necessary.\n
+ * Security Mode 1 Level 3: MITM protected encrypted link required.\n
+ * Security Mode 2 Level 1: Signing or encryption required, MITM protection not necessary.\n
+ * Security Mode 2 Level 2: MITM protected signing required, unless link is MITM protected encrypted.\n
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t sm : 4; /**< Security Mode (1 or 2), 0 for no permissions at all. */
+ uint8_t lv : 4; /**< Level (1, 2 or 3), 0 for no permissions at all. */
+
+} ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GAP connection security status.*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t sec_mode; /**< Currently active security mode for this connection.*/
+ uint8_t encr_key_size; /**< Length of currently active encryption key, 7 to 16 octets (only applicable for bonding procedures). */
+} ble_gap_conn_sec_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Identity Resolving Key. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t irk[BLE_GAP_SEC_KEY_LEN]; /**< Array containing IRK. */
+} ble_gap_irk_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Whitelist structure. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gap_addr_t ** pp_addrs; /**< Pointer to array of device address pointers, pointing to addresses to be used in whitelist. NULL if none are given. */
+ uint8_t addr_count; /**< Count of device addresses in array, up to @ref BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_ADDR_MAX_COUNT. */
+ ble_gap_irk_t ** pp_irks; /**< Pointer to array of Identity Resolving Key (IRK) pointers, each pointing to an IRK in the whitelist. NULL if none are given. */
+ uint8_t irk_count; /**< Count of IRKs in array, up to @ref BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_IRK_MAX_COUNT. */
+} ble_gap_whitelist_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GAP advertising parameters.*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t type; /**< See @ref BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPES. */
+ ble_gap_addr_t* p_peer_addr; /**< For BLE_GAP_CONN_MODE_DIRECTED mode only, known peer address. */
+ uint8_t fp; /**< Filter Policy, see @ref BLE_GAP_ADV_FILTER_POLICIES. */
+ ble_gap_whitelist_t * p_whitelist; /**< Pointer to whitelist, NULL if none is given. */
+ uint16_t interval; /**< Advertising interval between 0x0020 and 0x4000 in 0.625 ms units (20ms to 10.24s), see @ref BLE_GAP_ADV_INTERVALS. This parameter must be set to 0 if type equals @ref BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPE_ADV_DIRECT_IND. */
+ uint16_t timeout; /**< Advertising timeout between 0x0001 and 0x3FFF in seconds, 0x0000 disables timeout. See also @ref BLE_GAP_ADV_TIMEOUT_VALUES. This parameter must be set to 0 if type equals @ref BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPE_ADV_DIRECT_IND. */
+} ble_gap_adv_params_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GAP scanning parameters. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t filter; /**< Filter based on discovery mode, see @ref BLE_GAP_DISC_MODES. */
+ uint8_t active : 1; /**< If 1, perform active scanning (scan requests). */
+ uint8_t selective : 1; /**< If 1, ignore unknown devices (non whitelisted). */
+ uint16_t interval; /**< Scan interval between 0x0020 and 0x4000 in 0.625ms units (20ms to 10.24s). */
+ uint16_t window; /**< Scan window between 0x0004 and 0x4000 in 0.625ms units (2.5ms to 10.24s). */
+ uint16_t timeout; /**< Scan timeout between 0x0001 and 0x3FFF in seconds, 0x0000 disables timeout. */
+} ble_gap_scan_params_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GAP security parameters. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t timeout; /**< Timeout for SMP transactions or Security Request in seconds, see @ref sd_ble_gap_authenticate and @ref sd_ble_gap_sec_params_reply for more information. */
+ uint8_t bond : 1; /**< Perform bonding. */
+ uint8_t mitm : 1; /**< Man In The Middle protection required. */
+ uint8_t io_caps : 3; /**< IO capabilities, see @ref BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS. */
+ uint8_t oob : 1; /**< Out Of Band data available. */
+ uint8_t min_key_size; /**< Minimum encryption key size in octets between 7 and 16. */
+ uint8_t max_key_size; /**< Maximum encryption key size in octets between min_key_size and 16. */
+} ble_gap_sec_params_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GAP Encryption Information. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t div; /**< Encryption Diversifier. */
+ uint8_t ltk[BLE_GAP_SEC_KEY_LEN]; /**< Long Term Key. */
+ uint8_t auth : 1; /**< Authenticated Key. */
+ uint8_t ltk_len : 7; /**< LTK length in octets. */
+} ble_gap_enc_info_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GAP Master Identification. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t ediv; /**< Encrypted Diversifier. */
+ uint8_t rand[8]; /**< Random Number. */
+} ble_gap_master_id_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GAP Identity Information. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gap_addr_t addr; /**< Bluetooth address to which this key applies. */
+ uint8_t irk[BLE_GAP_SEC_KEY_LEN]; /**< Identity Resolution Key. */
+} ble_gap_id_info_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GAP Signing Information. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t csrk[BLE_GAP_SEC_KEY_LEN]; /* Connection Signature Resolving Key. */
+} ble_gap_sign_info_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GAP Event IDs.
+ * Those IDs uniquely identify an event coming from the stack to the application.
+ */
+enum BLE_GAP_EVTS
+{
+ BLE_GAP_EVT_CONNECTED = BLE_GAP_EVT_BASE, /**< Connection established. */
+ BLE_GAP_EVT_DISCONNECTED, /**< Disconnected from peer. */
+ BLE_GAP_EVT_CONN_PARAM_UPDATE, /**< Connection Parameters updated. */
+ BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_PARAMS_REQUEST, /**< Request to provide security parameters. */
+ BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_INFO_REQUEST, /**< Request to provide security information. */
+ BLE_GAP_EVT_PASSKEY_DISPLAY, /**< Request to display a passkey to the user. */
+ BLE_GAP_EVT_AUTH_KEY_REQUEST, /**< Request to provide an authentication key. */
+ BLE_GAP_EVT_AUTH_STATUS, /**< Authentication procedure completed with status. */
+ BLE_GAP_EVT_CONN_SEC_UPDATE, /**< Connection security updated. */
+ BLE_GAP_EVT_TIMEOUT, /**< Timeout expired. */
+ BLE_GAP_EVT_RSSI_CHANGED, /**< Signal strength measurement report. */
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief GAP Option IDs.
+ * IDs that uniquely identify a GAP option.
+ */
+enum BLE_GAP_OPTS
+{
+ BLE_GAP_OPT_LOCAL_CONN_LATENCY = BLE_GAP_OPT_BASE, /**< Local connection latency. */
+ BLE_GAP_OPT_PASSKEY, /**< Set passkey to be used during pairing. This option can be used to make the SoftDevice use an application provided passkey instead of generating a random passkey.*/
+ BLE_GAP_OPT_PRIVACY, /**< Set or get custom IRK or custom private address cycle interval. */
+};
+/**@} */
+
+
+/**@brief Event data for connected event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gap_addr_t peer_addr; /**< Bluetooth address of the peer device. */
+ uint8_t irk_match :1; /**< If 1, peer device's address resolved using an IRK. */
+ uint8_t irk_match_idx :7; /**< Index in IRK list where the address was matched. */
+ ble_gap_conn_params_t conn_params; /**< GAP Connection Parameters. */
+} ble_gap_evt_connected_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Event data for disconnected event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t reason; /**< HCI error code. */
+} ble_gap_evt_disconnected_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Event data for connection parameter update event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gap_conn_params_t conn_params; /**< GAP Connection Parameters. */
+} ble_gap_evt_conn_param_update_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Event data for security parameters request event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gap_sec_params_t peer_params; /**< Initiator Security Parameters. */
+} ble_gap_evt_sec_params_request_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Event data for security info request event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gap_addr_t peer_addr; /**< Bluetooth address of the peer device. */
+ uint16_t div; /**< Encryption diversifier for LTK lookup. */
+ uint8_t enc_info : 1; /**< If 1, Encryption Information required. */
+ uint8_t id_info : 1; /**< If 1, Identity Information required. */
+ uint8_t sign_info : 1; /**< If 1, Signing Information required. */
+} ble_gap_evt_sec_info_request_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Event data for passkey display event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t passkey[BLE_GAP_PASSKEY_LEN]; /**< 6-digit passkey in ASCII ('0'-'9' digits only). */
+} ble_gap_evt_passkey_display_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Event data for authentication key request event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t key_type; /**< See @ref BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPES. */
+} ble_gap_evt_auth_key_request_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Security levels supported.
+ * @note See Bluetooth Specification Version 4.1 Volume 3, Part C, Chapter 10.
+*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t lv1 : 1; /**< If 1: Level 1 is supported. */
+ uint8_t lv2 : 1; /**< If 1: Level 2 is supported. */
+ uint8_t lv3 : 1; /**< If 1: Level 3 is supported. */
+} ble_gap_sec_levels_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Keys that have been exchanged. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t ltk : 1; /**< Long Term Key. */
+ uint8_t ediv_rand : 1; /**< Encrypted Diversifier and Random value. */
+ uint8_t irk : 1; /**< Identity Resolving Key. */
+ uint8_t address : 1; /**< Public or static random address. */
+ uint8_t csrk : 1; /**< Connection Signature Resolving Key. */
+} ble_gap_sec_keys_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Event data for authentication status event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t auth_status; /**< Authentication status, see @ref BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS. */
+ uint8_t error_src; /**< On error, source that caused the failure, see @ref BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCES. */
+ ble_gap_sec_levels_t sm1_levels; /**< Levels supported in Security Mode 1. */
+ ble_gap_sec_levels_t sm2_levels; /**< Levels supported in Security Mode 2. */
+ ble_gap_sec_keys_t periph_kex; /**< Bitmap stating which keys were exchanged (distributed) by the peripheral. */
+ ble_gap_sec_keys_t central_kex; /**< Bitmap stating which keys were exchanged (distributed) by the central. */
+ struct periph_keys_t
+ {
+ ble_gap_enc_info_t enc_info; /**< Peripheral's Encryption information. */
+ } periph_keys; /**< Actual keys distributed from the Peripheral to the Central. */
+ struct central_keys_t
+ {
+ ble_gap_irk_t irk; /**< Central's IRK. */
+ ble_gap_addr_t id_info; /**< Central's Identity Info. */
+ } central_keys; /**< Actual keys distributed from the Central to the Peripheral. */
+} ble_gap_evt_auth_status_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Event data for connection security update event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gap_conn_sec_t conn_sec; /**< Connection security level. */
+} ble_gap_evt_conn_sec_update_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Event data for timeout event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t src; /**< Source of timeout event, see @ref BLE_GAP_TIMEOUT_SOURCES. */
+} ble_gap_evt_timeout_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Event data for advertisement report event. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ int8_t rssi; /**< Received Signal Strength Indication in dBm. */
+} ble_gap_evt_rssi_changed_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GAP event callback event structure. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Connection Handle on which event occured. */
+ union /**< union alternative identified by evt_id in enclosing struct. */
+ {
+ ble_gap_evt_connected_t connected; /**< Connected Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gap_evt_disconnected_t disconnected; /**< Disconnected Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gap_evt_conn_param_update_t conn_param_update; /**< Connection Parameter Update Parameters. */
+ ble_gap_evt_sec_params_request_t sec_params_request; /**< Security Parameters Request Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gap_evt_sec_info_request_t sec_info_request; /**< Security Information Request Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gap_evt_passkey_display_t passkey_display; /**< Passkey Display Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gap_evt_auth_key_request_t auth_key_request; /**< Authentication Key Request Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gap_evt_auth_status_t auth_status; /**< Authentication Status Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gap_evt_conn_sec_update_t conn_sec_update; /**< Connection Security Update Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gap_evt_timeout_t timeout; /**< Timeout Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gap_evt_rssi_changed_t rssi_changed; /**< RSSI Event parameters. */
+ } params;
+
+} ble_gap_evt_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Local connection latency option.
+ *
+ * Local connection latency is a feature which enables the slave to improve
+ * current consumption by ignoring the slave latency set by the peer. The
+ * local connection latency can only be set to a multiple of the slave latency,
+ * and cannot be longer than half of the supervision timeout.
+ *
+ * Used with @ref sd_ble_opt_set to set the local connection latency. The
+ * @ref sd_ble_opt_get is not supported for this option, but the actual
+ * local connection latency (unless set to NULL) is set as a return parameter
+ * when setting the option.
+ *
+ * @note The latency set will be truncated down to the closest slave latency event
+ * multiple, or the nearest multiple before half of the supervision timeout.
+ *
+ * @note The local connection latency is default off, and needs to be set for new
+ * connections and whenever the connection is updated.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS Set successfully.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED Get is not supported.
+ * @retval ::BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle parameter.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Connection Handle */
+ uint16_t requested_latency; /**< Requested local connection latency. */
+ uint16_t * p_actual_latency; /**< Pointer to storage for the actual local connection latency (can be set to NULL to skip return value). */
+} ble_gap_opt_local_conn_latency_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Passkey Option.
+ *
+ * Structure containing the passkey to be used during pairing. This can be used with @ref
+ * sd_ble_opt_set to make the SoftDevice use a pre-programmed passkey for authentication
+ * instead of generating a random one.
+ *
+ * @note @ref sd_ble_opt_get is not supported for this option.
+ *
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t * p_passkey; /**< Pointer to 6-digit ASCII string (digit 0..9 only, no NULL termination) passkey to be used during pairing. If this is NULL, the SoftDevice will generate a random passkey if required.*/
+} ble_gap_opt_passkey_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Custom Privacy Options.
+ *
+ * @note The specified address cycle interval is used when the address cycle mode is
+ * @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_AUTO. If 0 is given, the address will not be refreshed at any
+ * interval, and not at start of advertising. A new address can be generated manually by calling
+ * @ref sd_ble_gap_address_set with the same type again. The default interval is
+ * @ref BLE_GAP_DEFAULT_PRIVATE_ADDR_CYCLE_INTERVAL_S.
+ *
+ * @note If cycle mode is @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_AUTO, the address will immediately be
+ * refreshed when this option is set.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gap_irk_t * p_irk; /**< When input: Pointer to custom IRK, or NULL to use/reset to the device's default IRK. When output: Pointer to where the current IRK is to be stored, or NULL to not read out the IRK. */
+ uint16_t interval_s; /**< When input: Custom private address cycle interval in seconds. When output: The current private address cycle interval. */
+} ble_gap_opt_privacy_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Option structure for GAP options. */
+typedef union
+{
+ ble_gap_opt_local_conn_latency_t local_conn_latency; /**< Local connection latency. */
+ ble_gap_opt_passkey_t passkey; /**< Passkey to be used for pairing.*/
+ ble_gap_opt_privacy_t privacy; /**< Custom privacy options. */
+} ble_gap_opt_t;
+/**@} */
+
+
+/**@addtogroup BLE_GAP_FUNCTIONS Functions
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief Set local Bluetooth address.
+ *
+ * If the address cycle mode is @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_AUTO, the address type is required to
+ * be @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE or
+ * @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_NON_RESOLVABLE. The given address is ignored and the
+ * SoftDevice will generate a new private address automatically every time advertising is
+ * (re)started, and every @ref BLE_GAP_DEFAULT_PRIVATE_ADDR_CYCLE_INTERVAL_S seconds. If this API
+ * call is used again with the same parameters while advertising, the SoftDevice will immediately
+ * generate a new private address to replace the current address.
+ *
+ * If the application wishes to use a @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC or
+ * @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC address, the cycle mode must be
+ * @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_NONE.
+ *
+ * If this API function is called while advertising, the softdevice will immediately update the
+ * advertising address without the need to stop advertising in the following cases:
+ * - If the previously set address is of type @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC and the new address
+ * is also of type @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC
+ * - If the previously set address is not @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC and the new address is
+ * also not @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC.
+ *
+ * If the address is changed from a @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC address to another type or from
+ * another type to a @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC address, the change will take effect the next
+ * time advertising is started.
+ *
+ * @note If the address cycle mode is @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_NONE and the application is
+ * using privacy, the application must take care to generate and set new private addresses
+ * periodically to comply with the Privacy specification in Bluetooth Core Spec.
+ *
+ * @param[in] addr_cycle_mode Address cycle mode, see @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODES.
+ * @param[in] p_addr Pointer to address structure.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Address successfully set.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameters.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR Invalid address.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY The stack is busy, process pending events and retry.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_ADDRESS_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_address_set(uint8_t addr_cycle_mode, ble_gap_addr_t const * const p_addr));
+
+
+/**@brief Get local Bluetooth address.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_addr Pointer to address structure.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Address successfully retrieved.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_ADDRESS_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_address_get(ble_gap_addr_t * const p_addr));
+
+
+/**@brief Set, clear or update advertisement and scan response data.
+ *
+ * @note The format of the advertisement data will be checked by this call to ensure interoperability.
+ * Limitations imposed by this API call to the data provided include having a flags data type in the scan response data and
+ * duplicating the local name in the advertisement data and scan response data.
+ *
+ * @note: To clear the advertisement data and set it to a 0-length packet, simply provide a valid pointer (p_data/p_sr_data) with its corresponding
+ * length (dlen/srdlen) set to 0.
+ *
+ * @note: The call will fail if p_data and p_sr_data are both NULL since this would have no effect.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_data Raw data to be placed in advertisement packet. If NULL, no changes are made to the current advertisement packet data.
+ * @param[in] dlen Data length for p_data. Max size: @ref BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE octets. Should be 0 if p_data is NULL, can be 0 if p_data is not NULL.
+ * @param[in] p_sr_data Raw data to be placed in scan response packet. If NULL, no changes are made to the current scan response packet data.
+ * @param[in] srdlen Data length for p_sr_data. Max size: @ref BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE octets. Should be 0 if p_sr_data is NULL, can be 0 if p_data is not NULL.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Advertisement data successfully updated or cleared.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_FLAGS Invalid combination of advertising flags supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA Invalid data type(s) supplied, check the advertising data format specification.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH Invalid data length(s) supplied.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_GAP_UUID_LIST_MISMATCH Invalid UUID list supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY The stack is busy, process pending events and retry.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_ADV_DATA_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_adv_data_set(uint8_t const * const p_data, uint8_t dlen, uint8_t const * const p_sr_data, uint8_t srdlen));
+
+
+/**@brief Start advertising (GAP Discoverable, Connectable modes, Broadcast Procedure).
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_adv_params Pointer to advertising parameters structure.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS The BLE stack has started advertising.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, check the accepted ranges and limits.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR Invalid Bluetooth address supplied.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_GAP_DISCOVERABLE_WITH_WHITELIST Discoverable mode and whitelist incompatible.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_ADV_START, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_adv_start(ble_gap_adv_params_t const * const p_adv_params));
+
+
+/**@brief Stop advertising (GAP Discoverable, Connectable modes, Broadcast Procedure).
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS The BLE stack has stopped advertising.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation (most probably not in advertising state).
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_ADV_STOP, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_adv_stop(void));
+
+
+/**@brief Update connection parameters.
+ *
+ * @details In the central role this will initiate a Link Layer connection parameter update procedure,
+ * otherwise in the peripheral role, this will send the corresponding L2CAP request and wait for
+ * the central to perform the procedure. In both cases, and regardless of success or failure, the application
+ * will be informed of the result with a @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_CONN_PARAM_UPDATE event.
+ *
+ * @note If both a connection supervision timeout and a maximum connection interval are specified, then the following constraint
+ * applies: (conn_sup_timeout * 8) >= (max_conn_interval * (slave_latency + 1))
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
+ * @param[in] p_conn_params Pointer to desired connection parameters. If NULL is provided on a peripheral role,
+ * the parameters in the PPCP characteristic of the GAP service will be used instead.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS The Connection Update procedure has been started successfully.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, check parameter limits and constraints.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Procedure already in progress or not allowed at this time, process pending events and retry.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Not enough memory to complete operation.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_CONN_PARAM_UPDATE, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_conn_param_update(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gap_conn_params_t const * const p_conn_params));
+
+
+/**@brief Disconnect (GAP Link Termination).
+ *
+ * @details This call initiates the disconnection procedure, and its completion will be communicated to the application
+ * with a BLE_GAP_EVT_DISCONNECTED event.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
+ * @param[in] hci_status_code HCI status code, see @ref BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODES (accepted values are BTLE_REMOTE_USER_TERMINATED_CONNECTION and BTLE_CONN_INTERVAL_UNACCEPTABLE).
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS The disconnection procedure has been started successfully.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation (disconnection is already in progress or not connected at all).
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_DISCONNECT, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_disconnect(uint16_t conn_handle, uint8_t hci_status_code));
+
+
+/**@brief Set the radio's transmit power.
+ *
+ * @param[in] tx_power Radio transmit power in dBm (accepted values are -40, -30, -20, -16, -12, -8, -4, 0, and 4 dBm).
+ *
+ * @note -40 dBm will not actually give -40 dBm, but will instead be remapped to -30 dBm.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully changed the transmit power.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY The stack is busy, process pending events and retry.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_TX_POWER_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_tx_power_set(int8_t tx_power));
+
+
+/**@brief Set GAP Appearance value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] appearance Appearance (16-bit), see @ref BLE_APPEARANCES.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Appearance value set successfully.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_APPEARANCE_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_appearance_set(uint16_t appearance));
+
+
+/**@brief Get GAP Appearance value.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_appearance Appearance (16-bit), see @ref BLE_APPEARANCES.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Appearance value retrieved successfully.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_APPEARANCE_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_appearance_get(uint16_t * const p_appearance));
+
+
+/**@brief Set GAP Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_conn_params Pointer to a @ref ble_gap_conn_params_t structure with the desired parameters.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters set successfully.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_PPCP_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_ppcp_set(ble_gap_conn_params_t const * const p_conn_params));
+
+
+/**@brief Get GAP Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_conn_params Pointer to a @ref ble_gap_conn_params_t structure where the parameters will be stored.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters retrieved successfully.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_PPCP_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_ppcp_get(ble_gap_conn_params_t * const p_conn_params));
+
+
+/**@brief Set GAP device name.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_write_perm Write permissions for the Device Name characteristic see @ref ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t.
+ * @param[in] p_dev_name Pointer to a UTF-8 encoded, <b>non NULL-terminated</b> string.
+ * @param[in] len Length of the UTF-8, <b>non NULL-terminated</b> string pointed to by p_dev_name in octets (must be smaller or equal than @ref BLE_GAP_DEVNAME_MAX_LEN).
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS GAP device name and permissions set successfully.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Invalid data size(s) supplied.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_DEVICE_NAME_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_device_name_set(ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t const * const p_write_perm, uint8_t const * const p_dev_name, uint16_t len));
+
+
+/**@brief Get GAP device name.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_dev_name Pointer to an empty buffer where the UTF-8 <b>non NULL-terminated</b> string will be placed. Set to NULL to obtain the complete device name length.
+ * @param[in,out] p_len Length of the buffer pointed by p_dev_name, complete device name length on output.
+ *
+ * @note If the device name is longer than the size of the supplied buffer,
+ * p_len will return the complete device name length,
+ * and not the number of bytes actually returned in p_dev_name.
+ * The application may use this information to allocate a suitable buffer size.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS GAP device name retrieved successfully.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Invalid data size(s) supplied.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_DEVICE_NAME_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_device_name_get(uint8_t * const p_dev_name, uint16_t * const p_len));
+
+
+/**@brief Initiate GAP Authentication procedure.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
+ * @param[in] p_sec_params Pointer to the @ref ble_gap_sec_params_t structure with the security parameters to be used during the pairing procedure.
+ *
+ * @details In the central role, this function will send an SMP Pairing Request, otherwise in the peripheral role, an SMP Security Request will be sent.
+ * In the peripheral role, only the timeout, bond and mitm fields of @ref ble_gap_sec_params_t are used.
+ *
+ * @note The GAP Authentication procedure may be triggered by the central without calling this function when accessing a secure service.
+ * @note Calling this function may result in the following events depending on the outcome and parameters: @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_PARAMS_REQUEST,
+ * @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_INFO_REQUEST, @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_AUTH_KEY_REQUEST, @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_AUTH_STATUS.
+ * @note The timeout parameter in @ref ble_gap_sec_params_t is interpreted here as the Security Request timeout
+ *
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully initiated authentication procedure.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_AUTHENTICATE, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_authenticate(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gap_sec_params_t const * const p_sec_params));
+
+
+/**@brief Reply with GAP security parameters.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
+ * @param[in] sec_status Security status, see @ref BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS.
+ * @param[in] p_sec_params Pointer to a @ref ble_gap_sec_params_t security parameters structure.
+ *
+ * @details This function is only used to reply to a @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_PARAMS_REQUEST, calling it at other times will result in an NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE.
+ * @note If the call returns an error code, the request is still pending, and the reply call may be repeated with corrected parameters.
+ * @note The timeout parameter in @ref ble_gap_sec_params_t is interpreted here as the SMP procedure timeout, and must be 30 seconds. The function will fail
+ * if the application supplies a different value.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully accepted security parameter from the application.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_SEC_PARAMS_REPLY, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_sec_params_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, uint8_t sec_status, ble_gap_sec_params_t const * const p_sec_params));
+
+
+/**@brief Reply with an authentication key.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
+ * @param[in] key_type See @ref BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPES.
+ * @param[in] key If key type is BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPE_NONE, then NULL.
+ * If key type is BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPE_PASSKEY, then a 6-byte ASCII string (digit 0..9 only, no NULL termination).
+ * If key type is BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPE_OOB, then a 16-byte OOB key value in Little Endian format.
+ *
+ * @details This function is only used to reply to a @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_AUTH_KEY_REQUEST, calling it at other times will result in an NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE.
+ * @note If the call returns an error code, the request is still pending, and the reply call may be repeated with corrected parameters.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Authentication key successfully set.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_REPLY, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_auth_key_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, uint8_t key_type, uint8_t const * const key));
+
+
+/**@brief Reply with GAP security information.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
+ * @param[in] p_enc_info Pointer to a @ref ble_gap_enc_info_t encryption information structure. May be NULL to signal none is available.
+ * @param[in] p_sign_info Pointer to a @ref ble_gap_sign_info_t signing information structure. May be NULL to signal none is available.
+ *
+ * @details This function is only used to reply to a @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_INFO_REQUEST, calling it at other times will result in NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE.
+ * @note If the call returns an error code, the request is still pending, and the reply call may be repeated with corrected parameters.
+ * @note Data signing is not implemented yet. p_sign_info must therefore be NULL.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully accepted security information.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY The stack is busy, process pending events and retry.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_SEC_INFO_REPLY, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_sec_info_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gap_enc_info_t const * const p_enc_info, ble_gap_sign_info_t const * const p_sign_info));
+
+
+/**@brief Get the current connection security.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
+ * @param[out] p_conn_sec Pointer to a @ref ble_gap_conn_sec_t structure to be filled in.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Current connection security successfully retrieved.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_conn_sec_get(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gap_conn_sec_t * const p_conn_sec));
+
+
+/**@brief Start reporting the received signal strength to the application.
+ *
+ * A new event is reported whenever the RSSI value changes, until @ref sd_ble_gap_rssi_stop is called.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully activated RSSI reporting.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_RSSI_START, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_rssi_start(uint16_t conn_handle));
+
+
+/**@brief Stop reporting the received singnal strength.
+ *
+ * An RSSI change detected before the call but not yet received by the application
+ * may be reported after @ref sd_ble_gap_rssi_stop has been called.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully deactivated RSSI reporting.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_RSSI_STOP, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_rssi_stop(uint16_t conn_handle));
+/**@} */
+
+#endif // BLE_GAP_H__
+
+/**
+ @}
+*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_gatt.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_gatt.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ *
+ */
+ /**
+ @addtogroup BLE_GATT Generic Attribute Profile (GATT) Common
+ @{
+ @brief Common definitions and prototypes for the GATT interfaces.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_GATT_H__
+#define BLE_GATT_H__
+
+#include "ble_types.h"
+#include "ble_ranges.h"
+
+
+/** @addtogroup BLE_GATT_DEFINES Defines
+ * @{ */
+
+/** @brief Default MTU size. */
+#define GATT_MTU_SIZE_DEFAULT 23
+
+/** @brief Only the default MTU size of 23 is currently supported. */
+#define GATT_RX_MTU 23
+
+
+/**@brief Invalid Attribute Handle. */
+#define BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID 0x0000
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_GATT_TIMEOUT_SOURCES GATT Timeout sources
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GATT_TIMEOUT_SRC_PROTOCOL 0x00 /**< ATT Protocol timeout. */
+/** @} */
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_GATT_WRITE_OPS GATT Write operations
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GATT_OP_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid Operation. */
+#define BLE_GATT_OP_WRITE_REQ 0x01 /**< Write Request. */
+#define BLE_GATT_OP_WRITE_CMD 0x02 /**< Write Command. */
+#define BLE_GATT_OP_SIGN_WRITE_CMD 0x03 /**< Signed Write Command. */
+#define BLE_GATT_OP_PREP_WRITE_REQ 0x04 /**< Prepare Write Request. */
+#define BLE_GATT_OP_EXEC_WRITE_REQ 0x05 /**< Execute Write Request. */
+/** @} */
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_GATT_EXEC_WRITE_FLAGS GATT Execute Write flags
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GATT_EXEC_WRITE_FLAG_PREPARED_CANCEL 0x00
+#define BLE_GATT_EXEC_WRITE_FLAG_PREPARED_WRITE 0x01
+/** @} */
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_GATT_HVX_TYPES GATT Handle Value operations
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GATT_HVX_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid Operation. */
+#define BLE_GATT_HVX_NOTIFICATION 0x01 /**< Handle Value Notification. */
+#define BLE_GATT_HVX_INDICATION 0x02 /**< Handle Value Indication. */
+/** @} */
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_GATT_STATUS_CODES GATT Status Codes
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_SUCCESS 0x0000 /**< Success. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_UNKNOWN 0x0001 /**< Unknown or not applicable status. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INVALID 0x0100 /**< ATT Error: Invalid Error Code. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INVALID_HANDLE 0x0101 /**< ATT Error: Invalid Attribute Handle. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_READ_NOT_PERMITTED 0x0102 /**< ATT Error: Read not permitted. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_WRITE_NOT_PERMITTED 0x0103 /**< ATT Error: Write not permitted. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INVALID_PDU 0x0104 /**< ATT Error: Used in ATT as Invalid PDU. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INSUF_AUTHENTICATION 0x0105 /**< ATT Error: Authenticated link required. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_REQUEST_NOT_SUPPORTED 0x0106 /**< ATT Error: Used in ATT as Request Not Supported. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INVALID_OFFSET 0x0107 /**< ATT Error: Offset specified was past the end of the attribute. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INSUF_AUTHORIZATION 0x0108 /**< ATT Error: Used in ATT as Insufficient Authorisation. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_PREPARE_QUEUE_FULL 0x0109 /**< ATT Error: Used in ATT as Prepare Queue Full. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_ATTRIBUTE_NOT_FOUND 0x010A /**< ATT Error: Used in ATT as Attribute not found. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_ATTRIBUTE_NOT_LONG 0x010B /**< ATT Error: Attribute cannot be read or written using read/write blob requests. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INSUF_ENC_KEY_SIZE 0x010C /**< ATT Error: Encryption key size used is insufficient. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INVALID_ATT_VAL_LENGTH 0x010D /**< ATT Error: Invalid value size. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_UNLIKELY_ERROR 0x010E /**< ATT Error: Very unlikely error. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INSUF_ENCRYPTION 0x010F /**< ATT Error: Encrypted link required. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_UNSUPPORTED_GROUP_TYPE 0x0110 /**< ATT Error: Attribute type is not a supported grouping attribute. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INSUF_RESOURCES 0x0111 /**< ATT Error: Encrypted link required. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_RFU_RANGE1_BEGIN 0x0112 /**< ATT Error: Reserved for Future Use range #1 begin. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_RFU_RANGE1_END 0x017F /**< ATT Error: Reserved for Future Use range #1 end. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_APP_BEGIN 0x0180 /**< ATT Error: Application range begin. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_APP_END 0x019F /**< ATT Error: Application range end. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_RFU_RANGE2_BEGIN 0x01A0 /**< ATT Error: Reserved for Future Use range #2 begin. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_RFU_RANGE2_END 0x01DF /**< ATT Error: Reserved for Future Use range #2 end. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_RFU_RANGE3_BEGIN 0x01E0 /**< ATT Error: Reserved for Future Use range #3 begin. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_RFU_RANGE3_END 0x01FC /**< ATT Error: Reserved for Future Use range #3 end. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_CPS_CCCD_CONFIG_ERROR 0x01FD /**< ATT Common Profile and Service Error: Client Characteristic Configuration Descriptor improperly configured. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_CPS_PROC_ALR_IN_PROG 0x01FE /**< ATT Common Profile and Service Error: Procedure Already in Progress. */
+#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_CPS_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x01FF /**< ATT Common Profile and Service Error: Out Of Range. */
+/** @} */
+
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMATS Characteristic Presentation Formats
+ * @note Found at http://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/descriptors/Pages/DescriptorViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.descriptor.gatt.characteristic_presentation_format.xml
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_RFU 0x00 /**< Reserved For Future Use. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_BOOLEAN 0x01 /**< Boolean. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_2BIT 0x02 /**< Unsigned 2-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_NIBBLE 0x03 /**< Unsigned 4-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UINT8 0x04 /**< Unsigned 8-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UINT12 0x05 /**< Unsigned 12-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UINT16 0x06 /**< Unsigned 16-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UINT24 0x07 /**< Unsigned 24-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UINT32 0x08 /**< Unsigned 32-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UINT48 0x09 /**< Unsigned 48-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UINT64 0x0A /**< Unsigned 64-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UINT128 0x0B /**< Unsigned 128-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SINT8 0x0C /**< Signed 2-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SINT12 0x0D /**< Signed 12-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SINT16 0x0E /**< Signed 16-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SINT24 0x0F /**< Signed 24-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SINT32 0x10 /**< Signed 32-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SINT48 0x11 /**< Signed 48-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SINT64 0x12 /**< Signed 64-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SINT128 0x13 /**< Signed 128-bit integer. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_FLOAT32 0x14 /**< IEEE-754 32-bit floating point. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_FLOAT64 0x15 /**< IEEE-754 64-bit floating point. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SFLOAT 0x16 /**< IEEE-11073 16-bit SFLOAT. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_FLOAT 0x17 /**< IEEE-11073 32-bit FLOAT. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_DUINT16 0x18 /**< IEEE-20601 format. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UTF8S 0x19 /**< UTF-8 string. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UTF16S 0x1A /**< UTF-16 string. */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_STRUCT 0x1B /**< Opaque Structure. */
+/** @} */
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_GATT_CPF_NAMESPACES GATT Bluetooth Namespaces
+ * @{
+ */
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_NAMESPACE_BTSIG 0x01
+#define BLE_GATT_CPF_NAMESPACE_DESCRIPTION_UNKNOWN 0x0000
+/** @} */
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup BLE_GATT_STRUCTURES Structures
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief GATT Characteristic Properties. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ /* Standard properties */
+ uint8_t broadcast :1; /**< Broadcasting of value permitted. */
+ uint8_t read :1; /**< Reading value permitted. */
+ uint8_t write_wo_resp :1; /**< Writing value with Write Command permitted. */
+ uint8_t write :1; /**< Writing value with Write Request permitted. */
+ uint8_t notify :1; /**< Notications of value permitted. */
+ uint8_t indicate :1; /**< Indications of value permitted. */
+ uint8_t auth_signed_wr :1; /**< Writing value with Signed Write Command permitted. */
+} ble_gatt_char_props_t;
+
+/**@brief GATT Characteristic Extended Properties. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ /* Extended properties */
+ uint8_t reliable_wr :1; /**< Writing value with Queued Write Request permitted. */
+ uint8_t wr_aux :1; /**< Writing the Characteristic User Description permitted. */
+} ble_gatt_char_ext_props_t;
+
+#endif // BLE_GATT_H__
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ @}
+ @}
+*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_gattc.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_gattc.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ *
+ */
+/**
+ @addtogroup BLE_GATTC Generic Attribute Profile (GATT) Client
+ @{
+ @brief Definitions and prototypes for the GATT Client interface.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_GATTC_H__
+#define BLE_GATTC_H__
+
+#include "ble_gatt.h"
+#include "ble_types.h"
+#include "ble_ranges.h"
+#include "nrf_svc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup BLE_GATTC_ENUMERATIONS Enumerations
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief GATTC API SVC numbers. */
+enum BLE_GATTC_SVCS
+{
+ SD_BLE_GATTC_PRIMARY_SERVICES_DISCOVER = BLE_GATTC_SVC_BASE, /**< Primary Service Discovery. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTC_RELATIONSHIPS_DISCOVER, /**< Relationship Discovery. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTC_CHARACTERISTICS_DISCOVER, /**< Characteristic Discovery. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTC_DESCRIPTORS_DISCOVER, /**< Characteristic Descriptor Discovery. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTC_CHAR_VALUE_BY_UUID_READ, /**< Read Characteristic Value by UUID. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTC_READ, /**< Generic read. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTC_CHAR_VALUES_READ, /**< Read multiple Characteristic Values. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTC_WRITE, /**< Generic write. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTC_HV_CONFIRM /**< Handle Value Confirmation. */
+};
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup BLE_GATTC_DEFINES Defines
+ * @{ */
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_ERRORS_GATTC SVC return values specific to GATTC
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_ERROR_GATTC_PROC_NOT_PERMITTED (NRF_GATTC_ERR_BASE + 0x000)
+/** @} */
+
+/**@brief Last Attribute Handle. */
+#define BLE_GATTC_HANDLE_END 0xFFFF
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup BLE_GATTC_STRUCTURES Structures
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief Operation Handle Range. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t start_handle; /**< Start Handle. */
+ uint16_t end_handle; /**< End Handle. */
+} ble_gattc_handle_range_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GATT service. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_uuid_t uuid; /**< Service UUID. */
+ ble_gattc_handle_range_t handle_range; /**< Service Handle Range. */
+} ble_gattc_service_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GATT include. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t handle; /**< Include Handle. */
+ ble_gattc_service_t included_srvc; /**< Handle of the included service. */
+} ble_gattc_include_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GATT characteristic. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_uuid_t uuid; /**< Characteristic UUID. */
+ ble_gatt_char_props_t char_props; /**< Characteristic Properties. */
+ uint8_t char_ext_props : 1; /**< Extended properties present. */
+ uint16_t handle_decl; /**< Handle of the Characteristic Declaration. */
+ uint16_t handle_value; /**< Handle of the Characteristic Value. */
+} ble_gattc_char_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GATT descriptor. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t handle; /**< Descriptor Handle. */
+ ble_uuid_t uuid; /**< Descriptor UUID. */
+} ble_gattc_desc_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Write Parameters. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t write_op; /**< Write Operation to be performed, see @ref BLE_GATT_WRITE_OPS. */
+ uint16_t handle; /**< Handle to the attribute to be written. */
+ uint16_t offset; /**< Offset in bytes. @note For WRITE_CMD and WRITE_REQ, offset must be 0. */
+ uint16_t len; /**< Length of data in bytes. */
+ uint8_t* p_value; /**< Pointer to the value data. */
+ uint8_t flags; /**< Flags, see @ref BLE_GATT_EXEC_WRITE_FLAGS. */
+} ble_gattc_write_params_t;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief GATT Client Event IDs.
+ */
+enum BLE_GATTC_EVTS
+{
+ BLE_GATTC_EVT_PRIM_SRVC_DISC_RSP = BLE_GATTC_EVT_BASE, /**< Primary Service Discovery Response event. */
+ BLE_GATTC_EVT_REL_DISC_RSP, /**< Relationship Discovery Response event. */
+ BLE_GATTC_EVT_CHAR_DISC_RSP, /**< Characteristic Discovery Response event. */
+ BLE_GATTC_EVT_DESC_DISC_RSP, /**< Descriptor Discovery Response event. */
+ BLE_GATTC_EVT_CHAR_VAL_BY_UUID_READ_RSP, /**< Read By UUID Response event. */
+ BLE_GATTC_EVT_READ_RSP, /**< Read Response event. */
+ BLE_GATTC_EVT_CHAR_VALS_READ_RSP, /**< Read multiple Response event. */
+ BLE_GATTC_EVT_WRITE_RSP, /**< Write Response event. */
+ BLE_GATTC_EVT_HVX, /**< Handle Value Notification or Indication event. */
+ BLE_GATTC_EVT_TIMEOUT /**< Timeout event. */
+};
+
+/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_PRIM_SRVC_DISC_RSP. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t count; /**< Service count. */
+ ble_gattc_service_t services[1]; /**< Service data, variable length. */
+} ble_gattc_evt_prim_srvc_disc_rsp_t;
+
+/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_REL_DISC_RSP. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t count; /**< Include count. */
+ ble_gattc_include_t includes[1]; /**< Include data, variable length. */
+} ble_gattc_evt_rel_disc_rsp_t;
+
+/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_CHAR_DISC_RSP. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t count; /**< Characteristic count. */
+ ble_gattc_char_t chars[1]; /**< Characteristic data, variable length. */
+} ble_gattc_evt_char_disc_rsp_t;
+
+/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_DESC_DISC_RSP. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t count; /**< Descriptor count. */
+ ble_gattc_desc_t descs[1]; /**< Descriptor data, variable length. */
+} ble_gattc_evt_desc_disc_rsp_t;
+
+/**@brief GATT read by UUID handle value pair. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t handle; /**< Attribute Handle. */
+ uint8_t *p_value; /**< Pointer to value, variable length (length available as value_len in ble_gattc_evt_read_by_uuid_rsp_t).
+ Please note that this pointer is absolute to the memory provided by the user when retrieving the event,
+ so it will effectively point to a location inside the handle_value array. */
+} ble_gattc_handle_value_t;
+
+/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_CHAR_VAL_BY_UUID_READ_RSP. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t count; /**< Handle-Value Pair Count. */
+ uint16_t value_len; /**< Length of the value in Handle-Value(s) list. */
+ ble_gattc_handle_value_t handle_value[1]; /**< Handle-Value(s) list, variable length. */
+} ble_gattc_evt_char_val_by_uuid_read_rsp_t;
+
+/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_READ_RSP. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t handle; /**< Attribute Handle. */
+ uint16_t offset; /**< Offset of the attribute data. */
+ uint16_t len; /**< Attribute data length. */
+ uint8_t data[1]; /**< Attribute data, variable length. */
+} ble_gattc_evt_read_rsp_t;
+
+/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_CHAR_VALS_READ_RSP. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t len; /**< Concatenated Attribute values length. */
+ uint8_t values[1]; /**< Attribute values, variable length. */
+} ble_gattc_evt_char_vals_read_rsp_t;
+
+/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_WRITE_RSP. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t handle; /**< Attribute Handle. */
+ uint8_t write_op; /**< Type of write operation, see @ref BLE_GATT_WRITE_OPS. */
+ uint16_t offset; /**< Data Offset. */
+ uint16_t len; /**< Data length. */
+ uint8_t data[1]; /**< Data, variable length. */
+} ble_gattc_evt_write_rsp_t;
+
+/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_HVX. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t handle; /**< Handle to which the HVx operation applies. */
+ uint8_t type; /**< Indication or Notification, see @ref BLE_GATT_HVX_TYPES. */
+ uint16_t len; /**< Attribute data length. */
+ uint8_t data[1]; /**< Attribute data, variable length. */
+} ble_gattc_evt_hvx_t;
+
+/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_TIMEOUT. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t src; /**< Timeout source, see @ref BLE_GATT_TIMEOUT_SOURCES. */
+} ble_gattc_evt_timeout_t;
+
+/**@brief GATTC event type. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Connection Handle on which event occured. */
+ uint16_t gatt_status; /**< GATT status code for the operation, see @ref BLE_GATT_STATUS_CODES. */
+ uint16_t error_handle; /**< In case of error: The handle causing the error. In all other cases BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID. */
+ union
+ {
+ ble_gattc_evt_prim_srvc_disc_rsp_t prim_srvc_disc_rsp; /**< Primary Service Discovery Response Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gattc_evt_rel_disc_rsp_t rel_disc_rsp; /**< Relationship Discovery Response Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gattc_evt_char_disc_rsp_t char_disc_rsp; /**< Characteristic Discovery Response Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gattc_evt_desc_disc_rsp_t desc_disc_rsp; /**< Descriptor Discovery Response Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gattc_evt_char_val_by_uuid_read_rsp_t char_val_by_uuid_read_rsp; /**< Characteristic Value Read by UUID Response Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gattc_evt_read_rsp_t read_rsp; /**< Read Response Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gattc_evt_char_vals_read_rsp_t char_vals_read_rsp; /**< Characteristic Values Read Response Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gattc_evt_write_rsp_t write_rsp; /**< Write Response Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gattc_evt_hvx_t hvx; /**< Handle Value Notification/Indication Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gattc_evt_timeout_t timeout; /**< Timeout Event Parameters. */
+ } params; /**< Event Parameters. @note Only valid if @ref gatt_status == BLE_GATT_STATUS_SUCCESS. */
+} ble_gattc_evt_t;
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup BLE_GATTC_FUNCTIONS Functions
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief Initiate or continue a GATT Primary Service Discovery procedure.
+ *
+ * @details This function initiates a Primary Service discovery, starting from the supplied handle.
+ * If the last service has not been reached, this must be called again with an updated start handle value to continue the search.
+ *
+ * @note If any of the discovered services have 128-bit UUIDs which are not present in the table provided to ble_vs_uuids_assign, a UUID structure with
+ * type BLE_UUID_TYPE_UNKNOWN will be received in the corresponding event.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
+ * @param[in] start_handle Handle to start searching from.
+ * @param[in] p_srvc_uuid Pointer to the service UUID to be found. If it is NULL, all primary services will be returned.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully started or resumed the Primary Service Discovery procedure.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Client procedure already in progress.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_PRIMARY_SERVICES_DISCOVER, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_primary_services_discover(uint16_t conn_handle, uint16_t start_handle, ble_uuid_t const * const p_srvc_uuid));
+
+
+/**@brief Initiate or continue a GATT Relationship Discovery procedure.
+ *
+ * @details This function initiates the Find Included Services sub-procedure. If the last included service has not been reached,
+ * this must be called again with an updated handle range to continue the search.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
+ * @param[in] p_handle_range A pointer to the range of handles of the Service to perform this procedure on.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully started or resumed the Relationship Discovery procedure.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Client procedure already in progress.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_RELATIONSHIPS_DISCOVER, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_relationships_discover(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gattc_handle_range_t const * const p_handle_range));
+
+
+/**@brief Initiate or continue a GATT Characteristic Discovery procedure.
+ *
+ * @details This function initiates a Characteristic discovery procedure. If the last Characteristic has not been reached,
+ * this must be called again with an updated handle range to continue the discovery.
+ *
+ * @note If any of the discovered characteristics have 128-bit UUIDs which are not present in the table provided to ble_vs_uuids_assign, a UUID structure with
+ * type BLE_UUID_TYPE_UNKNOWN will be received in the corresponding event.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
+ * @param[in] p_handle_range A pointer to the range of handles of the Service to perform this procedure on.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully started or resumed the Characteristic Discovery procedure.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Client procedure already in progress.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_CHARACTERISTICS_DISCOVER, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_characteristics_discover(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gattc_handle_range_t const * const p_handle_range));
+
+
+/**@brief Initiate or continue a GATT Characteristic Descriptor Discovery procedure.
+ *
+ * @details This function initiates the Characteristic Descriptor discovery procedure. If the last Descriptor has not been reached,
+ * this must be called again with an updated handle range to continue the discovery.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
+ * @param[in] p_handle_range A pointer to the range of handles of the Characteristic to perform this procedure on.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully started or resumed the Descriptor Discovery procedure.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Client procedure already in progress.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_DESCRIPTORS_DISCOVER, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_descriptors_discover(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gattc_handle_range_t const * const p_handle_range));
+
+
+/**@brief Initiate or continue a GATT Read using Characteristic UUID procedure.
+ *
+ * @details This function initiates the Read using Characteristic UUID procedure. If the last Characteristic has not been reached,
+ * this must be called again with an updated handle range to continue the discovery.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
+ * @param[in] p_uuid Pointer to a Characteristic value UUID to read.
+ * @param[in] p_handle_range A pointer to the range of handles to perform this procedure on.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully started or resumed the Read using Characteristic UUID procedure.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Client procedure already in progress.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_CHAR_VALUE_BY_UUID_READ, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_char_value_by_uuid_read(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_uuid_t const * const p_uuid, ble_gattc_handle_range_t const * const p_handle_range));
+
+
+/**@brief Initiate or continue a GATT Read (Long) Characteristic or Descriptor procedure.
+ *
+ * @details This function initiates a GATT Read (Long) Characteristic or Descriptor procedure. If the Characteristic or Descriptor
+ * to be read is longer than GATT_MTU - 1, this function must be called multiple times with appropriate offset to read the
+ * complete value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
+ * @param[in] handle The handle of the attribute to be read.
+ * @param[in] offset Offset into the attribute value to be read.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully started or resumed the Read (Long) procedure.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Client procedure already in progress.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_READ, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_read(uint16_t conn_handle, uint16_t handle, uint16_t offset));
+
+
+/**@brief Initiate a GATT Read Multiple Characteristic Values procedure.
+ *
+ * @details This function initiates a GATT Read Multiple Characteristic Values procedure.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
+ * @param[in] p_handles A pointer to the handle(s) of the attribute(s) to be read.
+ * @param[in] handle_count The number of handles in p_handles.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully started the Read Multiple Characteristic Values procedure.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Client procedure already in progress.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_CHAR_VALUES_READ, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_char_values_read(uint16_t conn_handle, uint16_t const * const p_handles, uint16_t handle_count));
+
+
+/**@brief Perform a Write (Characteristic Value or Descriptor, with or without response, signed or not, long or reliable) procedure.
+ *
+ * @details This function can perform all write procedures described in GATT.
+ *
+ * @note It is important to note that a write without response will <b>consume an application buffer</b>, and will therefore
+ * generate a @ref BLE_EVT_TX_COMPLETE event when the packet has been transmitted. A write on the other hand will use the
+ * standard client internal buffer and thus will only generate a @ref BLE_GATTC_EVT_WRITE_RSP event as soon as the write response
+ * has been received from the peer. Please see the documentation of @ref sd_ble_tx_buffer_count_get for more details.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
+ * @param[in] p_write_params A pointer to a write parameters structure.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully started the Write procedure.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Invalid data size(s) supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Procedure already in progress.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_NO_TX_BUFFERS There are no available buffers left.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_WRITE, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_write(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gattc_write_params_t const * const p_write_params));
+
+
+/**@brief Send a Handle Value Confirmation to the GATT Server.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
+ * @param[in] handle The handle of the attribute in the indication.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully queued the Handle Value Confirmation for transmission.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE No Indication pending to be confirmed.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_ATTR_HANDLE Invalid attribute handle.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_NO_TX_BUFFERS There are no available buffers left.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_HV_CONFIRM, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_hv_confirm(uint16_t conn_handle, uint16_t handle));
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif /* BLE_GATTC_H__ */
+
+/**
+ @}
+ @}
+*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_gatts.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_gatts.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,566 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2011 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ *
+ */
+/**
+ @addtogroup BLE_GATTS Generic Attribute Profile (GATT) Server
+ @{
+ @brief Definitions and prototypes for the GATTS interface.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_GATTS_H__
+#define BLE_GATTS_H__
+
+#include "ble_types.h"
+#include "ble_ranges.h"
+#include "ble_l2cap.h"
+#include "ble_gap.h"
+#include "ble_gatt.h"
+#include "nrf_svc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup BLE_GATTS_ENUMERATIONS Enumerations
+ * @{ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief GATTS API SVC numbers.
+ */
+enum BLE_GATTS_SVCS
+{
+ SD_BLE_GATTS_SERVICE_ADD = BLE_GATTS_SVC_BASE, /**< Add a service. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTS_INCLUDE_ADD, /**< Add an included service. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTS_CHARACTERISTIC_ADD, /**< Add a characteristic. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTS_DESCRIPTOR_ADD, /**< Add a generic attribute. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTS_VALUE_SET, /**< Set an attribute value. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTS_VALUE_GET, /**< Get an attribute value. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTS_HVX, /**< Handle Value Notification or Indication. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTS_SERVICE_CHANGED, /**< Perform a Service Changed Indication to one or more peers. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTS_RW_AUTHORIZE_REPLY, /**< Reply to an authorization request for a read or write operation on one or more attributes. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_SET, /**< Set the persistent system attributes for a connection. */
+ SD_BLE_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_GET, /**< Get updated persistent system attributes after terminating a connection. */
+};
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup BLE_GATTS_DEFINES Defines
+ * @{ */
+
+/** @brief Only the default MTU size of 23 is currently supported. */
+#define GATT_RX_MTU 23
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_ERRORS_GATTS SVC return values specific to GATTS
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_ERROR_GATTS_INVALID_ATTR_TYPE (NRF_GATTS_ERR_BASE + 0x000) /**< Invalid attribute type. */
+#define BLE_ERROR_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_MISSING (NRF_GATTS_ERR_BASE + 0x001) /**< System Attributes missing. */
+/** @} */
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_GATTS_ATTR_LENS_MAX Maximum attribute lengths
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GATTS_FIX_ATTR_LEN_MAX (510) /**< Maximum length for fixed length Attribute Values. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_VAR_ATTR_LEN_MAX (512) /**< Maximum length for variable length Attribute Values. */
+/** @} */
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_GATTS_SRVC_TYPES GATT Server Service Types
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GATTS_SRVC_TYPE_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid Service Type. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_SRVC_TYPE_PRIMARY 0x01 /**< Primary Service. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_SRVC_TYPE_SECONDARY 0x02 /**< Secondary Type. */
+/** @} */
+
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPES GATT Server Attribute Types
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPE_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid Attribute Type. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPE_PRIM_SRVC_DECL 0x01 /**< Primary Service Declaration. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPE_SEC_SRVC_DECL 0x02 /**< Secondary Service Declaration. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPE_INC_DECL 0x03 /**< Include Declaration. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPE_CHAR_DECL 0x04 /**< Characteristic Declaration. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPE_CHAR_VAL 0x05 /**< Characteristic Value. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPE_DESC 0x06 /**< Descriptor. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPE_OTHER 0x07 /**< Other, non-GATT specific type. */
+/** @} */
+
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_GATTS_OPS GATT Server Operations
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GATTS_OP_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid Operation. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_OP_WRITE_REQ 0x01 /**< Write Request. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_OP_WRITE_CMD 0x02 /**< Write Command. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_OP_SIGN_WRITE_CMD 0x03 /**< Signed Write Command. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_OP_PREP_WRITE_REQ 0x04 /**< Prepare Write Request. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_OP_EXEC_WRITE_REQ_CANCEL 0x05 /**< Execute Write Request: Cancel all prepared writes. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_OP_EXEC_WRITE_REQ_NOW 0x06 /**< Execute Write Request: Immediately execute all prepared writes. */
+/** @} */
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_GATTS_VLOCS GATT Value Locations
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GATTS_VLOC_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid Location. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_VLOC_STACK 0x01 /**< Attribute Value is located in stack memory, no user memory is required. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_VLOC_USER 0x02 /**< Attribute Value is located in user memory. This requires the user to maintain a valid buffer through the lifetime of the attribute, since the stack
+ will read and write directly to the memory using the pointer provided in the APIs. There are no alignment requirements for the buffer. */
+/** @} */
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_GATTS_AUTHORIZE_TYPES GATT Server Authorization Types
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_GATTS_AUTHORIZE_TYPE_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid Type. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_AUTHORIZE_TYPE_READ 0x01 /**< Authorize a Read Operation. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_AUTHORIZE_TYPE_WRITE 0x02 /**< Authorize a Write Request Operation. */
+/** @} */
+
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup BLE_GATTS_STRUCTURES Structures
+ * @{ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief BLE GATTS init options
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t service_changed:1; /**< Include the Service Changed characteristic in the local attributes. */
+} ble_gatts_enable_params_t;
+
+/**@brief Attribute metadata. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t read_perm; /**< Read permissions. */
+ ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t write_perm; /**< Write permissions. */
+ uint8_t vlen :1; /**< Variable length attribute. */
+ uint8_t vloc :2; /**< Value location, see @ref BLE_GATTS_VLOCS.*/
+ uint8_t rd_auth :1; /**< Read Authorization and value will be requested from the application on every read operation. */
+ uint8_t wr_auth :1; /**< Write Authorization will be requested from the application on every Write Request operation (but not Write Command). */
+} ble_gatts_attr_md_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GATT Attribute. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_uuid_t* p_uuid; /**< Pointer to the attribute UUID. */
+ ble_gatts_attr_md_t* p_attr_md; /**< Pointer to the attribute metadata structure. */
+ uint16_t init_len; /**< Initial attribute value length in bytes. */
+ uint16_t init_offs; /**< Initial attribute value offset in bytes. If different from zero, the first init_offs bytes of the attribute value will be left uninitialized. */
+ uint16_t max_len; /**< Maximum attribute value length in bytes, see @ref BLE_GATTS_ATTR_LENS_MAX for maximum values. */
+ uint8_t* p_value; /**< Pointer to the attribute data. Please note that if the @ref BLE_GATTS_VLOC_USER value location is selected in the attribute metadata, this will have to point to a buffer
+ that remains valid through the lifetime of the attribute. This excludes usage of automatic variables that may go out of scope or any other temporary location.
+ The stack may access that memory directly without the application's knowledge. */
+} ble_gatts_attr_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GATT Attribute Context. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_uuid_t srvc_uuid; /**< Service UUID. */
+ ble_uuid_t char_uuid; /**< Characteristic UUID if applicable (BLE_UUID_TYPE_UNKNOWN if N/A). */
+ ble_uuid_t desc_uuid; /**< Descriptor UUID if applicable (BLE_UUID_TYPE_UNKNOWN if N/A). */
+ uint16_t srvc_handle; /**< Service Handle. */
+ uint16_t value_handle; /**< Characteristic Handle if applicable (BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID if N/A). */
+ uint8_t type; /**< Attribute Type, see @ref BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPES. */
+} ble_gatts_attr_context_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GATT Characteristic Presentation Format. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t format; /**< Format of the value, see @ref BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMATS. */
+ int8_t exponent; /**< Exponent for integer data types. */
+ uint16_t unit; /**< UUID from Bluetooth Assigned Numbers. */
+ uint8_t name_space; /**< Namespace from Bluetooth Assigned Numbers, see @ref BLE_GATT_CPF_NAMESPACES. */
+ uint16_t desc; /**< Namespace description from Bluetooth Assigned Numbers, see @ref BLE_GATT_CPF_NAMESPACES. */
+} ble_gatts_char_pf_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GATT Characteristic metadata. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_gatt_char_props_t char_props; /**< Characteristic Properties. */
+ ble_gatt_char_ext_props_t char_ext_props; /**< Characteristic Extended Properties. */
+ uint8_t* p_char_user_desc; /**< Pointer to a UTF-8, NULL if the descriptor is not required. */
+ uint16_t char_user_desc_max_size; /**< The maximum size in bytes of the user description descriptor. */
+ uint16_t char_user_desc_size; /**< The size of the user description, must be smaller or equal to char_user_desc_max_size. */
+ ble_gatts_char_pf_t* p_char_pf; /**< Pointer to a presentation format structure or NULL if the descriptor is not required. */
+ ble_gatts_attr_md_t* p_user_desc_md; /**< Attribute metadata for the User Description descriptor, or NULL for default values. */
+ ble_gatts_attr_md_t* p_cccd_md; /**< Attribute metadata for the Client Characteristic Configuration Descriptor, or NULL for default values. */
+ ble_gatts_attr_md_t* p_sccd_md; /**< Attribute metadata for the Server Characteristic Configuration Descriptor, or NULL for default values. */
+} ble_gatts_char_md_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GATT Characteristic Definition Handles. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t value_handle; /**< Handle to the characteristic value. */
+ uint16_t user_desc_handle; /**< Handle to the User Description descriptor, or BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID if not present. */
+ uint16_t cccd_handle; /**< Handle to the Client Characteristic Configuration Descriptor, or BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID if not present. */
+ uint16_t sccd_handle; /**< Handle to the Server Characteristic Configuration Descriptor, or BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID if not present. */
+} ble_gatts_char_handles_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GATT HVx parameters. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t handle; /**< Characteristic Value Handle. */
+ uint8_t type; /**< Indication or Notification, see @ref BLE_GATT_HVX_TYPES. */
+ uint16_t offset; /**< Offset within the attribute value. */
+ uint16_t* p_len; /**< Length in bytes to be written, length in bytes written after successful return. */
+ uint8_t* p_data; /**< Actual data content, use NULL to use the current attribute value. */
+} ble_gatts_hvx_params_t;
+
+/**@brief GATT Read Authorization parameters. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t gatt_status; /**< GATT status code for the operation, see @ref BLE_GATT_STATUS_CODES. */
+ uint8_t update : 1; /**< If set, data supplied in p_data will be used in the ATT response. */
+ uint16_t offset; /**< Offset of the attribute value being updated. */
+ uint16_t len; /**< Length in bytes of the value in p_data pointer, see @ref BLE_GATTS_ATTR_LENS_MAX. */
+ uint8_t* p_data; /**< Pointer to new value used to update the attribute value. */
+} ble_gatts_read_authorize_params_t;
+
+/**@brief GATT Write Authorisation parameters. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t gatt_status; /**< GATT status code for the operation, see @ref BLE_GATT_STATUS_CODES. */
+} ble_gatts_write_authorize_params_t;
+
+/**@brief GATT Read or Write Authorize Reply parameters. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t type; /**< Type of authorize operation, see @ref BLE_GATTS_AUTHORIZE_TYPES. */
+ union {
+ ble_gatts_read_authorize_params_t read; /**< Read authorization parameters. */
+ ble_gatts_write_authorize_params_t write; /**< Write authorization parameters. */
+ } params;
+} ble_gatts_rw_authorize_reply_params_t;
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief GATT Server Event IDs.
+ */
+enum BLE_GATTS_EVTS
+{
+ BLE_GATTS_EVT_WRITE = BLE_GATTS_EVT_BASE, /**< Write operation performed. */
+ BLE_GATTS_EVT_RW_AUTHORIZE_REQUEST, /**< Read/Write Authorization request. */
+ BLE_GATTS_EVT_SYS_ATTR_MISSING, /**< A persistent system attribute access is pending, awaiting a sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set(). */
+ BLE_GATTS_EVT_HVC, /**< Handle Value Confirmation. */
+ BLE_GATTS_EVT_SC_CONFIRM, /**< Service Changed Confirmation. */
+ BLE_GATTS_EVT_TIMEOUT /**< Timeout. */
+};
+
+
+/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTS_EVT_WRITE. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t handle; /**< Attribute Handle. */
+ uint8_t op; /**< Type of write operation, see @ref BLE_GATTS_OPS. */
+ ble_gatts_attr_context_t context; /**< Attribute Context. */
+ uint16_t offset; /**< Offset for the write operation. */
+ uint16_t len; /**< Length of the incoming data. */
+ uint8_t data[1]; /**< Incoming data, variable length. */
+} ble_gatts_evt_write_t;
+
+/**@brief Event structure for authorize read request. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t handle; /**< Attribute Handle. */
+ ble_gatts_attr_context_t context; /**< Attribute Context. */
+ uint16_t offset; /**< Offset for the read operation. */
+} ble_gatts_evt_read_t;
+
+/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTS_EVT_RW_AUTHORIZE_REQUEST. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t type; /**< Type of authorize operation, see @ref BLE_GATTS_AUTHORIZE_TYPES. */
+ union {
+ ble_gatts_evt_read_t read; /**< Attribute Read Parameters. */
+ ble_gatts_evt_write_t write; /**< Attribute Write Parameters. */
+ } request;
+} ble_gatts_evt_rw_authorize_request_t;
+
+/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTS_EVT_SYS_ATTR_MISSING. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t hint;
+} ble_gatts_evt_sys_attr_missing_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTS_EVT_HVC. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t handle; /**< Attribute Handle. */
+} ble_gatts_evt_hvc_t;
+
+/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTS_EVT_TIMEOUT. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t src; /**< Timeout source, see @ref BLE_GATT_TIMEOUT_SOURCES. */
+} ble_gatts_evt_timeout_t;
+
+
+/**@brief GATT Server event callback event structure. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Connection Handle on which event occurred. */
+ union
+ {
+ ble_gatts_evt_write_t write; /**< Write Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gatts_evt_rw_authorize_request_t authorize_request; /**< Read or Write Authorize Request Parameters. */
+ ble_gatts_evt_sys_attr_missing_t sys_attr_missing; /**< System attributes missing. */
+ ble_gatts_evt_hvc_t hvc; /**< Handle Value Confirmation Event Parameters. */
+ ble_gatts_evt_timeout_t timeout; /**< Timeout Event. */
+ } params;
+} ble_gatts_evt_t;
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup BLE_GATTS_FUNCTIONS Functions
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief Add a service declaration to the local server ATT table.
+ *
+ * @param[in] type Toggles between primary and secondary services, see @ref BLE_GATTS_SRVC_TYPES.
+ * @param[in] p_uuid Pointer to service UUID.
+ * @param[out] p_handle Pointer to a 16-bit word where the assigned handle will be stored.
+ *
+ * @note Secondary Services are only relevant in the context of the entity that references them, it is therefore forbidden to
+ * add a secondary service declaration that is not referenced by another service later in the ATT table.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully added a service declaration.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, Vendor Specific UUIDs need to be present in the table.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN Forbidden value supplied, certain UUIDs are reserved for the stack.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Not enough memory to complete operation.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_SERVICE_ADD, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_service_add(uint8_t type, ble_uuid_t const*const p_uuid, uint16_t *const p_handle));
+
+
+/**@brief Add an include declaration to the local server ATT table.
+ *
+ * @note It is currently only possible to add an include declaration to the last added service (i.e. only sequential addition is supported at this time).
+ *
+ * @note The included service must already be present in the ATT table prior to this call.
+ *
+ * @param[in] service_handle Handle of the service where the included service is to be placed, if BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID is used, it will be placed sequentially.
+ * @param[in] inc_srvc_handle Handle of the included service.
+ * @param[out] p_include_handle Pointer to a 16-bit word where the assigned handle will be stored.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully added an include declaration.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, handle values need to match previously added services.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN Forbidden value supplied, self inclusions are not allowed.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Not enough memory to complete operation.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND Attribute not found.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_INCLUDE_ADD, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_include_add(uint16_t service_handle, uint16_t inc_srvc_handle, uint16_t *const p_include_handle));
+
+
+/**@brief Add a characteristic declaration, a characteristic value declaration and optional characteristic descriptor declarations to the local server ATT table.
+ *
+ * @note It is currently only possible to add a characteristic to the last added service (i.e. only sequential addition is supported at this time).
+ *
+ * @note Several restrictions apply to the parameters, such as matching permissions between the user description descriptor and the writeable auxiliaries bits,
+ * readable (no security) and writeable (selectable) CCCDs and SCCDs and valid presentation format values.
+ *
+ * @note If no metadata is provided for the optional descriptors, their permissions will be derived from the characteristic permissions.
+ *
+ * @param[in] service_handle Handle of the service where the characteristic is to be placed, if BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID is used, it will be placed sequentially.
+ * @param[in] p_char_md Characteristic metadata.
+ * @param[in] p_attr_char_value Pointer to the attribute structure corresponding to the characteristic value.
+ * @param[out] p_handles Pointer to the structure where the assigned handles will be stored.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully added a characteristic.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, service handle, Vendor Specific UUIDs, lengths, and permissions need to adhere to the constraints.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation, a service context is required.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN Forbidden value supplied, certain UUIDs are reserved for the stack.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Not enough memory to complete operation.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Invalid data size(s) supplied, attribute lengths are restricted by @ref BLE_GATTS_ATTR_LENS_MAX.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_CHARACTERISTIC_ADD, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_characteristic_add(uint16_t service_handle, ble_gatts_char_md_t const*const p_char_md, ble_gatts_attr_t const*const p_attr_char_value, ble_gatts_char_handles_t *const p_handles));
+
+
+/**@brief Add a descriptor to the local server ATT table.
+ *
+ * @note It is currently only possible to add a descriptor to the last added characteristic (i.e. only sequential addition is supported at this time).
+ *
+ * @param[in] char_handle Handle of the characteristic where the descriptor is to be placed, if BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID is used, it will be placed sequentially.
+ * @param[in] p_attr Pointer to the attribute structure.
+ * @param[out] p_handle Pointer to a 16-bit word where the assigned handle will be stored.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully added a descriptor.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, characteristic handle, Vendor Specific UUIDs, lengths, and permissions need to adhere to the constraints.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation, a characteristic context is required.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN Forbidden value supplied, certain UUIDs are reserved for the stack.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Not enough memory to complete operation.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Invalid data size(s) supplied, attribute lengths are restricted by @ref BLE_GATTS_ATTR_LENS_MAX.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_DESCRIPTOR_ADD, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_descriptor_add(uint16_t char_handle, ble_gatts_attr_t const * const p_attr, uint16_t* const p_handle));
+
+/**@brief Set the value of a given attribute.
+ *
+ * @param[in] handle Attribute handle.
+ * @param[in] offset Offset in bytes to write from.
+ * @param[in,out] p_len Length in bytes to be written, length in bytes written after successful return.
+ * @param[in] p_value Pointer to a buffer (at least len bytes long) containing the desired attribute value. If value is stored in user memory, only the attribute length is updated when p_value == NULL.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully set the value of the attribute.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND Attribute not found.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN Forbidden handle supplied, certain attributes are not modifiable by the application.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Invalid data size(s) supplied, attribute lengths are restricted by @ref BLE_GATTS_ATTR_LENS_MAX.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_VALUE_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_value_set(uint16_t handle, uint16_t offset, uint16_t* const p_len, uint8_t const * const p_value));
+
+/**@brief Get the value of a given attribute.
+ *
+ * @param[in] handle Attribute handle.
+ * @param[in] offset Offset in bytes to read from.
+ * @param[in,out] p_len Length in bytes to be read, total length of attribute value (in bytes, starting from offset) after successful return.
+ * @param[in,out] p_data Pointer to a buffer (at least len bytes long) where to store the attribute value. Set to NULL to obtain the complete length of attribute value.
+ *
+ * @note If the attribute value is longer than the size of the supplied buffer,
+ * p_len will return the total attribute value length (excluding offset),
+ * and not the number of bytes actually returned in p_data.
+ * The application may use this information to allocate a suitable buffer size.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully retrieved the value of the attribute.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND Attribute not found.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_VALUE_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_value_get(uint16_t handle, uint16_t offset, uint16_t *const p_len, uint8_t* const p_data));
+
+/**@brief Notify or Indicate an attribute value.
+ *
+ * @details This function checks for the relevant Client Characteristic Configuration descriptor value to verify that the relevant operation
+ * (notification or indication) has been enabled by the client. It is also able to update the attribute value before issuing the PDU, so that
+ * the application can atomically perform a value update and a server initiated transaction with a single API call.
+ * If the application chooses to indicate an attribute value, a @ref BLE_GATTS_EVT_HVC will be sent up as soon as the confirmation arrives from
+ * the peer.
+ *
+ * @note The local attribute value may be updated even if an outgoing packet is not sent to the peer due to an error during execution.
+ * When receiveing the error codes @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE, @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY, @ref BLE_ERROR_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_MISSING and
+ * @ref BLE_ERROR_NO_TX_BUFFERS the ATT table has been updated.
+ * The caller can check whether the value has been updated by looking at the contents of *(p_hvx_params->p_len).
+ *
+ * @note It is important to note that a notification will <b>consume an application buffer</b>, and will therefore
+ * generate a @ref BLE_EVT_TX_COMPLETE event when the packet has been transmitted. An indication on the other hand will use the
+ * standard server internal buffer and thus will only generate a @ref BLE_GATTS_EVT_HVC event as soon as the confirmation
+ * has been received from the peer. Please see the documentation of @ref sd_ble_tx_buffer_count_get for more details.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
+ * @param[in] p_hvx_params Pointer to an HVx parameters structure. If the p_data member contains a non-NULL pointer the attribute value will be updated with
+ * the contents pointed by it before sending the notification or indication.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully queued a notification or indication for transmission, and optionally updated the attribute value.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_ATTR_HANDLE Invalid attribute handle(s) supplied. Only attributes added directly by the application are available to notify and indicate.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_GATTS_INVALID_ATTR_TYPE Invalid attribute type(s) supplied, only characteristic values may be notified and indicated.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND Attribute not found.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Invalid data size(s) supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation, notifications or indications must be enabled in the CCCD.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Procedure already in progress.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_MISSING System attributes missing, use @ref sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set to set them to a known value.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_NO_TX_BUFFERS There are no available buffers to send the data, applies only to notifications.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_HVX, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_hvx(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gatts_hvx_params_t const*const p_hvx_params));
+
+/**@brief Indicate the Service Changed attribute value.
+ *
+ * @details This call will send a Handle Value Indication to one or more peers connected to inform them that the attribute
+ * table layout has changed. As soon as the peer has confirmed the indication, a @ref BLE_GATTS_EVT_SC_CONFIRM event will
+ * be issued.
+ *
+ * @note Some of the restrictions and limitations that apply to @ref sd_ble_gatts_hvx also apply here.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
+ * @param[in] start_handle Start of affected attribute handle range.
+ * @param[in] end_handle End of affected attribute handle range.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully queued the Service Changed indication for transmission.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_ATTR_HANDLE Invalid attribute handle(s) supplied, handles must be in the range populated by the application.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation, notifications or indications must be enabled in the CCCD.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Procedure already in progress.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_MISSING System attributes missing, use @ref sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set to set them to a known value.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_SERVICE_CHANGED, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_service_changed(uint16_t conn_handle, uint16_t start_handle, uint16_t end_handle));
+
+/**@brief Respond to a Read/Write authorization request.
+ *
+ * @note This call should only be used as a response to a @ref BLE_GATTS_EVT_RW_AUTHORIZE_REQUEST event issued to the application.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
+ * @param[in] p_rw_authorize_reply_params Pointer to a structure with the attribute provided by the application.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully queued a response to the peer, and in the case of a write operation, ATT table updated.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE No authorization request pending.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Authorization op invalid,
+ * or for Read Authorization reply: requested handles not replied with,
+ * or for Write Authorization reply: handle supplied does not match requested handle.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_RW_AUTHORIZE_REPLY, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_rw_authorize_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gatts_rw_authorize_reply_params_t const*const p_rw_authorize_reply_params));
+
+
+/**@brief Update persistent system attribute information.
+ *
+ * @details Supply to the stack information about persistent system attributes.
+ * This call is legal in the connected state only, and is usually
+ * made immediately after a connection is established and the bond identified.
+ * usually as a response to a BLE_GATTS_EVT_SYS_ATTR_MISSING.
+ *
+ * p_sysattrs may point directly to the application's stored copy of the struct.
+ * If the pointer is NULL, the system attribute info is initialized, assuming that
+ * the application does not have any previously saved data for this bond.
+ *
+ * @note The state of persistent system attributes is reset upon connection and then remembered for its duration.
+ *
+ * @note If this call returns with an error code different from @ref NRF_SUCCESS, the storage of persistent system attributes may have been completed only partially.
+ * This means that the state of the attribute table is undefined, and the application should either provide a new set of attributes using this same call or
+ * reset the SoftDevice to return to a known state.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
+ * @param[in] p_sys_attr_data Pointer to a saved copy of system attributes supplied to the stack, or NULL.
+ * @param[in] len Size of data pointed by p_sys_attr_data, in octets.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully set the system attribute information.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA Invalid data supplied, the data should be exactly the same as retrieved with @ref sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_get.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Not enough memory to complete operation.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set(uint16_t conn_handle, uint8_t const*const p_sys_attr_data, uint16_t len));
+
+
+/**@brief Retrieve persistent system attribute information from the stack.
+ *
+ * @details This call is used to retrieve information about values to be stored perisistently by the application
+ * after a connection has been terminated. When a new connection is made to the same bond, the values
+ * should be restored using @ref sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set.
+ * The data should be read before any new advertising is started, or any new connection established. The connection handle for
+ * the previous now defunct connection will remain valid until a new one is created to allow this API call to refer to it.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle of the recently terminated connection.
+ * @param[in] p_sys_attr_data Pointer to a buffer where updated information about system attributes will be filled in. NULL can be provided to
+ * obtain the length of the data
+ * @param[in,out] p_len Size of application buffer if p_sys_attr_data is not NULL. Unconditially updated to actual length of system attribute data.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully retrieved the system attribute information.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE The system attribute information did not fit into the provided buffer.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_get(uint16_t conn_handle, uint8_t * const p_sys_attr_data, uint16_t* const p_len));
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif // BLE_GATTS_H__
+
+/**
+ @}
+*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_hci.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_hci.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/*
+ Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+
+ The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ */
+/**
+ @addtogroup BLE_COMMON
+ @{
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef BLE_HCI_H__
+#define BLE_HCI_H__
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODES Bluetooth status codes
+ * @{ */
+
+#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_SUCCESS 0x00
+#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_UNKNOWN_BTLE_COMMAND 0x01
+#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_UNKNOWN_CONNECTION_IDENTIFIER 0x02
+/*0x03 Hardware Failure
+0x04 Page Timeout
+*/
+#define BLE_HCI_AUTHENTICATION_FAILURE 0x05
+#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_PIN_OR_KEY_MISSING 0x06
+#define BLE_HCI_MEMORY_CAPACITY_EXCEEDED 0x07
+#define BLE_HCI_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT 0x08
+/*0x09 Connection Limit Exceeded
+0x0A Synchronous Connection Limit To A Device Exceeded
+0x0B ACL Connection Already Exists*/
+#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_COMMAND_DISALLOWED 0x0C
+/*0x0D Connection Rejected due to Limited Resources
+0x0E Connection Rejected Due To Security Reasons
+0x0F Connection Rejected due to Unacceptable BD_ADDR
+0x10 Connection Accept Timeout Exceeded
+0x11 Unsupported Feature or Parameter Value*/
+#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_INVALID_BTLE_COMMAND_PARAMETERS 0x12
+#define BLE_HCI_REMOTE_USER_TERMINATED_CONNECTION 0x13
+#define BLE_HCI_REMOTE_DEV_TERMINATION_DUE_TO_LOW_RESOURCES 0x14
+#define BLE_HCI_REMOTE_DEV_TERMINATION_DUE_TO_POWER_OFF 0x15
+#define BLE_HCI_LOCAL_HOST_TERMINATED_CONNECTION 0x16
+/*
+0x17 Repeated Attempts
+0x18 Pairing Not Allowed
+0x19 Unknown LMP PDU
+*/
+#define BLE_HCI_UNSUPPORTED_REMOTE_FEATURE 0x1A
+/*
+0x1B SCO Offset Rejected
+0x1C SCO Interval Rejected
+0x1D SCO Air Mode Rejected*/
+#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_INVALID_LMP_PARAMETERS 0x1E
+#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_UNSPECIFIED_ERROR 0x1F
+/*0x20 Unsupported LMP Parameter Value
+0x21 Role Change Not Allowed
+*/
+#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_LMP_RESPONSE_TIMEOUT 0x22
+/*0x23 LMP Error Transaction Collision*/
+#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_LMP_PDU_NOT_ALLOWED 0x24
+/*0x25 Encryption Mode Not Acceptable
+0x26 Link Key Can Not be Changed
+0x27 Requested QoS Not Supported
+*/
+#define BLE_HCI_INSTANT_PASSED 0x28
+#define BLE_HCI_PAIRING_WITH_UNIT_KEY_UNSUPPORTED 0x29
+#define BLE_HCI_DIFFERENT_TRANSACTION_COLLISION 0x2A
+/*
+0x2B Reserved
+0x2C QoS Unacceptable Parameter
+0x2D QoS Rejected
+0x2E Channel Classification Not Supported
+0x2F Insufficient Security
+0x30 Parameter Out Of Mandatory Range
+0x31 Reserved
+0x32 Role Switch Pending
+0x33 Reserved
+0x34 Reserved Slot Violation
+0x35 Role Switch Failed
+0x36 Extended Inquiry Response Too Large
+0x37 Secure Simple Pairing Not Supported By Host.
+0x38 Host Busy - Pairing
+0x39 Connection Rejected due to No Suitable Channel Found*/
+#define BLE_HCI_CONTROLLER_BUSY 0x3A
+#define BLE_HCI_CONN_INTERVAL_UNACCEPTABLE 0x3B
+#define BLE_HCI_DIRECTED_ADVERTISER_TIMEOUT 0x3C
+#define BLE_HCI_CONN_TERMINATED_DUE_TO_MIC_FAILURE 0x3D
+#define BLE_HCI_CONN_FAILED_TO_BE_ESTABLISHED 0x3E
+
+/** @} */
+
+
+#endif // BLE_HCI_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_l2cap.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_l2cap.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2011 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ *
+ */
+/**
+ @addtogroup BLE_L2CAP Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (L2CAP)
+ @{
+ @brief Definitions and prototypes for the L2CAP interface.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_L2CAP_H__
+#define BLE_L2CAP_H__
+
+#include "ble_types.h"
+#include "ble_ranges.h"
+#include "ble_err.h"
+#include "nrf_svc.h"
+
+/**@addtogroup BLE_L2CAP_ENUMERATIONS Enumerations
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief L2CAP API SVC numbers. */
+enum BLE_L2CAP_SVCS
+{
+ SD_BLE_L2CAP_CID_REGISTER = BLE_L2CAP_SVC_BASE, /**< Register a CID. */
+ SD_BLE_L2CAP_CID_UNREGISTER, /**< Unregister a CID. */
+ SD_BLE_L2CAP_TX /**< Transmit a packet. */
+};
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**@addtogroup BLE_L2CAP_DEFINES Defines
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@defgroup BLE_ERRORS_L2CAP SVC return values specific to L2CAP
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_ERROR_L2CAP_CID_IN_USE (NRF_L2CAP_ERR_BASE + 0x000) /**< CID already in use. */
+/** @} */
+
+/**@brief Default L2CAP MTU. */
+#define BLE_L2CAP_MTU_DEF (23)
+
+/**@brief Invalid Channel Identifier. */
+#define BLE_L2CAP_CID_INVALID (0x0000)
+
+/**@brief Dynamic Channel Identifier base. */
+#define BLE_L2CAP_CID_DYN_BASE (0x0040)
+
+/**@brief Maximum amount of dynamic CIDs. */
+#define BLE_L2CAP_CID_DYN_MAX (8)
+
+/** @} */
+
+/**@addtogroup BLE_L2CAP_STRUCTURES Structures
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief Packet header format for L2CAP transmission. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t len; /**< Length of valid info in data member. */
+ uint16_t cid; /**< Channel ID on which packet is transmitted. */
+} ble_l2cap_header_t;
+
+/**@brief L2CAP Event IDs. */
+enum BLE_L2CAP_EVTS
+{
+ BLE_L2CAP_EVT_RX = BLE_L2CAP_EVT_BASE /**< L2CAP packet received. */
+};
+
+
+/**@brief L2CAP Received packet event report. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ ble_l2cap_header_t header; /** L2CAP packet header. */
+ uint8_t data[1]; /**< Packet data, variable length. */
+} ble_l2cap_evt_rx_t;
+
+
+/**@brief L2CAP event callback event structure. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Connection Handle on which event occured. */
+ union
+ {
+ ble_l2cap_evt_rx_t rx; /**< RX Event parameters. */
+ } params;
+} ble_l2cap_evt_t;
+
+
+/**@brief Register a CID with L2CAP.
+ *
+ * @details This registers a higher protocol layer with the L2CAP multiplexer, and is requried prior to all operations on the CID.
+ *
+ * @param[in] cid L2CAP CID.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully registered a CID with the L2CAP layer.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, CID must be above @ref BLE_L2CAP_CID_DYN_BASE.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_L2CAP_CID_IN_USE L2CAP CID already in use.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Not enough memory to complete operation.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_L2CAP_CID_REGISTER, uint32_t, sd_ble_l2cap_cid_register(uint16_t cid));
+
+/**@brief Unregister a CID with L2CAP.
+ *
+ * @details This unregisters a previously registerd higher protocol layer with the L2CAP multiplexer.
+ *
+ * @param[in] cid L2CAP CID.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully unregistered the CID.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND CID not previously registered.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_L2CAP_CID_UNREGISTER, uint32_t, sd_ble_l2cap_cid_unregister(uint16_t cid));
+
+/**@brief Transmit an L2CAP packet.
+ *
+ * @note It is important to note that a call to this function will <b>consume an application buffer</b>, and will therefore
+ * generate a @ref BLE_EVT_TX_COMPLETE event when the packet has been transmitted.
+ * Please see the documentation of @ref sd_ble_tx_buffer_count_get for more details.
+ *
+ * @param[in] conn_handle Connection Handle.
+ * @param[in] p_header Pointer to a packet header containing length and CID.
+ * @param[in] p_data Pointer to the data to be transmitted.
+ *
+ * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully queued an L2CAP packet for transmission.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, CIDs must be registered beforehand with @ref sd_ble_l2cap_cid_register.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND CID not found.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Not enough memory to complete operation.
+ * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_NO_TX_BUFFERS Not enough application buffers available.
+ * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Invalid data size(s) supplied, see @ref BLE_L2CAP_MTU_DEF.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_BLE_L2CAP_TX, uint32_t, sd_ble_l2cap_tx(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_l2cap_header_t const * const p_header, uint8_t const * const p_data));
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif // BLE_L2CAP_H__
+
+/**
+ @}
+*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_ranges.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_ranges.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+
+ The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ */
+/**
+ @addtogroup BLE_COMMON
+ @{
+ @defgroup ble_ranges Module specific SVC and event number subranges
+ @{
+
+ @brief Definition of SVC and event number subranges for each API module.
+
+ @note
+ SVCs and event numbers are split into subranges for each API module.
+ Each module receives its entire allocated range of SVC calls, whether implemented or not,
+ but return BLE_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED for unimplemented or undefined calls in its range.
+
+ Note that the symbols BLE_<module>_SVC_LAST is the end of the allocated SVC range,
+ rather than the last SVC function call actually defined and implemented.
+
+ Specific SVC and event values are defined in each module's ble_<module>.h file,
+ which defines names of each individual SVC code based on the range start value.
+*/
+
+#ifndef BLE_RANGES_H__
+#define BLE_RANGES_H__
+
+#define BLE_SVC_BASE 0x60
+#define BLE_SVC_LAST 0x6B /* Total: 12. */
+
+#define BLE_RESERVED_SVC_BASE 0x6C
+#define BLE_RESERVED_SVC_LAST 0x6F /* Total: 4. */
+
+#define BLE_GAP_SVC_BASE 0x70
+#define BLE_GAP_SVC_LAST 0x8F /* Total: 32. */
+
+#define BLE_GATTC_SVC_BASE 0x90
+#define BLE_GATTC_SVC_LAST 0x9F /* Total: 16. */
+
+#define BLE_GATTS_SVC_BASE 0xA0
+#define BLE_GATTS_SVC_LAST 0xAF /* Total: 16. */
+
+#define BLE_L2CAP_SVC_BASE 0xB0
+#define BLE_L2CAP_SVC_LAST 0xBF /* Total: 16. */
+
+
+#define BLE_EVT_INVALID 0x00
+
+#define BLE_EVT_BASE 0x01
+#define BLE_EVT_LAST 0x0F /* Total: 15. */
+
+#define BLE_GAP_EVT_BASE 0x10
+#define BLE_GAP_EVT_LAST 0x2F /* Total: 32. */
+
+#define BLE_GATTC_EVT_BASE 0x30
+#define BLE_GATTC_EVT_LAST 0x4F /* Total: 32. */
+
+#define BLE_GATTS_EVT_BASE 0x50
+#define BLE_GATTS_EVT_LAST 0x6F /* Total: 32. */
+
+#define BLE_L2CAP_EVT_BASE 0x70
+#define BLE_L2CAP_EVT_LAST 0x8F /* Total: 32. */
+
+#define BLE_OPT_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid BLE Option. */
+
+#define BLE_OPT_BASE 0x01 /**< Common BLE Option base. */
+#define BLE_OPT_LAST 0x1F /**< Total: 31. */
+
+#define BLE_GAP_OPT_BASE 0x20 /**< GAP BLE Option base. */
+#define BLE_GAP_OPT_LAST 0x3F /**< Total: 32. */
+
+#define BLE_GATTC_OPT_BASE 0x40 /**< GATTC BLE Option base. */
+#define BLE_GATTC_OPT_LAST 0x5F /**< Total: 32. */
+
+#define BLE_GATTS_OPT_BASE 0x60 /**< GATTS BLE Option base. */
+#define BLE_GATTS_OPT_LAST 0x7F /**< Total: 32. */
+
+#define BLE_L2CAP_OPT_BASE 0x80 /**< L2CAP BLE Option base. */
+#define BLE_L2CAP_OPT_LAST 0x9F /**< Total: 32. */
+
+#endif /* BLE_RANGES_H__ */
+
+/**
+ @}
+ @}
+*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_types.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_types.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2011 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ *
+ */
+/**
+ @addtogroup BLE_COMMON
+ @{
+ @defgroup ble_types Common types and macro definitions
+ @{
+
+ @brief Common types and macro definitions for the S110 SoftDevice.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_TYPES_H__
+#define BLE_TYPES_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** @addtogroup BLE_COMMON_DEFINES Defines
+ * @{ */
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_CONN_HANDLES BLE Connection Handles
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID 0xFFFF /**< Invalid Connection Handle. */
+#define BLE_CONN_HANDLE_ALL 0xFFFE /**< Applies to all Connection Handles. */
+/** @} */
+
+
+
+
+
+/** @defgroup BLE_UUID_TYPES Types of UUID
+ * @{ */
+#define BLE_UUID_TYPE_UNKNOWN 0x00 /**< Invalid UUID type. */
+#define BLE_UUID_TYPE_BLE 0x01 /**< Bluetooth SIG UUID (16-bit). */
+#define BLE_UUID_TYPE_VENDOR_BEGIN 0x02 /**< Vendor UUID types start at this index (128-bit). */
+/** @} */
+
+/** @brief Set .type and .uuid fields of ble_uuid_struct to specified uuid value. */
+#define BLE_UUID_BLE_ASSIGN(instance, value) do {\
+ instance.type = BLE_UUID_TYPE_BLE; \
+ instance.uuid = value;} while(0)
+
+/** @brief Copy type and uuid members from src to dst ble_uuid_t pointer. Both pointers must be valid/non-null. */
+#define BLE_UUID_COPY_PTR(dst, src) do {\
+ (dst)->type = (src)->type; \
+ (dst)->uuid = (src)->uuid;} while(0)
+
+/** @brief Copy type and uuid members from src to dst ble_uuid_t struct. */
+#define BLE_UUID_COPY_INST(dst, src) do {\
+ (dst).type = (src).type; \
+ (dst).uuid = (src).uuid;} while(0)
+
+/** @brief Compare for equality both type and uuid members of two (valid, non-null) ble_uuid_t pointers. */
+#define BLE_UUID_EQ(p_uuid1, p_uuid2) \
+ (((p_uuid1)->type == (p_uuid2)->type) && ((p_uuid1)->uuid == (p_uuid2)->uuid))
+
+/** @brief Compare for difference both type and uuid members of two (valid, non-null) ble_uuid_t pointers. */
+#define BLE_UUID_NEQ(p_uuid1, p_uuid2) \
+ (((p_uuid1)->type != (p_uuid2)->type) || ((p_uuid1)->uuid != (p_uuid2)->uuid))
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup BLE_TYPES_STRUCTURES Structures
+ * @{ */
+
+/** @brief 128 bit UUID values. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ unsigned char uuid128[16];
+} ble_uuid128_t;
+
+/** @brief Bluetooth Low Energy UUID type, encapsulates both 16-bit and 128-bit UUIDs. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint16_t uuid; /**< 16-bit UUID value or octets 12-13 of 128-bit UUID. */
+ uint8_t type; /**< UUID type, see @ref BLE_UUID_TYPES. If type is BLE_UUID_TYPE_UNKNOWN, the value of uuid is undefined. */
+} ble_uuid_t;
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif /* BLE_TYPES_H__ */
+
+/**
+ @}
+ @}
+*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_error.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_error.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ *
+ */
+ /**
+ @defgroup nrf_error SoftDevice Global Error Codes
+ @{
+
+ @brief Global Error definitions
+*/
+
+/* Header guard */
+#ifndef NRF_ERROR_H__
+#define NRF_ERROR_H__
+
+/** @defgroup NRF_ERRORS_BASE Error Codes Base number definitions
+ * @{ */
+#define NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM (0x0) ///< Global error base
+#define NRF_ERROR_SDM_BASE_NUM (0x1000) ///< SDM error base
+#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM (0x2000) ///< SoC error base
+#define NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM (0x3000) ///< STK error base
+/** @} */
+
+#define NRF_SUCCESS (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 0) ///< Successful command
+#define NRF_ERROR_SVC_HANDLER_MISSING (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 1) ///< SVC handler is missing
+#define NRF_ERROR_SOFTDEVICE_NOT_ENABLED (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 2) ///< SoftDevice has not been enabled
+#define NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 3) ///< Internal Error
+#define NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 4) ///< No Memory for operation
+#define NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 5) ///< Not found
+#define NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 6) ///< Not supported
+#define NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 7) ///< Invalid Parameter
+#define NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 8) ///< Invalid state, operation disallowed in this state
+#define NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 9) ///< Invalid Length
+#define NRF_ERROR_INVALID_FLAGS (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 10) ///< Invalid Flags
+#define NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 11) ///< Invalid Data
+#define NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 12) ///< Data size exceeds limit
+#define NRF_ERROR_TIMEOUT (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 13) ///< Operation timed out
+#define NRF_ERROR_NULL (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 14) ///< Null Pointer
+#define NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 15) ///< Forbidden Operation
+#define NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 16) ///< Bad Memory Address
+#define NRF_ERROR_BUSY (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 17) ///< Busy
+
+#endif // NRF_ERROR_H__
+
+/**
+ @}
+*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_error_sdm.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_error_sdm.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ *
+ */
+ /**
+ @addtogroup nrf_sdm_api
+ @{
+ @defgroup nrf_sdm_error SoftDevice Manager Error Codes
+ @{
+
+ @brief Error definitions for the SDM API
+*/
+
+/* Header guard */
+#ifndef NRF_ERROR_SDM_H__
+#define NRF_ERROR_SDM_H__
+
+#include "nrf_error.h"
+
+#define NRF_ERROR_SDM_LFCLK_SOURCE_UNKNOWN (NRF_ERROR_SDM_BASE_NUM + 0) ///< Unknown lfclk source
+#define NRF_ERROR_SDM_INCORRECT_INTERRUPT_CONFIGURATION (NRF_ERROR_SDM_BASE_NUM + 1) ///< Incorrect interrupt configuration (can be caused by using illegal priority levels, or having enabled SoftDevice interrupts)
+#define NRF_ERROR_SDM_INCORRECT_CLENR0 (NRF_ERROR_SDM_BASE_NUM + 2) ///< Incorrect CLENR0 (can be caused by erronous SoftDevice flashing)
+
+#endif // NRF_ERROR_SDM_H__
+
+/**
+ @}
+ @}
+*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_error_soc.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_error_soc.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ *
+ */
+ /**
+ @addtogroup nrf_soc_api
+ @{
+ @defgroup nrf_soc_error SoC Library Error Codes
+ @{
+
+ @brief Error definitions for the SoC library
+
+*/
+
+/* Header guard */
+#ifndef NRF_ERROR_SOC_H__
+#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_H__
+
+#include "nrf_error.h"
+
+/* Mutex Errors */
+#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_MUTEX_ALREADY_TAKEN (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 0) ///< Mutex already taken
+
+/* NVIC errors */
+#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 1) ///< NVIC interrupt not available
+#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_NOT_ALLOWED (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 2) ///< NVIC interrupt priority not allowed
+#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_SHOULD_NOT_RETURN (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 3) ///< NVIC should not return
+
+/* Power errors */
+#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_POWER_MODE_UNKNOWN (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 4) ///< Power mode unknown
+#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_POWER_POF_THRESHOLD_UNKNOWN (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 5) ///< Power POF threshold unknown
+#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_POWER_OFF_SHOULD_NOT_RETURN (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 6) ///< Power off should not return
+
+/* Rand errors */
+#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_RAND_NOT_ENOUGH_VALUES (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 7) ///< RAND not enough values
+
+/* PPI errors */
+#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_CHANNEL (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 8) ///< Invalid PPI Channel
+#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_GROUP (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 9) ///< Invalid PPI Group
+
+#endif // NRF_ERROR_SOC_H__
+/**
+ @}
+ @}
+*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_mbr.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_mbr.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ *
+ */
+/**
+ @defgroup nrf_mbr_api Master Boot Record API
+ @{
+
+ @brief APIs for updating SoftDevice and BootLoader
+
+*/
+
+/* Header guard */
+#ifndef NRF_MBR_H__
+#define NRF_MBR_H__
+
+#include "nrf_svc.h"
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+
+/** @addtogroup NRF_MBR_DEFINES Defines
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief MBR SVC Base number. */
+#define MBR_SVC_BASE 0x18
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup NRF_MBR_ENUMS Enumerations
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief nRF Master Boot Record API SVC numbers. */
+enum NRF_MBR_SVCS
+{
+ SD_MBR_COMMAND = MBR_SVC_BASE, /**< ::sd_mbr_command */
+};
+
+/**@brief Possible values for ::sd_mbr_command_t.command */
+enum NRF_MBR_COMMANDS
+{
+ SD_MBR_COMMAND_COPY_BL, /**< Copy a new a new BootLoader. @see sd_mbr_command_copy_bl_t */
+ SD_MBR_COMMAND_COPY_SD, /**< Copy a new SoftDevice. @see ::sd_mbr_command_copy_sd_t*/
+ SD_MBR_COMMAND_INIT_SD, /**< Init forwarding interrupts to SD, and run reset function in SD*/
+ SD_MBR_COMMAND_COMPARE, /**< This command works like memcmp. @see ::sd_mbr_command_compare_t*/
+ SD_MBR_COMMAND_VECTOR_TABLE_BASE_SET, /**< Start forwarding all exception to this address @see ::sd_mbr_command_vector_table_base_set_t*/
+};
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup NRF_MBR_TYPES Types
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief This command copies part of a new SoftDevice
+ * The destination area is erased before copying.
+ * If dst is in the middle of a flash page, that whole flash page will be erased.
+ * If (dst+len) is in the middle of a flash page, that whole flash page will be erased.
+ *
+ * The user of this function is responsible for setting the PROTENSET registers.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS indicates that the contents of the memory blocks where copied correctly.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL indicates that the contents of the memory blocks where not verified correctly after copying.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t *src; /**< Pointer to the source of data to be copied.*/
+ uint32_t *dst; /**< Pointer to the destination where the content is to be copied.*/
+ uint32_t len; /**< Number of 32 bit words to copy. Must be a multiple of 256 words*/
+}sd_mbr_command_copy_sd_t;
+
+
+/**@brief This command works like memcmp, but takes the length in words.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS indicates that the contents of both memory blocks are equal.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_NULL indicates that the contents of the memory blocks are not equal.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t *ptr1; /**< Pointer to block of memory */
+ uint32_t *ptr2; /**< Pointer to block of memory */
+ uint32_t len; /**< Number of 32 bit words to compare*/
+}sd_mbr_command_compare_t;
+
+
+/**@brief This command copies a new BootLoader.
+ * With this command, destination of BootLoader is always the address written in NRF_UICR->BOOTADDR.
+ *
+ * Destination is erased by this function.
+ * If (destination+bl_len) is in the middle of a flash page, that whole flash page will be erased.
+ *
+ * This function will use PROTENSET to protect the flash that is not intended to be written.
+ *
+ * On Success, this function will not return. It will start the new BootLoader from reset-vector as normal.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE indicates that something was wrong.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL indicates an internal error that should not happen.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN if NRF_UICR->BOOTADDR is not set
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH is invalid.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t *bl_src; /**< Pointer to the source of the Bootloader to be be copied.*/
+ uint32_t bl_len; /**< Number of 32 bit words to copy for BootLoader */
+}sd_mbr_command_copy_bl_t;
+
+/**@brief Sets the base address of the interrupt vector table for interrupts forwarded from the MBR
+ *
+ * Once this function has been called, this address is where the MBR will start to forward interrupts to after a reset.
+ *
+ * To restore default forwarding thiss function should be called with @param address set to 0.
+ * The MBR will then start forwarding to interrupts to the adress in NFR_UICR->BOOTADDR or to the SoftDevice if the BOOTADDR is not set.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t address; /**< The base address of the interrupt vector table for forwarded interrupts.*/
+}sd_mbr_command_vector_table_base_set_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t command; /**< type of command to be issued see @ref NRF_MBR_COMMANDS. */
+ union
+ {
+ sd_mbr_command_copy_sd_t copy_sd; /**< Parameters for copy*/
+ sd_mbr_command_copy_bl_t copy_bl; /**< Parameters for copy SoftDevice and BootLoader*/
+ sd_mbr_command_compare_t compare; /**< Parameters for verify*/
+ sd_mbr_command_vector_table_base_set_t base_set; /**< Parameters for vector table base set.*/
+ } params;
+}sd_mbr_command_t;
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup NRF_MBR_FUNCTIONS Functions
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief Issue Master Boot Record commands
+ *
+ * Commands used when updating a SoftDevice and bootloader
+ *
+ * @param[in] param Pointer to a struct describing the command
+ *
+ *@note for retvals see ::sd_mbr_command_copy_sd_t ::sd_mbr_command_copy_bl_t ::sd_mbr_command_compare_t
+
+*/
+SVCALL(SD_MBR_COMMAND, uint32_t, sd_mbr_command(sd_mbr_command_t* param));
+
+/** @} */
+#endif // NRF_MBR_H__
+
+/**
+ @}
+*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_sdm.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_sdm.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ *
+ */
+/**
+ @defgroup nrf_sdm_api SoftDevice Manager API
+ @{
+
+ @brief APIs for SoftDevice management.
+
+*/
+
+/* Header guard */
+#ifndef NRF_SDM_H__
+#define NRF_SDM_H__
+
+#include "nrf_svc.h"
+#include "nrf51.h"
+#include "nrf_soc.h"
+#include "nrf_error_sdm.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup NRF_SDM_DEFINES Defines
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief SoftDevice Manager SVC Base number. */
+#define SDM_SVC_BASE (0x10)
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup NRF_SDM_ENUMS Enumerations
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief nRF SoftDevice Manager API SVC numbers. */
+enum NRF_SD_SVCS
+{
+ SD_SOFTDEVICE_ENABLE = SDM_SVC_BASE, /**< ::sd_softdevice_enable */
+ SD_SOFTDEVICE_DISABLE, /**< ::sd_softdevice_disable */
+ SD_SOFTDEVICE_IS_ENABLED, /**< ::sd_softdevice_is_enabled */
+ SD_SOFTDEVICE_VECTOR_TABLE_BASE_SET, /**< ::sd_softdevice_vector_table_base_set */
+ SVC_SDM_LAST /**< Placeholder for last SDM SVC */
+};
+
+/**@brief Possible lfclk oscillator sources. */
+enum NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRCS
+{
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_SYNTH_250_PPM, /**< LFCLK Synthesized from HFCLK. */
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_500_PPM, /**< LFCLK crystal oscillator 500 PPM accuracy. */
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_250_PPM, /**< LFCLK crystal oscillator 250 PPM accuracy. */
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_150_PPM, /**< LFCLK crystal oscillator 150 PPM accuracy. */
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_100_PPM, /**< LFCLK crystal oscillator 100 PPM accuracy. */
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_75_PPM, /**< LFCLK crystal oscillator 75 PPM accuracy. */
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_50_PPM, /**< LFCLK crystal oscillator 50 PPM accuracy. */
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_30_PPM, /**< LFCLK crystal oscillator 30 PPM accuracy. */
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_20_PPM, /**< LFCLK crystal oscillator 20 PPM accuracy. */
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_250MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator, 250ms calibration interval.*/
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_500MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator, 500ms calibration interval.*/
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_1000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator, 1000ms calibration interval.*/
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_2000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator, 2000ms calibration interval.*/
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_4000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator, 4000ms calibration interval.*/
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_8000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator, 8000ms calibration interval.*/
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_TEMP_1000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator. Temperature checked every 1000ms, if changed above a threshold, a calibration is done.*/
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_TEMP_2000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator. Temperature checked every 2000ms, if changed above a threshold, a calibration is done.*/
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_TEMP_4000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator. Temperature checked every 4000ms, if changed above a threshold, a calibration is done.*/
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_TEMP_8000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator. Temperature checked every 8000ms, if changed above a threshold, a calibration is done.*/
+ NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_TEMP_16000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator. Temperature checked every 16000ms, if changed above a threshold, a calibration is done.*/
+};
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup NRF_SDM_TYPES Types
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief Type representing lfclk oscillator source. */
+typedef uint32_t nrf_clock_lfclksrc_t;
+
+
+/**@brief SoftDevice Assertion Handler type.
+ *
+ * When an unexpected error occurs within the SoftDevice it will call the SoftDevice assertion handler callback.
+ * The protocol stack will be in an undefined state when this happens and the only way to recover will be to
+ * perform a reset, using e.g. CMSIS NVIC_SystemReset().
+ *
+ * @note This callback is executed in HardFault context, thus SVC functions cannot be called from the SoftDevice assert callback.
+ *
+ * @param[in] pc The program counter of the failed assert.
+ * @param[in] line_number Line number where the assert failed.
+ * @param[in] file_name File name where the assert failed.
+ */
+typedef void (*softdevice_assertion_handler_t)(uint32_t pc, uint16_t line_number, const uint8_t * p_file_name);
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup NRF_SDM_FUNCTIONS Functions
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief Enables the SoftDevice and by extension the protocol stack.
+ *
+ * Idempotent function to enable the SoftDevice.
+ *
+ * @note Some care must be taken if a low frequency clock source is already running when calling this function:
+ * If the LF clock has a different source then the one currently running, it will be stopped. Then, the new
+ * clock source will be started.
+ *
+ * @note This function has no effect when returning with an error.
+ *
+ * @post If return code is ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ * - SoC library and protocol stack APIs are made available
+ * - A portion of RAM will be unavailable (see relevant SDS documentation)
+ * - Some peripherals will be unavailable or available only through the SoC API (see relevant SDS documentation)
+ * - Interrupts will not arrive from protected peripherals or interrupts
+ * - nrf_nvic_ functions must be used instead of CMSIS NVIC_ functions for reliable usage of the softdevice.
+ * - Interrupt latency may be affected by the SoftDevice (see relevant SDS documentation)
+ * - Chosen low frequency clock source will be running
+ *
+ * @param clock_source Low frequency clock source and accuracy. (Note: In the case of XTAL source, the PPM accuracy of the chosen clock source must be greater than or equal to the actual characteristics of your XTAL clock).
+ * @param assertion_handler Callback for SoftDevice assertions.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SDM_INCORRECT_INTERRUPT_CONFIGURATION SoftDeviceinterrupt is already enabled, or an enabled interrupt has an illegal priority level
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SDM_LFCLK_SOURCE_UNKNOWN Unknown low frequency clock source selected
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_SOFTDEVICE_ENABLE, uint32_t, sd_softdevice_enable(nrf_clock_lfclksrc_t clock_source, softdevice_assertion_handler_t assertion_handler));
+
+/**@brief Disables the SoftDevice and by extension the protocol stack.
+ *
+ * Idempotent function to disable the SoftDevice.
+ *
+ * @post SoC library and protocol stack APIs are made unavailable.
+ * @post All interrupts that was protected by the SoftDevice will be disabled and initialized to priority 0 (highest).
+ * @post All peripherals used by the SoftDevice will be reset to default values.
+ * @post All of RAM become available.
+ * @post All interrupts are forwarded to the application.
+ * @post LFCLK source chosen in ::sd_softdevice_enable will be left running.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_SOFTDEVICE_DISABLE, uint32_t, sd_softdevice_disable(void));
+
+/**@brief Check if the SoftDevice is enabled.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_softdevice_enabled If the SoftDevice is enabled: 1 else 0.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_SOFTDEVICE_IS_ENABLED, uint32_t, sd_softdevice_is_enabled(uint8_t * p_softdevice_enabled));
+
+/**@brief Sets the base address of the interrupt vector table for interrupts forwarded from the SoftDevice
+ *
+ * This function is only intended to be called when a bootloader is enabled.
+ *
+ * @param[in] address The base address of the interrupt vector table for forwarded interrupts.
+
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_SOFTDEVICE_VECTOR_TABLE_BASE_SET, uint32_t, sd_softdevice_vector_table_base_set(uint32_t address));
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif // NRF_SDM_H__
+
+/**
+ @}
+*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_soc.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_soc.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,958 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2011 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup nrf_soc_api SoC Library API
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @brief APIs for the SoC library.
+ *
+*/
+
+#ifndef NRF_SOC_H__
+#define NRF_SOC_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include "nrf_svc.h"
+#include "nrf51.h"
+#include "nrf51_bitfields.h"
+#include "nrf_error_soc.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup NRF_SOC_DEFINES Defines
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief The number of the lowest SVC number reserved for the SoC library. */
+#define SOC_SVC_BASE (0x20)
+#define SOC_SVC_BASE_NOT_AVAILABLE (0x23)
+
+/**@brief Guranteed time for application to process radio inactive notification. */
+#define NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_INACTIVE_GUARANTEED_TIME_US (62)
+
+/**@brief The minimum allowed timeslot extension time. */
+#define NRF_RADIO_MINIMUM_TIMESLOT_LENGTH_EXTENSION_TIME_US (200)
+
+#define SOC_ECB_KEY_LENGTH (16) /**< ECB key length. */
+#define SOC_ECB_CLEARTEXT_LENGTH (16) /**< ECB cleartext length. */
+#define SOC_ECB_CIPHERTEXT_LENGTH (SOC_ECB_CLEARTEXT_LENGTH) /**< ECB ciphertext length. */
+
+#define SD_EVT_IRQn (SWI2_IRQn) /**< SoftDevice Event IRQ number. Used for both protocol events and SoC events. */
+#define SD_EVT_IRQHandler (SWI2_IRQHandler) /**< SoftDevice Event IRQ handler. Used for both protocol events and SoC events. */
+#define RADIO_NOTIFICATION_IRQn (SWI1_IRQn) /**< The radio notification IRQ number. */
+#define RADIO_NOTIFICATION_IRQHandler (SWI1_IRQHandler) /**< The radio notification IRQ handler. */
+
+#define NRF_RADIO_LENGTH_MIN_US (100) /**< The shortest allowed radio timeslot, in microseconds. */
+#define NRF_RADIO_LENGTH_MAX_US (100000) /**< The longest allowed radio timeslot, in microseconds. */
+
+#define NRF_RADIO_DISTANCE_MAX_US (128000000UL - 1UL) /**< The longest timeslot distance, in microseconds, allowed for the distance parameter (see @ref nrf_radio_request_normal_t) in the request. */
+
+#define NRF_RADIO_EARLIEST_TIMEOUT_MAX_US (128000000UL - 1UL) /**< The longest timeout, in microseconds, allowed when requesting the earliest possible timeslot. */
+
+#define NRF_RADIO_START_JITTER_US (2) /**< The maximum jitter in NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_START relative to the requested start time. */
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup NRF_SOC_TYPES Types
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief The SVC numbers used by the SVC functions in the SoC library. */
+enum NRF_SOC_SVCS
+{
+ SD_FLASH_PAGE_ERASE = SOC_SVC_BASE,
+ SD_FLASH_WRITE,
+ SD_FLASH_PROTECT,
+ SD_MUTEX_NEW = SOC_SVC_BASE_NOT_AVAILABLE,
+ SD_MUTEX_ACQUIRE,
+ SD_MUTEX_RELEASE,
+ SD_NVIC_ENABLEIRQ,
+ SD_NVIC_DISABLEIRQ,
+ SD_NVIC_GETPENDINGIRQ,
+ SD_NVIC_SETPENDINGIRQ,
+ SD_NVIC_CLEARPENDINGIRQ,
+ SD_NVIC_SETPRIORITY,
+ SD_NVIC_GETPRIORITY,
+ SD_NVIC_SYSTEMRESET,
+ SD_NVIC_CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER,
+ SD_NVIC_CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT,
+ SD_RAND_APPLICATION_POOL_CAPACITY,
+ SD_RAND_APPLICATION_BYTES_AVAILABLE,
+ SD_RAND_APPLICATION_GET_VECTOR,
+ SD_POWER_MODE_SET,
+ SD_POWER_SYSTEM_OFF,
+ SD_POWER_RESET_REASON_GET,
+ SD_POWER_RESET_REASON_CLR,
+ SD_POWER_POF_ENABLE,
+ SD_POWER_POF_THRESHOLD_SET,
+ SD_POWER_RAMON_SET,
+ SD_POWER_RAMON_CLR,
+ SD_POWER_RAMON_GET,
+ SD_POWER_GPREGRET_SET,
+ SD_POWER_GPREGRET_CLR,
+ SD_POWER_GPREGRET_GET,
+ SD_POWER_DCDC_MODE_SET,
+ SD_APP_EVT_WAIT,
+ SD_CLOCK_HFCLK_REQUEST,
+ SD_CLOCK_HFCLK_RELEASE,
+ SD_CLOCK_HFCLK_IS_RUNNING,
+ SD_PPI_CHANNEL_ENABLE_GET,
+ SD_PPI_CHANNEL_ENABLE_SET,
+ SD_PPI_CHANNEL_ENABLE_CLR,
+ SD_PPI_CHANNEL_ASSIGN,
+ SD_PPI_GROUP_TASK_ENABLE,
+ SD_PPI_GROUP_TASK_DISABLE,
+ SD_PPI_GROUP_ASSIGN,
+ SD_PPI_GROUP_GET,
+ SD_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_CFG_SET,
+ SD_ECB_BLOCK_ENCRYPT,
+ SD_RADIO_SESSION_OPEN,
+ SD_RADIO_SESSION_CLOSE,
+ SD_RADIO_REQUEST,
+ SD_EVT_GET,
+ SD_TEMP_GET,
+ SVC_SOC_LAST
+};
+
+/**@brief Possible values of a ::nrf_mutex_t. */
+enum NRF_MUTEX_VALUES
+{
+ NRF_MUTEX_FREE,
+ NRF_MUTEX_TAKEN
+};
+
+/**@brief Possible values of ::nrf_app_irq_priority_t. */
+enum NRF_APP_PRIORITIES
+{
+ NRF_APP_PRIORITY_HIGH = 1,
+ NRF_APP_PRIORITY_LOW = 3
+};
+
+/**@brief Possible values of ::nrf_power_mode_t. */
+enum NRF_POWER_MODES
+{
+ NRF_POWER_MODE_CONSTLAT, /**< Constant latency mode. See power management in the reference manual. */
+ NRF_POWER_MODE_LOWPWR /**< Low power mode. See power management in the reference manual. */
+};
+
+
+/**@brief Possible values of ::nrf_power_failure_threshold_t */
+enum NRF_POWER_THRESHOLDS
+{
+ NRF_POWER_THRESHOLD_V21, /**< 2.1 Volts power failure threshold. */
+ NRF_POWER_THRESHOLD_V23, /**< 2.3 Volts power failure threshold. */
+ NRF_POWER_THRESHOLD_V25, /**< 2.5 Volts power failure threshold. */
+ NRF_POWER_THRESHOLD_V27 /**< 2.7 Volts power failure threshold. */
+};
+
+
+/**@brief Possible values of ::nrf_power_dcdc_mode_t. */
+enum NRF_POWER_DCDC_MODES
+{
+ NRF_POWER_DCDC_MODE_OFF, /**< The DCDC is always off. */
+ NRF_POWER_DCDC_MODE_ON, /**< The DCDC is always on. */
+ NRF_POWER_DCDC_MODE_AUTOMATIC /**< The DCDC is automatically managed. */
+};
+
+/**@brief Possible values of ::nrf_radio_notification_distance_t. */
+enum NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCES
+{
+ NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_NONE = 0, /**< The event does not have a notification. */
+ NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_800US, /**< The distance from the active notification to start of radio activity. */
+ NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_1740US, /**< The distance from the active notification to start of radio activity. */
+ NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_2680US, /**< The distance from the active notification to start of radio activity. */
+ NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_3620US, /**< The distance from the active notification to start of radio activity. */
+ NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_4560US, /**< The distance from the active notification to start of radio activity. */
+ NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_5500US /**< The distance from the active notification to start of radio activity. */
+};
+
+
+/**@brief Possible values of ::nrf_radio_notification_type_t. */
+enum NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPES
+{
+ NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPE_NONE = 0, /**< The event does not have a radio notification signal. */
+ NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPE_INT_ON_ACTIVE, /**< Using interrupt for notification when the radio will be enabled. */
+ NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPE_INT_ON_INACTIVE, /**< Using interrupt for notification when the radio has been disabled. */
+ NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPE_INT_ON_BOTH, /**< Using interrupt for notification both when the radio will be enabled and disabled. */
+};
+
+/**@brief SoC Events. */
+enum NRF_SOC_EVTS
+{
+ NRF_EVT_HFCLKSTARTED, /**< Event indicating that the HFCLK has started. */
+ NRF_EVT_POWER_FAILURE_WARNING, /**< Event indicating that a power failure warning has occurred. */
+ NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_SUCCESS, /**< Event indicating that the ongoing flash operation has completed successfully. */
+ NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_ERROR, /**< Event indicating that the ongoing flash operation has timed out with an error. */
+ NRF_EVT_RADIO_BLOCKED, /**< Event indicating that a radio timeslot was blocked. */
+ NRF_EVT_RADIO_CANCELED, /**< Event indicating that a radio timeslot was canceled by SoftDevice. */
+ NRF_EVT_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_INVALID_RETURN, /**< Event indicating that a radio signal callback handler return was invalid. */
+ NRF_EVT_RADIO_SESSION_IDLE, /**< Event indicating that a radio session is idle. */
+ NRF_EVT_RADIO_SESSION_CLOSED, /**< Event indicating that a radio session is closed. */
+ NRF_EVT_NUMBER_OF_EVTS
+};
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup NRF_SOC_TYPES Types
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief Represents a mutex for use with the nrf_mutex functions.
+ * @note Accessing the value directly is not safe, use the mutex functions!
+ */
+typedef volatile uint8_t nrf_mutex_t;
+
+/**@brief The interrupt priorities available to the application while the softdevice is active. */
+typedef uint8_t nrf_app_irq_priority_t;
+
+/**@brief Represents a power mode, used in power mode functions */
+typedef uint8_t nrf_power_mode_t;
+
+/**@brief Represents a power failure threshold value. */
+typedef uint8_t nrf_power_failure_threshold_t;
+
+/**@brief Represents a DCDC mode value. */
+typedef uint32_t nrf_power_dcdc_mode_t;
+
+/**@brief Radio notification distances. */
+typedef uint8_t nrf_radio_notification_distance_t;
+
+/**@brief Radio notification types. */
+typedef uint8_t nrf_radio_notification_type_t;
+
+/** @brief The Radio signal callback types. */
+enum NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE
+{
+ NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_START, /**< This signal indicates the start of the radio timeslot. */
+ NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_TIMER0, /**< This signal indicates the NRF_TIMER0 interrupt. */
+ NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_RADIO, /**< This signal indicates the NRF_RADIO interrupt. */
+ NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_EXTEND_FAILED, /**< This signal indicates extend action failed. */
+ NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_EXTEND_SUCCEEDED /**< This signal indicates extend action succeeded. */
+};
+
+/** @brief The actions requested by the signal callback.
+ *
+ * This code gives the SOC instructions about what action to take when the signal callback has
+ * returned.
+ */
+enum NRF_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_ACTION
+{
+ NRF_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_ACTION_NONE, /**< Return without action. */
+ NRF_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_ACTION_EXTEND, /**< Request an extension of the current timeslot (maximum execution time for this action is when the extension succeeded). */
+ NRF_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_ACTION_END, /**< End the current radio timeslot. */
+ NRF_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_ACTION_REQUEST_AND_END /**< Request a new radio timeslot and end the current timeslot. */
+};
+
+/**@brief Radio timeslot high frequency clock source configuration. */
+enum NRF_RADIO_HFCLK_CFG
+{
+ NRF_RADIO_HFCLK_CFG_DEFAULT, /**< Use the currently selected oscillator as HF clock source during the timeslot (i.e. the source is not specified). */
+ NRF_RADIO_HFCLK_CFG_FORCE_XTAL, /**< Force external crystal to be used as HF clock source during whole the timeslot. */
+};
+
+/** @brief Radio timeslot priorities. */
+enum NRF_RADIO_PRIORITY
+{
+ NRF_RADIO_PRIORITY_HIGH, /**< High (equal priority as the normal connection priority of the SoftDevice stack(s)). */
+ NRF_RADIO_PRIORITY_NORMAL, /**< Normal (equal priority as the priority of secondary activites of the SoftDevice stack(s)). */
+};
+
+/** @brief Radio timeslot request type. */
+enum NRF_RADIO_REQUEST_TYPE
+{
+ NRF_RADIO_REQ_TYPE_EARLIEST, /**< Request timeslot as early as possible. This should always be used for the first request in a session. */
+ NRF_RADIO_REQ_TYPE_NORMAL /**< Normal timeslot request. */
+};
+
+/** @brief Parameters for a request for a timeslot as early as possible. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t hfclk; /**< High frequency clock source, see @ref NRF_RADIO_HFCLK_CFG. */
+ uint8_t priority; /**< The radio timeslot priority, see @ref NRF_RADIO_PRIORITY. */
+ uint32_t length_us; /**< The radio timeslot length (in the range 100 to 100,000] microseconds). */
+ uint32_t timeout_us; /**< Longest acceptable delay until the start of the requested timeslot (up to @ref NRF_RADIO_EARLIEST_TIMEOUT_MAX_US microseconds). */
+} nrf_radio_request_earliest_t;
+
+/** @brief Parameters for a normal radio request. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t hfclk; /**< High frequency clock source, see @ref NRF_RADIO_HFCLK_CFG. */
+ uint8_t priority; /**< The radio timeslot priority, see @ref NRF_RADIO_PRIORITY. */
+ uint32_t distance_us; /**< Distance from the start of the previous radio timeslot (up to @ref NRF_RADIO_DISTANCE_MAX_US microseconds). */
+ uint32_t length_us; /**< The radio timeslot length (in the range [100..100,000] microseconds). */
+} nrf_radio_request_normal_t;
+
+/** @brief Radio request parameters. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t request_type; /**< Type of request, see @ref NRF_RADIO_REQUEST_TYPE. */
+ union
+ {
+ nrf_radio_request_earliest_t earliest; /**< Parameters for a request for a timeslot as early as possible. */
+ nrf_radio_request_normal_t normal; /**< Parameters for a normal radio request. */
+ } params;
+} nrf_radio_request_t;
+
+/**@brief Return parameters of the radio timeslot signal callback. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t callback_action; /**< The action requested by the application when returning from the signal callback, see @ref NRF_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_ACTION. */
+ union
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ nrf_radio_request_t * p_next; /**< The request parameters for the next radio timeslot. */
+ } request; /**< Additional parameters for return_code @ref NRF_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_ACTION_REQUEST_AND_END. */
+ struct
+ {
+ uint32_t length_us; /**< Requested extension of the timeslot duration (microseconds) (for minimum time see @ref NRF_RADIO_MINIMUM_TIMESLOT_LENGTH_EXTENSION_TIME_US). */
+ } extend; /**< Additional parameters for return_code @ref NRF_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_ACTION_EXTEND. */
+ } params;
+} nrf_radio_signal_callback_return_param_t;
+
+/**@brief The radio signal callback type.
+ *
+ * @note In case of invalid return parameters, the radio timeslot will automatically end
+ * immediately after returning from the signal callback and the
+ * @ref NRF_EVT_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_INVALID_RETURN event will be sent.
+ * @note The returned struct pointer must remain valid after the signal callback
+ * function returns. For instance, this means that it must not point to a stack variable.
+ *
+ * @param[in] signal_type Type of signal, see @ref NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE.
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to structure containing action requested by the application.
+ */
+typedef nrf_radio_signal_callback_return_param_t * (*nrf_radio_signal_callback_t) (uint8_t signal_type);
+
+/**@brief AES ECB data structure */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t key[SOC_ECB_KEY_LENGTH]; /**< Encryption key. */
+ uint8_t cleartext[SOC_ECB_CLEARTEXT_LENGTH]; /**< Clear Text data. */
+ uint8_t ciphertext[SOC_ECB_CIPHERTEXT_LENGTH]; /**< Cipher Text data. */
+} nrf_ecb_hal_data_t;
+
+/** @} */
+
+/** @addtogroup NRF_SOC_FUNCTIONS Functions
+ * @{ */
+
+/**@brief Initialize a mutex.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_mutex Pointer to the mutex to initialize.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_MUTEX_NEW, uint32_t, sd_mutex_new(nrf_mutex_t * p_mutex));
+
+/**@brief Attempt to acquire a mutex.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_mutex Pointer to the mutex to acquire.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The mutex was successfully acquired.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_MUTEX_ALREADY_TAKEN The mutex could not be acquired.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_MUTEX_ACQUIRE, uint32_t, sd_mutex_acquire(nrf_mutex_t * p_mutex));
+
+/**@brief Release a mutex.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_mutex Pointer to the mutex to release.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_MUTEX_RELEASE, uint32_t, sd_mutex_release(nrf_mutex_t * p_mutex));
+
+/**@brief Enable External Interrupt.
+ * @note Corresponds to NVIC_EnableIRQ in CMSIS.
+ *
+ * @pre{IRQn is valid and not reserved by the stack}
+ *
+ * @param[in] IRQn See the NVIC_EnableIRQ documentation in CMSIS.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The interrupt was enabled.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE The interrupt is not available for the application.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_NOT_ALLOWED The interrupt has a priority not available for the application.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_NVIC_ENABLEIRQ, uint32_t, sd_nvic_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn));
+
+/**@brief Disable External Interrupt.
+ * @note Corresponds to NVIC_DisableIRQ in CMSIS.
+ *
+ * @pre{IRQn is valid and not reserved by the stack}
+ *
+ * @param[in] IRQn See the NVIC_DisableIRQ documentation in CMSIS
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The interrupt was disabled.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE The interrupt is not available for the application.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_NVIC_DISABLEIRQ, uint32_t, sd_nvic_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn));
+
+/**@brief Get Pending Interrupt.
+ * @note Corresponds to NVIC_GetPendingIRQ in CMSIS.
+ *
+ * @pre{IRQn is valid and not reserved by the stack}
+ *
+ * @param[in] IRQn See the NVIC_GetPendingIRQ documentation in CMSIS.
+ * @param[out] p_pending_irq Return value from NVIC_GetPendingIRQ.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The interrupt is available for the application.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE IRQn is not available for the application.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_NVIC_GETPENDINGIRQ, uint32_t, sd_nvic_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t * p_pending_irq));
+
+/**@brief Set Pending Interrupt.
+ * @note Corresponds to NVIC_SetPendingIRQ in CMSIS.
+ *
+ * @pre{IRQn is valid and not reserved by the stack}
+ *
+ * @param[in] IRQn See the NVIC_SetPendingIRQ documentation in CMSIS.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The interrupt is set pending.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE IRQn is not available for the application.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_NVIC_SETPENDINGIRQ, uint32_t, sd_nvic_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn));
+
+/**@brief Clear Pending Interrupt.
+ * @note Corresponds to NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ in CMSIS.
+ *
+ * @pre{IRQn is valid and not reserved by the stack}
+ *
+ * @param[in] IRQn See the NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ documentation in CMSIS.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The interrupt pending flag is cleared.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE IRQn is not available for the application.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_NVIC_CLEARPENDINGIRQ, uint32_t, sd_nvic_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn));
+
+/**@brief Set Interrupt Priority.
+ * @note Corresponds to NVIC_SetPriority in CMSIS.
+ *
+ * @pre{IRQn is valid and not reserved by the stack}
+ * @pre{priority is valid and not reserved by the stack}
+ *
+ * @param[in] IRQn See the NVIC_SetPriority documentation in CMSIS.
+ * @param[in] priority A valid IRQ priority for use by the application.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The interrupt and priority level is available for the application.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE IRQn is not available for the application.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_NOT_ALLOWED The interrupt priority is not available for the application.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_NVIC_SETPRIORITY, uint32_t, sd_nvic_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, nrf_app_irq_priority_t priority));
+
+/**@brief Get Interrupt Priority.
+ * @note Corresponds to NVIC_GetPriority in CMSIS.
+ *
+ * @pre{IRQn is valid and not reserved by the stack}
+ *
+ * @param[in] IRQn See the NVIC_GetPriority documentation in CMSIS.
+ * @param[out] p_priority Return value from NVIC_GetPriority.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The interrupt priority is returned in p_priority.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE - IRQn is not available for the application.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_NVIC_GETPRIORITY, uint32_t, sd_nvic_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, nrf_app_irq_priority_t * p_priority));
+
+/**@brief System Reset.
+ * @note Corresponds to NVIC_SystemReset in CMSIS.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_SHOULD_NOT_RETURN
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_NVIC_SYSTEMRESET, uint32_t, sd_nvic_SystemReset(void));
+
+/**@brief Enters critical region.
+ *
+ * @post Application interrupts will be disabled.
+ * @sa sd_nvic_critical_region_exit
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_is_nested_critical_region 1: If in a nested critical region.
+ * 0: Otherwise.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_NVIC_CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER, uint32_t, sd_nvic_critical_region_enter(uint8_t * p_is_nested_critical_region));
+
+/**@brief Exit critical region.
+ *
+ * @pre Application has entered a critical region using ::sd_nvic_critical_region_enter.
+ * @post If not in a nested critical region, the application interrupts will restored to the state before ::sd_nvic_critical_region_enter was called.
+ *
+ * @param[in] is_nested_critical_region If this is set to 1, the critical region won't be exited. @sa sd_nvic_critical_region_enter.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_NVIC_CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT, uint32_t, sd_nvic_critical_region_exit(uint8_t is_nested_critical_region));
+
+/**@brief Query the capacity of the application random pool.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_pool_capacity The capacity of the pool.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_RAND_APPLICATION_POOL_CAPACITY, uint32_t, sd_rand_application_pool_capacity_get(uint8_t * p_pool_capacity));
+
+/**@brief Get number of random bytes available to the application.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_bytes_available The number of bytes currently available in the pool.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_RAND_APPLICATION_BYTES_AVAILABLE, uint32_t, sd_rand_application_bytes_available_get(uint8_t * p_bytes_available));
+
+/**@brief Get random bytes from the application pool.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_buff Pointer to unit8_t buffer for storing the bytes.
+ * @param[in] length Number of bytes to take from pool and place in p_buff.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The requested bytes were written to p_buff.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_RAND_NOT_ENOUGH_VALUES No bytes were written to the buffer, because there were not enough bytes available.
+*/
+SVCALL(SD_RAND_APPLICATION_GET_VECTOR, uint32_t, sd_rand_application_vector_get(uint8_t * p_buff, uint8_t length));
+
+/**@brief Gets the reset reason register.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_reset_reason Contents of the NRF_POWER->RESETREAS register.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_POWER_RESET_REASON_GET, uint32_t, sd_power_reset_reason_get(uint32_t * p_reset_reason));
+
+/**@brief Clears the bits of the reset reason register.
+ *
+ * @param[in] reset_reason_clr_msk Contains the bits to clear from the reset reason register.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_POWER_RESET_REASON_CLR, uint32_t, sd_power_reset_reason_clr(uint32_t reset_reason_clr_msk));
+
+/**@brief Sets the power mode when in CPU sleep.
+ *
+ * @param[in] power_mode The power mode to use when in CPU sleep. @sa sd_app_evt_wait
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The power mode was set.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_POWER_MODE_UNKNOWN The power mode was unknown.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_POWER_MODE_SET, uint32_t, sd_power_mode_set(nrf_power_mode_t power_mode));
+
+/**@brief Puts the chip in System OFF mode.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_POWER_OFF_SHOULD_NOT_RETURN
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_POWER_SYSTEM_OFF, uint32_t, sd_power_system_off(void));
+
+/**@brief Enables or disables the power-fail comparator.
+ *
+ * Enabling this will give a softdevice event (NRF_EVT_POWER_FAILURE_WARNING) when the power failure warning occurs.
+ * The event can be retrieved with sd_evt_get();
+ *
+ * @param[in] pof_enable True if the power-fail comparator should be enabled, false if it should be disabled.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_POWER_POF_ENABLE, uint32_t, sd_power_pof_enable(uint8_t pof_enable));
+
+/**@brief Sets the power-fail threshold value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] threshold The power-fail threshold value to use.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The power failure threshold was set.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_POWER_POF_THRESHOLD_UNKNOWN The power failure threshold is unknown.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_POWER_POF_THRESHOLD_SET, uint32_t, sd_power_pof_threshold_set(nrf_power_failure_threshold_t threshold));
+
+/**@brief Sets bits in the NRF_POWER->RAMON register.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ramon Contains the bits needed to be set in the NRF_POWER->RAMON register.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_POWER_RAMON_SET, uint32_t, sd_power_ramon_set(uint32_t ramon));
+
+/** @brief Clears bits in the NRF_POWER->RAMON register.
+ *
+ * @param ramon Contains the bits needed to be cleared in the NRF_POWER->RAMON register.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_POWER_RAMON_CLR, uint32_t, sd_power_ramon_clr(uint32_t ramon));
+
+/**@brief Get contents of NRF_POWER->RAMON register, indicates power status of ram blocks.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_ramon Content of NRF_POWER->RAMON register.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_POWER_RAMON_GET, uint32_t, sd_power_ramon_get(uint32_t * p_ramon));
+
+/**@brief Set bits in the NRF_POWER->GPREGRET register.
+ *
+ * @param[in] gpregret_msk Bits to be set in the GPREGRET register.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_POWER_GPREGRET_SET, uint32_t, sd_power_gpregret_set(uint32_t gpregret_msk));
+
+/**@brief Clear bits in the NRF_POWER->GPREGRET register.
+ *
+ * @param[in] gpregret_msk Bits to be clear in the GPREGRET register.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_POWER_GPREGRET_CLR, uint32_t, sd_power_gpregret_clr(uint32_t gpregret_msk));
+
+/**@brief Get contents of the NRF_POWER->GPREGRET register.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_gpregret Contents of the GPREGRET register.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_POWER_GPREGRET_GET, uint32_t, sd_power_gpregret_get(uint32_t *p_gpregret));
+
+/**@brief Sets the DCDC mode.
+ *
+ * Depending on the internal state of the SoftDevice, the mode change may not happen immediately.
+ * The DCDC mode switch will be blocked when occurring in close proximity to radio transmissions. When
+ * the radio transmission is done, the last mode will be used.
+ *
+ * @param[in] dcdc_mode The mode of the DCDC.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM The DCDC mode is invalid.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_POWER_DCDC_MODE_SET, uint32_t, sd_power_dcdc_mode_set(nrf_power_dcdc_mode_t dcdc_mode));
+
+/**@brief Request the high frequency crystal oscillator.
+ *
+ * Will start the high frequency crystal oscillator, the startup time of the crystal varies
+ * and the ::sd_clock_hfclk_is_running function can be polled to check if it has started.
+ *
+ * @see sd_clock_hfclk_is_running
+ * @see sd_clock_hfclk_release
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_CLOCK_HFCLK_REQUEST, uint32_t, sd_clock_hfclk_request(void));
+
+/**@brief Releases the high frequency crystal oscillator.
+ *
+ * Will stop the high frequency crystal oscillator, this happens immediately.
+ *
+ * @see sd_clock_hfclk_is_running
+ * @see sd_clock_hfclk_request
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_CLOCK_HFCLK_RELEASE, uint32_t, sd_clock_hfclk_release(void));
+
+/**@brief Checks if the high frequency crystal oscillator is running.
+ *
+ * @see sd_clock_hfclk_request
+ * @see sd_clock_hfclk_release
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_is_running 1 if the external crystal oscillator is running, 0 if not.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_CLOCK_HFCLK_IS_RUNNING, uint32_t, sd_clock_hfclk_is_running(uint32_t * p_is_running));
+
+/**@brief Waits for an application event.
+ *
+ * An application event is either an application interrupt or a pended interrupt when the
+ * interrupt is disabled. When the interrupt is enabled it will be taken immediately since
+ * this function will wait in thread mode, then the execution will return in the application's
+ * main thread. When an interrupt is disabled and gets pended it will return to the application's
+ * thread main. The application must ensure that the pended flag is cleared using
+ * ::sd_nvic_ClearPendingIRQ in order to sleep using this function. This is only necessary for
+ * disabled interrupts, as the interrupt handler will clear the pending flag automatically for
+ * enabled interrupts.
+ *
+ * In order to wake up from disabled interrupts, the SEVONPEND flag has to be set in the Cortex-M0
+ * System Control Register (SCR). @sa CMSIS_SCB
+ *
+ * @note If an application interrupt has happened since the last time sd_app_evt_wait was
+ * called this function will return immediately and not go to sleep. This is to avoid race
+ * conditions that can occur when a flag is updated in the interrupt handler and processed
+ * in the main loop.
+ *
+ * @post An application interrupt has happened or a interrupt pending flag is set.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_APP_EVT_WAIT, uint32_t, sd_app_evt_wait(void));
+
+/**@brief Get PPI channel enable register contents.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_channel_enable The contents of the PPI CHEN register.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_PPI_CHANNEL_ENABLE_GET, uint32_t, sd_ppi_channel_enable_get(uint32_t * p_channel_enable));
+
+/**@brief Set PPI channel enable register.
+ *
+ * @param[in] channel_enable_set_msk Mask containing the bits to set in the PPI CHEN register.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_PPI_CHANNEL_ENABLE_SET, uint32_t, sd_ppi_channel_enable_set(uint32_t channel_enable_set_msk));
+
+/**@brief Clear PPI channel enable register.
+ *
+ * @param[in] channel_enable_clr_msk Mask containing the bits to clear in the PPI CHEN register.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_PPI_CHANNEL_ENABLE_CLR, uint32_t, sd_ppi_channel_enable_clr(uint32_t channel_enable_clr_msk));
+
+/**@brief Assign endpoints to a PPI channel.
+ *
+ * @param[in] channel_num Number of the PPI channel to assign.
+ * @param[in] evt_endpoint Event endpoint of the PPI channel.
+ * @param[in] task_endpoint Task endpoint of the PPI channel.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_CHANNEL The channel number is invalid.
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_PPI_CHANNEL_ASSIGN, uint32_t, sd_ppi_channel_assign(uint8_t channel_num, const volatile void * evt_endpoint, const volatile void * task_endpoint));
+
+/**@brief Task to enable a channel group.
+ *
+ * @param[in] group_num Number of the channel group.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_GROUP The group number is invalid
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_PPI_GROUP_TASK_ENABLE, uint32_t, sd_ppi_group_task_enable(uint8_t group_num));
+
+/**@brief Task to disable a channel group.
+ *
+ * @param[in] group_num Number of the PPI group.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_GROUP The group number is invalid.
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_PPI_GROUP_TASK_DISABLE, uint32_t, sd_ppi_group_task_disable(uint8_t group_num));
+
+/**@brief Assign PPI channels to a channel group.
+ *
+ * @param[in] group_num Number of the channel group.
+ * @param[in] channel_msk Mask of the channels to assign to the group.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_GROUP The group number is invalid.
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_PPI_GROUP_ASSIGN, uint32_t, sd_ppi_group_assign(uint8_t group_num, uint32_t channel_msk));
+
+/**@brief Gets the PPI channels of a channel group.
+ *
+ * @param[in] group_num Number of the channel group.
+ * @param[out] p_channel_msk Mask of the channels assigned to the group.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_GROUP The group number is invalid.
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_PPI_GROUP_GET, uint32_t, sd_ppi_group_get(uint8_t group_num, uint32_t * p_channel_msk));
+
+/**@brief Configures the Radio Notification signal.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * - The notification signal latency depends on the interrupt priority settings of SWI used
+ * for notification signal.
+ * - In the period between the ACTIVE signal and the start of the Radio Event, the SoftDevice
+ * will interrupt the application to do Radio Event preparation.
+ * - Using the Radio Notification feature may limit the bandwidth, as the SoftDevice may have
+ * to shorten the connection events to have time for the Radio Notification signals.
+ *
+ * @param[in] type Type of notification signal.
+ * @ref NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPE_NONE shall be used to turn off radio
+ * notification. Using @ref NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_NONE is
+ * recommended (but not required) to be used with
+ * @ref NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPE_NONE.
+ *
+ * @param[in] distance Distance between the notification signal and start of radio activity.
+ * This parameter is ignored when @ref NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPE_NONE or
+ * @ref NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPE_INT_ON_INACTIVE is used.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM The group number is invalid.
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_CFG_SET, uint32_t, sd_radio_notification_cfg_set(nrf_radio_notification_type_t type, nrf_radio_notification_distance_t distance));
+
+/**@brief Encrypts a block according to the specified parameters.
+ *
+ * 128-bit AES encryption.
+ *
+ * @param[in, out] p_ecb_data Pointer to the ECB parameters' struct (two input
+ * parameters and one output parameter).
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_ECB_BLOCK_ENCRYPT, uint32_t, sd_ecb_block_encrypt(nrf_ecb_hal_data_t * p_ecb_data));
+
+/**@brief Gets any pending events generated by the SoC API.
+ *
+ * The application should keep calling this function to get events, until ::NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND is returned.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_evt_id Set to one of the values in @ref NRF_SOC_EVTS, if any events are pending.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS An event was pending. The event id is written in the p_evt_id parameter.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND No pending events.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_EVT_GET, uint32_t, sd_evt_get(uint32_t * p_evt_id));
+
+/**@brief Get the temperature measured on the chip
+ *
+ * This function will block until the temperature measurement is done.
+ * It takes around 50us from call to return.
+ *
+ * @note Pan #28 in PAN-028 v 1.6 "Negative measured values are not represented correctly" is corrected by this function.
+ *
+ * @param[out] p_temp Result of temperature measurement. Die temperature in 0.25 degrees celsius.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS A temperature measurement was done, and the temperature was written to temp
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_TEMP_GET, uint32_t, sd_temp_get(int32_t * p_temp));
+
+/**@brief Flash Write
+ *
+ * Commands to write a buffer to flash
+ *
+ * This call initiates the flash access command, and its completion will be communicated to the
+ * application with exactly one of the following events:
+ * - NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_SUCCESS - The command was successfully completed.
+ * - NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_ERROR - The command could not be started.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * - This call takes control over the radio and the CPU during flash erase and write to make sure that
+ * they will not interfere with the flash access. This means that all interrupts will be blocked
+ * for a predictable time (depending on the NVMC specification in nRF51 Series Reference Manual
+ * and the command parameters).
+ *
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_dst Pointer to start of flash location to be written.
+ * @param[in] p_src Pointer to buffer with data to be written
+ * @param[in] size Number of 32-bit words to write. Maximum size is 256 32bit words.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Tried to write to a non existing flash address, or p_dst or p_src was unaligned.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_BUSY The previous command has not yet completed.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH Size was 0, or more than 256 words.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN Tried to write to or read from protected location.
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The command was accepted.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_FLASH_WRITE, uint32_t, sd_flash_write(uint32_t * const p_dst, uint32_t const * const p_src, uint32_t size));
+
+
+/**@brief Flash Erase page
+ *
+ * Commands to erase a flash page
+ *
+ * This call initiates the flash access command, and its completion will be communicated to the
+ * application with exactly one of the following events:
+ * - NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_SUCCESS - The command was successfully completed.
+ * - NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_ERROR - The command could not be started.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * - This call takes control over the radio and the CPU during flash erase and write to make sure that
+ * they will not interfere with the flash access. This means that all interrupts will be blocked
+ * for a predictable time (depending on the NVMC specification in nRF51 Series Reference Manual
+ * and the command parameters).
+ *
+ *
+ * @param[in] page_number Pagenumber of the page to erase
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If a new session could not be opened due to an internal error.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Tried to erase to a non existing flash page.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_BUSY The previous command has not yet completed.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN Tried to erase a protected page.
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The command was accepted.
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_FLASH_PAGE_ERASE, uint32_t, sd_flash_page_erase(uint32_t page_number));
+
+
+/**@brief Flash Protection set
+ *
+ * Commands to set the flash protection registers PROTENSETx
+ *
+ * @note To read the values in PROTENSETx you can read them directly. They are only write-protected.
+ *
+ * @param[in] protenset0 Value to be written to PROTENSET0
+ * @param[in] protenset1 Value to be written to PROTENSET1
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN Tried to protect the SoftDevice
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS Values successfully written to PROTENSETx
+ */
+SVCALL(SD_FLASH_PROTECT, uint32_t, sd_flash_protect(uint32_t protenset0, uint32_t protenset1));
+
+/**@brief Opens a session for radio requests.
+ *
+ * @note Only one session can be open at a time.
+ * @note p_radio_signal_callback(NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_START) will be called when the radio timeslot
+ * starts. From this point the NRF_RADIO and NRF_TIMER0 peripherals can be freely accessed
+ * by the application.
+ * @note p_radio_signal_callback(NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_TIMER0) is called whenever the NRF_TIMER0
+ * interrupt occurs.
+ * @note p_radio_signal_callback(NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_RADIO) is called whenever the NRF_RADIO
+ * interrupt occurs.
+ * @note p_radio_signal_callback() will be called at ARM interrupt priority level 0. This
+ * implies that none of the sd_* API calls can be used from p_radio_signal_callback().
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_radio_signal_callback The signal callback.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR p_radio_signal_callback is an invalid function pointer.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_BUSY If session cannot be opened.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If a new session could not be opened due to an internal error.
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS Otherwise.
+ */
+ SVCALL(SD_RADIO_SESSION_OPEN, uint32_t, sd_radio_session_open(nrf_radio_signal_callback_t p_radio_signal_callback));
+
+/**@brief Closes a session for radio requests.
+ *
+ * @note Any current radio timeslot will be finished before the session is closed.
+ * @note If a radio timeslot is scheduled when the session is closed, it will be canceled.
+ * @note The application cannot consider the session closed until the NRF_EVT_RADIO_SESSION_CLOSED
+ * event is received.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN If session not opened.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_BUSY If session is currently being closed.
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS Otherwise.
+ */
+ SVCALL(SD_RADIO_SESSION_CLOSE, uint32_t, sd_radio_session_close(void));
+
+ /**@brief Requests a radio timeslot.
+ *
+ * @note The timing of the radio timeslot is specified by p_request->distance_us. For the first
+ * request in a session, p_request->distance_us is required to be 0 by convention, and
+ * the timeslot is scheduled at the first possible opportunity. All following radio timeslots are
+ * requested with a distance of p_request->distance_us measured from the start of the
+ * previous radio timeslot.
+ * @note A too small p_request->distance_us will lead to a NRF_EVT_RADIO_BLOCKED event.
+ * @note Timeslots scheduled too close will lead to a NRF_EVT_RADIO_BLOCKED event.
+ * @note See the SoftDevice Specification for more on radio timeslot scheduling, distances and lengths.
+ * @note If an opportunity for the first radio timeslot is not found before 100ms after the call to this
+ * function, it is not scheduled, and instead a NRF_EVT_RADIO_BLOCKED event is sent.
+ * The application may then try to schedule the first radio timeslot again.
+ * @note Successful requests will result in nrf_radio_signal_callback_t(NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_START).
+ * Unsuccessful requests will result in a NRF_EVT_RADIO_BLOCKED event, see @ref NRF_SOC_EVTS.
+ * @note The jitter in the start time of the radio timeslots is +/- NRF_RADIO_START_JITTER_US us.
+ * @note The nrf_radio_signal_callback_t(NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_START) call has a latency relative to the
+ * specified radio timeslot start, but this does not affect the actual start time of the timeslot.
+ * @note NRF_TIMER0 is reset at the start of the radio timeslot, and is clocked at 1MHz from the high frequency
+ * (16 MHz) clock source. If p_request->hfclk_force_xtal is true, the high frequency clock is
+ * guaranteed to be clocked from the external crystal.
+ * @note The SoftDevice will neither access the NRF_RADIO peripheral nor the NRF_TIMER0 peripheral
+ * during the radio timeslot.
+ *
+ * @param[in] p_request Pointer to the request parameters.
+ *
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN If session not opened or the session is not IDLE.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If the p_request pointer is invalid.
+ * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If the parameters of p_request are not valid.
+ * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS Otherwise.
+ */
+ SVCALL(SD_RADIO_REQUEST, uint32_t, sd_radio_request(nrf_radio_request_t * p_request ));
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif // NRF_SOC_H__
+
+/**@} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_svc.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_svc.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+#ifndef NRF_SVC__
+#define NRF_SVC__
+
+#ifdef SVCALL_AS_NORMAL_FUNCTION
+#define SVCALL(number, return_type, signature) return_type signature
+#else
+
+#ifndef SVCALL
+#if defined (__CC_ARM)
+#define SVCALL(number, return_type, signature) return_type __svc(number) signature
+#elif defined (__GNUC__)
+#define SVCALL(number, return_type, signature) \
+ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wreturn-type\"") \
+ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wunused-function\"") \
+ __attribute__((naked)) static return_type signature \
+ { \
+ __asm( \
+ "svc %0\n" \
+ "bx r14" : : "I" (number) : "r0" \
+ ); \
+ }
+#elif defined (__ICCARM__)
+#define PRAGMA(x) _Pragma(#x)
+#define SVCALL(number, return_type, signature) \
+PRAGMA(swi_number = number) \
+ __swi return_type signature;
+#else
+#define SVCALL(number, return_type, signature) return_type signature
+#endif
+#endif // SVCALL
+
+#endif // SVCALL_AS_NORMAL_FUNCTION
+#endif // NRF_SVC__
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/softdevice_assert.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/softdevice_assert.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
+ * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
+ * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @brief Utilities for verifying program logic
+ */
+
+#ifndef SOFTDEVICE_ASSERT_H_
+#define SOFTDEVICE_ASSERT_H_
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** @brief This function handles assertions.
+ *
+ *
+ * @note
+ * This function is called when an assertion has triggered.
+ *
+ *
+ * @param line_num The line number where the assertion is called
+ * @param file_name Pointer to the file name
+ */
+void assert_softdevice_callback(uint16_t line_num, const uint8_t *file_name);
+
+
+/*lint -emacro(506, ASSERT) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */
+/*lint -emacro(774, ASSERT) */ /* Suppress "Boolean within 'if' always evaluates to True" */ \
+/** @brief Check intended for production code
+ *
+ * Check passes if "expr" evaluates to true. */
+#define ASSERT(expr) \
+if (expr) \
+{ \
+} \
+else \
+{ \
+ assert_softdevice_callback((uint16_t)__LINE__, (uint8_t *)__FILE__); \
+ /*lint -unreachable */ \
+}
+
+#endif /* SOFTDEVICE_ASSERT_H_ */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/sd_common/ant_stack_handler_types.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/sd_common/ant_stack_handler_types.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**@file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ant_stack_handler_types Types definitions for ANT support in SoftDevice handler.
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup softdevice_handler
+ * @brief This file contains the declarations of types required for ANT stack support. These
+ * types will be defined when the preprocessor define ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD is defined.
+ */
+
+#ifndef ANT_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__
+#define ANT_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__
+
+#ifdef ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define ANT_STACK_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE 32 /**< Size of ANT event message buffer. This will be provided to the SoftDevice while fetching an event. */
+#define ANT_STACK_EVT_STRUCT_SIZE (sizeof(ant_evt_t)) /**< Size of the @ref ant_evt_t structure. This will be used by the @ref softdevice_handler.h to internal event buffer size needed. */
+
+/**@brief ANT stack event type. */
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint8_t channel; /**< Channel number. */
+ uint8_t event; /**< Event code. */
+ uint8_t evt_buffer[ANT_STACK_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE]; /**< Event message buffer. */
+} ant_evt_t;
+
+/**@brief Application ANT stack event handler type. */
+typedef void (*ant_evt_handler_t) (ant_evt_t * p_ant_evt);
+
+/**@brief Function for registering for ANT events.
+ *
+ * @details The application should use this function to register for receiving ANT events from
+ * the SoftDevice. If the application does not call this function, then any ANT event
+ * that may be generated by the SoftDevice will NOT be fetched. Once the application has
+ * registered for the events, it is not possible to possible to cancel the registration.
+ * However, it is possible to register a different function for handling the events at
+ * any point of time.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ant_evt_handler Function to be called for each received ANT event.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Null pointer provided as input.
+ */
+uint32_t softdevice_ant_evt_handler_set(ant_evt_handler_t ant_evt_handler);
+
+#else
+
+// The ANT Stack support is not required.
+
+#define ANT_STACK_EVT_STRUCT_SIZE 0 /**< Since the ANT stack support is not required, this is equated to 0, so that the @ref softdevice_handler.h can compute the internal event buffer size without having to care for ANT events.*/
+
+#endif // ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
+
+#endif // ANT_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/sd_common/app_util_platform.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/sd_common/app_util_platform.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**@file
+ *
+ * @defgroup app_util_platform Utility Functions and Definitions (Platform)
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup app_common
+ *
+ * @brief Various types and definitions available to all applications when using SoftDevice.
+ */
+
+#ifndef APP_UTIL_PLATFORM_H__
+#define APP_UTIL_PLATFORM_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "compiler_abstraction.h"
+#include "nrf51.h"
+#include "app_error.h"
+
+/**@brief The interrupt priorities available to the application while the SoftDevice is active. */
+typedef enum
+{
+ APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_HIGH = 1,
+ APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_LOW = 3
+} app_irq_priority_t;
+
+#define NRF_APP_PRIORITY_THREAD 4 /**< "Interrupt level" when running in Thread Mode. */
+
+/**@cond NO_DOXYGEN */
+#define EXTERNAL_INT_VECTOR_OFFSET 16
+/**@endcond */
+
+#define PACKED(TYPE) __packed TYPE
+
+/**@brief Macro for entering a critical region.
+ *
+ * @note Due to implementation details, there must exist one and only one call to
+ * CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT() for each call to CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(), and they must be located
+ * in the same scope.
+ */
+#define CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER() \
+ { \
+ uint8_t IS_NESTED_CRITICAL_REGION = 0; \
+ uint32_t CURRENT_INT_PRI = current_int_priority_get(); \
+ if (CURRENT_INT_PRI != APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_HIGH) \
+ { \
+ uint32_t ERR_CODE = sd_nvic_critical_region_enter(&IS_NESTED_CRITICAL_REGION); \
+ if (ERR_CODE == NRF_ERROR_SOFTDEVICE_NOT_ENABLED) \
+ { \
+ __disable_irq(); \
+ } \
+ else \
+ { \
+ APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE); \
+ } \
+ }
+
+/**@brief Macro for leaving a critical region.
+ *
+ * @note Due to implementation details, there must exist one and only one call to
+ * CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT() for each call to CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(), and they must be located
+ * in the same scope.
+ */
+#define CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT() \
+ if (CURRENT_INT_PRI != APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_HIGH) \
+ { \
+ uint32_t ERR_CODE; \
+ __enable_irq(); \
+ ERR_CODE = sd_nvic_critical_region_exit(IS_NESTED_CRITICAL_REGION); \
+ if (ERR_CODE != NRF_ERROR_SOFTDEVICE_NOT_ENABLED) \
+ { \
+ APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE); \
+ } \
+ } \
+ }
+
+/**@brief Function for finding the current interrupt level.
+ *
+ * @return Current interrupt level.
+ * @retval APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_HIGH We are running in Application High interrupt level.
+ * @retval APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_LOW We are running in Application Low interrupt level.
+ * @retval APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_THREAD We are running in Thread Mode.
+ */
+static __INLINE uint8_t current_int_priority_get(void)
+{
+ uint32_t isr_vector_num = (SCB->ICSR & SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Msk);
+ if (isr_vector_num > 0)
+ {
+ int32_t irq_type = ((int32_t)isr_vector_num - EXTERNAL_INT_VECTOR_OFFSET);
+ return (NVIC_GetPriority((IRQn_Type)irq_type) & 0xFF);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return NRF_APP_PRIORITY_THREAD;
+ }
+}
+
+#endif // APP_UTIL_PLATFORM_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/sd_common/ble_stack_handler_types.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/sd_common/ble_stack_handler_types.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/**@file
+ *
+ * @defgroup ble_stack_handler_types Types definitions for BLE support in SoftDevice handler.
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup softdevice_handler
+ * @brief This file contains the declarations of types required for BLE stack support. These
+ * types will be defined when the preprocessor define BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD is defined.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BLE_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__
+#define BLE_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__
+
+#ifdef BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "ble.h"
+#include "nrf_sdm.h"
+#include "app_error.h"
+#include "app_scheduler.h"
+#include "app_util.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#define BLE_STACK_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE (sizeof(ble_evt_t) + (GATT_MTU_SIZE_DEFAULT)) /**< Size of BLE event message buffer. This will be provided to the SoftDevice while fetching an event. */
+#define BLE_STACK_HANDLER_SCHED_EVT_SIZE 0 /**< The size of the scheduler event used by SoftDevice handler when passing BLE events using the @ref app_scheduler. */
+
+/**@brief Application stack event handler type. */
+typedef void (*ble_evt_handler_t) (ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
+
+/**@brief Function for registering for BLE events.
+ *
+ * @details The application should use this function to register for receiving BLE events from
+ * the SoftDevice. If the application does not call this function, then any BLE event
+ * that may be generated by the SoftDevice will NOT be fetched. Once the application has
+ * registered for the events, it is not possible to possible to cancel the registration.
+ * However, it is possible to register a different function for handling the events at
+ * any point of time.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ble_evt_handler Function to be called for each received BLE event.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Null pointer provided as input.
+ */
+uint32_t softdevice_ble_evt_handler_set(ble_evt_handler_t ble_evt_handler);
+
+#else
+
+#define BLE_STACK_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE 0 /**< Since the BLE stack support is not required, this is equated to 0, so that the @ref softdevice_handler.h can compute the internal event buffer size without having to care for BLE events.*/
+#define BLE_STACK_HANDLER_SCHED_EVT_SIZE 0
+
+#endif // BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#endif // BLE_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/sd_common/softdevice_handler.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/sd_common/softdevice_handler.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+/** @file
+ *
+ * @defgroup softdevice_handler SoftDevice Event Handler
+ * @{
+ * @ingroup app_common
+ * @brief API for initializing and disabling the SoftDevice
+ *
+ * @details This API contains the functions and defines exposed by the @ref lib_softdevice_handler.
+ * For more information on the library and how the application should use it, please refer
+ * @ref lib_softdevice_handler.
+ *
+ * @note Use the USE_SCHEDULER parameter of the SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_INIT() macro to select if
+ * the @ref app_scheduler is to be used or not.
+ *
+ * @note Even if the scheduler is not used, softdevice_handler.h will include app_scheduler.h.
+ * So when compiling, app_scheduler.h must be available in one of the compiler include
+ * paths.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_H__
+#define SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_H__
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "nordic_common.h"
+#include "nrf_sdm.h"
+#include "app_error.h"
+#include "app_scheduler.h"
+#include "app_util.h"
+#include "ble_stack_handler_types.h"
+#include "ant_stack_handler_types.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#define SOFTDEVICE_SCHED_EVT_SIZE 0 /**< Size of button events being passed through the scheduler (is to be used for computing the maximum size of scheduler events). For SoftDevice events, this size is 0, since the events are being pulled in the event handler. */
+#define SYS_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE sizeof(uint32_t) /**< Size of System (SOC) event message buffer. */
+
+/**@brief Type of function for passing events from the stack handler module to the scheduler. */
+typedef uint32_t (*softdevice_evt_schedule_func_t) (void);
+
+/**@brief Application System (SOC) event handler type. */
+typedef void (*sys_evt_handler_t) (uint32_t evt_id);
+
+
+/**@brief Macro for initializing the stack event handler.
+ *
+ * @details It will handle dimensioning and allocation of the memory buffer required for reading
+ * events from the stack, making sure the buffer is correctly aligned. It will also
+ * connect the stack event handler to the scheduler (if specified).
+ *
+ * @param[in] CLOCK_SOURCE Low frequency clock source and accuracy (type nrf_clock_lfclksrc_t,
+ * see sd_softdevice_enable() for details).
+ * @param[in] USE_SCHEDULER TRUE if the application is using the event scheduler, FALSE
+ * otherwise.
+ *
+ * @note Since this macro allocates a buffer, it must only be called once (it is OK to call it
+ * several times as long as it is from the same location, that is to do a
+ * reinitialization).
+ */
+/*lint -emacro(506, SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_INIT) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */
+#define SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_INIT(CLOCK_SOURCE, \
+ USE_SCHEDULER) \
+ do \
+ { \
+ static uint32_t EVT_BUFFER[CEIL_DIV(MAX( \
+ MAX(BLE_STACK_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE, \
+ ANT_STACK_EVT_STRUCT_SIZE), \
+ SYS_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE \
+ ), \
+ sizeof(uint32_t))]; \
+ uint32_t ERR_CODE; \
+ ERR_CODE = softdevice_handler_init((CLOCK_SOURCE), \
+ EVT_BUFFER, \
+ sizeof(EVT_BUFFER), \
+ (USE_SCHEDULER) ? softdevice_evt_schedule : NULL); \
+ APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE); \
+ } while (0)
+
+
+/**@brief Function for initializing the stack handler module.
+ *
+ * @details Enables the SoftDevice and the stack event interrupt handler.
+ *
+ * @note This function must be called before calling any function in the SoftDevice API.
+ *
+ * @note Normally initialization should be done using the SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_INIT() macro,
+ * as that will both allocate the event buffer, and also align the buffer correctly.
+ *
+ * @param[in] clock_source Low frequency clock source to be used by the SoftDevice.
+ * @param[in] p_evt_buffer Buffer for holding one stack event. Since heap is not being
+ * used, this buffer must be provided by the application. The
+ * buffer must be large enough to hold the biggest stack event the
+ * application is supposed to handle. The buffer must be aligned to
+ * a 4 byte boundary. This parameter is unused if neither BLE nor
+ * ANT stack support is required.
+ * @param[in] evt_buffer_size Size of SoftDevice event buffer. This parameter is unused if
+ * BLE stack support is not required.
+ * @param[in] evt_schedule_func Function for passing events to the scheduler. Point to
+ * ble_ant_stack_evt_schedule() to connect to the scheduler.
+ * Set to NULL to make the stack handler module call the event
+ * handler directly from the stack event interrupt handler.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful initialization.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter (buffer not aligned to a 4 byte
+ * boundary) or NULL.
+ */
+uint32_t softdevice_handler_init(nrf_clock_lfclksrc_t clock_source,
+ void * p_evt_buffer,
+ uint16_t evt_buffer_size,
+ softdevice_evt_schedule_func_t evt_schedule_func);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for disabling the SoftDevice.
+ *
+ * @details This function will disable the SoftDevice. It will also update the internal state
+ * of this module.
+ */
+uint32_t softdevice_handler_sd_disable(void);
+
+
+/**@brief Function for registering for System (SOC) events.
+ *
+ * @details The application should use this function to register for receiving System (SOC)
+ * events from the SoftDevice. If the application does not call this function, then any
+ * System (SOC) events that may be generated by the SoftDevice will NOT be fetched. Once
+ * the application has registered for the events, it is not possible to possible to
+ * cancel the registration. However, it is possible to register a different function for
+ * handling the events at any point of time.
+ *
+ * @param[in] sys_evt_handler Function to be called for each received System (SOC) event.
+ *
+ * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful registration.
+ * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Null pointer provided as input.
+ */
+uint32_t softdevice_sys_evt_handler_set(sys_evt_handler_t sys_evt_handler);
+
+
+// Functions for connecting the Stack Event Handler to the scheduler:
+/**@cond NO_DOXYGEN */
+void intern_softdevice_events_execute(void);
+
+static __INLINE void softdevice_evt_get(void * p_event_data, uint16_t event_size)
+{
+ APP_ERROR_CHECK_BOOL(event_size == 0);
+ intern_softdevice_events_execute();
+}
+
+static __INLINE uint32_t softdevice_evt_schedule(void)
+{
+ return app_sched_event_put(NULL, 0, softdevice_evt_get);
+}
+/**@endcond */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#endif // SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_H__
+
+/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/system_nrf51.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/nrf-sdk/system_nrf51.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013, Nordic Semiconductor ASA
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ *
+ * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
+ * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+ * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+ * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * * Neither the name of Nordic Semiconductor ASA nor the names of its
+ * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
+ * this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+ * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+ * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+ * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ */
+#ifndef SYSTEM_NRF51_H
+#define SYSTEM_NRF51_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+
+extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock; /*!< System Clock Frequency (Core Clock) */
+
+/**
+ * Initialize the system
+ *
+ * @param none
+ * @return none
+ *
+ * @brief Setup the microcontroller system.
+ * Initialize the System and update the SystemCoreClock variable.
+ */
+extern void SystemInit (void);
+
+/**
+ * Update SystemCoreClock variable
+ *
+ * @param none
+ * @return none
+ *
+ * @brief Updates the SystemCoreClock with current core Clock
+ * retrieved from cpu registers.
+ */
+extern void SystemCoreClockUpdate (void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* SYSTEM_NRF51_H */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/pstorage_platform.h
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/pstorage_platform.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+ /** @cond To make doxygen skip this file */
+
+/** @file
+ * This header contains defines with respect persistent storage that are specific to
+ * persistent storage implementation and application use case.
+ */
+#ifndef PSTORAGE_PL_H__
+#define PSTORAGE_PL_H__
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "nordic_global.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#define PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE ((uint16_t)NRF_FICR->CODEPAGESIZE) /**< Size of one flash page. */
+#define PSTORAGE_FLASH_EMPTY_MASK 0xFFFFFFFF /**< Bit mask that defines an empty address in flash. */
+
+#define PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_END \
+ ((NRF_UICR->BOOTLOADERADDR != PSTORAGE_FLASH_EMPTY_MASK) \
+ ? (NRF_UICR->BOOTLOADERADDR / PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) \
+ : NRF_FICR->CODESIZE)
+
+
+#define PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS 2 /**< Maximum number of applications that can be registered with the module, configurable based on system requirements. */
+#define PSTORAGE_MIN_BLOCK_SIZE 0x0010 /**< Minimum size of block that can be registered with the module. Should be configured based on system requirements, recommendation is not have this value to be at least size of word. */
+
+#define PSTORAGE_DATA_START_ADDR ((PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_END - PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS) \
+ * PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) /**< Start address for persistent data, configurable according to system requirements. */
+#define PSTORAGE_DATA_END_ADDR (PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_END * PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) /**< End address for persistent data, configurable according to system requirements. */
+
+#define PSTORAGE_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE /**< Maximum size of block that can be registered with the module. Should be configured based on system requirements. And should be greater than or equal to the minimum size. */
+#define PSTORAGE_CMD_QUEUE_SIZE 30 /**< Maximum number of flash access commands that can be maintained by the module for all applications. Configurable. */
+
+
+/** Abstracts persistently memory block identifier. */
+typedef uint32_t pstorage_block_t;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ uint32_t module_id; /**< Module ID.*/
+ pstorage_block_t block_id; /**< Block ID.*/
+} pstorage_handle_t;
+
+typedef uint16_t pstorage_size_t; /** Size of length and offset fields. */
+
+/**@brief Handles Flash Access Result Events. To be called in the system event dispatcher of the application. */
+void pstorage_sys_event_handler (uint32_t sys_evt);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#endif // PSTORAGE_PL_H__
+
+/** @} */
+/** @endcond */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/nordic/softdevice_handler.cpp
--- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/HRM1017/nordic/softdevice_handler.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000
@@ -0,0 +1,342 @@
+/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
+ * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
+ * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
+ *
+ * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
+ * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
+ * the file.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include "softdevice_handler.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "nordic_common.h"
+#include "app_error.h"
+#include "app_util.h"
+#include "nrf_assert.h"
+#include "nrf_soc.h"
+
+#if defined(ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) && defined(BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
+ #include "ant_interface.h"
+#elif defined(ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
+ #include "ant_interface.h"
+#elif defined(BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
+ #include "ble.h"
+#endif
+
+
+static softdevice_evt_schedule_func_t m_evt_schedule_func; /**< Pointer to function for propagating SoftDevice events to the scheduler. */
+
+#if defined (BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) || defined (ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
+// The following two definition is needed only if ANT or BLE events are needed to be pulled from the stack.
+static uint8_t * m_evt_buffer; /**< Buffer for receiving events from the SoftDevice. */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
+static uint16_t m_ble_evt_buffer_size; /**< Size of BLE event buffer. */
+#endif
+
+static volatile bool m_softdevice_enabled = false; /**< Variable to indicate whether the SoftDevice is enabled. */
+
+#ifdef BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
+static ble_evt_handler_t m_ble_evt_handler; /**< Application event handler for handling BLE events. */
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
+static ant_evt_handler_t m_ant_evt_handler; /**< Application event handler for handling ANT events. */
+#endif
+
+static sys_evt_handler_t m_sys_evt_handler; /**< Application event handler for handling System (SOC) events. */
+
+
+/**@brief Callback function for asserts in the SoftDevice.
+ *
+ * @details A pointer to this function will be passed to the SoftDevice. This function will be
+ * called if an ASSERT statement in the SoftDevice fails.
+ *
+ * @param[in] pc The value of the program counter when the ASSERT call failed.
+ * @param[in] line_num Line number of the failing ASSERT call.
+ * @param[in] file_name File name of the failing ASSERT call.
+ */
+void softdevice_assertion_handler(uint32_t pc, uint16_t line_num, const uint8_t * file_name)
+{
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(pc);
+ assert_nrf_callback(line_num, file_name);
+}
+
+
+void intern_softdevice_events_execute(void)
+{
+ if (!m_softdevice_enabled)
+ {
+ // SoftDevice not enabled. This can be possible if the SoftDevice was enabled by the
+ // application without using this module's API (i.e softdevice_handler_init)
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ bool no_more_soc_evts = (m_sys_evt_handler == NULL);
+#ifdef BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
+ bool no_more_ble_evts = (m_ble_evt_handler == NULL);
+#endif
+#ifdef ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
+ bool no_more_ant_evts = (m_ant_evt_handler == NULL);
+#endif
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ if (!no_more_soc_evts)
+ {
+ uint32_t evt_id;
+
+ // Pull event from SOC.
+ err_code = sd_evt_get(&evt_id);
+
+ if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)
+ {
+ no_more_soc_evts = true;
+ }
+ else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ APP_ERROR_HANDLER(err_code);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Call application's SOC event handler.
+ m_sys_evt_handler(evt_id);
+ }
+ }
+
+#ifdef BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
+ // Fetch BLE Events.
+ if (!no_more_ble_evts)
+ {
+ // Pull event from stack
+ uint16_t evt_len = m_ble_evt_buffer_size;
+
+ err_code = sd_ble_evt_get(m_evt_buffer, &evt_len);
+ if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)
+ {
+ no_more_ble_evts = true;
+ }
+ else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ APP_ERROR_HANDLER(err_code);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Call application's BLE stack event handler.
+ m_ble_evt_handler((ble_evt_t *)m_evt_buffer);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
+ // Fetch ANT Events.
+ if (!no_more_ant_evts)
+ {
+ // Pull event from stack
+ err_code = sd_ant_event_get(&((ant_evt_t *)m_evt_buffer)->channel,
+ &((ant_evt_t *)m_evt_buffer)->event,
+ ((ant_evt_t *)m_evt_buffer)->evt_buffer);
+ if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)
+ {
+ no_more_ant_evts = true;
+ }
+ else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ APP_ERROR_HANDLER(err_code);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ // Call application's ANT stack event handler.
+ m_ant_evt_handler((ant_evt_t *)m_evt_buffer);
+ }
+ }
+#endif
+
+ if (no_more_soc_evts)
+ {
+ // There are no remaining System (SOC) events to be fetched from the SoftDevice.
+#if defined(ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) && defined(BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
+ // Check if there are any remaining BLE and ANT events.
+ if (no_more_ble_evts && no_more_ant_evts)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+#elif defined(BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
+ // Check if there are any remaining BLE events.
+ if (no_more_ble_evts)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+#elif defined(ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
+ // Check if there are any remaining ANT events.
+ if (no_more_ant_evts)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+#else
+ // No need to check for BLE or ANT events since there is no support for BLE and ANT
+ // required.
+ break;
+#endif
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+
+uint32_t softdevice_handler_init(nrf_clock_lfclksrc_t clock_source,
+ void * p_evt_buffer,
+ uint16_t evt_buffer_size,
+ softdevice_evt_schedule_func_t evt_schedule_func)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code;
+
+ // Save configuration.
+#if defined (BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) || defined (ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
+ // Check that buffer is not NULL.
+ if (p_evt_buffer == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ // Check that buffer is correctly aligned.
+ if (!is_word_aligned(p_evt_buffer))
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
+ }
+
+ m_evt_buffer = (uint8_t *)p_evt_buffer;
+#else
+ // The variable p_evt_buffer is not needed if neither BLE Stack nor ANT stack support is
+ // required.
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(p_evt_buffer);
+#endif
+
+#if defined (BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
+ m_ble_evt_buffer_size = evt_buffer_size;
+#else
+ // The variable evt_buffer_size is not needed if BLE Stack support is NOT required.
+ UNUSED_PARAMETER(evt_buffer_size);
+#endif
+
+ m_evt_schedule_func = evt_schedule_func;
+
+ // Initialize SoftDevice.
+
+ err_code = sd_softdevice_enable(clock_source, softdevice_assertion_handler);
+ if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
+ {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ /**
+ * Using this call, the application can select whether to include the
+ * Service Changed characteristic in the GATT Server. The default in all
+ * previous releases has been to include the Service Changed characteristic,
+ * but this affects how GATT clients behave. Specifically, it requires
+ * clients to subscribe to this attribute and not to cache attribute handles
+ * between connections unless the devices are bonded. If the application
+ * does not need to change the structure of the GATT server attributes at
+ * runtime this adds unnecessary complexity to the interaction with peer
+ * clients. If the SoftDevice is enabled with the Service Changed
+ * Characteristics turned off, then clients are allowed to cache attribute
+ * handles making applications simpler on both sides.
+ */
+ ble_enable_params_t enableParams = {
+ .gatts_enable_params = {
+ .service_changed = 0
+ }
+ };
+ if ((err_code = sd_ble_enable(&enableParams)) != NRF_SUCCESS) {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ ble_gap_addr_t addr;
+ if ((err_code = sd_ble_gap_address_get(&addr)) != NRF_SUCCESS) {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+ if ((err_code = sd_ble_gap_address_set(BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_NONE, &addr)) != NRF_SUCCESS) {
+ return err_code;
+ }
+
+ m_softdevice_enabled = true;
+ // Enable BLE event interrupt (interrupt priority has already been set by the stack).
+ return sd_nvic_EnableIRQ(SWI2_IRQn);
+}
+
+
+uint32_t softdevice_handler_sd_disable(void)
+{
+ uint32_t err_code = sd_softdevice_disable();
+
+ m_softdevice_enabled = !(err_code == NRF_SUCCESS);
+
+ return err_code;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
+uint32_t softdevice_ble_evt_handler_set(ble_evt_handler_t ble_evt_handler)
+{
+ if (ble_evt_handler == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_NULL;
+ }
+
+ m_ble_evt_handler = ble_evt_handler;
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
+uint32_t softdevice_ant_evt_handler_set(ant_evt_handler_t ant_evt_handler)
+{
+ if (ant_evt_handler == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_NULL;
+ }
+
+ m_ant_evt_handler = ant_evt_handler;
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+uint32_t softdevice_sys_evt_handler_set(sys_evt_handler_t sys_evt_handler)
+{
+ if (sys_evt_handler == NULL)
+ {
+ return NRF_ERROR_NULL;
+ }
+
+ m_sys_evt_handler = sys_evt_handler;
+
+ return NRF_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+
+/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events interrupt.
+ *
+ * @details This function is called whenever an event is ready to be pulled.
+ */
+extern "C" void SWI2_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+ if (m_evt_schedule_func != NULL)
+ {
+ uint32_t err_code = m_evt_schedule_func();
+ APP_ERROR_CHECK(err_code);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ intern_softdevice_events_execute();
+ }
+}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 HRM1017/projectconfig.h --- /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 +++ b/HRM1017/projectconfig.h Wed Aug 20 13:41:01 2014 +0000 @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +/* mbed Microcontroller Library + * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited + * + * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); + * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. + * You may obtain a copy of the License at + * + * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 + * + * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software + * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, + * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. + * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and + * limitations under the License. + */ + +#ifndef _PROJECTCONFIG_H_ +#define _PROJECTCONFIG_H_ + +#include "blecommon.h" + +/*========================================================================= + MCU & BOARD SELCTION + + CFG_BOARD is one of the value defined in board.h + -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + #define CFG_BOARD BOARD_PCA10001 + #define CFG_MCU_STRING "nRF51822" +/*=========================================================================*/ + + +/*========================================================================= + CODE BASE VERSION SETTINGS + + Please do not modify this version number. To set a version number + for your project or firmware, change the values in your 'boards/' + config file. + -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + #define CFG_CODEBASE_VERSION_MAJOR 0 + #define CFG_CODEBASE_VERSION_MINOR 1 + #define CFG_CODEBASE_VERSION_REVISION 0 +/*=========================================================================*/ + + +/*========================================================================= + FIRMWARE VERSION SETTINGS + -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + #define CFG_FIRMWARE_VERSION_MAJOR 0 + #define CFG_FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR 0 + #define CFG_FIRMWARE_VERSION_REVISION 0 +/*=========================================================================*/ + + +/*========================================================================= + DEBUG LEVEL + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + CFG_DEBUG Level 3: Full debug output, any failed assert + will produce a breakpoint for the + debugger + Level 2: ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE is null, ASSERT + has text + Level 1: ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE is an attribute, + ASSERT has no text + Level 0: No debug information generated + + -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + #define CFG_DEBUG (1) + + #if (CFG_DEBUG > 3) || (CFG_DEBUG < 0) + #error "CFG_DEBUG must be a value between 0 (no debug) and 3" + #endif +/*=========================================================================*/ + + +/*========================================================================= + GENERAL NRF51 PERIPHERAL SETTINGS + ----------------------------------------------------------------------- + + CFG_SCHEDULER_ENABLE Set this to 'true' or 'false' depending on + if you use the event scheduler or not + + -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + #define CFG_SCHEDULER_ENABLE false + + /*------------------------------- GPIOTE ------------------------------*/ + #define CFG_GPIOTE_MAX_USERS 1 /**< Maximum number of users of the GPIOTE handler. */ + + /*-------------------------------- TIMER ------------------------------*/ + #define CFG_TIMER_PRESCALER 0 /**< Value of the RTC1 PRESCALER register. freq = (32768/(PRESCALER+1)) */ + #define CFG_TIMER_MAX_INSTANCE 8 /**< Maximum number of simultaneously created timers. */ + #define CFG_TIMER_OPERATION_QUEUE_SIZE 5 /**< Size of timer operation queues. */ +/*=========================================================================*/ + + +/*========================================================================= + BTLE SETTINGS + -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + + #define CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL 4 /**< in dBm (Valid values are -40, -20, -16, -12, -8, -4, 0, 4) */ + + /*---------------------------- BOND MANAGER ---------------------------*/ + #define CFG_BLE_BOND_FLASH_PAGE_BOND (BLE_FLASH_PAGE_END-1) /**< Flash page used for bond manager bonding information.*/ + #define CFG_BLE_BOND_FLASH_PAGE_SYS_ATTR (BLE_FLASH_PAGE_END-3) /**< Flash page used for bond manager system attribute information. TODO check if we can use BLE_FLASH_PAGE_END-2*/ + #define CFG_BLE_BOND_DELETE_BUTTON_NUM 0 /**< Button to press to delete bond details during init */ + + /*------------------------------ SECURITY -----------------------------*/ + #define CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_MITM 0 /**< Man In The Middle protection not required. */ + #define CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_IO_CAPABILITIES BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS_NONE /**< No I/O capabilities. */ + #define CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_OOB 0 /**< Out Of Band data not available. */ + #define CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_MIN_KEY_SIZE 7 /**< Minimum encryption key size. */ + #define CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_MAX_KEY_SIZE 16 + + /*--------------------------------- GAP -------------------------------*/ + #define CFG_GAP_APPEARANCE BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_TAG + #define CFG_GAP_LOCAL_NAME "mbed HRM1017" + + #define CFG_GAP_CONNECTION_MIN_INTERVAL_MS 50//500 /**< Minimum acceptable connection interval */ + #define CFG_GAP_CONNECTION_MAX_INTERVAL_MS 100//1000 /**< Maximum acceptable connection interval */ + #define CFG_GAP_CONNECTION_SUPERVISION_TIMEOUT_MS 4000 /**< Connection supervisory timeout */ + #define CFG_GAP_CONNECTION_SLAVE_LATENCY 0 /**< Slave Latency in number of connection events. */ + + #define CFG_GAP_ADV_INTERVAL_MS 25 /**< The advertising interval in miliseconds, should be multiply of 0.625 */ + #define CFG_GAP_ADV_TIMEOUT_S 180 /**< The advertising timeout in units of seconds. */ +/*=========================================================================*/ + + +/*========================================================================= + VALIDATION + -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ + #if CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL != -40 && CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL != -20 && CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL != -16 && CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL != -12 && CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL != -8 && CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL != -4 && CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL != 0 && CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL != 4 + #error "CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL must be -40, -20, -16, -12, -8, -4, 0 or 4" + #endif +/*=========================================================================*/ + +#endif /* _PROJECTCONFIG_H_ */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/btle/btle.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/btle/btle.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#include "common/common.h"
-#include "nordic_common.h"
-
-#include "app_timer.h"
-#include "btle.h"
-
-#include "ble_stack_handler_types.h"
-#include "ble_radio_notification.h"
-#include "ble_flash.h"
-#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER
-#include "ble_bondmngr.h"
-#endif
-#include "ble_conn_params.h"
-
-#include "btle_gap.h"
-#include "btle_advertising.h"
-#include "custom/custom_helper.h"
-
-#include "softdevice_handler.h"
-#include "pstorage.h"
-
-#include "GapEvents.h"
-#include "nRF51Gap.h"
-#include "nRF51GattServer.h"
-
-#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER /* disabled by default */
-static void service_error_callback(uint32_t nrf_error);
-#endif
-extern "C" void assert_nrf_callback(uint16_t line_num, const uint8_t *p_file_name);
-void app_error_handler(uint32_t error_code,
- uint32_t line_num,
- const uint8_t *p_file_name);
-
-#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER /* disabled by default */
-static error_t bond_manager_init(void);
-#endif
-
-static void btle_handler(ble_evt_t *p_ble_evt);
-
-static void sys_evt_dispatch(uint32_t sys_evt)
-{
-#if NEED_PSTORAGE /* disabled by default */
- pstorage_sys_event_handler(sys_evt);
-#endif
-}
-
-error_t btle_init(void)
-{
- APP_TIMER_INIT(0, 8, 5, false);
-// SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_INIT(NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_20_PPM, false);
- SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_INIT(NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_4000MS_CALIBRATION, false);
-
- ASSERT_STATUS( softdevice_ble_evt_handler_set(btle_handler));
- ASSERT_STATUS( softdevice_sys_evt_handler_set(sys_evt_dispatch));
-
-#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER /* disabled by default */
- bond_manager_init();
-#endif
- btle_gap_init();
-
- return ERROR_NONE;
-}
-
-static void btle_handler(ble_evt_t *p_ble_evt)
-{
- /* Library service handlers */
-#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER /* disabled by default */
- ble_bondmngr_on_ble_evt(p_ble_evt);
-#endif
- ble_conn_params_on_ble_evt(p_ble_evt);
-
- /* Custom event handler */
- switch (p_ble_evt->header.evt_id) {
- case BLE_GAP_EVT_CONNECTED: {
- Gap::Handle_t handle = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.conn_handle;
- nRF51Gap::getInstance().setConnectionHandle(handle);
- nRF51Gap::getInstance().processHandleSpecificEvent(GapEvents::GAP_EVENT_CONNECTED, handle);
- break;
- }
-
- case BLE_GAP_EVT_DISCONNECTED: {
- Gap::Handle_t handle = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.conn_handle;
- // Since we are not in a connection and have not started advertising,
- // store bonds
- nRF51Gap::getInstance().setConnectionHandle (BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID);
-#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER /* disabled by default */
- ASSERT_STATUS_RET_VOID ( ble_bondmngr_bonded_centrals_store());
-#endif
- nRF51Gap::getInstance().processHandleSpecificEvent(GapEvents::GAP_EVENT_DISCONNECTED, handle);
- break;
- }
-
- case BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_PARAMS_REQUEST: {
- ble_gap_sec_params_t sec_params = {0};
-
- sec_params.timeout = 30; /*< Timeout for Pairing Request or
- * Security Request (in seconds). */
- sec_params.bond = 1; /**< Perform bonding. */
- sec_params.mitm = CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_MITM;
- sec_params.io_caps = CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_IO_CAPABILITIES;
- sec_params.oob = CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_OOB;
- sec_params.min_key_size = CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_MIN_KEY_SIZE;
- sec_params.max_key_size = CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_MAX_KEY_SIZE;
-
- ASSERT_STATUS_RET_VOID(
- sd_ble_gap_sec_params_reply(nRF51Gap::getInstance().
- getConnectionHandle(),
- BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SUCCESS,
- &sec_params));
- }
- break;
-
- case BLE_GAP_EVT_TIMEOUT:
- if (p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.timeout.src == BLE_GAP_TIMEOUT_SRC_ADVERTISEMENT) {
- nRF51Gap::getInstance().processEvent(GapEvents::GAP_EVENT_TIMEOUT);
- }
- break;
-
- case BLE_GATTC_EVT_TIMEOUT:
- case BLE_GATTS_EVT_TIMEOUT:
- // Disconnect on GATT Server and Client timeout events.
- // ASSERT_STATUS_RET_VOID (sd_ble_gap_disconnect(m_conn_handle,
- // BLE_HCI_REMOTE_USER_TERMINATED_CONNECTION));
- break;
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-
- nRF51GattServer::getInstance().hwCallback(p_ble_evt);
-}
-
-#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER /* disabled by default */
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Initialises the bond manager
-
- @note Bond data will be cleared on reset if the bond delete
- button is pressed during initialisation (the button is
- defined as CFG_BLE_BOND_DELETE_BUTTON_NUM).
-
- @returns
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-static error_t bond_manager_init(void)
-{
- ble_bondmngr_init_t bond_para = {0};
-
- ASSERT_STATUS ( pstorage_init());
-
- bond_para.flash_page_num_bond = CFG_BLE_BOND_FLASH_PAGE_BOND;
- bond_para.flash_page_num_sys_attr = CFG_BLE_BOND_FLASH_PAGE_SYS_ATTR;
- //bond_para.bonds_delete = boardButtonCheck(CFG_BLE_BOND_DELETE_BUTTON_NUM) ;
- bond_para.evt_handler = NULL;
- bond_para.error_handler = service_error_callback;
-
- ASSERT_STATUS( ble_bondmngr_init( &bond_para ));
-
- /* Init radio active/inactive notification to flash (to only perform flashing when the radio is inactive) */
- // ASSERT_STATUS( ble_radio_notification_init(NRF_APP_PRIORITY_HIGH,
- // NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_4560US,
- // ble_flash_on_radio_active_evt) );
-
- return ERROR_NONE;
-}
-#endif // #if NEED_BOND_MANAGER
-
-#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER /* disabled by default */
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief
- @param[in] nrf_error
- @returns
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-static void service_error_callback(uint32_t nrf_error)
-{
- ASSERT_STATUS_RET_VOID( nrf_error );
-}
-#endif // #if NEED_BOND_MANAGER
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Callback when an error occurs inside the SoftDevice
-
- @param[in] line_num
- @param[in] p-file_name
-
- @returns
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-void assert_nrf_callback(uint16_t line_num, const uint8_t *p_file_name)
-{
- ASSERT(false, (void) 0);
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Handler for general errors above the SoftDevice layer.
- Typically we can' recover from this so we do a reset.
-
- @param[in] error_code
- @param[in] line_num
- @param[in] p-file_name
-
- @returns
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-void app_error_handler(uint32_t error_code,
- uint32_t line_num,
- const uint8_t *p_file_name)
-{
- ASSERT_STATUS_RET_VOID( error_code );
- NVIC_SystemReset();
-}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/btle/btle.h
--- a/nRF51822/btle/btle.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef _BTLE_H_
-#define _BTLE_H_
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#include "common/common.h"
-
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-#include "ble.h"
-
-error_t btle_init(void);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif // ifndef _BTLE_H_
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/btle/btle_advertising.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/btle/btle_advertising.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-#include "common/common.h"
-
-#include "ble_advdata.h"
-#include "btle.h"
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Starts the advertising process
-
- @returns
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-error_t btle_advertising_start(void)
-{
- ble_gap_adv_params_t adv_para = {0};
-
- /* Set the default advertising parameters */
- adv_para.type = BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPE_ADV_IND;
- adv_para.p_peer_addr = NULL; /* Undirected advertising */
- adv_para.fp = BLE_GAP_ADV_FP_ANY;
- adv_para.p_whitelist = NULL;
- adv_para.interval = (CFG_GAP_ADV_INTERVAL_MS * 8) / 5; /* Advertising
- * interval in
- * units of 0.625
- * ms */
- adv_para.timeout = CFG_GAP_ADV_TIMEOUT_S;
-
- ASSERT_STATUS( sd_ble_gap_adv_start(&adv_para));
-
- return ERROR_NONE;
-}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/btle/btle_advertising.h --- a/nRF51822/btle/btle_advertising.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -/* mbed Microcontroller Library - * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited - * - * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); - * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at - * - * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - */ - -#ifndef _BTLE_ADVERTISING_H_ -#define _BTLE_ADVERTISING_H_ - -#include "common/common.h" - -error_t btle_advertising_start(void); - -#endif // ifndef _BTLE_ADVERTISING_H_
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/btle/btle_gap.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/btle/btle_gap.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-#include "common/common.h"
-
-#include "app_timer.h"
-#include "ble_gap.h"
-#include "ble_conn_params.h"
-
-static inline uint32_t msec_to_1_25msec(uint32_t interval_ms) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
-static void error_callback(uint32_t nrf_error);
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Initialise GAP in the underlying SoftDevice
-
- @returns
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-error_t btle_gap_init(void)
-{
- ble_gap_conn_params_t gap_conn_params = {0};
-
- gap_conn_params.min_conn_interval = msec_to_1_25msec(CFG_GAP_CONNECTION_MIN_INTERVAL_MS); // in 1.25ms units
- gap_conn_params.max_conn_interval = msec_to_1_25msec(CFG_GAP_CONNECTION_MAX_INTERVAL_MS); // in 1.25ms unit
- gap_conn_params.slave_latency = CFG_GAP_CONNECTION_SLAVE_LATENCY;
- gap_conn_params.conn_sup_timeout = CFG_GAP_CONNECTION_SUPERVISION_TIMEOUT_MS / 10; // in 10ms unit
-
- ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t sec_mode;
- BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_OPEN(&sec_mode); // no security is needed
-
- ASSERT_STATUS( sd_ble_gap_device_name_set(&sec_mode, (const uint8_t *) CFG_GAP_LOCAL_NAME, strlen(CFG_GAP_LOCAL_NAME)));
- ASSERT_STATUS( sd_ble_gap_appearance_set(CFG_GAP_APPEARANCE));
- ASSERT_STATUS( sd_ble_gap_ppcp_set(&gap_conn_params));
- ASSERT_STATUS( sd_ble_gap_tx_power_set(CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL));
-
- /* Connection Parameters */
- enum {
- FIRST_UPDATE_DELAY = APP_TIMER_TICKS(5000, CFG_TIMER_PRESCALER),
- NEXT_UPDATE_DELAY = APP_TIMER_TICKS(5000, CFG_TIMER_PRESCALER),
- MAX_UPDATE_COUNT = 3
- };
-
- ble_conn_params_init_t cp_init = {0};
-
- cp_init.p_conn_params = NULL;
- cp_init.first_conn_params_update_delay = FIRST_UPDATE_DELAY;
- cp_init.next_conn_params_update_delay = NEXT_UPDATE_DELAY;
- cp_init.max_conn_params_update_count = MAX_UPDATE_COUNT;
- cp_init.start_on_notify_cccd_handle = BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID;
- cp_init.disconnect_on_fail = true;
- cp_init.evt_handler = NULL;
- cp_init.error_handler = error_callback;
-
- ASSERT_STATUS ( ble_conn_params_init(&cp_init));
-
- return ERROR_NONE;
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Converts msecs to an integer representing 1.25ms units
-
- @param[in] ms
- The number of milliseconds to conver to 1.25ms units
-
- @returns The number of 1.25ms units in the supplied number of ms
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-static inline uint32_t msec_to_1_25msec(uint32_t interval_ms)
-{
- return (interval_ms * 4) / 5;
-}
-
-static void error_callback(uint32_t nrf_error)
-{
- ASSERT_STATUS_RET_VOID( nrf_error );
-}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/btle/btle_gap.h --- a/nRF51822/btle/btle_gap.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -/* mbed Microcontroller Library - * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited - * - * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); - * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at - * - * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - */ - -#ifndef _BTLE_GAP_H_ -#define _BTLE_GAP_H_ - -#include "common/common.h" - -error_t btle_gap_init(void); - -#endif // ifndef _BTLE_GAP_H_
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/btle/custom/custom_helper.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/btle/custom/custom_helper.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,247 +0,0 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#include "custom_helper.h"
-
-/*
- * The current version of the soft-device doesn't handle duplicate 128-bit UUIDs
- * very well. It is therefore necessary to filter away duplicates before
- * passing long UUIDs to sd_ble_uuid_vs_add(). The following types and data
- * structures involved in maintaining a local cache of 128-bit UUIDs.
- */
-typedef struct {
- LongUUID_t uuid;
- uint8_t type;
-} converted_uuid_table_entry_t;
-static const unsigned UUID_TABLE_MAX_ENTRIES = 8; /* This is the maximum number
- * of 128-bit UUIDs with distinct bases that
- * we expect to be in use; increase this
- * limit if needed. */
-static unsigned uuidTableEntries = 0; /* current usage of the table */
-converted_uuid_table_entry_t convertedUUIDTable[UUID_TABLE_MAX_ENTRIES];
-
-/**
- * lookup the cache of previously converted 128-bit UUIDs to find a type value.
- * @param uuid long UUID
- * @param recoveredType the type field of the 3-byte nRF's uuid.
- * @return true if a match is found.
- */
-static bool
-lookupConvertedUUIDTable(const LongUUID_t uuid, uint8_t *recoveredType)
-{
- unsigned i;
- for (i = 0; i < uuidTableEntries; i++) {
- if (memcmp(convertedUUIDTable[i].uuid,
- uuid,
- LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID) == 0) {
- *recoveredType = convertedUUIDTable[i].type;
- return true;
- }
- }
-
- return false;
-}
-
-static void
-addToConvertedUUIDTable(const LongUUID_t uuid, uint8_t type)
-{
- if (uuidTableEntries == UUID_TABLE_MAX_ENTRIES) {
- return; /* recovery needed; or at least the user should be
- * warned about this fact.*/
- }
-
- memcpy(convertedUUIDTable[uuidTableEntries].uuid, uuid,LENGTH_OF_LONG_UUID);
- convertedUUIDTable[uuidTableEntries].type = type;
- uuidTableEntries++;
-}
-
-/**
- * The nRF transport has its own 3-byte representation of a UUID. If the user-
- * specified UUID is 128-bits wide, then the UUID base needs to be added to the
- * soft-device and converted to a 3-byte handle before being used further. This
- * function is responsible for this translation of user-specified UUIDs into
- * nRF's representation.
- *
- * @param[in] uuid
- * user-specified UUID
- * @return nRF
- * 3-byte UUID (containing a type and 16-bit UUID) representation
- * to be used with SVC calls.
- */
-ble_uuid_t custom_convert_to_nordic_uuid(const UUID &uuid)
-{
- ble_uuid_t nordicUUID = {
- .uuid = uuid.getShortUUID(),
- .type = BLE_UUID_TYPE_UNKNOWN /* to be set below */
- };
-
- if (uuid.shortOrLong() == UUID::UUID_TYPE_SHORT) {
- nordicUUID.type = BLE_UUID_TYPE_BLE;
- } else {
- if (!lookupConvertedUUIDTable(uuid.getBaseUUID(), &nordicUUID.type)) {
- nordicUUID.type = custom_add_uuid_base(uuid.getBaseUUID());
- addToConvertedUUIDTable(uuid.getBaseUUID(), nordicUUID.type);
- }
- }
-
- return nordicUUID;
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Adds the base UUID to the custom service. All UUIDs used
- by this service are based on this 128-bit UUID.
-
- @note This UUID needs to be added to the SoftDevice stack before
- adding the service's primary service via
- 'sd_ble_gatts_service_add'
-
- @param[in] p_uuid_base A pointer to the 128-bit UUID array (8*16)
-
- @returns The UUID type.
- A return value of 0 should be considered an error.
-
- @retval 0x00 BLE_UUID_TYPE_UNKNOWN
- @retval 0x01 BLE_UUID_TYPE_BLE
- @retval 0x02 BLE_UUID_TYPE_VENDOR_BEGIN
-
- @section EXAMPLE
- @code
-
- // Take note that bytes 2/3 are blank since these are used to identify
- // the primary service and individual characteristics
- #define CFG_CUSTOM_UUID_BASE "\x6E\x40\x00\x00\xB5\xA3\xF3\x93\xE0\xA9\xE5\x0E\x24\xDC\xCA\x9E"
-
- uint8_t uuid_type = custom_add_uuid_base(CFG_CUSTOM_UUID_BASE);
- ASSERT(uuid_type > 0, ERROR_NOT_FOUND);
-
- // We can now safely add the primary service and any characteristics
- // for our custom service ...
-
- @endcode
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-uint8_t custom_add_uuid_base(uint8_t const *const p_uuid_base)
-{
- ble_uuid128_t base_uuid;
- uint8_t uuid_type = 0;
-
- /* Reverse the bytes since ble_uuid128_t is LSB */
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i<16; i++) {
- base_uuid.uuid128[i] = p_uuid_base[15 - i];
- }
-
- ASSERT_INT( ERROR_NONE, sd_ble_uuid_vs_add( &base_uuid, &uuid_type ), 0);
-
- return uuid_type;
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
-
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-error_t custom_decode_uuid_base(uint8_t const *const p_uuid_base,
- ble_uuid_t *p_uuid)
-{
- LongUUID_t uuid_base_le;
-
- /* Reverse the bytes since ble_uuid128_t is LSB */
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i<16; i++) {
- uuid_base_le[i] = p_uuid_base[15 - i];
- }
-
- ASSERT_STATUS( sd_ble_uuid_decode(16, uuid_base_le, p_uuid));
-
- return ERROR_NONE;
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Adds a new characteristic to the custom service, assigning
- properties, a UUID add-on value, etc.
-
- @param[in] service_handle
- @param[in] p_uuid The 16-bit value to add to the base UUID
- for this characteristic (normally >1
- since 1 is typically used by the primary
- service).
- @param[in] char_props The characteristic properties, as
- defined by ble_gatt_char_props_t
- @param[in] max_length The maximum length of this characeristic
- @param[in] p_char_handle
-
- @returns
- @retval ERROR_NONE Everything executed normally
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-error_t custom_add_in_characteristic(uint16_t service_handle,
- ble_uuid_t *p_uuid,
- uint8_t properties,
- uint8_t *p_data,
- uint16_t min_length,
- uint16_t max_length,
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t *p_char_handle)
-{
- /* Characteristic metadata */
- ble_gatts_attr_md_t cccd_md;
- ble_gatt_char_props_t char_props;
-
- memcpy(&char_props, &properties, 1);
-
- if (char_props.notify || char_props.indicate) {
- /* Notification requires cccd */
- memclr_( &cccd_md, sizeof(ble_gatts_attr_md_t));
- cccd_md.vloc = BLE_GATTS_VLOC_STACK;
- BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_OPEN(&cccd_md.read_perm);
- BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_OPEN(&cccd_md.write_perm);
- }
-
- ble_gatts_char_md_t char_md = {0};
-
- char_md.char_props = char_props;
- char_md.p_cccd_md =
- (char_props.notify || char_props.indicate) ? &cccd_md : NULL;
-
- /* Attribute declaration */
- ble_gatts_attr_md_t attr_md = {0};
-
- attr_md.vloc = BLE_GATTS_VLOC_STACK;
- attr_md.vlen = (min_length == max_length) ? 0 : 1;
-
- if (char_props.read || char_props.notify || char_props.indicate) {
- BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_OPEN(&attr_md.read_perm);
- }
-
- if (char_props.write) {
- BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_OPEN(&attr_md.write_perm);
- }
-
- ble_gatts_attr_t attr_char_value = {0};
-
- attr_char_value.p_uuid = p_uuid;
- attr_char_value.p_attr_md = &attr_md;
- attr_char_value.init_len = min_length;
- attr_char_value.max_len = max_length;
- attr_char_value.p_value = p_data;
-
- ASSERT_STATUS ( sd_ble_gatts_characteristic_add(service_handle,
- &char_md,
- &attr_char_value,
- p_char_handle));
-
- return ERROR_NONE;
-}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/btle/custom/custom_helper.h
--- a/nRF51822/btle/custom/custom_helper.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef _CUSTOM_HELPER_H_
-#define _CUSTOM_HELPER_H_
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#include "common/common.h"
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "UUID.h"
-
-uint8_t custom_add_uuid_base(uint8_t const *const p_uuid_base);
-error_t custom_decode_uuid(uint8_t const *const p_uuid_base,
- ble_uuid_t *p_uuid);
-ble_uuid_t custom_convert_to_nordic_uuid(const UUID &uuid);
-
-error_t custom_add_in_characteristic(uint16_t service_handle,
- ble_uuid_t *p_uuid,
- uint8_t properties,
- uint8_t *p_data,
- uint16_t min_length,
- uint16_t max_length,
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t *p_char_handle);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif // ifndef _CUSTOM_HELPER_H_
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/common/ansi_escape.h
--- a/nRF51822/common/ansi_escape.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @file ansi_esc_code.h
- @author hathach (tinyusb.org)
-
- @section LICENSE
-
- Software License Agreement (BSD License)
-
- Copyright (c) 2013, hathach (tinyusb.org)
- All rights reserved.
-
- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- 3. Neither the name of the copyright holders nor the
- names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
- derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
-
- THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS ''AS IS'' AND ANY
- EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND
- ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
- SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-
- This file is part of the tinyusb stack.
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief TBD
- *
- * \note TBD
- */
-
-/** \ingroup TBD
- * \defgroup TBD
- * \brief TBD
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _ANSI_ESC_CODE_H_
-#define _ANSI_ESC_CODE_H_
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#define CSI_CODE(seq) "\33[" seq
-#define CSI_SGR(x) CSI_CODE(#x) "m"
-
-//------------- Cursor movement -------------//
-#define ANSI_CURSOR_UP(n) CSI_CODE(#n "A")
-#define ANSI_CURSOR_DOWN(n) CSI_CODE(#n "B")
-#define ANSI_CURSOR_FORWARD(n) CSI_CODE(#n "C")
-#define ANSI_CURSOR_BACKWARD(n) CSI_CODE(#n "D")
-#define ANSI_CURSOR_LINE_DOWN(n) CSI_CODE(#n "E")
-#define ANSI_CURSOR_LINE_UP(n) CSI_CODE(#n "F")
-#define ANSI_CURSOR_POSITION(n, m) CSI_CODE(#n ";" #m "H")
-
-#define ANSI_ERASE_SCREEN(n) CSI_CODE(#n "J")
-#define ANSI_ERASE_LINE(n) CSI_CODE(#n "K")
-
-/** text color */
-#define ANSI_TEXT_BLACK CSI_SGR(30)
-#define ANSI_TEXT_RED CSI_SGR(31)
-#define ANSI_TEXT_GREEN CSI_SGR(32)
-#define ANSI_TEXT_YELLOW CSI_SGR(33)
-#define ANSI_TEXT_BLUE CSI_SGR(34)
-#define ANSI_TEXT_MAGENTA CSI_SGR(35)
-#define ANSI_TEXT_CYAN CSI_SGR(36)
-#define ANSI_TEXT_WHITE CSI_SGR(37)
-#define ANSI_TEXT_DEFAULT CSI_SGR(39)
-
-/** background color */
-#define ANSI_BG_BLACK CSI_SGR(40)
-#define ANSI_BG_RED CSI_SGR(41)
-#define ANSI_BG_GREEN CSI_SGR(42)
-#define ANSI_BG_YELLOW CSI_SGR(43)
-#define ANSI_BG_BLUE CSI_SGR(44)
-#define ANSI_BG_MAGENTA CSI_SGR(45)
-#define ANSI_BG_CYAN CSI_SGR(46)
-#define ANSI_BG_WHITE CSI_SGR(47)
-#define ANSI_BG_DEFAULT CSI_SGR(49)
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- }
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _TUSB_ANSI_ESC_CODE_H_ */
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/common/assertion.h
--- a/nRF51822/common/assertion.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,200 +0,0 @@
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @file assertion.h
- @author hathach (tinyusb.org)
-
- @section LICENSE
-
- Software License Agreement (BSD License)
-
- Copyright (c) 2013, K. Townsend (microBuilder.eu)
- All rights reserved.
-
- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- 3. Neither the name of the copyright holders nor the
- names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
- derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
-
- THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS ''AS IS'' AND ANY
- EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND
- ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
- SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief TBD
- *
- * \note TBD
- */
-
-/** \ingroup TBD
- * \defgroup TBD
- * \brief TBD
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _ASSERTION_H_
-#define _ASSERTION_H_
-
-#include "projectconfig.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C"
-{
-#endif
-
-static inline void debugger_breakpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-static inline void debugger_breakpoint(void)
-{
-#ifndef _TEST_
- __asm("BKPT #0\n");
-#endif
-}
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-// Compile-time Assert
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-#if defined __COUNTER__ && __COUNTER__ != __COUNTER__
- #define _ASSERT_COUNTER __COUNTER__
-#else
- #define _ASSERT_COUNTER __LINE__
-#endif
-
-#define ASSERT_STATIC(const_expr, message) enum { XSTRING_CONCAT_(static_assert_, _ASSERT_COUNTER) = 1/(!!(const_expr)) }
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-// Assert Helper
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-//#ifndef _TEST_
-// #define ASSERT_MESSAGE(format, ...)\
-// _PRINTF("Assert at %s: %s: %d: " format "\n", __BASE_FILE__, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__, __LINE__, __VA_ARGS__)
-//#else
-// #define ASSERT_MESSAGE(format, ...)\
-// _PRINTF("%d:note: Assert " format "\n", __LINE__, __VA_ARGS__)
-//#endif
-
-#if CFG_DEBUG == 3
- #define ASSERT_MESSAGE(format, ...) debugger_breakpoint()
-#elif CFG_DEBUG == 2
- #define ASSERT_MESSAGE(format, ...) printf("Assert at %s: %s: %d: " format "\n", __BASE_FILE__, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__, __LINE__, __VA_ARGS__)
-#else
- #define ASSERT_MESSAGE(format, ...)
-#endif
-
-#define ASSERT_ERROR_HANDLER(x, para) \
- return (x)
-
-#define ASSERT_DEFINE_WITH_HANDLER(error_handler, handler_para, setup_statement, condition, error, format, ...) \
- do{\
- setup_statement;\
- if (!(condition)) {\
- ASSERT_MESSAGE(format, __VA_ARGS__);\
- error_handler(error, handler_para);\
- }\
- }while(0)
-
-#define ASSERT_DEFINE(...) ASSERT_DEFINE_WITH_HANDLER(ASSERT_ERROR_HANDLER, NULL, __VA_ARGS__)
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-// error_t Status Assert TODO use ASSERT_DEFINE
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-#define ASSERT_STATUS_MESSAGE(sts, message) \
- ASSERT_DEFINE(error_t status = (error_t)(sts),\
- ERROR_NONE == status, status, "%s: %s", ErrorStr[status], message)
-
-#define ASSERT_STATUS(sts) \
- ASSERT_DEFINE(error_t status = (error_t)(sts),\
- ERROR_NONE == status, status, "error = %d", status)
-
-#define ASSERT_STATUS_RET_VOID(sts) \
- ASSERT_DEFINE(error_t status = (error_t)(sts),\
- ERROR_NONE == status, (void) 0, "error = %d", status)
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-// Logical Assert
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-#define ASSERT(...) ASSERT_TRUE(__VA_ARGS__)
-#define ASSERT_TRUE(condition , error) ASSERT_DEFINE( , (condition), error, "%s", "evaluated to false")
-#define ASSERT_FALSE(condition , error) ASSERT_DEFINE( ,!(condition), error, "%s", "evaluated to true")
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-// Pointer Assert
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-#define ASSERT_PTR(...) ASSERT_PTR_NOT_NULL(__VA_ARGS__)
-#define ASSERT_PTR_NOT_NULL(pointer, error) ASSERT_DEFINE( , NULL != (pointer), error, "%s", "pointer is NULL")
-#define ASSERT_PTR_NULL(pointer, error) ASSERT_DEFINE( , NULL == (pointer), error, "%s", "pointer is not NULL")
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-// Integral Assert
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-#define ASSERT_XXX_EQUAL(type_format, expected, actual, error) \
- ASSERT_DEFINE(\
- uint32_t exp = (expected); uint32_t act = (actual),\
- exp==act,\
- error,\
- "expected " type_format ", actual " type_format, exp, act)
-
-#define ASSERT_XXX_WITHIN(type_format, lower, upper, actual, error) \
- ASSERT_DEFINE(\
- uint32_t low = (lower); uint32_t up = (upper); uint32_t act = (actual),\
- (low <= act) && (act <= up),\
- error,\
- "expected within " type_format " - " type_format ", actual " type_format, low, up, act)
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-// Integer Assert
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-#define ASSERT_INT(...) ASSERT_INT_EQUAL(__VA_ARGS__)
-#define ASSERT_INT_EQUAL(...) ASSERT_XXX_EQUAL("%d", __VA_ARGS__)
-#define ASSERT_INT_WITHIN(...) ASSERT_XXX_WITHIN("%d", __VA_ARGS__)
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-// Hex Assert
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-#define ASSERT_HEX(...) ASSERT_HEX_EQUAL(__VA_ARGS__)
-#define ASSERT_HEX_EQUAL(...) ASSERT_XXX_EQUAL("0x%x", __VA_ARGS__)
-#define ASSERT_HEX_WITHIN(...) ASSERT_XXX_WITHIN("0x%x", __VA_ARGS__)
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-// Bin Assert
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-#define BIN8_PRINTF_PATTERN "%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d"
-#define BIN8_PRINTF_CONVERT(byte) \
- ((byte) & 0x80 ? 1 : 0), \
- ((byte) & 0x40 ? 1 : 0), \
- ((byte) & 0x20 ? 1 : 0), \
- ((byte) & 0x10 ? 1 : 0), \
- ((byte) & 0x08 ? 1 : 0), \
- ((byte) & 0x04 ? 1 : 0), \
- ((byte) & 0x02 ? 1 : 0), \
- ((byte) & 0x01 ? 1 : 0)
-
-#define ASSERT_BIN8(...) ASSERT_BIN8_EQUAL(__VA_ARGS__)
-#define ASSERT_BIN8_EQUAL(expected, actual, error)\
- ASSERT_DEFINE(\
- uint8_t exp = (expected); uint8_t act = (actual),\
- exp==act,\
- error,\
- "expected " BIN8_PRINTF_PATTERN ", actual " BIN8_PRINTF_PATTERN, BIN8_PRINTF_CONVERT(exp), BIN8_PRINTF_CONVERT(act) )
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _ASSERTION_H_ */
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/common/binary.h
--- a/nRF51822/common/binary.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @file binary.h
- @author hathach (tinyusb.org)
-
- @section LICENSE
-
- Software License Agreement (BSD License)
-
- Copyright (c) 2013, K. Townsend (microBuilder.eu)
- All rights reserved.
-
- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- 3. Neither the name of the copyright holders nor the
- names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
- derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
-
- THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS ''AS IS'' AND ANY
- EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND
- ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
- SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-
-/** \ingroup TBD
- * \defgroup TBD
- * \brief TBD
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _BINARY_H_
-#define _BINARY_H_
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/// n-th Bit
-#define BIT(n) (1 << (n))
-
-/// set n-th bit of x to 1
-#define BIT_SET(x, n) ( (x) | BIT(n) )
-
-/// clear n-th bit of x
-#define BIT_CLR(x, n) ( (x) & (~BIT(n)) )
-
-/// test n-th bit of x
-#define BIT_TEST(x, n) ( (x) & BIT(n) )
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__CC_ARM) // keil does not support binary format
-
-#define BIN8(x) ((uint8_t) (0b##x))
-#define BIN16(b1, b2) ((uint16_t) (0b##b1##b2))
-#define BIN32(b1, b2, b3, b4) ((uint32_t) (0b##b1##b2##b3##b4))
-
-#else
-
-// internal macro of B8, B16, B32
-#define _B8__(x) (((x&0x0000000FUL)?1:0) \
- +((x&0x000000F0UL)?2:0) \
- +((x&0x00000F00UL)?4:0) \
- +((x&0x0000F000UL)?8:0) \
- +((x&0x000F0000UL)?16:0) \
- +((x&0x00F00000UL)?32:0) \
- +((x&0x0F000000UL)?64:0) \
- +((x&0xF0000000UL)?128:0))
-
-#define BIN8(d) ((uint8_t) _B8__(0x##d##UL))
-#define BIN16(dmsb,dlsb) (((uint16_t)BIN8(dmsb)<<8) + BIN8(dlsb))
-#define BIN32(dmsb,db2,db3,dlsb) \
- (((uint32_t)BIN8(dmsb)<<24) \
- + ((uint32_t)BIN8(db2)<<16) \
- + ((uint32_t)BIN8(db3)<<8) \
- + BIN8(dlsb))
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _BINARY_H_ */
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/common/ble_error.h
--- a/nRF51822/common/ble_error.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @file ble_error.h
- @author hathach (tinyusb.org)
-
- @section LICENSE
-
- Software License Agreement (BSD License)
-
- Copyright (c) 2013, K. Townsend (microBuilder.eu)
- All rights reserved.
-
- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- 3. Neither the name of the copyright holders nor the
- names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
- derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
-
- THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS ''AS IS'' AND ANY
- EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
- ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
- SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Error Header
- *
- * \note TBD
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Common
- * \defgroup Group_Error Error Codes
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _BLE_ERROR_H_
-#define _BLE_ERROR_H_
-
-#include "projectconfig.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-typedef enum
-{
- /*=======================================================================
- NORDIC GLOBAL ERRORS 0x0000 .. 0x00FF
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
- Errors mapped from nrf_error.h
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
- ERROR_NONE = 0x0000 , ///< Successful command
- ERROR_SVC_HANDLER_MISSING = 0x0001 , ///< SVC handler is missing
- ERROR_SOFTDEVICE_NOT_ENABLED = 0x0002 , ///< SoftDevice has not been enabled
- ERROR_INTERNAL = 0x0003 , ///< Internal Error
- ERROR_NO_MEM = 0x0004 , ///< No Memory for operation
- ERROR_NOT_FOUND = 0x0005 , ///< Not found
- ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0x0006 , ///< Not supported
- ERROR_INVALID_PARAM = 0x0007 , ///< Invalid Parameter
- ERROR_INVALID_STATE = 0x0008 , ///< Invalid state, operation disallowed in this state
- ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH = 0x0009 , ///< Invalid Length
- ERROR_INVALID_FLAGS = 0x000A , ///< Invalid Flags
- ERROR_INVALID_DATA = 0x000B , ///< Invalid Data
- ERROR_DATA_SIZE = 0x000C , ///< Data size exceeds limit
- ERROR_TIMEOUT = 0x000D , ///< Operation timed out
- ERROR_NULL = 0x000E , ///< Null Pointer
- ERROR_FORBIDDEN = 0x000F , ///< Forbidden Operation
- ERROR_INVALID_ADDR = 0x0010 , ///< Bad Memory Address
- ERROR_BUSY = 0x0011 , ///< Busy
- /*=======================================================================*/
-
- ERROR_INVALIDPARAMETER = 0x0100 , /**< An invalid parameter value was provided */
- ERROR_I2C_XFER_FAILED = 0x0101 , /**< an failed attempt to make I2C transfer */
-
- /*=======================================================================
- SIMPLE BINARY PROTOCOL ERRORS 0x0120 .. 0x013F
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------
- Errors relating to the simple binary protocol (/src//protocol)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
- ERROR_PROT_INVALIDMSGTYPE = 0x121, /**< Unexpected msg type encountered */
- ERROR_PROT_INVALIDCOMMANDID = 0x122, /**< Unknown or out of range command ID */
- ERROR_PROT_INVALIDPAYLOAD = 0x123, /**< Message payload has a problem (invalid len, etc.) */
- /*=======================================================================*/
-
- //------------- based on Nordic SDM nrf_error_sdm.h -------------//
- ERROR_SDM_LFCLK_SOURCE_UNKNOWN = 0x1000 , ///< Unknown lfclk source
- ERROR_SDM_INCORRECT_INTERRUPT_CONFIGURATION = 0x1001 , ///< Incorrect interrupt configuration (can be caused by using illegal priority levels, or having enabled SoftDevice interrupts)
- ERROR_SDM_INCORRECT_CLENR0 = 0x1002 , ///< Incorrect CLENR0 (can be caused by erronous SoftDevice flashing)
-
- //------------- based on Nordic SOC nrf_error_soc.h -------------//
- /* Mutex Errors */
- ERROR_SOC_MUTEX_ALREADY_TAKEN = 0x2000 , ///< Mutex already taken
-
- /* NVIC errors */
- ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE = 0x2001 , ///< NVIC interrupt not available
- ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_NOT_ALLOWED = 0x2002 , ///< NVIC interrupt priority not allowed
- ERROR_SOC_NVIC_SHOULD_NOT_RETURN = 0x2003 , ///< NVIC should not return
-
- /* Power errors */
- ERROR_SOC_POWER_MODE_UNKNOWN = 0x2004 , ///< Power mode unknown
- ERROR_SOC_POWER_POF_THRESHOLD_UNKNOWN = 0x2005 , ///< Power POF threshold unknown
- ERROR_SOC_POWER_OFF_SHOULD_NOT_RETURN = 0x2006 , ///< Power off should not return
-
- /* Rand errors */
- ERROR_SOC_RAND_NOT_ENOUGH_VALUES = 0x2007 , ///< RAND not enough values
-
- /* PPI errors */
- ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_CHANNEL = 0x2008 , ///< Invalid PPI Channel
- ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_GROUP = 0x2009 , ///< Invalid PPI Group
-
- //------------- based on Nordic STK (ble) ble_err.h -------------//
- ERROR_BLE_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE = 0x3001 , /**< Invalid connection handle. */
- ERROR_BLE_INVALID_ATTR_HANDLE = 0x3002 , /**< Invalid attribute handle. */
- ERROR_BLE_NO_TX_BUFFERS = 0x3003 , /**< Buffer capacity exceeded. */
-
- // L2CAP
- ERROR_BLE_L2CAP_CID_IN_USE = 0x3100 , /**< CID already in use. */
-
- // GAP
- ERROR_BLE_GAP_UUID_LIST_MISMATCH = 0x3200 , /**< UUID list does not contain an integral number of UUIDs. */
- ERROR_BLE_GAP_DISCOVERABLE_WITH_WHITELIST = 0x3201 , /**< Use of Whitelist not permitted with discoverable advertising. */
- ERROR_BLE_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR = 0x3202 , /**< The upper two bits of the address do not correspond to the specified address type. */
-
- // GATTC
- ERROR_BLE_GATTC_PROC_NOT_PERMITTED = 0x3300 ,
-
- // GATTS
- ERROR_BLEGATTS_INVALID_ATTR_TYPE = 0x3400 , /**< Invalid attribute type. */
- ERROR_BLEGATTS_SYS_ATTR_MISSING = 0x3401 , /**< System Attributes missing. */
-
-}error_t;
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- }
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _BLE_ERROR_H_ */
-
- /** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/common/common.h
--- a/nRF51822/common/common.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,236 +0,0 @@
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @file common.h
- @author hathach (tinyusb.org)
-
- @section LICENSE
-
- Software License Agreement (BSD License)
-
- Copyright (c) 2013, K. Townsend (microBuilder.eu)
- All rights reserved.
-
- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- 3. Neither the name of the copyright holders nor the
- names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
- derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
-
- THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS ''AS IS'' AND ANY
- EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND
- ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
- SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-
-/** \defgroup Group_Common Common Files
- * @{
- *
- * \defgroup Group_CommonH common.h
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _COMMON_H_
-#define _COMMON_H_
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-// INCLUDES
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-//------------- Standard Header -------------//
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-//------------- General Header -------------//
-#include "projectconfig.h"
-#include "compiler.h"
-#include "assertion.h"
-#include "binary.h"
-#include "ble_error.h"
-
-//------------- MCU header -------------//
-//#include "nrf.h"
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-// TYPEDEFS
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-typedef unsigned char byte_t;
-typedef float float32_t;
-typedef double float64_t;
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-// MACROS
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-#define STRING_(x) #x // stringify without expand
-#define XSTRING_(x) STRING_(x) // expand then stringify
-#define STRING_CONCAT_(a, b) a##b // concat without expand
-#define XSTRING_CONCAT_(a, b) STRING_CONCAT_(a, b) // expand then concat
-
-#define U16_HIGH_U8(u16) ((uint8_t) (((u16) >> 8) & 0x00ff))
-#define U16_LOW_U8(u16) ((uint8_t) ((u16) & 0x00ff))
-#define U16_TO_U8S_BE(u16) U16_HIGH_U8(u16), U16_LOW_U8(u16)
-#define U16_TO_U8S_LE(u16) U16_LOW_U8(u16), U16_HIGH_U8(u16)
-
-#define U32_B1_U8(u32) ((uint8_t) (((u32) >> 24) & 0x000000ff)) // MSB
-#define U32_B2_U8(u32) ((uint8_t) (((u32) >> 16) & 0x000000ff))
-#define U32_B3_U8(u32) ((uint8_t) (((u32) >> 8) & 0x000000ff))
-#define U32_B4_U8(u32) ((uint8_t) ((u32) & 0x000000ff)) // LSB
-
-#define U32_TO_U8S_BE(u32) U32_B1_U8(u32), U32_B2_U8(u32), U32_B3_U8(u32), U32_B4_U8(u32)
-#define U32_TO_U8S_LE(u32) U32_B4_U8(u32), U32_B3_U8(u32), U32_B2_U8(u32), U32_B1_U8(u32)
-
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-// INLINE FUNCTION
-//--------------------------------------------------------------------+
-#define memclr_(buffer, size) memset(buffer, 0, size)
-
-//------------- Conversion -------------//
-/// form an uint32_t from 4 x uint8_t
-static inline uint32_t u32_from_u8(uint8_t b1, uint8_t b2, uint8_t b3, uint8_t b4) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
-static inline uint32_t u32_from_u8(uint8_t b1, uint8_t b2, uint8_t b3, uint8_t b4)
-{
- return (b1 << 24) + (b2 << 16) + (b3 << 8) + b4;
-}
-
-static inline uint8_t u16_high_u8(uint16_t u16) ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-static inline uint8_t u16_high_u8(uint16_t u16)
-{
- return (uint8_t) ((u16 >> 8) & 0x00ff);
-}
-
-static inline uint8_t u16_low_u8(uint16_t u16) ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-static inline uint8_t u16_low_u8(uint16_t u16)
-{
- return (uint8_t) (u16 & 0x00ff);
-}
-
-//------------- Min -------------//
-static inline uint8_t min8_of(uint8_t x, uint8_t y) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
-static inline uint8_t min8_of(uint8_t x, uint8_t y)
-{
- return (x < y) ? x : y;
-}
-
-static inline uint16_t min16_of(uint16_t x, uint16_t y) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
-static inline uint16_t min16_of(uint16_t x, uint16_t y)
-{
- return (x < y) ? x : y;
-}
-
-static inline uint32_t min32_of(uint32_t x, uint32_t y) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
-static inline uint32_t min32_of(uint32_t x, uint32_t y)
-{
- return (x < y) ? x : y;
-}
-
-//------------- Max -------------//
-static inline uint32_t max32_of(uint32_t x, uint32_t y) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
-static inline uint32_t max32_of(uint32_t x, uint32_t y)
-{
- return (x > y) ? x : y;
-}
-
-//------------- Align -------------//
-static inline uint32_t align32 (uint32_t value) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
-static inline uint32_t align32 (uint32_t value)
-{
- return (value & 0xFFFFFFE0UL);
-}
-
-static inline uint32_t align16 (uint32_t value) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
-static inline uint32_t align16 (uint32_t value)
-{
- return (value & 0xFFFFFFF0UL);
-}
-
-static inline uint32_t align_n (uint32_t alignment, uint32_t value) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
-static inline uint32_t align_n (uint32_t alignment, uint32_t value)
-{
- return value & (~(alignment-1));
-}
-
-static inline uint32_t align4k (uint32_t value) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
-static inline uint32_t align4k (uint32_t value)
-{
- return (value & 0xFFFFF000UL);
-}
-
-static inline uint32_t offset4k(uint32_t value) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
-static inline uint32_t offset4k(uint32_t value)
-{
- return (value & 0xFFFUL);
-}
-
-//------------- Mathematics -------------//
-/// inclusive range checking
-static inline bool is_in_range(uint32_t lower, uint32_t value, uint32_t upper) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
-static inline bool is_in_range(uint32_t lower, uint32_t value, uint32_t upper)
-{
- return (lower <= value) && (value <= upper);
-}
-
-/// exclusive range checking
-static inline bool is_in_range_exclusive(uint32_t lower, uint32_t value, uint32_t upper) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
-static inline bool is_in_range_exclusive(uint32_t lower, uint32_t value, uint32_t upper)
-{
- return (lower < value) && (value < upper);
-}
-
-static inline uint8_t log2_of(uint32_t value) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
-static inline uint8_t log2_of(uint32_t value)
-{
- uint8_t result = 0; // log2 of a value is its MSB's position
-
- while (value >>= 1)
- {
- result++;
- }
- return result;
-}
-
-// return the number of set bits in value
-static inline uint8_t cardinality_of(uint32_t value) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_CONST;
-static inline uint8_t cardinality_of(uint32_t value)
-{
- // Brian Kernighan's method goes through as many iterations as there are set bits. So if we have a 32-bit word with only
- // the high bit set, then it will only go once through the loop
- // Published in 1988, the C Programming Language 2nd Ed. (by Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie)
- // mentions this in exercise 2-9. On April 19, 2006 Don Knuth pointed out to me that this method
- // "was first published by Peter Wegner in CACM 3 (1960), 322. (Also discovered independently by Derrick Lehmer and
- // published in 1964 in a book edited by Beckenbach.)"
- uint8_t count;
- for (count = 0; value; count++)
- {
- value &= value - 1; // clear the least significant bit set
- }
-
- return count;
-}
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- }
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _COMMON_H_ */
-
-/** @} */
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/common/compiler.h
--- a/nRF51822/common/compiler.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @file compiler.h
- @author hathach (tinyusb.org)
-
- @section LICENSE
-
- Software License Agreement (BSD License)
-
- Copyright (c) 2013, K. Townsend (microBuilder.eu)
- All rights reserved.
-
- Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- 3. Neither the name of the copyright holders nor the
- names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
- derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
-
- THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS ''AS IS'' AND ANY
- EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
- WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY
- DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
- INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
- LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED AND
- ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
- SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief GCC Header
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Compiler
- * \defgroup Group_GCC GNU GCC
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _COMPILER_GCC_H_
-#define _COMPILER_GCC_H_
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#include "projectconfig.h"
-
-//#ifndef __GNUC__
-// #define ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE
-// #define ATTR_CONST
-//#else
-
-#ifdef _TEST_
- #define ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE
- #define STATIC_
- #define INLINE_
-#else
- #define STATIC_ static
- #define INLINE_ inline
-
- #if CFG_DEBUG == 3
- #define ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE // no inline for debug = 3
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#define ALIGN_OF(x) __alignof__(x)
-
-/// Normally, the compiler places the objects it generates in sections like data or bss & function in text. Sometimes, however, you need additional sections, or you need certain particular variables to appear in special sections, for example to map to special hardware. The section attribute specifies that a variable (or function) lives in a particular section
-#define ATTR_SECTION(section) __attribute__ ((#section))
-
-/// If this attribute is used on a function declaration and a call to such a function is not eliminated through dead code elimination or other optimizations, an error that includes message is diagnosed. This is useful for compile-time checking
-#define ATTR_ERROR(Message) __attribute__ ((error(Message)))
-
-/// If this attribute is used on a function declaration and a call to such a function is not eliminated through dead code elimination or other optimizations, a warning that includes message is diagnosed. This is useful for compile-time checking
-#define ATTR_WARNING(Message) __attribute__ ((warning(Message)))
-
-/**
- * \defgroup Group_VariableAttr Variable Attributes
- * @{
- */
-
-/// This attribute specifies a minimum alignment for the variable or structure field, measured in bytes
-#define ATTR_ALIGNED(Bytes) __attribute__ ((aligned(Bytes)))
-
-/// The packed attribute specifies that a variable or structure field should have the smallest possible alignmentâone byte for a variable, and one bit for a field, unless you specify a larger value with the aligned attribute
-#define ATTR_PACKED __attribute__ ((packed))
-
-#define ATTR_PREPACKED
-
-#define ATTR_PACKED_STRUCT(x) x __attribute__ ((packed))
-/** @} */
-
-/**
- * \defgroup Group_FuncAttr Function Attributes
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE
-/// Generally, functions are not inlined unless optimization is specified. For functions declared inline, this attribute inlines the function even if no optimization level is specified
-#define ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE __attribute__ ((always_inline))
-#endif
-
-/// The nonnull attribute specifies that some function parameters should be non-null pointers. f the compiler determines that a null pointer is passed in an argument slot marked as non-null, and the -Wnonnull option is enabled, a warning is issued. All pointer arguments are marked as non-null
-#define ATTR_NON_NULL __attribute__ ((nonull))
-
-/// Many functions have no effects except the return value and their return value depends only on the parameters and/or global variables. Such a function can be subject to common subexpression elimination and loop optimization just as an arithmetic operator would be. These functions should be declared with the attribute pure
-#define ATTR_PURE __attribute__ ((pure))
-
-/// Many functions do not examine any values except their arguments, and have no effects except the return value. Basically this is just slightly more strict class than the pure attribute below, since function is not allowed to read global memory.
-/// Note that a function that has pointer arguments and examines the data pointed to must not be declared const. Likewise, a function that calls a non-const function usually must not be const. It does not make sense for a const function to return void
-#define ATTR_CONST __attribute__ ((const))
-
-/// The deprecated attribute results in a warning if the function is used anywhere in the source file. This is useful when identifying functions that are expected to be removed in a future version of a program. The warning also includes the location of the declaration of the deprecated function, to enable users to easily find further information about why the function is deprecated, or what they should do instead. Note that the warnings only occurs for uses
-#define ATTR_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((deprecated))
-
-/// Same as the deprecated attribute with optional message in the warning
-#define ATTR_DEPRECATED_MESS(mess) __attribute__ ((deprecated(mess)))
-
-/// The weak attribute causes the declaration to be emitted as a weak symbol rather than a global. This is primarily useful in defining library functions that can be overridden in user code
-#define ATTR_WEAK __attribute__ ((weak))
-
-/// The alias attribute causes the declaration to be emitted as an alias for another symbol, which must be specified
-#define ATTR_ALIAS(func) __attribute__ ((alias(#func)))
-
-/// The weakref attribute marks a declaration as a weak reference. It is equivalent with weak + alias attribute, but require function is static
-#define ATTR_WEAKREF(func) __attribute__ ((weakref(#func)))
-
-/// The warn_unused_result attribute causes a warning to be emitted if a caller of the function with this attribute does not use its return value. This is useful for functions where not checking the result is either a security problem or always a bug
-#define ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT __attribute__ ((warn_unused_result))
-
-/// This attribute, attached to a function, means that code must be emitted for the function even if it appears that the function is not referenced. This is useful, for example, when the function is referenced only in inline assembly.
-#define ATTR_USED __attribute__ ((used))
-
-/// This attribute, attached to a function, means that the function is meant to be possibly unused. GCC does not produce a warning for this function.
-#define ATTR_UNUSED __attribute__ ((unused))
-
-/** @} */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
- }
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _COMPILER_GCC_H_ */
-
-/// @}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nRF51822n.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/nRF51822n.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#include "mbed.h"
-#include "nRF51822n.h"
-#include "nrf_soc.h"
-
-#include "btle/btle.h"
-
-/**
- * The singleton which represents the nRF51822 transport for the BLEDevice.
- */
-static nRF51822n deviceInstance;
-
-/**
- * BLE-API requires an implementation of the following function in order to
- * obtain its transport handle.
- */
-BLEDeviceInstanceBase *
-createBLEDeviceInstance(void)
-{
- return (&deviceInstance);
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Constructor
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-nRF51822n::nRF51822n(void)
-{
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Destructor
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-nRF51822n::~nRF51822n(void)
-{
-}
-
-const char *nRF51822n::getVersion(void)
-{
- static char versionString[10];
- static bool versionFetched = false;
-
- if (!versionFetched) {
- ble_version_t version;
- if (sd_ble_version_get(&version) == NRF_SUCCESS) {
- snprintf(versionString, sizeof(versionString), "%u.%u", version.version_number, version.subversion_number);
- versionFetched = true;
- } else {
- strncpy(versionString, "unknown", sizeof(versionString));
- }
- }
-
- return versionString;
-}
-
-/* (Valid values are -40, -20, -16, -12, -8, -4, 0, 4) */
-ble_error_t nRF51822n::setTxPower(int8_t txPower)
-{
- unsigned rc;
- if ((rc = sd_ble_gap_tx_power_set(txPower)) != NRF_SUCCESS) {
- switch (rc) {
- case NRF_ERROR_BUSY:
- return BLE_STACK_BUSY;
- case NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM:
- default:
- return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
- }
- }
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Initialises anything required to start using BLE
-
- @returns ble_error_t
-
- @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
- Everything executed properly
-
- @section EXAMPLE
-
- @code
-
- @endcode
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-ble_error_t nRF51822n::init(void)
-{
- /* ToDo: Clear memory contents, reset the SD, etc. */
- btle_init();
-
- reset();
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Resets the BLE HW, removing any existing services and
- characteristics
-
- @returns ble_error_t
-
- @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
- Everything executed properly
-
- @section EXAMPLE
-
- @code
-
- @endcode
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-ble_error_t nRF51822n::reset(void)
-{
- wait(0.5);
-
- /* Wait for the radio to come back up */
- wait(1);
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
-}
-
-void
-nRF51822n::waitForEvent(void)
-{
- sd_app_evt_wait();
-}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nRF51822n.h
--- a/nRF51822/nRF51822n.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __NRF51822_H__
-#define __NRF51822_H__
-
-#define NRF51
-#define DEBUG_NRF_USER
-#define BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
-#define BOARD_PCA10001
-
-#include "mbed.h"
-#include "blecommon.h"
-#include "BLEDevice.h"
-#include "nRF51Gap.h"
-#include "nRF51GattServer.h"
-
-class nRF51822n : public BLEDeviceInstanceBase
-{
-public:
- nRF51822n(void);
- virtual ~nRF51822n(void);
-
- virtual const char *getVersion(void);
-
- virtual Gap &getGap() {
- return nRF51Gap::getInstance();
- };
- virtual GattServer &getGattServer() {
- return nRF51GattServer::getInstance();
- };
-
- virtual ble_error_t setTxPower(int8_t txPower);
-
- virtual ble_error_t init(void);
- virtual ble_error_t reset(void);
- virtual void waitForEvent(void);
-};
-
-#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nRF51Gap.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/nRF51Gap.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,316 +0,0 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#include "nRF51Gap.h"
-#include "mbed.h"
-
-#include "common/common.h"
-#include "ble_advdata.h"
-#include "ble_hci.h"
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Sets the advertising parameters and payload for the device
-
- @param[in] params
- Basic advertising details, including the advertising
- delay, timeout and how the device should be advertised
- @params[in] advData
- The primary advertising data payload
- @params[in] scanResponse
- The optional Scan Response payload if the advertising
- type is set to \ref GapAdvertisingParams::ADV_SCANNABLE_UNDIRECTED
- in \ref GapAdveritinngParams
-
- @returns \ref ble_error_t
-
- @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
- Everything executed properly
-
- @retval BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW
- The proposed action would cause a buffer overflow. All
- advertising payloads must be <= 31 bytes, for example.
-
- @retval BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED
- A feature was requested that is not yet supported in the
- nRF51 firmware or hardware.
-
- @retval BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE
- One of the proposed values is outside the valid range.
-
- @section EXAMPLE
-
- @code
-
- @endcode
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-ble_error_t nRF51Gap::setAdvertisingData(const GapAdvertisingData &advData, const GapAdvertisingData &scanResponse)
-{
- /* Make sure we don't exceed the advertising payload length */
- if (advData.getPayloadLen() > GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_MAX_PAYLOAD) {
- return BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
- }
-
- /* Make sure we have a payload! */
- if (advData.getPayloadLen() == 0) {
- return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
- }
-
- /* Check the scan response payload limits */
- //if ((params.getAdvertisingType() == GapAdvertisingParams::ADV_SCANNABLE_UNDIRECTED))
- //{
- // /* Check if we're within the upper limit */
- // if (advData.getPayloadLen() > GAP_ADVERTISING_DATA_MAX_PAYLOAD)
- // {
- // return BLE_ERROR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
- // }
- // /* Make sure we have a payload! */
- // if (advData.getPayloadLen() == 0)
- // {
- // return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
- // }
- //}
-
- /* Send advertising data! */
- ASSERT(ERROR_NONE ==
- sd_ble_gap_adv_data_set(advData.getPayload(),
- advData.getPayloadLen(),
- scanResponse.getPayload(),
- scanResponse.getPayloadLen()),
- BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
-
- /* Make sure the GAP Service appearance value is aligned with the
- *appearance from GapAdvertisingData */
- ASSERT(ERROR_NONE == sd_ble_gap_appearance_set(advData.getAppearance()),
- BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
-
- /* ToDo: Perform some checks on the payload, for example the Scan Response can't */
- /* contains a flags AD type, etc. */
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Starts the BLE HW, initialising any services that were
- added before this function was called.
-
- @note All services must be added before calling this function!
-
- @returns ble_error_t
-
- @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
- Everything executed properly
-
- @section EXAMPLE
-
- @code
-
- @endcode
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-ble_error_t nRF51Gap::startAdvertising(const GapAdvertisingParams ¶ms)
-{
- /* Make sure we support the advertising type */
- if (params.getAdvertisingType() == GapAdvertisingParams::ADV_CONNECTABLE_DIRECTED) {
- /* ToDo: This requires a propery security implementation, etc. */
- return BLE_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
- }
-
- /* Check interval range */
- if (params.getAdvertisingType() == GapAdvertisingParams::ADV_NON_CONNECTABLE_UNDIRECTED) {
- /* Min delay is slightly longer for unconnectable devices */
- if ((params.getInterval() < GAP_ADV_PARAMS_INTERVAL_MIN_NONCON) ||
- (params.getInterval() > GAP_ADV_PARAMS_INTERVAL_MAX)) {
- return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
- }
- } else {
- if ((params.getInterval() < GAP_ADV_PARAMS_INTERVAL_MIN) ||
- (params.getInterval() > GAP_ADV_PARAMS_INTERVAL_MAX)) {
- return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
- }
- }
-
- /* Check timeout is zero for Connectable Directed */
- if ((params.getAdvertisingType() == GapAdvertisingParams::ADV_CONNECTABLE_DIRECTED) && (params.getTimeout() != 0)) {
- /* Timeout must be 0 with this type, although we'll never get here */
- /* since this isn't implemented yet anyway */
- return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
- }
-
- /* Check timeout for other advertising types */
- if ((params.getAdvertisingType() != GapAdvertisingParams::ADV_CONNECTABLE_DIRECTED) &&
- (params.getTimeout() > GAP_ADV_PARAMS_TIMEOUT_MAX)) {
- return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
- }
-
- /* Start Advertising */
- ble_gap_adv_params_t adv_para = {0};
-
- adv_para.type = params.getAdvertisingType();
- adv_para.p_peer_addr = NULL; // Undirected advertisement
- adv_para.fp = BLE_GAP_ADV_FP_ANY;
- adv_para.p_whitelist = NULL;
- adv_para.interval = params.getInterval(); // advertising interval (in units of 0.625 ms)
- adv_para.timeout = params.getTimeout();
-
- ASSERT(ERROR_NONE == sd_ble_gap_adv_start(&adv_para),
- BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
-
- state.advertising = 1;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Stops the BLE HW and disconnects from any devices
-
- @returns ble_error_t
-
- @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
- Everything executed properly
-
- @section EXAMPLE
-
- @code
-
- @endcode
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-ble_error_t nRF51Gap::stopAdvertising(void)
-{
- /* Stop Advertising */
- ASSERT(ERROR_NONE == sd_ble_gap_adv_stop(), BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
-
- state.advertising = 0;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Disconnects if we are connected to a central device
-
- @returns ble_error_t
-
- @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
- Everything executed properly
-
- @section EXAMPLE
-
- @code
-
- @endcode
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-ble_error_t nRF51Gap::disconnect(void)
-{
- state.advertising = 0;
- state.connected = 0;
-
- /* Disconnect if we are connected to a central device */
- ASSERT_INT(ERROR_NONE,
- sd_ble_gap_disconnect(m_connectionHandle, BLE_HCI_REMOTE_USER_TERMINATED_CONNECTION), BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
-}
-
-ble_error_t nRF51Gap::getPreferredConnectionParams(ConnectionParams_t *params)
-{
- ASSERT_INT(NRF_SUCCESS,
- sd_ble_gap_ppcp_get(reinterpret_cast<ble_gap_conn_params_t *>(params)),
- BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
-}
-
-ble_error_t nRF51Gap::setPreferredConnectionParams(const ConnectionParams_t *params)
-{
- ASSERT_INT(NRF_SUCCESS,
- sd_ble_gap_ppcp_set(reinterpret_cast<const ble_gap_conn_params_t *>(params)),
- BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
-}
-
-ble_error_t nRF51Gap::updateConnectionParams(Handle_t handle, const ConnectionParams_t *newParams)
-{
- uint32_t rc;
-
- rc = sd_ble_gap_conn_param_update(handle,
- reinterpret_cast<ble_gap_conn_params_t *>(const_cast<ConnectionParams_t*>(newParams)));
- if (rc == NRF_SUCCESS) {
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- } else {
- return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
- }
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Sets the 16-bit connection handle
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-void nRF51Gap::setConnectionHandle(uint16_t con_handle)
-{
- m_connectionHandle = con_handle;
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Gets the 16-bit connection handle
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-uint16_t nRF51Gap::getConnectionHandle(void)
-{
- return m_connectionHandle;
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Sets the BLE device address
-
- @returns ble_error_t
-
- @section EXAMPLE
-
- @code
-
- uint8_t device_address[6] = { 0xca, 0xfe, 0xf0, 0xf0, 0xf0, 0xf0 };
- nrf.getGap().setAddress(Gap::ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC, device_address);
-
- @endcode
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-ble_error_t nRF51Gap::setAddress(addr_type_t type, const uint8_t address[6])
-{
- if (type > ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_NON_RESOLVABLE) {
- return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
- }
-
- ble_gap_addr_t dev_addr;
- dev_addr.addr_type = type;
- memcpy(dev_addr.addr, address, 6);
-
- ASSERT_INT(ERROR_NONE,
- sd_ble_gap_address_set(BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_NONE, &dev_addr),
- BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
-
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
-}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nRF51Gap.h
--- a/nRF51822/nRF51Gap.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __NRF51822_GAP_H__
-#define __NRF51822_GAP_H__
-
-#include "mbed.h"
-#include "blecommon.h"
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "GapAdvertisingParams.h"
-#include "GapAdvertisingData.h"
-#include "public/Gap.h"
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- \brief
-
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-class nRF51Gap : public Gap
-{
-public:
- static nRF51Gap &getInstance() {
- static nRF51Gap m_instance;
- return m_instance;
- }
-
- /* Functions that must be implemented from Gap */
- virtual ble_error_t setAddress(addr_type_t type,
- const uint8_t address[6]);
- virtual ble_error_t setAdvertisingData(const GapAdvertisingData &,
- const GapAdvertisingData &);
- virtual ble_error_t startAdvertising(const GapAdvertisingParams &);
- virtual ble_error_t stopAdvertising(void);
- virtual ble_error_t disconnect(void);
-
- void setConnectionHandle(uint16_t con_handle);
- uint16_t getConnectionHandle(void);
-
- virtual ble_error_t getPreferredConnectionParams(ConnectionParams_t *params);
- virtual ble_error_t setPreferredConnectionParams(const ConnectionParams_t *params);
- virtual ble_error_t updateConnectionParams(Handle_t handle, const ConnectionParams_t *params);
-
-private:
- uint16_t m_connectionHandle;
- nRF51Gap() {
- m_connectionHandle = BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID;
- }
-
- nRF51Gap(nRF51Gap const &);
- void operator=(nRF51Gap const &);
-};
-
-#endif // ifndef __NRF51822_GAP_H__
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nRF51GattServer.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/nRF51GattServer.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,300 +0,0 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#include "nRF51GattServer.h"
-#include "mbed.h"
-
-#include "common/common.h"
-#include "btle/custom/custom_helper.h"
-
-#include "nRF51Gap.h"
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Adds a new service to the GATT table on the peripheral
-
- @returns ble_error_t
-
- @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
- Everything executed properly
-
- @section EXAMPLE
-
- @code
-
- @endcode
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-ble_error_t nRF51GattServer::addService(GattService &service)
-{
- /* ToDo: Make sure we don't overflow the array, etc. */
- /* ToDo: Make sure this service UUID doesn't already exist (?) */
- /* ToDo: Basic validation */
-
- /* Add the service to the nRF51 */
- ble_uuid_t nordicUUID;
- nordicUUID = custom_convert_to_nordic_uuid(service.getUUID());
-
- uint16_t serviceHandle;
- ASSERT( ERROR_NONE ==
- sd_ble_gatts_service_add(BLE_GATTS_SRVC_TYPE_PRIMARY,
- &nordicUUID,
- &serviceHandle),
- BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE );
- service.setHandle(serviceHandle);
-
- /* Add characteristics to the service */
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i < service.getCharacteristicCount(); i++) {
- GattCharacteristic *p_char = service.getCharacteristic(i);
-
- nordicUUID = custom_convert_to_nordic_uuid(p_char->getUUID());
-
- ASSERT ( ERROR_NONE ==
- custom_add_in_characteristic(service.getHandle(),
- &nordicUUID,
- p_char->getProperties(),
- NULL,
- p_char->getInitialLength(),
- p_char->getMaxLength(),
- &nrfCharacteristicHandles[characteristicCount]),
- BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE );
-
- /* Update the characteristic handle */
- uint16_t charHandle = characteristicCount;
- p_characteristics[characteristicCount++] = p_char;
-
- p_char->setHandle(charHandle);
- if ((p_char->getValuePtr() != NULL) && (p_char->getInitialLength() > 0)) {
- updateValue(charHandle, p_char->getValuePtr(), p_char->getInitialLength(), false /* localOnly */);
- }
- }
-
- serviceCount++;
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Reads the value of a characteristic, based on the service
- and characteristic index fields
-
- @param[in] charHandle
- The handle of the GattCharacteristic to read from
- @param[in] buffer
- Buffer to hold the the characteristic's value
- (raw byte array in LSB format)
- @param[in] len
- The number of bytes read into the buffer
-
- @returns ble_error_t
-
- @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
- Everything executed properly
-
- @section EXAMPLE
-
- @code
-
- @endcode
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-ble_error_t nRF51GattServer::readValue(uint16_t charHandle, uint8_t buffer[], uint16_t *const lengthP)
-{
- ASSERT( ERROR_NONE ==
- sd_ble_gatts_value_get(nrfCharacteristicHandles[charHandle].value_handle, 0, lengthP, buffer),
- BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE);
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Updates the value of a characteristic, based on the service
- and characteristic index fields
-
- @param[in] charHandle
- The handle of the GattCharacteristic to write to
- @param[in] buffer
- Data to use when updating the characteristic's value
- (raw byte array in LSB format)
- @param[in] len
- The number of bytes in buffer
-
- @returns ble_error_t
-
- @retval BLE_ERROR_NONE
- Everything executed properly
-
- @section EXAMPLE
-
- @code
-
- @endcode
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-ble_error_t nRF51GattServer::updateValue(uint16_t charHandle, uint8_t buffer[], uint16_t len, bool localOnly)
-{
- uint16_t gapConnectionHandle = nRF51Gap::getInstance().getConnectionHandle();
-
- if (localOnly) {
- /* Only update locally regardless of notify/indicate */
- ASSERT_INT( ERROR_NONE,
- sd_ble_gatts_value_set(nrfCharacteristicHandles[charHandle].value_handle, 0, &len, buffer),
- BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE );
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- }
-
- if ((p_characteristics[charHandle]->getProperties() &
- (GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_INDICATE |
- GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NOTIFY)) &&
- (gapConnectionHandle != BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID)) {
- /* HVX update for the characteristic value */
- ble_gatts_hvx_params_t hvx_params;
-
- hvx_params.handle = nrfCharacteristicHandles[charHandle].value_handle;
- hvx_params.type =
- (p_characteristics[charHandle]->getProperties() &
- GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NOTIFY) ?
- BLE_GATT_HVX_NOTIFICATION : BLE_GATT_HVX_INDICATION;
- hvx_params.offset = 0;
- hvx_params.p_data = buffer;
- hvx_params.p_len = &len;
-
- error_t error = (error_t) sd_ble_gatts_hvx(gapConnectionHandle, &hvx_params);
-
- /* ERROR_INVALID_STATE, ERROR_BUSY, ERROR_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_MISSING and
- *ERROR_NO_TX_BUFFERS the ATT table has been updated. */
- if ((error != ERROR_NONE) && (error != ERROR_INVALID_STATE) &&
- (error != ERROR_BLE_NO_TX_BUFFERS) && (error != ERROR_BUSY) &&
- (error != ERROR_BLEGATTS_SYS_ATTR_MISSING)) {
- ASSERT_INT( ERROR_NONE,
- sd_ble_gatts_value_set(nrfCharacteristicHandles[charHandle].value_handle, 0, &len, buffer),
- BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE );
- }
- } else {
- ASSERT_INT( ERROR_NONE,
- sd_ble_gatts_value_set(nrfCharacteristicHandles[charHandle].value_handle, 0, &len, buffer),
- BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE );
- }
-
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
-}
-
-ble_error_t nRF51GattServer::setDeviceName(const uint8_t *deviceName)
-{
- ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t sec_mode;
- BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_OPEN(&sec_mode); // no security is needed
-
- if (sd_ble_gap_device_name_set(&sec_mode, deviceName, strlen((const char *)deviceName)) == NRF_SUCCESS) {
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- } else {
- return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
- }
-}
-
-ble_error_t nRF51GattServer::getDeviceName(uint8_t *deviceName, unsigned *lengthP)
-{
- if (sd_ble_gap_device_name_get(deviceName, (uint16_t *)lengthP) == NRF_SUCCESS) {
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- } else {
- return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
- }
-}
-
-ble_error_t nRF51GattServer::setAppearance(uint16_t appearance)
-{
- if (sd_ble_gap_appearance_set(appearance) == NRF_SUCCESS) {
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- } else {
- return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
- }
-}
-
-ble_error_t nRF51GattServer::getAppearance(uint16_t *appearanceP)
-{
- if (sd_ble_gap_appearance_get(appearanceP)) {
- return BLE_ERROR_NONE;
- } else {
- return BLE_ERROR_PARAM_OUT_OF_RANGE;
- }
-}
-
-/**************************************************************************/
-/*!
- @brief Callback handler for events getting pushed up from the SD
-*/
-/**************************************************************************/
-void nRF51GattServer::hwCallback(ble_evt_t *p_ble_evt)
-{
- uint16_t handle_value;
- GattServerEvents::gattEvent_t event;
-
- switch (p_ble_evt->header.evt_id) {
- case BLE_GATTS_EVT_WRITE:
- /* There are 2 use case here: Values being updated & CCCD (indicate/notify) enabled */
-
- /* 1.) Handle CCCD changes */
- handle_value = p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.params.write.handle;
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i<characteristicCount; i++) {
- if ((p_characteristics[i]->getProperties() & (GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_INDICATE | GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NOTIFY)) &&
- (nrfCharacteristicHandles[i].cccd_handle == handle_value)) {
- uint16_t cccd_value =
- (p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.params.write.data[1] << 8) |
- p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.params.write.data[0]; /* Little Endian but M0 may be mis-aligned */
-
- if (((p_characteristics[i]->getProperties() & GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_INDICATE) && (cccd_value & BLE_GATT_HVX_INDICATION)) ||
- ((p_characteristics[i]->getProperties() & GattCharacteristic::BLE_GATT_CHAR_PROPERTIES_NOTIFY) && (cccd_value & BLE_GATT_HVX_NOTIFICATION))) {
- event = GattServerEvents::GATT_EVENT_UPDATES_ENABLED;
- } else {
- event = GattServerEvents::GATT_EVENT_UPDATES_DISABLED;
- }
-
- handleEvent(event, i);
- return;
- }
- }
-
- /* 2.) Changes to the characteristic value will be handled with other events below */
- event = GattServerEvents::GATT_EVENT_DATA_WRITTEN;
- break;
-
- case BLE_EVT_TX_COMPLETE:
- handleEvent(GattServerEvents::GATT_EVENT_DATA_SENT);
- return;
-
- case BLE_GATTS_EVT_HVC:
- /* Indication confirmation received */
- event = GattServerEvents::GATT_EVENT_CONFIRMATION_RECEIVED;
- handle_value = p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.params.hvc.handle;
- break;
-
- case BLE_GATTS_EVT_SYS_ATTR_MISSING:
- sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set(p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.conn_handle, NULL, 0);
- return;
-
- default:
- return;
- }
-
- /* Find index (charHandle) in the pool */
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i<characteristicCount; i++) {
- if (nrfCharacteristicHandles[i].value_handle == handle_value) {
- handleEvent(event, i);
- break;
- }
- }
-}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nRF51GattServer.h
--- a/nRF51822/nRF51GattServer.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-/* mbed Microcontroller Library
- * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited
- *
- * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
- * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
- * You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef __NRF51822_GATT_SERVER_H__
-#define __NRF51822_GATT_SERVER_H__
-
-#include "mbed.h"
-#include "blecommon.h"
-#include "ble.h" /* nordic ble */
-#include "GattService.h"
-#include "public/GattServer.h"
-
-#define BLE_TOTAL_CHARACTERISTICS 10
-
-class nRF51GattServer : public GattServer
-{
-public:
- static nRF51GattServer &getInstance() {
- static nRF51GattServer m_instance;
- return m_instance;
- }
-
- /* Functions that must be implemented from GattServer */
- virtual ble_error_t addService(GattService &);
- virtual ble_error_t readValue(uint16_t handle, uint8_t buffer[], uint16_t *const lengthP);
- virtual ble_error_t updateValue(uint16_t, uint8_t[], uint16_t, bool localOnly = false);
-
- virtual ble_error_t setDeviceName(const uint8_t *deviceName);
- virtual ble_error_t getDeviceName(uint8_t *deviceName, unsigned *lengthP);
- virtual ble_error_t setAppearance(uint16_t appearance);
- virtual ble_error_t getAppearance(uint16_t *appearanceP);
-
- /* nRF51 Functions */
- void eventCallback(void);
- void hwCallback(ble_evt_t *p_ble_evt);
-
-private:
- GattCharacteristic *p_characteristics[BLE_TOTAL_CHARACTERISTICS];
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t nrfCharacteristicHandles[BLE_TOTAL_CHARACTERISTICS];
-
- nRF51GattServer() {
- serviceCount = 0;
- characteristicCount = 0;
- };
-
- nRF51GattServer(nRF51GattServer const &);
- void operator=(nRF51GattServer const &);
-};
-
-#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/app_common/app_gpiote.c
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/app_common/app_gpiote.c Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,360 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-#include "app_gpiote.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "app_util.h"
-#include "app_util_platform.h"
-#include "nrf_error.h"
-#include "nrf_gpio.h"
-
-
-/**@brief GPIOTE user type. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint32_t pins_mask; /**< Mask defining which pins user wants to monitor. */
- uint32_t pins_low_to_high_mask; /**< Mask defining which pins will generate events to this user when toggling low->high. */
- uint32_t pins_high_to_low_mask; /**< Mask defining which pins will generate events to this user when toggling high->low. */
- uint32_t sense_high_pins; /**< Mask defining which pins are configured to generate GPIOTE interrupt on transition to high level. */
- app_gpiote_event_handler_t event_handler; /**< Pointer to function to be executed when an event occurs. */
-} gpiote_user_t;
-
-STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(gpiote_user_t) <= GPIOTE_USER_NODE_SIZE);
-STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(gpiote_user_t) % 4 == 0);
-
-static uint32_t m_enabled_users_mask; /**< Mask for tracking which users are enabled. */
-static uint8_t m_user_array_size; /**< Size of user array. */
-static uint8_t m_user_count; /**< Number of registered users. */
-static gpiote_user_t * mp_users = NULL; /**< Array of GPIOTE users. */
-
-
-/**@brief Function for toggling sense level for specified pins.
- *
- * @param[in] p_user Pointer to user structure.
- * @param[in] pins Bitmask specifying for which pins the sense level is to be toggled.
- */
-static void sense_level_toggle(gpiote_user_t * p_user, uint32_t pins)
-{
- uint32_t pin_no;
-
- for (pin_no = 0; pin_no < NO_OF_PINS; pin_no++)
- {
- uint32_t pin_mask = (1 << pin_no);
-
- if ((pins & pin_mask) != 0)
- {
- uint32_t sense;
-
- // Invert sensing.
- if ((p_user->sense_high_pins & pin_mask) == 0)
- {
- sense = GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_High << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos;
- p_user->sense_high_pins |= pin_mask;
- }
- else
- {
- sense = GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Low << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos;
- p_user->sense_high_pins &= ~pin_mask;
- }
-
- NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_no] &= ~GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Msk;
- NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_no] |= sense;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the GPIOTE interrupt.
- */
-void GPIOTE_IRQHandler(void)
-{
- uint8_t i;
- uint32_t pins_changed;
- uint32_t pins_state = NRF_GPIO->IN;
-
- // Clear event.
- NRF_GPIOTE->EVENTS_PORT = 0;
-
- // Check all users.
- for (i = 0; i < m_user_count; i++)
- {
- gpiote_user_t * p_user = &mp_users[i];
-
- // Check if user is enabled.
- if (((1 << i) & m_enabled_users_mask) != 0)
- {
- uint32_t transition_pins;
- uint32_t event_low_to_high;
- uint32_t event_high_to_low;
-
- // Find set of pins on which there has been a transition.
- transition_pins = (pins_state ^ ~p_user->sense_high_pins) & p_user->pins_mask;
-
- // Toggle SENSE level for all pins that have changed state.
- sense_level_toggle(p_user, transition_pins);
-
- // Second read after setting sense.
- // Check if any pins have changed while serving this interrupt.
- pins_changed = NRF_GPIO->IN ^ pins_state;
- if (pins_changed)
- {
- // Transition pins detected in late stage.
- uint32_t late_transition_pins;
-
- pins_state |= pins_changed;
-
- // Find set of pins on which there has been a transition.
- late_transition_pins = (pins_state ^ ~p_user->sense_high_pins) & p_user->pins_mask;
-
- // Toggle SENSE level for all pins that have changed state in last phase.
- sense_level_toggle(p_user, late_transition_pins);
-
- // Update pins that has changed state since the interrupt occurred.
- transition_pins |= late_transition_pins;
- }
-
- // Call user event handler if an event has occurred.
- event_high_to_low = (~pins_state & p_user->pins_high_to_low_mask) & transition_pins;
- event_low_to_high = (pins_state & p_user->pins_low_to_high_mask) & transition_pins;
-
- if ((event_low_to_high | event_high_to_low) != 0)
- {
- p_user->event_handler(event_low_to_high, event_high_to_low);
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for sense disabling for all pins for specified user.
- *
- * @param[in] user_id User id.
- */
-static void pins_sense_disable(app_gpiote_user_id_t user_id)
-{
- uint32_t pin_no;
-
- for (pin_no = 0; pin_no < 32; pin_no++)
- {
- if ((mp_users[user_id].pins_mask & (1 << pin_no)) != 0)
- {
- NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_no] &= ~GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Msk;
- NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_no] |= GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-uint32_t app_gpiote_init(uint8_t max_users, void * p_buffer)
-{
- if (p_buffer == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- // Check that buffer is correctly aligned.
- if (!is_word_aligned(p_buffer))
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- // Initialize file globals.
- mp_users = (gpiote_user_t *)p_buffer;
- m_user_array_size = max_users;
- m_user_count = 0;
- m_enabled_users_mask = 0;
-
- memset(mp_users, 0, m_user_array_size * sizeof(gpiote_user_t));
-
- // Initialize GPIOTE interrupt (will not be enabled until app_gpiote_user_enable() is called).
- NRF_GPIOTE->INTENCLR = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-
- NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(GPIOTE_IRQn);
- NVIC_SetPriority(GPIOTE_IRQn, APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_HIGH);
- NVIC_EnableIRQ(GPIOTE_IRQn);
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t app_gpiote_user_register(app_gpiote_user_id_t * p_user_id,
- uint32_t pins_low_to_high_mask,
- uint32_t pins_high_to_low_mask,
- app_gpiote_event_handler_t event_handler)
-{
- // Check state and parameters.
- if (mp_users == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
- }
- if (event_handler == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
- if (m_user_count >= m_user_array_size)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
- }
-
- // Allocate new user.
- mp_users[m_user_count].pins_mask = pins_low_to_high_mask | pins_high_to_low_mask;
- mp_users[m_user_count].pins_low_to_high_mask = pins_low_to_high_mask;
- mp_users[m_user_count].pins_high_to_low_mask = pins_high_to_low_mask;
- mp_users[m_user_count].event_handler = event_handler;
-
- *p_user_id = m_user_count++;
-
- // Make sure SENSE is disabled for all pins.
- pins_sense_disable(*p_user_id);
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t app_gpiote_user_enable(app_gpiote_user_id_t user_id)
-{
- uint32_t pin_no;
- uint32_t pins_state;
-
- // Check state and parameters.
- if (mp_users == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
- }
- if (user_id >= m_user_count)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- // Clear any pending event.
- NRF_GPIOTE->EVENTS_PORT = 0;
- pins_state = NRF_GPIO->IN;
-
- // Enable user.
- if (m_enabled_users_mask == 0)
- {
- NRF_GPIOTE->INTENSET = GPIOTE_INTENSET_PORT_Msk;
- }
- m_enabled_users_mask |= (1 << user_id);
-
- // Enable sensing for all pins for specified user.
- mp_users[user_id].sense_high_pins = 0;
- for (pin_no = 0; pin_no < 32; pin_no++)
- {
- uint32_t pin_mask = (1 << pin_no);
-
- if ((mp_users[user_id].pins_mask & pin_mask) != 0)
- {
- uint32_t sense;
-
- if ((pins_state & pin_mask) != 0)
- {
- sense = GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Low << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos;
- }
- else
- {
- sense = GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_High << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos;
- mp_users[user_id].sense_high_pins |= pin_mask;
- }
-
- NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_no] &= ~GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Msk;
- NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_no] |= sense;
- }
- }
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t app_gpiote_user_disable(app_gpiote_user_id_t user_id)
-{
- // Check state and parameters.
- if (mp_users == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
- }
- if (user_id >= m_user_count)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- // Disable sensing for all pins for specified user.
- pins_sense_disable(user_id);
-
- // Disable user.
- m_enabled_users_mask &= ~(1UL << user_id);
- if (m_enabled_users_mask == 0)
- {
- NRF_GPIOTE->INTENCLR = GPIOTE_INTENSET_PORT_Msk;
- }
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t app_gpiote_pins_state_get(app_gpiote_user_id_t user_id, uint32_t * p_pins)
-{
- gpiote_user_t * p_user;
-
- // Check state and parameters.
- if (mp_users == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
- }
- if (user_id >= m_user_count)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- // Get pins.
- p_user = &mp_users[user_id];
- *p_pins = NRF_GPIO->IN & p_user->pins_mask;
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-#if defined(SVCALL_AS_NORMAL_FUNCTION) || defined(SER_CONNECTIVITY)
-uint32_t app_gpiote_input_event_handler_register(const uint8_t channel,
- const uint32_t pin,
- const uint32_t polarity,
- app_gpiote_input_event_handler_t event_handler)
-{
- (void)sense_level_toggle(NULL, pin);
- return NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
-}
-
-uint32_t app_gpiote_input_event_handler_unregister(const uint8_t channel)
-{
- return NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
-}
-
-uint32_t app_gpiote_end_irq_event_handler_register(app_gpiote_input_event_handler_t event_handler)
-{
- return NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
-}
-
-uint32_t app_gpiote_end_irq_event_handler_unregister(void)
-{
- return NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
-}
-
-uint32_t app_gpiote_enable_interrupts(void)
-{
- return NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
-}
-
-uint32_t app_gpiote_disable_interrupts(void)
-{
- return NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
-}
-#endif // SVCALL_AS_NORMAL_FUNCTION || SER_CONNECTIVITY
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/app_common/app_scheduler.c
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/app_common/app_scheduler.c Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-#include "app_scheduler.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "nrf_soc.h"
-#include "nrf_assert.h"
-#include "app_util.h"
-#include "app_util_platform.h"
-
-/**@brief Structure for holding a scheduled event header. */
-typedef struct
-{
- app_sched_event_handler_t handler; /**< Pointer to event handler to receive the event. */
- uint16_t event_data_size; /**< Size of event data. */
-} event_header_t;
-
-STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(event_header_t) <= APP_SCHED_EVENT_HEADER_SIZE);
-
-static event_header_t * m_queue_event_headers; /**< Array for holding the queue event headers. */
-static uint8_t * m_queue_event_data; /**< Array for holding the queue event data. */
-static volatile uint8_t m_queue_start_index; /**< Index of queue entry at the start of the queue. */
-static volatile uint8_t m_queue_end_index; /**< Index of queue entry at the end of the queue. */
-static uint16_t m_queue_event_size; /**< Maximum event size in queue. */
-static uint16_t m_queue_size; /**< Number of queue entries. */
-
-/**@brief Macro for checking if a queue is full. */
-#define APP_SCHED_QUEUE_FULL() (next_index(m_queue_end_index) == m_queue_start_index)
-
-/**@brief Macro for checking if a queue is empty. */
-#define APP_SCHED_QUEUE_EMPTY() (m_queue_end_index == m_queue_start_index)
-
-
-/**@brief Function for incrementing a queue index, and handle wrap-around.
- *
- * @param[in] index Old index.
- *
- * @return New (incremented) index.
- */
-static __INLINE uint8_t next_index(uint8_t index)
-{
- return (index < m_queue_size) ? (index + 1) : 0;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t app_sched_init(uint16_t event_size, uint16_t queue_size, void * p_event_buffer)
-{
- uint16_t data_start_index = (queue_size + 1) * sizeof(event_header_t);
-
- // Check that buffer is correctly aligned
- if (!is_word_aligned(p_event_buffer))
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- // Initialize event scheduler
- m_queue_event_headers = p_event_buffer;
- m_queue_event_data = &((uint8_t *)p_event_buffer)[data_start_index];
- m_queue_end_index = 0;
- m_queue_start_index = 0;
- m_queue_event_size = event_size;
- m_queue_size = queue_size;
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t app_sched_event_put(void * p_event_data,
- uint16_t event_data_size,
- app_sched_event_handler_t handler)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- if (event_data_size <= m_queue_event_size)
- {
- uint16_t event_index = 0xFFFF;
-
- CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER();
-
- if (!APP_SCHED_QUEUE_FULL())
- {
- event_index = m_queue_end_index;
- m_queue_end_index = next_index(m_queue_end_index);
- }
-
- CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT();
-
- if (event_index != 0xFFFF)
- {
- // NOTE: This can be done outside the critical region since the event consumer will
- // always be called from the main loop, and will thus never interrupt this code.
- m_queue_event_headers[event_index].handler = handler;
- if ((p_event_data != NULL) && (event_data_size > 0))
- {
- memcpy(&m_queue_event_data[event_index * m_queue_event_size],
- p_event_data,
- event_data_size);
- m_queue_event_headers[event_index].event_data_size = event_data_size;
- }
- else
- {
- m_queue_event_headers[event_index].event_data_size = 0;
- }
-
- err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
- }
- else
- {
- err_code = NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- err_code = NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH;
- }
-
- return err_code;
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for reading the next event from specified event queue.
- *
- * @param[out] pp_event_data Pointer to pointer to event data.
- * @param[out] p_event_data_size Pointer to size of event data.
- * @param[out] p_event_handler Pointer to event handler function pointer.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS if new event, NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND if event queue is empty.
- */
-static uint32_t app_sched_event_get(void ** pp_event_data,
- uint16_t * p_event_data_size,
- app_sched_event_handler_t * p_event_handler)
-{
- uint32_t err_code = NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND;
-
- if (!APP_SCHED_QUEUE_EMPTY())
- {
- uint16_t event_index;
-
- // NOTE: There is no need for a critical region here, as this function will only be called
- // from app_sched_execute() from inside the main loop, so it will never interrupt
- // app_sched_event_put(). Also, updating of (i.e. writing to) the start index will be
- // an atomic operation.
- event_index = m_queue_start_index;
- m_queue_start_index = next_index(m_queue_start_index);
-
- *pp_event_data = &m_queue_event_data[event_index * m_queue_event_size];
- *p_event_data_size = m_queue_event_headers[event_index].event_data_size;
- *p_event_handler = m_queue_event_headers[event_index].handler;
-
- err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- return err_code;
-}
-
-
-void app_sched_execute(void)
-{
- void * p_event_data;
- uint16_t event_data_size;
- app_sched_event_handler_t event_handler;
-
- // Get next event (if any), and execute handler
- while ((app_sched_event_get(&p_event_data, &event_data_size, &event_handler) == NRF_SUCCESS))
- {
- event_handler(p_event_data, event_data_size);
- }
-}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/app_common/app_timer.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/app_common/app_timer.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,1131 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-#include "app_timer.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "nrf51.h"
-#include "nrf51_bitfields.h"
-#include "nrf_soc.h"
-#include "app_error.h"
-//#include "nrf_delay.h"
-#include "mbed.h"
-#include "app_util.h"
-#include "app_util_platform.h"
-
-
-#define RTC1_IRQ_PRI APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_LOW /**< Priority of the RTC1 interrupt (used for checking for timeouts and executing timeout handlers). */
-#define SWI0_IRQ_PRI APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_LOW /**< Priority of the SWI0 interrupt (used for updating the timer list). */
-
-// The current design assumes that both interrupt handlers run at the same interrupt level.
-// If this is to be changed, protection must be added to prevent them from interrupting each other
-// (e.g. by using guard/trigger flags).
-STATIC_ASSERT(RTC1_IRQ_PRI == SWI0_IRQ_PRI);
-
-#define MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL 0x00FFFFFF /**< Maximum value of the RTC counter. */
-
-#define APP_HIGH_USER_ID 0 /**< User Id for the Application High "user". */
-#define APP_LOW_USER_ID 1 /**< User Id for the Application Low "user". */
-#define THREAD_MODE_USER_ID 2 /**< User Id for the Thread Mode "user". */
-
-#define RTC_COMPARE_OFFSET_MIN 3 /**< Minimum offset between the current RTC counter value and the Capture Compare register. Although the nRF51 Series User Specification recommends this value to be 2, we use 3 to be safer.*/
-
-#define MAX_RTC_TASKS_DELAY 47 /**< Maximum delay until an RTC task is executed. */
-
-/**@brief Timer allocation state type. */
-typedef enum
-{
- STATE_FREE, /**< The timer node is available. */
- STATE_ALLOCATED /**< The timer node has been allocated. */
-} timer_alloc_state_t;
-
-/**@brief Timer node type. The nodes will be used form a linked list of running timers. */
-typedef struct
-{
- timer_alloc_state_t state; /**< Timer allocation state. */
- app_timer_mode_t mode; /**< Timer mode. */
- uint32_t ticks_to_expire; /**< Number of ticks from previous timer interrupt to timer expiry. */
- uint32_t ticks_at_start; /**< Current RTC counter value when the timer was started. */
- uint32_t ticks_first_interval; /**< Number of ticks in the first timer interval. */
- uint32_t ticks_periodic_interval; /**< Timer period (for repeating timers). */
- bool is_running; /**< True if timer is running, False otherwise. */
- app_timer_timeout_handler_t p_timeout_handler; /**< Pointer to function to be executed when the timer expires. */
- void * p_context; /**< General purpose pointer. Will be passed to the timeout handler when the timer expires. */
- app_timer_id_t next; /**< Id of next timer in list of running timers. */
-} timer_node_t;
-
-STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(timer_node_t) <= APP_TIMER_NODE_SIZE);
-STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(timer_node_t) % 4 == 0);
-
-/**@brief Set of available timer operation types. */
-typedef enum
-{
- TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_NONE, /**< Invalid timer operation type. */
- TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_START, /**< Timer operation type Start. */
- TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP, /**< Timer operation type Stop. */
- TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP_ALL /**< Timer operation type Stop All. */
-} timer_user_op_type_t;
-
-/**@brief Structure describing a timer start operation. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint32_t ticks_at_start; /**< Current RTC counter value when the timer was started. */
- uint32_t ticks_first_interval; /**< Number of ticks in the first timer interval. */
- uint32_t ticks_periodic_interval; /**< Timer period (for repeating timers). */
- void * p_context; /**< General purpose pointer. Will be passed to the timeout handler when the timer expires. */
-} timer_user_op_start_t;
-
-/**@brief Structure describing a timer operation. */
-typedef struct
-{
- timer_user_op_type_t op_type; /**< Timer operation type. */
- app_timer_id_t timer_id; /**< Id of timer on which the operation is to be performed. */
- union
- {
- timer_user_op_start_t start; /**< Structure describing a timer start operation. */
- } params;
-} timer_user_op_t;
-
-STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(timer_user_op_t) <= APP_TIMER_USER_OP_SIZE);
-STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(timer_user_op_t) % 4 == 0);
-
-/**@brief Structure describing a timer user.
- *
- * @details For each user of the timer module, there will be a timer operations queue. This queue
- * will hold timer operations issued by this user until the timer interrupt handler
- * processes these operations. For the current implementation, there will be one user for
- * each interrupt level available to the application (APP_HIGH, APP_LOW and THREAD_MODE),
- * but the module can easily be modified to e.g. have one queue per process when using an
- * RTOS. The purpose of the queues is to be able to have a completely lockless timer
- * implementation.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t first; /**< Index of first entry to have been inserted in the queue (i.e. the next entry to be executed). */
- uint8_t last; /**< Index of last entry to have been inserted in the queue. */
- uint8_t user_op_queue_size; /**< Queue size. */
- timer_user_op_t * p_user_op_queue; /**< Queue buffer. */
-} timer_user_t;
-
-STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(timer_user_t) == APP_TIMER_USER_SIZE);
-STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(timer_user_t) % 4 == 0);
-
-/**@brief User id type.
- *
- * @details In the current implementation, this will automatically be generated from the current
- * interrupt level.
- */
-typedef uint32_t timer_user_id_t;
-
-#define TIMER_NULL ((app_timer_id_t)(0 - 1)) /**< Invalid timer id. */
-#define CONTEXT_QUEUE_SIZE_MAX (2) /**< Timer internal elapsed ticks queue size. */
-
-static uint8_t m_node_array_size; /**< Size of timer node array. */
-static timer_node_t * mp_nodes = NULL; /**< Array of timer nodes. */
-static uint8_t m_user_array_size; /**< Size of timer user array. */
-static timer_user_t * mp_users; /**< Array of timer users. */
-static app_timer_id_t m_timer_id_head; /**< First timer in list of running timers. */
-static uint32_t m_ticks_latest; /**< Last known RTC counter value. */
-static uint32_t m_ticks_elapsed[CONTEXT_QUEUE_SIZE_MAX]; /**< Timer internal elapsed ticks queue. */
-static uint8_t m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind; /**< Timer internal elapsed ticks queue read index. */
-static uint8_t m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind; /**< Timer internal elapsed ticks queue write index. */
-static app_timer_evt_schedule_func_t m_evt_schedule_func; /**< Pointer to function for propagating timeout events to the scheduler. */
-
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the RTC1 counter.
- *
- * @param[in] prescaler Value of the RTC1 PRESCALER register. Set to 0 for no prescaling.
- */
-static void rtc1_init(uint32_t prescaler)
-{
- NRF_RTC1->PRESCALER = prescaler;
- NVIC_SetPriority(RTC1_IRQn, RTC1_IRQ_PRI);
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for starting the RTC1 timer.
- */
-static void rtc1_start(void)
-{
- NRF_RTC1->EVTENSET = RTC_EVTEN_COMPARE0_Msk;
- NRF_RTC1->INTENSET = RTC_INTENSET_COMPARE0_Msk;
-
- NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(RTC1_IRQn);
- NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC1_IRQn);
-
- NRF_RTC1->TASKS_START = 1;
- wait(0.0000001 * MAX_RTC_TASKS_DELAY);
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for stopping the RTC1 timer.
- */
-static void rtc1_stop(void)
-{
- NVIC_DisableIRQ(RTC1_IRQn);
-
- NRF_RTC1->EVTENCLR = RTC_EVTEN_COMPARE0_Msk;
- NRF_RTC1->INTENCLR = RTC_INTENSET_COMPARE0_Msk;
-
- NRF_RTC1->TASKS_STOP = 1;
- wait(0.0000001 * MAX_RTC_TASKS_DELAY);
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for returning the current value of the RTC1 counter.
- *
- * @return Current value of the RTC1 counter.
- */
-static __INLINE uint32_t rtc1_counter_get(void)
-{
- return NRF_RTC1->COUNTER;
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for computing the difference between two RTC1 counter values.
- *
- * @return Number of ticks elapsed from ticks_old to ticks_now.
- */
-static __INLINE uint32_t ticks_diff_get(uint32_t ticks_now, uint32_t ticks_old)
-{
- return ((ticks_now - ticks_old) & MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL);
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for setting the RTC1 Capture Compare register 0, and enabling the corresponding
- * event.
- *
- * @param[in] value New value of Capture Compare register 0.
- */
-static __INLINE void rtc1_compare0_set(uint32_t value)
-{
- NRF_RTC1->CC[0] = value;
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for inserting a timer in the timer list.
- *
- * @param[in] timer_id Id of timer to insert.
- */
-static void timer_list_insert(app_timer_id_t timer_id)
-{
- timer_node_t * p_timer = &mp_nodes[timer_id];
-
- if (m_timer_id_head == TIMER_NULL)
- {
- m_timer_id_head = timer_id;
- }
- else
- {
- if (p_timer->ticks_to_expire <= mp_nodes[m_timer_id_head].ticks_to_expire)
- {
- mp_nodes[m_timer_id_head].ticks_to_expire -= p_timer->ticks_to_expire;
-
- p_timer->next = m_timer_id_head;
- m_timer_id_head = timer_id;
- }
- else
- {
- app_timer_id_t previous;
- app_timer_id_t current;
- uint32_t ticks_to_expire;
-
- ticks_to_expire = p_timer->ticks_to_expire;
- previous = m_timer_id_head;
- current = m_timer_id_head;
-
- while ((current != TIMER_NULL) && (ticks_to_expire > mp_nodes[current].ticks_to_expire))
- {
- ticks_to_expire -= mp_nodes[current].ticks_to_expire;
- previous = current;
- current = mp_nodes[current].next;
- }
-
- if (current != TIMER_NULL)
- {
- mp_nodes[current].ticks_to_expire -= ticks_to_expire;
- }
-
- p_timer->ticks_to_expire = ticks_to_expire;
- p_timer->next = current;
- mp_nodes[previous].next = timer_id;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for removing a timer from the timer queue.
- *
- * @param[in] timer_id Id of timer to remove.
- */
-static void timer_list_remove(app_timer_id_t timer_id)
-{
- app_timer_id_t previous;
- app_timer_id_t current;
- uint32_t timeout;
-
- // Find the timer's position in timer list
- previous = m_timer_id_head;
- current = previous;
-
- while (current != TIMER_NULL)
- {
- if (current == timer_id)
- {
- break;
- }
- previous = current;
- current = mp_nodes[current].next;
- }
-
- // Timer not in active list
- if (current == TIMER_NULL)
- {
- return;
- }
-
- // Timer is the first in the list
- if (previous == current)
- {
- m_timer_id_head = mp_nodes[m_timer_id_head].next;
- }
-
- // Remaining timeout between next timeout
- timeout = mp_nodes[current].ticks_to_expire;
-
- // Link previous timer with next of this timer, i.e. removing the timer from list
- mp_nodes[previous].next = mp_nodes[current].next;
-
- // If this is not the last timer, increment the next timer by this timer timeout
- current = mp_nodes[previous].next;
- if (current != TIMER_NULL)
- {
- mp_nodes[current].ticks_to_expire += timeout;
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for scheduling a check for timeouts by generating a RTC1 interrupt.
- */
-static void timer_timeouts_check_sched(void)
-{
- NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(RTC1_IRQn);
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for scheduling a timer list update by generating a SWI0 interrupt.
- */
-static void timer_list_handler_sched(void)
-{
- NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(SWI0_IRQn);
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for executing an application timeout handler, either by calling it directly, or
- * by passing an event to the @ref app_scheduler.
- *
- * @param[in] p_timer Pointer to expired timer.
- */
-static void timeout_handler_exec(timer_node_t * p_timer)
-{
- if (m_evt_schedule_func != NULL)
- {
- uint32_t err_code = m_evt_schedule_func(p_timer->p_timeout_handler, p_timer->p_context);
- APP_ERROR_CHECK(err_code);
- }
- else
- {
- p_timer->p_timeout_handler(p_timer->p_context);
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for checking for expired timers.
- */
-static void timer_timeouts_check(void)
-{
- // Handle expired of timer
- if (m_timer_id_head != TIMER_NULL)
- {
- app_timer_id_t timer_id;
- uint32_t ticks_elapsed;
- uint32_t ticks_expired;
-
- // Initialize actual elapsed ticks being consumed to 0
- ticks_expired = 0;
-
- // ticks_elapsed is collected here, job will use it
- ticks_elapsed = ticks_diff_get(rtc1_counter_get(), m_ticks_latest);
-
- // Auto variable containing the head of timers expiring
- timer_id = m_timer_id_head;
-
- // Expire all timers within ticks_elapsed and collect ticks_expired
- while (timer_id != TIMER_NULL)
- {
- timer_node_t * p_timer;
-
- // Auto variable for current timer node
- p_timer = &mp_nodes[timer_id];
-
- // Do nothing if timer did not expire
- if (ticks_elapsed < p_timer->ticks_to_expire)
- {
- break;
- }
-
- // Decrement ticks_elapsed and collect expired ticks
- ticks_elapsed -= p_timer->ticks_to_expire;
- ticks_expired += p_timer->ticks_to_expire;
-
- // Move to next timer
- timer_id = p_timer->next;
-
- // Execute Task
- timeout_handler_exec(p_timer);
- }
-
- // Prepare to queue the ticks expired in the m_ticks_elapsed queue.
- if (m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind == m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind)
- {
- // The read index of the queue is equal to the write index. This means the new
- // value of ticks_expired should be stored at a new location in the m_ticks_elapsed
- // queue (which is implemented as a double buffer).
-
- // Check if there will be a queue overflow.
- if (++m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind == CONTEXT_QUEUE_SIZE_MAX)
- {
- // There will be a queue overflow. Hence the write index should point to the start
- // of the queue.
- m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind = 0;
- }
- }
-
- // Queue the ticks expired.
- m_ticks_elapsed[m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind] = ticks_expired;
-
- timer_list_handler_sched();
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for acquiring the number of ticks elapsed.
- *
- * @param[out] p_ticks_elapsed Number of ticks elapsed.
- *
- * @return TRUE if elapsed ticks was read from queue, FALSE otherwise.
- */
-static bool elapsed_ticks_acquire(uint32_t * p_ticks_elapsed)
-{
- // Pick the elapsed value from queue
- if (m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind != m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind)
- {
- // Dequeue elapsed value
- m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind++;
- if (m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind == CONTEXT_QUEUE_SIZE_MAX)
- {
- m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind = 0;
- }
-
- *p_ticks_elapsed = m_ticks_elapsed[m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind];
-
- m_ticks_latest += *p_ticks_elapsed;
- m_ticks_latest &= MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL;
-
- return true;
- }
- else
- {
- // No elapsed value in queue
- *p_ticks_elapsed = 0;
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the timer list deletions.
- *
- * @return TRUE if Capture Compare register must be updated, FALSE otherwise.
- */
-static bool list_deletions_handler(void)
-{
- app_timer_id_t timer_id_old_head;
- uint8_t user_id;
-
- // Remember the old head, so as to decide if new compare needs to be set
- timer_id_old_head = m_timer_id_head;
-
- user_id = m_user_array_size;
- while (user_id--)
- {
- timer_user_t * p_user = &mp_users[user_id];
- uint8_t user_ops_first = p_user->first;
-
- while (user_ops_first != p_user->last)
- {
- timer_node_t * p_timer;
- timer_user_op_t * p_user_op = &p_user->p_user_op_queue[user_ops_first];
-
- // Traverse to next operation in queue
- user_ops_first++;
- if (user_ops_first == p_user->user_op_queue_size)
- {
- user_ops_first = 0;
- }
-
- switch (p_user_op->op_type)
- {
- case TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP:
- // Delete node if timer is running
- p_timer = &mp_nodes[p_user_op->timer_id];
- if (p_timer->is_running)
- {
- timer_list_remove(p_user_op->timer_id);
- p_timer->is_running = false;
- }
- break;
-
- case TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP_ALL:
- // Delete list of running timers, and mark all timers as not running
- while (m_timer_id_head != TIMER_NULL)
- {
- timer_node_t * p_head = &mp_nodes[m_timer_id_head];
-
- p_head->is_running = false;
- m_timer_id_head = p_head->next;
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- // No implementation needed.
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Detect change in head of the list
- return (m_timer_id_head != timer_id_old_head);
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for updating the timer list for expired timers.
- *
- * @param[in] ticks_elapsed Number of elapsed ticks.
- * @param[in] ticks_previous Previous known value of the RTC counter.
- * @param[out] p_restart_list_head List of repeating timers to be restarted.
- */
-static void expired_timers_handler(uint32_t ticks_elapsed,
- uint32_t ticks_previous,
- app_timer_id_t * p_restart_list_head)
-{
- uint32_t ticks_expired = 0;
-
- while (m_timer_id_head != TIMER_NULL)
- {
- timer_node_t * p_timer;
- app_timer_id_t id_expired;
-
- // Auto variable for current timer node
- p_timer = &mp_nodes[m_timer_id_head];
-
- // Do nothing if timer did not expire
- if (ticks_elapsed < p_timer->ticks_to_expire)
- {
- p_timer->ticks_to_expire -= ticks_elapsed;
- break;
- }
-
- // Decrement ticks_elapsed and collect expired ticks
- ticks_elapsed -= p_timer->ticks_to_expire;
- ticks_expired += p_timer->ticks_to_expire;
-
- // Timer expired, set ticks_to_expire zero
- p_timer->ticks_to_expire = 0;
- p_timer->is_running = false;
-
- // Remove the expired timer from head
- id_expired = m_timer_id_head;
- m_timer_id_head = p_timer->next;
-
- // Timer will be restarted if periodic
- if (p_timer->ticks_periodic_interval != 0)
- {
- p_timer->ticks_at_start = (ticks_previous + ticks_expired) & MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL;
- p_timer->ticks_first_interval = p_timer->ticks_periodic_interval;
- p_timer->next = *p_restart_list_head;
- *p_restart_list_head = id_expired;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for handling timer list insertions.
- *
- * @param[in] p_restart_list_head List of repeating timers to be restarted.
- *
- * @return TRUE if Capture Compare register must be updated, FALSE otherwise.
- */
-static bool list_insertions_handler(app_timer_id_t restart_list_head)
-{
- app_timer_id_t timer_id_old_head;
- uint8_t user_id;
-
- // Remember the old head, so as to decide if new compare needs to be set
- timer_id_old_head = m_timer_id_head;
-
- user_id = m_user_array_size;
- while (user_id--)
- {
- timer_user_t * p_user = &mp_users[user_id];
-
- // Handle insertions of timers
- while ((restart_list_head != TIMER_NULL) || (p_user->first != p_user->last))
- {
- app_timer_id_t id_start;
- timer_node_t * p_timer;
-
- if (restart_list_head != TIMER_NULL)
- {
- id_start = restart_list_head;
- p_timer = &mp_nodes[id_start];
- restart_list_head = p_timer->next;
- }
- else
- {
- timer_user_op_t * p_user_op = &p_user->p_user_op_queue[p_user->first];
-
- p_user->first++;
- if (p_user->first == p_user->user_op_queue_size)
- {
- p_user->first = 0;
- }
-
- id_start = p_user_op->timer_id;
- p_timer = &mp_nodes[id_start];
-
- if ((p_user_op->op_type != TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_START) || p_timer->is_running)
- {
- continue;
- }
-
- p_timer->ticks_at_start = p_user_op->params.start.ticks_at_start;
- p_timer->ticks_first_interval = p_user_op->params.start.ticks_first_interval;
- p_timer->ticks_periodic_interval = p_user_op->params.start.ticks_periodic_interval;
- p_timer->p_context = p_user_op->params.start.p_context;
- }
-
- // Prepare the node to be inserted
- if (
- ((p_timer->ticks_at_start - m_ticks_latest) & MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL)
- <
- (MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL / 2)
- )
- {
- p_timer->ticks_to_expire = ticks_diff_get(p_timer->ticks_at_start, m_ticks_latest) +
- p_timer->ticks_first_interval;
- }
- else
- {
- uint32_t delta_current_start;
-
- delta_current_start = ticks_diff_get(m_ticks_latest, p_timer->ticks_at_start);
- if (p_timer->ticks_first_interval > delta_current_start)
- {
- p_timer->ticks_to_expire = p_timer->ticks_first_interval - delta_current_start;
- }
- else
- {
- p_timer->ticks_to_expire = 0;
- }
- }
-
- p_timer->ticks_at_start = 0;
- p_timer->ticks_first_interval = 0;
- p_timer->is_running = true;
- p_timer->next = TIMER_NULL;
-
- // Insert into list
- timer_list_insert(id_start);
- }
- }
-
- return (m_timer_id_head != timer_id_old_head);
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for updating the Capture Compare register.
- */
-static void compare_reg_update(app_timer_id_t timer_id_head_old)
-{
- // Setup the timeout for timers on the head of the list
- if (m_timer_id_head != TIMER_NULL)
- {
- uint32_t ticks_to_expire = mp_nodes[m_timer_id_head].ticks_to_expire;
- uint32_t pre_counter_val = rtc1_counter_get();
- uint32_t cc = m_ticks_latest;
- uint32_t ticks_elapsed = ticks_diff_get(pre_counter_val, cc) + RTC_COMPARE_OFFSET_MIN;
-
- if (timer_id_head_old == TIMER_NULL)
- {
- // No timers were already running, start RTC
- rtc1_start();
- }
-
- cc += (ticks_elapsed < ticks_to_expire) ? ticks_to_expire : ticks_elapsed;
- cc &= MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL;
-
- rtc1_compare0_set(cc);
-
- uint32_t post_counter_val = rtc1_counter_get();
-
- if (
- (ticks_diff_get(post_counter_val, pre_counter_val) + RTC_COMPARE_OFFSET_MIN)
- >
- ticks_diff_get(cc, pre_counter_val)
- )
- {
- // When this happens the COMPARE event may not be triggered by the RTC.
- // The nRF51 Series User Specification states that if the COUNTER value is N
- // (i.e post_counter_val = N), writing N or N+1 to a CC register may not trigger a
- // COMPARE event. Hence the RTC interrupt is forcefully pended by calling the following
- // function.
- timer_timeouts_check_sched();
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // No timers are running, stop RTC
- rtc1_stop();
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for handling changes to the timer list.
- */
-static void timer_list_handler(void)
-{
- app_timer_id_t restart_list_head = TIMER_NULL;
- uint32_t ticks_elapsed;
- uint32_t ticks_previous;
- bool ticks_have_elapsed;
- bool compare_update;
- app_timer_id_t timer_id_head_old;
-
- // Back up the previous known tick and previous list head
- ticks_previous = m_ticks_latest;
- timer_id_head_old = m_timer_id_head;
-
- // Get number of elapsed ticks
- ticks_have_elapsed = elapsed_ticks_acquire(&ticks_elapsed);
-
- // Handle list deletions
- compare_update = list_deletions_handler();
-
- // Handle expired timers
- if (ticks_have_elapsed)
- {
- expired_timers_handler(ticks_elapsed, ticks_previous, &restart_list_head);
- compare_update = true;
- }
-
- // Handle list insertions
- if (list_insertions_handler(restart_list_head))
- {
- compare_update = true;
- }
-
- // Update compare register if necessary
- if (compare_update)
- {
- compare_reg_update(timer_id_head_old);
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for enqueueing a new operations queue entry.
- *
- * @param[in] p_user User that the entry is to be enqueued for.
- * @param[in] last_index Index of the next last index to be enqueued.
- */
-static void user_op_enque(timer_user_t * p_user, app_timer_id_t last_index)
-{
- p_user->last = last_index;
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for allocating a new operations queue entry.
- *
- * @param[in] p_user User that the entry is to be allocated for.
- * @param[out] p_last_index Index of the next last index to be enqueued.
- *
- * @return Pointer to allocated queue entry, or NULL if queue is full.
- */
-static timer_user_op_t * user_op_alloc(timer_user_t * p_user, app_timer_id_t * p_last_index)
-{
- app_timer_id_t last;
- timer_user_op_t * p_user_op;
-
- last = p_user->last + 1;
- if (last == p_user->user_op_queue_size)
- {
- // Overflow case.
- last = 0;
- }
- if (last == p_user->first)
- {
- // Queue is full.
- return NULL;
- }
-
- *p_last_index = last;
- p_user_op = &p_user->p_user_op_queue[p_user->last];
-
- return p_user_op;
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for scheduling a Timer Start operation.
- *
- * @param[in] user_id Id of user calling this function.
- * @param[in] timer_id Id of timer to start.
- * @param[in] timeout_initial Time (in ticks) to first timer expiry.
- * @param[in] timeout_periodic Time (in ticks) between periodic expiries.
- * @param[in] p_context General purpose pointer. Will be passed to the timeout handler when
- * the timer expires.
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-static uint32_t timer_start_op_schedule(timer_user_id_t user_id,
- app_timer_id_t timer_id,
- uint32_t timeout_initial,
- uint32_t timeout_periodic,
- void * p_context)
-{
- app_timer_id_t last_index;
-
- timer_user_op_t * p_user_op = user_op_alloc(&mp_users[user_id], &last_index);
- if (p_user_op == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
- }
-
- p_user_op->op_type = TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_START;
- p_user_op->timer_id = timer_id;
- p_user_op->params.start.ticks_at_start = rtc1_counter_get();
- p_user_op->params.start.ticks_first_interval = timeout_initial;
- p_user_op->params.start.ticks_periodic_interval = timeout_periodic;
- p_user_op->params.start.p_context = p_context;
-
- user_op_enque(&mp_users[user_id], last_index);
-
- timer_list_handler_sched();
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for scheduling a Timer Stop operation.
- *
- * @param[in] user_id Id of user calling this function.
- * @param[in] timer_id Id of timer to stop.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful scheduling a timer stop operation. NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM when there
- * is no memory left to schedule the timer stop operation.
- */
-static uint32_t timer_stop_op_schedule(timer_user_id_t user_id, app_timer_id_t timer_id)
-{
- app_timer_id_t last_index;
-
- timer_user_op_t * p_user_op = user_op_alloc(&mp_users[user_id], &last_index);
- if (p_user_op == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
- }
-
- p_user_op->op_type = TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP;
- p_user_op->timer_id = timer_id;
-
- user_op_enque(&mp_users[user_id], last_index);
-
- timer_list_handler_sched();
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for scheduling a Timer Stop All operation.
- *
- * @param[in] user_id Id of user calling this function.
- */
-static uint32_t timer_stop_all_op_schedule(timer_user_id_t user_id)
-{
- app_timer_id_t last_index;
-
- timer_user_op_t * p_user_op = user_op_alloc(&mp_users[user_id], &last_index);
- if (p_user_op == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
- }
-
- p_user_op->op_type = TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP_ALL;
- p_user_op->timer_id = TIMER_NULL;
-
- user_op_enque(&mp_users[user_id], last_index);
-
- timer_list_handler_sched();
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the RTC1 interrupt.
- *
- * @details Checks for timeouts, and executes timeout handlers for expired timers.
- */
-extern "C" void RTC1_IRQHandler(void)
-{
- // Clear all events (also unexpected ones)
- NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_COMPARE[0] = 0;
- NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_COMPARE[1] = 0;
- NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_COMPARE[2] = 0;
- NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_COMPARE[3] = 0;
- NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_TICK = 0;
- NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_OVRFLW = 0;
-
- // Check for expired timers
- timer_timeouts_check();
-}
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the SWI0 interrupt.
- *
- * @details Performs all updates to the timer list.
- */
-extern "C" void SWI0_IRQHandler(void)
-{
- timer_list_handler();
-}
-
-uint32_t app_timer_init(uint32_t prescaler,
- uint8_t max_timers,
- uint8_t op_queues_size,
- void * p_buffer,
- app_timer_evt_schedule_func_t evt_schedule_func)
-{
- int i;
-
- // Check that buffer is correctly aligned
- if (!is_word_aligned(p_buffer))
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
- // Check for NULL buffer
- if (p_buffer == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- // Stop RTC to prevent any running timers from expiring (in case of reinitialization)
- rtc1_stop();
-
- m_evt_schedule_func = evt_schedule_func;
-
- // Initialize timer node array
- m_node_array_size = max_timers;
- mp_nodes = (timer_node_t *) p_buffer;
-
- for (i = 0; i < max_timers; i++)
- {
- mp_nodes[i].state = STATE_FREE;
- mp_nodes[i].is_running = false;
- }
-
- // Skip timer node array
- p_buffer = &((uint8_t *)p_buffer)[max_timers * sizeof(timer_node_t)];
-
- // Initialize users array
- m_user_array_size = APP_TIMER_INT_LEVELS;
- mp_users = (timer_user_t *) p_buffer;
-
- // Skip user array
- p_buffer = &((uint8_t *)p_buffer)[APP_TIMER_INT_LEVELS * sizeof(timer_user_t)];
-
- // Initialize operation queues
- for (i = 0; i < APP_TIMER_INT_LEVELS; i++)
- {
- timer_user_t * p_user = &mp_users[i];
-
- p_user->first = 0;
- p_user->last = 0;
- p_user->user_op_queue_size = op_queues_size;
- p_user->p_user_op_queue = (timer_user_op_t *) p_buffer;
-
- // Skip operation queue
- p_buffer = &((uint8_t *)p_buffer)[op_queues_size * sizeof(timer_user_op_t)];
- }
-
- m_timer_id_head = TIMER_NULL;
- m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind = 0;
- m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind = 0;
-
- NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(SWI0_IRQn);
- NVIC_SetPriority(SWI0_IRQn, SWI0_IRQ_PRI);
- NVIC_EnableIRQ(SWI0_IRQn);
-
- rtc1_init(prescaler);
-
- m_ticks_latest = rtc1_counter_get();
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t app_timer_create(app_timer_id_t * p_timer_id,
- app_timer_mode_t mode,
- app_timer_timeout_handler_t timeout_handler)
-{
- int i;
-
- // Check state and parameters
- if (mp_nodes == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
- }
- if (timeout_handler == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
- if (p_timer_id == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- // Find free timer
- for (i = 0; i < m_node_array_size; i++)
- {
- if (mp_nodes[i].state == STATE_FREE)
- {
- mp_nodes[i].state = STATE_ALLOCATED;
- mp_nodes[i].mode = mode;
- mp_nodes[i].p_timeout_handler = timeout_handler;
-
- *p_timer_id = i;
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
-
- return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for creating a timer user id from the current interrupt level.
- *
- * @return Timer user id.
-*/
-static timer_user_id_t user_id_get(void)
-{
- timer_user_id_t ret;
-
- STATIC_ASSERT(APP_TIMER_INT_LEVELS == 3);
-
- switch (current_int_priority_get())
- {
- case APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_HIGH:
- ret = APP_HIGH_USER_ID;
- break;
-
- case APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_LOW:
- ret = APP_LOW_USER_ID;
- break;
-
- default:
- ret = THREAD_MODE_USER_ID;
- break;
- }
-
- return ret;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t app_timer_start(app_timer_id_t timer_id, uint32_t timeout_ticks, void * p_context)
-{
- uint32_t timeout_periodic;
-
- // Check state and parameters
- if (mp_nodes == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
- }
- if ((timer_id >= m_node_array_size) || (timeout_ticks < APP_TIMER_MIN_TIMEOUT_TICKS))
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
- if (mp_nodes[timer_id].state != STATE_ALLOCATED)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
- }
-
- // Schedule timer start operation
- timeout_periodic = (mp_nodes[timer_id].mode == APP_TIMER_MODE_REPEATED) ? timeout_ticks : 0;
-
- return timer_start_op_schedule(user_id_get(),
- timer_id,
- timeout_ticks,
- timeout_periodic,
- p_context);
-}
-
-
-uint32_t app_timer_stop(app_timer_id_t timer_id)
-{
- // Check state and parameters
- if (mp_nodes == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
- }
- if (timer_id >= m_node_array_size)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
- if (mp_nodes[timer_id].state != STATE_ALLOCATED)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
- }
-
- // Schedule timer stop operation
- return timer_stop_op_schedule(user_id_get(), timer_id);
-}
-
-
-uint32_t app_timer_stop_all(void)
-{
- // Check state
- if (mp_nodes == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
- }
-
- return timer_stop_all_op_schedule(user_id_get());
-}
-
-
-uint32_t app_timer_cnt_get(uint32_t * p_ticks)
-{
- *p_ticks = rtc1_counter_get();
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t app_timer_cnt_diff_compute(uint32_t ticks_to,
- uint32_t ticks_from,
- uint32_t * p_ticks_diff)
-{
- *p_ticks_diff = ticks_diff_get(ticks_to, ticks_from);
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/app_common/crc16.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/app_common/crc16.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-#include "crc16.h"
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-uint16_t crc16_compute(const uint8_t * p_data, uint32_t size, const uint16_t * p_crc)
-{
- uint32_t i;
- uint16_t crc = (p_crc == NULL) ? 0xffff : *p_crc;
-
- for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
- {
- crc = (unsigned char)(crc >> 8) | (crc << 8);
- crc ^= p_data[i];
- crc ^= (unsigned char)(crc & 0xff) >> 4;
- crc ^= (crc << 8) << 4;
- crc ^= ((crc & 0xff) << 4) << 1;
- }
-
- return crc;
-}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/app_common/hci_mem_pool.c
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/app_common/hci_mem_pool.c Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,235 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-#include "hci_mem_pool.h"
-#include "hci_mem_pool_internal.h"
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/**@brief RX buffer element instance structure.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t rx_buffer[RX_BUF_SIZE]; /**< RX buffer memory array. */
- uint32_t length; /**< Length of the RX buffer memory array. */
-} rx_buffer_elem_t;
-
-/**@brief RX buffer queue element instance structure.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- rx_buffer_elem_t * p_buffer; /**< Pointer to RX buffer element. */
- uint32_t free_window_count; /**< Free space element count. */
- uint32_t free_available_count; /**< Free area element count. */
- uint32_t read_available_count; /**< Read area element count. */
- uint32_t write_index; /**< Write position index. */
- uint32_t read_index; /**< Read position index. */
- uint32_t free_index; /**< Free position index. */
-} rx_buffer_queue_t;
-
-static bool m_is_tx_allocated; /**< Boolean value to determine if the TX buffer is allocated. */
-static rx_buffer_elem_t m_rx_buffer_elem_queue[RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE]; /**< RX buffer element instances. */
-static rx_buffer_queue_t m_rx_buffer_queue; /**< RX buffer queue element instance. */
-
-
-uint32_t hci_mem_pool_open(void)
-{
- m_is_tx_allocated = false;
- m_rx_buffer_queue.p_buffer = m_rx_buffer_elem_queue;
- m_rx_buffer_queue.free_window_count = RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE;
- m_rx_buffer_queue.free_available_count = 0;
- m_rx_buffer_queue.read_available_count = 0;
- m_rx_buffer_queue.write_index = 0;
- m_rx_buffer_queue.read_index = 0;
- m_rx_buffer_queue.free_index = 0;
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t hci_mem_pool_close(void)
-{
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t hci_mem_pool_tx_alloc(void ** pp_buffer)
-{
- static uint8_t tx_buffer[TX_BUF_SIZE];
-
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- if (pp_buffer == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_NULL;
- }
-
- if (!m_is_tx_allocated)
- {
- m_is_tx_allocated = true;
- *pp_buffer = tx_buffer;
- err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
- }
- else
- {
- err_code = NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
- }
-
- return err_code;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t hci_mem_pool_tx_free(void)
-{
- m_is_tx_allocated = false;
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t hci_mem_pool_rx_produce(uint32_t length, void ** pp_buffer)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- if (pp_buffer == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_NULL;
- }
- *pp_buffer = NULL;
-
- if (m_rx_buffer_queue.free_window_count != 0)
- {
- if (length <= RX_BUF_SIZE)
- {
- --(m_rx_buffer_queue.free_window_count);
- ++(m_rx_buffer_queue.read_available_count);
-
- *pp_buffer =
- m_rx_buffer_queue.p_buffer[m_rx_buffer_queue.write_index].rx_buffer;
-
- m_rx_buffer_queue.free_index |= (1u << m_rx_buffer_queue.write_index);
-
- // @note: Adjust the write_index making use of the fact that the buffer size is of
- // power of two and two's complement arithmetic. For details refer example to book
- // "Making embedded systems: Elicia White".
- m_rx_buffer_queue.write_index =
- (m_rx_buffer_queue.write_index + 1u) & (RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE - 1u);
-
- err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
- }
- else
- {
- err_code = NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- err_code = NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
- }
-
- return err_code;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t hci_mem_pool_rx_consume(uint8_t * p_buffer)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
- uint32_t consume_index;
- uint32_t start_index;
-
- if (m_rx_buffer_queue.free_available_count != 0)
- {
- // Find the buffer that has been freed -
- // Start at read_index minus free_available_count and then increment until read index.
- err_code = NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR;
- consume_index = (m_rx_buffer_queue.read_index - m_rx_buffer_queue.free_available_count) &
- (RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE - 1u);
- start_index = consume_index;
-
- do
- {
- if (m_rx_buffer_queue.p_buffer[consume_index].rx_buffer == p_buffer)
- {
- m_rx_buffer_queue.free_index ^= (1u << consume_index);
- err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
- break;
- }
- else
- {
- consume_index = (consume_index + 1u) & (RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE - 1u);
- }
- }
- while (consume_index != m_rx_buffer_queue.read_index);
-
- while (!(m_rx_buffer_queue.free_index & (1 << start_index)) &&
- (m_rx_buffer_queue.free_available_count != 0))
- {
- --(m_rx_buffer_queue.free_available_count);
- ++(m_rx_buffer_queue.free_window_count);
- start_index = (consume_index + 1u) & (RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE - 1u);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- err_code = NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
- }
-
- return err_code;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t hci_mem_pool_rx_data_size_set(uint32_t length)
-{
- // @note: Adjust the write_index making use of the fact that the buffer size is of power
- // of two and two's complement arithmetic. For details refer example to book
- // "Making embedded systems: Elicia White".
- const uint32_t index = (m_rx_buffer_queue.write_index - 1u) & (RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE - 1u);
- m_rx_buffer_queue.p_buffer[index].length = length;
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t hci_mem_pool_rx_extract(uint8_t ** pp_buffer, uint32_t * p_length)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- if ((pp_buffer == NULL) || (p_length == NULL))
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_NULL;
- }
-
- if (m_rx_buffer_queue.read_available_count != 0)
- {
- --(m_rx_buffer_queue.read_available_count);
- ++(m_rx_buffer_queue.free_available_count);
-
- *pp_buffer =
- m_rx_buffer_queue.p_buffer[m_rx_buffer_queue.read_index].rx_buffer;
- *p_length =
- m_rx_buffer_queue.p_buffer[m_rx_buffer_queue.read_index].length;
-
- // @note: Adjust the write_index making use of the fact that the buffer size is of power
- // of two and two's complement arithmetic. For details refer example to book
- // "Making embedded systems: Elicia White".
- m_rx_buffer_queue.read_index =
- (m_rx_buffer_queue.read_index + 1u) & (RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE - 1u);
-
- err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
- }
- else
- {
- err_code = NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
- }
-
- return err_code;
-}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/app_common/pstorage.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/app_common/pstorage.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,762 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-#if NEED_PSTORAGE /* disabled by default */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "nordic_common.h"
-#include "nrf_error.h"
-#include "nrf_assert.h"
-//#include "nrf.h"
-#include "nrf_soc.h"
-#include "app_util.h"
-#include "pstorage.h"
-
-
-#define INVALID_OPCODE 0x00 /**< Invalid op code identifier. */
-#define SOC_MAX_WRITE_SIZE 1024 /**< Maximum write size allowed for a single call to \ref sd_flash_write as specified in the SoC API. */
-
-/**
- * @defgroup api_param_check API Parameters check macros.
- *
- * @details Macros that verify parameters passed to the module in the APIs. These macros
- * could be mapped to nothing in final versions of code to save execution and size.
- *
- * @{
- */
-/**
- * @brief Check if the input pointer is NULL, if it is returns NRF_ERROR_NULL.
- */
-#define NULL_PARAM_CHECK(PARAM) \
- if ((PARAM) == NULL) \
- { \
- return NRF_ERROR_NULL; \
- }
-
-/**
- * @brief Verifies the module identifier supplied by the application is within permissible
- * range.
- */
-#define MODULE_ID_RANGE_CHECK(ID) \
- if ((((ID)->module_id) >= PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS) || \
- (m_app_table[(ID)->module_id].cb == NULL)) \
- { \
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; \
- }
-
-/**
- * @brief Verifies the block identifier supplied by the application is within the permissible
- * range.
- */
-#define BLOCK_ID_RANGE_CHECK(ID) \
- if (((ID)->block_id) >= (m_app_table[(ID)->module_id].base_id + \
- (m_app_table[(ID)->module_id].block_count * MODULE_BLOCK_SIZE(ID)))) \
- { \
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; \
- }
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Verifies the block size requested by the application can be supported by the module.
- */
-#define BLOCK_SIZE_CHECK(X) \
- if (((X) > PSTORAGE_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE) || ((X) < PSTORAGE_MIN_BLOCK_SIZE)) \
- { \
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; \
- }
-
-/**
- * @brief Verifies block size requested by Application in registration API.
- */
-#define BLOCK_COUNT_CHECK(COUNT, SIZE) \
- if (((COUNT) == 0) || ((m_next_page_addr + ((COUNT) *(SIZE)) > PSTORAGE_DATA_END_ADDR))) \
- { \
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; \
- }
-
-/**
- * @brief Verifies size parameter provided by application in API.
- */
-#define SIZE_CHECK(ID, SIZE) \
- if(((SIZE) == 0) || ((SIZE) > MODULE_BLOCK_SIZE(ID))) \
- { \
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; \
- }
-
-/**
- * @brief Verifies offset parameter provided by application in API.
- */
-#define OFFSET_CHECK(ID, OFFSET, SIZE) \
- if(((SIZE) + (OFFSET)) > MODULE_BLOCK_SIZE(ID)) \
- { \
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; \
- }
-
-#ifdef PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
-
-/**
- * @brief Verifies the module identifier supplied by the application is registered for raw mode.
- */
-#define MODULE_RAW_ID_RANGE_CHECK(ID) \
- if ((PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS+1 != ((ID)->module_id)) || \
- (m_raw_app_table.cb == NULL)) \
- { \
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; \
- }
-
-#endif // PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
-
-/**@} */
-
-/**@brief Verify module's initialization status.
- *
- * @details Verify module's initialization status. Returns NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE in case a
- * module API is called without initializing the module.
- */
-#define VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED() \
- do \
- { \
- if (!m_module_initialized) \
- { \
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE; \
- } \
- } while(0)
-
-/**@brief Macro to fetch the block size registered for the module. */
-#define MODULE_BLOCK_SIZE(ID) (m_app_table[(ID)->module_id].block_size)
-
-/**@} */
-
-/**
- * @brief Application registration information.
- *
- * @details Define application specific information that application needs to maintain to be able
- * to process requests from each one of them.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- pstorage_ntf_cb_t cb; /**< Callback registered with the module to be notified of result of flash access. */
- pstorage_block_t base_id; /**< Base block id assigned to the module */
- pstorage_size_t block_size; /**< Size of block for the module */
- pstorage_size_t block_count; /**< Number of block requested by application */
- pstorage_size_t no_of_pages; /**< Variable to remember how many pages have been allocated for this module. This information is used for clearing of block, so that application does not need to have knowledge of number of pages its using. */
-} pstorage_module_table_t;
-
-#ifdef PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
-/**
- * @brief Application registration information.
- *
- * @details Define application specific information that application registered for raw mode.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- pstorage_ntf_cb_t cb; /**< Callback registered with the module to be notified of result of flash access. */
- uint16_t no_of_pages; /**< Variable to remember how many pages have been allocated for this module. This information is used for clearing of block, so that application does not need to have knowledge of number of pages its using. */
-} pstorage_raw_module_table_t;
-#endif // PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
-
-
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Defines command queue element.
- *
- * @details Defines command queue element. Each element encapsulates needed information to process
- * a flash access command.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t op_code; /**< Identifies flash access operation being queued. Element is free is op-code is INVALID_OPCODE */
- pstorage_size_t size; /**< Identifies size in bytes requested for the operation. */
- pstorage_size_t offset; /**< Offset requested by the application for access operation. */
- pstorage_handle_t storage_addr; /**< Address/Identifier for persistent memory. */
- uint8_t * p_data_addr; /**< Address/Identifier for data memory. This is assumed to be resident memory. */
-} cmd_queue_element_t;
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Defines command queue, an element is free is op_code field is not invalid.
- *
- * @details Defines commands enqueued for flash access. At any point of time, this queue has one or
- * more flash access operation pending if the count field is not zero. When the queue is
- * not empty, the rp (read pointer) field points to the flash access command in progress
- * or to requested next. The queue implements a simple first in first out algorithm.
- * Data addresses are assumed to be resident.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t rp; /**< Read pointer, pointing to flash access that is ongoing or to be requested next. */
- uint8_t count; /**< Number of elements in the queue. */
- bool flash_access; /**< Flag to ensure an flash event received is for an request issued by the module. */
- cmd_queue_element_t cmd[PSTORAGE_CMD_QUEUE_SIZE]; /**< Array to maintain flash access operation details */
-}cmd_queue_t;
-
-static cmd_queue_t m_cmd_queue; /**< Flash operation request queue. */
-static pstorage_module_table_t m_app_table[PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS]; /**< Registered application information table. */
-
-#ifdef PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
-static pstorage_raw_module_table_t m_raw_app_table; /**< Registered application information table for raw mode. */
-#endif // PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
-
-static pstorage_size_t m_next_app_instance; /**< Points to the application module instance that can be allocated next */
-static uint32_t m_next_page_addr; /**< Points to the flash address that can be allocated to a module next, this is needed as blocks of a module can span across flash pages. */
-static bool m_module_initialized = false; /**< Flag for checking if module has been initialized. */
-static pstorage_size_t m_round_val; /**< Round value for multiple round operations. For erase operations, the round value will contain current round counter which is identical to number of pages erased. For store operations, the round value contains current round of operation * SOC_MAX_WRITE_SIZE to ensure each store to the SoC Flash API is within the SoC limit. */
-
-static uint32_t process_cmd(void);
-static void app_notify (uint32_t reason);
-
-/**
- * @defgroup utility_functions Utility internal functions.
- * @{
- * @details Utility functions needed for interfacing with flash through SoC APIs.
- * SoC APIs are non blocking and provide the result of flash access through an event.
- *
- * @note Only one flash access operation is permitted at a time by SoC. Hence a queue is
- * maintained by this module.
- */
-
-/**
- * @brief Initializes command queue element.
- */
-static void cmd_queue_init_element(uint32_t index)
-{
- // Internal function and checks on range of index can be avoided
- m_cmd_queue.cmd[index].op_code = INVALID_OPCODE;
- m_cmd_queue.cmd[index].size = 0;
- m_cmd_queue.cmd[index].storage_addr.module_id = PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS;
- m_cmd_queue.cmd[index].storage_addr.block_id = 0;
- m_cmd_queue.cmd[index].p_data_addr = NULL;
- m_cmd_queue.cmd[index].offset = 0;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Initializes command queue.
- */
-static void cmd_queue_init (void)
-{
- uint32_t cmd_index;
-
- m_round_val = 0;
- m_cmd_queue.rp = 0;
- m_cmd_queue.count = 0;
- m_cmd_queue.flash_access = false;
-
- for(cmd_index = 0; cmd_index < PSTORAGE_CMD_QUEUE_SIZE; cmd_index++)
- {
- cmd_queue_init_element(cmd_index);
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Routine to enqueue a flash access operation.
- */
-static uint32_t cmd_queue_enqueue(uint8_t opcode, pstorage_handle_t * p_storage_addr,uint8_t * p_data_addr, pstorage_size_t size, pstorage_size_t offset)
-{
- uint32_t retval;
- uint8_t write_index = 0;
- retval = NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
-
- // Check if flash access is ongoing.
- if ((m_cmd_queue.flash_access == false) && (m_cmd_queue.count == 0))
- {
- m_cmd_queue.rp = 0;
- m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].op_code = opcode;
- m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].p_data_addr = p_data_addr;
- m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].storage_addr = (*p_storage_addr);
- m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].size = size;
- m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].offset = offset;
- m_cmd_queue.count++;
- retval = process_cmd();
- if ((retval == NRF_SUCCESS) || (retval == NRF_ERROR_BUSY))
- {
- // In case of busy error code, it is possible to attempt to access flash
- retval = NRF_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- else if (m_cmd_queue.count != PSTORAGE_CMD_QUEUE_SIZE)
- {
- // Enqueue the command if it is queue is not full
- write_index = m_cmd_queue.rp + m_cmd_queue.count;
-
- if (write_index >= PSTORAGE_CMD_QUEUE_SIZE)
- {
- write_index -= PSTORAGE_CMD_QUEUE_SIZE;
- }
-
- m_cmd_queue.cmd[write_index].op_code = opcode;
- m_cmd_queue.cmd[write_index].p_data_addr = p_data_addr;
- m_cmd_queue.cmd[write_index].storage_addr = (*p_storage_addr);
- m_cmd_queue.cmd[write_index].size = size;
- m_cmd_queue.cmd[write_index].offset = offset;
- m_cmd_queue.count++;
-
- retval = NRF_SUCCESS;
-
- }
-
- return retval;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Dequeues a command element.
- */
-static uint32_t cmd_queue_dequeue(void)
-{
- uint32_t retval;
-
- cmd_queue_element_t * p_cmd = &m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp];
- // Update count and read pointer to process any queued requests
- if(m_round_val >= p_cmd->size)
- {
- // Initialize/free the element as it is now processed.
- cmd_queue_init_element(m_cmd_queue.rp);
- m_round_val = 0;
- m_cmd_queue.count--;
- m_cmd_queue.rp++;
- }
-
- retval = NRF_SUCCESS;
-
- // If any flash operation is enqueued, schedule
- if (m_cmd_queue.count)
- {
- retval = process_cmd();
-
- if (retval != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- // Flash could be accessed by modules other than Bond Manager, hence a busy error is
- // acceptable, but any other error needs to be indicated to the bond manager
- if (retval != NRF_ERROR_BUSY)
- {
- app_notify (retval);
- }
- else
- {
- // In case of busy next trigger will be a success or a failure event
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // No flash access request pending
- }
-
- return retval;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Routine to notify application of any errors.
- */
-static void app_notify (uint32_t result)
-{
- pstorage_ntf_cb_t ntf_cb;
- uint8_t op_code = m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].op_code;
-
-#ifdef PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
- if(m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].storage_addr.module_id == (PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS + 1))
- {
- ntf_cb = m_raw_app_table.cb;
- }
- else
-#endif // PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
- {
- ntf_cb = m_app_table[m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].storage_addr.module_id].cb;
- }
-
- // Indicate result to client.
- // For PSTORAGE_CLEAR_OP_CODE no size is returned as the size field is used only internally
- // for clients registering multiple pages.
- ntf_cb(&m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].storage_addr,
- op_code,
- result,
- m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].p_data_addr,
- op_code == PSTORAGE_CLEAR_OP_CODE ? 0 : m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp].size);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Handles Flash Access Result Events.
- */
-void pstorage_sys_event_handler (uint32_t sys_evt)
-{
- uint32_t retval;
-
- retval = NRF_SUCCESS;
-
- // Its possible the flash access was not initiated by bond manager, hence
- // event is processed only if the event triggered was for an operation requested by the
- // bond manager.
- if (m_cmd_queue.flash_access == true)
- {
- cmd_queue_element_t * p_cmd;
- m_cmd_queue.flash_access = false;
- switch (sys_evt)
- {
- case NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_SUCCESS:
- p_cmd = &m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp];
- if ((p_cmd->op_code != PSTORAGE_CLEAR_OP_CODE) || (m_round_val >= p_cmd->size))
- {
- app_notify(retval);
- }
- // Schedule any queued flash access operations
- retval = cmd_queue_dequeue ();
- if (retval != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- app_notify(retval);
- }
-
- break;
- case NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_ERROR:
- app_notify(NRF_ERROR_TIMEOUT);
- break;
- default:
- // No implementation needed.
- break;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Routine called to actually issue the flash access request to the SoftDevice.
- */
-static uint32_t process_cmd(void)
-{
- uint32_t retval;
- uint32_t storage_addr;
- cmd_queue_element_t * p_cmd;
-
- retval = NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN;
-
- p_cmd = &m_cmd_queue.cmd[m_cmd_queue.rp];
-
- storage_addr = p_cmd->storage_addr.block_id;
-
- if (p_cmd->op_code == PSTORAGE_CLEAR_OP_CODE)
- {
- // Calculate page number before copy.
- uint32_t page_number;
-
- page_number = ((storage_addr / PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) +
- m_round_val);
-
- retval = sd_flash_page_erase(page_number);
-
- if (NRF_SUCCESS == retval)
- {
- m_round_val++;
- }
- }
- else if (p_cmd->op_code == PSTORAGE_STORE_OP_CODE)
- {
- uint32_t size;
- uint8_t * p_data_addr = p_cmd->p_data_addr;
-
- p_data_addr += m_round_val;
-
- storage_addr += (p_cmd->offset + m_round_val);
-
- size = p_cmd->size - m_round_val;
-
- if (size < SOC_MAX_WRITE_SIZE)
- {
- retval = sd_flash_write(((uint32_t *)storage_addr),
- (uint32_t *)p_data_addr,
- size / sizeof(uint32_t));
- }
- else
- {
- retval = sd_flash_write(((uint32_t *)storage_addr),
- (uint32_t *)p_data_addr,
- SOC_MAX_WRITE_SIZE / sizeof(uint32_t));
- }
-
-
- if (retval == NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- m_round_val += SOC_MAX_WRITE_SIZE;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // Should never reach here.
- }
-
- if (retval == NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- m_cmd_queue.flash_access = true;
- }
-
- return retval;
-}
-/** @} */
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Module initialization routine to be called once by the application.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_init(void)
-{
- unsigned int index;
- cmd_queue_init();
-
- m_next_app_instance = 0;
- m_next_page_addr = PSTORAGE_DATA_START_ADDR;
- m_round_val = 0;
-
- for(index = 0; index < PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS; index++)
- {
- m_app_table[index].cb = NULL;
- m_app_table[index].block_size = 0;
- m_app_table[index].no_of_pages = 0;
- m_app_table[index].block_count = 0;
- }
-
-#ifdef PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
- m_raw_app_table.cb = NULL;
- m_raw_app_table.no_of_pages = 0;
-#endif //PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
-
- m_module_initialized = true;
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Registration routine to request persistent memory of certain sizes based on
- * application module requirements.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_register(pstorage_module_param_t * p_module_param,
- pstorage_handle_t * p_block_id)
-{
- uint16_t page_count;
- uint32_t total_size;
-
- VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
- NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_module_param);
- NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_block_id);
- NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_module_param->cb);
- BLOCK_SIZE_CHECK(p_module_param->block_size);
- BLOCK_COUNT_CHECK(p_module_param->block_count, p_module_param->block_size);
-
- if (m_next_app_instance == PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
- }
-
- p_block_id->module_id = m_next_app_instance;
- p_block_id->block_id = m_next_page_addr;
- m_app_table[m_next_app_instance].base_id = p_block_id->block_id;
- m_app_table[m_next_app_instance].cb = p_module_param->cb;
- m_app_table[m_next_app_instance].block_size = p_module_param->block_size;
- m_app_table[m_next_app_instance].block_count = p_module_param->block_count;
-
- // Calculate number of flash pages allocated for the device.
- page_count = 0;
- total_size = p_module_param->block_size * p_module_param->block_count;
- do
- {
- page_count++;
- if (total_size > PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE)
- {
- total_size -= PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
- }
- else
- {
- total_size = 0;
- }
- m_next_page_addr += PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
- }while(total_size >= PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
-
- m_app_table[m_next_app_instance].no_of_pages = page_count;
- m_next_app_instance++;
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * @brief API to get the next block identifier.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_block_identifier_get(pstorage_handle_t * p_base_id,
- pstorage_size_t block_num,
- pstorage_handle_t * p_block_id)
-{
- pstorage_handle_t temp_id;
-
- VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
- NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_base_id);
- NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_block_id);
- MODULE_ID_RANGE_CHECK(p_base_id);
-
- temp_id = (*p_base_id);
- temp_id.block_id += (block_num * MODULE_BLOCK_SIZE(p_base_id));
- BLOCK_ID_RANGE_CHECK(&temp_id);
- (*p_block_id) = temp_id;
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * @brief API to store data persistently.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_store(pstorage_handle_t * p_dest,
- uint8_t * p_src,
- pstorage_size_t size,
- pstorage_size_t offset)
-{
- VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
- NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_src);
- NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_dest);
- MODULE_ID_RANGE_CHECK (p_dest);
- BLOCK_ID_RANGE_CHECK(p_dest);
- SIZE_CHECK(p_dest,size);
- OFFSET_CHECK(p_dest,offset,size);
-
- // Verify word alignment.
- if ((!is_word_aligned(p_src)) || (!is_word_aligned(p_src+offset)))
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR;
- }
-
- return cmd_queue_enqueue(PSTORAGE_STORE_OP_CODE, p_dest, p_src, size, offset);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * @brief API to load data from persistent memory.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_load(uint8_t * p_dest,
- pstorage_handle_t * p_src,
- pstorage_size_t size,
- pstorage_size_t offset)
-{
- VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
- NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_src);
- NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_dest);
- MODULE_ID_RANGE_CHECK (p_src);
- BLOCK_ID_RANGE_CHECK(p_src);
- SIZE_CHECK(p_src,size);
- OFFSET_CHECK(p_src,offset,size);
-
- // Verify word alignment.
- if ((!is_word_aligned (p_dest)) || (!is_word_aligned (p_dest + offset)))
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR;
- }
-
- memcpy (p_dest, (((uint8_t *)p_src->block_id) + offset), size);
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * @brief API to clear data in blocks of persistent memory.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_clear(pstorage_handle_t * p_dest, pstorage_size_t size)
-{
- uint32_t retval;
- uint32_t pages;
-
- VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
- NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_dest);
- MODULE_ID_RANGE_CHECK(p_dest);
- BLOCK_ID_RANGE_CHECK(p_dest);
-
- pages = m_app_table[p_dest->module_id].no_of_pages;
-
- retval = cmd_queue_enqueue(PSTORAGE_CLEAR_OP_CODE, p_dest, NULL , pages , 0);
-
- return retval;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
-
-/**
- * @brief Registration routine to request persistent memory of certain sizes based on
- * application module requirements.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_raw_register(pstorage_module_param_t * p_module_param,
- pstorage_handle_t * p_block_id)
-{
- VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
- NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_module_param);
- NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_block_id);
- NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_module_param->cb);
-
- if (m_raw_app_table.cb != NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
- }
-
- p_block_id->module_id = PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS + 1;
- m_raw_app_table.cb = p_module_param->cb;
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * @brief API to store data persistently.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_raw_store(pstorage_handle_t * p_dest,
- uint8_t * p_src,
- uint32_t size,
- uint32_t offset)
-{
- VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
- NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_src);
- NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_dest);
- MODULE_RAW_ID_RANGE_CHECK(p_dest);
-
- // Verify word alignment.
- if ((!is_word_aligned(p_src)) || (!is_word_aligned(p_src+offset)))
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR;
- }
-
- return cmd_queue_enqueue(PSTORAGE_STORE_OP_CODE, p_dest, p_src, size, offset);
-}
-
-
-/**
- * @brief API to clear data in blocks of persistent memory.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_raw_clear(pstorage_handle_t * p_dest, uint32_t size)
-{
- uint32_t retval;
- uint32_t pages;
-
- VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
- NULL_PARAM_CHECK(p_dest);
- MODULE_RAW_ID_RANGE_CHECK(p_dest);
-
- retval = NRF_SUCCESS;
-
- pages = CEIL_DIV(size, PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
-
- retval = cmd_queue_enqueue(PSTORAGE_CLEAR_OP_CODE, p_dest, NULL , pages, 0);
-
- return retval;
-}
-
-#endif // PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
-#endif /* #if NEED_PSTORAGE */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/ble/ble_advdata.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/ble/ble_advdata.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,624 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-#include "ble_advdata.h"
-#include "nordic_common.h"
-#include "nrf_error.h"
-#include "ble_gap.h"
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-#include "app_util.h"
-
-
-// Offset from where advertisement data other than flags information can start.
-#define ADV_FLAG_OFFSET 2
-
-// Offset for Advertising Data.
-// Offset is 2 as each Advertising Data contain 1 octet of Adveritising Data Type and
-// one octet Advertising Data Length.
-#define ADV_DATA_OFFSET 2
-
-// NOTE: For now, Security Manager TK Value and Security Manager Out of Band Flags (OOB) are omitted
-// from the advertising data.
-
-
-static uint32_t name_encode(const ble_advdata_t * p_advdata,
- uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
- uint8_t * p_len)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
- uint16_t rem_adv_data_len;
- uint16_t actual_length;
- uint8_t adv_data_format;
- uint8_t adv_offset;
-
- adv_offset = *p_len;
-
-
- // Check for buffer overflow.
- if ((adv_offset + ADV_DATA_OFFSET > BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE) ||
- ((p_advdata->short_name_len + ADV_DATA_OFFSET) > BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE))
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
- }
- actual_length = rem_adv_data_len = (BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE - adv_offset - ADV_FLAG_OFFSET);
-
- // Get GAP device name and length
- err_code = sd_ble_gap_device_name_get(&p_encoded_data[adv_offset + ADV_DATA_OFFSET],
- &actual_length);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- // Check if device internd to use short name and it can fit available data size.
- if ((p_advdata->name_type == BLE_ADVDATA_FULL_NAME) && (actual_length <= rem_adv_data_len))
- {
- // Complete device name can fit, setting Complete Name in Adv Data.
- adv_data_format = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_COMPLETE_LOCAL_NAME;
- rem_adv_data_len = actual_length;
- }
- else
- {
- // Else short name needs to be used. Or application has requested use of short name.
- adv_data_format = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SHORT_LOCAL_NAME;
-
- // If application has set a preference on the short name size, it needs to be considered,
- // else fit what can be fit.
- if ((p_advdata->short_name_len != 0) && (p_advdata->short_name_len <= rem_adv_data_len))
- {
- // Short name fits available size.
- rem_adv_data_len = p_advdata->short_name_len;
- }
- // Else whatever can fit the data buffer will be packed.
- else
- {
- rem_adv_data_len = actual_length;
- }
- }
-
- // Complete name field in encoded data.
- p_encoded_data[adv_offset++] = rem_adv_data_len + 1;
- p_encoded_data[adv_offset++] = adv_data_format;
- (*p_len) += (rem_adv_data_len + ADV_DATA_OFFSET);
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-static uint32_t appearance_encode(uint8_t * p_encoded_data, uint8_t * p_len)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
- uint16_t appearance;
-
- // Check for buffer overflow.
- if ((*p_len) + 4 > BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
- }
-
- // Get GAP appearance field.
- err_code = sd_ble_gap_appearance_get(&appearance);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- // Encode Length, AD Type and Appearance.
- p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = 3;
- p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_APPEARANCE;
-
- (*p_len) += uint16_encode(appearance, &p_encoded_data[*p_len]);
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-static uint32_t uint8_array_encode(const uint8_array_t * p_uint8_array,
- uint8_t adv_type,
- uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
- uint8_t * p_len)
-{
- // Check parameter consistency.
- if (p_uint8_array->p_data == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- // Check for buffer overflow.
- if ((*p_len) + ADV_DATA_OFFSET + p_uint8_array->size > BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
- }
-
- // Encode Length and AD Type.
- p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = 1 + p_uint8_array->size;
- p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = adv_type;
-
- // Encode array.
- memcpy(&p_encoded_data[*p_len], p_uint8_array->p_data, p_uint8_array->size);
- (*p_len) += p_uint8_array->size;
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-static uint32_t tx_power_level_encode(int8_t tx_power_level,
- uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
- uint8_t * p_len)
-{
- // Check for buffer overflow.
- if ((*p_len) + 3 > BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
- }
-
- // Encode TX Power Level.
- p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = 2;
- p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_TX_POWER_LEVEL;
- p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = (uint8_t)tx_power_level;
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-static uint32_t uuid_list_sized_encode(const ble_advdata_uuid_list_t * p_uuid_list,
- uint8_t adv_type,
- uint8_t uuid_size,
- uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
- uint8_t * p_len)
-{
- int i;
- bool is_heading_written = false;
- uint8_t start_pos = *p_len;
-
- for (i = 0; i < p_uuid_list->uuid_cnt; i++)
- {
- uint32_t err_code;
- uint8_t encoded_size;
- ble_uuid_t uuid = p_uuid_list->p_uuids[i];
-
- // Find encoded uuid size.
- err_code = sd_ble_uuid_encode(&uuid, &encoded_size, NULL);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- // Check size.
- if (encoded_size == uuid_size)
- {
- uint8_t heading_bytes = (is_heading_written) ? 0 : 2;
-
- // Check for buffer overflow
- if (*p_len + encoded_size + heading_bytes > BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
- }
-
- if (!is_heading_written)
- {
- // Write AD structure heading.
- (*p_len)++;
- p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = adv_type;
- is_heading_written = true;
- }
-
- // Write UUID.
- err_code = sd_ble_uuid_encode(&uuid, &encoded_size, &p_encoded_data[*p_len]);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- (*p_len) += encoded_size;
- }
- }
-
- if (is_heading_written)
- {
- // Write length.
- p_encoded_data[start_pos] = (*p_len) - (start_pos + 1);
- }
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-static uint32_t uuid_list_encode(const ble_advdata_uuid_list_t * p_uuid_list,
- uint8_t adv_type_16,
- uint8_t adv_type_128,
- uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
- uint8_t * p_len)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- // Encode 16 bit UUIDs.
- err_code = uuid_list_sized_encode(p_uuid_list,
- adv_type_16,
- sizeof(uint16_le_t),
- p_encoded_data,
- p_len);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- // Encode 128 bit UUIDs.
- err_code = uuid_list_sized_encode(p_uuid_list,
- adv_type_128,
- sizeof(ble_uuid128_t),
- p_encoded_data,
- p_len);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-static uint32_t conn_int_check(const ble_advdata_conn_int_t *p_conn_int)
-{
- // Check Minimum Connection Interval.
- if ((p_conn_int->min_conn_interval < 0x0006) ||
- (
- (p_conn_int->min_conn_interval > 0x0c80) &&
- (p_conn_int->min_conn_interval != 0xffff)
- )
- )
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- // Check Maximum Connection Interval.
- if ((p_conn_int->max_conn_interval < 0x0006) ||
- (
- (p_conn_int->max_conn_interval > 0x0c80) &&
- (p_conn_int->max_conn_interval != 0xffff)
- )
- )
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- // Make sure Minimum Connection Interval is not bigger than Maximum Connection Interval.
- if ((p_conn_int->min_conn_interval != 0xffff) &&
- (p_conn_int->max_conn_interval != 0xffff) &&
- (p_conn_int->min_conn_interval > p_conn_int->max_conn_interval)
- )
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-static uint32_t conn_int_encode(const ble_advdata_conn_int_t * p_conn_int,
- uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
- uint8_t * p_len)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- // Check for buffer overflow.
- if ((*p_len) + ADV_DATA_OFFSET + 2 * sizeof(uint16_le_t) > BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
- }
-
- // Check parameters.
- err_code = conn_int_check(p_conn_int);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- // Encode Length and AD Type.
- p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = 1 + 2 * sizeof(uint16_le_t);
- p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SLAVE_CONNECTION_INTERVAL_RANGE;
-
- // Encode Minimum and Maximum Connection Intervals.
- (*p_len) += uint16_encode(p_conn_int->min_conn_interval, &p_encoded_data[*p_len]);
- (*p_len) += uint16_encode(p_conn_int->max_conn_interval, &p_encoded_data[*p_len]);
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-static uint32_t manuf_specific_data_encode(const ble_advdata_manuf_data_t * p_manuf_sp_data,
- uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
- uint8_t * p_len)
-{
- uint8_t data_size = sizeof(uint16_le_t) + p_manuf_sp_data->data.size;
-
- // Check for buffer overflow.
- if ((*p_len) + ADV_DATA_OFFSET + data_size > BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
- }
-
- // Encode Length and AD Type.
- p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = 1 + data_size;
- p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_DATA;
-
- // Encode Company Identifier.
- (*p_len) += uint16_encode(p_manuf_sp_data->company_identifier, &p_encoded_data[*p_len]);
-
- // Encode additional manufacturer specific data.
- if (p_manuf_sp_data->data.size > 0)
- {
- if (p_manuf_sp_data->data.p_data == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
- memcpy(&p_encoded_data[*p_len], p_manuf_sp_data->data.p_data, p_manuf_sp_data->data.size);
- (*p_len) += p_manuf_sp_data->data.size;
- }
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-static uint32_t service_data_encode(const ble_advdata_t * p_advdata,
- uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
- uint8_t * p_len)
-{
- uint8_t i;
-
- // Check parameter consistency.
- if (p_advdata->p_service_data_array == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < p_advdata->service_data_count; i++)
- {
- ble_advdata_service_data_t * p_service_data;
- uint8_t data_size;
-
- p_service_data = &p_advdata->p_service_data_array[i];
- data_size = sizeof(uint16_le_t) + p_service_data->data.size;
-
- // Encode Length and AD Type.
- p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = 1 + data_size;
- p_encoded_data[(*p_len)++] = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SERVICE_DATA;
-
- // Encode service UUID.
- (*p_len) += uint16_encode(p_service_data->service_uuid, &p_encoded_data[*p_len]);
-
- // Encode additional service data.
- if (p_service_data->data.size > 0)
- {
- if (p_service_data->data.p_data == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
- memcpy(&p_encoded_data[*p_len], p_service_data->data.p_data, p_service_data->data.size);
- (*p_len) += p_service_data->data.size;
- }
- }
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-static uint32_t adv_data_encode(const ble_advdata_t * p_advdata,
- uint8_t * p_encoded_data,
- uint8_t * p_len)
-{
- uint32_t err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
-
- *p_len = 0;
-
- // Encode name.
- if (p_advdata->name_type != BLE_ADVDATA_NO_NAME)
- {
- err_code = name_encode(p_advdata, p_encoded_data, p_len);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
-
- // Encode appearance.
- if (p_advdata->include_appearance)
- {
- err_code = appearance_encode(p_encoded_data, p_len);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
-
- // Encode flags.
- if (p_advdata->flags.size > 0)
- {
- err_code = uint8_array_encode(&p_advdata->flags,
- BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_FLAGS,
- p_encoded_data,
- p_len);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
-
- // Encode TX power level.
- if (p_advdata->p_tx_power_level != NULL)
- {
- err_code = tx_power_level_encode(*p_advdata->p_tx_power_level, p_encoded_data, p_len);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
-
- // Encode 'more available' uuid list.
- if (p_advdata->uuids_more_available.uuid_cnt > 0)
- {
- err_code = uuid_list_encode(&p_advdata->uuids_more_available,
- BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_16BIT_SERVICE_UUID_MORE_AVAILABLE,
- BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_128BIT_SERVICE_UUID_MORE_AVAILABLE,
- p_encoded_data,
- p_len);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
-
- // Encode 'complete' uuid list.
- if (p_advdata->uuids_complete.uuid_cnt > 0)
- {
- err_code = uuid_list_encode(&p_advdata->uuids_complete,
- BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_16BIT_SERVICE_UUID_COMPLETE,
- BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_128BIT_SERVICE_UUID_COMPLETE,
- p_encoded_data,
- p_len);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
-
- // Encode 'solicited service' uuid list.
- if (p_advdata->uuids_solicited.uuid_cnt > 0)
- {
- err_code = uuid_list_encode(&p_advdata->uuids_solicited,
- BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SOLICITED_SERVICE_UUIDS_16BIT,
- BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SOLICITED_SERVICE_UUIDS_128BIT,
- p_encoded_data,
- p_len);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
-
- // Encode Slave Connection Interval Range.
- if (p_advdata->p_slave_conn_int != NULL)
- {
- err_code = conn_int_encode(p_advdata->p_slave_conn_int, p_encoded_data, p_len);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
-
- // Encode Manufacturer Specific Data.
- if (p_advdata->p_manuf_specific_data != NULL)
- {
- err_code = manuf_specific_data_encode(p_advdata->p_manuf_specific_data,
- p_encoded_data,
- p_len);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
-
- // Encode Service Data.
- if (p_advdata->service_data_count > 0)
- {
- err_code = service_data_encode(p_advdata, p_encoded_data, p_len);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
-
- return err_code;
-}
-
-
-static uint32_t advdata_check(const ble_advdata_t * p_advdata)
-{
- // Flags must be included in advertising data, and the BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_BR_EDR_NOT_SUPPORTED flag must be set.
- if ((p_advdata->flags.size == 0) ||
- (p_advdata->flags.p_data == NULL) ||
- ((p_advdata->flags.p_data[0] & BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_BR_EDR_NOT_SUPPORTED) == 0)
- )
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-static uint32_t srdata_check(const ble_advdata_t * p_srdata)
-{
- // Flags shall not be included in the scan response data.
- if (p_srdata->flags.size > 0)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t ble_advdata_set(const ble_advdata_t * p_advdata, const ble_advdata_t * p_srdata)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
- uint8_t len_advdata = 0;
- uint8_t len_srdata = 0;
- uint8_t encoded_advdata[BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE];
- uint8_t encoded_srdata[BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE];
- uint8_t * p_encoded_advdata;
- uint8_t * p_encoded_srdata;
-
- // Encode advertising data (if supplied).
- if (p_advdata != NULL)
- {
- err_code = advdata_check(p_advdata);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- err_code = adv_data_encode(p_advdata, encoded_advdata, &len_advdata);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- p_encoded_advdata = encoded_advdata;
- }
- else
- {
- p_encoded_advdata = NULL;
- }
-
- // Encode scan response data (if supplied).
- if (p_srdata != NULL)
- {
- err_code = srdata_check(p_srdata);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- err_code = adv_data_encode(p_srdata, encoded_srdata, &len_srdata);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- p_encoded_srdata = encoded_srdata;
- }
- else
- {
- p_encoded_srdata = NULL;
- }
-
- // Pass encoded advertising data and/or scan response data to the stack.
- return sd_ble_gap_adv_data_set(p_encoded_advdata, len_advdata, p_encoded_srdata, len_srdata);
-}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/ble/ble_advdata_parser.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/ble/ble_advdata_parser.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-#include "ble_advdata_parser.h"
-
-uint32_t ble_advdata_parser_field_find(uint8_t type, uint8_t * p_advdata, uint8_t * len, uint8_t ** pp_field_data)
-{
- uint32_t index = 0;
-
- while (index < *len)
- {
- uint8_t field_length = p_advdata[index];
- uint8_t field_type = p_advdata[index+1];
-
- if (field_type == type)
- {
- *pp_field_data = &p_advdata[index+2];
- *len = field_length-1;
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
- }
- index += field_length+1;
- }
- return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND;
-}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/ble/ble_bondmngr.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/ble/ble_bondmngr.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,1598 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-#if NEED_BOND_MANAGER /* disabled by default */
-
-#include "ble_bondmngr.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "nordic_common.h"
-#include "nrf_error.h"
-#include "ble_gap.h"
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-#include "app_util.h"
-#include "nrf_assert.h"
-//#include "nrf.h"
-#include "nrf51_bitfields.h"
-#include "crc16.h"
-#include "pstorage.h"
-#include "ble_bondmngr_cfg.h"
-
-#define CCCD_SIZE 6 /**< Number of bytes needed for storing the state of one CCCD. */
-#define CRC_SIZE 2 /**< Size of CRC in sys_attribute data. */
-#define SYS_ATTR_BUFFER_MAX_LEN (((BLE_BONDMNGR_CCCD_COUNT + 1) * CCCD_SIZE) + CRC_SIZE) /**< Size of sys_attribute data. */
-#define MAX_NUM_CENTRAL_WHITE_LIST MIN(BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS, 8) /**< Maximum number of whitelisted centrals supported.*/
-#define MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH 10 /**< Maximum number of bonds that can be stored in flash. */
-#define BOND_MANAGER_DATA_SIGNATURE 0x53240000
-
-/**@defgroup ble_bond_mngr_sec_access Bond Manager Security Status Access Macros
- * @brief The following group of macros abstract access to Security Status with a peer.
- * @{
- */
-
-#define SEC_STATUS_INIT_VAL 0x00 /**< Initialization value for security status flags. */
-#define ENC_STATUS_SET_VAL 0x01 /**< Bitmask for encryption status. */
-#define BOND_IN_PROGRESS_SET_VAL 0x02 /**< Bitmask for 'bonding in progress'. */
-
-
-/**@brief Macro for setting the Encryption Status for current link.
- *
- * @details Macro for setting the Encryption Status for current link.
- */
-#define ENCRYPTION_STATUS_SET() \
- do \
- { \
- m_sec_con_status |= ENC_STATUS_SET_VAL; \
- } while (0)
-
-/**@brief Macro for getting the Encryption Status for current link.
- *
- * @details Macro for getting the Encryption Status for current link.
- */
-#define ENCRYPTION_STATUS_GET() \
- (((m_sec_con_status & ENC_STATUS_SET_VAL) == 0) ? false : true)
-
-/**@brief Macro for resetting the Encryption Status for current link.
- *
- * @details Macro for resetting the Encryption Status for current link.
- */
-#define ENCRYPTION_STATUS_RESET() \
- do \
- { \
- m_sec_con_status &= (~ENC_STATUS_SET_VAL); \
- } while (0)
-
-
-/**@brief Macro for resetting the Bonding In Progress status for current link.
- *
- * @details Macro for resetting the Bonding In Progress status for current link.
- */
-#define BONDING_IN_PROGRESS_STATUS_SET() \
- do \
- { \
- m_sec_con_status |= BOND_IN_PROGRESS_SET_VAL; \
- } while (0)
-
-/**@brief Macro for setting the Bonding In Progress status for current link.
- *
- * @details Macro for setting the Bonding In Progress status for current link.
- */
-#define BONDING_IN_PROGRESS_STATUS_GET() \
- (((m_sec_con_status & BOND_IN_PROGRESS_SET_VAL) == 0) ? false: true)
-
-/**@brief Macro for resetting the Bonding In Progress status for current link.
- *
- * @details Macro for resetting the Bonding In Progress status for current link.
- */
-#define BONDING_IN_PROGRESS_STATUS_RESET() \
- do \
- { \
- m_sec_con_status &= (~BOND_IN_PROGRESS_SET_VAL); \
- } while (0)
-
-/**@brief Macro for resetting all security status flags for current link.
- *
- * @details Macro for resetting all security status flags for current link.
- */
-#define SECURITY_STATUS_RESET() \
- do \
- { \
- m_sec_con_status = SEC_STATUS_INIT_VAL; \
- } while (0)
-
-/** @} */
-
-/**@brief Verify module's initialization status.
- *
- * @details Verify module's initialization status. Returns NRF_INVALID_STATE in case a module API
- * is called without initializing the module.
- */
-#define VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED() \
- do \
- { \
- if (!m_is_bondmngr_initialized) \
- { \
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE; \
- } \
- } while(0)
-
-
-/**@brief This structure contains the Bonding Information for one central.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- int32_t central_handle; /**< Central's handle (NOTE: Size is 32 bits just to make struct size dividable by 4). */
- ble_gap_evt_auth_status_t auth_status; /**< Central authentication data. */
- ble_gap_evt_sec_info_request_t central_id_info; /**< Central identification info. */
- ble_gap_addr_t central_addr; /**< Central's address. */
-} central_bond_t;
-
-STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(central_bond_t) % 4 == 0);
-
-/**@brief This structure contains the System Attributes information related to one central.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- int32_t central_handle; /**< Central's handle (NOTE: Size is 32 bits just to make struct size dividable by 4). */
- uint8_t sys_attr[SYS_ATTR_BUFFER_MAX_LEN]; /**< Central sys_attribute data. */
- uint32_t sys_attr_size; /**< Central sys_attribute data's size (NOTE: Size is 32 bits just to make struct size dividable by 4). */
-} central_sys_attr_t;
-
-STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(central_sys_attr_t) % 4 == 0);
-
-/**@brief This structure contains the Bonding Information and System Attributes related to one
- * central.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- central_bond_t bond; /**< Bonding information. */
- central_sys_attr_t sys_attr; /**< System attribute information. */
-} central_t;
-
-/**@brief This structure contains the whitelisted addresses.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- int8_t central_handle; /**< Central's handle. */
- ble_gap_addr_t * p_addr; /**< Pointer to the central's address if BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC. */
-} whitelist_addr_t;
-
-/**@brief This structure contains the whitelisted IRKs.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- int8_t central_handle; /**< Central's handle. */
- ble_gap_irk_t * p_irk; /**< Pointer to the central's irk if available. */
-} whitelist_irk_t;
-
-static bool m_is_bondmngr_initialized = false; /**< Flag for checking if module has been initialized. */
-static ble_bondmngr_init_t m_bondmngr_config; /**< Configuration as specified by the application. */
-static uint16_t m_conn_handle; /**< Current connection handle. */
-static central_t m_central; /**< Current central data. */
-static central_t m_centrals_db[BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS]; /**< Pointer to start of bonded centrals database. */
-static uint8_t m_centrals_in_db_count; /**< Number of bonded centrals. */
-static whitelist_addr_t m_whitelist_addr[MAX_NUM_CENTRAL_WHITE_LIST]; /**< List of central's addresses for the whitelist. */
-static whitelist_irk_t m_whitelist_irk[MAX_NUM_CENTRAL_WHITE_LIST]; /**< List of central's IRKs for the whitelist. */
-static uint8_t m_addr_count; /**< Number of addresses in the whitelist. */
-static uint8_t m_irk_count; /**< Number of IRKs in the whitelist. */
-static uint16_t m_crc_bond_info; /**< Combined CRC for all Bonding Information currently stored in flash. */
-static uint16_t m_crc_sys_attr; /**< Combined CRC for all System Attributes currently stored in flash. */
-static pstorage_handle_t mp_flash_bond_info; /**< Pointer to flash location to write next Bonding Information. */
-static pstorage_handle_t mp_flash_sys_attr; /**< Pointer to flash location to write next System Attribute information. */
-static uint8_t m_bond_info_in_flash_count; /**< Number of Bonding Information currently stored in flash. */
-static uint8_t m_sys_attr_in_flash_count; /**< Number of System Attributes currently stored in flash. */
-static uint8_t m_sec_con_status; /**< Variable to denote security status.*/
-static bool m_bond_loaded; /**< Variable to indicate if the bonding information of the currently connected central is available in the RAM.*/
-static bool m_sys_attr_loaded; /**< Variable to indicate if the system attribute information of the currently connected central is loaded from the database and set in the S110 SoftDevice.*/
-static uint32_t m_bond_crc_array[BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS];
-static uint32_t m_sys_crc_array[BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS];
-
-/**@brief Function for extracting the CRC from an encoded 32 bit number that typical resides in
- * the flash memory
- *
- * @param[in] header Header containing CRC and magic number.
- * @param[out] p_crc Extracted CRC.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS CRC successfully extracted.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND Flash seems to be empty.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA Header does not contain the magic number.
- */
-static uint32_t crc_extract(uint32_t header, uint16_t * p_crc)
-{
- if ((header & 0xFFFF0000U) == BOND_MANAGER_DATA_SIGNATURE)
- {
- *p_crc = (uint16_t)(header & 0x0000FFFFU);
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
- }
- else if (header == 0xFFFFFFFFU)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND;
- }
- else
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA;
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for storing the Bonding Information of the specified central to the flash.
- *
- * @param[in] p_bond Bonding information to be stored.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, an error_code otherwise.
- */
-static uint32_t bond_info_store(central_bond_t * p_bond)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
- pstorage_handle_t dest_block;
-
- // Check if flash is full
- if (m_bond_info_in_flash_count >= MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
- }
-
- // Check if this is the first bond to be stored
- if (m_bond_info_in_flash_count == 0)
- {
- // Initialize CRC
- m_crc_bond_info = crc16_compute(NULL, 0, NULL);
- }
-
- // Get block pointer from base
- err_code = pstorage_block_identifier_get(&mp_flash_bond_info,m_bond_info_in_flash_count,&dest_block);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- // Write Bonding Information
- err_code = pstorage_store(&dest_block,
- (uint8_t *)p_bond,
- sizeof(central_bond_t),
- sizeof(uint32_t));
-
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- m_crc_bond_info = crc16_compute((uint8_t *)p_bond,
- sizeof(central_bond_t),
- &m_crc_bond_info);
-
- // Write header
- m_bond_crc_array[m_bond_info_in_flash_count] = (BOND_MANAGER_DATA_SIGNATURE | m_crc_bond_info);
-
- err_code = pstorage_store (&dest_block, (uint8_t *)&m_bond_crc_array[m_bond_info_in_flash_count],sizeof(uint32_t),0);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- m_bond_info_in_flash_count++;
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for storing the System Attributes related to a specified central in flash.
- *
- * @param[in] p_sys_attr System Attributes to be stored.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, an error_code otherwise.
- */
-static uint32_t sys_attr_store(central_sys_attr_t * p_sys_attr)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
- pstorage_handle_t dest_block;
-
- // Check if flash is full.
- if (m_sys_attr_in_flash_count >= MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
- }
-
- // Check if this is the first time any System Attributes is stored.
- if (m_sys_attr_in_flash_count == 0)
- {
- // Initialize CRC
- m_crc_sys_attr = crc16_compute(NULL, 0, NULL);
- }
-
-
- // Get block pointer from base
- err_code = pstorage_block_identifier_get(&mp_flash_sys_attr,m_sys_attr_in_flash_count,&dest_block);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- // Write System Attributes in flash.
- err_code = pstorage_store(&dest_block,
- (uint8_t *)p_sys_attr,
- sizeof(central_sys_attr_t),
- sizeof(uint32_t));
-
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- m_crc_sys_attr = crc16_compute((uint8_t *)p_sys_attr,
- sizeof(central_sys_attr_t),
- &m_crc_sys_attr);
-
- // Write header.
- m_sys_crc_array[m_sys_attr_in_flash_count] = (BOND_MANAGER_DATA_SIGNATURE | m_crc_sys_attr);
-
- err_code = pstorage_store (&dest_block,
- (uint8_t *)&m_sys_crc_array[m_sys_attr_in_flash_count],
- sizeof(uint32_t),
- 0);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- m_sys_attr_in_flash_count++;
-
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for loading the Bonding Information of one central from flash.
- *
- * @param[out] p_bond Loaded Bonding Information.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-static uint32_t bonding_info_load_from_flash(central_bond_t * p_bond)
-{
- pstorage_handle_t source_block;
- uint32_t err_code;
- uint32_t crc;
- uint16_t crc_header;
-
- // Check if this is the first bond to be loaded, in which case the
- // m_bond_info_in_flash_count variable would have the intial value 0.
- if (m_bond_info_in_flash_count == 0)
- {
- // Initialize CRC.
- m_crc_bond_info = crc16_compute(NULL, 0, NULL);
- }
-
- // Get block pointer from base
- err_code = pstorage_block_identifier_get(&mp_flash_bond_info,
- m_bond_info_in_flash_count,
- &source_block);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- err_code = pstorage_load((uint8_t *)&crc, &source_block, sizeof(uint32_t), 0);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- // Extract CRC from header.
- err_code = crc_extract(crc, &crc_header);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- // Load central.
- err_code = pstorage_load((uint8_t *)p_bond,
- &source_block,
- sizeof(central_bond_t),
- sizeof(uint32_t));
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- // Check CRC.
- m_crc_bond_info = crc16_compute((uint8_t *)p_bond,
- sizeof(central_bond_t),
- &m_crc_bond_info);
- if (m_crc_bond_info == crc_header)
- {
- m_bond_info_in_flash_count++;
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
- }
- else
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA;
- }
-}
-
-
-
-/**@brief Function for loading the System Attributes related to one central from flash.
- *
- * @param[out] p_sys_attr Loaded System Attributes.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-static uint32_t sys_attr_load_from_flash(central_sys_attr_t * p_sys_attr)
-{
- pstorage_handle_t source_block;
- uint32_t err_code;
- uint32_t crc;
- uint16_t crc_header;
-
- // Check if this is the first time System Attributes is loaded from flash, in which case the
- // m_sys_attr_in_flash_count variable would have the initial value 0.
- if (m_sys_attr_in_flash_count == 0)
- {
- // Initialize CRC.
- m_crc_sys_attr = crc16_compute(NULL, 0, NULL);
- }
-
- // Get block pointer from base
- err_code = pstorage_block_identifier_get(&mp_flash_sys_attr,
- m_sys_attr_in_flash_count,
- &source_block);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- err_code = pstorage_load((uint8_t *)&crc, &source_block, sizeof(uint32_t), 0);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- // Extract CRC from header.
- err_code = crc_extract(crc, &crc_header);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- err_code = pstorage_load((uint8_t *)p_sys_attr,
- &source_block,
- sizeof(central_sys_attr_t),
- sizeof(uint32_t));
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- // Check CRC.
- m_crc_sys_attr = crc16_compute((uint8_t *)p_sys_attr,
- sizeof(central_sys_attr_t),
- &m_crc_sys_attr);
-
- if (m_crc_sys_attr == crc_header)
- {
- m_sys_attr_in_flash_count++;
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
- }
- else
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA;
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for erasing the flash pages that contain Bonding Information and System
- * Attributes.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-static uint32_t flash_pages_erase(void)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- err_code = pstorage_clear(&mp_flash_bond_info, MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH);
-
- if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- err_code = pstorage_clear(&mp_flash_sys_attr, MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH);
- }
-
- return err_code;
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for checking if Bonding Information in RAM is different from that in
- * flash.
- *
- * @return TRUE if Bonding Information in flash and RAM are different, FALSE otherwise.
- */
-static bool bond_info_changed(void)
-{
- int i;
- uint16_t crc = crc16_compute(NULL, 0, NULL);
-
- // Compute CRC for all bonds in database.
- for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
- {
- crc = crc16_compute((uint8_t *)&m_centrals_db[i].bond,
- sizeof(central_bond_t),
- &crc);
- }
-
- // Compare the computed CRS to CRC stored in flash.
- return (crc != m_crc_bond_info);
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for checking if System Attributes in RAM is different from that in flash.
- *
- * @return TRUE if System Attributes in flash and RAM are different, FALSE otherwise.
- */
-static bool sys_attr_changed(void)
-{
- int i;
- uint16_t crc = crc16_compute(NULL, 0, NULL);
-
- // Compute CRC for all System Attributes in database.
- for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
- {
- crc = crc16_compute((uint8_t *)&m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr,
- sizeof(central_sys_attr_t),
- &crc);
- }
-
- // Compare the CRC of System Attributes in flash with that of the System Attributes in memory.
- return (crc != m_crc_sys_attr);
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for setting the System Attributes for specified central to the SoftDevice, or
- * clearing the System Attributes if central is a previously unknown.
- *
- * @param[in] p_central Central for which the System Attributes is to be set.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-static uint32_t central_sys_attr_set(central_t * p_central)
-{
- uint8_t * p_sys_attr;
-
- if (m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size != 0)
- {
- if (m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size > SYS_ATTR_BUFFER_MAX_LEN)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL;
- }
-
- p_sys_attr = m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr;
- }
- else
- {
- p_sys_attr = NULL;
- }
-
- return sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set(m_conn_handle, p_sys_attr, m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size);
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for updating the whitelist data structures.
- */
-static void update_whitelist(void)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0, m_addr_count = 0, m_irk_count = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
- {
- central_bond_t * p_bond = &m_centrals_db[i].bond;
-
- if (p_bond->auth_status.central_kex.irk)
- {
- m_whitelist_irk[m_irk_count].central_handle = p_bond->central_handle;
- m_whitelist_irk[m_irk_count].p_irk = &(p_bond->auth_status.central_keys.irk);
-
- m_irk_count++;
- }
-
- if (p_bond->central_addr.addr_type != BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE)
- {
- m_whitelist_addr[m_addr_count].central_handle = p_bond->central_handle;
- m_whitelist_addr[m_addr_count].p_addr = &(p_bond->central_addr);
-
- m_addr_count++;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the authentication status event related to a new central.
- *
- * @details This function adds the new central to the database and stores the central's Bonding
- * Information to flash. It also notifies the application when the new bond is created,
- * and sets the System Attributes to prepare the stack for connection with the new
- * central.
- *
- * @param[in] p_auth_status New authentication status.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-static uint32_t on_auth_status_from_new_central(ble_gap_evt_auth_status_t * p_auth_status)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- if (m_centrals_in_db_count >= BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM;
- }
-
- // Update central.
- m_central.bond.auth_status = *p_auth_status;
- m_central.bond.central_id_info.div = p_auth_status->periph_keys.enc_info.div;
- m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size = 0;
-
- // Add new central to database.
- m_central.bond.central_handle = m_centrals_in_db_count;
- m_centrals_db[m_centrals_in_db_count++] = m_central;
-
- update_whitelist();
-
- m_bond_loaded = true;
-
- // Clear System Attributes.
- err_code = sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set(m_conn_handle, NULL, 0);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- // Write new central's Bonding Information to flash.
- err_code = bond_info_store(&m_central.bond);
- if ((err_code == NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM) && (m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler != NULL))
- {
- ble_bondmngr_evt_t evt;
-
- evt.evt_type = BLE_BONDMNGR_EVT_BOND_FLASH_FULL;
- evt.central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
- evt.central_id = m_central.bond.central_id_info.div;
-
- m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler(&evt);
- }
- else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- // Pass the event to application.
- if (m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler != NULL)
- {
- ble_bondmngr_evt_t evt;
-
- evt.evt_type = BLE_BONDMNGR_EVT_NEW_BOND;
- evt.central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
- evt.central_id = m_central.bond.central_id_info.div;
-
- m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler(&evt);
- }
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for updating the current central's entry in the database.
- */
-static uint32_t central_update(void)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
- int32_t central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
-
- if ((central_handle >= 0) && (central_handle < m_centrals_in_db_count))
- {
- // Update the database based on whether the bond and system attributes have
- // been loaded or not to avoid overwriting information that was not used in the
- // connection session.
- if (m_bond_loaded)
- {
- m_centrals_db[central_handle].bond = m_central.bond;
- }
-
- if (m_sys_attr_loaded)
- {
- m_centrals_db[central_handle].sys_attr = m_central.sys_attr;
- }
-
- update_whitelist();
-
- err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
- }
- else
- {
- err_code = NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL;
- }
-
- return err_code;
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for searching for the central in the database of known centrals.
- *
- * @details If the central is found, the variable m_central will be populated with all the
- * information (Bonding Information and System Attributes) related to that central.
- *
- * @param[in] central_id Central Identifier.
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-static uint32_t central_find_in_db(uint16_t central_id)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
- {
- if (central_id == m_centrals_db[i].bond.central_id_info.div)
- {
- m_central = m_centrals_db[i];
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
-
- return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND;
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for loading all Bonding Information and System Attributes from flash.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-static uint32_t load_all_from_flash(void)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
- int i;
-
- m_centrals_in_db_count = 0;
-
- while (m_centrals_in_db_count < BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS)
- {
- central_bond_t central_bond_info;
- int central_handle;
-
- // Load Bonding Information.
- err_code = bonding_info_load_from_flash(¢ral_bond_info);
- if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)
- {
- // No more bonds in flash.
- break;
- }
- else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- central_handle = central_bond_info.central_handle;
- if (central_handle > m_centrals_in_db_count)
- {
- // Central handle value(s) missing in flash. This should never happen.
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA;
- }
- else
- {
- // Add/update Bonding Information in central array.
- m_centrals_db[central_handle].bond = central_bond_info;
- if (central_handle == m_centrals_in_db_count)
- {
- // New central handle, clear System Attributes.
- m_centrals_db[central_handle].sys_attr.sys_attr_size = 0;
- m_centrals_db[central_handle].sys_attr.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
- m_centrals_in_db_count++;
- }
- else
- {
- // Entry was updated, do nothing.
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Load System Attributes for all previously known centrals.
- for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
- {
- central_sys_attr_t central_sys_attr;
-
- // Load System Attributes.
- err_code = sys_attr_load_from_flash(¢ral_sys_attr);
- if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)
- {
- // No more System Attributes in flash.
- break;
- }
- else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- if (central_sys_attr.central_handle > m_centrals_in_db_count)
- {
- // Central handle value(s) missing in flash. This should never happen.
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA;
- }
- else
- {
- // Add/update Bonding Information in central array.
- m_centrals_db[central_sys_attr.central_handle].sys_attr = central_sys_attr;
- }
- }
-
- // Initialize the remaining empty bond entries in the memory.
- for (i = m_centrals_in_db_count; i < BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS; i++)
- {
- m_centrals_db[i].bond.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
- m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr.sys_attr_size = 0;
- m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
- }
-
- // Update whitelist data structures.
- update_whitelist();
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the connected event received from the BLE stack.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-static void on_connect(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
-{
- m_conn_handle = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.conn_handle;
-
- m_central.bond.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
- m_central.bond.central_addr = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.connected.peer_addr;
- m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size = 0;
-
- if (p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.connected.irk_match)
- {
- uint8_t irk_idx = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.connected.irk_match_idx;
-
- if ((irk_idx >= MAX_NUM_CENTRAL_WHITE_LIST) ||
- (m_whitelist_irk[irk_idx].central_handle >= BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS))
- {
- m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL);
- }
- else
- {
- m_central = m_centrals_db[m_whitelist_irk[irk_idx].central_handle];
- }
- }
- else
- {
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < m_addr_count; i++)
- {
- ble_gap_addr_t * p_cur_addr = m_whitelist_addr[i].p_addr;
-
- if (memcmp(p_cur_addr->addr, m_central.bond.central_addr.addr, BLE_GAP_ADDR_LEN) == 0)
- {
- m_central = m_centrals_db[m_whitelist_addr[i].central_handle];
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (m_central.bond.central_handle != INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE)
- {
- // Reset bond and system attributes loaded variables.
- m_bond_loaded = false;
- m_sys_attr_loaded = false;
-
- // Do not set the system attributes of the central on connection.
- if (m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler != NULL)
- {
- ble_bondmngr_evt_t evt;
-
- evt.evt_type = BLE_BONDMNGR_EVT_CONN_TO_BONDED_CENTRAL;
- evt.central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
- evt.central_id = m_central.bond.central_id_info.div;
-
- m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler(&evt);
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the 'System Attributes Missing' event received from the
- * SoftDevice.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-static void on_sys_attr_missing(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- if (
- (m_central.bond.central_handle == INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE) ||
- !ENCRYPTION_STATUS_GET() ||
- BONDING_IN_PROGRESS_STATUS_GET()
- )
- {
- err_code = sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set(m_conn_handle, NULL, 0);
- }
- else
- {
- // Current central is valid, use its data. Set the corresponding sys_attr.
- err_code = central_sys_attr_set(&m_central);
- if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- // Set System Attributes loaded status variable.
- m_sys_attr_loaded = true;
- }
- }
-
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(err_code);
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the new authentication status event, received from the
- * SoftDevice, related to an already bonded central.
- *
- * @details This function also writes the updated Bonding Information to flash and notifies the
- * application.
- *
- * @param[in] p_auth_status Updated authentication status.
- */
-static void auth_status_update(ble_gap_evt_auth_status_t * p_auth_status)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- // Authentication status changed, update Bonding Information.
- m_central.bond.auth_status = *p_auth_status;
- m_central.bond.central_id_info.div = p_auth_status->periph_keys.enc_info.div;
-
- memset(&(m_centrals_db[m_central.bond.central_handle]), 0, sizeof(central_t));
- m_centrals_db[m_central.bond.central_handle] = m_central;
-
- // Write updated Bonding Information to flash.
- err_code = bond_info_store(&m_central.bond);
- if ((err_code == NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM) && (m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler != NULL))
- {
- ble_bondmngr_evt_t evt;
-
- evt.evt_type = BLE_BONDMNGR_EVT_BOND_FLASH_FULL;
- evt.central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
- evt.central_id = m_central.bond.central_id_info.div;
-
- m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler(&evt);
- }
- else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(err_code);
- }
-
- // Pass the event to the application.
- if (m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler != NULL)
- {
- ble_bondmngr_evt_t evt;
-
- evt.evt_type = BLE_BONDMNGR_EVT_AUTH_STATUS_UPDATED;
- evt.central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
- evt.central_id = m_central.bond.central_id_info.div;
-
- m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler(&evt);
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Authentication Status event received from the BLE stack.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-static void on_auth_status(ble_gap_evt_auth_status_t * p_auth_status)
-{
- if (p_auth_status->auth_status != BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SUCCESS)
- {
- return;
- }
-
- // Verify if its pairing and not bonding
- if (!ENCRYPTION_STATUS_GET())
- {
- return;
- }
-
- if (m_central.bond.central_handle == INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE)
- {
- uint32_t err_code = central_find_in_db(p_auth_status->periph_keys.enc_info.div);
-
- if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- // Possible DIV Collision indicate error to application,
- // not storing the new LTK
- err_code = NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN;
- }
- else
- {
- // Add the new device to data base
- err_code = on_auth_status_from_new_central(p_auth_status);
- }
-
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(err_code);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- m_bond_loaded = true;
-
- // Receiving a auth status again when already in have existing information!
- auth_status_update(p_auth_status);
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Security Info Request event received from the BLE stack.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-static void on_sec_info_request(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- err_code = central_find_in_db(p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.sec_info_request.div);
- if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- // Bond information has been found and loaded for security procedures. Reflect this in the
- // status variable
- m_bond_loaded = true;
-
- // Central found in the list of bonded central. Use the encryption info for this central.
- err_code = sd_ble_gap_sec_info_reply(m_conn_handle,
- &m_central.bond.auth_status.periph_keys.enc_info,
- NULL);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(err_code);
- }
-
- // Do not set the sys_attr yet, should be set only when sec_update is successful.
- }
- else if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)
- {
- m_central.bond.central_id_info = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.sec_info_request;
-
- // New central.
- err_code = sd_ble_gap_sec_info_reply(m_conn_handle, NULL, NULL);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(err_code);
- }
-
- // Initialize the sys_attr.
- err_code = sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set(m_conn_handle, NULL, 0);
- }
-
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(err_code);
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Connection Security Update event received from the BLE
- * stack.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-static void on_sec_update(ble_gap_evt_conn_sec_update_t * p_sec_update)
-{
- uint8_t security_mode = p_sec_update->conn_sec.sec_mode.sm;
- uint8_t security_level = p_sec_update->conn_sec.sec_mode.lv;
-
- if (((security_mode == 1) && (security_level > 1)) ||
- ((security_mode == 2) && (security_level != 0)))
- {
- ENCRYPTION_STATUS_SET();
-
- uint32_t err_code = central_sys_attr_set(&m_central);
-
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(err_code);
- }
- else
- {
- m_sys_attr_loaded = true;
- }
-
- if (m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler != NULL)
- {
- ble_bondmngr_evt_t evt;
-
- evt.evt_type = BLE_BONDMNGR_EVT_ENCRYPTED;
- evt.central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
- evt.central_id = m_central.bond.central_id_info.div;
-
- m_bondmngr_config.evt_handler(&evt);
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Connection Security Parameters Request event received from
- * the BLE stack.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-static void on_sec_param_request(ble_gap_evt_sec_params_request_t * p_sec_update)
-{
- if (p_sec_update->peer_params.bond)
- {
- BONDING_IN_PROGRESS_STATUS_SET();
-
- if (m_central.bond.central_handle != INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE)
- {
- // Bonding request received from a bonded central, make all system attributes null
- m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size = 0;
- memset(m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr, 0, SYS_ATTR_BUFFER_MAX_LEN);
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-void ble_bondmngr_on_ble_evt(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
-{
- if (!m_is_bondmngr_initialized)
- {
- m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE);
- }
-
- switch (p_ble_evt->header.evt_id)
- {
- case BLE_GAP_EVT_CONNECTED:
- on_connect(p_ble_evt);
- break;
-
- // NOTE: All actions to be taken on the Disconnected event are performed in
- // ble_bondmngr_bonded_centrals_store(). This function must be called from the
- // Disconnected handler of the application before advertising is restarted (to make
- // sure the flash blocks are cleared while the radio is inactive).
- case BLE_GAP_EVT_DISCONNECTED:
- SECURITY_STATUS_RESET();
- break;
-
- case BLE_GATTS_EVT_SYS_ATTR_MISSING:
- on_sys_attr_missing(p_ble_evt);
- break;
-
- case BLE_GAP_EVT_AUTH_STATUS:
- on_auth_status(&p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.auth_status);
- break;
-
- case BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_INFO_REQUEST:
- on_sec_info_request(p_ble_evt);
- break;
-
- case BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_PARAMS_REQUEST:
- on_sec_param_request(&p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.sec_params_request);
- break;
-
- case BLE_GAP_EVT_CONN_SEC_UPDATE:
- on_sec_update(&p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.conn_sec_update);
- break;
-
- default:
- // No implementation needed.
- break;
- }
-}
-
-
-uint32_t ble_bondmngr_bonded_centrals_store(void)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
- int i;
-
- VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
-
- if (m_central.bond.central_handle != INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE)
- {
- // Fetch System Attributes from stack.
- uint16_t sys_attr_size = SYS_ATTR_BUFFER_MAX_LEN;
-
- err_code = sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_get(m_conn_handle,
- m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr,
- &sys_attr_size);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- m_central.sys_attr.central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
- m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size = (uint16_t)sys_attr_size;
-
- // Update the current central.
- err_code = central_update();
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
-
- // Save Bonding Information if changed.
- if (bond_info_changed())
- {
- // Erase flash page.
- err_code = pstorage_clear(&mp_flash_bond_info,MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- // Store bond information for all centrals.
- m_bond_info_in_flash_count = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
- {
- err_code = bond_info_store(&m_centrals_db[i].bond);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Save System Attributes, if changed.
- if (sys_attr_changed())
- {
- // Erase flash page.
- err_code = pstorage_clear(&mp_flash_sys_attr, MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- // Store System Attributes for all centrals.
- m_sys_attr_in_flash_count = 0;
- for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
- {
- err_code = sys_attr_store(&m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
- }
-
- m_conn_handle = BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID;
- m_central.bond.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
- m_central.sys_attr.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
- m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size = 0;
- m_bond_loaded = false;
- m_sys_attr_loaded = false;
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t ble_bondmngr_sys_attr_store(void)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- if (m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size == 0)
- {
- // Connected to new central. So the flash block for System Attributes for this
- // central is empty. Hence no erase is needed.
-
- uint16_t sys_attr_size = SYS_ATTR_BUFFER_MAX_LEN;
-
- // Fetch System Attributes from stack.
- err_code = sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_get(m_conn_handle,
- m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr,
- &sys_attr_size);
-
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- m_central.sys_attr.central_handle = m_central.bond.central_handle;
- m_central.sys_attr.sys_attr_size = (uint16_t)sys_attr_size;
-
- // Copy the System Attributes to database.
- m_centrals_db[m_central.bond.central_handle].sys_attr = m_central.sys_attr;
-
- // Write new central's System Attributes to flash.
- return (sys_attr_store(&m_central.sys_attr));
- }
- else
- {
- // Will not write to flash because System Attributes of an old central would already be
- // in flash and so this operation needs a flash erase operation.
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE;
- }
-}
-
-
-uint32_t ble_bondmngr_bonded_centrals_delete(void)
-{
- VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
-
- m_centrals_in_db_count = 0;
- m_bond_info_in_flash_count = 0;
- m_sys_attr_in_flash_count = 0;
-
- return flash_pages_erase();
-}
-
-
-uint32_t ble_bondmngr_central_addr_get(int8_t central_handle, ble_gap_addr_t * p_central_addr)
-{
- if (
- (central_handle == INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE) ||
- (central_handle >= m_centrals_in_db_count) ||
- (p_central_addr == NULL) ||
- (
- m_centrals_db[central_handle].bond.central_addr.addr_type
- ==
- BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE
- )
- )
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- *p_central_addr = m_centrals_db[central_handle].bond.central_addr;
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t ble_bondmngr_whitelist_get(ble_gap_whitelist_t * p_whitelist)
-{
- static ble_gap_addr_t * s_addr[MAX_NUM_CENTRAL_WHITE_LIST];
- static ble_gap_irk_t * s_irk[MAX_NUM_CENTRAL_WHITE_LIST];
-
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < m_irk_count; i++)
- {
- s_irk[i] = m_whitelist_irk[i].p_irk;
- }
- for (i = 0; i < m_addr_count; i++)
- {
- s_addr[i] = m_whitelist_addr[i].p_addr;
- }
-
- p_whitelist->addr_count = m_addr_count;
- p_whitelist->pp_addrs = (m_addr_count != 0) ? s_addr : NULL;
- p_whitelist->irk_count = m_irk_count;
- p_whitelist->pp_irks = (m_irk_count != 0) ? s_irk : NULL;
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-static void bm_pstorage_cb_handler(pstorage_handle_t * handle,
- uint8_t op_code,
- uint32_t result,
- uint8_t * p_data,
- uint32_t data_len)
-{
- if (result != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- m_bondmngr_config.error_handler(result);
- }
-}
-
-
-uint32_t ble_bondmngr_init(ble_bondmngr_init_t * p_init)
-{
- pstorage_module_param_t param;
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- if (p_init->error_handler == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- if (BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS > MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
- }
-
- param.block_size = sizeof (central_bond_t) + sizeof (uint32_t);
- param.block_count = MAX_BONDS_IN_FLASH;
- param.cb = bm_pstorage_cb_handler;
-
- // Blocks are requested twice, once for bond information and once for system attributes.
- // The number of blocks requested has to be the maximum number of bonded devices that
- // need to be supported. However, the size of blocks can be different if the sizes of
- // system attributes and bonds are not too close.
- err_code = pstorage_register(¶m, &mp_flash_bond_info);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- param.block_size = sizeof(central_sys_attr_t) + sizeof(uint32_t);
-
- err_code = pstorage_register(¶m, &mp_flash_sys_attr);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- m_bondmngr_config = *p_init;
-
- memset(&m_central, 0, sizeof(central_t));
-
- m_central.bond.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
- m_conn_handle = BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID;
- m_centrals_in_db_count = 0;
- m_bond_info_in_flash_count = 0;
- m_sys_attr_in_flash_count = 0;
-
- SECURITY_STATUS_RESET();
-
- // Erase all stored centrals if specified.
- if (m_bondmngr_config.bonds_delete)
- {
- err_code = flash_pages_erase();
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- m_centrals_in_db_count = 0;
- int i;
- for (i = m_centrals_in_db_count; i < BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS; i++)
- {
- m_centrals_db[i].bond.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
- m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr.sys_attr_size = 0;
- m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr.central_handle = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // Load bond manager data from flash.
- err_code = load_all_from_flash();
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
-
- m_is_bondmngr_initialized = true;
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t ble_bondmngr_central_ids_get(uint16_t * p_central_ids, uint16_t * p_length)
-{
- VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
- int i;
- if (p_length == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_NULL;
- }
-
- if (*p_length < m_centrals_in_db_count)
- {
- // Length of the input array is not enough to fit all known central identifiers.
- return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE;
- }
-
- *p_length = m_centrals_in_db_count;
- if (p_central_ids == NULL)
- {
- // Only the length field was required to be filled.
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
- {
- p_central_ids[i] = m_centrals_db[i].bond.central_id_info.div;
- }
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t ble_bondmngr_bonded_central_delete(uint16_t central_id)
-{
- VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
-
- int8_t central_handle_to_be_deleted = INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE;
- uint8_t i;
-
- // Search for the handle of the central.
- for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
- {
- if (m_centrals_db[i].bond.central_id_info.div == central_id)
- {
- central_handle_to_be_deleted = i;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (central_handle_to_be_deleted == INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE)
- {
- // Central ID not found.
- return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND;
- }
-
- // Delete the central in RAM.
- for (i = central_handle_to_be_deleted; i < (m_centrals_in_db_count - 1); i++)
- {
- // Overwrite the current central entry with the next one.
- m_centrals_db[i] = m_centrals_db[i + 1];
-
- // Decrement the value of handle.
- m_centrals_db[i].bond.central_handle--;
- if (INVALID_CENTRAL_HANDLE != m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr.central_handle)
- {
- m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr.central_handle--;
- }
- }
-
- // Clear the last database entry.
- memset(&(m_centrals_db[m_centrals_in_db_count - 1]), 0, sizeof(central_t));
-
- m_centrals_in_db_count--;
-
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- // Reinitialize the pointers to the memory where bonding info and System Attributes are stored
- // in flash.
- // Refresh the data in the flash memory (both Bonding Information and System Attributes).
- // Erase and rewrite bonding info and System Attributes.
-
- err_code = flash_pages_erase();
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- m_bond_info_in_flash_count = 0;
- m_sys_attr_in_flash_count = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
- {
- err_code = bond_info_store(&(m_centrals_db[i].bond));
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < m_centrals_in_db_count; i++)
- {
- err_code = sys_attr_store(&(m_centrals_db[i].sys_attr));
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
-
- update_whitelist();
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-uint32_t ble_bondmngr_is_link_encrypted (bool * status)
-{
- VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED();
-
- (*status) = ENCRYPTION_STATUS_GET();
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-#endif /* #if NEED_BOND_MANAGER */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/ble/ble_conn_params.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/ble/ble_conn_params.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,316 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-#include "ble_conn_params.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "nordic_common.h"
-#include "ble_hci.h"
-#include "app_timer.h"
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-#include "app_util.h"
-
-
-static ble_conn_params_init_t m_conn_params_config; /**< Configuration as specified by the application. */
-static ble_gap_conn_params_t m_preferred_conn_params; /**< Connection parameters preferred by the application. */
-static uint8_t m_update_count; /**< Number of Connection Parameter Update messages that has currently been sent. */
-static uint16_t m_conn_handle; /**< Current connection handle. */
-static ble_gap_conn_params_t m_current_conn_params; /**< Connection parameters received in the most recent Connect event. */
-static app_timer_id_t m_conn_params_timer_id; /**< Connection parameters timer. */
-
-static bool m_change_param = false;
-
-static bool is_conn_params_ok(ble_gap_conn_params_t * p_conn_params)
-{
- // Check if interval is within the acceptable range.
- // NOTE: Using max_conn_interval in the received event data because this contains
- // the client's connection interval.
- if ((p_conn_params->max_conn_interval >= m_preferred_conn_params.min_conn_interval) &&
- (p_conn_params->max_conn_interval <= m_preferred_conn_params.max_conn_interval)) {
- return true;
- } else {
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-
-static void update_timeout_handler(void * p_context)
-{
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(p_context);
-
- if (m_conn_handle != BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID)
- {
- // Check if we have reached the maximum number of attempts
- m_update_count++;
- if (m_update_count <= m_conn_params_config.max_conn_params_update_count)
- {
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- // Parameters are not ok, send connection parameters update request.
- err_code = sd_ble_gap_conn_param_update(m_conn_handle, &m_preferred_conn_params);
- if ((err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_conn_params_config.error_handler != NULL))
- {
- m_conn_params_config.error_handler(err_code);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- m_update_count = 0;
-
- // Negotiation failed, disconnect automatically if this has been configured
- if (m_conn_params_config.disconnect_on_fail)
- {
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- err_code = sd_ble_gap_disconnect(m_conn_handle, BLE_HCI_CONN_INTERVAL_UNACCEPTABLE);
- if ((err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_conn_params_config.error_handler != NULL))
- {
- m_conn_params_config.error_handler(err_code);
- }
- }
-
- // Notify the application that the procedure has failed
- if (m_conn_params_config.evt_handler != NULL)
- {
- ble_conn_params_evt_t evt;
-
- evt.evt_type = BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_FAILED;
- m_conn_params_config.evt_handler(&evt);
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-uint32_t ble_conn_params_init(const ble_conn_params_init_t * p_init)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- m_conn_params_config = *p_init;
- m_change_param = false;
- if (p_init->p_conn_params != NULL)
- {
- m_preferred_conn_params = *p_init->p_conn_params;
-
- // Set the connection params in stack
- err_code = sd_ble_gap_ppcp_set(&m_preferred_conn_params);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // Fetch the connection params from stack
- err_code = sd_ble_gap_ppcp_get(&m_preferred_conn_params);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
- }
-
- m_conn_handle = BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID;
- m_update_count = 0;
-
- return app_timer_create(&m_conn_params_timer_id,
- APP_TIMER_MODE_SINGLE_SHOT,
- update_timeout_handler);
-}
-
-
-uint32_t ble_conn_params_stop(void)
-{
- return app_timer_stop(m_conn_params_timer_id);
-}
-
-
-static void conn_params_negotiation(void)
-{
- // Start negotiation if the received connection parameters are not acceptable
- if (!is_conn_params_ok(&m_current_conn_params))
- {
- uint32_t err_code;
- uint32_t timeout_ticks;
-
- if (m_change_param)
- {
- // Notify the application that the procedure has failed
- if (m_conn_params_config.evt_handler != NULL)
- {
- ble_conn_params_evt_t evt;
-
- evt.evt_type = BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_FAILED;
- m_conn_params_config.evt_handler(&evt);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- if (m_update_count == 0)
- {
- // First connection parameter update
- timeout_ticks = m_conn_params_config.first_conn_params_update_delay;
- }
- else
- {
- timeout_ticks = m_conn_params_config.next_conn_params_update_delay;
- }
-
- err_code = app_timer_start(m_conn_params_timer_id, timeout_ticks, NULL);
- if ((err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_conn_params_config.error_handler != NULL))
- {
- m_conn_params_config.error_handler(err_code);
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // Notify the application that the procedure has succeded
- if (m_conn_params_config.evt_handler != NULL)
- {
- ble_conn_params_evt_t evt;
-
- evt.evt_type = BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_SUCCEEDED;
- m_conn_params_config.evt_handler(&evt);
- }
- }
- m_change_param = false;
-}
-
-
-static void on_connect(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
-{
- // Save connection parameters
- m_conn_handle = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.conn_handle;
- m_current_conn_params = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.connected.conn_params;
- m_update_count = 0; // Connection parameter negotiation should re-start every connection
-
- // Check if we shall handle negotiation on connect
- if (m_conn_params_config.start_on_notify_cccd_handle == BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID)
- {
- conn_params_negotiation();
- }
-}
-
-
-static void on_disconnect(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- m_conn_handle = BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID;
-
- // Stop timer if running
- m_update_count = 0; // Connection parameters updates should happen during every connection
-
- err_code = app_timer_stop(m_conn_params_timer_id);
- if ((err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_conn_params_config.error_handler != NULL))
- {
- m_conn_params_config.error_handler(err_code);
- }
-}
-
-
-static void on_write(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
-{
- ble_gatts_evt_write_t * p_evt_write = &p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.params.write;
-
- // Check if this the correct CCCD
- if (
- (p_evt_write->handle == m_conn_params_config.start_on_notify_cccd_handle)
- &&
- (p_evt_write->len == 2)
- )
- {
- // Check if this is a 'start notification'
- if (ble_srv_is_notification_enabled(p_evt_write->data))
- {
- // Do connection parameter negotiation if necessary
- conn_params_negotiation();
- }
- else
- {
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- // Stop timer if running
- err_code = app_timer_stop(m_conn_params_timer_id);
- if ((err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_conn_params_config.error_handler != NULL))
- {
- m_conn_params_config.error_handler(err_code);
- }
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-static void on_conn_params_update(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
-{
- // Copy the parameters
- m_current_conn_params = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.conn_param_update.conn_params;
-
- conn_params_negotiation();
-}
-
-
-void ble_conn_params_on_ble_evt(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt)
-{
- switch (p_ble_evt->header.evt_id)
- {
- case BLE_GAP_EVT_CONNECTED:
- on_connect(p_ble_evt);
- break;
-
- case BLE_GAP_EVT_DISCONNECTED:
- on_disconnect(p_ble_evt);
- break;
-
- case BLE_GATTS_EVT_WRITE:
- on_write(p_ble_evt);
- break;
-
- case BLE_GAP_EVT_CONN_PARAM_UPDATE:
- on_conn_params_update(p_ble_evt);
- break;
-
- default:
- // No implementation needed.
- break;
- }
-}
-
-uint32_t ble_conn_params_change_conn_params(ble_gap_conn_params_t *new_params)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- m_preferred_conn_params = *new_params;
- // Set the connection params in stack
- err_code = sd_ble_gap_ppcp_set(&m_preferred_conn_params);
- if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- if (!is_conn_params_ok(&m_current_conn_params))
- {
- m_change_param = true;
- err_code = sd_ble_gap_conn_param_update(m_conn_handle, &m_preferred_conn_params);
- m_update_count = 1;
- }
- else
- {
- // Notify the application that the procedure has succeded
- if (m_conn_params_config.evt_handler != NULL)
- {
- ble_conn_params_evt_t evt;
-
- evt.evt_type = BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_SUCCEEDED;
- m_conn_params_config.evt_handler(&evt);
- }
- err_code = NRF_SUCCESS;
- }
- }
- return err_code;
-}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/ble/ble_debug_assert_handler.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/ble/ble_debug_assert_handler.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-#include "ble_debug_assert_handler.h"
-#include <string.h>
-#include "nrf51.h"
-#include "ble_error_log.h"
-#include "nordic_common.h"
-
-#define MAX_LENGTH_FILENAME 128 /**< Max length of filename to copy for the debug error handlier. */
-
-
-// WARNING - DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION IN END PRODUCT. - WARNING
-// WARNING - FOR DEBUG PURPOSES ONLY. - WARNING
-void ble_debug_assert_handler(uint32_t error_code, uint32_t line_num, const uint8_t * p_file_name)
-{
- // Copying parameters to static variables because parameters may not be accessible in debugger.
- static volatile uint8_t s_file_name[MAX_LENGTH_FILENAME];
- static volatile uint16_t s_line_num;
- static volatile uint32_t s_error_code;
-
- strncpy((char *)s_file_name, (const char *)p_file_name, MAX_LENGTH_FILENAME - 1);
- s_file_name[MAX_LENGTH_FILENAME - 1] = '\0';
- s_line_num = line_num;
- s_error_code = error_code;
- UNUSED_VARIABLE(s_file_name);
- UNUSED_VARIABLE(s_line_num);
- UNUSED_VARIABLE(s_error_code);
-
- // WARNING: The PRIMASK register is set to disable ALL interrups during writing the error log.
- //
- // Do not use __disable_irq() in normal operation.
- __disable_irq();
-
- // This function will write error code, filename, and line number to the flash.
- // In addition, the Cortex-M0 stack memory will also be written to the flash.
- //(void) ble_error_log_write(error_code, p_file_name, line_num);
-
- // For debug purposes, this function never returns.
- // Attach a debugger for tracing the error cause.
- for (;;)
- {
- // Do nothing.
- }
-}
-
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/ble/ble_error_log.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/ble/ble_error_log.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <nrf51.h>
-#include "ble_error_log.h"
-#include "app_util.h"
-#include "app_error.h"
-#include "nrf_gpio.h"
-#include "pstorage.h"
-
-
-// Made static to avoid the error_log to go on the stack.
-static ble_error_log_data_t m_ble_error_log; /**< . */
-//lint -esym(526,__Vectors)
-extern uint32_t * __Vectors; /**< The initialization vector holds the address to __initial_sp that will be used when fetching the stack. */
-
-static void fetch_stack(ble_error_log_data_t * error_log)
-{
- // KTOWN: Temporarily removed 06022014
- /*
- uint32_t * p_stack;
- uint32_t * initial_sp;
- uint32_t length;
-
- initial_sp = (uint32_t *) __Vectors;
- p_stack = (uint32_t *) GET_SP();
-
- length = ((uint32_t) initial_sp) - ((uint32_t) p_stack);
- memcpy(error_log->stack_info,
- p_stack,
- (length > STACK_DUMP_LENGTH) ? STACK_DUMP_LENGTH : length);
- */
-}
-
-uint32_t ble_error_log_write(uint32_t err_code, const uint8_t * p_message, uint16_t line_number)
-{
- m_ble_error_log.failure = true;
- m_ble_error_log.err_code = err_code;
- m_ble_error_log.line_number = line_number;
-
- strncpy((char *)m_ble_error_log.message, (const char *)p_message, ERROR_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 1);
- m_ble_error_log.message[ERROR_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 1] = '\0';
-
- fetch_stack(&m_ble_error_log);
-
- // Write to flash removed, to be redone.
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/ble/ble_services/ble_srv_common.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/ble/ble_services/ble_srv_common.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/* Attention!
-* To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASAs Bluetooth profile
-* qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
-*/
-
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-#include <string.h>
-#include "nordic_common.h"
-#include "app_error.h"
-
-
-uint8_t ble_srv_report_ref_encode(uint8_t * p_encoded_buffer,
- const ble_srv_report_ref_t * p_report_ref)
-{
- uint8_t len = 0;
-
- p_encoded_buffer[len++] = p_report_ref->report_id;
- p_encoded_buffer[len++] = p_report_ref->report_type;
-
- APP_ERROR_CHECK_BOOL(len == BLE_SRV_ENCODED_REPORT_REF_LEN);
- return len;
-}
-
-
-void ble_srv_ascii_to_utf8(ble_srv_utf8_str_t * p_utf8, char * p_ascii)
-{
- p_utf8->length = (uint16_t)strlen(p_ascii);
- p_utf8->p_str = (uint8_t *)p_ascii;
-}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/ble_bondmngr_cfg.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/ble_bondmngr_cfg.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
- /** @cond To make doxygen skip this file */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_app_gls_bondmngr_cfg GLS Bond Manager Configuration
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_app_gls
- * @brief Definition of bond manager configurable parameters
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_BONDMNGR_CFG_H__
-#define BLE_BONDMNGR_CFG_H__
-
-/**@brief Number of CCCDs used in the GLS application. */
-#define BLE_BONDMNGR_CCCD_COUNT 2
-
-/**@brief Maximum number of bonded centrals. */
-#define BLE_BONDMNGR_MAX_BONDED_CENTRALS 7
-
-#endif // BLE_BONDMNGR_CFG_H__
-
-/** @} */
-/** @endcond */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nordic_global.h --- a/nRF51822/nordic/nordic_global.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,26 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. - * - * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); - * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at - * - * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - */ - -#ifndef _NORDIC_GLOBAL_H_ -#define _NORDIC_GLOBAL_H_ - -/* There are no global defines in mbed, so we need to define */ -/* mandatory conditional compilation flags here */ -#define NRF51 -#define DEBUG_NRF_USER -#define BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD -#define BOARD_PCA10001 - -#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_button.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_button.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup app_button Button Handler
- * @{
- * @ingroup app_common
- *
- * @brief Buttons handling module.
- *
- * @details The button handler uses the @ref app_gpiote to detect that a button has been
- * pushed. To handle debouncing, it will start a timer in the GPIOTE event handler.
- * The button will only be reported as pushed if the corresponding pin is still active when
- * the timer expires. If there is a new GPIOTE event while the timer is running, the timer
- * is restarted.
- * Use the USE_SCHEDULER parameter of the APP_BUTTON_INIT() macro to select if the
- * @ref app_scheduler is to be used or not.
- *
- * @note The app_button module uses the app_timer module. The user must ensure that the queue in
- * app_timer is large enough to hold the app_timer_stop() / app_timer_start() operations
- * which will be executed on each event from GPIOTE module (2 operations), as well as other
- * app_timer operations queued simultaneously in the application.
- *
- * @note Even if the scheduler is not used, app_button.h will include app_scheduler.h, so when
- * compiling, app_scheduler.h must be available in one of the compiler include paths.
- */
-
-#ifndef APP_BUTTON_H__
-#define APP_BUTTON_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "app_error.h"
-#include "app_scheduler.h"
-#include "nrf_gpio.h"
-
-#define APP_BUTTON_SCHED_EVT_SIZE sizeof(app_button_event_t) /**< Size of button events being passed through the scheduler (is to be used for computing the maximum size of scheduler events). */
-#define APP_BUTTON_PUSH 1 /**< Indicates that a button is pushed. */
-#define APP_BUTTON_RELEASE 0 /**< Indicates that a button is released. */
-#define APP_BUTTON_ACTIVE_HIGH 1 /**< Indicates that a button is active high. */
-#define APP_BUTTON_ACTIVE_LOW 0 /**< Indicates that a button is active low. */
-
-/**@brief Button event handler type. */
-typedef void (*app_button_handler_t)(uint8_t pin_no, uint8_t button_action);
-
-/**@brief Type of function for passing events from the Button Handler module to the scheduler. */
-typedef uint32_t (*app_button_evt_schedule_func_t) (app_button_handler_t button_handler,
- uint8_t pin_no,
- uint8_t button_action);
-
-/**@brief Button configuration structure. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t pin_no; /**< Pin to be used as a button. */
- uint8_t active_state; /**< APP_BUTTON_ACTIVE_HIGH or APP_BUTTON_ACTIVE_LOW. */
- nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t pull_cfg; /**< Pull-up or -down configuration. */
- app_button_handler_t button_handler; /**< Handler to be called when button is pushed. */
-} app_button_cfg_t;
-
-/**@brief Pin transition direction struct. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint32_t high_to_low; /**Pin went from high to low */
- uint32_t low_to_high; /**Pin went from low to high */
-} pin_transition_t;
-
-/**@brief Macro for initializing the Button Handler module.
- *
- * @details It will initialize the specified pins as buttons, and configure the Button Handler
- * module as a GPIOTE user (but it will not enable button detection). It will also connect
- * the Button Handler module to the scheduler (if specified).
- *
- * @param[in] BUTTONS Array of buttons to be used (type app_button_cfg_t, must be
- * static!).
- * @param[in] BUTTON_COUNT Number of buttons.
- * @param[in] DETECTION_DELAY Delay from a GPIOTE event until a button is reported as pushed.
- * @param[in] USE_SCHEDULER TRUE if the application is using the event scheduler,
- * FALSE otherwise.
- */
-/*lint -emacro(506, APP_BUTTON_INIT) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */
-#define APP_BUTTON_INIT(BUTTONS, BUTTON_COUNT, DETECTION_DELAY, USE_SCHEDULER) \
- do \
- { \
- uint32_t ERR_CODE = app_button_init((BUTTONS), \
- (BUTTON_COUNT), \
- (DETECTION_DELAY), \
- (USE_SCHEDULER) ? app_button_evt_schedule : NULL); \
- APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE); \
- } while (0)
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the Buttons.
- *
- * @details This function will initialize the specified pins as buttons, and configure the Button
- * Handler module as a GPIOTE user (but it will not enable button detection).
- *
- * @note Normally initialization should be done using the APP_BUTTON_INIT() macro, as that will take
- * care of connecting the Buttons module to the scheduler (if specified).
- *
- * @note app_button_enable() function must be called in order to enable the button detection.
- *
- * @param[in] p_buttons Array of buttons to be used (NOTE: Must be static!).
- * @param[in] button_count Number of buttons.
- * @param[in] detection_delay Delay from a GPIOTE event until a button is reported as pushed.
- * @param[in] evt_schedule_func Function for passing button events to the scheduler. Point to
- * app_button_evt_schedule() to connect to the scheduler. Set to
- * NULL to make the Buttons module call the event handler directly
- * from the delayed button push detection timeout handler.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t app_button_init(app_button_cfg_t * p_buttons,
- uint8_t button_count,
- uint32_t detection_delay,
- app_button_evt_schedule_func_t evt_schedule_func);
-
-/**@brief Function for enabling button detection.
- *
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM GPIOTE has to many users.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Button or GPIOTE not initialized.
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Button detection successfully enabled.
- */
-uint32_t app_button_enable(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for disabling button detection.
- *
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM GPIOTE has to many users.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Button or GPIOTE not initialized.
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Button detection successfully enabled.
- */
-uint32_t app_button_disable(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for checking if a button is currently being pushed.
- *
- * @param[in] pin_no Button pin to be checked.
- * @param[out] p_is_pushed Button state.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS State successfully read.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid pin_no.
- */
-uint32_t app_button_is_pushed(uint8_t pin_no, bool * p_is_pushed);
-
-
-// Type and functions for connecting the Buttons module to the scheduler:
-
-/**@cond NO_DOXYGEN */
-typedef struct
-{
- app_button_handler_t button_handler;
- uint8_t pin_no;
- uint8_t button_action;
-} app_button_event_t;
-
-static __INLINE void app_button_evt_get(void * p_event_data, uint16_t event_size)
-{
- app_button_event_t * p_buttons_event = (app_button_event_t *)p_event_data;
-
- APP_ERROR_CHECK_BOOL(event_size == sizeof(app_button_event_t));
- p_buttons_event->button_handler(p_buttons_event->pin_no, p_buttons_event->button_action);
-}
-
-static __INLINE uint32_t app_button_evt_schedule(app_button_handler_t button_handler,
- uint8_t pin_no,
- uint8_t button_action)
-{
- app_button_event_t buttons_event;
-
- buttons_event.button_handler = button_handler;
- buttons_event.pin_no = pin_no;
- buttons_event.button_action = button_action;
-
- return app_sched_event_put(&buttons_event, sizeof(buttons_event), app_button_evt_get);
-}
-/**@endcond */
-
-#endif // APP_BUTTON_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_error.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_error.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup app_error Common application error handler
- * @{
- * @ingroup app_common
- *
- * @brief Common application error handler and macros for utilizing a common error handler.
- */
-
-#ifndef APP_ERROR_H__
-#define APP_ERROR_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "nrf_error.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**@brief Function for error handling, which is called when an error has occurred.
- *
- * @param[in] error_code Error code supplied to the handler.
- * @param[in] line_num Line number where the handler is called.
- * @param[in] p_file_name Pointer to the file name.
- */
-void app_error_handler(uint32_t error_code, uint32_t line_num, const uint8_t * p_file_name);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-/**@brief Macro for calling error handler function.
- *
- * @param[in] ERR_CODE Error code supplied to the error handler.
- */
-#define APP_ERROR_HANDLER(ERR_CODE) \
- do \
- { \
- app_error_handler((ERR_CODE), __LINE__, (uint8_t*) __FILE__); \
- } while (0)
-
-/**@brief Macro for calling error handler function if supplied error code any other than NRF_SUCCESS.
- *
- * @param[in] ERR_CODE Error code supplied to the error handler.
- */
-#define APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE) \
- do \
- { \
- const uint32_t LOCAL_ERR_CODE = (ERR_CODE); \
- if (LOCAL_ERR_CODE != NRF_SUCCESS) \
- { \
- APP_ERROR_HANDLER(LOCAL_ERR_CODE); \
- } \
- } while (0)
-
-/**@brief Macro for calling error handler function if supplied boolean value is false.
- *
- * @param[in] BOOLEAN_VALUE Boolean value to be evaluated.
- */
-#define APP_ERROR_CHECK_BOOL(BOOLEAN_VALUE) \
- do \
- { \
- const bool LOCAL_BOOLEAN_VALUE = (BOOLEAN_VALUE); \
- if (!LOCAL_BOOLEAN_VALUE) \
- { \
- APP_ERROR_HANDLER(0); \
- } \
- } while (0)
-
-#endif // APP_ERROR_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_fifo.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_fifo.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/**@file
- *
- * @defgroup app_fifo FIFO implementation
- * @{
- * @ingroup app_common
- *
- * @brief FIFO implementation.
- */
-
-#ifndef APP_FIFO_H__
-#define APP_FIFO_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "nrf_error.h"
-
-/**@brief A FIFO instance structure. Keeps track of which bytes to read and write next.
- * Also it keeps the information about which memory is allocated for the buffer
- * and its size. This needs to be initialized by app_fifo_init() before use.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t * p_buf; /**< Pointer to FIFO buffer memory. */
- uint16_t buf_size_mask; /**< Read/write index mask. Also used for size checking. */
- volatile uint32_t read_pos; /**< Next read position in the FIFO buffer. */
- volatile uint32_t write_pos; /**< Next write position in the FIFO buffer. */
-} app_fifo_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the FIFO.
- *
- * @param[out] p_fifo FIFO object.
- * @param[in] p_buf FIFO buffer for storing data. The buffer size has to be a power of two.
- * @param[in] buf_size Size of the FIFO buffer provided, has to be a power of 2.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If initialization was successful.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If a NULL pointer is provided as buffer.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH If size of buffer provided is not a power of two.
- */
-uint32_t app_fifo_init(app_fifo_t * p_fifo, uint8_t * p_buf, uint16_t buf_size);
-
-/**@brief Function for adding an element to the FIFO.
- *
- * @param[in] p_fifo Pointer to the FIFO.
- * @param[in] byte Data byte to add to the FIFO.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If an element has been successfully added to the FIFO.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If the FIFO is full.
- */
-uint32_t app_fifo_put(app_fifo_t * p_fifo, uint8_t byte);
-
-/**@brief Function for getting the next element from the FIFO.
- *
- * @param[in] p_fifo Pointer to the FIFO.
- * @param[out] p_byte Byte fetched from the FIFO.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If an element was returned.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If there is no more elements in the queue.
- */
-uint32_t app_fifo_get(app_fifo_t * p_fifo, uint8_t * p_byte);
-
-/**@brief Function for flushing the FIFO.
- *
- * @param[in] p_fifo Pointer to the FIFO.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the FIFO flushed successfully.
- */
-uint32_t app_fifo_flush(app_fifo_t * p_fifo);
-
-#endif // APP_FIFO_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_gpiote.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_gpiote.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup app_gpiote GPIOTE Handler
- * @{
- * @ingroup app_common
- *
- * @brief GPIOTE handler module.
- *
- * @details The GPIOTE handler allows several modules ("users") to share the GPIOTE interrupt,
- * each user defining a set of pins able to generate events to the user.
- * When a GPIOTE interrupt occurs, the GPIOTE interrupt handler will call the event handler
- * of each user for which at least one of the pins generated an event.
- *
- * The GPIOTE users are responsible for configuring all their corresponding pins, except
- * the SENSE field, which should be initialized to GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Disabled.
- * The SENSE field will be updated by the GPIOTE module when it is enabled or disabled,
- * and also while it is enabled.
- *
- * The module specifies on which pins events should be generated if the pin(s) goes
- * from low->high or high->low or both directions.
- *
- * @note Even if the application is using the @ref app_scheduler, the GPIOTE event handlers will
- * be called directly from the GPIOTE interrupt handler.
- *
- * @warning If multiple users registers for the same pins the behavior for those pins are undefined.
- */
-
-#ifndef APP_GPIOTE_H__
-#define APP_GPIOTE_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-// #include "nrf.h"
-#include "app_error.h"
-#include "app_util.h"
-
-#ifdef __cpluplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#define GPIOTE_USER_NODE_SIZE 20 /**< Size of app_gpiote.gpiote_user_t (only for use inside APP_GPIOTE_BUF_SIZE()). */
-#define NO_OF_PINS 32 /**< Number of GPIO pins on the nRF51 chip. */
-
-/**@brief Compute number of bytes required to hold the GPIOTE data structures.
- *
- * @param[in] MAX_USERS Maximum number of GPIOTE users.
- *
- * @return Required buffer size (in bytes).
- */
-#define APP_GPIOTE_BUF_SIZE(MAX_USERS) ((MAX_USERS) * GPIOTE_USER_NODE_SIZE)
-
-typedef uint8_t app_gpiote_user_id_t;
-
-/**@brief GPIOTE event handler type. */
-typedef void (*app_gpiote_event_handler_t)(uint32_t event_pins_low_to_high,
- uint32_t event_pins_high_to_low);
-
-/**@brief GPIOTE input event handler type. */
-typedef void (*app_gpiote_input_event_handler_t)(void);
-
-/**@brief Macro for initializing the GPIOTE module.
- *
- * @details It will handle dimensioning and allocation of the memory buffer required by the module,
- * making sure that the buffer is correctly aligned.
- *
- * @param[in] MAX_USERS Maximum number of GPIOTE users.
- *
- * @note Since this macro allocates a buffer, it must only be called once (it is OK to call it
- * several times as long as it is from the same location, e.g. to do a reinitialization).
- */
-/*lint -emacro(506, APP_GPIOTE_INIT) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */
-#define APP_GPIOTE_INIT(MAX_USERS) \
- do \
- { \
- static uint32_t app_gpiote_buf[CEIL_DIV(APP_GPIOTE_BUF_SIZE(MAX_USERS), sizeof(uint32_t))];\
- uint32_t ERR_CODE = app_gpiote_init((MAX_USERS), app_gpiote_buf); \
- APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE); \
- } while (0)
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the GPIOTE module.
- *
- * @note Normally initialization should be done using the APP_GPIOTE_INIT() macro, as that will
- * allocate the buffer needed by the GPIOTE module (including aligning the buffer correctly).
- *
- * @param[in] max_users Maximum number of GPIOTE users.
- * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to memory buffer for internal use in the app_gpiote
- * module. The size of the buffer can be computed using the
- * APP_GPIOTE_BUF_SIZE() macro. The buffer must be aligned to
- * a 4 byte boundary.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful initialization.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter (buffer not aligned to a 4 byte
- * boundary).
- */
-uint32_t app_gpiote_init(uint8_t max_users, void * p_buffer);
-
-/**@brief Function for registering a GPIOTE user.
- *
- * @param[out] p_user_id Id for the new GPIOTE user.
- * @param[in] pins_low_to_high_mask Mask defining which pins will generate events to this user
- * when state is changed from low->high.
- * @param[in] pins_high_to_low_mask Mask defining which pins will generate events to this user
- * when state is changed from high->low.
- * @param[in] event_handler Pointer to function to be executed when an event occurs.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful initialization.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter (buffer not aligned to a 4 byte boundary).
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INALID_STATE If @ref app_gpiote_init has not been called on the GPIOTE
- * module.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Returned if the application tries to register more users
- * than defined when the GPIOTE module was initialized in
- * @ref app_gpiote_init.
- */
-uint32_t app_gpiote_user_register(app_gpiote_user_id_t * p_user_id,
- uint32_t pins_low_to_high_mask,
- uint32_t pins_high_to_low_mask,
- app_gpiote_event_handler_t event_handler);
-
-/**@brief Function for informing the GPIOTE module that the specified user wants to use the GPIOTE module.
- *
- * @param[in] user_id Id of user to enable.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid user_id provided, No a valid user.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INALID_STATE If @ref app_gpiote_init has not been called on the GPIOTE
- * module.
- */
-uint32_t app_gpiote_user_enable(app_gpiote_user_id_t user_id);
-
-/**@brief Function for informing the GPIOTE module that the specified user is done using the GPIOTE module.
- *
- * @param[in] user_id Id of user to enable.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS On success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid user_id provided, No a valid user.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INALID_STATE If @ref app_gpiote_init has not been called on the GPIOTE
- * module.
- */
-uint32_t app_gpiote_user_disable(app_gpiote_user_id_t user_id);
-
-/**@brief Function for getting the state of the pins which are registered for the specified user.
- *
- * @param[in] user_id Id of user to check.
- * @param[out] p_pins Bit mask corresponding to the pins configured to generate events to
- * the specified user. All bits corresponding to pins in the state
- * 'high' will have value '1', all others will have value '0'.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS On success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid user_id provided, No a valid user.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INALID_STATE If @ref app_gpiote_init has not been called on the GPIOTE
- * module.
- */
-uint32_t app_gpiote_pins_state_get(app_gpiote_user_id_t user_id, uint32_t * p_pins);
-
-/**@brief Function for registering event handlers for GPIOTE IN events.
- *
- * @param[in] channel GPIOTE channel [0..3].
- * @param[in] pin Pins associated with GPIOTE channel. Changes on following pins will generate events.
- * @param[in] polarity Specify operation on input that shall trigger IN event.
- * @param[in] event_handler Event handler invoked on the IN event in the GPIOTE interrupt.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS On success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid channel or pin number.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED Driver doesn't support IN events.
- */
-uint32_t app_gpiote_input_event_handler_register(const uint8_t channel,
- const uint32_t pin,
- const uint32_t polarity,
- app_gpiote_input_event_handler_t event_handler);
-
-/**@brief Function for unregistering event handlers for GPIOTE IN events.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS On success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED Driver doesn't support IN events.
- */
-uint32_t app_gpiote_input_event_handler_unregister(const uint8_t channel);
-
-/**@brief Function for registering event handler invoked at the end of a GPIOTE interrupt.
- *
- * @param[in] event_handler Event handler invoked at the end of the GPIOTE interrupt.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS On success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED Driver doesn't support IN events.
- */
-uint32_t app_gpiote_end_irq_event_handler_register(app_gpiote_input_event_handler_t event_handler);
-
-/**@brief Function for unregistering event handler invoked at the end of a GPIOTE interrupt.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS On success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED Driver doesn't support IN events.
- */
-uint32_t app_gpiote_end_irq_event_handler_unregister(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for enabling interrupts in the GPIOTE driver.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS On success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED Driver doesn't support.
- */
-uint32_t app_gpiote_enable_interrupts(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for disabling interrupts in the GPIOTE driver.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS On success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED Driver doesn't support.
- */
-uint32_t app_gpiote_disable_interrupts(void);
-
-#ifdef __cpluplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif // APP_GPIOTE_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_scheduler.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_scheduler.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup app_scheduler Scheduler
- * @{
- * @ingroup app_common
- *
- * @brief The scheduler is used for transferring execution from the interrupt context to the main
- * context.
- *
- * @details See @ref ble_sdk_apps_seq_diagrams for sequence diagrams illustrating the flow of events
- * when using the Scheduler.
- *
- * @section app_scheduler_req Requirements:
- *
- * @subsection main_context_logic Logic in main context:
- *
- * - Define an event handler for each type of event expected.
- * - Initialize the scheduler by calling the APP_SCHED_INIT() macro before entering the
- * application main loop.
- * - Call app_sched_execute() from the main loop each time the application wakes up because of an
- * event (typically when sd_app_evt_wait() returns).
- *
- * @subsection int_context_logic Logic in interrupt context:
- *
- * - In the interrupt handler, call app_sched_event_put()
- * with the appropriate data and event handler. This will insert an event into the
- * scheduler's queue. The app_sched_execute() function will pull this event and call its
- * handler in the main context.
- *
- * For an example usage of the scheduler, please see the implementations of
- * @ref ble_sdk_app_hids_mouse and @ref ble_sdk_app_hids_keyboard.
- *
- * @image html scheduler_working.jpg The high level design of the scheduler
- */
-
-#ifndef APP_SCHEDULER_H__
-#define APP_SCHEDULER_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "app_error.h"
-
-#define APP_SCHED_EVENT_HEADER_SIZE 8 /**< Size of app_scheduler.event_header_t (only for use inside APP_SCHED_BUF_SIZE()). */
-
-/**@brief Compute number of bytes required to hold the scheduler buffer.
- *
- * @param[in] EVENT_SIZE Maximum size of events to be passed through the scheduler.
- * @param[in] QUEUE_SIZE Number of entries in scheduler queue (i.e. the maximum number of events
- * that can be scheduled for execution).
- *
- * @return Required scheduler buffer size (in bytes).
- */
-#define APP_SCHED_BUF_SIZE(EVENT_SIZE, QUEUE_SIZE) \
- (((EVENT_SIZE) + APP_SCHED_EVENT_HEADER_SIZE) * ((QUEUE_SIZE) + 1))
-
-/**@brief Scheduler event handler type. */
-typedef void (*app_sched_event_handler_t)(void * p_event_data, uint16_t event_size);
-
-/**@brief Macro for initializing the event scheduler.
- *
- * @details It will also handle dimensioning and allocation of the memory buffer required by the
- * scheduler, making sure the buffer is correctly aligned.
- *
- * @param[in] EVENT_SIZE Maximum size of events to be passed through the scheduler.
- * @param[in] QUEUE_SIZE Number of entries in scheduler queue (i.e. the maximum number of events
- * that can be scheduled for execution).
- *
- * @note Since this macro allocates a buffer, it must only be called once (it is OK to call it
- * several times as long as it is from the same location, e.g. to do a reinitialization).
- */
-#define APP_SCHED_INIT(EVENT_SIZE, QUEUE_SIZE) \
- do \
- { \
- static uint32_t APP_SCHED_BUF[CEIL_DIV(APP_SCHED_BUF_SIZE((EVENT_SIZE), (QUEUE_SIZE)), \
- sizeof(uint32_t))]; \
- uint32_t ERR_CODE = app_sched_init((EVENT_SIZE), (QUEUE_SIZE), APP_SCHED_BUF); \
- APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE); \
- } while (0)
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the Scheduler.
- *
- * @details It must be called before entering the main loop.
- *
- * @param[in] max_event_size Maximum size of events to be passed through the scheduler.
- * @param[in] queue_size Number of entries in scheduler queue (i.e. the maximum number of
- * events that can be scheduled for execution).
- * @param[in] p_event_buffer Pointer to memory buffer for holding the scheduler queue. It must
- * be dimensioned using the APP_SCHED_BUFFER_SIZE() macro. The buffer
- * must be aligned to a 4 byte boundary.
- *
- * @note Normally initialization should be done using the APP_SCHED_INIT() macro, as that will both
- * allocate the scheduler buffer, and also align the buffer correctly.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful initialization.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter (buffer not aligned to a 4 byte
- * boundary).
- */
-uint32_t app_sched_init(uint16_t max_event_size, uint16_t queue_size, void * p_evt_buffer);
-
-/**@brief Function for executing all scheduled events.
- *
- * @details This function must be called from within the main loop. It will execute all events
- * scheduled since the last time it was called.
- */
-void app_sched_execute(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for scheduling an event.
- *
- * @details Puts an event into the event queue.
- *
- * @param[in] p_event_data Pointer to event data to be scheduled.
- * @param[in] p_event_size Size of event data to be scheduled.
- * @param[in] handler Event handler to receive the event.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t app_sched_event_put(void * p_event_data,
- uint16_t event_size,
- app_sched_event_handler_t handler);
-
-#endif // APP_SCHEDULER_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_timer.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_timer.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,308 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup app_timer Application Timer
- * @{
- * @ingroup app_common
- *
- * @brief Application timer functionality.
- *
- * @details It enables the application to create multiple timer instances based on the RTC1
- * peripheral. Checking for timeouts and invokation of user timeout handlers is performed
- * in the RTC1 interrupt handler. List handling is done using a software interrupt (SWI0).
- * Both interrupt handlers are running in APP_LOW priority level.
- *
- * @note When calling app_timer_start() or app_timer_stop(), the timer operation is just queued,
- * and the software interrupt is triggered. The actual timer start/stop operation is
- * executed by the SWI0 interrupt handler. Since the SWI0 interrupt is running in APP_LOW,
- * if the application code calling the timer function is running in APP_LOW or APP_HIGH,
- * the timer operation will not be performed until the application handler has returned.
- * This will be the case e.g. when stopping a timer from a timeout handler when not using
- * the scheduler.
- *
- * @details Use the USE_SCHEDULER parameter of the APP_TIMER_INIT() macro to select if the
- * @ref app_scheduler is to be used or not.
- *
- * @note Even if the scheduler is not used, app_timer.h will include app_scheduler.h, so when
- * compiling, app_scheduler.h must be available in one of the compiler include paths.
- */
-
-#ifndef APP_TIMER_H__
-#define APP_TIMER_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include "app_error.h"
-#include "app_util.h"
-#include "app_scheduler.h"
-#include "compiler_abstraction.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
-
-#define APP_TIMER_SCHED_EVT_SIZE sizeof(app_timer_event_t) /**< Size of button events being passed through the scheduler (is to be used for computing the maximum size of scheduler events). */
-#define APP_TIMER_CLOCK_FREQ 32768 /**< Clock frequency of the RTC timer used to implement the app timer module. */
-#define APP_TIMER_MIN_TIMEOUT_TICKS 5 /**< Minimum value of the timeout_ticks parameter of app_timer_start(). */
-
-#define APP_TIMER_NODE_SIZE 40 /**< Size of app_timer.timer_node_t (only for use inside APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE()). */
-#define APP_TIMER_USER_OP_SIZE 24 /**< Size of app_timer.timer_user_op_t (only for use inside APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE()). */
-#define APP_TIMER_USER_SIZE 8 /**< Size of app_timer.timer_user_t (only for use inside APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE()). */
-#define APP_TIMER_INT_LEVELS 3 /**< Number of interrupt levels from where timer operations may be initiated (only for use inside APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE()). */
-
-/**@brief Compute number of bytes required to hold the application timer data structures.
- *
- * @param[in] MAX_TIMERS Maximum number of timers that can be created at any given time.
- * @param[in] OP_QUEUE_SIZE Size of queues holding timer operations that are pending execution.
- * NOTE: Due to the queue implementation, this size must be one more
- * than the size that is actually needed.
- *
- * @return Required application timer buffer size (in bytes).
- */
-#define APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE(MAX_TIMERS, OP_QUEUE_SIZE) \
- ( \
- ((MAX_TIMERS) * APP_TIMER_NODE_SIZE) \
- + \
- ( \
- APP_TIMER_INT_LEVELS \
- * \
- (APP_TIMER_USER_SIZE + ((OP_QUEUE_SIZE) + 1) * APP_TIMER_USER_OP_SIZE) \
- ) \
- )
-
-/**@brief Convert milliseconds to timer ticks.
- *
- * @note This macro uses 64 bit integer arithmetic, but as long as the macro parameters are
- * constants (i.e. defines), the computation will be done by the preprocessor.
- *
- * @param[in] MS Milliseconds.
- * @param[in] PRESCALER Value of the RTC1 PRESCALER register (must be the same value that was
- * passed to APP_TIMER_INIT()).
- *
- * @note When using this macro, it is the responsibility of the developer to ensure that the
- * values provided as input result in an output value that is supported by the
- * @ref app_timer_start function. For example, when the ticks for 1 ms is needed, the
- * maximum possible value of PRESCALER must be 6, when @ref APP_TIMER_CLOCK_FREQ is 32768.
- * This will result in a ticks value as 5. Any higher value for PRESCALER will result in a
- * ticks value that is not supported by this module.
- *
- * @return Number of timer ticks.
- */
-#define APP_TIMER_TICKS(MS, PRESCALER)\
- ((uint32_t)ROUNDED_DIV((MS) * (uint64_t)APP_TIMER_CLOCK_FREQ, ((PRESCALER) + 1) * 1000))
-
-/**@brief Timer id type. */
-typedef uint32_t app_timer_id_t;
-
-/**@brief Application timeout handler type. */
-typedef void (*app_timer_timeout_handler_t)(void * p_context);
-
-/**@brief Type of function for passing events from the timer module to the scheduler. */
-typedef uint32_t (*app_timer_evt_schedule_func_t) (app_timer_timeout_handler_t timeout_handler,
- void * p_context);
-
-/**@brief Timer modes. */
-typedef enum
-{
- APP_TIMER_MODE_SINGLE_SHOT, /**< The timer will expire only once. */
- APP_TIMER_MODE_REPEATED /**< The timer will restart each time it expires. */
-} app_timer_mode_t;
-
-/**@brief Macro for initializing the application timer module.
- *
- * @details It will handle dimensioning and allocation of the memory buffer required by the timer,
- * making sure that the buffer is correctly aligned. It will also connect the timer module
- * to the scheduler (if specified).
- *
- * @note This module assumes that the LFCLK is already running. If it isn't, the module will
- * be non-functional, since the RTC will not run. If you don't use a softdevice, you'll
- * have to start the LFCLK manually. See the rtc_example's \ref lfclk_config() function
- * for an example of how to do this. If you use a softdevice, the LFCLK is started on
- * softdevice init.
- *
- *
- * @param[in] PRESCALER Value of the RTC1 PRESCALER register. This will decide the
- * timer tick rate. Set to 0 for no prescaling.
- * @param[in] MAX_TIMERS Maximum number of timers that can be created at any given time.
- * @param[in] OP_QUEUES_SIZE Size of queues holding timer operations that are pending execution.
- * @param[in] USE_SCHEDULER TRUE if the application is using the event scheduler,
- * FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * @note Since this macro allocates a buffer, it must only be called once (it is OK to call it
- * several times as long as it is from the same location, e.g. to do a reinitialization).
- */
-/*lint -emacro(506, APP_TIMER_INIT) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */
-#define APP_TIMER_INIT(PRESCALER, MAX_TIMERS, OP_QUEUES_SIZE, USE_SCHEDULER) \
- do \
- { \
- static uint32_t APP_TIMER_BUF[CEIL_DIV(APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE((MAX_TIMERS), \
- (OP_QUEUES_SIZE) + 1), \
- sizeof(uint32_t))]; \
- uint32_t ERR_CODE = app_timer_init((PRESCALER), \
- (MAX_TIMERS), \
- (OP_QUEUES_SIZE) + 1, \
- APP_TIMER_BUF, \
- (USE_SCHEDULER) ? app_timer_evt_schedule : NULL); \
- APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE); \
- } while (0)
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the timer module.
- *
- * @note Normally initialization should be done using the APP_TIMER_INIT() macro, as that will both
- * allocate the buffers needed by the timer module (including aligning the buffers correctly,
- * and also take care of connecting the timer module to the scheduler (if specified).
- *
- * @param[in] prescaler Value of the RTC1 PRESCALER register. Set to 0 for no prescaling.
- * @param[in] max_timers Maximum number of timers that can be created at any given time.
- * @param[in] op_queues_size Size of queues holding timer operations that are pending
- * execution. NOTE: Due to the queue implementation, this size must
- * be one more than the size that is actually needed.
- * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to memory buffer for internal use in the app_timer
- * module. The size of the buffer can be computed using the
- * APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE() macro. The buffer must be aligned to a
- * 4 byte boundary.
- * @param[in] evt_schedule_func Function for passing timeout events to the scheduler. Point to
- * app_timer_evt_schedule() to connect to the scheduler. Set to NULL
- * to make the timer module call the timeout handler directly from
- * the timer interrupt handler.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful initialization.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter (buffer not aligned to a 4 byte
- * boundary or NULL).
- */
-uint32_t app_timer_init(uint32_t prescaler,
- uint8_t max_timers,
- uint8_t op_queues_size,
- void * p_buffer,
- app_timer_evt_schedule_func_t evt_schedule_func);
-
-/**@brief Function for creating a timer instance.
- *
- * @param[out] p_timer_id Id of the newly created timer.
- * @param[in] mode Timer mode.
- * @param[in] timeout_handler Function to be executed when the timer expires.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Timer was successfully created.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Application timer module has not been initialized.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Maximum number of timers has already been reached.
- *
- * @note This function does the timer allocation in the caller's context. It is also not protected
- * by a critical region. Therefore care must be taken not to call it from several interrupt
- * levels simultaneously.
- */
-uint32_t app_timer_create(app_timer_id_t * p_timer_id,
- app_timer_mode_t mode,
- app_timer_timeout_handler_t timeout_handler);
-
-/**@brief Function for starting a timer.
- *
- * @param[in] timer_id Id of timer to start.
- * @param[in] timeout_ticks Number of ticks (of RTC1, including prescaling) to timeout event
- * (minimum 5 ticks).
- * @param[in] p_context General purpose pointer. Will be passed to the timeout handler when
- * the timer expires.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Timer was successfully started.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Application timer module has not been initialized, or timer
- * has not been created.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Timer operations queue was full.
- *
- * @note The minimum timeout_ticks value is 5.
- * @note For multiple active timers, timeouts occurring in close proximity to each other (in the
- * range of 1 to 3 ticks) will have a positive jitter of maximum 3 ticks.
- * @note When calling this method on a timer which is already running, the second start operation
- * will be ignored.
- */
-uint32_t app_timer_start(app_timer_id_t timer_id, uint32_t timeout_ticks, void * p_context);
-
-/**@brief Function for stopping the specified timer.
- *
- * @param[in] timer_id Id of timer to stop.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Timer was successfully stopped.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Application timer module has not been initialized, or timer
- * has not been created.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Timer operations queue was full.
- */
-uint32_t app_timer_stop(app_timer_id_t timer_id);
-
-/**@brief Function for stopping all running timers.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS All timers were successfully stopped.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Application timer module has not been initialized.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Timer operations queue was full.
- */
-uint32_t app_timer_stop_all(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for returning the current value of the RTC1 counter.
- *
- * @param[out] p_ticks Current value of the RTC1 counter.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Counter was successfully read.
- */
-uint32_t app_timer_cnt_get(uint32_t * p_ticks);
-
-/**@brief Function for computing the difference between two RTC1 counter values.
- *
- * @param[in] ticks_to Value returned by app_timer_cnt_get().
- * @param[in] ticks_from Value returned by app_timer_cnt_get().
- * @param[out] p_ticks_diff Number of ticks from ticks_from to ticks_to.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Counter difference was successfully computed.
- */
-uint32_t app_timer_cnt_diff_compute(uint32_t ticks_to,
- uint32_t ticks_from,
- uint32_t * p_ticks_diff);
-
-
-// Type and functions for connecting the timer to the scheduler:
-
-/**@cond NO_DOXYGEN */
-typedef struct
-{
- app_timer_timeout_handler_t timeout_handler;
- void * p_context;
-} app_timer_event_t;
-
-static __INLINE void app_timer_evt_get(void * p_event_data, uint16_t event_size)
-{
- app_timer_event_t * p_timer_event = (app_timer_event_t *)p_event_data;
-
- APP_ERROR_CHECK_BOOL(event_size == sizeof(app_timer_event_t));
- p_timer_event->timeout_handler(p_timer_event->p_context);
-}
-
-static __INLINE uint32_t app_timer_evt_schedule(app_timer_timeout_handler_t timeout_handler,
- void * p_context)
-{
- app_timer_event_t timer_event;
-
- timer_event.timeout_handler = timeout_handler;
- timer_event.p_context = p_context;
-
- return app_sched_event_put(&timer_event, sizeof(timer_event), app_timer_evt_get);
-}
-/**@endcond */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
-
-#endif // APP_TIMER_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_trace.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_trace.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef __DEBUG_H_
-#define __DEBUG_H_
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/**
- * @defgroup app_trace Debug Logger
- * @ingroup app_common
- * @{
- * @brief Enables debug logs/ trace over UART.
- * @details Enables debug logs/ trace over UART. Tracing is enabled only if
- * ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG_SUPPORT is defined in the project.
- */
-#ifdef ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG_SUPPORT
-/**
- * @brief Module Initialization.
- *
- * @details Initializes the module to use UART as trace output.
- *
- * @warning This function will configure UART using default board configuration (described in @ref nrf51_setups).
- * Do not call this function if UART is configured from a higher level in the application.
- */
-void app_trace_init(void);
-
-/**
- * @brief Log debug messages.
- *
- * @details This API logs messages over UART. The module must be initialized before using this API.
- *
- * @note Though this is currently a macro, it should be used used and treated as function.
- */
-#define app_trace_log printf
-
-/**
- * @brief Dump auxiliary byte buffer to the debug trace.
- *
- * @details This API logs messages over UART. The module must be initialized before using this API.
- *
- * @param[in] p_buffer Buffer to be dumped on the debug trace.
- * @param[in] len Size of the buffer.
- */
-void app_trace_dump(uint8_t * p_buffer, uint32_t len);
-
-#else // ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG_SUPPORT
-
-#define app_trace_init(...)
-#define app_trace_log(...)
-#define app_trace_dump(...)
-
-#endif // ENABLE_DEBUG_LOG_SUPPORT
-
-/** @} */
-
-#endif //__DEBUG_H_
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_uart.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_uart.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,286 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/**@file
- *
- * @defgroup app_uart UART module
- * @{
- * @ingroup app_common
- *
- * @brief UART module interface.
- */
-
-#ifndef APP_UART_H__
-#define APP_UART_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "app_util_platform.h"
-
-#define UART_PIN_DISCONNECTED 0xFFFFFFFF /**< Value indicating that no pin is connected to this UART register. */
-
-/**@brief UART Flow Control modes for the peripheral.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
- APP_UART_FLOW_CONTROL_DISABLED, /**< UART Hw Flow Control is disabled. */
- APP_UART_FLOW_CONTROL_ENABLED, /**< Standard UART Hw Flow Control is enabled. */
- APP_UART_FLOW_CONTROL_LOW_POWER /**< Specialized UART Hw Flow Control is used. The Low Power setting allows the nRF51 to Power Off the UART module when CTS is in-active, and re-enabling the UART when the CTS signal becomes active. This allows the nRF51 to safe power by only using the UART module when it is needed by the remote site. */
-} app_uart_flow_control_t;
-
-/**@brief UART communication structure holding configuration settings for the peripheral.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t rx_pin_no; /**< RX pin number. */
- uint8_t tx_pin_no; /**< TX pin number. */
- uint8_t rts_pin_no; /**< RTS pin number, only used if flow control is enabled. */
- uint8_t cts_pin_no; /**< CTS pin number, only used if flow control is enabled. */
- app_uart_flow_control_t flow_control; /**< Flow control setting, if flow control is used, the system will use low power UART mode, based on CTS signal. */
- bool use_parity; /**< Even parity if TRUE, no parity if FALSE. */
- uint32_t baud_rate; /**< Baud rate configuration. */
-} app_uart_comm_params_t;
-
-/**@brief UART buffer for transmitting/receiving data.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t * rx_buf; /**< Pointer to the RX buffer. */
- uint32_t rx_buf_size; /**< Size of the RX buffer. */
- uint8_t * tx_buf; /**< Pointer to the TX buffer. */
- uint32_t tx_buf_size; /**< Size of the TX buffer. */
-} app_uart_buffers_t;
-
-/**@brief Enumeration describing current state of the UART.
- *
- * @details The connection state can be fetched by the application using the function call
- * @ref app_uart_get_connection_state.
- * When hardware flow control is used
- * - APP_UART_CONNECTED: Communication is ongoing.
- * - APP_UART_DISCONNECTED: No communication is ongoing.
- *
- * When no hardware flow control is used
- * - APP_UART_CONNECTED: Always returned as bytes can always be received/transmitted.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
- APP_UART_DISCONNECTED, /**< State indicating that the UART is disconnected and cannot receive or transmit bytes. */
- APP_UART_CONNECTED /**< State indicating that the UART is connected and ready to receive or transmit bytes. If flow control is disabled, the state will always be connected. */
-} app_uart_connection_state_t;
-
-/**@brief Enumeration which defines events used by the UART module upon data reception or error.
- *
- * @details The event type is used to indicate the type of additional information in the event
- * @ref app_uart_evt_t.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
- APP_UART_DATA_READY, /**< An event indicating that UART data has been received. The data is available in the FIFO and can be fetched using @ref app_uart_get. */
- APP_UART_FIFO_ERROR, /**< An error in the FIFO module used by the app_uart module has occured. The FIFO error code is stored in app_uart_evt_t.data.error_code field. */
- APP_UART_COMMUNICATION_ERROR, /**< An communication error has occured during reception. The error is stored in app_uart_evt_t.data.error_communication field. */
- APP_UART_TX_EMPTY, /**< An event indicating that UART has completed transmission of all available data in the TX FIFO. */
- APP_UART_DATA, /**< An event indicating that UART data has been received, and data is present in data field. This event is only used when no FIFO is configured. */
-} app_uart_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief Struct containing events from the UART module.
- *
- * @details The app_uart_evt_t is used to notify the application of asynchronous events when data
- * are received on the UART peripheral or in case an error occured during data reception.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- app_uart_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
- union
- {
- uint32_t error_communication; /**< Field used if evt_type is: APP_UART_COMMUNICATION_ERROR. This field contains the value in the ERRORSRC register for the UART peripheral. The UART_ERRORSRC_x defines from @ref nrf51_bitfields.h can be used to parse the error code. See also the nRF51 Series Reference Manual for specification. */
- uint32_t error_code; /**< Field used if evt_type is: NRF_ERROR_x. Additional status/error code if the error event type is APP_UART_FIFO_ERROR. This error code refer to errors defined in nrf_error.h. */
- uint8_t value; /**< Field used if evt_type is: NRF_ERROR_x. Additional status/error code if the error event type is APP_UART_FIFO_ERROR. This error code refer to errors defined in nrf_error.h. */
- } data;
-} app_uart_evt_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for handling app_uart event callback.
- *
- * @details Upon an event in the app_uart module this callback function will be called to notify
- * the applicatioon about the event.
- *
- * @param[in] p_app_uart_event Pointer to UART event.
- */
-
-
-typedef void (* app_uart_event_handler_t) (app_uart_evt_t * p_app_uart_event);
-
-/**@brief Macro for safe initialization of the UART module in a single user instance when using
- * a FIFO together with UART.
- *
- * @param[in] P_COMM_PARAMS Pointer to a UART communication structure: app_uart_comm_params_t
- * @param[in] RX_BUF_SIZE Size of desired RX buffer, must be a power of 2 or ZERO (No FIFO).
- * @param[in] TX_BUF_SIZE Size of desired TX buffer, must be a power of 2 or ZERO (No FIFO).
- * @param[in] EVENT_HANDLER Event handler function to be called when an event occurs in the
- * UART module.
- * @param[in] IRQ_PRIO IRQ priority, app_irq_priority_t, for the UART module irq handler.
- * @param[out] ERR_CODE The return value of the UART initialization function will be
- * written to this parameter.
- *
- * @note Since this macro allocates a buffer and registers the module as a GPIOTE user when flow
- * control is enabled, it must only be called once.
- */
-#define APP_UART_FIFO_INIT(P_COMM_PARAMS, RX_BUF_SIZE, TX_BUF_SIZE, EVT_HANDLER, IRQ_PRIO, ERR_CODE) \
- do \
- { \
- uint16_t APP_UART_UID = 0; \
- app_uart_buffers_t buffers; \
- static uint8_t rx_buf[RX_BUF_SIZE]; \
- static uint8_t tx_buf[TX_BUF_SIZE]; \
- \
- buffers.rx_buf = rx_buf; \
- buffers.rx_buf_size = sizeof (rx_buf); \
- buffers.tx_buf = tx_buf; \
- buffers.tx_buf_size = sizeof (tx_buf); \
- ERR_CODE = app_uart_init(P_COMM_PARAMS, &buffers, EVT_HANDLER, IRQ_PRIO, &APP_UART_UID); \
- } while (0)
-
-/**@brief Macro for safe initialization of the UART module in a single user instance.
- *
- * @param[in] P_COMM_PARAMS Pointer to a UART communication structure: app_uart_comm_params_t
- * @param[in] EVENT_HANDLER Event handler function to be called when an event occurs in the
- * UART module.
- * @param[in] IRQ_PRIO IRQ priority, app_irq_priority_t, for the UART module irq handler.
- * @param[out] ERR_CODE The return value of the UART initialization function will be
- * written to this parameter.
- *
- * @note Since this macro allocates registers the module as a GPIOTE user when flow control is
- * enabled, it must only be called once.
- */
-#define APP_UART_INIT(P_COMM_PARAMS, EVT_HANDLER, IRQ_PRIO, ERR_CODE) \
- do \
- { \
- uint16_t APP_UART_UID = 0; \
- ERR_CODE = app_uart_init(P_COMM_PARAMS, NULL, EVT_HANDLER, IRQ_PRIO, &APP_UART_UID); \
- } while (0)
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the UART module. Use this initialization when several instances of the UART
- * module are needed.
- *
- * @details This initialization will return a UART user id for the caller. The UART user id must be
- * used upon re-initialization of the UART or closing of the module for the user.
- * If single instance usage is needed, the APP_UART_INIT() macro should be used instead.
- *
- * @note Normally single instance initialization should be done using the APP_UART_INIT() or
- * APP_UART_INIT_FIFO() macro depending on whether the FIFO should be used by the UART, as
- * that will allocate the buffers needed by the UART module (including aligning the buffer
- * correctly).
-
- * @param[in] p_comm_params Pin and communication parameters.
- * @param[in] p_buffers RX and TX buffers, NULL is FIFO is not used.
- * @param[in] error_handler Function to be called in case of an error.
- * @param[in] app_irq_priority Interrupt priority level.
- * @param[in,out] p_uart_uid User id for the UART module. The p_uart_uid must be used if
- * re-initialization and/or closing of the UART module is needed.
- * If the value pointed to by p_uart_uid is zero, this is
- * considdered a first time initialization. Otherwise this is
- * considered a re-initialization for the user with id *p_uart_uid.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If successful initialization.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH If a provided buffer is not a power of two.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If one of the provided buffers is a NULL pointer.
- *
- * Those errors are propagated by the UART module to the caller upon registration when Hardware Flow
- * Control is enabled. When Hardware Flow Control is not used, those errors cannot occur.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE The GPIOTE module is not in a valid state when registering
- * the UART module as a user.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM The UART module provides an invalid callback function when
- * registering the UART module as a user.
- * Or the value pointed to by *p_uart_uid is not a valid
- * GPIOTE number.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM GPIOTE module has reached the maximum number of users.
- */
-uint32_t app_uart_init(const app_uart_comm_params_t * p_comm_params,
- app_uart_buffers_t * p_buffers,
- app_uart_event_handler_t error_handler,
- app_irq_priority_t irq_priority,
- uint16_t * p_uart_uid);
-
-/**@brief Function for getting a byte from the UART.
- *
- * @details This function will get the next byte from the RX buffer. If the RX buffer is empty
- * an error code will be returned and the app_uart module will generate an event upon
- * reception of the first byte which is added to the RX buffer.
- *
- * @param[out] p_byte Pointer to an address where next byte received on the UART will be copied.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If a byte has been received and pushed to the pointer provided.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If no byte is available in the RX buffer of the app_uart module.
- */
-uint32_t app_uart_get(uint8_t * p_byte);
-
-/**@brief Function for putting a byte on the UART.
- *
- * @details This call is non-blocking.
- *
- * @param[in] byte Byte to be transmitted on the UART.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the byte was succesfully put on the TX buffer for transmission.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If no more space is available in the TX buffer.
- * NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM may occur if flow control is enabled and CTS signal
- * is high for a long period and the buffer fills up.
- */
-uint32_t app_uart_put(uint8_t byte);
-
-/**@brief Function for getting the current state of the UART.
- *
- * @details If flow control is disabled, the state is assumed to always be APP_UART_CONNECTED.
- *
- * When using flow control the state will be controlled by the CTS. If CTS is set active
- * by the remote side, or the app_uart module is in the process of transmitting a byte,
- * app_uart is in APP_UART_CONNECTED state. If CTS is set inactive by remote side app_uart
- * will not get into APP_UART_DISCONNECTED state until the last byte in the TXD register
- * is fully transmitted.
- *
- * Internal states in the state machine are mapped to the general connected/disconnected
- * states in the following ways:
- *
- * - UART_ON = CONNECTED
- * - UART_READY = CONNECTED
- * - UART_WAIT = CONNECTED
- * - UART_OFF = DISCONNECTED.
- *
- * @param[out] p_connection_state Current connection state of the UART.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS The connection state was succesfully retrieved.
- */
-uint32_t app_uart_get_connection_state(app_uart_connection_state_t * p_connection_state);
-
-/**@brief Function for flushing the RX and TX buffers (Only valid if FIFO is used).
- * This function does nothing if FIFO is not used.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Flushing completed (Current implementation will always succeed).
- */
-uint32_t app_uart_flush(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for closing the UART module.
- *
- * @details This function will close any on-going UART transmissions and disable itself in the
- * GPTIO module.
- *
- * @param[in] app_uart_uid User id for the UART module. The app_uart_uid must be identical to the
- * UART id returned on initialization and which is currently in use.
-
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If successfully closed.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If an invalid user id is provided or the user id differs from
- * the current active user.
- */
-uint32_t app_uart_close(uint16_t app_uart_id);
-
-
-#endif //APP_UART_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_util.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/app_util.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,232 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup app_util Utility Functions and Definitions
- * @{
- * @ingroup app_common
- *
- * @brief Various types and definitions available to all applications.
- */
-
-#ifndef APP_UTIL_H__
-#define APP_UTIL_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "compiler_abstraction.h"
-
-enum
-{
- UNIT_0_625_MS = 625, /**< Number of microseconds in 0.625 milliseconds. */
- UNIT_1_25_MS = 1250, /**< Number of microseconds in 1.25 milliseconds. */
- UNIT_10_MS = 10000 /**< Number of microseconds in 10 milliseconds. */
-};
-
-/**@brief Macro for doing static (i.e. compile time) assertion.
- *
- * @note If the assertion fails when compiling using Keil, the compiler will report error message
- * "error: #94: the size of an array must be greater than zero" (while gcc will list the
- * symbol static_assert_failed, making the error message more readable).
- * If the supplied expression can not be evaluated at compile time, Keil will report
- * "error: #28: expression must have a constant value".
- *
- * @note The macro is intentionally implemented not using do while(0), allowing it to be used
- * outside function blocks (e.g. close to global type- and variable declarations).
- * If used in a code block, it must be used before any executable code in this block.
- *
- * @param[in] EXPR Constant expression to be verified.
- */
-
-#if defined(__GNUC__)
-#define STATIC_ASSERT(EXPR) typedef char __attribute__((unused)) static_assert_failed[(EXPR) ? 1 : -1]
-#else
-#define STATIC_ASSERT(EXPR) typedef char static_assert_failed[(EXPR) ? 1 : -1]
-#endif
-
-
-/**@brief type for holding an encoded (i.e. little endian) 16 bit unsigned integer. */
-typedef uint8_t uint16_le_t[2];
-
-/**@brief type for holding an encoded (i.e. little endian) 32 bit unsigned integer. */
-typedef uint8_t uint32_le_t[4];
-
-/**@brief Byte array type. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t size; /**< Number of array entries. */
- uint8_t * p_data; /**< Pointer to array entries. */
-} uint8_array_t;
-
-/**@brief Perform rounded integer division (as opposed to truncating the result).
- *
- * @param[in] A Numerator.
- * @param[in] B Denominator.
- *
- * @return Rounded (integer) result of dividing A by B.
- */
-#define ROUNDED_DIV(A, B) (((A) + ((B) / 2)) / (B))
-
-/**@brief Check if the integer provided is a power of two.
- *
- * @param[in] A Number to be tested.
- *
- * @return true if value is power of two.
- * @return false if value not power of two.
- */
-#define IS_POWER_OF_TWO(A) ( ((A) != 0) && ((((A) - 1) & (A)) == 0) )
-
-/**@brief To convert ticks to millisecond
- * @param[in] time Number of millseconds that needs to be converted.
- * @param[in] resolution Units to be converted.
- */
-#define MSEC_TO_UNITS(TIME, RESOLUTION) (((TIME) * 1000) / (RESOLUTION))
-
-
-/**@brief Perform integer division, making sure the result is rounded up.
- *
- * @details One typical use for this is to compute the number of objects with size B is needed to
- * hold A number of bytes.
- *
- * @param[in] A Numerator.
- * @param[in] B Denominator.
- *
- * @return Integer result of dividing A by B, rounded up.
- */
-#define CEIL_DIV(A, B) \
- /*lint -save -e573 */ \
- ((((A) - 1) / (B)) + 1) \
- /*lint -restore */
-
-/**@brief Function for encoding a uint16 value.
- *
- * @param[in] value Value to be encoded.
- * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is to be written.
- *
- * @return Number of bytes written.
- */
-static __INLINE uint8_t uint16_encode(uint16_t value, uint8_t * p_encoded_data)
-{
- p_encoded_data[0] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x00FF) >> 0);
- p_encoded_data[1] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0xFF00) >> 8);
- return sizeof(uint16_t);
-}
-
-/**@brief Function for encoding a uint32 value.
- *
- * @param[in] value Value to be encoded.
- * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is to be written.
- *
- * @return Number of bytes written.
- */
-static __INLINE uint8_t uint32_encode(uint32_t value, uint8_t * p_encoded_data)
-{
- p_encoded_data[0] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x000000FF) >> 0);
- p_encoded_data[1] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
- p_encoded_data[2] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
- p_encoded_data[3] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
- return sizeof(uint32_t);
-}
-
-/**@brief Function for decoding a uint16 value.
- *
- * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored.
- *
- * @return Decoded value.
- */
-static __INLINE uint16_t uint16_decode(const uint8_t * p_encoded_data)
-{
- return ( (((uint16_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[0])) |
- (((uint16_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[1]) << 8 ));
-}
-
-/**@brief Function for decoding a uint32 value.
- *
- * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored.
- *
- * @return Decoded value.
- */
-static __INLINE uint32_t uint32_decode(const uint8_t * p_encoded_data)
-{
- return ( (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[0]) << 0) |
- (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[1]) << 8) |
- (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[2]) << 16) |
- (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[3]) << 24 ));
-}
-
-/** @brief Function for converting the input voltage (in milli volts) into percentage of 3.0 Volts.
- *
- * @details The calculation is based on a linearized version of the battery's discharge
- * curve. 3.0V returns 100% battery level. The limit for power failure is 2.1V and
- * is considered to be the lower boundary.
- *
- * The discharge curve for CR2032 is non-linear. In this model it is split into
- * 4 linear sections:
- * - Section 1: 3.0V - 2.9V = 100% - 42% (58% drop on 100 mV)
- * - Section 2: 2.9V - 2.74V = 42% - 18% (24% drop on 160 mV)
- * - Section 3: 2.74V - 2.44V = 18% - 6% (12% drop on 300 mV)
- * - Section 4: 2.44V - 2.1V = 6% - 0% (6% drop on 340 mV)
- *
- * These numbers are by no means accurate. Temperature and
- * load in the actual application is not accounted for!
- *
- * @param[in] mvolts The voltage in mV
- *
- * @return Battery level in percent.
-*/
-static __INLINE uint8_t battery_level_in_percent(const uint16_t mvolts)
-{
- uint8_t battery_level;
-
- if (mvolts >= 3000)
- {
- battery_level = 100;
- }
- else if (mvolts > 2900)
- {
- battery_level = 100 - ((3000 - mvolts) * 58) / 100;
- }
- else if (mvolts > 2740)
- {
- battery_level = 42 - ((2900 - mvolts) * 24) / 160;
- }
- else if (mvolts > 2440)
- {
- battery_level = 18 - ((2740 - mvolts) * 12) / 300;
- }
- else if (mvolts > 2100)
- {
- battery_level = 6 - ((2440 - mvolts) * 6) / 340;
- }
- else
- {
- battery_level = 0;
- }
-
- return battery_level;
-}
-
-/**@brief Function for checking if a pointer value is aligned to a 4 byte boundary.
- *
- * @param[in] p Pointer value to be checked.
- *
- * @return TRUE if pointer is aligned to a 4 byte boundary, FALSE otherwise.
- */
-static __INLINE bool is_word_aligned(void * p)
-{
- return (((uintptr_t)p & 0x03) == 0);
-}
-
-#endif // APP_UTIL_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/crc16.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/crc16.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup crc_compute CRC compute
- * @{
- * @ingroup hci_transport
- *
- * @brief This module implements the CRC-16 calculation in the blocks.
- */
-
-#ifndef CRC16_H__
-#define CRC16_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**@brief Function for calculating CRC-16 in blocks.
- *
- * Feed each consecutive data block into this function, along with the current value of p_crc as
- * returned by the previous call of this function. The first call of this function should pass NULL
- * as the initial value of the crc in p_crc.
- *
- * @param[in] p_data The input data block for computation.
- * @param[in] size The size of the input data block in bytes.
- * @param[in] p_crc The previous calculated CRC-16 value or NULL if first call.
- *
- * @return The updated CRC-16 value, based on the input supplied.
- */
-uint16_t crc16_compute(const uint8_t * p_data, uint32_t size, const uint16_t * p_crc);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#endif // CRC16_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hal_transport.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hal_transport.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,227 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/**@file
- *
- * @defgroup hci_transport HCI Transport
- * @{
- * @ingroup app_common
- *
- * @brief HCI transport module implementation.
- *
- * This module implements certain specific features from the three-wire UART transport layer,
- * defined by the Bluetooth specification version 4.0 [Vol 4] part D.
- *
- * \par Features supported
- * - Transmission and reception of Vendor Specific HCI packet type application packets.
- * - Transmission and reception of reliable packets: defined by chapter 6 of the specification.
- *
- * \par Features not supported
- * - Link establishment procedure: defined by chapter 8 of the specification.
- * - Low power: defined by chapter 9 of the specification.
- *
- * \par Implementation specific behaviour
- * - As Link establishment procedure is not supported following static link configuration parameters
- * are used:
- * + TX window size is 1.
- * + 16 bit CCITT-CRC must be used.
- * + Out of frame software flow control not supported.
- * + Parameters specific for resending reliable packets are compile time configurable (clarifed
- * later in this document).
- * + Acknowledgement packet transmissions are not timeout driven , meaning they are delivered for
- * transmission within same context which the corresponding application packet was received.
- *
- * \par Implementation specific limitations
- * Current implementation has the following limitations which will have impact to system wide
- * behaviour:
- * - Delayed acknowledgement scheduling not implemented:
- * There exists a possibility that acknowledgement TX packet and application TX packet will collide
- * in the TX pipeline having the end result that acknowledgement packet will be excluded from the TX
- * pipeline which will trigger the retransmission algorithm within the peer protocol entity.
- * - Delayed retransmission scheduling not implemented:
- * There exists a possibility that retransmitted application TX packet and acknowledgement TX packet
- * will collide in the TX pipeline having the end result that retransmitted application TX packet
- * will be excluded from the TX pipeline.
- * - Processing of the acknowledgement number from RX application packets:
- * Acknowledgement number is not processed from the RX application packets having the end result
- * that unnecessary application packet retransmissions can occur.
- *
- * The application TX packet processing flow is illustrated by the statemachine below.
- *
- * @image html hci_transport_tx_sm.png "TX - application packet statemachine"
- *
- * \par Component specific configuration options
- *
- * The following compile time configuration options are available, and used to configure the
- * application TX packet retransmission interval, in order to suite various application specific
- * implementations:
- * - MAC_PACKET_SIZE_IN_BITS Maximum size of a single application packet in bits.
- * - USED_BAUD_RATE Used uart baudrate.
- *
- * The following compile time configuration option is available to configure module specific
- * behaviour:
- * - MAX_RETRY_COUNT Max retransmission retry count for applicaton packets.
- */
-
-#ifndef HCI_TRANSPORT_H__
-#define HCI_TRANSPORT_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "nrf_error.h"
-
-#define HCI_TRANSPORT_PKT_HEADER_SIZE (2) /**< Size of transport packet header */
-
-/**@brief Generic event callback function events. */
-typedef enum
-{
- HCI_TRANSPORT_RX_RDY, /**< An event indicating that RX packet is ready for read. */
- HCI_TRANSPORT_EVT_TYPE_MAX /**< Enumeration upper bound. */
-} hci_transport_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief Struct containing events from the Transport layer.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- hci_transport_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
-} hci_transport_evt_t;
-
-/**@brief Transport layer generic event callback function type.
- *
- * @param[in] event Transport layer event.
- */
-typedef void (*hci_transport_event_handler_t)(hci_transport_evt_t event);
-
-/**@brief TX done event callback function result codes. */
-typedef enum
-{
- HCI_TRANSPORT_TX_DONE_SUCCESS, /**< Transmission success, peer transport entity has acknowledged the transmission. */
- HCI_TRANSPORT_TX_DONE_FAILURE /**< Transmission failure. */
-} hci_transport_tx_done_result_t;
-
-/**@brief Transport layer TX done event callback function type.
- *
- * @param[in] result TX done event result code.
- */
-typedef void (*hci_transport_tx_done_handler_t)(hci_transport_tx_done_result_t result);
-
-/**@brief Function for registering a generic event handler.
- *
- * @note Multiple registration requests will overwrite any possible existing registration.
- *
- * @param[in] event_handler The function to be called by the transport layer upon an event.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_evt_handler_reg(hci_transport_event_handler_t event_handler);
-
-/**@brief Function for registering a handler for TX done event.
- *
- * @note Multiple registration requests will overwrite any possible existing registration.
- *
- * @param[in] event_handler The function to be called by the transport layer upon TX done
- * event.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_tx_done_register(hci_transport_tx_done_handler_t event_handler);
-
-/**@brief Function for opening the transport channel and initializing the transport layer.
- *
- * @warning Must not be called for a channel which has been allready opened.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL Operation failure. Internal error ocurred.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_open(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for closing the transport channel.
- *
- * @note Can be called multiple times and also for not opened channel.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_close(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for allocating tx packet memory.
- *
- * @param[out] pp_memory Pointer to the packet data.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Memory was allocated.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No memory available.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_tx_alloc(uint8_t ** pp_memory);
-
-/**@brief Function for freeing tx packet memory.
- *
- * @note Memory management works in FIFO principle meaning that free order must match the alloc
- * order.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Memory was freed.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_tx_free(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for writing a packet.
- *
- * @note Completion of this method does not guarantee that actual peripheral transmission would
- * have completed.
- *
- * @note In case of 0 byte packet length write request, message will consist of only transport
- * module specific headers.
- *
- * @note The buffer provided to this function must be allocated through @ref hci_transport_tx_alloc
- * function.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Packet was added to the transmission queue
- * and an event will be send upon transmission completion.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. Transmission queue is full and packet was not
- * added to the transmission queue. User should wait for
- * a appropriate event prior issuing this operation again.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Operation failure. Packet size exceeds limit.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Operation failure. Channel is not open.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Operation failure. Buffer provided is not allocated through
- * hci_transport_tx_alloc function.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_pkt_write(const uint8_t * p_buffer, uint16_t length);
-
-/**@brief Function for extracting received packet.
- *
- * @note Extracted memory can't be reused by the underlying transport layer untill freed by call to
- * hci_transport_rx_pkt_consume().
- *
- * @param[out] pp_buffer Pointer to the packet data.
- * @param[out] p_length Length of packet data in bytes.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Packet was extracted.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No packet available to extract.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_rx_pkt_extract(uint8_t ** pp_buffer, uint16_t * p_length);
-
-/**@brief Function for consuming extracted packet described by p_buffer.
- *
- * RX memory pointed to by p_buffer is freed and can be reused by the underlying transport layer.
- *
- * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the buffer that has been consumed.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No packet available to consume.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Operation failure. Not a valid pointer.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_rx_pkt_consume(uint8_t * p_buffer);
-
-#endif // HCI_TRANSPORT_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hci_mem_pool.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hci_mem_pool.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup memory_pool Memory pool
- * @{
- * @ingroup app_common
- *
- * @brief Memory pool implementation
- *
- * Memory pool implementation, based on circular buffer data structure, which supports asynchronous
- * processing of RX data. The current default implementation supports 1 TX buffer and 4 RX buffers.
- * The memory managed by the pool is allocated from static storage instead of heap. The internal
- * design of the circular buffer implementing the RX memory layout is illustrated in the picture
- * below.
- *
- * @image html memory_pool.png "Circular buffer design"
- *
- * The expected call order for the RX APIs is as follows:
- * - hci_mem_pool_rx_produce
- * - hci_mem_pool_rx_data_size_set
- * - hci_mem_pool_rx_extract
- * - hci_mem_pool_rx_consume
- *
- * @warning If the above mentioned expected call order is violated the end result can be undefined.
- *
- * \par Component specific configuration options
- *
- * The following compile time configuration options are available to suit various implementations:
- * - TX_BUF_SIZE TX buffer size in bytes.
- * - RX_BUF_SIZE RX buffer size in bytes.
- * - RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE RX buffer element size.
- */
-
-#ifndef HCI_MEM_POOL_H__
-#define HCI_MEM_POOL_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "nrf_error.h"
-
-/**@brief Function for opening the module.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- */
-uint32_t hci_mem_pool_open(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for closing the module.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- */
-uint32_t hci_mem_pool_close(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for allocating requested amount of TX memory.
- *
- * @param[out] pp_buffer Pointer to the allocated memory.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Memory was allocated.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No memory available for allocation.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
- */
-uint32_t hci_mem_pool_tx_alloc(void ** pp_buffer);
-
-/**@brief Function for freeing previously allocated TX memory.
- *
- * @note Memory management follows the FIFO principle meaning that free() order must match the
- * alloc(...) order, which is the reason for omitting exact memory block identifier as an
- * input parameter.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Memory was freed.
- */
-uint32_t hci_mem_pool_tx_free(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for producing a free RX memory block for usage.
- *
- * @note Upon produce request amount being 0, NRF_SUCCESS is returned.
- *
- * @param[in] length Amount, in bytes, of free memory to be produced.
- * @param[out] pp_buffer Pointer to the allocated memory.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Free RX memory block produced.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No suitable memory available for allocation.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Operation failure. Request size exceeds limit.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
- */
-uint32_t hci_mem_pool_rx_produce(uint32_t length, void ** pp_buffer);
-
-/**@brief Function for setting the length of the last produced RX memory block.
- *
- * @warning If call to this API is omitted the end result is that the following call to
- * mem_pool_rx_extract will return incorrect data in the p_length output parameter.
- *
- * @param[in] length Amount, in bytes, of actual memory used.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Length was set.
- */
-uint32_t hci_mem_pool_rx_data_size_set(uint32_t length);
-
-/**@brief Function for extracting a packet, which has been filled with read data, for further
- * processing.
- *
- * @param[out] pp_buffer Pointer to the packet data.
- * @param[out] p_length Length of packet data in bytes.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No packet available to extract.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
- */
-uint32_t hci_mem_pool_rx_extract(uint8_t ** pp_buffer, uint32_t * p_length);
-
-/**@brief Function for freeing previously extracted packet, which has been filled with read data.
- *
- * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to consumed buffer.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No packet available to free.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Operation failure. Not a valid pointer.
- */
-uint32_t hci_mem_pool_rx_consume(uint8_t * p_buffer);
-
-#endif // HCI_MEM_POOL_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hci_mem_pool_internal.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hci_mem_pool_internal.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup memory_pool_internal Memory Pool Internal
- * @{
- * @ingroup memory_pool
- *
- * @brief Memory pool internal definitions
- */
-
-#ifndef MEM_POOL_INTERNAL_H__
-#define MEM_POOL_INTERNAL_H__
-
-#define TX_BUF_SIZE 600u /**< TX buffer size in bytes. */
-#define RX_BUF_SIZE TX_BUF_SIZE /**< RX buffer size in bytes. */
-
-#define RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE 4u /**< RX buffer element size. */
-
-#endif // MEM_POOL_INTERNAL_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hci_slip.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hci_slip.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup hci_slip SLIP module
- * @{
- * @ingroup app_common
- *
- * @brief SLIP layer for supporting packet framing in HCI transport.
- *
- * @details This module implements SLIP packet framing as described in the Bluetooth Core
- * Specification 4.0, Volume 4, Part D, Chapter 3 SLIP Layer.
- *
- * SLIP framing ensures that all packets sent on the UART are framed as:
- * <0xC0> SLIP packet 1 <0xC0> <0xC0> SLIP packet 2 <0xC0>.
- *
- * The SLIP layer uses events to notify the upper layer when data transmission is complete
- * and when a SLIP packet is received.
- */
-
-#ifndef HCI_SLIP_H__
-#define HCI_SLIP_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-/**@brief Event types from the SLIP Layer. */
-typedef enum
-{
- HCI_SLIP_RX_RDY, /**< An event indicating that an RX packet is ready to be read. */
- HCI_SLIP_TX_DONE, /**< An event indicating write completion of the TX packet provided in the function call \ref hci_slip_write . */
- HCI_SLIP_RX_OVERFLOW, /**< An event indicating that RX data has been discarded due to lack of free RX memory. */
- HCI_SLIP_ERROR, /**< An event indicating that an unrecoverable error has occurred. */
- HCI_SLIP_EVT_TYPE_MAX /**< Enumeration upper bound. */
-} hci_slip_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief Structure containing an event from the SLIP layer.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- hci_slip_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
- const uint8_t * packet; /**< This field contains a pointer to the packet for which the event relates, i.e. SLIP_TX_DONE: the packet transmitted, SLIP_RX_RDY: the packet received, SLIP_RX_OVERFLOW: The packet which overflow/or NULL if no receive buffer is available. */
- uint32_t packet_length; /**< Packet length, i.e. SLIP_TX_DONE: Bytes transmitted, SLIP_RX_RDY: Bytes received, SLIP_RX_OVERFLOW: index at which the packet overflowed. */
-} hci_slip_evt_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for the SLIP layer event callback.
- */
-typedef void (*hci_slip_event_handler_t)(hci_slip_evt_t event);
-
-/**@brief Function for registering the event handler provided as parameter and this event handler
- * will be used by SLIP layer to send events described in \ref hci_slip_evt_type_t.
- *
- * @note Multiple registration requests will overwrite any existing registration.
- *
- * @param[in] event_handler This function is called by the SLIP layer upon an event.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- */
-uint32_t hci_slip_evt_handler_register(hci_slip_event_handler_t event_handler);
-
-/**@brief Function for opening the SLIP layer. This function must be called before
- * \ref hci_slip_write and before any data can be received.
- *
- * @note Can be called multiple times.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- *
- * The SLIP layer module will propagate errors from underlying sub-modules.
- * This implementation is using UART module as a physical transmission layer, and hci_slip_open
- * executes \ref app_uart_init . For an extended error list, please refer to \ref app_uart_init .
- */
-uint32_t hci_slip_open(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for closing the SLIP layer. After this function is called no data can be
- * transmitted or received in this layer.
- *
- * @note This function can be called multiple times and also for an unopened channel.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- */
-uint32_t hci_slip_close(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for writing a packet with SLIP encoding. Packet transmission is confirmed when
- * the HCI_SLIP_TX_DONE event is received by the function caller.
- *
- * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the packet to transmit.
- * @param[in] length Packet length, in bytes.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Packet was encoded and added to the
- * transmission queue and an event will be sent upon transmission
- * completion.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. Transmission queue is full and packet was not
- * added to the transmission queue. Application shall wait for
- * the \ref HCI_SLIP_TX_DONE event. After HCI_SLIP_TX_DONE this
- * function can be executed for transmission of next packet.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If a NULL pointer is provided.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Operation failure. Module is not open.
- */
-uint32_t hci_slip_write(const uint8_t * p_buffer, uint32_t length);
-
-/**@brief Function for registering a receive buffer. The receive buffer will be used for storage of
- * received and SLIP decoded data.
- * No data can be received by the SLIP layer until a receive buffer has been registered.
- *
- * @note The lifetime of the buffer must be valid during complete reception of data. A static
- * buffer is recommended.
- *
- * @warning Multiple registration requests will overwrite any existing registration.
- *
- * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to receive buffer. The received and SLIP decoded packet
- * will be placed in this buffer.
- * @param[in] length Buffer length, in bytes.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- */
-uint32_t hci_slip_rx_buffer_register(uint8_t * p_buffer, uint32_t length);
-
-#endif // HCI_SLIP_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hci_transport.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/hci_transport.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/**@file
- *
- * @defgroup hci_transport HCI Transport
- * @{
- * @ingroup app_common
- *
- * @brief HCI transport module implementation.
- *
- * This module implements certain specific features from the three-wire UART transport layer,
- * defined by the Bluetooth specification version 4.0 [Vol 4] part D.
- *
- * \par Features supported
- * - Transmission and reception of Vendor Specific HCI packet type application packets.
- * - Transmission and reception of reliable packets: defined by chapter 6 of the specification.
- *
- * \par Features not supported
- * - Link establishment procedure: defined by chapter 8 of the specification.
- * - Low power: defined by chapter 9 of the specification.
- *
- * \par Implementation specific behaviour
- * - As Link establishment procedure is not supported following static link configuration parameters
- * are used:
- * + TX window size is 1.
- * + 16 bit CCITT-CRC must be used.
- * + Out of frame software flow control not supported.
- * + Parameters specific for resending reliable packets are compile time configurable (clarifed
- * later in this document).
- * + Acknowledgement packet transmissions are not timeout driven , meaning they are delivered for
- * transmission within same context which the corresponding application packet was received.
- *
- * \par Implementation specific limitations
- * Current implementation has the following limitations which will have impact to system wide
- * behaviour:
- * - Delayed acknowledgement scheduling not implemented:
- * There exists a possibility that acknowledgement TX packet and application TX packet will collide
- * in the TX pipeline having the end result that acknowledgement packet will be excluded from the TX
- * pipeline which will trigger the retransmission algorithm within the peer protocol entity.
- * - Delayed retransmission scheduling not implemented:
- * There exists a possibility that retransmitted application TX packet and acknowledgement TX packet
- * will collide in the TX pipeline having the end result that retransmitted application TX packet
- * will be excluded from the TX pipeline.
- * - Processing of the acknowledgement number from RX application packets:
- * Acknowledgement number is not processed from the RX application packets having the end result
- * that unnecessary application packet retransmissions can occur.
- *
- * The application TX packet processing flow is illustrated by the statemachine below.
- *
- * @image html hci_transport_tx_sm.png "TX - application packet statemachine"
- *
- * \par Component specific configuration options
- *
- * The following compile time configuration options are available, and used to configure the
- * application TX packet retransmission interval, in order to suite various application specific
- * implementations:
- * - MAC_PACKET_SIZE_IN_BITS Maximum size of a single application packet in bits.
- * - USED_BAUD_RATE Used uart baudrate.
- *
- * The following compile time configuration option is available to configure module specific
- * behaviour:
- * - MAX_RETRY_COUNT Max retransmission retry count for applicaton packets.
- */
-
-#ifndef HCI_TRANSPORT_H__
-#define HCI_TRANSPORT_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "nrf_error.h"
-
-/**@brief Generic event callback function events. */
-typedef enum
-{
- HCI_TRANSPORT_RX_RDY, /**< An event indicating that RX packet is ready for read. */
- HCI_TRANSPORT_EVT_TYPE_MAX /**< Enumeration upper bound. */
-} hci_transport_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief Struct containing events from the Transport layer.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- hci_transport_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
-} hci_transport_evt_t;
-
-/**@brief Transport layer generic event callback function type.
- *
- * @param[in] event Transport layer event.
- */
-typedef void (*hci_transport_event_handler_t)(hci_transport_evt_t event);
-
-/**@brief TX done event callback function result codes. */
-typedef enum
-{
- HCI_TRANSPORT_TX_DONE_SUCCESS, /**< Transmission success, peer transport entity has acknowledged the transmission. */
- HCI_TRANSPORT_TX_DONE_FAILURE /**< Transmission failure. */
-} hci_transport_tx_done_result_t;
-
-/**@brief Transport layer TX done event callback function type.
- *
- * @param[in] result TX done event result code.
- */
-typedef void (*hci_transport_tx_done_handler_t)(hci_transport_tx_done_result_t result);
-
-/**@brief Function for registering a generic event handler.
- *
- * @note Multiple registration requests will overwrite any possible existing registration.
- *
- * @param[in] event_handler The function to be called by the transport layer upon an event.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_evt_handler_reg(hci_transport_event_handler_t event_handler);
-
-/**@brief Function for registering a handler for TX done event.
- *
- * @note Multiple registration requests will overwrite any possible existing registration.
- *
- * @param[in] event_handler The function to be called by the transport layer upon TX done
- * event.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_tx_done_register(hci_transport_tx_done_handler_t event_handler);
-
-/**@brief Function for opening the transport channel and initializing the transport layer.
- *
- * @warning Must not be called for a channel which has been allready opened.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL Operation failure. Internal error ocurred.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_open(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for closing the transport channel.
- *
- * @note Can be called multiple times and also for not opened channel.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_close(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for allocating tx packet memory.
- *
- * @param[out] pp_memory Pointer to the packet data.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Memory was allocated.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No memory available.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_tx_alloc(uint8_t ** pp_memory);
-
-/**@brief Function for freeing tx packet memory.
- *
- * @note Memory management works in FIFO principle meaning that free order must match the alloc
- * order.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Memory was freed.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_tx_free(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for writing a packet.
- *
- * @note Completion of this method does not guarantee that actual peripheral transmission would
- * have completed.
- *
- * @note In case of 0 byte packet length write request, message will consist of only transport
- * module specific headers.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Packet was added to the transmission queue
- * and an event will be send upon transmission completion.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. Transmission queue is full and packet was not
- * added to the transmission queue. User should wait for
- * a appropriate event prior issuing this operation again.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Operation failure. Packet size exceeds limit.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Operation failure. Channel is not open.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_pkt_write(const uint8_t * p_buffer, uint32_t length);
-
-/**@brief Function for extracting received packet.
- *
- * @note Extracted memory can't be reused by the underlying transport layer untill freed by call to
- * hci_transport_rx_pkt_consume().
- *
- * @param[out] pp_buffer Pointer to the packet data.
- * @param[out] p_length Length of packet data in bytes.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success. Packet was extracted.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No packet available to extract.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Operation failure. NULL pointer supplied.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_rx_pkt_extract(uint8_t ** pp_buffer, uint32_t * p_length);
-
-/**@brief Function for consuming extracted packet described by p_buffer.
- *
- * RX memory pointed to by p_buffer is freed and can be reused by the underlying transport layer.
- *
- * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the buffer that has been consumed.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Operation failure. No packet available to consume.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Operation failure. Not a valid pointer.
- */
-uint32_t hci_transport_rx_pkt_consume(uint8_t * p_buffer);
-
-#endif // HCI_TRANSPORT_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/pstorage.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/app_common/pstorage.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,381 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/**@file
- *
- * @defgroup persistent_storage Persistent Storage Interface
- * @{
- * @ingroup app_common
- * @brief Abstracted flash interface.
- *
- * @details In order to ensure that the SDK and application be moved to alternate persistent storage
- * options other than the default provided with NRF solution, an abstracted interface is provided
- * by the module to ensure SDK modules and application can be ported to alternate option with ease.
- */
-
-#ifndef PSTORAGE_H__
-#define PSTORAGE_H__
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif /* #ifdef __cplusplus */
-
-#include "pstorage_platform.h"
-
-
-/**@defgroup ps_opcode Persistent Storage Access Operation Codes
- * @{
- * @brief Persistent Storage Access Operation Codes. These are used to report any error during
- * a persistent storage access operation or any general error that may occur in the
- * interface.
- *
- * @details Persistent Storage Access Operation Codes used in error notification callback
- * registered with the interface to report any error during an persistent storage access
- * operation or any general error that may occur in the interface.
- */
-#define PSTORAGE_ERROR_OP_CODE 0x01 /**< General Error Code */
-#define PSTORAGE_STORE_OP_CODE 0x02 /**< Error when Store Operation was requested */
-#define PSTORAGE_LOAD_OP_CODE 0x03 /**< Error when Load Operation was requested */
-#define PSTORAGE_CLEAR_OP_CODE 0x04 /**< Error when Clear Operation was requested */
-#define PSTORAGE_UPDATE_OP_CODE 0x05 /**< Update an already touched storage block */
-
-/**@} */
-
-/**@defgroup pstorage_data_types Persistent Memory Interface Data Types
- * @{
- * @brief Data Types needed for interfacing with persistent memory.
- *
- * @details Data Types needed for interfacing with persistent memory.
- */
-
-/**@brief Persistent Storage Error Reporting Callback
- *
- * @details Persistent Storage Error Reporting Callback that is used by the interface to report
- * success or failure of a flash operation. Therefore, for any operations, application
- * can know when the procedure was complete. For store operation, since no data copy
- * is made, receiving a success or failure notification, indicated by the reason
- * parameter of callback is an indication that the resident memory could now be reused
- * or freed, as the case may be.
- *
- * @param[in] handle Identifies module and block for which callback is received.
- * @param[in] op_code Identifies the operation for which the event is notified.
- * @param[in] result Identifies the result of flash access operation.
- * NRF_SUCCESS implies, operation succeeded.
- * @param[in] p_data Identifies the application data pointer. In case of store operation, this
- * points to the resident source of application memory that application can now
- * free or reuse. In case of clear, this is NULL as no application pointer is
- * needed for this operation.
- * @param[in] data_len Length data application had provided for the operation.
- *
- */
-typedef void (*pstorage_ntf_cb_t)(pstorage_handle_t * p_handle,
- uint8_t op_code,
- uint32_t result,
- uint8_t * p_data,
- uint32_t data_len);
-
-
-typedef struct
-{
- pstorage_ntf_cb_t cb; /**< Callback registered with the module to be notified of any error occurring in persistent memory management */
- pstorage_size_t block_size; /**< Desired block size for persistent memory storage, for example, if a module has a table with 10 entries, each entry is size 64 bytes,
- * it can request 10 blocks with block size 64 bytes. On the other hand, the module can also request one block of size 640 based on
- * how it would like to access or alter memory in persistent memory.
- * First option is preferred when single entries that need to be updated often when having no impact on the other entries.
- * While second option is preferred when entries of table are not changed on individually but have common point of loading and storing
- * data. */
- pstorage_size_t block_count; /** Number of blocks requested by the module, minimum values is 1. */
-} pstorage_module_param_t;
-
-/**@} */
-
-/**@defgroup pstorage_routines Persistent Storage Access Routines
- * @{
- * @brief Functions/Interface SDK modules use to persistently store data.
- *
- * @details Interface for Application & SDK module to load/store information persistently.
- * Note: that while implementation of each of the persistent storage access function
- * depends on the system and can specific to system/solution, the signature of the
- * interface routines should not be altered.
- */
-
-/**@brief Module Initialization Routine.
- *
- * @details Initializes module. To be called once before any other APIs of the module are used.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_init(void);
-
-
-/**@brief Register with persistent storage interface.
- *
- * @param[in] p_module_param Module registration param.
- * @param[out] p_block_id Block identifier to identify persistent memory blocks in case
- * registration succeeds. Application is expected to use the block ids
- * for subsequent operations on requested persistent memory. Maximum
- * registrations permitted is determined by configuration parameter
- * PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS.
- * In case more than one memory blocks are requested, the identifier provided here is
- * the base identifier for the first block and to identify subsequent block,
- * application shall use \@ref pstorage_block_identifier_get with this base identifier
- * and block number. Therefore if 10 blocks of size 64 are requested and application
- * wishes to store memory in 6th block, it shall use
- * \@ref pstorage_block_identifier_get with based id and provide a block number of 5.
- * This way application is only expected to remember the base block identifier.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM in case no more registrations can be supported.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_register(pstorage_module_param_t * p_module_param,
- pstorage_handle_t * p_block_id);
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Function to get block id with reference to base block identifier provided at time of
- * registration.
- *
- * @details Function to get block id with reference to base block identifier provided at time of
- * registration.
- * In case more than one memory blocks were requested when registering, the identifier
- * provided here is the base identifier for the first block and to identify subsequent
- * block, application shall use this routine to get block identifier providing input as
- * base identifier and block number. Therefore if 10 blocks of size 64 are requested and
- * application wishes to store memory in 6th block, it shall use
- * \@ref pstorage_block_identifier_get with based id and provide a block number of 5.
- * This way application is only expected to remember the base block identifier.
- *
- * @param[in] p_base_id Base block id received at the time of registration.
- * @param[in] block_num Block Number, with first block numbered zero.
- * @param[out] p_block_id Block identifier for the block number requested in case the API succeeds.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_block_identifier_get(pstorage_handle_t * p_base_id,
- pstorage_size_t block_num,
- pstorage_handle_t * p_block_id);
-
-
-/**@brief Routine to persistently store data of length 'size' contained in 'p_src' address
- * in storage module at 'p_dest' address; Equivalent to Storage Write.
- *
- * @param[in] p_dest Destination address where data is to be stored persistently.
- * @param[in] p_src Source address containing data to be stored. API assumes this to be resident
- * memory and no intermediate copy of data is made by the API.
- * @param[in] size Size of data to be stored expressed in bytes. Should be word aligned.
- * @param[in] offset Offset in bytes to be applied when writing to the block.
- * For example, if within a block of 100 bytes, application wishes to
- * write 20 bytes at offset of 12, then this field should be set to 12.
- * Should be word aligned.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR in case data address 'p_src' is not aligned.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM in case request cannot be processed.
- *
- * @warning No copy of the data is made, and hence memory provided for data source to be written
- * to flash cannot be freed or reused by the application until this procedure
- * is complete. End of this procedure is notified to the application using the
- * notification callback registered by the application.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_store(pstorage_handle_t * p_dest,
- uint8_t * p_src,
- pstorage_size_t size,
- pstorage_size_t offset);
-
-/**@brief Routine to update persistently stored data of length 'size' contained in 'p_src' address
- * in storage module at 'p_dest' address.
- *
- * @param[in] p_dest Destination address where data is to be updated.
- * @param[in] p_src Source address containing data to be stored. API assumes this to be resident
- * memory and no intermediate copy of data is made by the API.
- * @param[in] size Size of data to be stored expressed in bytes. Should be word aligned.
- * @param[in] offset Offset in bytes to be applied when writing to the block.
- * For example, if within a block of 100 bytes, application wishes to
- * write 20 bytes at offset of 12, then this field should be set to 12.
- * Should be word aligned.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR in case data address 'p_src' is not aligned.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM in case request cannot be processed.
- *
- * @warning No copy of the data is made, and hence memory provided for data source to be written
- * to flash cannot be freed or reused by the application until this procedure
- * is complete. End of this procedure is notified to the application using the
- * notification callback registered by the application.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_update(pstorage_handle_t * p_dest,
- uint8_t * p_src,
- pstorage_size_t size,
- pstorage_size_t offset);
-
-/**@brief Routine to load persistently stored data of length 'size' from 'p_src' address
- * to 'p_dest' address; Equivalent to Storage Read.
- *
- * @param[in] p_dest Destination address where persistently stored data is to be loaded.
- * @param[in] p_src Source from where data is to be loaded from persistent memory.
- * @param[in] size Size of data to be loaded from persistent memory expressed in bytes.
- * Should be word aligned.
- * @param[in] offset Offset in bytes to be applied when loading from the block.
- * For example, if within a block of 100 bytes, application wishes to
- * load 20 bytes from offset of 12, then this field should be set to 12.
- * Should be word aligned.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR in case data address 'p_dst' is not aligned.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM in case request cannot be processed.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_load(uint8_t * p_dest,
- pstorage_handle_t * p_src,
- pstorage_size_t size,
- pstorage_size_t offset);
-
-/**@brief Routine to clear data in persistent memory.
- *
- * @param[in] p_base_id Base block identifier in persistent memory that needs to cleared;
- * Equivalent to an Erase Operation.
- *
- * @param[in] size Size of data to be cleared from persistent memory expressed in bytes.
- * This parameter is to provision for clearing of certain blocks
- * of memory, or all memory blocks in a registered module. If the total size
- * of the application module is used (blocks * block size) in combination with
- * the identifier for the first block in the module, all blocks in the
- * module will be erased.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR in case data address 'p_dst' is not aligned.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM in case request cannot be processed.
- *
- * @note Clear operations may take time. This API however, does not block until the clear
- * procedure is complete. Application is notified of procedure completion using
- * notification callback registered by the application. 'result' parameter of the
- * callback suggests if the procedure was successful or not.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_clear(pstorage_handle_t * p_base_id, pstorage_size_t size);
-
-/**
- * @brief API to get status of number of pending operations with the module.
- *
- * @param[out] p_count Number of storage operations pending with the module, if 0,
- * there are no outstanding requests.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_access_status_get(uint32_t * p_count);
-
-#ifdef PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
-
-/**@brief Function for registering with persistent storage interface.
- *
- * @param[in] p_module_param Module registration param.
- * @param[out] p_block_id Block identifier to identify persistent memory blocks in case
- * registration succeeds. Application is expected to use the block ids
- * for subsequent operations on requested persistent memory.
- * In case more than one memory blocks are requested, the identifier provided here is
- * the base identifier for the first block and to identify subsequent block,
- * application shall use \@ref pstorage_block_identifier_get with this base identifier
- * and block number. Therefore if 10 blocks of size 64 are requested and application
- * wishes to store memory in 6th block, it shall use
- * \@ref pstorage_block_identifier_get with based id and provide a block number of 5.
- * This way application is only expected to remember the base block identifier.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM in case no more registrations can be supported.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_raw_register(pstorage_module_param_t * p_module_param,
- pstorage_handle_t * p_block_id);
-
-/**@brief Raw mode function for persistently storing data of length 'size' contained in 'p_src'
- * address in storage module at 'p_dest' address; Equivalent to Storage Write.
- *
- * @param[in] p_dest Destination address where data is to be stored persistently.
- * @param[in] p_src Source address containing data to be stored. API assumes this to be resident
- * memory and no intermediate copy of data is made by the API.
- * @param[in] size Size of data to be stored expressed in bytes. Should be word aligned.
- * @param[in] offset Offset in bytes to be applied when writing to the block.
- * For example, if within a block of 100 bytes, application wishes to
- * write 20 bytes at offset of 12, then this field should be set to 12.
- * Should be word aligned.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR in case data address 'p_src' is not aligned.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM in case request cannot be processed.
- *
- * @warning No copy of the data is made, and hence memory provided for data source to be written
- * to flash cannot be freed or reused by the application until this procedure
- * is complete. End of this procedure is notified to the application using the
- * notification callback registered by the application.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_raw_store(pstorage_handle_t * p_dest,
- uint8_t * p_src,
- pstorage_size_t size,
- pstorage_size_t offset);
-
-/**@brief Function for clearing data in persistent memory in raw mode.
- *
- * @param[in] p_dest Base block identifier in persistent memory that needs to cleared;
- * Equivalent to an Erase Operation.
- * @param[in] size Size of data to be cleared from persistent memory expressed in bytes.
- * This is currently unused. And a clear would mean clearing all blocks,
- * however, this parameter is to provision for clearing of certain blocks
- * of memory only and not all if need be.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE is returned is API is called without module initialization.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL if NULL parameter has been passed.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if invalid parameters are passed to the API.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM in case request cannot be processed.
- *
- * @note Clear operations may take time. This API however, does not block until the clear
- * procedure is complete. Application is notified of procedure completion using
- * notification callback registered by the application. 'result' parameter of the
- * callback suggests if the procedure was successful or not.
- */
-uint32_t pstorage_raw_clear(pstorage_handle_t * p_dest, pstorage_size_t size);
-
-#endif // PSTORAGE_RAW_MODE_ENABLE
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif /* #ifdef __cplusplus */
-
-
-/**@} */
-/**@} */
-
-#endif // PSTORAGE_H__
-
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_advdata.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_advdata.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_lib_advdata Advertising Data Encoder
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
- * @brief Function for encoding the advertising data and/or scan response data, and passing them to
- * the stack.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_ADVDATA_H__
-#define BLE_ADVDATA_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "app_util.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**@brief Advertising data name type. This contains the options available for the device name inside
- * the advertising data. */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_ADVDATA_NO_NAME, /**< Include no device name in advertising data. */
- BLE_ADVDATA_SHORT_NAME, /**< Include short device name in advertising data. */
- BLE_ADVDATA_FULL_NAME /**< Include full device name in advertising data. */
-} ble_advdata_name_type_t;
-
-/**@brief UUID list type. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t uuid_cnt; /**< Number of UUID entries. */
- ble_uuid_t * p_uuids; /**< Pointer to UUID array entries. */
-} ble_advdata_uuid_list_t;
-
-/**@brief Connection interval range structure. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t min_conn_interval; /**< Minimum Connection Interval, in units of 1.25ms, range 6 to 3200 (i.e. 7.5ms to 4s). */
- uint16_t max_conn_interval; /**< Maximum Connection Interval, in units of 1.25ms, range 6 to 3200 (i.e. 7.5ms to 4s). Value of 0xFFFF indicates no specific maximum. */
-} ble_advdata_conn_int_t;
-
-/**@brief Manufacturer specific data structure. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t company_identifier; /**< Company Identifier Code. */
- uint8_array_t data; /**< Additional manufacturer specific data. */
-} ble_advdata_manuf_data_t;
-
-/**@brief Service data structure. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t service_uuid; /**< Service UUID. */
- uint8_array_t data; /**< Additional service data. */
-} ble_advdata_service_data_t;
-
-/**@brief Advertising data structure. This contains all options and data needed for encoding and
- * setting the advertising data. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_advdata_name_type_t name_type; /**< Type of device name. */
- uint8_t short_name_len; /**< Length of short device name (if short type is specified). */
- bool include_appearance; /**< Determines if Appearance shall be included. */
- uint8_array_t flags; /**< Advertising data Flags field. */
- int8_t * p_tx_power_level; /**< TX Power Level field. */
- ble_advdata_uuid_list_t uuids_more_available; /**< List of UUIDs in the 'More Available' list. */
- ble_advdata_uuid_list_t uuids_complete; /**< List of UUIDs in the 'Complete' list. */
- ble_advdata_uuid_list_t uuids_solicited; /**< List of solcited UUIDs. */
- ble_advdata_conn_int_t * p_slave_conn_int; /**< Slave Connection Interval Range. */
- ble_advdata_manuf_data_t * p_manuf_specific_data; /**< Manufacturer specific data. */
- ble_advdata_service_data_t * p_service_data_array; /**< Array of Service data structures. */
- uint8_t service_data_count; /**< Number of Service data structures. */
-} ble_advdata_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for encoding and setting the advertising data and/or scan response data.
- *
- * @details This function encodes advertising data and/or scan response data based on the selections
- * in the supplied structures, and passes the encoded data to the stack.
- *
- * @param[in] p_advdata Structure for specifying the content of the advertising data.
- * Set to NULL if advertising data is not to be set.
- * @param[in] p_srdata Structure for specifying the content of the scan response data.
- * Set to NULL if scan response data is not to be set.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE if not all the requested data could fit
- * into the advertising packet. The maximum size of the advertisement packet is @ref
- * BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE.
- *
- * @warning This API may override application's request to use the long name and use a short name
- * instead. This truncation will occur in case the long name does not fit advertisement data size.
- * Application is permitted to specify a preferred short name length in case truncation is required.
- * For example, if the complete device name is ABCD_HRMonitor, application can specify short name
- * length to 8 such that short device name appears as ABCD_HRM instead of ABCD_HRMo or ABCD_HRMoni
- * etc if available size for short name is 9 or 12 respectively to have more apporpriate short name.
- * However, it should be noted that this is just a preference that application can specify and
- * if the preference too large to fit in Advertisement Data, this can be further truncated.
- */
-uint32_t ble_advdata_set(const ble_advdata_t * p_advdata, const ble_advdata_t * p_srdata);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif // BLE_ADVDATA_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_advdata_parser.h --- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_advdata_parser.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef BLE_ADVDATA_PARSER_H_ -#define BLE_ADVDATA_PARSER_H_ - -#include "ble_advdata.h" - -uint32_t ble_advdata_parse(uint8_t * p_data, uint8_t len, ble_advdata_t * advdata); -uint32_t ble_advdata_parser_field_find(uint8_t type, uint8_t * p_advdata, uint8_t * len, uint8_t ** pp_field_data); - -#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_central_bondmngr.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_central_bondmngr.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef __BLE_CENTRAL_BONDMNGR_H_
-#define __BLE_CENTRAL_BONDMNGR_H_
-
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "ble_gap.h"
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params;
-} ble_central_bondmngr_t;
-
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params;
- bool delete_bonds;
-} ble_central_bondmngr_init_t;
-
-uint32_t ble_central_bondmngr_init(ble_central_bondmngr_t * p_bm, ble_central_bondmngr_init_t * p_bm_init);
-void ble_central_bondmngr_on_ble_evt(ble_central_bondmngr_t * p_bm, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-uint32_t ble_central_bondmngr_store(ble_central_bondmngr_t * p_bm);
-
-#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_conn_params.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_conn_params.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_lib_conn_params Connection Parameters Negotiation
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
- * @brief Module for initiating and executing a connection parameters negotiation procedure.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_CONN_PARAMS_H__
-#define BLE_CONN_PARAMS_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
-
-/**@brief Connection Parameters Module event type. */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_FAILED , /**< Negotiation procedure failed. */
- BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_SUCCEEDED /**< Negotiation procedure succeeded. */
-} ble_conn_params_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief Connection Parameters Module event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_conn_params_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
-} ble_conn_params_evt_t;
-
-/**@brief Connection Parameters Module event handler type. */
-typedef void (*ble_conn_params_evt_handler_t) (ble_conn_params_evt_t * p_evt);
-
-/**@brief Connection Parameters Module init structure. This contains all options and data needed for
- * initialization of the connection parameters negotiation module. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gap_conn_params_t * p_conn_params; /**< Pointer to the connection parameters desired by the application. When calling ble_conn_params_init, if this parameter is set to NULL, the connection parameters will be fetched from host. */
- uint32_t first_conn_params_update_delay; /**< Time from initiating event (connect or start of notification) to first time sd_ble_gap_conn_param_update is called (in number of timer ticks). */
- uint32_t next_conn_params_update_delay; /**< Time between each call to sd_ble_gap_conn_param_update after the first (in number of timer ticks). Recommended value 30 seconds as per BLUETOOTH SPECIFICATION Version 4.0. */
- uint8_t max_conn_params_update_count; /**< Number of attempts before giving up the negotiation. */
- uint16_t start_on_notify_cccd_handle; /**< If procedure is to be started when notification is started, set this to the handle of the corresponding CCCD. Set to BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID if procedure is to be started on connect event. */
- bool disconnect_on_fail; /**< Set to TRUE if a failed connection parameters update shall cause an automatic disconnection, set to FALSE otherwise. */
- ble_conn_params_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Connection Parameters. */
- ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
-} ble_conn_params_init_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the Connection Parameters module.
- *
- * @note If the negotiation procedure should be triggered when notification/indication of
- * any characteristic is enabled by the peer, then this function must be called after
- * having initialized the services.
- *
- * @param[in] p_init This contains information needed to initialize this module.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_conn_params_init(const ble_conn_params_init_t * p_init);
-
-/**@brief Function for stopping the Connection Parameters module.
- *
- * @details This function is intended to be used by the application to clean up the connection
- * parameters update module. This will stop the connection parameters update timer if
- * running, thereby preventing any impending connection parameters update procedure. This
- * function must be called by the application when it needs to clean itself up (for
- * example, before disabling the bluetooth SoftDevice) so that an unwanted timer expiry
- * event can be avoided.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_conn_params_stop(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for changing the current connection parameters to a new set.
- *
- * @details Use this function to change the connection parameters to a new set of parameter
- * (ie different from the ones given at init of the module).
- * This function is usefull for scenario where most of the time the application
- * needs a relatively big connection interval, and just sometimes, for a temporary
- * period requires shorter connection interval, for example to transfer a higher
- * amount of data.
- * If the given parameters does not match the current connection's parameters
- * this function initiates a new negotiation.
- *
- * @param[in] new_params This contains the new connections parameters to setup.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_conn_params_change_conn_params(ble_gap_conn_params_t *new_params);
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
- *
- * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack that are of interest to this module.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt The event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-void ble_conn_params_on_ble_evt(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-
-#endif // BLE_CONN_PARAMS_H__
-
-/** @} */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_date_time.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_date_time.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2011 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
-*
-* The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
-* Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
-* SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
-*
-* Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
-* WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
-* the file.
-*/
-
-/* Attention!
-* To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASAs Bluetooth profile
-* qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
-*/
-
-/** @file
- * @brief Contains definition of ble_date_time structure.
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_date_time BLE Date Time characteristic type
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Definition of ble_date_time_t type.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_DATE_TIME_H__
-#define BLE_DATE_TIME_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-/**@brief Date and Time structure. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t year;
- uint8_t month;
- uint8_t day;
- uint8_t hours;
- uint8_t minutes;
- uint8_t seconds;
-} ble_date_time_t;
-
-static __INLINE uint8_t ble_date_time_encode(const ble_date_time_t * p_date_time,
- uint8_t * p_encoded_data)
-{
- uint8_t len = uint16_encode(p_date_time->year, p_encoded_data);
-
- p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->month;
- p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->day;
- p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->hours;
- p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->minutes;
- p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->seconds;
-
- return len;
-}
-
-static __INLINE uint8_t ble_date_time_decode(ble_date_time_t * p_date_time,
- const uint8_t * p_encoded_data)
-{
- uint8_t len = sizeof(uint16_t);
-
- p_date_time->year = uint16_decode(p_encoded_data);
- p_date_time->month = p_encoded_data[len++];
- p_date_time->day = p_encoded_data[len++];
- p_date_time->hours = p_encoded_data[len++];
- p_date_time->minutes = p_encoded_data[len++];
- p_date_time->seconds = p_encoded_data[len++];
-
- return len;
-}
-
-#endif // BLE_DATE_TIME_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_debug_assert_handler.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_debug_assert_handler.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_debug_assert_handler Assert Handler for debug purposes.
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
- * @brief Module for handling of assert during application development when debugging.
- *
- * @details This module may be used during development of an application to facilitate debugging.
- * It contains a function to write file name, line number and the Stack Memory to flash.
- * This module is ONLY for debugging purposes and must never be used in final product.
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_DEBUG_ASSERT_HANDLER_H__
-#define BLE_DEBUG_ASSERT_HANDLER_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Debug assert, which can be called from an error handler.
- * To be used only for debugging purposes.
- *
- *@details This code will copy the filename and line number into local variables for them to always
- * be accessible in Keil debugger. The function will also write the ARM Cortex-M0 stack
- * memory into flash where it can be retrieved and manually un-winded in order to
- * back-trace the location where the error ocured.<br>
- * @warning <b>ALL INTERRUPTS WILL BE DISABLED.</b>
- *
- * @note This function will never return but loop forever for debug purposes.
- *
- * @param[in] error_code Error code supplied to the handler.
- * @param[in] line_num Line number where the original handler is called.
- * @param[in] p_file_name Pointer to the file name.
- */
-void ble_debug_assert_handler(uint32_t error_code, uint32_t line_num, const uint8_t * p_file_name);
-
-#endif /* BLE_DEBUG_ASSERT_HANDLER_H__ */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_dtm.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_dtm.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_dtmlib_dtm DTM - Direct Test Mode
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
- * @brief Module for testing RF/PHY using DTM commands.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_DTM_H__
-#define BLE_DTM_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-
-/**@brief Configuration parameters. */
-#define DEFAULT_TX_POWER RADIO_TXPOWER_TXPOWER_Pos4dBm /**< Default Transmission power using in the DTM module. */
-#define DEFAULT_TIMER NRF_TIMER0 /**< Default timer used for timing. */
-#define DEFAULT_TIMER_IRQn TIMER0_IRQn /**< IRQ used for timer. NOTE: MUST correspond to DEFAULT_TIMER. */
-
-/**@brief BLE DTM command codes. */
-typedef uint32_t dtm_cmd_t; /**< DTM command type. */
-
-#define LE_RESET 0 /**< DTM command: Reset device. */
-#define LE_RECEIVER_TEST 1 /**< DTM command: Start receive test. */
-#define LE_TRANSMITTER_TEST 2 /**< DTM command: Start transmission test. */
-#define LE_TEST_END 3 /**< DTM command: End test and send packet report. */
-
-// Configuration options used as parameter 2
-// when cmd == LE_TRANSMITTER_TEST and payload == DTM_PKT_VENDORSPECIFIC
-// Configuration value, if any, is supplied in parameter 3
-
-#define CARRIER_TEST 0 /**< Length=0 indicates a constant, unmodulated carrier until LE_TEST_END or LE_RESET */
-#define CARRIER_TEST_STUDIO 1 /**< nRFgo Studio uses value 1 in length field, to indicate a constant, unmodulated carrier until LE_TEST_END or LE_RESET */
-#define SET_TX_POWER 2 /**< Set transmission power, value -40..+4 dBm in steps of 4 */
-#define SELECT_TIMER 3 /**< Select on of the 16 MHz timers 0, 1 or 2 */
-
-#define LE_PACKET_REPORTING_EVENT 0x8000 /**< DTM Packet reporting event, returned by the device to the tester. */
-#define LE_TEST_STATUS_EVENT_SUCCESS 0x0000 /**< DTM Status event, indicating success. */
-#define LE_TEST_STATUS_EVENT_ERROR 0x0001 /**< DTM Status event, indicating an error. */
-
-#define DTM_PKT_PRBS9 0x00 /**< Bit pattern PRBS9. */
-#define DTM_PKT_0X0F 0x01 /**< Bit pattern 11110000 (LSB is the leftmost bit). */
-#define DTM_PKT_0X55 0x02 /**< Bit pattern 10101010 (LSB is the leftmost bit). */
-#define DTM_PKT_VENDORSPECIFIC 0xFFFFFFFF /**< Vendor specific. Nordic: Continuous carrier test, or configuration. */
-
-/**@brief Return codes from dtm_cmd(). */
-#define DTM_SUCCESS 0x00 /**< Indicate that the DTM function completed with success. */
-#define DTM_ERROR_ILLEGAL_CHANNEL 0x01 /**< Physical channel number must be in the range 0..39. */
-#define DTM_ERROR_INVALID_STATE 0x02 /**< Sequencing error: Command is not valid now. */
-#define DTM_ERROR_ILLEGAL_LENGTH 0x03 /**< Payload size must be in the range 0..37. */
-#define DTM_ERROR_ILLEGAL_CONFIGURATION 0x04 /**< Parameter out of range (legal range is function dependent). */
-#define DTM_ERROR_UNINITIALIZED 0x05 /**< DTM module has not been initialized by the application. */
-
-// Note: DTM_PKT_VENDORSPECIFIC, is not a packet type
-#define PACKET_TYPE_MAX DTM_PKT_0X55 /**< Highest value allowed as DTM Packet type. */
-
-/** @brief BLE DTM event type. */
-typedef uint32_t dtm_event_t; /**< Type for handling DTM event. */
-
-/** @brief BLE DTM frequency type. */
-typedef uint32_t dtm_freq_t; /**< Physical channel, valid range: 0..39. */
-
-/**@brief BLE DTM packet types. */
-typedef uint32_t dtm_pkt_type_t; /**< Type for holding the requested DTM payload type.*/
-
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing or re-initializing DTM module
- *
- * @return DTM_SUCCESS on successful initialization of the DTM module.
-*/
-uint32_t dtm_init(void);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for giving control to dtmlib for handling timer and radio events.
- * Will return to caller at 625us intervals or whenever another event than radio occurs
- * (such as UART input). Function will put MCU to sleep between events.
- *
- * @return Time counter, incremented every 625 us.
- */
-uint32_t dtm_wait(void);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for calling when a complete command has been prepared by the Tester.
- *
- * @param[in] cmd One of the DTM_CMD values (bits 14:15 in the 16-bit UART format).
- * @param[in] freq Phys. channel no - actual frequency = (2402 + freq * 2) MHz (bits 8:13 in
- * the 16-bit UART format).
- * @param[in] length Payload length, 0..37 (bits 2:7 in the 16-bit UART format).
- * @param[in] payload One of the DTM_PKT values (bits 0:1 in the 16-bit UART format).
- *
- * @return DTM_SUCCESS or one of the DTM_ERROR_ values
- */
-uint32_t dtm_cmd(dtm_cmd_t cmd, dtm_freq_t freq, uint32_t length, dtm_pkt_type_t payload);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for reading the result of a DTM command
- *
- * @param[out] p_dtm_event Pointer to buffer for 16 bit event code according to DTM standard.
- *
- * @return true: new event, false: no event since last call, this event has been read earlier
- */
-bool dtm_event_get(dtm_event_t * p_dtm_event);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for configuring the timer to use.
- *
- * @note Must be called when no DTM test is running.
- *
- * @param[in] new_timer Index (0..2) of timer to be used by the DTM library
- *
- * @return true: success, new timer was selected, false: parameter error
- */
-bool dtm_set_timer(uint32_t new_timer);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for configuring the transmit power.
- *
- * @note Must be called when no DTM test is running.
- *
- * @param[in] new_tx_power New output level, +4..-40, in steps of 4.
- *
- * @return true: tx power setting changed, false: parameter error
- */
-bool dtm_set_txpower(uint32_t new_tx_power);
-
-#endif // BLE_DTM_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_error_log.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_error_log.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_error_log_module Error Log Module
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
- * @brief Module for writing error and stack to flash memory.
- *
- * @details It contains functions for writing an error code, line number, filename/message and
- * the stack to the flash during an error, e.g. in the assert handler.
- *
- */
-#ifndef BLE_ERROR_LOG_H__
-#define BLE_ERROR_LOG_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "ble_flash.h"
-
-#define ERROR_MESSAGE_LENGTH 128 /**< Length of error message to stored. */
-#define STACK_DUMP_LENGTH 256 /**< Length of stack to be stored at max: 64 entries of 4 bytes each. */
-#define FLASH_PAGE_ERROR_LOG (BLE_FLASH_PAGE_END - 2) /**< Address in flash where stack trace can be stored. */
-
-/**@brief Error Log Data structure.
- *
- * @details The structure contains the error, message/filename, line number as well as the current
- * stack, at the time where an error occured.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t failure; /**< Indication that a major failure has occurred during last execution of the application. */
- uint16_t line_number; /**< Line number indicating at which line the failure occurred. */
- uint32_t err_code; /**< Error code when failure occurred. */
- uint8_t message[ERROR_MESSAGE_LENGTH]; /**< Will just use the first 128 bytes of filename to store for debugging purposes. */
- uint32_t stack_info[STACK_DUMP_LENGTH / 4]; /**< Will contain stack information, can be manually unwinded for debug purposes. */
-} ble_error_log_data_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Function for writing the file name/message, line number, and current program stack
- * to flash.
- *
- * @note This function will force the writing to flash, and disregard any radio communication.
- * USE THIS FUNCTION WITH CARE.
- *
- * @param[in] err_code Error code to be logged.
- * @param[in] p_message Message to be written to the flash together with stack dump, usually
- * the file name where the error occured.
- * @param[in] line_number Line number where the error occured.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful writing of the error log.
- *
- */
-uint32_t ble_error_log_write(uint32_t err_code, const uint8_t * p_message, uint16_t line_number);
-
-
-#endif /* BLE_ERROR_LOG_H__ */
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_flash.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_flash.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_flash_module Flash Manager
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
- * @brief Module for accessing flash memory.
- *
- * @details It contains functions for reading, writing and erasing one page in flash.
- *
- * The module uses the first 32 bits of the flash page to write a magic number in order to
- * determine if the page has been written or not.
- *
- * @note Be careful not to use a page number in the SoftDevice area (which currently occupies the
- * range 0 to 127), or in your application space! In both cases, this would end up
- * with a hard fault.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_FLASH_H__
-#define BLE_FLASH_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include <nrf51.h>
-
-#define BLE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE ((uint16_t)NRF_FICR->CODEPAGESIZE) /**< Size of one flash page. */
-#define BLE_FLASH_MAGIC_NUMBER 0x45DE0000 /**< Magic value to identify if flash contains valid data. */
-#define BLE_FLASH_EMPTY_MASK 0xFFFFFFFF /**< Bit mask that defines an empty address in flash. */
-
-
-/**@brief Macro for getting the end of the flash available for application.
- *
- * @details The result flash page number indicates the end boundary of the flash available
- * to the application. If a bootloader is used, the end will be the start of the
- * bootloader region. Otherwise, the end will be the size of the flash.
- */
-#define BLE_FLASH_PAGE_END \
- ((NRF_UICR->BOOTLOADERADDR != BLE_FLASH_EMPTY_MASK) \
- ? (NRF_UICR->BOOTLOADERADDR / BLE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) \
- : NRF_FICR->CODESIZE)
-
-/**@brief Function for erasing the specified flash page, and then writes the given data to this page.
- *
- * @warning This operation blocks the CPU. DO NOT use while in a connection!
- *
- * @param[in] page_num Page number to update.
- * @param[in] p_in_array Pointer to a RAM area containing the elements to write in flash.
- * This area has to be 32 bits aligned.
- * @param[in] word_count Number of 32 bits words to write in flash.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful flash write, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_flash_page_write(uint8_t page_num, uint32_t * p_in_array, uint8_t word_count);
-
-/**@brief Function for reading data from flash to RAM.
- *
- * @param[in] page_num Page number to read.
- * @param[out] p_out_array Pointer to a RAM area where the found data will be written.
- * This area has to be 32 bits aligned.
- * @param[out] p_word_count Number of 32 bits words read.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful upload, NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND if no valid data has been found
- * in flash (first 32 bits not equal to the MAGIC_NUMBER+CRC).
- */
-uint32_t ble_flash_page_read(uint8_t page_num, uint32_t * p_out_array, uint8_t * p_word_count);
-
-/**@brief Function for erasing a flash page.
- *
- * @note This operation blocks the CPU, so it should not be done while the radio is running!
- *
- * @param[in] page_num Page number to erase.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, an error_code otherwise.
- */
-uint32_t ble_flash_page_erase(uint8_t page_num);
-
-/**@brief Function for writing one word to flash.
- *
- * @note Flash location to be written must have been erased previously.
- *
- * @param[in] p_address Pointer to flash location to be written.
- * @param[in] value Value to write to flash.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS.
- */
-uint32_t ble_flash_word_write(uint32_t * p_address, uint32_t value);
-
-/**@brief Function for writing a data block to flash.
- *
- * @note Flash locations to be written must have been erased previously.
- *
- * @param[in] p_address Pointer to start of flash location to be written.
- * @param[in] p_in_array Pointer to start of flash block to be written.
- * @param[in] word_count Number of words to be written.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS.
- */
-uint32_t ble_flash_block_write(uint32_t * p_address, uint32_t * p_in_array, uint16_t word_count);
-
-/**@brief Function for computing pointer to start of specified flash page.
- *
- * @param[in] page_num Page number.
- * @param[out] pp_page_addr Pointer to start of flash page.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS.
- */
-uint32_t ble_flash_page_addr(uint8_t page_num, uint32_t ** pp_page_addr);
-
-/**@brief Function for calculating a 16 bit CRC using the CRC-16-CCITT scheme.
- *
- * @param[in] p_data Pointer to data on which the CRC is to be calulated.
- * @param[in] size Number of bytes on which the CRC is to be calulated.
- * @param[in] p_crc Initial CRC value (if NULL, a preset value is used as the initial value).
- *
- * @return Calculated CRC.
- */
-uint16_t ble_flash_crc16_compute(uint8_t * p_data, uint16_t size, uint16_t * p_crc);
-
-/**@brief Function for handling flashing module Radio Notification event.
- *
- * @note For flash writing to work safely while in a connection or while advertising, this function
- * MUST be called from the Radio Notification module's event handler (see
- * @ref ble_radio_notification for details).
- *
- * @param[in] radio_active TRUE if radio is active (or about to become active), FALSE otherwise.
- */
-void ble_flash_on_radio_active_evt(bool radio_active);
-
-#endif // BLE_FLASH_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_racp.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_racp.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_lib_racp Record Access Control Point
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
- * @brief Record Access Control Point library.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_RACP_H__
-#define BLE_RACP_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "ble_types.h"
-#include "ble.h"
-
-/**@brief Record Access Control Point opcodes. */
-#define RACP_OPCODE_RESERVED 0 /**< Record Access Control Point opcode - Reserved for future use. */
-#define RACP_OPCODE_REPORT_RECS 1 /**< Record Access Control Point opcode - Report stored records. */
-#define RACP_OPCODE_DELETE_RECS 2 /**< Record Access Control Point opcode - Delete stored records. */
-#define RACP_OPCODE_ABORT_OPERATION 3 /**< Record Access Control Point opcode - Abort operation. */
-#define RACP_OPCODE_REPORT_NUM_RECS 4 /**< Record Access Control Point opcode - Report number of stored records. */
-#define RACP_OPCODE_NUM_RECS_RESPONSE 5 /**< Record Access Control Point opcode - Number of stored records response. */
-#define RACP_OPCODE_RESPONSE_CODE 6 /**< Record Access Control Point opcode - Response code. */
-
-/**@brief Record Access Control Point operators. */
-#define RACP_OPERATOR_NULL 0 /**< Record Access Control Point operator - Null. */
-#define RACP_OPERATOR_ALL 1 /**< Record Access Control Point operator - All records. */
-#define RACP_OPERATOR_LESS_OR_EQUAL 2 /**< Record Access Control Point operator - Less than or equal to. */
-#define RACP_OPERATOR_GREATER_OR_EQUAL 3 /**< Record Access Control Point operator - Greater than or equal to. */
-#define RACP_OPERATOR_RANGE 4 /**< Record Access Control Point operator - Within range of (inclusive). */
-#define RACP_OPERATOR_FIRST 5 /**< Record Access Control Point operator - First record (i.e. oldest record). */
-#define RACP_OPERATOR_LAST 6 /**< Record Access Control Point operator - Last record (i.e. most recent record). */
-#define RACP_OPERATOR_RFU_START 7 /**< Record Access Control Point operator - Start of Reserved for Future Use area. */
-
-/**@brief Record Access Control Point response codes. */
-#define RACP_RESPONSE_RESERVED 0 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Reserved for future use. */
-#define RACP_RESPONSE_SUCCESS 1 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Successful operation. */
-#define RACP_RESPONSE_OPCODE_UNSUPPORTED 2 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Unsupported op code received. */
-#define RACP_RESPONSE_INVALID_OPERATOR 3 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Operator not valid for service. */
-#define RACP_RESPONSE_OPERATOR_UNSUPPORTED 4 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Unsupported operator. */
-#define RACP_RESPONSE_INVALID_OPERAND 5 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Operand not valid for service. */
-#define RACP_RESPONSE_NO_RECORDS_FOUND 6 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - No matching records found. */
-#define RACP_RESPONSE_ABORT_FAILED 7 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Abort could not be completed. */
-#define RACP_RESPONSE_PROCEDURE_NOT_DONE 8 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Procedure could not be completed. */
-#define RACP_RESPONSE_OPERAND_UNSUPPORTED 9 /**< Record Access Control Point response code - Unsupported operand. */
-
-/**@brief Record Access Control Point value structure. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t opcode; /**< Op Code. */
- uint8_t operator; /**< Operator. */
- uint8_t operand_len; /**< Length of the operand. */
- uint8_t * p_operand; /**< Pointer to the operand. */
-} ble_racp_value_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for decoding a Record Access Control Point write.
- *
- * @details This call decodes a write to the Record Access Control Point.
- *
- * @param[in] data_len Length of data in received write.
- * @param[in] p_data Pointer to received data.
- * @param[out] p_racp_val Pointer to decoded Record Access Control Point write.
- * @note This does not do a data copy. It assumes the data pointed to by
- * p_data is persistant until no longer needed.
- */
-void ble_racp_decode(uint8_t data_len, uint8_t * p_data, ble_racp_value_t * p_racp_val);
-
-/**@brief Function for encoding a Record Access Control Point response.
- *
- * @details This call encodes a response from the Record Access Control Point response.
- *
- * @param[in] p_racp_val Pointer to Record Access Control Point to encode.
- * @param[out] p_data Pointer to where encoded data is written.
- * NOTE! It is calling routines respsonsibility to make sure.
- *
- * @return Length of encoded data.
- */
-uint8_t ble_racp_encode(const ble_racp_value_t * p_racp_val, uint8_t * p_data);
-
-#endif // BLE_RACP_H__
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @endcond */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_radio_notification.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_radio_notification.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_radio_notification Radio Notification Event Handler
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
- * @brief Module for propagating Radio Notification events to the application.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_H__
-#define BLE_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "nrf_soc.h"
-
-/**@brief Application radio notification event handler type. */
-typedef void (*ble_radio_notification_evt_handler_t) (bool radio_active);
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the Radio Notification module.
- *
- * @param[in] irq_priority Interrupt priority for the Radio Notification interrupt handler.
- * @param[in] distance The time from an Active event until the radio is activated.
- * @param[in] evt_handler Handler to be executed when a radio notification event has been
- * received.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_radio_notification_init(nrf_app_irq_priority_t irq_priority,
- nrf_radio_notification_distance_t distance,
- ble_radio_notification_evt_handler_t evt_handler);
-
-#endif // BLE_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_sensorsim.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_sensorsim.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_lib_sensorsim Sensor Data Simulator
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
- * @brief Functions for simulating sensor data.
- *
- * @details Currently only a triangular waveform simulator is implemented.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_SENSORSIM_H__
-#define BLE_SENSORSIM_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-/**@brief Triangular waveform sensor simulator configuration. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint32_t min; /**< Minimum simulated value. */
- uint32_t max; /**< Maximum simulated value. */
- uint32_t incr; /**< Increment between each measurement. */
- bool start_at_max; /**< TRUE is measurement is to start at the maximum value, FALSE if it is to start at the minimum. */
-} ble_sensorsim_cfg_t;
-
-/**@brief Triangular waveform sensor simulator state. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint32_t current_val; /**< Current sensor value. */
- bool is_increasing; /**< TRUE if the simulator is in increasing state, FALSE otherwise. */
-} ble_sensorsim_state_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing a triangular waveform sensor simulator.
- *
- * @param[out] p_state Current state of simulator.
- * @param[in] p_cfg Simulator configuration.
- */
-void ble_sensorsim_init(ble_sensorsim_state_t * p_state,
- const ble_sensorsim_cfg_t * p_cfg);
-
-/**@brief Function for generating a simulated sensor measurement using a triangular waveform generator.
- *
- * @param[in,out] p_state Current state of simulator.
- * @param[in] p_cfg Simulator configuration.
- *
- * @return Simulator output.
- */
-uint32_t ble_sensorsim_measure(ble_sensorsim_state_t * p_state,
- const ble_sensorsim_cfg_t * p_cfg);
-
-#endif // BLE_SENSORSIM_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_ans_c.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_ans_c.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,351 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_ans_c Alert Notification Service Client
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Alert Notification module.
- *
- * @details This module implements the Alert Notification Client according to the
- * Alert Notification Profile.
- *
- * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Alert Notification Client module
- * by calling ble_ans_c_on_ble_evt() from the from the @ref ble_stack_handler callback.
- *
- * @note Attention!
- * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
- * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
- */
-#ifndef BLE_ANS_C_H__
-#define BLE_ANS_C_H__
-
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "ble_gatts.h"
-#include "ble_types.h"
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-#include "device_manager.h"
-
-#define ANS_NB_OF_CHARACTERISTICS 5 /**< Number of characteristics as defined by Alert Notification Service specification. */
-#define ANS_NB_OF_SERVICES 1 /**< Number of services supported in one central. */
-#define INVALID_SERVICE_HANDLE_BASE 0xF0 /**< Base for indicating invalid service handle. */
-#define INVALID_SERVICE_HANDLE (INVALID_SERVICE_HANDLE_BASE + 0x0F) /**< Indication that the current service handle is invalid. */
-#define INVALID_SERVICE_HANDLE_DISC (INVALID_SERVICE_HANDLE_BASE + 0x0E) /**< Indication that the current service handle is invalid but the service has been discovered. */
-#define BLE_ANS_INVALID_HANDLE 0xFF /**< Indication that the current service handle is invalid. */
-
-// Forward declaration of the ble_ans_c_t type.
-typedef struct ble_ans_c_s ble_ans_c_t;
-
-/** Alerts types as defined in the alert category id; UUID: 0x2A43. */
-typedef enum
-{
- ANS_TYPE_SIMPLE_ALERT = 0, /**< General text alert or non-text alert.*/
- ANS_TYPE_EMAIL = 1, /**< Alert when email messages arrives.*/
- ANS_TYPE_NEWS = 2, /**< News feeds such as RSS, Atom.*/
- ANS_TYPE_NOTIFICATION_CALL = 3, /**< Incoming call.*/
- ANS_TYPE_MISSED_CALL = 4, /**< Missed call.*/
- ANS_TYPE_SMS_MMS = 5, /**< SMS/MMS message arrives.*/
- ANS_TYPE_VOICE_MAIL = 6, /**< Voice mail.*/
- ANS_TYPE_SCHEDULE = 7, /**< Alert occurred on calendar, planner.*/
- ANS_TYPE_HIGH_PRIORITIZED_ALERT = 8, /**< Alert that should be handled as high priority.*/
- ANS_TYPE_INSTANT_MESSAGE = 9, /**< Alert for incoming instant messages.*/
- ANS_TYPE_ALL_ALERTS = 0xFF /**< Identifies All Alerts. */
-} ble_ans_category_id_t;
-
-/** Alerts notification control point commands as defined in the Alert Notification Specification;
- * UUID: 0x2A44.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
- ANS_ENABLE_NEW_INCOMING_ALERT_NOTIFICATION = 0, /**< Enable New Incoming Alert Notification.*/
- ANS_ENABLE_UNREAD_CATEGORY_STATUS_NOTIFICATION = 1, /**< Enable Unread Category Status Notification.*/
- ANS_DISABLE_NEW_INCOMING_ALERT_NOTIFICATION = 2, /**< Disable New Incoming Alert Notification.*/
- ANS_DISABLE_UNREAD_CATEGORY_STATUS_NOTIFICATION = 3, /**< Disable Unread Category Status Notification.*/
- ANS_NOTIFY_NEW_INCOMING_ALERT_IMMEDIATELY = 4, /**< Notify New Incoming Alert immediately.*/
- ANS_NOTIFY_UNREAD_CATEGORY_STATUS_IMMEDIATELY = 5, /**< Notify Unread Category Status immediately.*/
-} ble_ans_command_id_t;
-
-/**@brief Alert Notification Event types that are passed from client to application on an event. */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_ANS_C_EVT_DISCOVER_COMPLETE, /**< A successful connection has been established and the characteristics of the server has been fetched. */
- BLE_ANS_C_EVT_DISCOVER_FAILED, /**< It was not possible to discover service or characteristics of the connected peer. */
- BLE_ANS_C_EVT_RECONNECT, /**< A re-connection to a known and previously discovered central has occurred. */
- BLE_ANS_C_EVT_DISCONN_COMPLETE, /**< The connection has been taken down. */
- BLE_ANS_C_EVT_NOTIFICATION, /**< A valid Alert Notification has been received from the server.*/
- BLE_ANS_C_EVT_READ_RESP, /**< A read response has been received from the server.*/
- BLE_ANS_C_EVT_WRITE_RESP /**< A write response has been received from the server.*/
-} ble_ans_c_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief Alert Notification Control Point structure. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_ans_command_id_t command; /**< The command to be written to the control point, see @ref ble_ans_command_id_t. */
- ble_ans_category_id_t category; /**< The category for the control point for which the command applies, see @ref ble_ans_category_id_t. */
-} ble_ans_control_point_t;
-
-/**@brief Alert Notification Setting structure containing the supported alerts in the service.
- *
- *@details
- * The structure contains bit fields describing which alerts that are supported:
- * 0 = Unsupported
- * 1 = Supported
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t ans_simple_alert_support : 1; /**< Support for General text alert or non-text alert.*/
- uint8_t ans_email_support : 1; /**< Support for Alert when email messages arrives.*/
- uint8_t ans_news_support : 1; /**< Support for News feeds such as RSS, Atom.*/
- uint8_t ans_notification_call_support : 1; /**< Support for Incoming call.*/
- uint8_t ans_missed_call_support : 1; /**< Support for Missed call.*/
- uint8_t ans_sms_mms_support : 1; /**< Support for SMS/MMS message arrives.*/
- uint8_t ans_voice_mail_support : 1; /**< Support for Voice mail.*/
- uint8_t ans_schedule_support : 1; /**< Support for Alert occurred on calendar, planner.*/
- uint8_t ans_high_prioritized_alert_support : 1; /**< Support for Alert that should be handled as high priority.*/
- uint8_t ans_instant_message_support : 1; /**< Support for Alert for incoming instant messages.*/
- uint8_t reserved : 6; /**< Reserved for future use. */
-} ble_ans_alert_settings_t;
-
-/**@brief Alert Notification structure
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t alert_category; /**< Alert category to which this alert belongs.*/
- uint8_t alert_category_count; /**< Number of alerts in the category. */
- uint32_t alert_msg_length; /**< Length of optional text message send by the server. */
- uint8_t * p_alert_msg_buf; /**< Pointer to buffer containing the optional text message. */
-} ble_ans_alert_notification_t;
-
-/**@brief Alert Notification Event structure
- *
- * @details The structure contains the event that should be handled, as well as
- * additional information.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_ans_c_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
- ble_uuid_t uuid; /**< UUID of the event in case of an alert or notification. */
- union
- {
- ble_ans_alert_settings_t settings; /**< Setting returned from server on read request. */
- ble_ans_alert_notification_t alert; /**< Alert Notification data sent by the server. */
- uint32_t error_code; /**< Additional status/error code if the event was caused by a stack error or gatt status, e.g. during service discovery. */
- } data;
-} ble_ans_c_evt_t;
-
-/**@brief Alert Notification event handler type. */
-typedef void (*ble_ans_c_evt_handler_t) (ble_ans_c_evt_t * p_evt);
-
-/**@brief Alert Notification structure. This contains various status information for the client. */
-typedef struct ble_ans_c_s
-{
- ble_ans_c_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Alert Notification Client Application. */
- ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
- uint8_t central_handle; /**< Handle for the currently connected central if peer is bonded. */
- uint8_t service_handle; /**< Handle to the service in the database to use for this instance. */
- uint32_t message_buffer_size; /**< Size of message buffer to hold the additional text messages received on notifications. */
- uint8_t * p_message_buffer; /**< Pointer to the buffer to be used for additional text message handling. */
-} ble_ans_c_t;
-
-/**@brief Alert Notification init structure. This contains all options and data needed for
- * initialization of the client.*/
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_ans_c_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Battery Service. */
- ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
- uint32_t message_buffer_size; /**< Size of buffer to handle messages. */
- uint8_t * p_message_buffer; /**< Pointer to buffer for passing messages. */
-} ble_ans_c_init_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
- *
- * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Alert Notification Client.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification Client structure.
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-void ble_ans_c_on_ble_evt(ble_ans_c_t * p_ans, const ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Alert Notification Client - Device Manager Event.
- *
- * @details Handles all events from the Bond Manager of interest to the Alert Notification Client.
- * The Alert Notification Client will use the events of re-connection to existing central
- * and creation of new bonds for handling of service discovery and writing of the Alert
- * Notification Control Point for re-send of New Alert and Unread Alert notifications.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification Client structure.
- * @param[in] p_bond_mgmr_evt Event received from the Bond Manager.
- */
-void ble_ans_c_on_device_manager_evt(ble_ans_c_t * p_ans,
- dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
- dm_event_t const * p_dm_evt);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the Alert Notification Client.
- *
- * @param[out] p_ans Alert Notification Client structure. This structure will have to be
- * supplied by the application. It will be initialized by this function,
- * and will later be used to identify this particular client instance.
- * @param[in] p_ans_init Information needed to initialize the client.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of client, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_ans_c_init(ble_ans_c_t * p_ans, const ble_ans_c_init_t * p_ans_init);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for writing the to CCCD to enable new alert notifications from the Alert Notification Service.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
- * the application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful writing of the CCCD, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_ans_c_enable_notif_new_alert(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for writing to the CCCD to enable unread alert notifications from the Alert Notification Service.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
- * the application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful writing of the CCCD, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_ans_c_enable_notif_unread_alert(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for writing to the CCCD to disable new alert notifications from the Alert Notification Service.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
- * the application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful writing of the CCCD, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_ans_c_disable_notif_new_alert(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for writing to the CCCD to disable unread alert notifications from the Alert Notification Service.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
- * the application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful writing of the CCCD, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_ans_c_disable_notif_unread_alert(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for writing to the Alert Notification Control Point to specify alert notification behavior in the
- * Alert Notification Service on the Central.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be
- * supplied by the application. It identifies the particular client
- * instance to use.
- * @param[in] p_control_point Alert Notification Control Point structure. This structure
- * specifies the values to write to the Alert Notification Control
- * Point, UUID 0x2A44.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful writing of the Control Point, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_ans_c_control_point_write(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans,
- const ble_ans_control_point_t * p_control_point);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for reading the Supported New Alert characteristic value of the service.
- * The value describes the alerts supported in the central.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
- * the application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful transmission of the read request, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_ans_c_new_alert_read(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for reading the Supported Unread Alert characteristic value of the service.
- * The value describes the alerts supported in the central.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
- * the application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful transmission of the read request, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_ans_c_unread_alert_read(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for requesting the peer to notify the New Alert characteristics immediately.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
- * the application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
- * @param[in] category The category ID for which the peer should notify the client.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful transmission of the read request, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_ans_c_new_alert_notify(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans, ble_ans_category_id_t category);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for requesting the peer to notify the Unread Alert characteristics immediately.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
- * the application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
- * @param[in] category The category ID for which the peer should notify the client.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful transmission of the read request, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_ans_c_unread_alert_notify(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans, ble_ans_category_id_t category);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for loading previous discovered service and characteristic handles for bonded centrals from
- * flash into RAM.
- *
- * @details Read the database of all discovered service and characteristic handles from flash.
- * If the flash does not contain any valid data, the array of discovered service handles in
- * RAM will be empty.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ans Alert Notification structure. This structure will have to be supplied by the
- * application. It identifies the particular client instance to use.
- *
- * @note Currently the Alert Notification Client uses only one page in flash.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS if all operations went successfully, an error_code otherwise.
- */
-uint32_t ble_ans_c_service_load(const ble_ans_c_t * p_ans);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for storing discovered service and characteristic handles for bonded centrals into flash memory.
- *
- * @details This function will erase the flash page (if the data to store
- * are diferent than the one already stored) and then write into flash. Those
- * operations could prevent the radio to run.
- *
- * @note Do not call this function while in a connection or when advertising. If you do, the
- * behavior is undefined.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS if all operations went successfully, an error_code otherwise.
- */
-uint32_t ble_ans_c_service_store(void);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for deleting the Alert Notification Client database from flash.
- *
- * @details After calling this function you should call ble_ans_c_init(...) to re-initialize
- * the RAM database.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS if all operations went successfully.
- */
-uint32_t ble_ans_c_service_delete(void);
-
-#endif // BLE_ANS_C_H__
-
-/** @} */
-
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_bas.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_bas.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_bas Battery Service
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Battery Service module.
- *
- * @details This module implements the Battery Service with the Battery Level characteristic.
- * During initialization it adds the Battery Service and Battery Level characteristic
- * to the BLE stack database. Optionally it can also add a Report Reference descriptor
- * to the Battery Level characteristic (used when including the Battery Service in
- * the HID service).
- *
- * If specified, the module will support notification of the Battery Level characteristic
- * through the ble_bas_battery_level_update() function.
- * If an event handler is supplied by the application, the Battery Service will
- * generate Battery Service events to the application.
- *
- * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Battery Service module by calling
- * ble_bas_on_ble_evt() from the from the @ref ble_stack_handler callback.
- *
- * @note Attention!
- * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
- * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_BAS_H__
-#define BLE_BAS_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-
-/**@brief Battery Service event type. */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_BAS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_ENABLED, /**< Battery value notification enabled event. */
- BLE_BAS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_DISABLED /**< Battery value notification disabled event. */
-} ble_bas_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief Battery Service event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_bas_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
-} ble_bas_evt_t;
-
-// Forward declaration of the ble_bas_t type.
-typedef struct ble_bas_s ble_bas_t;
-
-/**@brief Battery Service event handler type. */
-typedef void (*ble_bas_evt_handler_t) (ble_bas_t * p_bas, ble_bas_evt_t * p_evt);
-
-/**@brief Battery Service init structure. This contains all options and data needed for
- * initialization of the service.*/
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_bas_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Battery Service. */
- bool support_notification; /**< TRUE if notification of Battery Level measurement is supported. */
- ble_srv_report_ref_t * p_report_ref; /**< If not NULL, a Report Reference descriptor with the specified value will be added to the Battery Level characteristic */
- uint8_t initial_batt_level; /**< Initial battery level */
- ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t battery_level_char_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for battery characteristics attribute */
- ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t battery_level_report_read_perm; /**< Initial security level for battery report read attribute */
-} ble_bas_init_t;
-
-/**@brief Battery Service structure. This contains various status information for the service. */
-typedef struct ble_bas_s
-{
- ble_bas_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Battery Service. */
- uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Battery Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t battery_level_handles; /**< Handles related to the Battery Level characteristic. */
- uint16_t report_ref_handle; /**< Handle of the Report Reference descriptor. */
- uint8_t battery_level_last; /**< Last Battery Level measurement passed to the Battery Service. */
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
- bool is_notification_supported; /**< TRUE if notification of Battery Level is supported. */
-} ble_bas_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the Battery Service.
- *
- * @param[out] p_bas Battery Service structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
- * the application. It will be initialized by this function, and will later
- * be used to identify this particular service instance.
- * @param[in] p_bas_init Information needed to initialize the service.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_bas_init(ble_bas_t * p_bas, const ble_bas_init_t * p_bas_init);
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
- *
- * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Battery Service.
- *
- * @note For the requirements in the BAS specification to be fulfilled,
- * ble_bas_battery_level_update() must be called upon reconnection if the
- * battery level has changed while the service has been disconnected from a bonded
- * client.
- *
- * @param[in] p_bas Battery Service structure.
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-void ble_bas_on_ble_evt(ble_bas_t * p_bas, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-
-/**@brief Function for updating the battery level.
- *
- * @details The application calls this function after having performed a battery measurement. If
- * notification has been enabled, the battery level characteristic is sent to the client.
- *
- * @note For the requirements in the BAS specification to be fulfilled,
- * this function must be called upon reconnection if the battery level has changed
- * while the service has been disconnected from a bonded client.
- *
- * @param[in] p_bas Battery Service structure.
- * @param[in] battery_level New battery measurement value (in percent of full capacity).
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_bas_battery_level_update(ble_bas_t * p_bas, uint8_t battery_level);
-
-#endif // BLE_BAS_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_bps.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_bps.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_bps Blood Pressure Service
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Blood Pressure Service module.
- *
- * @details This module implements the Blood Pressure Service.
- *
- * If an event handler is supplied by the application, the Blood Pressure
- * Service will generate Blood Pressure Service events to the application.
- *
- * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Blood Pressure Service
- * module by calling ble_bps_on_ble_evt() from the from the @ref ble_stack_handler function.
- *
- * @note Attention!
- * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
- * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_BPS_H__
-#define BLE_BPS_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-#include "ble_date_time.h"
-
-// Blood Pressure Feature bits
-#define BLE_BPS_FEATURE_BODY_MOVEMENT_BIT (0x01 << 0) /**< Body Movement Detection Support bit. */
-#define BLE_BPS_FEATURE_CUFF_FIT_BIT (0x01 << 1) /**< Cuff Fit Detection Support bit. */
-#define BLE_BPS_FEATURE_IRREGULAR_PULSE_BIT (0x01 << 2) /**< Irregular Pulse Detection Support bit. */
-#define BLE_BPS_FEATURE_PULSE_RATE_RANGE_BIT (0x01 << 3) /**< Pulse Rate Range Detection Support bit. */
-#define BLE_BPS_FEATURE_MEASUREMENT_POSITION_BIT (0x01 << 4) /**< Measurement Position Detection Support bit. */
-#define BLE_BPS_FEATURE_MULTIPLE_BOND_BIT (0x01 << 5) /**< Multiple Bond Support bit. */
-
-/**@brief Blood Pressure Service event type. */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_BPS_EVT_INDICATION_ENABLED, /**< Blood Pressure value indication enabled event. */
- BLE_BPS_EVT_INDICATION_DISABLED, /**< Blood Pressure value indication disabled event. */
- BLE_BPS_EVT_INDICATION_CONFIRMED /**< Confirmation of a blood pressure measurement indication has been received. */
-} ble_bps_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief Blood Pressure Service event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_bps_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
-} ble_bps_evt_t;
-
-// Forward declaration of the ble_bps_t type.
-typedef struct ble_bps_s ble_bps_t;
-
-/**@brief Blood Pressure Service event handler type. */
-typedef void (*ble_bps_evt_handler_t) (ble_bps_t * p_bps, ble_bps_evt_t * p_evt);
-
-/**@brief SFLOAT format (IEEE-11073 16-bit FLOAT, defined as a 16-bit vlue with 12-bit mantissa and
- * 4-bit exponent. */
-typedef struct
-{
- int8_t exponent; /**< Base 10 exponent, only 4 bits */
- int16_t mantissa; /**< Mantissa, only 12 bits */
-} ieee_float16_t;
-
-/**@brief Blood Pressure Service init structure. This contains all options and data
- * needed for initialization of the service. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_bps_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Blood Pressure Service. */
- ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t bps_meas_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for blood pressure measurement attribute */
- ble_srv_security_mode_t bps_feature_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for blood pressure feature attribute */
- uint16_t feature; /**< Initial value for blood pressure feature */
-} ble_bps_init_t;
-
-/**@brief Blood Pressure Service structure. This contains various status information for
- * the service. */
-typedef struct ble_bps_s
-{
- ble_bps_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Blood Pressure Service. */
- uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Blood Pressure Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t meas_handles; /**< Handles related to the Blood Pressure Measurement characteristic. */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t feature_handles; /**< Handles related to the Blood Pressure Feature characteristic. */
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
- uint16_t feature; /**< Value of Blood Pressure feature. */
-} ble_bps_t;
-
-/**@brief Blood Pressure Service measurement structure. This contains a Blood Pressure
- * measurement. */
-typedef struct ble_bps_meas_s
-{
- bool blood_pressure_units_in_kpa; /**< Blood Pressure Units Flag, 0=mmHg, 1=kPa */
- bool time_stamp_present; /**< Time Stamp Flag, 0=not present, 1=present. */
- bool pulse_rate_present; /**< Pulse Rate Flag, 0=not present, 1=present. */
- bool user_id_present; /**< User ID Flag, 0=not present, 1=present. */
- bool measurement_status_present; /**< Measurement Status Flag, 0=not present, 1=present. */
- ieee_float16_t blood_pressure_systolic; /**< Blood Pressure Measurement Compound Value - Systolic. */
- ieee_float16_t blood_pressure_diastolic; /**< Blood Pressure Measurement Compound Value - Diastolic . */
- ieee_float16_t mean_arterial_pressure; /**< Blood Pressure Measurement Compound Value - Mean Arterial Pressure. */
- ble_date_time_t time_stamp; /**< Time Stamp. */
- ieee_float16_t pulse_rate; /**< Pulse Rate. */
- uint8_t user_id; /**< User ID. */
- uint16_t measurement_status; /**< Measurement Status. */
-} ble_bps_meas_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the Blood Pressure Service.
- *
- * @param[out] p_bps Blood Pressure Service structure. This structure will have to
- * be supplied by the application. It will be initialized by this function,
- * and will later be used to identify this particular service instance.
- * @param[in] p_bps_init Information needed to initialize the service.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_bps_init(ble_bps_t * p_bps, const ble_bps_init_t * p_bps_init);
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
- *
- * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Blood Pressure Service.
- *
- * @param[in] p_bps Blood Pressure Service structure.
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-void ble_bps_on_ble_evt(ble_bps_t * p_bps, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-
-/**@brief Function for sending blood pressure measurement if indication has been enabled.
- *
- * @details The application calls this function after having performed a Blood Pressure
- * measurement. If indication has been enabled, the measurement data is encoded and
- * sent to the client.
- *
- * @param[in] p_bps Blood Pressure Service structure.
- * @param[in] p_bps_meas Pointer to new blood pressure measurement.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_bps_measurement_send(ble_bps_t * p_bps, ble_bps_meas_t * p_bps_meas);
-
-/**@brief Function for checking if indication of Blood Pressure Measurement is currently enabled.
- *
- * @param[in] p_bps Blood Pressure Service structure.
- * @param[out] p_indication_enabled TRUE if indication is enabled, FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_bps_is_indication_enabled(ble_bps_t * p_bps, bool * p_indication_enabled);
-
-#endif // BLE_BPS_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_cscs.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_cscs.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_csc Cycling Speed and Cadence Service
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Cycling Speed and Cadence Service module.
- *
- * @details This module implements the Cycling Speed and Cadence Service. If enabled, notification
- * of the Cycling Speead and Candence Measurement is performed when the application
- * calls ble_cscs_measurement_send().
- *
- * To use this service, you need to provide the the supported features (@ref BLE_CSCS_FEATURES).
- * If you choose to support Wheel revolution data (feature bit @ref BLE_CSCS_FEATURE_WHEEL_REV_BIT),
- * you then need to support the 'setting of cumulative value' operation by the supporting the
- * Speed and Cadence Control Point (@ref ble_sdk_srv_sc_ctrlpt) by setting the @ref BLE_SRV_SC_CTRLPT_CUM_VAL_OP_SUPPORTED
- * bit of the ctrplt_supported_functions in the @ref ble_cscs_init_t structure.
- * If you want to support the 'start autocalibration' control point feature, you need, after the @ref BLE_SC_CTRLPT_EVT_START_CALIBRATION
- * has been received and the auto calibration is finished, to call the @ref ble_sc_ctrlpt_rsp_send to indicate that the operation is finished
- * and thus be able to receive new control point operations.
- * If you want to support the 'sensor location' related operation, you need to provide a list of supported location in the
- * @ref ble_cscs_init_t structure.
- *
- *
- * @note The application or the service using this module must propagate BLE stack events to the
- * Cycling Speead and Candence Service module by calling ble_cscs_on_ble_evt() from the
- * from the @ref ble_stack_handler function. This service will forward the event to the @ref ble_sdk_srv_sc_ctrlpt module.
- *
- * @note Attention!
- * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
- * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_CSCS_H__
-#define BLE_CSCS_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-#include "ble_sc_ctrlpt.h"
-#include "ble_sensor_location.h"
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_CSCS_FEATURES Cycling Speed and Cadence Service feature bits
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_CSCS_FEATURE_WHEEL_REV_BIT (0x01 << 0) /**< Wheel Revolution Data Supported bit. */
-#define BLE_CSCS_FEATURE_CRANK_REV_BIT (0x01 << 1) /**< Crank Revolution Data Supported bit. */
-#define BLE_CSCS_FEATURE_MULTIPLE_SENSORS_BIT (0x01 << 2) /**< Multiple Sensor Locations Supported bit. */
-/** @} */
-
-/**@brief Cycling Speed and Cadence Service event type. */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_CSCS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_ENABLED, /**< Cycling Speed and Cadence value notification enabled event. */
- BLE_CSCS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_DISABLED /**< Cycling Speed and Cadence value notification disabled event. */
-} ble_cscs_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief Cycling Speed and Cadence Service event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_cscs_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
-} ble_cscs_evt_t;
-
-// Forward declaration of the ble_csc_t type.
-typedef struct ble_cscs_s ble_cscs_t;
-
-/**@brief Cycling Speed and Cadence Service event handler type. */
-typedef void (*ble_cscs_evt_handler_t) (ble_cscs_t * p_cscs, ble_cscs_evt_t * p_evt);
-
-/**@brief Cycling Speed and Cadence Service init structure. This contains all options and data
-* needed for initialization of the service. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_cscs_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Cycling Speed and Cadence Service. */
- ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t csc_meas_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for cycling speed and cadence measurement attribute */
- ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t csc_ctrlpt_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for cycling speed and cadence control point attribute */
- ble_srv_security_mode_t csc_feature_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for feature attribute */
- uint16_t feature; /**< Initial value for features of sensor @ref BLE_CSCS_FEATURES. */
- uint8_t ctrplt_supported_functions; /**< Supported control point functionnalities see @ref BLE_SRV_SC_CTRLPT_SUPP_FUNC. */
- ble_sc_ctrlpt_evt_handler_t ctrlpt_evt_handler; /**< Event handler */
- ble_sensor_location_t *list_supported_locations; /**< List of supported sensor locations.*/
- uint8_t size_list_supported_locations; /**< Number of supported sensor locations in the list.*/
- ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
- ble_sensor_location_t *sensor_location; /**< Initial Sensor Location, if NULL, sensor_location characteristic is not added*/
- ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t csc_sensor_loc_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for sensor location attribute */
-} ble_cscs_init_t;
-
-/**@brief Cycling Speed and Cadence Service structure. This contains various status information for
- * the service. */
-typedef struct ble_cscs_s
-{
- ble_cscs_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Cycling Speed and Cadence Service. */
- uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Cycling Speed and Cadence Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t meas_handles; /**< Handles related to the Cycling Speed and Cadence Measurement characteristic. */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t feature_handles; /**< Handles related to the Cycling Speed and Cadence feature characteristic. */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t sensor_loc_handles; /**< Handles related to the Cycling Speed and Cadence Sensor Location characteristic. */
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
- uint16_t feature; /**< Bit mask of features available on sensor. */
- ble_sc_ctrlpt_t ctrl_pt; /**< data for speed and cadence control point */
-} ble_cscs_t;
-
-/**@brief Cycling Speed and Cadence Service measurement structure. This contains a Cycling Speed and
- * Cadence Service measurement. */
-typedef struct ble_cscs_meas_s
-{
- bool is_wheel_rev_data_present; /**< True if Wheel Revolution Data is present in the measurement. */
- bool is_crank_rev_data_present; /**< True if Crank Revolution Data is present in the measurement. */
- uint32_t cumulative_wheel_revs; /**< Cumulative Wheel Revolutions. */
- uint16_t last_wheel_event_time; /**< Last Wheel Event Time. */
- uint16_t cumulative_crank_revs; /**< Cumulative Crank Revolutions. */
- uint16_t last_crank_event_time; /**< Last Crank Event Time. */
-} ble_cscs_meas_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the Cycling Speed and Cadence Service.
- *
- * @param[out] p_cscs Cycling Speed and Cadence Service structure. This structure will have to
- * be supplied by the application. It will be initialized by this function,
- * and will later be used to identify this particular service instance.
- * @param[in] p_cscs_init Information needed to initialize the service.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_cscs_init(ble_cscs_t * p_cscs, const ble_cscs_init_t * p_cscs_init);
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
- *
- * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Cycling Speed and Cadence
- * Service.
- *
- * @param[in] p_cscs Cycling Speed and Cadence Service structure.
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-void ble_cscs_on_ble_evt(ble_cscs_t * p_cscs, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-
-/**@brief Function for sending cycling speed and cadence measurement if notification has been enabled.
- *
- * @details The application calls this function after having performed a Cycling Speed and Cadence
- * Service measurement. If notification has been enabled, the measurement data is encoded
- * and sent to the client.
- *
- * @param[in] p_cscs Cycling Speed and Cadence Service structure.
- * @param[in] p_measurement Pointer to new cycling speed and cadence measurement.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_cscs_measurement_send(ble_cscs_t * p_cscs, ble_cscs_meas_t * p_measurement);
-
-#endif // BLE_CSCS_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_dfu.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_dfu.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/**@file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_dfu Device Firmware Update Service
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Device Firmware Update Service
- *
- * @details The Device Firmware Update (DFU) service is a GATT based service that can be used for
- * performing firmware updates over BLE. Note that this implementation uses vendor
- * specific UUIDs for service and characteristics and is intended to demonstrate the
- * firmware updates over BLE. Refer @ref dfu_ble_service_spec and @ref
- * dfu_ble_profile_spec for more information on the service and profile respectively.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_DFU_H__
-#define BLE_DFU_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "ble_gatts.h"
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-
-#define BLE_DFU_SERVICE_UUID 0x1530 /**< The UUID of the DFU Service. */
-#define BLE_DFU_PKT_CHAR_UUID 0x1532 /**< The UUID of the DFU Packet Characteristic. */
-#define BLE_DFU_CTRL_PT_UUID 0x1531 /**< The UUID of the DFU Control Point. */
-#define BLE_DFU_STATUS_REP_UUID 0x1533 /**< The UUID of the DFU Status Report Characteristic. */
-
-
-/**@brief DFU Event type.
- *
- * @details This enumeration contains the types of events that will be received from the DFU Service.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_DFU_START, /**< The event indicating that the peer wants the application to prepare for a new firmware update. */
- BLE_DFU_RECEIVE_INIT_DATA, /**< The event indicating that the peer wants the application to prepare to receive init parameters. */
- BLE_DFU_RECEIVE_APP_DATA, /**< The event indicating that the peer wants the application to prepare to receive the new firmware image. */
- BLE_DFU_VALIDATE, /**< The event indicating that the peer wants the application to validate the newly received firmware image. */
- BLE_DFU_ACTIVATE_N_RESET, /**< The event indicating that the peer wants the application to undergo activate new firmware and restart with new valid application */
- BLE_DFU_SYS_RESET, /**< The event indicating that the peer wants the application to undergo a reset and start the currently valid application image.*/
- BLE_DFU_PKT_RCPT_NOTIF_ENABLED, /**< The event indicating that the peer has enabled packet receipt notifications. It is the responsibility of the application to call @ref ble_dfu_pkts_rcpt_notify each time the number of packets indicated by num_of_pkts field in @ref ble_dfu_evt_t is received.*/
- BLE_DFU_PKT_RCPT_NOTIF_DISABLED, /**< The event indicating that the peer has disabled the packet receipt notifications.*/
- BLE_DFU_PACKET_WRITE, /**< The event indicating that the peer has written a value to the 'DFU Packet' characteristic. The data received from the peer will be present in the @ref ble_dfu_pkt_write element contained within @ref ble_dfu_evt_t.*/
- BLE_DFU_BYTES_RECEIVED_SEND /**< The event indicating that the peer is requesting for the number of bytes of firmware data last received by the application. It is the responsibility of the application to call @ref ble_dfu_pkts_rcpt_notify in response to this event. */
-} ble_dfu_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief DFU Procedure type.
- *
- * @details This enumeration contains the types of DFU procedures.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_DFU_START_PROCEDURE = 1, /**< DFU Start procedure.*/
- BLE_DFU_INIT_PROCEDURE = 2, /**< DFU Initialization procedure.*/
- BLE_DFU_RECEIVE_APP_PROCEDURE = 3, /**< Firmware receiving procedure.*/
- BLE_DFU_VALIDATE_PROCEDURE = 4, /**< Firmware image validation procedure .*/
- BLE_DFU_PKT_RCPT_REQ_PROCEDURE = 8 /**< Packet receipt notification request procedure. */
-} ble_dfu_procedure_t;
-
-/**@brief DFU Response value type.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_DFU_RESP_VAL_SUCCESS = 1, /**< Success.*/
- BLE_DFU_RESP_VAL_INVALID_STATE, /**< Invalid state.*/
- BLE_DFU_RESP_VAL_NOT_SUPPORTED, /**< Operation not supported.*/
- BLE_DFU_RESP_VAL_DATA_SIZE, /**< Data size exceeds limit.*/
- BLE_DFU_RESP_VAL_CRC_ERROR, /**< CRC Error.*/
- BLE_DFU_RESP_VAL_OPER_FAILED /**< Operation failed.*/
-} ble_dfu_resp_val_t;
-
-/**@brief DFU Packet structure.
- *
- * @details This structure contains the value of the DFU Packet characteristic as written by the
- * peer and the length of the value written. It will be filled by the DFU Service when the
- * peer writes to the DFU Packet characteristic.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t len; /**< Length of the packet received. */
- uint8_t * p_data; /**< Pointer to the received packet. This will point to a word aligned memory location.*/
-} ble_dfu_pkt_write_t;
-
-/**@brief Packet receipt notification request structure.
- *
- * @details This structure contains the contents of the packet receipt notification request
- * sent by the DFU Controller.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t num_of_pkts; /**< The number of packets of firmware data to be received by application before sending the next Packet Receipt Notification to the peer. */
-} ble_pkt_rcpt_notif_req_t;
-
-/**@brief DFU Event structure.
- *
- * @details This structure contains the event generated by the DFU Service based on the data
- * received from the peer.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_dfu_evt_type_t ble_dfu_evt_type; /**< Type of the event.*/
- union
- {
- ble_dfu_pkt_write_t ble_dfu_pkt_write; /**< The DFU packet received. This field is when the @ref ble_dfu_evt_type field is set to @ref BLE_DFU_PACKET_WRITE.*/
- ble_pkt_rcpt_notif_req_t pkt_rcpt_notif_req; /**< Packet receipt notification request. This field is when the @ref ble_dfu_evt_type field is set to @ref BLE_DFU_PKT_RCPT_NOTIF_ENABLED.*/
- } evt;
-} ble_dfu_evt_t;
-
-// Forward declaration of the ble_dfu_t type.
-typedef struct ble_dfu_s ble_dfu_t;
-
-/**@brief DFU Service event handler type. */
-typedef void (*ble_dfu_evt_handler_t) (ble_dfu_t * p_dfu, ble_dfu_evt_t * p_evt);
-
-/**@brief DFU service structure.
- *
- * @details This structure contains status information related to the service.
- */
-typedef struct ble_dfu_s
-{
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the S110 SoftDevice). This will be BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID when not in a connection. */
- uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of DFU Service (as provided by the S110 SoftDevice). */
- uint8_t uuid_type; /**< UUID type assigned for DFU Service by the S110 SoftDevice. */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t dfu_pkt_handles; /**< Handles related to the DFU Packet characteristic. */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t dfu_ctrl_pt_handles; /**< Handles related to the DFU Control Point characteristic. */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t dfu_status_rep_handles; /**< Handles related to the DFU Status Report characteristic. */
- ble_dfu_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< The event handler to be called when an event is to be sent to the application.*/
- ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
-} ble_dfu_t;
-
-/**@brief DFU service initialization structure.
- *
- * @details This structure contains the initialization information for the DFU Service. The
- * application needs to fill this structure and pass it to the DFU Service using the
- * @ref ble_dfu_init function.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_dfu_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Device Firmware Update Service. */
- ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
-} ble_dfu_init_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for handling a BLE event.
- *
- * @details The DFU service expects the application to call this function each time an event
- * is received from the S110 SoftDevice. This function processes the event, if it is
- * relevant for the DFU service and calls the DFU event handler of the application if
- * necessary.
- *
- * @param[in] p_dfu Pointer to the DFU service structure.
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Pointer to the event received from S110 SoftDevice.
- */
-void ble_dfu_on_ble_evt(ble_dfu_t * p_dfu, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the DFU service.
- *
- * @param[out] p_dfu Device Firmware Update service structure. This structure will have to be
- * supplied by the application. It will be initialized by this function,
- * and will later be used to identify the service instance.
- * @param[in] p_dfu_init Information needed to initialize the service.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS if the DFU service and its characteristics were successfully added to the
- * S110 SoftDevice. Otherwise an error code.
- * This function returns NRF_ERROR_NULL if the value of evt_handler in p_dfu_init
- * structure provided is NULL or if the pointers supplied as input are NULL.
- */
-uint32_t ble_dfu_init(ble_dfu_t * p_dfu, ble_dfu_init_t * p_dfu_init);
-
-/**@brief Function for sending response to a control point command.
- *
- * @details This function will encode a DFU Control Point response using the given input
- * parameters and will send a notification of the same to the peer.
- *
- * @param[in] p_dfu Pointer to the DFU service structure.
- * @param[in] dfu_proc Procedure for which this response is to be sent.
- * @param[in] resp_val Response value.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS if the DFU Service has successfully requested the S110 SoftDevice to
- * send the notification. Otherwise an error code.
- * This function returns NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE if the device is not connected to a
- * peer or if the DFU service is not initialized or if the notification of the DFU
- * Status Report characteristic was not enabled by the peer. It returns NRF_ERROR_NULL
- * if the pointer p_dfu is NULL.
- */
-uint32_t ble_dfu_response_send(ble_dfu_t * p_dfu,
- ble_dfu_procedure_t dfu_proc,
- ble_dfu_resp_val_t resp_val);
-
-/**@brief Function for notifying the peer about the number of bytes of firmware data received.
- *
- * @param[in] p_dfu Pointer to the DFU service structure.
- * @param[in] num_of_firmware_bytes_rcvd Number of bytes.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS if the DFU Service has successfully requested the S110 SoftDevice to send
- * the notification. Otherwise an error code.
- * This function returns NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE if the device is not connected to a
- * peer or if the DFU service is not initialized or if the notification of the DFU
- * Status Report characteristic was not enabled by the peer. It returns NRF_ERROR_NULL
- * if the pointer p_dfu is NULL.
- */
-uint32_t ble_dfu_bytes_rcvd_report(ble_dfu_t * p_dfu, uint32_t num_of_firmware_bytes_rcvd);
-
-/**@brief Function for sending Packet Receipt Notification to the peer.
- *
- * This function will encode the number of bytes received as input parameter into a
- * notification of the control point characteristic and send it to the peer.
- *
- * @param[in] p_dfu Pointer to the DFU service structure.
- * @param[in] num_of_firmware_bytes_rcvd Number of bytes of firmware image received.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS if the DFU Service has successfully requested the S110 SoftDevice to send
- * the notification. Otherwise an error code.
- * This function returns NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE if the device is not connected to a
- * peer or if the DFU service is not initialized or if the notification of the DFU
- * Status Report characteristic was not enabled by the peer. It returns NRF_ERROR_NULL
- * if the pointer p_dfu is NULL.
- */
-uint32_t ble_dfu_pkts_rcpt_notify(ble_dfu_t * p_dfu, uint32_t num_of_firmware_bytes_rcvd);
-
-#endif // BLE_DFU_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_dis.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_dis.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_dis Device Information Service
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Device Information Service module.
- *
- * @details This module implements the Device Information Service.
- * During initialization it adds the Device Information Service to the BLE stack database.
- * It then encodes the supplied information, and adds the curresponding characteristics.
- *
- * @note Attention!
- * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
- * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_DIS_H__
-#define BLE_DIS_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-
-// Vendor ID Source values
-#define BLE_DIS_VENDOR_ID_SRC_BLUETOOTH_SIG 1 /**< Vendor ID assigned by Bluetooth SIG. */
-#define BLE_DIS_VENDOR_ID_SRC_USB_IMPL_FORUM 2 /**< Vendor ID assigned by USB Implementer's Forum. */
-
-/**@brief System ID parameters */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint64_t manufacturer_id; /**< Manufacturer ID. Only 5 LSOs shall be used. */
- uint32_t organizationally_unique_id; /**< Organizationally unique ID. Only 3 LSOs shall be used. */
-} ble_dis_sys_id_t;
-
-/**@brief IEEE 11073-20601 Regulatory Certification Data List Structure */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t * p_list; /**< Pointer the byte array containing the encoded opaque structure based on IEEE 11073-20601 specification. */
- uint8_t list_len; /**< Length of the byte array. */
-} ble_dis_reg_cert_data_list_t;
-
-/**@brief PnP ID parameters */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t vendor_id_source; /**< Vendor ID Source. see @ref DIS_VENDOR_ID_SRC_VALUES. */
- uint16_t vendor_id; /**< Vendor ID. */
- uint16_t product_id; /**< Product ID. */
- uint16_t product_version; /**< Product Version. */
-} ble_dis_pnp_id_t;
-
-/**@brief Device Information Service init structure. This contains all possible characteristics
- * needed for initialization of the service.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_srv_utf8_str_t manufact_name_str; /**< Manufacturer Name String. */
- ble_srv_utf8_str_t model_num_str; /**< Model Number String. */
- ble_srv_utf8_str_t serial_num_str; /**< Serial Number String. */
- ble_srv_utf8_str_t hw_rev_str; /**< Hardware Revision String. */
- ble_srv_utf8_str_t fw_rev_str; /**< Firmware Revision String. */
- ble_srv_utf8_str_t sw_rev_str; /**< Software Revision String. */
- ble_dis_sys_id_t * p_sys_id; /**< System ID. The helper function @ref dis_sys_id_encode can be used to encode the value of this characteristic. */
- ble_dis_reg_cert_data_list_t * p_reg_cert_data_list; /**< IEEE 11073-20601 Regulatory Certification Data List. */
- ble_dis_pnp_id_t * p_pnp_id; /**< PnP ID. The helper function @ref dis_pnp_id_encode can be used to encode the value of this characteristic. */
- ble_srv_security_mode_t dis_attr_md; /**< Initial Security Setting for Device Information Characteristics. */
-} ble_dis_init_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the Device Information Service.
- *
- * @details This call allows the application to initialize the device information service.
- * It adds the DIS service and DIS characteristics to the database, using the initial
- * values supplied through the p_dis_init parameter. Characteristics which are not to be
- * added, shall be set to NULL in p_dis_init.
- *
- * @param[in] p_dis_init The structure containing the values of characteristics needed by the
- * service.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service.
- */
-uint32_t ble_dis_init(const ble_dis_init_t * p_dis_init);
-
-#endif // BLE_DIS_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_gls.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_gls.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,265 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_gls Glucose Service
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Glucose Service module.
- *
- * @details This module implements the Glucose Service.
- *
- * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Glucose Service module by calling
- * ble_gls_on_ble_evt() from the from the @ref ble_stack_handler callback.
- *
- * @note Attention!
- * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
- * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_GLS_H__
-#define BLE_GLS_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-#include "ble_date_time.h"
-
-/**@brief Glucose feature */
-#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_LOW_BATT 0x0001 /**< Low Battery Detection During Measurement Supported */
-#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_MALFUNC 0x0002 /**< Sensor Malfunction Detection Supported */
-#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_SAMPLE_SIZE 0x0004 /**< Sensor Sample Size Supported */
-#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_INSERT_ERR 0x0008 /**< Sensor Strip Insertion Error Detection Supported */
-#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_TYPE_ERR 0x0010 /**< Sensor Strip Type Error Detection Supported */
-#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_RES_HIGH_LOW 0x0020 /**< Sensor Result High-Low Detection Supported */
-#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_TEMP_HIGH_LOW 0x0040 /**< Sensor Temperature High-Low Detection Supported */
-#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_READ_INT 0x0080 /**< Sensor Read Interrupt Detection Supported */
-#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_GENERAL_FAULT 0x0100 /**< General Device Fault Supported */
-#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_TIME_FAULT 0x0200 /**< Time Fault Supported */
-#define BLE_GLS_FEATURE_MULTI_BOND 0x0400 /**< Multiple Bond Supported */
-
-/**@brief Glucose measurement flags */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_FLAG_TIME_OFFSET 0x01 /**< Time Offset Present */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_FLAG_CONC_TYPE_LOC 0x02 /**< Glucose Concentration, Type, and Sample Location Present */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_FLAG_UNITS_KG_L 0x00 /**< Glucose Concentration Units kg/L */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_FLAG_UNITS_MOL_L 0x04 /**< Glucose Concentration Units mol/L */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_FLAG_SENSOR_STATUS 0x08 /**< Sensor Status Annunciation Present */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_FLAG_CONTEXT_INFO 0x10 /**< Context Information Follows */
-
-/**@brief Glucose measurement type */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_CAP_BLOOD 1 /**< Capillary whole blood */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_CAP_PLASMA 2 /**< Capillary plasma */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_VEN_BLOOD 3 /**< Venous whole blood */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_VEN_PLASMA 4 /**< Venous plasma */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_ART_BLOOD 5 /**< Arterial whole blood */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_ART_PLASMA 6 /**< Arterial plasma */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_UNDET_BLOOD 7 /**< Undetermined whole blood */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_UNDET_PLASMA 8 /**< Undetermined plasma */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_FLUID 9 /**< Interstitial fluid (ISF) */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_TYPE_CONTROL 10 /**< Control solution */
-
-/**@brief Glucose measurement location */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_LOC_FINGER 1 /**< Finger */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_LOC_AST 2 /**< Alternate Site Test (AST) */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_LOC_EAR 3 /**< Earlobe */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_LOC_CONTROL 4 /**< Control solution */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_LOC_NOT_AVAIL 15 /**< Sample Location value not available */
-
-/**@brief Glucose sensor status annunciation */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_BATT_LOW 0x0001 /**< Device battery low at time of measurement */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_SENSOR_FAULT 0x0002 /**< Sensor malfunction or faulting at time of measurement */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_SAMPLE_SIZE 0x0004 /**< Sample size for blood or control solution insufficient at time of measurement */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_STRIP_INSERT 0x0008 /**< Strip insertion error */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_STRIP_TYPE 0x0010 /**< Strip type incorrect for device */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_RESULT_HIGH 0x0020 /**< Sensor result higher than the device can process */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_RESULT_LOW 0x0040 /**< Sensor result lower than the device can process */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_TEMP_HIGH 0x0080 /**< Sensor temperature too high for valid test/result at time of measurement */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_TEMP_LOW 0x0100 /**< Sensor temperature too low for valid test/result at time of measurement */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_STRIP_PULL 0x0200 /**< Sensor read interrupted because strip was pulled too soon at time of measurement */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_GENERAL_FAULT 0x0400 /**< General device fault has occurred in the sensor */
-#define BLE_GLS_MEAS_STATUS_TIME_FAULT 0x0800 /**< Time fault has occurred in the sensor and time may be inaccurate */
-
-/**@brief Glucose measurement context flags */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_CARB 0x01 /**< Carbohydrate id and carbohydrate present */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_MEAL 0x02 /**< Meal present */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_TESTER 0x04 /**< Tester-health present */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_EXERCISE 0x08 /**< Exercise duration and exercise intensity present */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_MED 0x10 /**< Medication ID and medication present */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_MED_KG 0x00 /**< Medication value units, kilograms */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_MED_L 0x20 /**< Medication value units, liters */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_HBA1C 0x40 /**< Hba1c present */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_FLAG_EXT 0x80 /**< Extended flags present */
-
-/**@brief Glucose measurement context carbohydrate ID */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_CARB_BREAKFAST 1 /**< Breakfast */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_CARB_LUNCH 2 /**< Lunch */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_CARB_DINNER 3 /**< Dinner */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_CARB_SNACK 4 /**< Snack */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_CARB_DRINK 5 /**< Drink */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_CARB_SUPPER 6 /**< Supper */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_CARB_BRUNCH 7 /**< Brunch */
-
-/**@brief Glucose measurement context meal */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MEAL_PREPRANDIAL 1 /**< Preprandial (before meal) */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MEAL_POSTPRANDIAL 2 /**< Postprandial (after meal) */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MEAL_FASTING 3 /**< Fasting */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MEAL_CASUAL 4 /**< Casual (snacks, drinks, etc.) */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MEAL_BEDTIME 5 /**< Bedtime */
-
-/**@brief Glucose measurement context tester */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_TESTER_SELF 1 /**< Self */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_TESTER_PRO 2 /**< Health care professional */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_TESTER_LAB 3 /**< Lab test */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_TESTER_NOT_AVAIL 15 /**< Tester value not available */
-
-/**@brief Glucose measurement context health */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_HEALTH_MINOR 1 /**< Minor health issues */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_HEALTH_MAJOR 2 /**< Major health issues */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_HEALTH_MENSES 3 /**< During menses */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_HEALTH_STRESS 4 /**< Under stress */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_HEALTH_NONE 5 /**< No health issues */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_HEALTH_NOT_AVAIL 15 /**< Health value not available */
-
-/**@brief Glucose measurement context medication ID */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MED_RAPID 1 /**< Rapid acting insulin */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MED_SHORT 2 /**< Short acting insulin */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MED_INTERMED 3 /**< Intermediate acting insulin */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MED_LONG 4 /**< Long acting insulin */
-#define BLE_GLS_CONTEXT_MED_PREMIX 5 /**< Pre-mixed insulin */
-
-/**@brief SFLOAT format (IEEE-11073 16-bit FLOAT, meaning 4 bits for exponent (base 10) and 12 bits mantissa) */
-typedef struct
-{
- int8_t exponent; /**< Base 10 exponent, should be using only 4 bits */
- int16_t mantissa; /**< Mantissa, should be using only 12 bits */
-} sfloat_t;
-
-/**@brief Glucose Service event type. */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_GLS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_ENABLED, /**< Glucose value notification enabled event. */
- BLE_GLS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_DISABLED /**< Glucose value notification disabled event. */
-} ble_gls_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief Glucose Service event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gls_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
-} ble_gls_evt_t;
-
-// Forward declaration of the ble_gls_t type.
-typedef struct ble_gls_s ble_gls_t;
-
-/**@brief Glucose Service event handler type. */
-typedef void (*ble_gls_evt_handler_t) (ble_gls_t * p_gls, ble_gls_evt_t * p_evt);
-
-/**@brief Glucose Measurement structure. This contains glucose measurement value. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t flags; /**< Flags */
- uint16_t sequence_number; /**< Sequence number */
- ble_date_time_t base_time; /**< Time stamp */
- int16_t time_offset; /**< Time offset */
- sfloat_t glucose_concentration; /**< Glucose concentration */
- uint8_t type; /**< Type */
- uint8_t sample_location; /**< Sample location */
- uint16_t sensor_status_annunciation; /**< Sensor status annunciation */
-} ble_gls_meas_t;
-
-/**@brief Glucose measurement context structure */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t flags; /**< Flags */
- uint8_t extended_flags; /**< Extended Flags */
- uint8_t carbohydrate_id; /**< Carbohydrate ID */
- sfloat_t carbohydrate; /**< Carbohydrate */
- uint8_t meal; /**< Meal */
- uint8_t tester_and_health; /**< Tester and health */
- uint16_t exercise_duration; /**< Exercise Duration */
- uint8_t exercise_intensity; /**< Exercise Intensity */
- uint8_t medication_id; /**< Medication ID */
- sfloat_t medication; /**< Medication */
- uint16_t hba1c; /**< HbA1c */
-} ble_gls_meas_context_t;
-
-/**@brief Glucose measurement record */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gls_meas_t meas; /**< Glucose measurement */
- ble_gls_meas_context_t context; /**< Glucose measurement context */
-} ble_gls_rec_t;
-
-/**@brief Glucose Service init structure. This contains all options and data needed for
- * initialization of the service. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gls_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Glucose Service. */
- ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
- uint16_t feature; /**< Glucose Feature value indicating supported features. */
- bool is_context_supported; /**< Determines if optional Glucose Measurement Context is to be supported. */
-} ble_gls_init_t;
-
-/**@brief Glucose Service structure. This contains various status information for the service. */
-typedef struct ble_gls_s
-{
- ble_gls_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Glucose Service. */
- ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
- uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Glucose Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t glm_handles; /**< Handles related to the Glucose Measurement characteristic. */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t glm_context_handles; /**< Handles related to the Glucose Measurement Context characteristic. */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t glf_handles; /**< Handles related to the Glucose Feature characteristic. */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t racp_handles; /**< Handles related to the Record Access Control Point characteristic. */
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
- uint16_t feature;
- bool is_context_supported;
-} ble_gls_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the Glucose Service.
- *
- * @details This call allows the application to initialize the Glucose Service.
- *
- * @param[out] p_gls Glucose Service structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
- * the application. It will be initialized by this function, and will later
- * be used to identify this particular service instance.
- * @param[in] p_gls_init Information needed to initialize the service.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_gls_init(ble_gls_t * p_gls, const ble_gls_init_t * p_gls_init);
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
- *
- * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Glucose Service.
- *
- * @param[in] p_gls Glucose Service structure.
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-void ble_gls_on_ble_evt(ble_gls_t * p_gls, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-
-/**@brief Function for reporting a new glucose measurement to the glucose service module.
- *
- * @details The application calls this function after having performed a new glucose measurement.
- * The new measurement is recorded in the RACP database.
- *
- * @param[in] p_gls Glucose Service structure.
- * @param[in] p_rec Pointer to glucose record (measurement plus context).
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_gls_glucose_new_meas(ble_gls_t * p_gls, ble_gls_rec_t * p_rec);
-
-#endif // BLE_GLS_H__
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @endcond */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_gls_db.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_gls_db.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_gls_db Glucose Database Service
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Glucose Service module.
- *
- * @details This module implements at database of stored glucose measurement values.
- *
- * @note Attention!
- * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
- * qualification listings, These APIs must not be modified. However, the corresponding
- * functions' implementations can be modified.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_GLS_DB_H__
-#define BLE_GLS_DB_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "ble_gls.h"
-
-#define BLE_GLS_DB_MAX_RECORDS 20
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the glucose record database.
- *
- * @details This call initializes the database holding glucose records.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success.
- */
-uint32_t ble_gls_db_init(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for getting the number of records in the database.
- *
- * @details This call returns the number of records in the database.
- *
- * @return Number of records in the database.
- */
-uint16_t ble_gls_db_num_records_get(void);
-
-/**@brief Function for getting a record from the database.
- *
- * @details This call returns a specified record from the database.
- *
- * @param[in] record_num Index of the record to retrieve.
- * @param[out] p_rec Pointer to record structure where retrieved record is copied to.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success.
- */
-uint32_t ble_gls_db_record_get(uint8_t record_num, ble_gls_rec_t * p_rec);
-
-/**@brief Function for adding a record at the end of the database.
- *
- * @details This call adds a record as the last record in the database.
- *
- * @param[in] p_rec Pointer to record to add to database.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success.
- */
-uint32_t ble_gls_db_record_add(ble_gls_rec_t * p_rec);
-
-/**@brief Function for deleting a database entry.
- *
- * @details This call deletes an record from the database.
- *
- * @param[in] record_num Index of record to delete.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success.
- */
-uint32_t ble_gls_db_record_delete(uint8_t record_num);
-
-#endif // BLE_GLS_DB_H__
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @endcond */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_hids.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_hids.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,310 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_hids Human Interface Device Service
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Human Interface Device Service module.
- *
- * @details This module implements the Human Interface Device Service with the corresponding set of
- * characteristics. During initialization it adds the Human Interface Device Service and
- * a set of characteristics as per the Human Interface Device Service specification and
- * the user requirements to the BLE stack database.
- *
- * If enabled, notification of Input Report characteristics is performed when the
- * application calls the corresponding ble_hids_xx_input_report_send() function.
- *
- * If an event handler is supplied by the application, the Human Interface Device Service
- * will generate Human Interface Device Service events to the application.
- *
- * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Human Interface Device Service
- * module by calling ble_hids_on_ble_evt() from the @ref ble_stack_handler callback.
- *
- * @note Attention!
- * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
- * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_HIDS_H__
-#define BLE_HIDS_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-
-// Report Type values
-#define BLE_HIDS_REP_TYPE_INPUT 1
-#define BLE_HIDS_REP_TYPE_OUTPUT 2
-#define BLE_HIDS_REP_TYPE_FEATURE 3
-
-// Maximum number of the various Report Types
-#define BLE_HIDS_MAX_INPUT_REP 10
-#define BLE_HIDS_MAX_OUTPUT_REP 10
-#define BLE_HIDS_MAX_FEATURE_REP 10
-
-// Information Flags
-#define HID_INFO_FLAG_REMOTE_WAKE_MSK 0x01
-#define HID_INFO_FLAG_NORMALLY_CONNECTABLE_MSK 0x02
-
-/**@brief HID Service characteristic id. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t uuid; /**< UUID of characteristic. */
- uint8_t rep_type; /**< Type of report (only used for BLE_UUID_REPORT_CHAR, see @ref BLE_HIDS_REPORT_TYPE). */
- uint8_t rep_index; /**< Index of the characteristic (only used for BLE_UUID_REPORT_CHAR). */
-} ble_hids_char_id_t;
-
-/**@brief HID Service event type. */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_HIDS_EVT_HOST_SUSP, /**< Suspend command received. */
- BLE_HIDS_EVT_HOST_EXIT_SUSP, /**< Exit suspend command received. */
- BLE_HIDS_EVT_NOTIF_ENABLED, /**< Notification enabled event. */
- BLE_HIDS_EVT_NOTIF_DISABLED, /**< Notification disabled event. */
- BLE_HIDS_EVT_REP_CHAR_WRITE, /**< A new value has been written to an Report characteristic. */
- BLE_HIDS_EVT_BOOT_MODE_ENTERED, /**< Boot mode entered. */
- BLE_HIDS_EVT_REPORT_MODE_ENTERED, /**< Report mode entered. */
- BLE_HIDS_EVT_REPORT_READ /**< Read with response */
-} ble_hids_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief HID Service event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_hids_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
- union
- {
- struct
- {
- ble_hids_char_id_t char_id; /**< Id of characteristic for which notification has been started. */
- } notification;
- struct
- {
- ble_hids_char_id_t char_id; /**< Id of characteristic having been written. */
- uint16_t offset; /**< Offset for the write operation. */
- uint16_t len; /**< Length of the incoming data. */
- uint8_t* data; /**< Incoming data, variable length */
- } char_write;
- struct
- {
- ble_hids_char_id_t char_id; /**< Id of characteristic being read. */
- } char_auth_read;
- } params;
- ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt; /**< corresponding received ble event, NULL if not relevant */
-} ble_hids_evt_t;
-
-// Forward declaration of the ble_hids_t type.
-typedef struct ble_hids_s ble_hids_t;
-
-/**@brief HID Service event handler type. */
-typedef void (*ble_hids_evt_handler_t) (ble_hids_t * p_hids, ble_hids_evt_t * p_evt);
-
-/**@brief HID Information characteristic value. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t bcd_hid; /**< 16-bit unsigned integer representing version number of base USB HID Specification implemented by HID Device */
- uint8_t b_country_code; /**< Identifies which country the hardware is localized for. Most hardware is not localized and thus this value would be zero (0). */
- uint8_t flags; /**< See http://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/characteristics/Pages/CharacteristicViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.characteristic.hid_information.xml */
- ble_srv_security_mode_t security_mode; /**< Security mode for the HID Information characteristic. */
-} ble_hids_hid_information_t;
-
-/**@brief HID Service Input Report characteristic init structure. This contains all options and
- * data needed for initialization of one Input Report characteristic. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t max_len; /**< Maximum length of characteristic value. */
- ble_srv_report_ref_t rep_ref; /**< Value of the Report Reference descriptor. */
- ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t security_mode; /**< Security mode for the HID Input Report characteristic, including cccd. */
- uint8_t read_resp : 1; /**< Should application generate a response to read requests. */
-} ble_hids_inp_rep_init_t;
-
-/**@brief HID Service Output Report characteristic init structure. This contains all options and
- * data needed for initialization of one Output Report characteristic. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t max_len; /**< Maximum length of characteristic value. */
- ble_srv_report_ref_t rep_ref; /**< Value of the Report Reference descriptor. */
- ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t security_mode; /**< Security mode for the HID Output Report characteristic, including cccd. */
- uint8_t read_resp : 1; /**< Should application generate a response to read requests. */
-} ble_hids_outp_rep_init_t;
-
-/**@brief HID Service Feature Report characteristic init structure. This contains all options and
- * data needed for initialization of one Feature Report characteristic. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t max_len; /**< Maximum length of characteristic value. */
- ble_srv_report_ref_t rep_ref; /**< Value of the Report Reference descriptor. */
- ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t security_mode; /**< Security mode for the HID Service Feature Report characteristic, including cccd. */
- uint8_t read_resp : 1; /**< Should application generate a response to read requests. */
-} ble_hids_feature_rep_init_t;
-
-/**@brief HID Service Report Map characteristic init structure. This contains all options and data
- * needed for initialization of the Report Map characteristic. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t * p_data; /**< Report map data. */
- uint16_t data_len; /**< Length of report map data. */
- uint8_t ext_rep_ref_num; /**< Number of Optional External Report Reference descriptors. */
- ble_uuid_t * p_ext_rep_ref; /**< Optional External Report Reference descriptor (will be added if != NULL). */
- ble_srv_security_mode_t security_mode; /**< Security mode for the HID Service Report Map characteristic. */
-} ble_hids_rep_map_init_t;
-
-/**@brief HID Report characteristic structure. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t char_handles; /**< Handles related to the Report characteristic. */
- uint16_t ref_handle; /**< Handle of the Report Reference descriptor. */
-} ble_hids_rep_char_t;
-
-/**@brief HID Service init structure. This contains all options and data needed for initialization
- * of the service. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_hids_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the HID Service. */
- ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
- bool is_kb; /**< TRUE if device is operating as a keyboard, FALSE if it is not. */
- bool is_mouse; /**< TRUE if device is operating as a mouse, FALSE if it is not. */
- uint8_t inp_rep_count; /**< Number of Input Report characteristics. */
- ble_hids_inp_rep_init_t * p_inp_rep_array; /**< Information about the Input Report characteristics. */
- uint8_t outp_rep_count; /**< Number of Output Report characteristics. */
- ble_hids_outp_rep_init_t * p_outp_rep_array; /**< Information about the Output Report characteristics. */
- uint8_t feature_rep_count; /**< Number of Feature Report characteristics. */
- ble_hids_feature_rep_init_t * p_feature_rep_array; /**< Information about the Feature Report characteristics. */
- ble_hids_rep_map_init_t rep_map; /**< Information nedeed for initialization of the Report Map characteristic. */
- ble_hids_hid_information_t hid_information; /**< Value of the HID Information characteristic. */
- uint8_t included_services_count; /**< Number of services to include in HID service. */
- uint16_t * p_included_services_array; /**< Array of services to include in HID service. */
- ble_srv_security_mode_t security_mode_protocol; /**< Security settings for HID service protocol attribute */
- ble_srv_security_mode_t security_mode_ctrl_point; /**< Security settings for HID service Control Point attribute */
- ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t security_mode_boot_mouse_inp_rep; /**< Security settings for HID service Mouse input report attribute */
- ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t security_mode_boot_kb_inp_rep; /**< Security settings for HID service Keyboard input report attribute */
- ble_srv_security_mode_t security_mode_boot_kb_outp_rep; /**< Security settings for HID service Keyboard output report attribute */
-} ble_hids_init_t;
-
-/**@brief HID Service structure. This contains various status information for the service. */
-typedef struct ble_hids_s
-{
- ble_hids_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the HID Service. */
- ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
- uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of HID Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t protocol_mode_handles; /**< Handles related to the Protocol Mode characteristic (will only be created if ble_hids_init_t.is_kb or ble_hids_init_t.is_mouse is set). */
- uint8_t inp_rep_count; /**< Number of Input Report characteristics. */
- ble_hids_rep_char_t inp_rep_array[BLE_HIDS_MAX_INPUT_REP]; /**< Information about the Input Report characteristics. */
- uint8_t outp_rep_count; /**< Number of Output Report characteristics. */
- ble_hids_rep_char_t outp_rep_array[BLE_HIDS_MAX_OUTPUT_REP]; /**< Information about the Output Report characteristics. */
- uint8_t feature_rep_count; /**< Number of Feature Report characteristics. */
- ble_hids_rep_char_t feature_rep_array[BLE_HIDS_MAX_FEATURE_REP]; /**< Information about the Feature Report characteristics. */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t rep_map_handles; /**< Handles related to the Report Map characteristic. */
- uint16_t rep_map_ext_rep_ref_handle; /**< Handle of the Report Map External Report Reference descriptor. */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t boot_kb_inp_rep_handles; /**< Handles related to the Boot Keyboard Input Report characteristic (will only be created if ble_hids_init_t.is_kb is set). */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t boot_kb_outp_rep_handles; /**< Handles related to the Boot Keyboard Output Report characteristic (will only be created if ble_hids_init_t.is_kb is set). */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t boot_mouse_inp_rep_handles; /**< Handles related to the Boot Mouse Input Report characteristic (will only be created if ble_hids_init_t.is_mouse is set). */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t hid_information_handles; /**< Handles related to the Report Map characteristic. */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t hid_control_point_handles; /**< Handles related to the Report Map characteristic. */
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
-} ble_hids_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the HID Service.
- *
- * @param[out] p_hids HID Service structure. This structure will have to be supplied by the
- * application. It will be initialized by this function, and will later be
- * used to identify this particular service instance.
- * @param[in] p_hids_init Information needed to initialize the service.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_hids_init(ble_hids_t * p_hids, const ble_hids_init_t * p_hids_init);
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
- *
- * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the HID Service.
- *
- * @param[in] p_hids HID Service structure.
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-void ble_hids_on_ble_evt(ble_hids_t * p_hids, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-
-/**@brief Function for sending Input Report.
- *
- * @details Sends data on an Input Report characteristic.
- *
- * @param[in] p_hids HID Service structure.
- * @param[in] rep_index Index of the characteristic (corresponding to the index in
- * ble_hids_t.inp_rep_array as passed to ble_hids_init()).
- * @param[in] len Length of data to be sent.
- * @param[in] p_data Pointer to data to be sent.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful sending of input report, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_hids_inp_rep_send(ble_hids_t * p_hids,
- uint8_t rep_index,
- uint16_t len,
- uint8_t * p_data);
-
-/**@brief Function for sending Boot Keyboard Input Report.
- *
- * @details Sends data on an Boot Keyboard Input Report characteristic.
- *
- * @param[in] p_hids HID Service structure.
- * @param[in] len Length of data to be sent.
- * @param[in] p_data Pointer to data to be sent.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful sending of the report, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_hids_boot_kb_inp_rep_send(ble_hids_t * p_hids,
- uint16_t len,
- uint8_t * p_data);
-
-/**@brief Function for sending Boot Mouse Input Report.
- *
- * @details Sends data on an Boot Mouse Input Report characteristic.
- *
- * @param[in] p_hids HID Service structure.
- * @param[in] buttons State of mouse buttons.
- * @param[in] x_delta Horizontal movement.
- * @param[in] y_delta Vertical movement.
- * @param[in] optional_data_len Length of optional part of Boot Mouse Input Report.
- * @param[in] p_optional_data Optional part of Boot Mouse Input Report.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful sending of the report, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_hids_boot_mouse_inp_rep_send(ble_hids_t * p_hids,
- uint8_t buttons,
- int8_t x_delta,
- int8_t y_delta,
- uint16_t optional_data_len,
- uint8_t * p_optional_data);
-
-/**@brief Function for getting the current value of Output Report from the stack.
- *
- * @details Fetches the current value of the output report characteristic from the stack.
- *
- * @param[in] p_hids HID Service structure.
- * @param[in] rep_index Index of the characteristic (corresponding to the index in
- * ble_hids_t.outp_rep_array as passed to ble_hids_init()).
- * @param[in] len Length of output report needed.
- * @param[in] offset Offset in bytes to read from.
- * @param[out] p_outp_rep Pointer to the output report.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful read of the report, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_hids_outp_rep_get(ble_hids_t * p_hids,
- uint8_t rep_index,
- uint16_t len,
- uint8_t offset,
- uint8_t * p_outp_rep);
-
-#endif // BLE_HIDS_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_hrs.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_hrs.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_hrs Heart Rate Service
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Heart Rate Service module.
- *
- * @details This module implements the Heart Rate Service with the Heart Rate Measurement,
- * Body Sensor Location and Heart Rate Control Point characteristics.
- * During initialization it adds the Heart Rate Service and Heart Rate Measurement
- * characteristic to the BLE stack database. Optionally it also adds the
- * Body Sensor Location and Heart Rate Control Point characteristics.
- *
- * If enabled, notification of the Heart Rate Measurement characteristic is performed
- * when the application calls ble_hrs_heart_rate_measurement_send().
- *
- * The Heart Rate Service also provides a set of functions for manipulating the
- * various fields in the Heart Rate Measurement characteristic, as well as setting
- * the Body Sensor Location characteristic value.
- *
- * If an event handler is supplied by the application, the Heart Rate Service will
- * generate Heart Rate Service events to the application.
- *
- * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Heart Rate Service module by calling
- * ble_hrs_on_ble_evt() from the from the @ref ble_stack_handler callback.
- *
- * @note Attention!
- * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
- * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_HRS_H__
-#define BLE_HRS_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-
-// Body Sensor Location values
-#define BLE_HRS_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_OTHER 0
-#define BLE_HRS_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_CHEST 1
-#define BLE_HRS_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_WRIST 2
-#define BLE_HRS_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_FINGER 3
-#define BLE_HRS_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_HAND 4
-#define BLE_HRS_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_EAR_LOBE 5
-#define BLE_HRS_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_FOOT 6
-
-#define BLE_HRS_MAX_BUFFERED_RR_INTERVALS 20 /**< Size of RR Interval buffer inside service. */
-
-/**@brief Heart Rate Service event type. */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_HRS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_ENABLED, /**< Heart Rate value notification enabled event. */
- BLE_HRS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_DISABLED /**< Heart Rate value notification disabled event. */
-} ble_hrs_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief Heart Rate Service event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_hrs_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
-} ble_hrs_evt_t;
-
-// Forward declaration of the ble_hrs_t type.
-typedef struct ble_hrs_s ble_hrs_t;
-
-/**@brief Heart Rate Service event handler type. */
-typedef void (*ble_hrs_evt_handler_t) (ble_hrs_t * p_hrs, ble_hrs_evt_t * p_evt);
-
-/**@brief Heart Rate Service init structure. This contains all options and data needed for
- * initialization of the service. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_hrs_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Heart Rate Service. */
- bool is_sensor_contact_supported; /**< Determines if sensor contact detection is to be supported. */
- uint8_t * p_body_sensor_location; /**< If not NULL, initial value of the Body Sensor Location characteristic. */
- ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t hrs_hrm_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for heart rate service measurement attribute */
- ble_srv_security_mode_t hrs_bsl_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for body sensor location attribute */
-} ble_hrs_init_t;
-
-/**@brief Heart Rate Service structure. This contains various status information for the service. */
-typedef struct ble_hrs_s
-{
- ble_hrs_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Heart Rate Service. */
- bool is_expended_energy_supported; /**< TRUE if Expended Energy measurement is supported. */
- bool is_sensor_contact_supported; /**< TRUE if sensor contact detection is supported. */
- uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Heart Rate Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t hrm_handles; /**< Handles related to the Heart Rate Measurement characteristic. */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t bsl_handles; /**< Handles related to the Body Sensor Location characteristic. */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t hrcp_handles; /**< Handles related to the Heart Rate Control Point characteristic. */
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
- bool is_sensor_contact_detected; /**< TRUE if sensor contact has been detected. */
- uint16_t rr_interval[BLE_HRS_MAX_BUFFERED_RR_INTERVALS]; /**< Set of RR Interval measurements since the last Heart Rate Measurement transmission. */
- uint16_t rr_interval_count; /**< Number of RR Interval measurements since the last Heart Rate Measurement transmission. */
-} ble_hrs_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the Heart Rate Service.
- *
- * @param[out] p_hrs Heart Rate Service structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
- * the application. It will be initialized by this function, and will later
- * be used to identify this particular service instance.
- * @param[in] p_hrs_init Information needed to initialize the service.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_hrs_init(ble_hrs_t * p_hrs, const ble_hrs_init_t * p_hrs_init);
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
- *
- * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Heart Rate Service.
- *
- * @param[in] p_hrs Heart Rate Service structure.
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-void ble_hrs_on_ble_evt(ble_hrs_t * p_hrs, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-
-/**@brief Function for sending heart rate measurement if notification has been enabled.
- *
- * @details The application calls this function after having performed a heart rate measurement.
- * If notification has been enabled, the heart rate measurement data is encoded and sent to
- * the client.
- *
- * @param[in] p_hrs Heart Rate Service structure.
- * @param[in] heart_rate New heart rate measurement.
- * @param[in] include_expended_energy Determines if expended energy will be included in the
- * heart rate measurement data.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_hrs_heart_rate_measurement_send(ble_hrs_t * p_hrs, uint16_t heart_rate);
-
-/**@brief Function for adding a RR Interval measurement to the RR Interval buffer.
- *
- * @details All buffered RR Interval measurements will be included in the next heart rate
- * measurement message, up to the maximum number of measurements that will fit into the
- * message. If the buffer is full, the oldest measurement in the buffer will be deleted.
- *
- * @param[in] p_hrs Heart Rate Service structure.
- * @param[in] rr_interval New RR Interval measurement (will be buffered until the next
- * transmission of Heart Rate Measurement).
- */
-void ble_hrs_rr_interval_add(ble_hrs_t * p_hrs, uint16_t rr_interval);
-
-/**@brief Function for checking if RR Interval buffer is full.
- *
- * @param[in] p_hrs Heart Rate Service structure.
- *
- * @return true if RR Interval buffer is full, false otherwise.
- */
-bool ble_hrs_rr_interval_buffer_is_full(ble_hrs_t * p_hrs);
-
-/**@brief Function for setting the state of the Sensor Contact Supported bit.
- *
- * @param[in] p_hrs Heart Rate Service structure.
- * @param[in] is_sensor_contact_supported New state of the Sensor Contact Supported bit.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_hrs_sensor_contact_supported_set(ble_hrs_t * p_hrs, bool is_sensor_contact_supported);
-
-/**@brief Function for setting the state of the Sensor Contact Detected bit.
- *
- * @param[in] p_hrs Heart Rate Service structure.
- * @param[in] is_sensor_contact_detected TRUE if sensor contact is detected, FALSE otherwise.
- */
-void ble_hrs_sensor_contact_detected_update(ble_hrs_t * p_hrs, bool is_sensor_contact_detected);
-
-/**@brief Function for setting the Body Sensor Location.
- *
- * @details Sets a new value of the Body Sensor Location characteristic. The new value will be sent
- * to the client the next time the client reads the Body Sensor Location characteristic.
- *
- * @param[in] p_hrs Heart Rate Service structure.
- * @param[in] body_sensor_location New Body Sensor Location.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_hrs_body_sensor_location_set(ble_hrs_t * p_hrs, uint8_t body_sensor_location);
-
-#endif // BLE_HRS_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_hts.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_hts.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_hts Health Thermometer Service
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Health Thermometer Service module.
- *
- * @details This module implements the Health Thermometer Service.
- *
- * If an event handler is supplied by the application, the Health Thermometer
- * Service will generate Health Thermometer Service events to the application.
- *
- * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Health Thermometer Service
- * module by calling ble_hts_on_ble_evt() from the from the @ref ble_stack_handler function.
- *
- * @note Attention!
- * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
- * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_HTS_H__
-#define BLE_HTS_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-#include "ble_date_time.h"
-
-// Temperature Type measurement locations
-#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_ARMPIT 1
-#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_BODY 2
-#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_EAR 3
-#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_FINGER 4
-#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_GI_TRACT 5
-#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_MOUTH 6
-#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_RECTUM 7
-#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_TOE 8
-#define BLE_HTS_TEMP_TYPE_EAR_DRUM 9
-
-/**@brief Health Thermometer Service event type. */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_HTS_EVT_INDICATION_ENABLED, /**< Health Thermometer value indication enabled event. */
- BLE_HTS_EVT_INDICATION_DISABLED, /**< Health Thermometer value indication disabled event. */
- BLE_HTS_EVT_INDICATION_CONFIRMED /**< Confirmation of a temperature measurement indication has been received. */
-} ble_hts_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief Health Thermometer Service event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_hts_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
-} ble_hts_evt_t;
-
-// Forward declaration of the ble_hts_t type.
-typedef struct ble_hts_s ble_hts_t;
-
-/**@brief Health Thermometer Service event handler type. */
-typedef void (*ble_hts_evt_handler_t) (ble_hts_t * p_hts, ble_hts_evt_t * p_evt);
-
-/**@brief FLOAT format (IEEE-11073 32-bit FLOAT, defined as a 32-bit value with a 24-bit mantissa
- * and an 8-bit exponent. */
-typedef struct
-{
- int8_t exponent; /**< Base 10 exponent */
- int32_t mantissa; /**< Mantissa, should be using only 24 bits */
-} ieee_float32_t;
-
-/**@brief Health Thermometer Service init structure. This contains all options and data
- * needed for initialization of the service. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_hts_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Health Thermometer Service. */
- ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t hts_meas_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for health thermometer measurement attribute */
- ble_srv_security_mode_t hts_temp_type_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for health thermometer tempearture type attribute */
- uint8_t temp_type_as_characteristic; /**< Set non-zero if temp type given as characteristic */
- uint8_t temp_type; /**< Temperature type if temperature characteristic is used */
-} ble_hts_init_t;
-
-/**@brief Health Thermometer Service structure. This contains various status information for
- * the service. */
-typedef struct ble_hts_s
-{
- ble_hts_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Health Thermometer Service. */
- uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Health Thermometer Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t meas_handles; /**< Handles related to the Health Thermometer Measurement characteristic. */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t temp_type_handles; /**< Handles related to the Health Thermometer Temperature Type characteristic. */
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
- uint8_t temp_type; /**< Temperature type indicates where the measurement was taken. */
-} ble_hts_t;
-
-/**@brief Health Thermometer Service measurement structure. This contains a Health Thermometer
- * measurement. */
-typedef struct ble_hts_meas_s
-{
- bool temp_in_fahr_units; /**< True if Temperature is in Fahrenheit units, Celcius otherwise. */
- bool time_stamp_present; /**< True if Time Stamp is present. */
- bool temp_type_present; /**< True if Temperature Type is present. */
- ieee_float32_t temp_in_celcius; /**< Temperature Measurement Value (Celcius). */
- ieee_float32_t temp_in_fahr; /**< Temperature Measurement Value (Fahrenheit). */
- ble_date_time_t time_stamp; /**< Time Stamp. */
- uint8_t temp_type; /**< Temperature Type. */
-} ble_hts_meas_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the Health Thermometer Service.
- *
- * @param[out] p_hts Health Thermometer Service structure. This structure will have to
- * be supplied by the application. It will be initialized by this function,
- * and will later be used to identify this particular service instance.
- * @param[in] p_hts_init Information needed to initialize the service.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_hts_init(ble_hts_t * p_hts, const ble_hts_init_t * p_hts_init);
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
- *
- * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Health Thermometer Service.
- *
- * @param[in] p_hts Health Thermometer Service structure.
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-void ble_hts_on_ble_evt(ble_hts_t * p_hts, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-
-/**@brief Function for sending health thermometer measurement if indication has been enabled.
- *
- * @details The application calls this function after having performed a Health Thermometer
- * measurement. If indication has been enabled, the measurement data is encoded and
- * sent to the client.
- *
- * @param[in] p_hts Health Thermometer Service structure.
- * @param[in] p_hts_meas Pointer to new health thermometer measurement.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_hts_measurement_send(ble_hts_t * p_hts, ble_hts_meas_t * p_hts_meas);
-
-/**@brief Function for checking if indication of Temperature Measurement is currently enabled.
- *
- * @param[in] p_hts Health Thermometer Service structure.
- * @param[out] p_indication_enabled TRUE if indication is enabled, FALSE otherwise.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_hts_is_indication_enabled(ble_hts_t * p_hts, bool * p_indication_enabled);
-
-#endif // BLE_HTS_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_ias.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_ias.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_ias Immediate Alert Service
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Immediate Alert Service module.
- *
- * @details This module implements the Immediate Alert Service with the Alert Level characteristic.
- * During initialization it adds the Immediate Alert Service and Alert Level characteristic
- * to the BLE stack database.
- *
- * The application must supply an event handler for receiving Immediate Alert Service
- * events. Using this handler, the service will notify the application when the
- * Alert Level characteristic value changes.
- *
- * The service also provides a function for letting the application poll the current
- * value of the Alert Level characteristic.
- *
- * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Immediate Alert Service
- * module by calling ble_ias_on_ble_evt() from the @ref ble_stack_handler callback.
- *
- * @note Attention!
- * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
- * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
-*/
-
-#ifndef BLE_IAS_H__
-#define BLE_IAS_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "ble.h"
-
-/**@brief Immediate Alert Service event type. */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_IAS_EVT_ALERT_LEVEL_UPDATED /**< Alert Level Updated event. */
-} ble_ias_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief Immediate Alert Service event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_ias_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
- union
- {
- uint8_t alert_level; /**< New Alert Level value. */
- } params;
-} ble_ias_evt_t;
-
-// Forward declaration of the ble_ias_t type.
-typedef struct ble_ias_s ble_ias_t;
-
-/**@brief Immediate Alert Service event handler type. */
-typedef void (*ble_ias_evt_handler_t) (ble_ias_t * p_ias, ble_ias_evt_t * p_evt);
-
-/**@brief Immediate Alert Service init structure. This contains all options and data needed for
- * initialization of the service. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_ias_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Immediate Alert Service. */
-} ble_ias_init_t;
-
-/**@brief Immediate Alert Service structure. This contains various status information for the
- * service. */
-typedef struct ble_ias_s
-{
- ble_ias_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Immediate Alert Service. */
- uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Immediate Alert Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t alert_level_handles; /**< Handles related to the Alert Level characteristic. */
-} ble_ias_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the Immediate Alert Service.
- *
- * @param[out] p_ias Immediate Alert Service structure. This structure will have to be
- * supplied by the application. It will be initialized by this function,
- * and will later be used to identify this particular service instance.
- * @param[in] p_ias_init Information needed to initialize the service.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_ias_init(ble_ias_t * p_ias, const ble_ias_init_t * p_ias_init);
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
- *
- * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Immediate Alert Service.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ias Immediate Alert Service structure.
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-void ble_ias_on_ble_evt(ble_ias_t * p_ias, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-
-/**@brief Function for getting current value of the Alert Level characteristic.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ias Immediate Alert Service structure.
- * @param[out] p_alert_level Current Alert Level value.
- */
-uint32_t ble_ias_alert_level_get(ble_ias_t * p_ias, uint8_t * p_alert_level);
-
-#endif // BLE_IAS_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_ias_c.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_ias_c.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_ias_c Immediate Alert Service Client
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Immediate Alert Service Client module
- *
- * @details This module implements the Immediate Alert Service client - locator role of the Find Me
- * profile. On @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_CONNECTED event, this module starts discovery of the
- * Immediate Alert Service with Alert Level characteristic at the peer. This module will
- * indicate the application about a successful service & characteristic discovery using
- * @ref BLE_IAS_C_EVT_CHAR_DISCOVERED event. The application can use @ref
- * ble_ias_c_send_alert_level function to signal alerts to the peer.
- *
- * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to this module by calling
- * ble_ias_c_on_ble_evt() from the from the @ref ble_stack_handler callback function.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_IAS_C_H__
-#define BLE_IAS_C_H__
-
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-#include "ble_gattc.h"
-#include "ble.h"
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-// Forward declaration of the ble_ias_c_t type.
-typedef struct ble_ias_c_s ble_ias_c_t;
-
-/**@brief Immediate Alert Service client event type. */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_IAS_C_EVT_SRV_DISCOVERED, /**< Event indicating that the Immediate Alert Service is found at the peer. */
- BLE_IAS_C_EVT_SRV_NOT_FOUND, /**< Event indicating that the Immediate Alert Service is not found at the peer. */
- BLE_IAS_C_EVT_DISCONN_COMPLETE /**< Event indicating that the Immediate Alert Service client module has completed the processing of BLE_GAP_EVT_DISCONNECTED event. This event is raised only if a valid instance of IAS was found at the peer during the discovery phase. This event can be used the application to do clean up related to the IAS Client.*/
-} ble_ias_c_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief Immediate Alert Service client event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_ias_c_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
-} ble_ias_c_evt_t;
-
-/**@brief Immediate Alert Service client event handler type. */
-typedef void (*ble_ias_c_evt_handler_t) (ble_ias_c_t * p_ias_c, ble_ias_c_evt_t * p_evt);
-
-/**@brief IAS Client structure. This contains various status information for the client. */
-typedef struct ble_ias_c_s
-{
- ble_ias_c_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Immediate Alert Service client. */
- ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
- uint16_t alert_level_handle; /**< Handle of Alert Level characteristic at peer (as provided by the BLE stack). */
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
-} ble_ias_c_t;
-
-/**@brief IAS Client init structure. This contains all options and data needed for initialization of
- * the client.*/
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_ias_c_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events from the Immediate Alert Service client. */
- ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
-} ble_ias_c_init_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the Immediate Alert Service client.
- *
- * @details This call allows the application to initialize the Immediate Alert Service client.
- *
- * @param[out] p_ias_c Immediate Alert Service client structure. This structure will have to
- * be supplied by the application. It will be initialized by this
- * function, and will later be used to identify this particular client
- * instance.
- * @param[in] p_ias_c_init Information needed to initialize the Immediate Alert Service client.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service.
- */
-uint32_t ble_ias_c_init(ble_ias_c_t * p_ias_c, const ble_ias_c_init_t * p_ias_c_init);
-
-/**@brief Function for sending alert level to the peer.
- *
- * @details This function allows the application to send an alert to the peer.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ias_c Immediate Alert Service client structure.
- * @param[in] alert_level Required alert level to be sent to the peer.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_ias_c_send_alert_level(const ble_ias_c_t * p_ias_c, uint8_t alert_level);
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events for Immediate Alert Service client.
- *
- * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Immediate Alert Service client.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ias_c Immediate Alert Service client structure.
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-void ble_ias_c_on_ble_evt(ble_ias_c_t * p_ias_c, const ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-
-/**@brief Function for checking whether the peer's Immediate Alert Service instance and the alert level
- * characteristic have been discovered.
- * @param[in] p_ias_c Immediate Alert Service client structure.
- */
-static __INLINE bool ble_ias_c_is_ias_discovered(const ble_ias_c_t * p_ias_c)
-{
- return (p_ias_c->alert_level_handle != BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID);
-}
-
-#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_lls.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_lls.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_lls Link Loss Service
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Link Loss Service module.
- *
- * @details This module implements the Link Loss Service with the Alert Level characteristic.
- * During initialization it adds the Link Loss Service and Alert Level characteristic
- * to the BLE stack database.
- *
- * The application must supply an event handler for receiving Link Loss Service
- * events. Using this handler, the service will notify the application when the
- * link has been lost, and which Alert Level has been set.
- *
- * The service also provides a function for letting the application poll the current
- * value of the Alert Level characteristic.
- *
- * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Link Loss Service
- * module by calling ble_lls_on_ble_evt() from the @ref ble_stack_handler callback.
- *
- * @note Attention!
- * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
- * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
-*/
-
-#ifndef BLE_LLS_H__
-#define BLE_LLS_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-
-/**@brief Link Loss Service event type. */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_LLS_EVT_LINK_LOSS_ALERT /**< Alert Level Updated event. */
-} ble_lls_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief Link Loss Service event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_lls_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
- union
- {
- uint8_t alert_level; /**< New Alert Level value. */
- } params;
-} ble_lls_evt_t;
-
-// Forward declaration of the ble_lls_t type.
-typedef struct ble_lls_s ble_lls_t;
-
-/**@brief Link Loss Service event handler type. */
-typedef void (*ble_lls_evt_handler_t) (ble_lls_t * p_lls, ble_lls_evt_t * p_evt);
-
-/**@brief Link Loss Service init structure. This contains all options and data needed for initialization of the service. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_lls_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Link Loss Service. */
- ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
- uint8_t initial_alert_level; /**< Initial value of the Alert Level characteristic. */
- ble_srv_security_mode_t lls_attr_md; /**< Initial Security Setting for Link Loss Service Characteristics. */
-} ble_lls_init_t;
-
-/**@brief Link Loss Service structure. This contains various status information for the service. */
-typedef struct ble_lls_s
-{
- ble_lls_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Link Loss Service. */
- ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
- uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Link Loss Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t alert_level_handles; /**< Handles related to the Alert Level characteristic. */
-} ble_lls_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the Link Loss Service.
- *
- * @param[out] p_lls Link Loss Service structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
- * the application. It will be initialized by this function, and will later
- * be used to identify this particular service instance.
- * @param[in] p_lls_init Information needed to initialize the service.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_lls_init(ble_lls_t * p_lls, const ble_lls_init_t * p_lls_init);
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
- *
- * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Link Loss Service.
- *
- * @param[in] p_lls Link Loss Service structure.
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-void ble_lls_on_ble_evt(ble_lls_t * p_lls, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-
-/**@brief Function for getting current value of the Alert Level characteristic.
- *
- * @param[in] p_lls Link Loss Service structure.
- * @param[out] p_alert_level Current Alert Level value.
- */
-uint32_t ble_lls_alert_level_get(ble_lls_t * p_lls, uint8_t * p_alert_level);
-
-#endif // BLE_LLS_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_rscs.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_rscs.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_rsc Running Speed and Cadence Service
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Running Speed and Cadence Service module.
- *
- * @details This module implements the Running Speed and Cadence Service. If enabled, notification
- * of the Running Speead and Candence Measurement is performed when the application
- * calls ble_rscs_measurement_send().
- *
- * If an event handler is supplied by the application, the Running Speed and Cadence
- * Service will generate Running Speed and Cadence Service events to the application.
- *
- * @note The application must propagate BLE stack events to the Running Speead and Candence Service
- * module by calling ble_rscs_on_ble_evt() from the from the @ref ble_stack_handler function.
- *
- * @note Attention!
- * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
- * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_RSCS_H__
-#define BLE_RSCS_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-
-/**@brief Running Speed and Cadence Service feature bits. */
-#define BLE_RSCS_FEATURE_INSTANT_STRIDE_LEN_BIT (0x01 << 0) /**< Instantaneous Stride Length Measurement Supported bit. */
-#define BLE_RSCS_FEATURE_TOTAL_DISTANCE_BIT (0x01 << 1) /**< Total Distance Measurement Supported bit. */
-#define BLE_RSCS_FEATURE_WALKING_OR_RUNNING_STATUS_BIT (0x01 << 2) /**< Walking or Running Status Supported bit. */
-#define BLE_RSCS_FEATURE_CALIBRATION_PROCEDURE_BIT (0x01 << 3) /**< Calibration Procedure Supported bit. */
-#define BLE_RSCS_FEATURE_MULTIPLE_SENSORS_BIT (0x01 << 4) /**< Multiple Sensor Locations Supported bit. */
-
-/**@brief Running Speed and Cadence Service event type. */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_RSCS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_ENABLED, /**< Running Speed and Cadence value notification enabled event. */
- BLE_RSCS_EVT_NOTIFICATION_DISABLED /**< Running Speed and Cadence value notification disabled event. */
-} ble_rscs_evt_type_t;
-
-/**@brief Running Speed and Cadence Service event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_rscs_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
-} ble_rscs_evt_t;
-
-// Forward declaration of the ble_rsc_t type.
-typedef struct ble_rscs_s ble_rscs_t;
-
-/**@brief Running Speed and Cadence Service event handler type. */
-typedef void (*ble_rscs_evt_handler_t) (ble_rscs_t * p_rscs, ble_rscs_evt_t * p_evt);
-
-/**@brief Running Speed and Cadence Service init structure. This contains all options and data
- * needed for initialization of the service. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_rscs_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Running Speed and Cadence Service. */
- ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t rsc_meas_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for running speed and cadence measurement attribute */
- ble_srv_security_mode_t rsc_feature_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for feature attribute */
- uint16_t feature; /**< Initial value for features of sensor. */
-} ble_rscs_init_t;
-
-/**@brief Running Speed and Cadence Service structure. This contains various status information for
- * the service. */
-typedef struct ble_rscs_s
-{
- ble_rscs_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Running Speed and Cadence Service. */
- uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of Running Speed and Cadence Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t meas_handles; /**< Handles related to the Running Speed and Cadence Measurement characteristic. */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t feature_handles; /**< Handles related to the Running Speed and Cadence feature characteristic. */
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
- uint16_t feature; /**< Bit mask of features available on sensor. */
-} ble_rscs_t;
-
-/**@brief Running Speed and Cadence Service measurement structure. This contains a Running Speed and
- * Cadence measurement. */
-typedef struct ble_rscs_meas_s
-{
- bool is_inst_stride_len_present; /**< True if Instantaneous Stride Length is present in the measurement. */
- bool is_total_distance_present; /**< True if Total Distance is present in the measurement. */
- bool is_running; /**< True if running, False if walking. */
- uint16_t inst_speed; /**< Instantaneous Speed. */
- uint8_t inst_cadence; /**< Instantaneous Cadence. */
- uint16_t inst_stride_length; /**< Instantaneous Stride Length. */
- uint32_t total_distance; /**< Total Distance. */
-} ble_rscs_meas_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the Running Speed and Cadence Service.
- *
- * @param[out] p_rscs Running Speed and Cadence Service structure. This structure will have to
- * be supplied by the application. It will be initialized by this function,
- * and will later be used to identify this particular service instance.
- * @param[in] p_rscs_init Information needed to initialize the service.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_rscs_init(ble_rscs_t * p_rscs, const ble_rscs_init_t * p_rscs_init);
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events.
- *
- * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Running Speed and Cadence
- * Service.
- *
- * @param[in] p_rscs Running Speed and Cadence Service structure.
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-void ble_rscs_on_ble_evt(ble_rscs_t * p_rscs, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-
-/**@brief Function for sending running speed and cadence measurement if notification has been enabled.
- *
- * @details The application calls this function after having performed a Running Speed and Cadence
- * measurement. If notification has been enabled, the measurement data is encoded and sent
- * to the client.
- *
- * @param[in] p_rscs Running Speed and Cadence Service structure.
- * @param[in] p_measurement Pointer to new running speed and cadence measurement.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_rscs_measurement_send(ble_rscs_t * p_rscs, ble_rscs_meas_t * p_measurement);
-
-#endif // BLE_RSCS_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_sc_ctrlpt.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_sc_ctrlpt.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_sc_ctrlpt Speed and Cadence Control Point
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Speed and Cadence Control Point module.
- *
- * @details This module implements the Speed and Cadence control point behavior. It is used
- * by the @ref ble_sdk_srv_csc module and the ble_sdk_srv_rsc module for control point
- * mechanisms like setting a cumulative value, Start an automatic calibration,
- * Update the sensor location or request the supported locations.
- *
- * @note Attention!
- * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
- * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_SC_CTRLPT_H__
-#define BLE_SC_CTRLPT_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-#include "ble_sensor_location.h"
-
-#define BLE_SC_CTRLPT_MAX_LEN 19 /**< maximum lenght for Speed and cadence control point characteristic value. */
-#define BLE_SC_CTRLPT_MIN_LEN 1 /**< minimum length for Speed and cadence control point characteristic value. */
-
-// Forward declaration of the ble_sc_ctrlpt_t type.
-typedef struct ble_sc_ctrlpt_s ble_sc_ctrlpt_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Speed and Cadence Control Point event type. */
-typedef enum
-{
- BLE_SC_CTRLPT_EVT_UPDATE_LOCATION, /**< rcvd update location opcode (the control point handles the change of location automatically, the event just informs the application in case it needs to adjust its algorithm). */
- BLE_SC_CTRLPT_EVT_SET_CUMUL_VALUE, /**< rcvd set cumulative value opcode, it is then up to the application to use the new cumulative value. */
- BLE_SC_CTRLPT_EVT_START_CALIBRATION, /**< rcvd start calibration opcode, the application needs, at the end ot the calibration to call ble_sc_ctrlpt_send_rsp. */
-} ble_sc_ctrlpt_evt_type_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Speed and Cadence Control point event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_sc_ctrlpt_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */
- union
- {
- ble_sensor_location_t update_location;
- uint32_t cumulative_value;
- }params;
-} ble_sc_ctrlpt_evt_t;
-
-
-/** Speed and Cadence Control Point operator code (see RSC service specification)*/
-typedef enum {
- BLE_SCPT_SET_CUMULATIVE_VALUE = 0x01, /**< Operator to set a given cumulative value. */
- BLE_SCPT_START_AUTOMATIC_CALIBRATION = 0x02, /**< Operator to start automatic calibration. */
- BLE_SCPT_UPDATE_SENSOR_LOCATION = 0x03, /**< Operator to update the sensor location. */
- BLE_SCPT_REQUEST_SUPPORTED_SENSOR_LOCATIONS = 0x04, /**< Operator to request the supported sensor locations. */
- BLE_SCPT_RESPONSE_CODE = 0x10, /**< Response Code. */
-} ble_scpt_operator_t;
-
-
-/** Speed and Cadence Control Point response parameter (see RSC service specification)*/
-typedef enum {
- BLE_SCPT_SUCCESS = 0x01, /**< Sucess Response. */
- BLE_SCPT_OP_CODE_NOT_SUPPORTED = 0x02, /**< Error Response received opcode not supported. */
- BLE_SCPT_INVALID_PARAMETER = 0x03, /**< Error Response received parameter invalid. */
- BLE_SCPT_OPERATION_FAILED = 0x04, /**< Error Response operation failed. */
-} ble_scpt_response_t;
-
-
-/** Speed and Cadence Control Point procedure status (indicates is a procedure is in progress or not and which procedure is in progress*/
-typedef enum {
- BLE_SCPT_NO_PROC_IN_PROGRESS = 0x00, /**< No procedure in progress. */
- BLE_SCPT_AUTOMATIC_CALIB_IN_PROGRESS = 0x01, /**< Automatic Calibration is in progress. */
- BLE_SCPT_INDICATION_PENDING = 0x02, /**< Control Point Indication is pending. */
- BLE_SCPT_IND_CONFIRM_PENDING = 0x03, /**< Waiting for the indication confirmation. */
-}ble_scpt_procedure_status_t;
-
-/**@brief Speed and Cadence Control point event handler type. */
-typedef ble_scpt_response_t (*ble_sc_ctrlpt_evt_handler_t) (ble_sc_ctrlpt_t * p_sc_ctrlpt,
- ble_sc_ctrlpt_evt_t * p_evt);
-
-
-typedef struct{
- ble_scpt_operator_t opcode;
- uint32_t cumulative_value;
- ble_sensor_location_t location;
-}ble_sc_ctrlpt_val_t;
-
-
-typedef struct{
- ble_scpt_operator_t opcode;
- ble_scpt_response_t status;
- ble_sensor_location_t location_list[BLE_NB_MAX_SENSOR_LOCATIONS];
-}ble_sc_ctrlpt_rsp_t;
-
-
-
-#define BLE_SRV_SC_CTRLPT_SENSOR_LOCATIONS_OP_SUPPORTED 0x01 /**< Support for sensor location related operations */
-#define BLE_SRV_SC_CTRLPT_CUM_VAL_OP_SUPPORTED 0x02 /**< Support for setting cumulative value related operations */
-#define BLE_SRV_SC_CTRLPT_START_CALIB_OP_SUPPORTED 0x04 /**< Support for starting calibration related operations */
-
-
-/**@brief Speed and Cadence Control Point init structure. This contains all options and data
-* needed for initialization of the Speed and Cadence Control Point module. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t sc_ctrlpt_attr_md; /**< Initial security level for cycling speed and cadence control point attribute */
- uint8_t supported_functions; /**< supported control point functionnalities see @ref BLE_SRV_SC_CTRLPT_SUPP_FUNC. */
- uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of the parent service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
- ble_sc_ctrlpt_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< event handler */
- ble_sensor_location_t *list_supported_locations; /**< list of supported sensor locations.*/
- uint8_t size_list_supported_locations; /**< number of supported sensor locations in the list.*/
- uint16_t sensor_location_handle; /**< handle for the sensor location characteristic (if sensor_location related operation are supported).*/
- ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
-} ble_cs_ctrlpt_init_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Speed and Cadence Control Point response indication structure. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_scpt_response_t status; /**< control point response status .*/
- uint8_t len; /**< control point response length .*/
- uint8_t encoded_ctrl_rsp[BLE_SC_CTRLPT_MAX_LEN]; /**< control point encoded response.*/
-}ble_sc_ctrlpt_resp_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Speed and Cadence Control Point structure. This contains various status information for
- * the Speed and Cadence Control Point behavior. */
-typedef struct ble_sc_ctrlpt_s
-{
- uint8_t supported_functions; /**< supported control point functionnalities see @ref BLE_SRV_SC_CTRLPT_SUPP_FUNC. */
- uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of the parent service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t sc_ctrlpt_handles; /**< Handles related to the Speed and Cadence Control Point characteristic. */
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Handle of the current connection (as provided by the BLE stack, is BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if not in a connection). */
- ble_sensor_location_t list_supported_locations[BLE_NB_MAX_SENSOR_LOCATIONS]; /**< list of supported sensor locations.*/
- uint8_t size_list_supported_locations; /**< number of supported sensor locations in the list.*/
- ble_sc_ctrlpt_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Handle of the parent service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
- uint16_t sensor_location_handle; /**< handle for the sensor location characteristic (if sensor_location related operation are supported).*/
- ble_scpt_procedure_status_t procedure_status; /**< status of possible procedure*/
- ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */
- ble_sc_ctrlpt_resp_t response; /**< pending response data.*/
-} ble_sc_ctrlpt_t;
-
-#define SCPT_OPCODE_POS 0 /**< Request opcode position. */
-#define SCPT_PARAMETER_POS 1 /**< Request parameter position. */
-
-#define SCPT_RESPONSE_REQUEST_OPCODE_POS 1 /**< Response position of requested opcode. */
-#define SCPT_RESPONSE_CODE_POS 2 /**< Response position of response code. */
-#define SCPT_RESPONSE_PARAMETER 3 /**< Response position of response parameter. */
-
-#define SCPT_MIN_RESPONSE_SIZE 3 /**< Minimum size for control point response. */
-#define SCPT_MAX_RESPONSE_SIZE (SCPT_MIN_RESPONSE_SIZE + NB_MAX_SENSOR_LOCATIONS) /**< Maximum size for control point response. */
-
-
-/**@brief Function for Initializing the Speed and Cadence Control Point.
- *
- * @details Function for Initializing the Speed and Cadence Control Point.
- * @param[in] p_sc_ctrlpt Speed and Cadence Control Point structure.
- * @param[in] p_cscs_init Information needed to initialize the control point behavior.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_sc_ctrlpt_init(ble_sc_ctrlpt_t * p_sc_ctrlpt,
- const ble_cs_ctrlpt_init_t * p_sc_ctrlpt_init);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for sending a control point response.
- *
- * @details Function for sending a control point response when the control point received was
- * BLE_SCPT_START_AUTOMATIC_CALIBRATION. To be called after the calibration procedure is finished.
- *
- * @param[in] p_sc_ctrlpt Speed and Cadence Control Point structure.
- * @param[in] response_status status to include in the control point response.
- */
-uint32_t ble_sc_ctrlpt_rsp_send(ble_sc_ctrlpt_t * p_sc_ctrlpt, ble_scpt_response_t response_status);
-
-
-/**@brief Speed and Cadence Control Point BLE stack event handler.
- *
- * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack of interest to the Speed and Cadence Control Point.
- *
- * @param[in] p_sc_ctrlpt Speed and Cadence Control Point structure.
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack.
- */
-void ble_sc_ctrlpt_on_ble_evt(ble_sc_ctrlpt_t * p_sc_ctrlpt, ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-
-
-#endif // BLE_SC_CTRLPT_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_sensor_location.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_sensor_location.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
- /* Attention!
-* To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASAs Bluetooth profile
-* qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
-*/
-
-#ifndef BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_H__
-#define BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_H__
-
-typedef enum {
- BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_OTHER = 0 , /**<-- Other */
- BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_TOP_OF_SHOE = 1 , /**<-- Top of shoe */
- BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_IN_SHOE = 2 , /**<-- In shoe */
- BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_HIP = 3 , /**<-- Hip */
- BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_FRONT_WHEEL = 4 , /**<-- Front Wheel */
- BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_LEFT_CRANK = 5 , /**<-- Left Crank */
- BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_RIGHT_CRANK = 6 , /**<-- Right Crank */
- BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_LEFT_PEDAL = 7 , /**<-- Left Pedal */
- BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_RIGHT_PEDAL = 8 , /**<-- Right Pedal */
- BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_FRONT_HUB = 9 , /**<-- Front Hub */
- BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_REAR_DROPOUT = 10, /**<-- Rear Dropout */
- BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_CHAINSTAY = 11, /**<-- Chainstay */
- BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_REAR_WHEEL = 12, /**<-- Rear Wheel */
- BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_REAR_HUB = 13, /**<-- Rear Hub */
-}ble_sensor_location_t;
-
-#define BLE_NB_MAX_SENSOR_LOCATIONS 14
-
-#endif // BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_H__
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_srv_common.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_srv_common.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_common 'Common service definitions'
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief Constants, type definitions and functions that are common to all services.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_SRV_COMMON_H__
-#define BLE_SRV_COMMON_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "ble_types.h"
-#include "app_util.h"
-#include "ble_gap.h"
-#include "ble_gatt.h"
-
-/** @defgroup UUID_SERVICES Service UUID definitions
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_NOTIFICATION_SERVICE 0x1811 /**< Alert Notification service UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_BATTERY_SERVICE 0x180F /**< Battery service UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_BLOOD_PRESSURE_SERVICE 0x1810 /**< Blood Pressure service UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_CURRENT_TIME_SERVICE 0x1805 /**< Current Time service UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_CYCLING_SPEED_AND_CADENCE 0x1816 /**< Cycling Speed and Cadence service UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_DEVICE_INFORMATION_SERVICE 0x180A /**< Device Information service UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_GLUCOSE_SERVICE 0x1808 /**< Glucose service UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_HEALTH_THERMOMETER_SERVICE 0x1809 /**< Health Thermometer service UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_HEART_RATE_SERVICE 0x180D /**< Heart Rate service UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_HUMAN_INTERFACE_DEVICE_SERVICE 0x1812 /**< Human Interface Device service UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_IMMEDIATE_ALERT_SERVICE 0x1802 /**< Immediate Alert service UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_LINK_LOSS_SERVICE 0x1803 /**< Link Loss service UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_NEXT_DST_CHANGE_SERVICE 0x1807 /**< Next Dst Change service UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_PHONE_ALERT_STATUS_SERVICE 0x180E /**< Phone Alert Status service UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_REFERENCE_TIME_UPDATE_SERVICE 0x1806 /**< Reference Time Update service UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_RUNNING_SPEED_AND_CADENCE 0x1814 /**< Running Speed and Cadence service UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_SCAN_PARAMETERS_SERVICE 0x1813 /**< Scan Parameters service UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_TX_POWER_SERVICE 0x1804 /**< TX Power service UUID. */
-/** @} */
-
-/** @defgroup UUID_CHARACTERISTICS Characteristic UUID definitions
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_UUID_BATTERY_LEVEL_STATE_CHAR 0x2A1B /**< Battery Level State characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_BATTERY_POWER_STATE_CHAR 0x2A1A /**< Battery Power State characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_REMOVABLE_CHAR 0x2A3A /**< Removable characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_SERVICE_REQUIRED_CHAR 0x2A3B /**< Service Required characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_CATEGORY_ID_CHAR 0x2A43 /**< Alert Category Id characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_CATEGORY_ID_BIT_MASK_CHAR 0x2A42 /**< Alert Category Id Bit Mask characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_LEVEL_CHAR 0x2A06 /**< Alert Level characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_NOTIFICATION_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A44 /**< Alert Notification Control Point characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_STATUS_CHAR 0x2A3F /**< Alert Status characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_BATTERY_LEVEL_CHAR 0x2A19 /**< Battery Level characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_BLOOD_PRESSURE_FEATURE_CHAR 0x2A49 /**< Blood Pressure Feature characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_BLOOD_PRESSURE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A35 /**< Blood Pressure Measurement characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_CHAR 0x2A38 /**< Body Sensor Location characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_BOOT_KEYBOARD_INPUT_REPORT_CHAR 0x2A22 /**< Boot Keyboard Input Report characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_BOOT_KEYBOARD_OUTPUT_REPORT_CHAR 0x2A32 /**< Boot Keyboard Output Report characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_BOOT_MOUSE_INPUT_REPORT_CHAR 0x2A33 /**< Boot Mouse Input Report characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_CURRENT_TIME_CHAR 0x2A2B /**< Current Time characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_DATE_TIME_CHAR 0x2A08 /**< Date Time characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_DAY_DATE_TIME_CHAR 0x2A0A /**< Day Date Time characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_DAY_OF_WEEK_CHAR 0x2A09 /**< Day Of Week characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_DST_OFFSET_CHAR 0x2A0D /**< Dst Offset characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_EXACT_TIME_256_CHAR 0x2A0C /**< Exact Time 256 characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_FIRMWARE_REVISION_STRING_CHAR 0x2A26 /**< Firmware Revision String characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_GLUCOSE_FEATURE_CHAR 0x2A51 /**< Glucose Feature characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_GLUCOSE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A18 /**< Glucose Measurement characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_GLUCOSE_MEASUREMENT_CONTEXT_CHAR 0x2A34 /**< Glucose Measurement Context characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_HARDWARE_REVISION_STRING_CHAR 0x2A27 /**< Hardware Revision String characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_HEART_RATE_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A39 /**< Heart Rate Control Point characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_HEART_RATE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A37 /**< Heart Rate Measurement characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_HID_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A4C /**< Hid Control Point characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_HID_INFORMATION_CHAR 0x2A4A /**< Hid Information characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_IEEE_REGULATORY_CERTIFICATION_DATA_LIST_CHAR 0x2A2A /**< IEEE Regulatory Certification Data List characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_INTERMEDIATE_CUFF_PRESSURE_CHAR 0x2A36 /**< Intermediate Cuff Pressure characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_INTERMEDIATE_TEMPERATURE_CHAR 0x2A1E /**< Intermediate Temperature characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_LOCAL_TIME_INFORMATION_CHAR 0x2A0F /**< Local Time Information characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_MANUFACTURER_NAME_STRING_CHAR 0x2A29 /**< Manufacturer Name String characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_MEASUREMENT_INTERVAL_CHAR 0x2A21 /**< Measurement Interval characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_MODEL_NUMBER_STRING_CHAR 0x2A24 /**< Model Number String characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_UNREAD_ALERT_CHAR 0x2A45 /**< Unread Alert characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_NEW_ALERT_CHAR 0x2A46 /**< New Alert characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_PNP_ID_CHAR 0x2A50 /**< PNP Id characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_PROTOCOL_MODE_CHAR 0x2A4E /**< Protocol Mode characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_RECORD_ACCESS_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A52 /**< Record Access Control Point characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_REFERENCE_TIME_INFORMATION_CHAR 0x2A14 /**< Reference Time Information characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_REPORT_CHAR 0x2A4D /**< Report characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_REPORT_MAP_CHAR 0x2A4B /**< Report Map characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_RINGER_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A40 /**< Ringer Control Point characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_RINGER_SETTING_CHAR 0x2A41 /**< Ringer Setting characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_SCAN_INTERVAL_WINDOW_CHAR 0x2A4F /**< Scan Interval Window characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_SCAN_REFRESH_CHAR 0x2A31 /**< Scan Refresh characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_SERIAL_NUMBER_STRING_CHAR 0x2A25 /**< Serial Number String characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_SOFTWARE_REVISION_STRING_CHAR 0x2A28 /**< Software Revision String characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_SUPPORTED_NEW_ALERT_CATEGORY_CHAR 0x2A47 /**< Supported New Alert Category characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_SUPPORTED_UNREAD_ALERT_CATEGORY_CHAR 0x2A48 /**< Supported Unread Alert Category characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_SYSTEM_ID_CHAR 0x2A23 /**< System Id characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_TEMPERATURE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A1C /**< Temperature Measurement characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_TEMPERATURE_TYPE_CHAR 0x2A1D /**< Temperature Type characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_TIME_ACCURACY_CHAR 0x2A12 /**< Time Accuracy characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_TIME_SOURCE_CHAR 0x2A13 /**< Time Source characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_TIME_UPDATE_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A16 /**< Time Update Control Point characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_TIME_UPDATE_STATE_CHAR 0x2A17 /**< Time Update State characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_TIME_WITH_DST_CHAR 0x2A11 /**< Time With Dst characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_TIME_ZONE_CHAR 0x2A0E /**< Time Zone characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_TX_POWER_LEVEL_CHAR 0x2A07 /**< TX Power Level characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_CSC_FEATURE_CHAR 0x2A5C /**< Cycling Speed and Cadence Feature characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_CSC_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A5B /**< Cycling Speed and Cadence Measurement characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_RSC_FEATURE_CHAR 0x2A54 /**< Running Speed and Cadence Feature characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_SC_CTRLPT_CHAR 0x2A55 /**< Speed and Cadence Control Point UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_RSC_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A53 /**< Running Speed and Cadence Measurement characteristic UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_SENSOR_LOCATION_CHAR 0x2A5D /**< Sensor Location characteristic UUID. */
-/** @} */
-
-/** @defgroup UUID_CHARACTERISTICS descriptors UUID definitions
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_UUID_EXTERNAL_REPORT_REF_DESCR 0x2907 /**< External Report Reference descriptor UUID. */
-#define BLE_UUID_REPORT_REF_DESCR 0x2908 /**< Report Reference descriptor UUID. */
-/** @} */
-
-/** @defgroup ALERT_LEVEL_VALUES Definitions for the Alert Level characteristic values
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_CHAR_ALERT_LEVEL_NO_ALERT 0x00 /**< No Alert. */
-#define BLE_CHAR_ALERT_LEVEL_MILD_ALERT 0x01 /**< Mild Alert. */
-#define BLE_CHAR_ALERT_LEVEL_HIGH_ALERT 0x02 /**< High Alert. */
-/** @} */
-
-#define BLE_SRV_ENCODED_REPORT_REF_LEN 2 /**< The length of an encoded Report Reference Descriptor. */
-#define BLE_CCCD_VALUE_LEN 2 /**< The length of a CCCD value. */
-
-/**@brief Type definition for error handler function which will be called in case of an error in
- * a service or a service library module. */
-typedef void (*ble_srv_error_handler_t) (uint32_t nrf_error);
-
-/**@brief Value of a Report Reference descriptor.
- *
- * @details This is mapping information which maps the parent characteristic to the Report ID(s) and
- * Report Type(s) defined within a Report Map characteristic.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t report_id; /**< Non-zero value if these is more than one instance of the same Report Type */
- uint8_t report_type; /**< Type of Report characteristic (see @ref BLE_SRV_HIDS_REPORT_TYPE) */
-} ble_srv_report_ref_t;
-
-/**@brief UTF-8 string data type.
- *
- * @note The type can only hold a pointer to the string data (i.e. not the actual data).
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t length; /**< String length. */
- uint8_t * p_str; /**< String data. */
-} ble_srv_utf8_str_t;
-
-/**@brief Security settings structure.
- * @details This structure contains the security options needed during initialization of the
- * service.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t read_perm; /**< Read permissions. */
- ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t write_perm; /**< Write permissions. */
-} ble_srv_security_mode_t;
-
-/**@brief Security settings structure.
- * @details This structure contains the security options needed during initialization of the
- * service. It can be used when the charecteristics contains cccd.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t cccd_write_perm;
- ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t read_perm; /**< Read permissions. */
- ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t write_perm; /**< Write permissions. */
-} ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for decoding a CCCD value, and then testing if notification is
- * enabled.
- *
- * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded CCCD is stored.
- *
- * @return TRUE if notification is enabled, FALSE otherwise.
- */
-static __INLINE bool ble_srv_is_notification_enabled(uint8_t * p_encoded_data)
-{
- uint16_t cccd_value = uint16_decode(p_encoded_data);
- return ((cccd_value & BLE_GATT_HVX_NOTIFICATION) != 0);
-}
-
-/**@brief Function for decoding a CCCD value, and then testing if indication is
- * enabled.
- *
- * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded CCCD is stored.
- *
- * @return TRUE if indication is enabled, FALSE otherwise.
- */
-static __INLINE bool ble_srv_is_indication_enabled(uint8_t * p_encoded_data)
-{
- uint16_t cccd_value = uint16_decode(p_encoded_data);
- return ((cccd_value & BLE_GATT_HVX_INDICATION) != 0);
-}
-
-/**@brief Function for encoding a Report Reference Descriptor.
- *
- * @param[in] p_encoded_buffer The buffer of the encoded data.
- * @param[in] p_report_ref Report Reference value to be encoded.
- *
- * @return Length of the encoded data.
- */
-uint8_t ble_srv_report_ref_encode(uint8_t * p_encoded_buffer,
- const ble_srv_report_ref_t * p_report_ref);
-
-/**@brief Function for making UTF-8 structure refer to an ASCII string.
- *
- * @param[out] p_utf8 UTF-8 structure to be set.
- * @param[in] p_ascii ASCII string to be referred to.
- */
-void ble_srv_ascii_to_utf8(ble_srv_utf8_str_t * p_utf8, char * p_ascii);
-
-#endif // BLE_SRV_COMMON_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_tps.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/ble_services/ble_tps.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_tps TX Power Service
- * @{
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv
- * @brief TX Power Service module.
- *
- * @details This module implements the TX Power Service with the TX Power Level characteristic.
- * During initialization it adds the TX Power Service and TX Power Level characteristic
- * with the specified initial value to the BLE stack database.
- *
- * It provides a function for letting the application update the TX Power Level
- * characteristic.
- *
- * @note Attention!
- * To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA Bluetooth profile
- * qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_TPS_H__
-#define BLE_TPS_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "ble_srv_common.h"
-
-/**@brief TX Power Service init structure. This contains all options and data needed for
- * initialization of the service. */
-typedef struct
-{
- int8_t initial_tx_power_level; /**< Initial value of the TX Power Level characteristic (in dBm). */
- ble_srv_security_mode_t tps_attr_md; /**< Initial Security Setting for TX Power Service Characteristics. */
-} ble_tps_init_t;
-
-/**@brief TX Power Service structure. This contains various status information for the service. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t service_handle; /**< Handle of TX Power Service (as provided by the BLE stack). */
- ble_gatts_char_handles_t tx_power_level_handles; /**< Handles related to the TX Power Level characteristic. */
-} ble_tps_t;
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the TX Power Service.
- *
- * @param[out] p_tps TX Power Service structure. This structure will have to be supplied by
- * the application. It will be initialized by this function, and will later
- * be used to identify this particular service instance.
- * @param[in] p_tps_init Information needed to initialize the service.
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization of service, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_tps_init(ble_tps_t * p_hrs, const ble_tps_init_t * p_tps_init);
-
-/**@brief Function for setting the state of the Sensor Contact Detected bit.
- *
- * @param[in] p_tps TX Power Service structure.
- * @param[in] tx_power_level New TX Power Level (unit dBm, range -100 to 20).
- *
- * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code.
- */
-uint32_t ble_tps_tx_power_level_set(ble_tps_t * p_tps, int8_t tx_power_level);
-
-#endif // BLE_TPS_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/device_manager/device_manager.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/ble/device_manager/device_manager.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,839 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * @file device_manager.h
- *
- * @defgroup device_manager Device Manager
- * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib
- * @{
- * @brief Device Manager Application Interface Abstraction.
- *
- * @details The Device Manager module manages Active and Bonded Peers. Management of peer includes
- * book keeping of contextual information like the Security Keys, GATT
- * configuration and any application specific information.
- *
- * Active Peers are devices which are connected, and may or may not be bonded.
- * Bonded Peers are devices which are bonded, and may or may not be Active (Connected).
- * Active Bonded Peer refers to a device which is connected and bonded.
- *
- * Paired Devices refers to peer devices that are connected and have necessary context
- * establishment/exchange for the current connection session. On disconnect,
- * all contextual information is flushed. For example, SMP Information Exchanged during
- * pairing and GATT Configuration is not retained on disconnection.
- *
- * Note that this module allows management of contextual information but
- * does not provide an interface for connection management. Therefore, entering connectible
- * mode, connection establishment, or disconnection of a link with peer is not in scope
- * of this module.
- *
- * For bonded peers, the contextual information is required to be retained on disconnection
- * and power cycling. Persistent storage of contextual information is handled by the
- * module. This module categorizes the contextual information into 3 categories:
- * - <b>Bonding Information</b>
- * Bond information is the information exchanged between local and peer device to
- * establish a bond. It also includes peer identification information,
- * like the peer address or the IRK or both. From here on this category of information
- * is referred to as Device Context.
- * - <b>Service/Protocol Information</b>
- * Service/Protocol information is the information retained for the peer to save on one-time
- * procedures like the GATT Service Discovery procedures and Service Configurations.
- * It allows devices to resume data exchange on subsequent reconnection without having
- * to perform initial set-up procedures each time. From here on this category is
- * referred to as Service Context.
- * - <b>Application Information</b>
- * Application information is the context that the application would like to associate with
- * each of the bonded device. For example, if the application chooses to rank its peers
- * in order to manage them better, the rank information could be treated as
- * Application Information. This storage space is provided to save the application from
- * maintaining a mapping table with each Device Instance and Application Information.
- * However, if the application have no use for this, it is possible to not
- * use or employ this at compile time. From here on this category of information is
- * referred to as Application Context.
- */
-
-
-#ifndef DEVICE_MANAGER_H__
-#define DEVICE_MANAGER_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "sdk_common.h"
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "ble_gap.h"
-#include "device_manager_cnfg.h"
-
-/**
- * @defgroup dm_service_cntext_types Service/Protocol Types
- *
- * @brief Describes the possible types of Service/Protocol Contexts for a bonded/peer device.
- *
- * @details Possible Service/Protocol context per peer device. The Device Manager provides the
- * functionality of persistently storing the Service/Protocol context and can automatically
- * load them when needed.
- * For example system attributes for a GATT Server. Based on the nature of the application,
- * not all service types may be needed. The application can specify
- * only the service/protocol context it wants to use at the time of registration.
- * @{
- */
-#define DM_PROTOCOL_CNTXT_NONE 0x00 /**< No Service Context, this implies the application does not want to associate any service/protocol context with the peer device */
-#define DM_PROTOCOL_CNTXT_GATT_SRVR_ID 0x01 /**< GATT Server Service Context, this implies the application does associate GATT Server with the peer device and this information will be loaded when needed for a bonded device */
-#define DM_PROTOCOL_CNTXT_GATT_CLI_ID 0x02 /**< GATT Client Service Context, this implies the application does associate GATT Client with the peer device and this information will be loaded when needed for a bonded device */
-#define DM_PROTOCOL_CNTXT_ALL \
- (DM_PROTOCOL_CNTXT_GATT_SRVR_ID | DM_PROTOCOL_CNTXT_GATT_CLI_ID) /**< All Service/Protocol Context, this implies that the application wants to associate all Service/Protocol Information with the bonded device. This is configurable based on system requirements. If the application has only one type of service, this define could be altered to reflect the same. */
-/** @} */
-
-
-/**
- * @defgroup dm_events Device Manager Events
- *
- * @brief This section describes the device manager events that are notified to the application.
- *
- * @details The Device Manager notifies the application of various asynchronous events using the
- * asynchronous event notification callback. All events has been categorized into:
- * a. General.
- * b. Link Status.
- * c. Context Management.
- *
- * In the callback, these events are notified along with handle that uniquely identifies:
- * application instance, active instance (if applicable), device instance
- * bonding instance, (if applicable) and service instance.
- * Not all events are pertaining to an active connection, for example a context deletion event could occur even if the peer
- * is not connected. Also, general category of events may not be pertaining to any specific peer.
- * See also \ref dm_event_cb_t and \ref dm_register.
- * @{
- */
-/**
- * @defgroup general_events General Events
- *
- * @brief General or miscellaneous events.
- *
- * @details This category of events are general events not pertaining to a peer or context.
- *
- * @{
- */
-#define DM_EVT_RFU 0x00 /**< Reserved for future use, is never notified. */
-#define DM_EVT_ERROR 0x01 /**< Device Manager Event Error. */
-/** @} */
-
-/**
- * @defgroup link_status_events Link Status Events
- *
- * @brief Link Status Events.
- *
- * @details This category of events notify the application of the link status. Event result associated
- * with the event is provided along with the event in the callback to provide more details of
- * whether a procedure succeeded or failed and assist the application in decision making of
- * how to proceed. For example if a DM_DEVICE_CONNECT_IND is indicated with NRF_SUCCESS
- * result, the application may want to proceed with discovering and association with
- * service of the peer. However, if indicated with a failure result, the application may
- * want to take an alternate action such as reattempting to connect or go into a
- * sleep mode.
- *
- * @{
- */
-#define DM_EVT_CONNECTION 0x11 /**< Indicates that link with the peer is established. */
-#define DM_EVT_DISCONNECTION 0x12 /**< Indicates that link with peer is torn down. */
-#define DM_EVT_SECURITY_SETUP 0x13 /**< Security procedure for link started indication */
-#define DM_EVT_SECURITY_SETUP_COMPLETE 0x14 /**< Security procedure for link completion indication. */
-#define DM_EVT_LINK_SECURED 0x15 /**< Indicates that link with the peer is secured. For bonded devices, subsequent reconnections with bonded peer will result only in this event when the link is secured and setup procedures will not occur unless the bonding information is either lost or deleted on either or both sides. */
-#define DM_EVT_SECURITY_SETUP_REFRESH 0x16 /**< Indicates that the security on the link was re-established. */
-/** @} */
-
-/**
- * @defgroup context_mgmt_events Context Management Events
- *
- * @brief Context Management Events.
- *
- * @details These events notify the application of the status of context loading and storing.
- *
- * @{
- */
-#define DM_EVT_DEVICE_CONTEXT_LOADED 0x21 /**< Indicates that device context for a peer is loaded. */
-#define DM_EVT_DEVICE_CONTEXT_STORED 0x22 /**< Indicates that device context is stored persistently. */
-#define DM_EVT_DEVICE_CONTEXT_DELETED 0x23 /**< Indicates that device context is deleted. */
-#define DM_EVT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_LOADED 0x31 /**< Indicates that service context for a peer is loaded. */
-#define DM_EVT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_STORED 0x32 /**< Indicates that service context is stored persistently. */
-#define DM_EVT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_DELETED 0x33 /**< Indicates that service context is deleted. */
-#define DM_EVT_APPL_CONTEXT_LOADED 0x41 /**< Indicates that application context for a peer is loaded. */
-#define DM_EVT_APPL_CONTEXT_STORED 0x42 /**< Indicates that application context is stored persistently. */
-#define DM_EVT_APPL_CONTEXT_DELETED 0x43 /**< Indicates that application context is deleted. */
-/** @} */
-/** @} */
-
-#define DM_INVALID_ID 0xFF /**< Invalid instance idenitifer. */
-
-/**
- * @defgroup dm_data_structure Device Manager Data Types
- *
- * @brief This section describes all the data types exposed by the module to the application.
- * @{
- */
-
-/**
- * @brief Application Instance.
- *
- * @details Application instance uniquely identifies an application. The identifier is allocated by
- * the device manager when application registers with the module. The application is
- * expected to identify itself with this instance identifier when initiating subsequent
- * requests. Application should use the utility API \ref dm_application_instance_set in
- * order to set its application instance in dm_handle_t needed for all subsequent APIs.
- * See also \ref dm_register.
- */
-typedef uint8_t dm_application_instance_t;
-
-/**
- * @brief Connection Instance.
- *
- * @details Identifies connection instance for an active device. This instance is allocated by the
- * device manager when a connection is established and is notified with DM_EVT_CONNECTION
- * with the event result NRF_SUCCESS.
- */
-typedef uint8_t dm_connection_instance_t;
-
-/**
- * @brief Device Instance.
- *
- * @details Uniquely identifies a bonded peer device. The peer device may or may not be connected.
- * In case of the central: The bonded device instance to identify the peer is allocated when bonding procedure is initiated by the central using dm_security_setup_req.
- * In case of the peripheral: When the bonding procedure is successful, the DM_EVT_SECURITY_SETUP_COMPLETE event with success event result, is received.
- * In case the module cannot add more bonded devices, no instance is allocated, this is indicated by an appropriate error code for the API/event as the case may be. Application can choose to disconnect the link.
- */
-typedef uint8_t dm_device_instance_t;
-
-/**
- * @brief Service Instance.
- *
- * @details Uniquely identifies a peer device. The peer device may or may not be connected. This
- * instance is allocated by the device manager when a device is bonded and is notified
- * when security procedures have been initiated.
- * Security Procedures initiation is notified with DM_SECURITY_SETUP_IND with
- * success event result. In case the event result indicates that the module cannot add more
- * bonded devices, no instance is allocated. Application can chose to disconnect the link.
- */
-typedef uint8_t dm_service_instance_t;
-
-/**
- * @brief Service/Protocol Type Identifier.
- *
- * @details Uniquely identifies a service or a protocol type. Service/Protocol Type identification
- * is needed as each service/protocol can have its own contextual data.
- * This allows the peer to access more than one service at a time. \ref dm_service_cntext_types describes the
- * list of services/protocols supported.
- */
-typedef uint8_t service_type_t;
-
-/**
- * @brief Device Handle used for unique identification of each peer.
- *
- * @details This data type is used to uniquely identify each peer device. A peer device could be
- * active and/or bonded. Therefore an instance for active and bonded is provided.
- * However, the application is expected to treat this is an opaque structure and use this for
- * all API interactions once stored on appropriate events.
- * See \ref dm_events.
- */
-typedef struct device_handle
-{
- dm_application_instance_t appl_id; /**< Identifies the application instances for the device that is being managed. */
- dm_connection_instance_t connection_id; /**< Identifies the active connection instance. */
- dm_device_instance_t device_id; /**< Identifies peer instance in the data base. */
- dm_service_instance_t service_id; /**< Service instance identifier. */
-} dm_handle_t;
-
-/**
- * @brief Definition of Data Context.
- *
- * @details Defines contextual data format, it consists of context data length and pointer to data.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint32_t len; /**< Length of data . */
- uint8_t * p_data; /**< Pointer to contextual data, a copy is made of the data. */
-} dm_context_t;
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Device Context.
- *
- * @details Defines "device context" type for a device managed by device manager.
- */
-typedef dm_context_t dm_device_context_t;
-
-/**
- * @brief Service Context.
- *
- * @details Service context data for a service identified by the 'service_type' field.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- service_type_t service_type; /**< Identifies the service/protocol to which the context data is related. */
- dm_context_t context_data; /**< Contains length and pointer to context data */
-} dm_service_context_t;
-
-/**
- * @brief Application context.
- *
- * @details The application context can be used by the application to map any application level
- * information that is to be mapped with a particular peer.
- * For bonded peers, this information will be stored by the bond manager persistently.
- * Note that the device manager treats this information as an
- * opaque block of bytes.
- * Necessary APIs to get and set this context for a peer have been provided.
- */
-typedef dm_context_t dm_application_context_t;
-
-/**
- * @brief Event parameters.
- *
- * @details Defines event parameters for each of the events notified by the module.
- */
-typedef union
-{
- ble_gap_evt_t * p_gap_param; /**< All events that are triggered in device manager as a result of GAP events, like connection, disconnection and security procedures are accompanied with GAP parameters. */
- dm_application_context_t * p_app_context; /**< All events that are associated with application context procedures of store, load, and deletion have this as event parameter. */
- dm_service_context_t * p_service_context; /**< All events that are associated with service context procedures of store, load and deletion have this as event parameter. */
- dm_device_context_t * p_device_context; /**< All events that are associated with device context procedures of store, load and deletion have this as event parameter. */
-} dm_event_param_t;
-
-/**
- * @brief Asynchronous events details notified to the application by the module.
- *
- * @details Defines event type along with event parameters notified to the application by the
- * module.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t event_id; /**< Identifies the event. See \ref dm_events for details on event types and their significance. */
- dm_event_param_t event_param; /**< Event parameters. Can be NULL if the event does not have any parameters. */
- uint16_t event_paramlen; /**< Length of the event parameters, is zero if the event does not have any parameters. */
-} dm_event_t;
-
-/**
- * @brief Event notification callback registered by application with the module.
- *
- * @details Event notification callback registered by application with the module when registering
- * the module using \ref dm_register API.
- *
- * @param[in] p_handle Identifies the peer for which the event is being notified.
- * @param[in] p_event Identifies the event, any associated parameters and parameter length.
- * See \ref dm_events for details on event types and their significance.
- * @param[in,out] event_result Provide additional information on the event.
- * In addition to SDK error codes there is also a return value
- * indicating if maximum number of connections has been reached when connecting or bonding.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, or a failure to indicate if it could handle the event
- * successfully. There is no action taken in case application returns a failure.
- */
-typedef api_result_t (*dm_event_cb_t)(dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
- dm_event_t const * p_event,
- api_result_t event_result);
-
-/**
- * @brief Initialization Parameters.
- *
- * @details Indicates the application parameters. Currently this only encompasses clearing
- * all persistent data.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- bool clear_persistent_data; /**< Set to true in case the module should clear all persistent data. */
-} dm_init_param_t;
-
-/**
- * @brief Application Registration Parameters.
- *
- * @details Parameters needed by the module when registering with it.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- dm_event_cb_t evt_handler; /**< Event Handler to be registered. It will receive asynchronous notification from the module, see \ref dm_events for asynchronous events. */
- uint8_t service_type; /**< Bit mask identifying services that the application intends to support for all peers. */
- ble_gap_sec_params_t sec_param; /**< Security parameters to be used for the application. */
-} dm_application_param_t;
-
-/**
- * @brief Defines possible security status/states.
- *
- * @details Defines possible security status/states of a link when requested by application using
- * the \ref dm_security_status_req.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
- NOT_ENCRYPTED, /**< The link does not security. */
- ENCRYPTION_IN_PROGRESS, /**< Security is in progress of being established.*/
- ENCRYPTED /**< The link is secure.*/
-} dm_security_status_t;
-/** @} */
-
-/**
- * @defgroup dm_api Device Module APIs
- *
- * @brief This section describes APIs exposed by the module.
- *
- * @details This section describes APIs exposed by the module. The APIs have been categorized to provide
- * better and specific look up for developers. Categories are:
- * a. Set up APIs.
- * b. Context Management APIs.
- * c. Utility APIs.
- *
- * MSCs describe usage of these APIs. See @mscfile dm_api.dox
- * @{
- */
-/**
- * @defgroup dm_setup_api Device Module Set-up APIs
- *
- * @brief Initialization & registration APIs that are pre-requisite for all other module procedures.
- * @details This section describes the Module Initialization and Registration APIs needed to be set up by
- * the application before device manager can start managing devices and device contexts
- * for the application.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-/**
- * @brief Module Initialization Routine.
- *
- * @details Function for initializing the module. Must called before any other APIs of the module are used.
- *
- * @param[in] p_init_param Initialization parameters.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- *
- * @note It is mandatory that pstorage is initialized before initializing this module.
- */
-api_result_t dm_init(dm_init_param_t const * p_init_param);
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for registering the application.
- *
- * @details This routine is used by the application to register for asynchronous events with the
- * device manager. During registration the application also indicates the services that it
- * intends to support on this instance. It is possible to register multiple times with the
- * device manager. At least one instance shall be registered with the device manager after
- * the module has been initialized.
- * Maximum number of application instances device manager can support is determined
- * by DM_MAX_APPLICATIONS.
- *
- * All applications must be registered before initiating or accepting connections from the peer.
- *
- * @param[in] p_appl_param Application parameters.
- * @param[out] p_appl_instance Application Instance Identifier in case registration is successful.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If module cannot support more applications.
- *
- * @note Currently only one application instance is supported by the module.
- */
-api_result_t dm_register(dm_application_instance_t * p_appl_instance,
- dm_application_param_t const * p_appl_param);
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for handling BLE events.
- *
- * @details BLE Event Handler for the module. This routine should be called from BLE stack event
- * dispatcher for the module to work as expected.
- *
- * @param[in] p_ble_evt BLE stack event being dispatched to the function.
- *
- */
-void dm_ble_evt_handler(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-
-/** @} */
-
-
-/**
- * @defgroup dm_security_api APIs to set up or read status of security on a link.
- *
- * @brief This section describes APIs to set up Security. These APIs require that the peer is
- * connected before the procedures can be requested.
- *
- * @details This group allows application to request security procedures
- * or get the status of the security on a link.
- * @{
- */
-/**
- * @brief Function for requesting setting up security on a link.
- *
- * @details This API initiates security procedures with a peer device.
- * @note For the GAP Central role, in case peer is not bonded, request to bond/pair is
- * initiated. If it is bonded, the link is re-encrypted using the existing bond information.
- * For the GAP peripheral role, a Slave security request is sent.
- * @details If a pairing procedure is initiated successfully, application is notified of
- * @ref DM_EVT_SECURITY_SETUP_COMPLETE. A result indicating success or failure is notified along with the event.
- * In case the link is re-encrypted using existing bond information, @ref DM_EVT_LINK_SECURED is
- * notified to the application.
- *
- * @param[in] p_handle Identifies the link on which security is desired.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
- * application registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle is NULL.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If the peer is not identified by the handle provided by the application
- * or if the peer is not connected when this procedure is requested.
- */
-api_result_t dm_security_setup_req(dm_handle_t * p_handle);
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for reading the status of the security on a link.
- *
- * @details This API allows application to query status of security on a link.
- *
- * @param[in] p_handle Identifies the link on which security is desired.
- * @param[out] p_status Pointer where security status is provided to the application.
- * See \ref dm_security_status_t for possible statuses that can be expected.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Or appropriate error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
- * application registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle or p_status is NULL.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If peer is not identified by the handle provided by the application
- * or if peer is not connected when this procedure is requested.
- */
-api_result_t dm_security_status_req(dm_handle_t const * p_handle, dm_security_status_t * p_status);
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for creating the whitelist.
- *
- * @details This API allows application to create whitelist based on bonded peer devices in module
- * data base.
- *
- * @param[in] p_handle Identifies the application requesting whitelist creation.
- * @param[in,out] p_whitelist Pointer where created whitelist is provided to the application.
- *
- * @note 'addr_count' and 'irk_count' fields of the structure should be populated with the maximum
- * number of devices that the application wishes to request in the whitelist.
- * If the number of bonded devices is less than requested, the fields are updated with that number of devices.
- * If the number of devices are more than requested, the module will populate the list
- * with devices in the order the bond was established with the peer devices. Also, if this routine is
- * called when a connection exists with one or more peer devices,
- * those connected devices are not added to the whitelist.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
- * application registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle or p_whitelist is NULL.
- */
-api_result_t dm_whitelist_create(dm_application_instance_t const * p_handle,
- ble_gap_whitelist_t * p_whitelist);
-
-/** @} */
-
-
-/**
- * @defgroup dm_cntxt_mgmt_api Context Management APIs
- *
- * @brief Utility APIs offered by the device manager to get information about the peer if and
- * when needed.
- *
- * @details This group of API allow the application to access information that is not required to be
- * maintained by the application but may be needed. Hence it is possible to get the
- * information from the module instead of mapping all the information with a device
- * context.
- * @{
- */
-
-api_result_t dm_device_add(dm_handle_t * p_handle,
- dm_device_context_t const * p_context);
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for deleting a peer device context and all related information from the database.
- *
- * @details Delete peer device context and all related information from database. If
- * this API returns NRF_SUCCESS, DM_EVT_DEVICE_CONTEXT_DELETED event is notified to the
- * application. Event result notified along with the event indicates success or failure
- * of this procedure.
- *
- * @param[in] p_handle Identifies the peer device to be deleted.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS on success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE In the API is called without module initialization and/or
- * application registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle is NULL.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If peer is not identified the handle provided by the application.
- *
- * @note Deleting device context results in deleting service and application context for the
- * bonded device. The respective events DM_EVT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_DELETED and
- * DM_EVT_APPL_CONTEXT_DELETED are not notified to the application.
- */
-api_result_t dm_device_delete(dm_handle_t const * p_handle);
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for deleting all peer device context and all related information from the database.
- *
- * @details Delete peer device context and all related information from database. If
- * this API returns NRF_SUCCESS, DM_EVT_DEVICE_CONTEXT_DELETED event is notified to the
- * application for each device that is deleted from the data base. Event result
- * notified along with the event indicates success or failure of this procedure.
- *
- * @param[in] p_handle Identifies application instance that is requesting
- * the deletion of all bonded devices.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
- * application registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle is NULL.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If peer is not identified the handle provided by the application.
- *
- * @note Deleting device context results in deleting both service and application context for the
- * bonded device. The respective events DM_EVT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_DELETED and
- * DM_EVT_APPL_CONTEXT_DELETED are not notified to the application.
- */
-api_result_t dm_device_delete_all(dm_application_instance_t const * p_handle);
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for setting Service Context for a peer device identified by 'p_handle' parameter.
- *
- * @details This API allows application to Set Service Context for a peer device identified by the
- * 'p_handle' parameter. This API is useful when the Service Context cannot be requested
- * from the SoftDevice, but needs to be assembled by the application or an another module.
- * (or when service context is exchanged in an out of band way.)
- * This API could also be used to trigger a storing of service context into persistent
- * memory. If this is desired, a NULL pointer could be passed to the p_context.
- *
- * @param[in] p_handle Identifies peer device for which the procedure is requested.
- * @param[in] p_context Service context being set. The context information includes length of
- * data and pointer to the contextual data being set. The memory pointed to by
- * the pointer to data is assumed to be resident when API is being called and
- * can be freed or reused once the set procedure is complete. Set procedure
- * completion is indicated by the event \ref DM_EVT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_STORED.
- * The Event result is notified along with the event and indicates success or failure of
- * this procedure.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
- * application registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle is NULL.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If the peer is not identified by the handle provided by the application.
- */
-api_result_t dm_service_context_set(dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
- dm_service_context_t const * p_context);
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for getting Service Context for a peer device identified by 'p_handle' parameter.
- *
- * @details Get Service Context for a peer device identified by the 'p_handle' parameter. If
- * this API returns NRF_SUCCESS, DM_EVT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_LOADED event is notified to the
- * application. The event result is notified along with the event indicates success or failure
- * of this procedure.
- *
- * @param[in] p_handle Identifies peer device for which procedure is requested.
- * @param[in] p_context Application context being requested. The context information includes length
- * of the data and a pointer to the data. Note that requesting a 'get'
- * of application does not need to provide memory, the pointer to data will be
- * pointing to service data and hence no data movement is involved.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE In case API is called without module initialization and/or
- * application registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle is NULL.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If the peer is not identified by the handle provided by the application.
- */
-api_result_t dm_service_context_get(dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
- dm_service_context_t * p_context);
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for deleting a Service Context for a peer device identified by the 'p_handle' parameter.
- *
- * @details This API allows application to delete a Service Context identified for a peer device
- * identified by the 'p_handle' parameter. If this API returns NRF_SUCCESS,
- * DM_EVT_SERVICE_CONTEXT_DELETED event is notified to the application.
- * Event result is notified along with the event and indicates success or failure of this
- * procedure.
- *
- * @param[in] p_handle Identifies peer device for which procedure is requested.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
- * application registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle is NULL.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If the peer is not identified by the handle provided by the application.
- */
-api_result_t dm_service_context_delete(dm_handle_t const * p_handle);
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for setting Application Context for a peer device identified by the 'p_handle' parameter.
- *
- * @details This application allows the setting of the application context for the peer device identified by
- * the 'p_handle'. Application context is stored persistently by the module and can be
- * requested by the application at any time using the \ref dm_application_context_get
- * API. Note that this procedure is permitted only for bonded devices. If the
- * device is not bonded, application context cannot be set. However, it is not mandatory
- * that the bonded device is connected when requesting this procedure.
- *
- * @param[in] p_handle Identifies peer device for which procedure is requested.
- *
- * @param[in] p_context Application context being set. The context information includes length of the
- * data and pointer to the contextual data being set. The memory pointed to by
- * the data pointer is assumed to be resident when API is being called and
- * can be freed or reused once the set procedure is complete. Set procedure
- * completion is notified by the event \ref DM_EVT_APPL_CONTEXT_STORED.
- * The event result is notified along with the event and indicates success or
- * failure of this procedure.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
- * application registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle and/or p_context is NULL.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If peer is not identified the handle provided by the application.
- *
- * @note The API returns FEATURE_NOT_ENABLED in case DEVICE_MANAGER_APP_CONTEXT_SIZE is set to zero.
- */
-api_result_t dm_application_context_set(dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
- dm_application_context_t const * p_context);
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for getting Application Context for a peer device identified by the 'p_handle' parameter.
- *
- * @details Get Application Context for a peer device identified by the 'p_handle' parameter. If
- * this API returns NRF_SUCCESS, DM_EVT_APPL_CONTEXT_LOADED event is notified to the
- * application. Event result notified along with the event indicates success or failure
- * of this procedure.
- *
- * @param[in] p_handle Identifies peer device for which procedure is requested.
- * @param[in] p_context Application context being requested. The context information includes
- * length of data and pointer to the contextual data is provided.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
- * application registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle and/or p_context is NULL.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If the peer is not identified by the handle provided by the application.
- * @retval DM_NO_APP_CONTEXT If no application context was set that can be fetched.
- *
- * @note The API returns FEATURE_NOT_ENABLED in case DEVICE_MANAGER_APP_CONTEXT_SIZE is set to
- * zero.
- */
-api_result_t dm_application_context_get(dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
- dm_application_context_t * p_context);
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for deleting Application Context for a peer device identified by the 'p_handle' parameter.
- *
- * @details Delete Application Context for a peer device identified by the 'p_handle' parameter. If
- * this API returns NRF_SUCCESS, DM_EVT_APPL_CONTEXT_DELETED event is notified to the
- * application. The event result notified along with the event and indicates success or failure
- * of this procedure.
- *
- * @param[in] p_handle Identifies peer device for which procedure is requested.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
- * application registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If the p_handle is NULL.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If peer is not identified the handle provided by the application.
- * @retval DM_NO_APP_CONTEXT If no application context was set that can be deleted.
- *
- * @note The API returns FEATURE_NOT_ENABLED if the DEVICE_MANAGER_APP_CONTEXT_SIZE is set to zero.
- */
-api_result_t dm_application_context_delete(dm_handle_t const * p_handle);
-
-/** @} */
-
-
-/**
- * @defgroup utility_api Utility APIs
- * @{
- * @brief This section describes the utility APIs offered by the module.
- *
- * @details APIs defined in this section are utility or assisting/helper APIs.
- */
-/**
- * @brief Function for Setting/Copying Application instance to Device Manager handle.
- *
- * @param[in] p_appl_instance Application instance to be set.
- * @param[out] p_handle Device Manager handle for which the instance is to be copied.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
- * application registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle and/or p_addr is NULL.
- */
-api_result_t dm_application_instance_set(dm_application_instance_t const * p_appl_instance,
- dm_handle_t * p_handle);
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for getting a peer's device address.
- *
- * @param[in] p_handle Identifies the peer device whose address is requested. Can not be NULL.
- * @param[out] p_addr Pointer where address is to be copied. Can not be NULL.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
- * application registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle and/or p_addr is NULL.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If the peer could not be identified.
- */
-api_result_t dm_peer_addr_get(dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
- ble_gap_addr_t * p_addr);
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for setting/updating a peer's device address.
- *
- * @param[in] p_handle Identifies the peer device whose address is requested to be set/updated.
- * @param[out] p_addr Address to be set/updated.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
- * application registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle and/or p_addr is NULL.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If the peer is not identified by the handle provided by the application.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If this procedure is requested while connected to the peer or if the address
- * type was set to BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE.
- *
- * @note Setting or updating a peer's device address is permitted
- * only for a peer that is bonded and disconnected.
- * @note Updated address is reflected only after DM_EVT_DEVICE_CONTEXT_STORED is notified to the
- * application for this bonded device instance. In order to avoid abnormal behaviour, it is
- * recommended to not invite/initiate connections on the updated address unless this event
- * has been notified.
- */
-api_result_t dm_peer_addr_set(dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
- ble_gap_addr_t const * p_addr);
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for initializing Device Manager handle.
- *
- * @param[in] p_handle Device Manager handle to be initialized.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If p_handle is NULL.
- *
- * @note This routine is permitted before initialization of the module.
- */
-api_result_t dm_handle_initialize(dm_handle_t * p_handle);
-
-#ifdef GAP_CENTRAL
-/**
- * @brief Function for getting distributed keys for a device.
- *
- * @details This routine is used to get distributed keys with a bonded device. This API is currently
- * only available on S120 (GAP Central role).
- *
- * @param[in] p_handle Device Manager handle identifying the peer.
- *
- * @param[out] p_key_dist Pointer to distributed keys.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the API is called without module initialization and/or
- * application registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If the p_handle and/or p_key_dist pointer is NULL.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If the peer is not identified by the handle provided by the application.
- */
-api_result_t dm_distributed_keys_get(dm_handle_t const * p_handle,
- ble_gap_sec_keyset_t * p_key_dist);
-#endif // GAP_CENTRAL
-/** @} */
-/** @} */
-/** @} */
-#endif // DEVICE_MANAGER_H__
-
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/nordic_common.h --- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/nordic_common.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (c) 2008 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. - * - * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. - * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC - * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. - * - * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO - * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from - * the file. - */ - -/** @file - * @brief Common defines and macros for firmware developed by Nordic Semiconductor. - */ - -#ifndef NORDIC_COMMON_H__ -#define NORDIC_COMMON_H__ - -#include "nordic_global.h" - -/** Swaps the upper byte with the lower byte in a 16 bit variable */ -//lint -emacro((572),SWAP) // Suppress warning 572 "Excessive shift value" -#define SWAP(x) ((((x)&0xFF)<<8)|(((x)>>8)&0xFF)) - -/** The upper 8 bits of a 16 bit value */ -//lint -emacro(572,MSB) // Suppress warning 572 "Excessive shift value" -#define MSB(a) (((a) & 0xFF00) >> 8) -/** The lower 8 bits (of a 16 bit value) */ -#define LSB(a) ((a) & 0xFF) - -/** Leaves the minimum of the two arguments */ -/*lint -emacro(506, MIN) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */ -#define MIN(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) -/** Leaves the maximum of the two arguments */ -/*lint -emacro(506, MAX) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */ -#define MAX(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a)) - -#define BIT_0 0x01 /**< The value of bit 0 */ -#define BIT_1 0x02 /**< The value of bit 1 */ -#define BIT_2 0x04 /**< The value of bit 2 */ -#define BIT_3 0x08 /**< The value of bit 3 */ -#define BIT_4 0x10 /**< The value of bit 4 */ -#define BIT_5 0x20 /**< The value of bit 5 */ -#define BIT_6 0x40 /**< The value of bit 6 */ -#define BIT_7 0x80 /**< The value of bit 7 */ -#define BIT_8 0x0100 /**< The value of bit 8 */ -#define BIT_9 0x0200 /**< The value of bit 9 */ -#define BIT_10 0x0400 /**< The value of bit 10 */ -#define BIT_11 0x0800 /**< The value of bit 11 */ -#define BIT_12 0x1000 /**< The value of bit 12 */ -#define BIT_13 0x2000 /**< The value of bit 13 */ -#define BIT_14 0x4000 /**< The value of bit 14 */ -#define BIT_15 0x8000 /**< The value of bit 15 */ -#define BIT_16 0x00010000 /**< The value of bit 16 */ -#define BIT_17 0x00020000 /**< The value of bit 17 */ -#define BIT_18 0x00040000 /**< The value of bit 18 */ -#define BIT_19 0x00080000 /**< The value of bit 19 */ -#define BIT_20 0x00100000 /**< The value of bit 20 */ -#define BIT_21 0x00200000 /**< The value of bit 21 */ -#define BIT_22 0x00400000 /**< The value of bit 22 */ -#define BIT_23 0x00800000 /**< The value of bit 23 */ -#define BIT_24 0x01000000 /**< The value of bit 24 */ -#define BIT_25 0x02000000 /**< The value of bit 25 */ -#define BIT_26 0x04000000 /**< The value of bit 26 */ -#define BIT_27 0x08000000 /**< The value of bit 27 */ -#define BIT_28 0x10000000 /**< The value of bit 28 */ -#define BIT_29 0x20000000 /**< The value of bit 29 */ -#define BIT_30 0x40000000 /**< The value of bit 30 */ -#define BIT_31 0x80000000 /**< The value of bit 31 */ - -#define UNUSED_VARIABLE(X) ((void)(X)) -#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(X) UNUSED_VARIABLE(X) - -#endif // NORDIC_COMMON_H__
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_assert.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_assert.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2006 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- * @brief Utilities for verifying program logic
- */
-
-#ifndef NRF_ASSERT_H_
-#define NRF_ASSERT_H_
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#if defined(DEBUG_NRF) || defined(DEBUG_NRF_USER)
-
-/** @brief Function for handling assertions.
- *
- *
- * @note
- * This function is called when an assertion has triggered.
- *
- *
- * @post
- * All hardware is put into an idle non-emitting state (in particular the radio is highly
- * important to switch off since the radio might be in a state that makes it send
- * packets continiously while a typical final infinit ASSERT loop is executing).
- *
- *
- * @param line_num The line number where the assertion is called
- * @param file_name Pointer to the file name
- */
-void assert_nrf_callback(uint16_t line_num, const uint8_t *file_name);
-
-/*lint -emacro(506, ASSERT) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */
-/*lint -emacro(774, ASSERT) */ /* Suppress "Boolean within 'if' always evaluates to True" */ \
-
-/** @brief Function for checking intended for production code.
- *
- * Check passes if "expr" evaluates to true. */
-#define ASSERT(expr) \
-if (expr) \
-{ \
-} \
-else \
-{ \
- assert_nrf_callback((uint16_t)__LINE__, (uint8_t *)__FILE__); \
-}
-#else
-#define ASSERT(expr) //!< Assert empty when disabled
-void assert_nrf_callback(uint16_t line_num, const uint8_t *file_name);
-
-#endif /* defined(DEBUG_NRF) || defined(DEBUG_NRF_USER) */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* NRF_ASSERT_H_ */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_delay.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_delay.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _NRF_DELAY_H
-#define _NRF_DELAY_H
-
-// #include "nrf.h"
-
-/*lint --e{438, 522} "Variable not used" "Function lacks side-effects" */
-#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
-static __ASM void __INLINE nrf_delay_us(uint32_t volatile number_of_us)
-{
-loop
- SUBS R0, R0, #1
- NOP
- NOP
- NOP
- NOP
- NOP
- NOP
- NOP
- NOP
- NOP
- NOP
- NOP
- NOP
- BNE loop
- BX LR
-}
-#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
-static void __INLINE nrf_delay_us(uint32_t volatile number_of_us)
-{
-__ASM (
-"loop:\n\t"
- " SUBS R0, R0, #1\n\t"
- " NOP\n\t"
- " NOP\n\t"
- " NOP\n\t"
- " NOP\n\t"
- " NOP\n\t"
- " NOP\n\t"
- " NOP\n\t"
- " NOP\n\t"
- " NOP\n\t"
- " NOP\n\t"
- " NOP\n\t"
- " NOP\n\t"
- " BNE loop\n\t");
-}
-#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
-static void __INLINE nrf_delay_us(uint32_t volatile number_of_us)
-{
- do
- {
- __ASM volatile (
- "NOP\n\t"
- "NOP\n\t"
- "NOP\n\t"
- "NOP\n\t"
- "NOP\n\t"
- "NOP\n\t"
- "NOP\n\t"
- "NOP\n\t"
- "NOP\n\t"
- "NOP\n\t"
- "NOP\n\t"
- "NOP\n\t"
- "NOP\n\t"
- "NOP\n\t"
- );
- } while (--number_of_us);
-}
-#endif
-
-void nrf_delay_ms(uint32_t volatile number_of_ms);
-
-#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_ecb.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_ecb.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic
- * Semiconductor ASA.Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail
- * in NORDIC SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- * $LastChangedRevision: 13999 $
- */
-
-/**
- * @file
- * @brief ECB driver API.
- */
-
-#ifndef NRF_ECB_H__
-#define NRF_ECB_H__
-
-/**
- * @defgroup nrf_ecb AES ECB encryption
- * @{
- * @ingroup nrf_drivers
- * @brief Driver for the nRF51 AES Electronic Code Book (ECB) peripheral.
- *
- * In order to encrypt and decrypt data the peripheral must be powered on
- * using nrf_ecb_init() and then the key set using nrf_ecb_set_key.
- */
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-/**
- * Initialize and power on the ECB peripheral.
- *
- * Allocates memory for the ECBDATAPTR.
- * @retval true Initialization was successful.
- * @retval false Powering up failed.
- */
-bool nrf_ecb_init(void);
-
-/**
- * Encrypt/decrypt 16-byte data using current key.
- *
- * The function avoids unnecessary copying of data if the point to the
- * correct locations in the ECB data structure.
- *
- * @param dst Result of encryption/decryption. 16 bytes will be written.
- * @param src Source with 16-byte data to be encrypted/decrypted.
- *
- * @retval true If the encryption operation completed.
- * @retval false If the encryption operation did not complete.
- */
-bool nrf_ecb_crypt(uint8_t * dst, const uint8_t * src);
-
-/**
- * Set the key to be used for encryption/decryption.
- *
- * @param key Pointer to key. 16 bytes will be read.
- */
-void nrf_ecb_set_key(const uint8_t * key);
-
-#endif // NRF_ECB_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_gpio.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_gpio.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,422 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef NRF_GPIO_H__
-#define NRF_GPIO_H__
-
-#include "nrf51.h"
-#include "nrf51_bitfields.h"
-
-/**
- * @defgroup nrf_gpio GPIO abstraction
- * @{
- * @ingroup nrf_drivers
- * @brief GPIO pin abstraction and port abstraction for reading and writing byte-wise to GPIO ports.
- *
- * Here, the GPIO ports are defined as follows:
- * - Port 0 -> pin 0-7
- * - Port 1 -> pin 8-15
- * - Port 2 -> pin 16-23
- * - Port 3 -> pin 24-31
- */
-
-/**
- * @enum nrf_gpio_port_dir_t
- * @brief Enumerator used for setting the direction of a GPIO port.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
- NRF_GPIO_PORT_DIR_OUTPUT, ///< Output
- NRF_GPIO_PORT_DIR_INPUT ///< Input
-} nrf_gpio_port_dir_t;
-
-/**
- * @enum nrf_gpio_pin_dir_t
- * Pin direction definitions.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
- NRF_GPIO_PIN_DIR_INPUT, ///< Input
- NRF_GPIO_PIN_DIR_OUTPUT ///< Output
-} nrf_gpio_pin_dir_t;
-
-/**
- * @enum nrf_gpio_port_select_t
- * @brief Enumerator used for selecting between port 0 - 3.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
- NRF_GPIO_PORT_SELECT_PORT0 = 0, ///< Port 0 (GPIO pin 0-7)
- NRF_GPIO_PORT_SELECT_PORT1, ///< Port 1 (GPIO pin 8-15)
- NRF_GPIO_PORT_SELECT_PORT2, ///< Port 2 (GPIO pin 16-23)
- NRF_GPIO_PORT_SELECT_PORT3, ///< Port 3 (GPIO pin 24-31)
-} nrf_gpio_port_select_t;
-
-/**
- * @enum nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t
- * @brief Enumerator used for selecting the pin to be pulled down or up at the time of pin configuration
- */
-typedef enum
-{
- NRF_GPIO_PIN_NOPULL = GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Disabled, ///< Pin pullup resistor disabled
- NRF_GPIO_PIN_PULLDOWN = GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pulldown, ///< Pin pulldown resistor enabled
- NRF_GPIO_PIN_PULLUP = GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pullup, ///< Pin pullup resistor enabled
-} nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t;
-
-/**
- * @enum nrf_gpio_pin_sense_t
- * @brief Enumerator used for selecting the pin to sense high or low level on the pin input.
- */
-typedef enum
-{
- NRF_GPIO_PIN_NOSENSE = GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Disabled, ///< Pin sense level disabled.
- NRF_GPIO_PIN_SENSE_LOW = GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Low, ///< Pin sense low level.
- NRF_GPIO_PIN_SENSE_HIGH = GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_High, ///< Pin sense high level.
-} nrf_gpio_pin_sense_t;
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for configuring the GPIO pin range as outputs with normal drive strength.
- * This function can be used to configure pin range as simple output with gate driving GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 (normal cases).
- *
- * @param pin_range_start specifies the start number (inclusive) in the range of pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30)
- *
- * @param pin_range_end specifies the end number (inclusive) in the range of pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30)
- *
- * @note For configuring only one pin as output use @ref nrf_gpio_cfg_output
- * Sense capability on the pin is disabled, and input is disconnected from the buffer as the pins are configured as output.
- */
-static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_range_cfg_output(uint32_t pin_range_start, uint32_t pin_range_end)
-{
- /*lint -e{845} // A zero has been given as right argument to operator '|'" */
- for (; pin_range_start <= pin_range_end; pin_range_start++)
- {
- NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_range_start] = (GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Disconnect << GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Output << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Pos);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for configuring the GPIO pin range as inputs with given initial value set, hiding inner details.
- * This function can be used to configure pin range as simple input.
- *
- * @param pin_range_start specifies the start number (inclusive) in the range of pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30)
- *
- * @param pin_range_end specifies the end number (inclusive) in the range of pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30)
- *
- * @param pull_config State of the pin range pull resistor (no pull, pulled down or pulled high)
- *
- * @note For configuring only one pin as input use @ref nrf_gpio_cfg_input
- * Sense capability on the pin is disabled, and input is connected to buffer so that the GPIO->IN register is readable
- */
-static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_range_cfg_input(uint32_t pin_range_start, uint32_t pin_range_end, nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t pull_config)
-{
- /*lint -e{845} // A zero has been given as right argument to operator '|'" */
- for (; pin_range_start <= pin_range_end; pin_range_start++)
- {
- NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_range_start] = (GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_Pos)
- | (pull_config << GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Connect << GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Input << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Pos);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for configuring the given GPIO pin number as output with given initial value set, hiding inner details.
- * This function can be used to configure pin range as simple input with gate driving GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 (normal cases).
- *
- * @param pin_number specifies the pin number of gpio pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30)
- *
- * @note Sense capability on the pin is disabled, and input is disconnected from the buffer as the pins are configured as output.
- */
-static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_output(uint32_t pin_number)
-{
- /*lint -e{845} // A zero has been given as right argument to operator '|'" */
- NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_number] = (GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Disconnect << GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Output << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Pos);
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for configuring the given GPIO pin number as input with given initial value set, hiding inner details.
- * This function can be used to configure pin range as simple input with gate driving GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 (normal cases).
- *
- * @param pin_number specifies the pin number of gpio pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30)
- *
- * @param pull_config State of the pin range pull resistor (no pull, pulled down or pulled high)
- *
- * @note Sense capability on the pin is disabled, and input is connected to buffer so that the GPIO->IN register is readable
- */
-static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_input(uint32_t pin_number, nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t pull_config)
-{
- /*lint -e{845} // A zero has been given as right argument to operator '|'" */
- NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_number] = (GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_Pos)
- | (pull_config << GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Connect << GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Input << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Pos);
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for configuring the given GPIO pin number as input with given initial value set, hiding inner details.
- * This function can be used to configure pin range as simple input with gate driving GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 (normal cases).
- * Sense capability on the pin is configurable, and input is connected to buffer so that the GPIO->IN register is readable.
- *
- * @param pin_number specifies the pin number of gpio pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30).
- *
- * @param pull_config state of the pin pull resistor (no pull, pulled down or pulled high).
- *
- * @param sense_config sense level of the pin (no sense, sense low or sense high).
- */
-static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_sense_input(uint32_t pin_number, nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t pull_config, nrf_gpio_pin_sense_t sense_config)
-{
- /*lint -e{845} // A zero has been given as right argument to operator '|'" */
- NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_number] = (sense_config << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_Pos)
- | (pull_config << GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Connect << GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Input << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Pos);
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for setting the direction for a GPIO pin.
- *
- * @param pin_number specifies the pin number [0:31] for which to
- * set the direction.
- *
- * @param direction specifies the direction
- */
-static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_dir_set(uint32_t pin_number, nrf_gpio_pin_dir_t direction)
-{
- if(direction == NRF_GPIO_PIN_DIR_INPUT)
- {
- NRF_GPIO->PIN_CNF[pin_number] =
- (GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Disabled << GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Connect << GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Pos)
- | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Input << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Pos);
- }
- else
- {
- NRF_GPIO->DIRSET = (1UL << pin_number);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for setting a GPIO pin.
- *
- * Note that the pin must be configured as an output for this
- * function to have any effect.
- *
- * @param pin_number specifies the pin number [0:31] to
- * set.
- */
-static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_set(uint32_t pin_number)
-{
- NRF_GPIO->OUTSET = (1UL << pin_number);
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for clearing a GPIO pin.
- *
- * Note that the pin must be configured as an output for this
- * function to have any effect.
- *
- * @param pin_number specifies the pin number [0:31] to
- * clear.
- */
-static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_clear(uint32_t pin_number)
-{
- NRF_GPIO->OUTCLR = (1UL << pin_number);
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for toggling a GPIO pin.
- *
- * Note that the pin must be configured as an output for this
- * function to have any effect.
- *
- * @param pin_number specifies the pin number [0:31] to
- * toggle.
- */
-static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_toggle(uint32_t pin_number)
-{
- const uint32_t pin_bit = 1UL << pin_number;
- const uint32_t pin_state = ((NRF_GPIO->OUT >> pin_number) & 1UL);
-
- if (pin_state == 0)
- {
- // Current state low, set high.
- NRF_GPIO->OUTSET = pin_bit;
- }
- else
- {
- // Current state high, set low.
- NRF_GPIO->OUTCLR = pin_bit;
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for writing a value to a GPIO pin.
- *
- * Note that the pin must be configured as an output for this
- * function to have any effect.
- *
- * @param pin_number specifies the pin number [0:31] to
- * write.
- *
- * @param value specifies the value to be written to the pin.
- * @arg 0 clears the pin
- * @arg >=1 sets the pin.
- */
-static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_write(uint32_t pin_number, uint32_t value)
-{
- if (value == 0)
- {
- nrf_gpio_pin_clear(pin_number);
- }
- else
- {
- nrf_gpio_pin_set(pin_number);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for reading the input level of a GPIO pin.
- *
- * Note that the pin must have input connected for the value
- * returned from this function to be valid.
- *
- * @param pin_number specifies the pin number [0:31] to
- * read.
- *
- * @return
- * @retval 0 if the pin input level is low.
- * @retval 1 if the pin input level is high.
- * @retval > 1 should never occur.
- */
-static __INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpio_pin_read(uint32_t pin_number)
-{
- return ((NRF_GPIO->IN >> pin_number) & 1UL);
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Generic function for writing a single byte of a 32 bit word at a given
- * address.
- *
- * This function should not be called from outside the nrf_gpio
- * abstraction layer.
- *
- * @param word_address is the address of the word to be written.
- *
- * @param byte_no is the the word byte number (0-3) to be written.
- *
- * @param value is the value to be written to byte "byte_no" of word
- * at address "word_address"
- */
-static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_word_byte_write(volatile uint32_t * word_address, uint8_t byte_no, uint8_t value)
-{
- *((volatile uint8_t*)(word_address) + byte_no) = value;
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Generic function for reading a single byte of a 32 bit word at a given
- * address.
- *
- * This function should not be called from outside the nrf_gpio
- * abstraction layer.
- *
- * @param word_address is the address of the word to be read.
- *
- * @param byte_no is the the byte number (0-3) of the word to be read.
- *
- * @return byte "byte_no" of word at address "word_address".
- */
-static __INLINE uint8_t nrf_gpio_word_byte_read(const volatile uint32_t* word_address, uint8_t byte_no)
-{
- return (*((const volatile uint8_t*)(word_address) + byte_no));
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for setting the direction of a port.
- *
- * @param port is the port for which to set the direction.
- *
- * @param dir direction to be set for this port.
- */
-static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_dir_set(nrf_gpio_port_select_t port, nrf_gpio_port_dir_t dir)
-{
- if (dir == NRF_GPIO_PORT_DIR_OUTPUT)
- {
- nrf_gpio_word_byte_write(&NRF_GPIO->DIRSET, port, 0xFF);
- }
- else
- {
- nrf_gpio_range_cfg_input(port*8, (port+1)*8-1, NRF_GPIO_PIN_NOPULL);
- }
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for reading a GPIO port.
- *
- * @param port is the port to read.
- *
- * @return the input value on this port.
- */
-static __INLINE uint8_t nrf_gpio_port_read(nrf_gpio_port_select_t port)
-{
- return nrf_gpio_word_byte_read(&NRF_GPIO->IN, port);
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for writing to a GPIO port.
- *
- * @param port is the port to write.
- *
- * @param value is the value to write to this port.
- *
- * @sa nrf_gpio_port_dir_set()
- */
-static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_write(nrf_gpio_port_select_t port, uint8_t value)
-{
- nrf_gpio_word_byte_write(&NRF_GPIO->OUT, port, value);
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for setting individual pins on GPIO port.
- *
- * @param port is the port for which to set the pins.
- *
- * @param set_mask is a mask specifying which pins to set. A bit
- * set to 1 indicates that the corresponding port pin shall be
- * set.
- *
- * @sa nrf_gpio_port_dir_set()
- */
-static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_set(nrf_gpio_port_select_t port, uint8_t set_mask)
-{
- nrf_gpio_word_byte_write(&NRF_GPIO->OUTSET, port, set_mask);
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for clearing individual pins on GPIO port.
- *
- * @param port is the port for which to clear the pins.
- *
- * @param clr_mask is a mask specifying which pins to clear. A bit
- * set to 1 indicates that the corresponding port pin shall be
- * cleared.
- *
- * @sa nrf_gpio_port_dir_set()
- */
-static __INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_clear(nrf_gpio_port_select_t port, uint8_t clr_mask)
-{
- nrf_gpio_word_byte_write(&NRF_GPIO->OUTCLR, port, clr_mask);
-}
-
-/** @} */
-
-#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_nvmc.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_nvmc.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic
- * Semiconductor ASA.Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail
- * in NORDIC SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- * $LastChangedRevision: 17685 $
- */
-
-/**
- * @file
- * @brief NMVC driver API.
- */
-
-#ifndef NRF_NVMC_H__
-#define NRF_NVMC_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-
-/**
- * @defgroup nrf_nvmc Non-volatile memory controller
- * @{
- * @ingroup nrf_drivers
- * @brief Driver for the nRF51 NVMC peripheral.
- *
- * This driver allows writing to the non-volatile memory (NVM) regions
- * of the nRF51. In order to write to NVM the controller must be powered
- * on and the relevant page must be erased.
- *
- */
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Erase a page in flash. This is required before writing to any
- * address in the page.
- *
- * @param address Start address of the page.
- */
-void nrf_nvmc_page_erase(uint32_t address);
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Write a single byte to flash.
- *
- * The function reads the word containing the byte, and then
- * rewrites the entire word.
- *
- * @param address Address to write to.
- * @param value Value to write.
- */
-void nrf_nvmc_write_byte(uint32_t address , uint8_t value);
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Write a 32-bit word to flash.
- * @param address Address to write to.
- * @param value Value to write.
- */
-void nrf_nvmc_write_word(uint32_t address, uint32_t value);
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Write consecutive bytes to flash.
- *
- * @param address Address to write to.
- * @param src Pointer to data to copy from.
- * @param num_bytes Number of bytes in src to write.
- */
-void nrf_nvmc_write_bytes(uint32_t address, const uint8_t * src, uint32_t num_bytes);
-
-
-/**
- @ @brief Write consecutive words to flash.
- *
- * @param address Address to write to.
- * @param src Pointer to data to copy from.
- * @param num_words Number of bytes in src to write.
- */
-void nrf_nvmc_write_words(uint32_t address, const uint32_t * src, uint32_t num_words);
-
-
-#endif // NRF_NVMC_H__
-/** @} */
-
-
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_temp.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/nrf_temp.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-#ifndef NRF_TEMP_H__
-#define NRF_TEMP_H__
-
-#include "nrf51.h"
-
-/**
-* @defgroup nrf_temperature TEMP (temperature) abstraction
-* @{
-* @ingroup nrf_drivers temperature_example
-* @brief Temperature module init and read functions.
-*
-*/
-
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for preparing the temp module for temperature measurement.
- *
- * This function initializes the TEMP module and writes to the hidden configuration register.
- *
- * @param none
- */
-static __INLINE void nrf_temp_init(void)
-{
- /**@note Workaround for PAN_028 rev2.0A anomaly 31 - TEMP: Temperature offset value has to be manually loaded to the TEMP module */
- *(uint32_t *) 0x4000C504 = 0;
-}
-
-
-
-#define MASK_SIGN (0x00000200UL)
-#define MASK_SIGN_EXTENSION (0xFFFFFC00UL)
-
-/**
- * @brief Function for reading temperature measurement.
- *
- * The function reads the 10 bit 2's complement value and transforms it to a 32 bit 2's complement value.
- *
- * @param none
- */
-static __INLINE int32_t nrf_temp_read(void)
-{
- /**@note Workaround for PAN_028 rev2.0A anomaly 28 - TEMP: Negative measured values are not represented correctly */
- return ((NRF_TEMP->TEMP & MASK_SIGN) != 0) ? (NRF_TEMP->TEMP | MASK_SIGN_EXTENSION) : (NRF_TEMP->TEMP);
-}
-
-/** @} */
-
-#endif
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,385 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2011 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- *
- */
-/**
- @addtogroup BLE_COMMON BLE SoftDevice Common
- @{
- @defgroup ble_api Events, type definitions and API calls
- @{
-
- @brief Module independent events, type definitions and API calls for the S110 SoftDevice.
-
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_H__
-#define BLE_H__
-
-#include "ble_ranges.h"
-#include "ble_types.h"
-#include "ble_gap.h"
-#include "ble_l2cap.h"
-#include "ble_gatt.h"
-#include "ble_gattc.h"
-#include "ble_gatts.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup BLE_COMMON_ENUMERATIONS Enumerations
- * @{ */
-
-/**
- * @brief Common API SVC numbers.
- */
-enum BLE_COMMON_SVCS
-{
- SD_BLE_ENABLE = BLE_SVC_BASE, /**< Enable and initialize the BLE stack */
- SD_BLE_EVT_GET, /**< Get an event from the pending events queue. */
- SD_BLE_TX_BUFFER_COUNT_GET, /**< Get the total number of available application transmission buffers from the stack. */
- SD_BLE_UUID_VS_ADD, /**< Add a Vendor Specific UUID. */
- SD_BLE_UUID_DECODE, /**< Decode UUID bytes. */
- SD_BLE_UUID_ENCODE, /**< Encode UUID bytes. */
- SD_BLE_VERSION_GET, /**< Get the local version information (company id, Link Layer Version, Link Layer Subversion). */
- SD_BLE_USER_MEM_REPLY, /**< User Memory Reply. */
- SD_BLE_OPT_SET, /**< Set a BLE option. */
- SD_BLE_OPT_GET, /**< Get a BLE option. */
-};
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup BLE_COMMON_DEFINES Defines
- * @{ */
-
-/** @brief Required pointer alignment for BLE Events.
-*/
-#define BLE_EVTS_PTR_ALIGNMENT 4
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_USER_MEM_TYPES User Memory Types
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_USER_MEM_TYPE_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid User Memory Types. */
-#define BLE_USER_MEM_TYPE_GATTS_QUEUED_WRITES 0x01 /**< User Memory for GATTS queued writes. */
-/** @} */
-
-/** @brief Maximum number of Vendor Specific UUIDs.
-*/
-#define BLE_UUID_VS_MAX_COUNT 10
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup BLE_COMMON_STRUCTURES Structures
- * @{ */
-
-/**
- * @brief BLE Module Independent Event IDs.
- */
-enum BLE_COMMON_EVTS
-{
- BLE_EVT_TX_COMPLETE = BLE_EVT_BASE, /**< Transmission Complete. */
- BLE_EVT_USER_MEM_REQUEST, /**< User Memory request. */
- BLE_EVT_USER_MEM_RELEASE /**< User Memory release. */
-};
-
-/**@brief User Memory Block. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t* p_mem; /**< Pointer to the start of the user memory block. */
- uint16_t len; /**< Length in bytes of the user memory block. */
-} ble_user_mem_block_t;
-
-/**
- * @brief TX complete event.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t count; /**< Number of packets transmitted. */
-} ble_evt_tx_complete_t;
-
-/**@brief Event structure for BLE_EVT_USER_MEM_REQUEST. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t type; /**< User memory type, see @ref BLE_USER_MEM_TYPES. */
-} ble_evt_user_mem_request_t;
-
-/**@brief Event structure for BLE_EVT_USER_MEM_RELEASE. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t type; /**< User memory type, see @ref BLE_USER_MEM_TYPES. */
- ble_user_mem_block_t mem_block; /**< User memory block */
-} ble_evt_user_mem_release_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Event structure for events not associated with a specific function module. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Connection Handle on which this event occured. */
- union
- {
- ble_evt_tx_complete_t tx_complete; /**< Transmission Complete. */
- ble_evt_user_mem_request_t user_mem_request; /**< User Memory Request Event Parameters. */
- ble_evt_user_mem_release_t user_mem_release; /**< User Memory Release Event Parameters. */
- } params;
-} ble_common_evt_t;
-
-/**@brief BLE Event header. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t evt_id; /**< Value from a BLE_<module>_EVT series. */
- uint16_t evt_len; /**< Length in octets excluding this header. */
-} ble_evt_hdr_t;
-
-/**@brief Common BLE Event type, wrapping the module specific event reports. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_evt_hdr_t header; /**< Event header. */
- union
- {
- ble_common_evt_t common_evt; /**< Common Event, evt_id in BLE_EVT_* series. */
- ble_gap_evt_t gap_evt; /**< GAP originated event, evt_id in BLE_GAP_EVT_* series. */
- ble_l2cap_evt_t l2cap_evt; /**< L2CAP originated event, evt_id in BLE_L2CAP_EVT* series. */
- ble_gattc_evt_t gattc_evt; /**< GATT client originated event, evt_id in BLE_GATTC_EVT* series. */
- ble_gatts_evt_t gatts_evt; /**< GATT server originated event, evt_id in BLE_GATTS_EVT* series. */
- } evt;
-} ble_evt_t;
-
-
-/**
- * @brief Version Information.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t version_number; /**< Link Layer Version number for BT 4.1 spec is 7 (https://www.bluetooth.org/en-us/specification/assigned-numbers/link-layer). */
- uint16_t company_id; /**< Company ID, Nordic Semiconductor's company ID is 89 (0x0059) (https://www.bluetooth.org/apps/content/Default.aspx?doc_id=49708). */
- uint16_t subversion_number; /**< Link Layer Sub Version number, corresponds to the SoftDevice Config ID or Firmware ID (FWID). */
-} ble_version_t;
-
-/**@brief Common BLE Option type, wrapping the module specific options. */
-typedef union
-{
- ble_gap_opt_t gap; /**< GAP option, opt_id in BLE_GAP_OPT_* series. */
-} ble_opt_t;
-
-/**
- * @brief BLE GATTS init options
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gatts_enable_params_t gatts_enable_params; /**< GATTS init options @ref ble_gatts_enable_params_t. */
-} ble_enable_params_t;
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup BLE_COMMON_FUNCTIONS Functions
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief Enable the bluetooth stack
- *
- * @param[in] p_ble_enable_params Pointer to ble_enable_params_t
- *
- * @details This call initializes the bluetooth stack, no other BLE related call can be called before this one has been executed.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS BLE stack has been initialized successfully
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid or not sufficiently aligned pointer supplied.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_ENABLE, uint32_t, sd_ble_enable(ble_enable_params_t * p_ble_enable_params));
-
-/**@brief Get an event from the pending events queue.
- *
- * @param[in] p_dest Pointer to buffer to be filled in with an event, or NULL to retrieve the event length. This buffer <b>must be 4-byte aligned in memory</b>.
- * @param[in, out] p_len Pointer the length of the buffer, on return it is filled with the event length.
- *
- * @details This call allows the application to pull a BLE event from the BLE stack. The application is signalled that an event is
- * available from the BLE Stack by the triggering of the SD_EVT_IRQn interrupt (mapped to IRQ 22).
- * The application is free to choose whether to call this function from thread mode (main context) or directly from the Interrupt Service Routine
- * that maps to SD_EVT_IRQn. In any case however, and because the BLE stack runs at a higher priority than the application, this function should be called
- * in a loop (until @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND is returned) every time SD_EVT_IRQn is raised to ensure that all available events are pulled from the stack.
- * Failure to do so could potentially leave events in the internal queue without the application being aware of this fact.
- * Sizing the p_dest buffer is equally important, since the application needs to provide all the memory necessary for the event to be copied into
- * application memory. If the buffer provided is not large enough to fit the entire contents of the event, @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE will be returned
- * and the application can then call again with a larger buffer size.
- * Please note that because of the variable length nature of some events, sizeof(ble_evt_t) will not always be large enough to fit certain events,
- * and so it is the application's responsability to provide an amount of memory large enough so that the relevant event is copied in full.
- * The application may "peek" the event length by providing p_dest as a NULL pointer and inspecting the value of *p_len upon return.
- *
- * @note The pointer supplied must be aligned to the extend defined by @ref BLE_EVTS_PTR_ALIGNMENT
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Event pulled and stored into the supplied buffer.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid or not sufficiently aligned pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND No events ready to be pulled.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Event ready but could not fit into the supplied buffer.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_EVT_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_evt_get(uint8_t* p_dest, uint16_t *p_len));
-
-
-/**@brief Get the total number of available application transmission buffers in the BLE stack.
- *
- * @details This call allows the application to obtain the total number of
- * transmission buffers available for application data. Please note that
- * this does not give the number of free buffers, but rather the total amount of them.
- * The application has two options to handle its own application transmission buffers:
- * - Use a simple arithmetic calculation: at boot time the application should use this function
- * to find out the total amount of buffers available to it and store it in a variable.
- * Every time a packet that consumes an application buffer is sent using any of the
- * exposed functions in this BLE API, the application should decrement that variable.
- * Conversely, whenever a @ref BLE_EVT_TX_COMPLETE event is received by the application
- * it should retrieve the count field in such event and add that number to the same
- * variable storing the number of available packets.
- * This mechanism allows the application to be aware at any time of the number of
- * application packets available in the BLE stack's internal buffers, and therefore
- * it can know with certainty whether it is possible to send more data or it has to
- * wait for a @ref BLE_EVT_TX_COMPLETE event before it proceeds.
- * - Choose to simply not keep track of available buffers at all, and instead handle the
- * @ref BLE_ERROR_NO_TX_BUFFERS error by queueing the packet to be transmitted and
- * try again as soon as a @ref BLE_EVT_TX_COMPLETE event arrives.
- *
- * The API functions that <b>may</b> consume an application buffer depending on
- * the parameters supplied to them can be found below:
- *
- * - @ref sd_ble_gattc_write (write witout response only)
- * - @ref sd_ble_gatts_hvx (notifications only)
- * - @ref sd_ble_l2cap_tx (all packets)
- *
- * @param[out] p_count Pointer to a uint8_t which will contain the number of application transmission buffers upon
- * successful return.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Number of application transmission buffers retrieved successfully.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_TX_BUFFER_COUNT_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_tx_buffer_count_get(uint8_t* p_count));
-
-
-/**@brief Add a Vendor Specific UUID.
- *
- * @details This call enables the application to add a vendor specific UUID to the BLE stack's table,
- * for later use all other modules and APIs. This then allows the application to use the shorter,
- * 24-bit @ref ble_uuid_t format when dealing with both 16-bit and 128-bit UUIDs without having to
- * check for lengths and having split code paths. The way that this is accomplished is by extending the
- * grouping mechanism that the Bluetooth SIG standard base UUID uses for all other 128-bit UUIDs. The
- * type field in the @ref ble_uuid_t structure is an index (relative to @ref BLE_UUID_TYPE_VENDOR_BEGIN)
- * to the table populated by multiple calls to this function, and the uuid field in the same structure
- * contains the 2 bytes at indices 12 and 13. The number of possible 128-bit UUIDs available to the
- * application is therefore the number of Vendor Specific UUIDs added with the help of this function times 65536,
- * although restricted to modifying bytes 12 and 13 for each of the entries in the supplied array.
- *
- * @note Bytes 12 and 13 of the provided UUID will not be used internally, since those are always replaced by
- * the 16-bit uuid field in @ref ble_uuid_t.
- *
- *
- * @param[in] p_vs_uuid Pointer to a 16-octet (128-bit) little endian Vendor Specific UUID disregarding
- * bytes 12 and 13.
- * @param[out] p_uuid_type Pointer where the type field in @ref ble_uuid_t corresponding to this UUID will be stored.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully added the Vendor Specific UUID.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If p_vs_uuid or p_uuid_type is NULL or invalid.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If there are no more free slots for VS UUIDs.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN If p_vs_uuid has already been added to the VS UUID table.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_UUID_VS_ADD, uint32_t, sd_ble_uuid_vs_add(ble_uuid128_t const * const p_vs_uuid, uint8_t * const p_uuid_type));
-
-
-/** @brief Decode little endian raw UUID bytes (16-bit or 128-bit) into a 24 bit @ref ble_uuid_t structure.
- *
- * @details The raw UUID bytes excluding bytes 12 and 13 (i.e. bytes 0-11 and 14-15) of p_uuid_le are compared
- * to the corresponding ones in each entry of the table of vendor specific UUIDs pouplated with @ref sd_ble_uuid_vs_add
- * to look for a match. If there is such a match, bytes 12 and 13 are returned as p_uuid->uuid and the index
- * relative to @ref BLE_UUID_TYPE_VENDOR_BEGIN as p_uuid->type.
- *
- * @note If the UUID length supplied is 2, then the type set by this call will always be @ref BLE_UUID_TYPE_BLE.
- *
- * @param[in] uuid_le_len Length in bytes of the buffer pointed to by p_uuid_le (must be 2 or 16 bytes).
- * @param[in] p_uuid_le Pointer pointing to little endian raw UUID bytes.
- * @param[in,out] p_uuid Pointer to a @ref ble_uuid_t structure to be filled in.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully decoded into the @ref ble_uuid_t structure.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH Invalid UUID length.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND For a 128-bit UUID, no match in the populated table of UUIDs.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_UUID_DECODE, uint32_t, sd_ble_uuid_decode(uint8_t uuid_le_len, uint8_t const * const p_uuid_le, ble_uuid_t * const p_uuid));
-
-
-/** @brief Encode a @ref ble_uuid_t structure into little endian raw UUID bytes (16-bit or 128-bit).
- *
- * @note The pointer to the destination buffer p_uuid_le may be NULL, in which case only the validitiy and size of p_uuid is computed.
- *
- * @param[in] p_uuid Pointer to a @ref ble_uuid_t structure that will be encoded into bytes.
- * @param[out] p_uuid_le_len Pointer to a uint8_t that will be filled with the encoded length (2 or 16 bytes).
- * @param[out] p_uuid_le Pointer to a buffer where the little endian raw UUID bytes (2 or 16) will be stored.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully encoded into the buffer.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid UUID type.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_UUID_ENCODE, uint32_t, sd_ble_uuid_encode(ble_uuid_t const * const p_uuid, uint8_t * const p_uuid_le_len, uint8_t * const p_uuid_le));
-
-
-/**@brief Get Version Information.
- *
- * @details This call allows the application to get the BLE stack version information.
- *
- * @param[in] p_version Pointer to ble_version_t structure to be filled in.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Version information stored successfully.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY The stack is busy (typically doing a locally-initiated disconnection procedure).
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_VERSION_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_version_get(ble_version_t * p_version));
-
-
-/**@brief Provide a user memory block.
- *
- * @note This call can only be used as a response to a @ref BLE_EVT_USER_MEM_REQUEST event issued to the application.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
- * @param[in] p_block Pointer to a user memory block structure.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully queued a response to the peer.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE No execute write request pending.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_USER_MEM_REPLY, uint32_t, sd_ble_user_mem_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_user_mem_block_t *p_block));
-
-
-/**@brief Set a BLE option.
- *
- * @details This call allows the application to set the value of an option.
- *
- * @param[in] opt_id Option ID.
- * @param[in] p_opt Pointer to a ble_opt_t structure containing the option value.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS Option set successfully.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @retval ::BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, check parameter limits and constraints.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Unable to set the parameter at this time.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_BUSY The stack is busy or the previous procedure has not completed.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_OPT_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_opt_set(uint32_t opt_id, ble_opt_t const *p_opt));
-
-
-/**@brief Get a BLE option.
- *
- * @details This call allows the application to retrieve the value of an option.
- *
- * @param[in] opt_id Option ID.
- * @param[out] p_opt Pointer to a ble_opt_t structure to be filled in.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS Option retrieved successfully.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @retval ::BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, check parameter limits and constraints.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Unable to retrieve the parameter at this time.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_BUSY The stack is busy or the previous procedure has not completed.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED This option is not supported.
- *
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_OPT_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_opt_get(uint32_t opt_id, ble_opt_t *p_opt));
-
-/** @} */
-
-#endif /* BLE_H__ */
-
-/**
- @}
- @}
-*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_err.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_err.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- *
- */
- /**
- @addtogroup BLE_COMMON
- @{
- @addtogroup nrf_error
- @{
- @ingroup BLE_COMMON
- @}
-
- @defgroup ble_err General error codes
- @{
-
- @brief General error code definitions for the BLE API.
-
- @ingroup BLE_COMMON
-*/
-#ifndef NRF_BLE_ERR_H__
-#define NRF_BLE_ERR_H__
-
-#include "nrf_error.h"
-
-/* @defgroup BLE_ERRORS Error Codes
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_ERROR_NOT_ENABLED (NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM+0x001) /**< @ref sd_ble_enable has not been called. */
-#define BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE (NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM+0x002) /**< Invalid connection handle. */
-#define BLE_ERROR_INVALID_ATTR_HANDLE (NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM+0x003) /**< Invalid attribute handle. */
-#define BLE_ERROR_NO_TX_BUFFERS (NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM+0x004) /**< Buffer capacity exceeded. */
-/** @} */
-
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_ERROR_SUBRANGES Module specific error code subranges
- * @brief Assignment of subranges for module specific error codes.
- * @note For specific error codes, see ble_<module>.h or ble_error_<module>.h.
- * @{ */
-#define NRF_L2CAP_ERR_BASE (NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM+0x100) /**< L2CAP specific errors. */
-#define NRF_GAP_ERR_BASE (NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM+0x200) /**< GAP specific errors. */
-#define NRF_GATTC_ERR_BASE (NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM+0x300) /**< GATT client specific errors. */
-#define NRF_GATTS_ERR_BASE (NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM+0x400) /**< GATT server specific errors. */
-/** @} */
-
-#endif
-
-
-/**
- @}
- @}
-*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_gap.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_gap.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,1032 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2011 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- *
- */
-/**
- @addtogroup BLE_GAP Generic Access Profile (GAP)
- @{
- @brief Definitions and prototypes for the GAP interface.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_GAP_H__
-#define BLE_GAP_H__
-
-#include "ble_types.h"
-#include "ble_ranges.h"
-#include "nrf_svc.h"
-
-
-/**@addtogroup BLE_GAP_ENUMERATIONS Enumerations
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief GAP API SVC numbers.
- */
-enum BLE_GAP_SVCS
-{
- SD_BLE_GAP_ADDRESS_SET = BLE_GAP_SVC_BASE, /**< Set own Bluetooth Address. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_ADDRESS_GET, /**< Get own Bluetooth Address. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_ADV_DATA_SET, /**< Set Advertisement Data. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_ADV_START, /**< Start Advertising. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_ADV_STOP, /**< Stop Advertising. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_CONN_PARAM_UPDATE, /**< Connection Parameter Update. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_DISCONNECT, /**< Disconnect. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_TX_POWER_SET, /**< Set TX Power. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_APPEARANCE_SET, /**< Set Appearance. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_APPEARANCE_GET, /**< Get Appearance. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_PPCP_SET, /**< Set PPCP. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_PPCP_GET, /**< Get PPCP. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_DEVICE_NAME_SET, /**< Set Device Name. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_DEVICE_NAME_GET, /**< Get Device Name. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_AUTHENTICATE, /**< Initiate Pairing/Bonding. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_SEC_PARAMS_REPLY, /**< Reply with Security Parameters. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_REPLY, /**< Reply with an authentication key. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_SEC_INFO_REPLY, /**< Reply with Security Information. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_GET, /**< Obtain connection security level. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_RSSI_START, /**< Start reporting of changes in RSSI. */
- SD_BLE_GAP_RSSI_STOP, /**< Stop reporting of changes in RSSI. */
-};
-/**@} */
-
-/**@addtogroup BLE_GAP_DEFINES Defines
- * @{ */
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_ERRORS_GAP SVC return values specific to GAP
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_ERROR_GAP_UUID_LIST_MISMATCH (NRF_GAP_ERR_BASE + 0x000) /**< UUID list does not contain an integral number of UUIDs. */
-#define BLE_ERROR_GAP_DISCOVERABLE_WITH_WHITELIST (NRF_GAP_ERR_BASE + 0x001) /**< Use of Whitelist not permitted with discoverable advertising. */
-#define BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR (NRF_GAP_ERR_BASE + 0x002) /**< The upper two bits of the address do not correspond to the specified address type. */
-/**@} */
-
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_ROLES GAP Roles
- * @note Not explicitly used in peripheral API, but will be relevant for central API.
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GAP_ROLE_INVALID 0x0 /**< Invalid Role. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ROLE_PERIPH 0x1 /**< Peripheral Role. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ROLE_CENTRAL 0x2 /**< Central Role. */
-/**@} */
-
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_TIMEOUT_SOURCES GAP Timeout sources
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GAP_TIMEOUT_SRC_ADVERTISEMENT 0x00 /**< Advertisement timeout. */
-#define BLE_GAP_TIMEOUT_SRC_SECURITY_REQUEST 0x01 /**< Security request timeout. */
-/**@} */
-
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPES GAP Address types
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC 0x00 /**< Public address. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC 0x01 /**< Random Static address. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE 0x02 /**< Private Resolvable address. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_NON_RESOLVABLE 0x03 /**< Private Non-Resolvable address. */
-/**@} */
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODES GAP Address cycle modes
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_NONE 0x00 /**< Set addresses directly, no automatic address cycling. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_AUTO 0x01 /**< Automatically generate and update private addresses. */
-/** @} */
-
-/**@brief The default interval in seconds at which a private address is refreshed when address cycle mode is @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_AUTO. */
-#define BLE_GAP_DEFAULT_PRIVATE_ADDR_CYCLE_INTERVAL_S (60 * 15)
-
-/** @brief BLE address length. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADDR_LEN 6
-
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_DEFINITIONS GAP Advertising and Scan Response Data format
- * @note Found at https://www.bluetooth.org/Technical/AssignedNumbers/generic_access_profile.htm
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_FLAGS 0x01 /**< Flags for discoverability. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_16BIT_SERVICE_UUID_MORE_AVAILABLE 0x02 /**< Partial list of 16 bit service UUIDs. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_16BIT_SERVICE_UUID_COMPLETE 0x03 /**< Complete list of 16 bit service UUIDs. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_32BIT_SERVICE_UUID_MORE_AVAILABLE 0x04 /**< Partial list of 32 bit service UUIDs. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_32BIT_SERVICE_UUID_COMPLETE 0x05 /**< Complete list of 32 bit service UUIDs. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_128BIT_SERVICE_UUID_MORE_AVAILABLE 0x06 /**< Partial list of 128 bit service UUIDs. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_128BIT_SERVICE_UUID_COMPLETE 0x07 /**< Complete list of 128 bit service UUIDs. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SHORT_LOCAL_NAME 0x08 /**< Short local device name. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_COMPLETE_LOCAL_NAME 0x09 /**< Complete local device name. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_TX_POWER_LEVEL 0x0A /**< Transmit power level. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_CLASS_OF_DEVICE 0x0D /**< Class of device. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SIMPLE_PAIRING_HASH_C 0x0E /**< Simple Pairing Hash C. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SIMPLE_PAIRING_RANDOMIZER_R 0x0F /**< Simple Pairing Randomizer R. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SECURITY_MANAGER_TK_VALUE 0x10 /**< Security Manager TK Value. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SECURITY_MANAGER_OOB_FLAGS 0x11 /**< Security Manager Out Of Band Flags. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SLAVE_CONNECTION_INTERVAL_RANGE 0x12 /**< Slave Connection Interval Range. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SOLICITED_SERVICE_UUIDS_16BIT 0x14 /**< List of 16-bit Service Solicitation UUIDs. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SOLICITED_SERVICE_UUIDS_128BIT 0x15 /**< List of 128-bit Service Solicitation UUIDs. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SERVICE_DATA 0x16 /**< Service Data - 16-bit UUID. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_PUBLIC_TARGET_ADDRESS 0x17 /**< Public Target Address. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_RANDOM_TARGET_ADDRESS 0x18 /**< Random Target Address. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_APPEARANCE 0x19 /**< Appearance. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_ADVERTISING_INTERVAL 0x1A /**< Advertising Interval. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_LE_BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_ADDRESS 0x1B /**< LE Bluetooth Device Address. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_LE_ROLE 0x1C /**< LE Role. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SIMPLE_PAIRING_HASH_C256 0x1D /**< Simple Pairing Hash C-256. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SIMPLE_PAIRING_RANDOMIZER_R256 0x1E /**< Simple Pairing Randomizer R-256. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SERVICE_DATA_32BIT_UUID 0x20 /**< Service Data - 32-bit UUID. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SERVICE_DATA_128BIT_UUID 0x21 /**< Service Data - 128-bit UUID. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_3D_INFORMATION_DATA 0x3D /**< 3D Information Data. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_DATA 0xFF /**< Manufacturer Specific Data. */
-/**@} */
-
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAGS GAP Advertisement Flags
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_LE_LIMITED_DISC_MODE (0x01) /**< LE Limited Discoverable Mode. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_LE_GENERAL_DISC_MODE (0x02) /**< LE General Discoverable Mode. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_BR_EDR_NOT_SUPPORTED (0x04) /**< BR/EDR not supported. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_LE_BR_EDR_CONTROLLER (0x08) /**< Simultaneous LE and BR/EDR, Controller. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_LE_BR_EDR_HOST (0x10) /**< Simultaneous LE and BR/EDR, Host. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAGS_LE_ONLY_LIMITED_DISC_MODE (BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_LE_LIMITED_DISC_MODE | BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_BR_EDR_NOT_SUPPORTED) /**< LE Limited Discoverable Mode, BR/EDR not supported. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAGS_LE_ONLY_GENERAL_DISC_MODE (BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_LE_GENERAL_DISC_MODE | BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_BR_EDR_NOT_SUPPORTED) /**< LE General Discoverable Mode, BR/EDR not supported. */
-/**@} */
-
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_ADV_INTERVALS GAP Advertising interval max and min
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_INTERVAL_MIN 0x0020 /**< Minimum Advertising interval in 625 us units, i.e. 20 ms. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_NONCON_INTERVAL_MIN 0x00A0 /**< Minimum Advertising interval in 625 us units for non connectable mode, i.e. 100 ms. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_INTERVAL_MAX 0x4000 /**< Maximum Advertising interval in 625 us units, i.e. 10.24 s. */
- /**@} */
-
-
-/**@brief Maximum size of advertising data in octets. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE 31
-
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPES GAP Advertising types
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPE_ADV_IND 0x00 /**< Connectable undirected. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPE_ADV_DIRECT_IND 0x01 /**< Connectable directed. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPE_ADV_SCAN_IND 0x02 /**< Scannable undirected. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPE_ADV_NONCONN_IND 0x03 /**< Non connectable undirected. */
-/**@} */
-
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_ADV_FILTER_POLICIES GAP Advertising filter policies
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FP_ANY 0x00 /**< Allow scan requests and connect requests from any device. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FP_FILTER_SCANREQ 0x01 /**< Filter scan requests with whitelist. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FP_FILTER_CONNREQ 0x02 /**< Filter connect requests with whitelist. */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_FP_FILTER_BOTH 0x03 /**< Filter both scan and connect requests with whitelist. */
-/**@} */
-
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_ADV_TIMEOUT_VALUES GAP Advertising timeout values
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_TIMEOUT_LIMITED_MAX 180 /**< Maximum advertising time in limited discoverable mode (TGAP(lim_adv_timeout) = 180s in spec (Addendum 2)). */
-#define BLE_GAP_ADV_TIMEOUT_GENERAL_UNLIMITED 0 /**< Unlimited advertising in general discoverable mode. */
-/**@} */
-
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_DISC_MODES GAP Discovery modes
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GAP_DISC_MODE_NOT_DISCOVERABLE 0x00 /**< Not discoverable discovery Mode. */
-#define BLE_GAP_DISC_MODE_LIMITED 0x01 /**< Limited Discovery Mode. */
-#define BLE_GAP_DISC_MODE_GENERAL 0x02 /**< General Discovery Mode. */
-/**@} */
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS GAP IO Capabilities
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS_DISPLAY_ONLY 0x00 /**< Display Only. */
-#define BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS_DISPLAY_YESNO 0x01 /**< Display and Yes/No entry. */
-#define BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS_KEYBOARD_ONLY 0x02 /**< Keyboard Only. */
-#define BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS_NONE 0x03 /**< No I/O capabilities. */
-#define BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS_KEYBOARD_DISPLAY 0x04 /**< Keyboard and Display. */
-/**@} */
-
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPES GAP Authentication Key Types
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPE_NONE 0x00 /**< No key (may be used to reject). */
-#define BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPE_PASSKEY 0x01 /**< 6-digit Passkey. */
-#define BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPE_OOB 0x02 /**< Out Of Band data. */
-/**@} */
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS GAP Security status
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SUCCESS 0x00 /**< Successful parameters. */
-#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_TIMEOUT 0x01 /**< Procedure timed out. */
-#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_PDU_INVALID 0x02 /**< Invalid PDU received. */
-#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_PASSKEY_ENTRY_FAILED 0x81 /**< Passkey entry failed (user cancelled or other). */
-#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_OOB_NOT_AVAILABLE 0x82 /**< Out of Band Key not available. */
-#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_AUTH_REQ 0x83 /**< Authentication requirements not met. */
-#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_CONFIRM_VALUE 0x84 /**< Confirm value failed. */
-#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_PAIRING_NOT_SUPP 0x85 /**< Pairing not supported. */
-#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_ENC_KEY_SIZE 0x86 /**< Encryption key size. */
-#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SMP_CMD_UNSUPPORTED 0x87 /**< Unsupported SMP command. */
-#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED 0x88 /**< Unspecified reason. */
-#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_REPEATED_ATTEMPTS 0x89 /**< Too little time elapsed since last attempt. */
-#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_INVALID_PARAMS 0x8A /**< Invalid parameters. */
-/**@} */
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCES GAP Security status sources
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCE_LOCAL 0x00 /**< Local failure. */
-#define BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCE_REMOTE 0x01 /**< Remote failure. */
-/**@} */
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS GAP Connection Parameters Limits
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GAP_CP_MIN_CONN_INTVL_NONE 0xFFFF /**< No new minimum connction interval specified in connect parameters. */
-#define BLE_GAP_CP_MIN_CONN_INTVL_MIN 0x0006 /**< Lowest mimimum connection interval permitted, in units of 1.25 ms, i.e. 7.5 ms. */
-#define BLE_GAP_CP_MIN_CONN_INTVL_MAX 0x0C80 /**< Highest minimum connection interval permitted, in units of 1.25 ms, i.e. 4 s. */
-#define BLE_GAP_CP_MAX_CONN_INTVL_NONE 0xFFFF /**< No new maximum connction interval specified in connect parameters. */
-#define BLE_GAP_CP_MAX_CONN_INTVL_MIN 0x0006 /**< Lowest maximum connection interval permitted, in units of 1.25 ms, i.e. 7.5 ms. */
-#define BLE_GAP_CP_MAX_CONN_INTVL_MAX 0x0C80 /**< Highest maximum connection interval permitted, in units of 1.25 ms, i.e. 4 s. */
-#define BLE_GAP_CP_SLAVE_LATENCY_MAX 0x03E8 /**< Highest slave latency permitted, in connection events. */
-#define BLE_GAP_CP_CONN_SUP_TIMEOUT_NONE 0xFFFF /**< No new supervision timeout specified in connect parameters. */
-#define BLE_GAP_CP_CONN_SUP_TIMEOUT_MIN 0x000A /**< Lowest supervision timeout permitted, in units of 10 ms, i.e. 100 ms. */
-#define BLE_GAP_CP_CONN_SUP_TIMEOUT_MAX 0x0C80 /**< Highest supervision timeout permitted, in units of 10 ms, i.e. 32 s. */
-/**@} */
-
-
-/**@brief GAP device name maximum length. */
-#define BLE_GAP_DEVNAME_MAX_LEN 31
-
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_MACROS GAP attribute security requirement setters
- *
- * See @ref ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t.
- * @{ */
-/**@brief Set sec_mode pointed to by ptr to have no access rights.*/
-#define BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_NO_ACCESS(ptr) do {(ptr)->sm = 0; (ptr)->lv = 0;} while(0)
-/**@brief Set sec_mode pointed to by ptr to require no protection, open link.*/
-#define BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_OPEN(ptr) do {(ptr)->sm = 1; (ptr)->lv = 1;} while(0)
-/**@brief Set sec_mode pointed to by ptr to require encryption, but no MITM protection.*/
-#define BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_ENC_NO_MITM(ptr) do {(ptr)->sm = 1; (ptr)->lv = 2;} while(0)
-/**@brief Set sec_mode pointed to by ptr to require encryption and MITM protection.*/
-#define BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_ENC_WITH_MITM(ptr) do {(ptr)->sm = 1; (ptr)->lv = 3;} while(0)
-/**@brief Set sec_mode pointed to by ptr to require signing or encryption, no MITM protection needed.*/
-#define BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_SIGNED_NO_MITM(ptr) do {(ptr)->sm = 2; (ptr)->lv = 1;} while(0)
-/**@brief Set sec_mode pointed to by ptr to require signing or encryption with MITM protection.*/
-#define BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_SIGNED_WITH_MITM(ptr) do {(ptr)->sm = 2; (ptr)->lv = 2;} while(0)
-/**@} */
-
-
-/**@brief GAP Security Key Length. */
-#define BLE_GAP_SEC_KEY_LEN 16
-
-/**@brief GAP Passkey Length. */
-#define BLE_GAP_PASSKEY_LEN 6
-
-/**@brief Maximum amount of addresses in a whitelist. */
-#define BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_ADDR_MAX_COUNT (8)
-
-/**@brief Maximum amount of IRKs in a whitelist.
- * @note The number of IRKs is limited to 8, even if the hardware supports more.
- */
-#define BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_IRK_MAX_COUNT (8)
-
-/**@defgroup GAP_SEC_MODES GAP Security Modes
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GAP_SEC_MODE 0x00 /**< No key (may be used to reject). */
-/**@} */
-
-/**@} */
-
-/**@addtogroup BLE_GAP_STRUCTURES Structures
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief Bluetooth Low Energy address. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t addr_type; /**< See @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPES. */
- uint8_t addr[BLE_GAP_ADDR_LEN]; /**< 48-bit address, LSB format. */
-} ble_gap_addr_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GAP connection parameters.
- *
- * @note When ble_conn_params_t is received in an event, both min_conn_interval and
- * max_conn_interval will be equal to the connection interval set by the central.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t min_conn_interval; /**< Minimum Connection Interval in 1.25 ms units, see @ref BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS.*/
- uint16_t max_conn_interval; /**< Maximum Connection Interval in 1.25 ms units, see @ref BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS.*/
- uint16_t slave_latency; /**< Slave Latency in number of connection events, see @ref BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS.*/
- uint16_t conn_sup_timeout; /**< Connection Supervision Timeout in 10 ms units, see @ref BLE_GAP_CP_LIMITS.*/
-} ble_gap_conn_params_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GAP link requirements.
- *
- * See Bluetooth Core specification, Volume 3 Part C 10.2 for details.
- *
- * Security Mode 0 Level 0: No access permissions at all (this level is not defined by the Bluetooth Core specification).\n
- * Security Mode 1 Level 1: No security is needed (aka open link).\n
- * Security Mode 1 Level 2: Encrypted link required, MITM protection not necessary.\n
- * Security Mode 1 Level 3: MITM protected encrypted link required.\n
- * Security Mode 2 Level 1: Signing or encryption required, MITM protection not necessary.\n
- * Security Mode 2 Level 2: MITM protected signing required, unless link is MITM protected encrypted.\n
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t sm : 4; /**< Security Mode (1 or 2), 0 for no permissions at all. */
- uint8_t lv : 4; /**< Level (1, 2 or 3), 0 for no permissions at all. */
-
-} ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GAP connection security status.*/
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t sec_mode; /**< Currently active security mode for this connection.*/
- uint8_t encr_key_size; /**< Length of currently active encryption key, 7 to 16 octets (only applicable for bonding procedures). */
-} ble_gap_conn_sec_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Identity Resolving Key. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t irk[BLE_GAP_SEC_KEY_LEN]; /**< Array containing IRK. */
-} ble_gap_irk_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Whitelist structure. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gap_addr_t ** pp_addrs; /**< Pointer to array of device address pointers, pointing to addresses to be used in whitelist. NULL if none are given. */
- uint8_t addr_count; /**< Count of device addresses in array, up to @ref BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_ADDR_MAX_COUNT. */
- ble_gap_irk_t ** pp_irks; /**< Pointer to array of Identity Resolving Key (IRK) pointers, each pointing to an IRK in the whitelist. NULL if none are given. */
- uint8_t irk_count; /**< Count of IRKs in array, up to @ref BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_IRK_MAX_COUNT. */
-} ble_gap_whitelist_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GAP advertising parameters.*/
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t type; /**< See @ref BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPES. */
- ble_gap_addr_t* p_peer_addr; /**< For BLE_GAP_CONN_MODE_DIRECTED mode only, known peer address. */
- uint8_t fp; /**< Filter Policy, see @ref BLE_GAP_ADV_FILTER_POLICIES. */
- ble_gap_whitelist_t * p_whitelist; /**< Pointer to whitelist, NULL if none is given. */
- uint16_t interval; /**< Advertising interval between 0x0020 and 0x4000 in 0.625 ms units (20ms to 10.24s), see @ref BLE_GAP_ADV_INTERVALS. This parameter must be set to 0 if type equals @ref BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPE_ADV_DIRECT_IND. */
- uint16_t timeout; /**< Advertising timeout between 0x0001 and 0x3FFF in seconds, 0x0000 disables timeout. See also @ref BLE_GAP_ADV_TIMEOUT_VALUES. This parameter must be set to 0 if type equals @ref BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPE_ADV_DIRECT_IND. */
-} ble_gap_adv_params_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GAP scanning parameters. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t filter; /**< Filter based on discovery mode, see @ref BLE_GAP_DISC_MODES. */
- uint8_t active : 1; /**< If 1, perform active scanning (scan requests). */
- uint8_t selective : 1; /**< If 1, ignore unknown devices (non whitelisted). */
- uint16_t interval; /**< Scan interval between 0x0020 and 0x4000 in 0.625ms units (20ms to 10.24s). */
- uint16_t window; /**< Scan window between 0x0004 and 0x4000 in 0.625ms units (2.5ms to 10.24s). */
- uint16_t timeout; /**< Scan timeout between 0x0001 and 0x3FFF in seconds, 0x0000 disables timeout. */
-} ble_gap_scan_params_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GAP security parameters. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t timeout; /**< Timeout for SMP transactions or Security Request in seconds, see @ref sd_ble_gap_authenticate and @ref sd_ble_gap_sec_params_reply for more information. */
- uint8_t bond : 1; /**< Perform bonding. */
- uint8_t mitm : 1; /**< Man In The Middle protection required. */
- uint8_t io_caps : 3; /**< IO capabilities, see @ref BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS. */
- uint8_t oob : 1; /**< Out Of Band data available. */
- uint8_t min_key_size; /**< Minimum encryption key size in octets between 7 and 16. */
- uint8_t max_key_size; /**< Maximum encryption key size in octets between min_key_size and 16. */
-} ble_gap_sec_params_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GAP Encryption Information. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t div; /**< Encryption Diversifier. */
- uint8_t ltk[BLE_GAP_SEC_KEY_LEN]; /**< Long Term Key. */
- uint8_t auth : 1; /**< Authenticated Key. */
- uint8_t ltk_len : 7; /**< LTK length in octets. */
-} ble_gap_enc_info_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GAP Master Identification. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t ediv; /**< Encrypted Diversifier. */
- uint8_t rand[8]; /**< Random Number. */
-} ble_gap_master_id_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GAP Identity Information. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gap_addr_t addr; /**< Bluetooth address to which this key applies. */
- uint8_t irk[BLE_GAP_SEC_KEY_LEN]; /**< Identity Resolution Key. */
-} ble_gap_id_info_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GAP Signing Information. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t csrk[BLE_GAP_SEC_KEY_LEN]; /* Connection Signature Resolving Key. */
-} ble_gap_sign_info_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GAP Event IDs.
- * Those IDs uniquely identify an event coming from the stack to the application.
- */
-enum BLE_GAP_EVTS
-{
- BLE_GAP_EVT_CONNECTED = BLE_GAP_EVT_BASE, /**< Connection established. */
- BLE_GAP_EVT_DISCONNECTED, /**< Disconnected from peer. */
- BLE_GAP_EVT_CONN_PARAM_UPDATE, /**< Connection Parameters updated. */
- BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_PARAMS_REQUEST, /**< Request to provide security parameters. */
- BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_INFO_REQUEST, /**< Request to provide security information. */
- BLE_GAP_EVT_PASSKEY_DISPLAY, /**< Request to display a passkey to the user. */
- BLE_GAP_EVT_AUTH_KEY_REQUEST, /**< Request to provide an authentication key. */
- BLE_GAP_EVT_AUTH_STATUS, /**< Authentication procedure completed with status. */
- BLE_GAP_EVT_CONN_SEC_UPDATE, /**< Connection security updated. */
- BLE_GAP_EVT_TIMEOUT, /**< Timeout expired. */
- BLE_GAP_EVT_RSSI_CHANGED, /**< Signal strength measurement report. */
-};
-
-
-/**
- * @brief GAP Option IDs.
- * IDs that uniquely identify a GAP option.
- */
-enum BLE_GAP_OPTS
-{
- BLE_GAP_OPT_LOCAL_CONN_LATENCY = BLE_GAP_OPT_BASE, /**< Local connection latency. */
- BLE_GAP_OPT_PASSKEY, /**< Set passkey to be used during pairing. This option can be used to make the SoftDevice use an application provided passkey instead of generating a random passkey.*/
- BLE_GAP_OPT_PRIVACY, /**< Set or get custom IRK or custom private address cycle interval. */
-};
-/**@} */
-
-
-/**@brief Event data for connected event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gap_addr_t peer_addr; /**< Bluetooth address of the peer device. */
- uint8_t irk_match :1; /**< If 1, peer device's address resolved using an IRK. */
- uint8_t irk_match_idx :7; /**< Index in IRK list where the address was matched. */
- ble_gap_conn_params_t conn_params; /**< GAP Connection Parameters. */
-} ble_gap_evt_connected_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Event data for disconnected event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t reason; /**< HCI error code. */
-} ble_gap_evt_disconnected_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Event data for connection parameter update event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gap_conn_params_t conn_params; /**< GAP Connection Parameters. */
-} ble_gap_evt_conn_param_update_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Event data for security parameters request event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gap_sec_params_t peer_params; /**< Initiator Security Parameters. */
-} ble_gap_evt_sec_params_request_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Event data for security info request event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gap_addr_t peer_addr; /**< Bluetooth address of the peer device. */
- uint16_t div; /**< Encryption diversifier for LTK lookup. */
- uint8_t enc_info : 1; /**< If 1, Encryption Information required. */
- uint8_t id_info : 1; /**< If 1, Identity Information required. */
- uint8_t sign_info : 1; /**< If 1, Signing Information required. */
-} ble_gap_evt_sec_info_request_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Event data for passkey display event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t passkey[BLE_GAP_PASSKEY_LEN]; /**< 6-digit passkey in ASCII ('0'-'9' digits only). */
-} ble_gap_evt_passkey_display_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Event data for authentication key request event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t key_type; /**< See @ref BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPES. */
-} ble_gap_evt_auth_key_request_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Security levels supported.
- * @note See Bluetooth Specification Version 4.1 Volume 3, Part C, Chapter 10.
-*/
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t lv1 : 1; /**< If 1: Level 1 is supported. */
- uint8_t lv2 : 1; /**< If 1: Level 2 is supported. */
- uint8_t lv3 : 1; /**< If 1: Level 3 is supported. */
-} ble_gap_sec_levels_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Keys that have been exchanged. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t ltk : 1; /**< Long Term Key. */
- uint8_t ediv_rand : 1; /**< Encrypted Diversifier and Random value. */
- uint8_t irk : 1; /**< Identity Resolving Key. */
- uint8_t address : 1; /**< Public or static random address. */
- uint8_t csrk : 1; /**< Connection Signature Resolving Key. */
-} ble_gap_sec_keys_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Event data for authentication status event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t auth_status; /**< Authentication status, see @ref BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS. */
- uint8_t error_src; /**< On error, source that caused the failure, see @ref BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCES. */
- ble_gap_sec_levels_t sm1_levels; /**< Levels supported in Security Mode 1. */
- ble_gap_sec_levels_t sm2_levels; /**< Levels supported in Security Mode 2. */
- ble_gap_sec_keys_t periph_kex; /**< Bitmap stating which keys were exchanged (distributed) by the peripheral. */
- ble_gap_sec_keys_t central_kex; /**< Bitmap stating which keys were exchanged (distributed) by the central. */
- struct periph_keys_t
- {
- ble_gap_enc_info_t enc_info; /**< Peripheral's Encryption information. */
- } periph_keys; /**< Actual keys distributed from the Peripheral to the Central. */
- struct central_keys_t
- {
- ble_gap_irk_t irk; /**< Central's IRK. */
- ble_gap_addr_t id_info; /**< Central's Identity Info. */
- } central_keys; /**< Actual keys distributed from the Central to the Peripheral. */
-} ble_gap_evt_auth_status_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Event data for connection security update event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gap_conn_sec_t conn_sec; /**< Connection security level. */
-} ble_gap_evt_conn_sec_update_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Event data for timeout event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t src; /**< Source of timeout event, see @ref BLE_GAP_TIMEOUT_SOURCES. */
-} ble_gap_evt_timeout_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Event data for advertisement report event. */
-typedef struct
-{
- int8_t rssi; /**< Received Signal Strength Indication in dBm. */
-} ble_gap_evt_rssi_changed_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GAP event callback event structure. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Connection Handle on which event occured. */
- union /**< union alternative identified by evt_id in enclosing struct. */
- {
- ble_gap_evt_connected_t connected; /**< Connected Event Parameters. */
- ble_gap_evt_disconnected_t disconnected; /**< Disconnected Event Parameters. */
- ble_gap_evt_conn_param_update_t conn_param_update; /**< Connection Parameter Update Parameters. */
- ble_gap_evt_sec_params_request_t sec_params_request; /**< Security Parameters Request Event Parameters. */
- ble_gap_evt_sec_info_request_t sec_info_request; /**< Security Information Request Event Parameters. */
- ble_gap_evt_passkey_display_t passkey_display; /**< Passkey Display Event Parameters. */
- ble_gap_evt_auth_key_request_t auth_key_request; /**< Authentication Key Request Event Parameters. */
- ble_gap_evt_auth_status_t auth_status; /**< Authentication Status Event Parameters. */
- ble_gap_evt_conn_sec_update_t conn_sec_update; /**< Connection Security Update Event Parameters. */
- ble_gap_evt_timeout_t timeout; /**< Timeout Event Parameters. */
- ble_gap_evt_rssi_changed_t rssi_changed; /**< RSSI Event parameters. */
- } params;
-
-} ble_gap_evt_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Local connection latency option.
- *
- * Local connection latency is a feature which enables the slave to improve
- * current consumption by ignoring the slave latency set by the peer. The
- * local connection latency can only be set to a multiple of the slave latency,
- * and cannot be longer than half of the supervision timeout.
- *
- * Used with @ref sd_ble_opt_set to set the local connection latency. The
- * @ref sd_ble_opt_get is not supported for this option, but the actual
- * local connection latency (unless set to NULL) is set as a return parameter
- * when setting the option.
- *
- * @note The latency set will be truncated down to the closest slave latency event
- * multiple, or the nearest multiple before half of the supervision timeout.
- *
- * @note The local connection latency is default off, and needs to be set for new
- * connections and whenever the connection is updated.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS Set successfully.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED Get is not supported.
- * @retval ::BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle parameter.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Connection Handle */
- uint16_t requested_latency; /**< Requested local connection latency. */
- uint16_t * p_actual_latency; /**< Pointer to storage for the actual local connection latency (can be set to NULL to skip return value). */
-} ble_gap_opt_local_conn_latency_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Passkey Option.
- *
- * Structure containing the passkey to be used during pairing. This can be used with @ref
- * sd_ble_opt_set to make the SoftDevice use a pre-programmed passkey for authentication
- * instead of generating a random one.
- *
- * @note @ref sd_ble_opt_get is not supported for this option.
- *
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t * p_passkey; /**< Pointer to 6-digit ASCII string (digit 0..9 only, no NULL termination) passkey to be used during pairing. If this is NULL, the SoftDevice will generate a random passkey if required.*/
-} ble_gap_opt_passkey_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Custom Privacy Options.
- *
- * @note The specified address cycle interval is used when the address cycle mode is
- * @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_AUTO. If 0 is given, the address will not be refreshed at any
- * interval, and not at start of advertising. A new address can be generated manually by calling
- * @ref sd_ble_gap_address_set with the same type again. The default interval is
- * @ref BLE_GAP_DEFAULT_PRIVATE_ADDR_CYCLE_INTERVAL_S.
- *
- * @note If cycle mode is @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_AUTO, the address will immediately be
- * refreshed when this option is set.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gap_irk_t * p_irk; /**< When input: Pointer to custom IRK, or NULL to use/reset to the device's default IRK. When output: Pointer to where the current IRK is to be stored, or NULL to not read out the IRK. */
- uint16_t interval_s; /**< When input: Custom private address cycle interval in seconds. When output: The current private address cycle interval. */
-} ble_gap_opt_privacy_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Option structure for GAP options. */
-typedef union
-{
- ble_gap_opt_local_conn_latency_t local_conn_latency; /**< Local connection latency. */
- ble_gap_opt_passkey_t passkey; /**< Passkey to be used for pairing.*/
- ble_gap_opt_privacy_t privacy; /**< Custom privacy options. */
-} ble_gap_opt_t;
-/**@} */
-
-
-/**@addtogroup BLE_GAP_FUNCTIONS Functions
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief Set local Bluetooth address.
- *
- * If the address cycle mode is @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_AUTO, the address type is required to
- * be @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE or
- * @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_NON_RESOLVABLE. The given address is ignored and the
- * SoftDevice will generate a new private address automatically every time advertising is
- * (re)started, and every @ref BLE_GAP_DEFAULT_PRIVATE_ADDR_CYCLE_INTERVAL_S seconds. If this API
- * call is used again with the same parameters while advertising, the SoftDevice will immediately
- * generate a new private address to replace the current address.
- *
- * If the application wishes to use a @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC or
- * @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC address, the cycle mode must be
- * @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_NONE.
- *
- * If this API function is called while advertising, the softdevice will immediately update the
- * advertising address without the need to stop advertising in the following cases:
- * - If the previously set address is of type @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC and the new address
- * is also of type @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC
- * - If the previously set address is not @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC and the new address is
- * also not @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC.
- *
- * If the address is changed from a @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC address to another type or from
- * another type to a @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC address, the change will take effect the next
- * time advertising is started.
- *
- * @note If the address cycle mode is @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_NONE and the application is
- * using privacy, the application must take care to generate and set new private addresses
- * periodically to comply with the Privacy specification in Bluetooth Core Spec.
- *
- * @param[in] addr_cycle_mode Address cycle mode, see @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODES.
- * @param[in] p_addr Pointer to address structure.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Address successfully set.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameters.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR Invalid address.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY The stack is busy, process pending events and retry.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_ADDRESS_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_address_set(uint8_t addr_cycle_mode, ble_gap_addr_t const * const p_addr));
-
-
-/**@brief Get local Bluetooth address.
- *
- * @param[out] p_addr Pointer to address structure.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Address successfully retrieved.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_ADDRESS_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_address_get(ble_gap_addr_t * const p_addr));
-
-
-/**@brief Set, clear or update advertisement and scan response data.
- *
- * @note The format of the advertisement data will be checked by this call to ensure interoperability.
- * Limitations imposed by this API call to the data provided include having a flags data type in the scan response data and
- * duplicating the local name in the advertisement data and scan response data.
- *
- * @note: To clear the advertisement data and set it to a 0-length packet, simply provide a valid pointer (p_data/p_sr_data) with its corresponding
- * length (dlen/srdlen) set to 0.
- *
- * @note: The call will fail if p_data and p_sr_data are both NULL since this would have no effect.
- *
- * @param[in] p_data Raw data to be placed in advertisement packet. If NULL, no changes are made to the current advertisement packet data.
- * @param[in] dlen Data length for p_data. Max size: @ref BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE octets. Should be 0 if p_data is NULL, can be 0 if p_data is not NULL.
- * @param[in] p_sr_data Raw data to be placed in scan response packet. If NULL, no changes are made to the current scan response packet data.
- * @param[in] srdlen Data length for p_sr_data. Max size: @ref BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE octets. Should be 0 if p_sr_data is NULL, can be 0 if p_data is not NULL.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Advertisement data successfully updated or cleared.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_FLAGS Invalid combination of advertising flags supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA Invalid data type(s) supplied, check the advertising data format specification.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH Invalid data length(s) supplied.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_GAP_UUID_LIST_MISMATCH Invalid UUID list supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY The stack is busy, process pending events and retry.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_ADV_DATA_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_adv_data_set(uint8_t const * const p_data, uint8_t dlen, uint8_t const * const p_sr_data, uint8_t srdlen));
-
-
-/**@brief Start advertising (GAP Discoverable, Connectable modes, Broadcast Procedure).
- *
- * @param[in] p_adv_params Pointer to advertising parameters structure.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS The BLE stack has started advertising.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, check the accepted ranges and limits.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR Invalid Bluetooth address supplied.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_GAP_DISCOVERABLE_WITH_WHITELIST Discoverable mode and whitelist incompatible.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_ADV_START, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_adv_start(ble_gap_adv_params_t const * const p_adv_params));
-
-
-/**@brief Stop advertising (GAP Discoverable, Connectable modes, Broadcast Procedure).
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS The BLE stack has stopped advertising.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation (most probably not in advertising state).
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_ADV_STOP, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_adv_stop(void));
-
-
-/**@brief Update connection parameters.
- *
- * @details In the central role this will initiate a Link Layer connection parameter update procedure,
- * otherwise in the peripheral role, this will send the corresponding L2CAP request and wait for
- * the central to perform the procedure. In both cases, and regardless of success or failure, the application
- * will be informed of the result with a @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_CONN_PARAM_UPDATE event.
- *
- * @note If both a connection supervision timeout and a maximum connection interval are specified, then the following constraint
- * applies: (conn_sup_timeout * 8) >= (max_conn_interval * (slave_latency + 1))
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
- * @param[in] p_conn_params Pointer to desired connection parameters. If NULL is provided on a peripheral role,
- * the parameters in the PPCP characteristic of the GAP service will be used instead.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS The Connection Update procedure has been started successfully.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, check parameter limits and constraints.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Procedure already in progress or not allowed at this time, process pending events and retry.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Not enough memory to complete operation.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_CONN_PARAM_UPDATE, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_conn_param_update(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gap_conn_params_t const * const p_conn_params));
-
-
-/**@brief Disconnect (GAP Link Termination).
- *
- * @details This call initiates the disconnection procedure, and its completion will be communicated to the application
- * with a BLE_GAP_EVT_DISCONNECTED event.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
- * @param[in] hci_status_code HCI status code, see @ref BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODES (accepted values are BTLE_REMOTE_USER_TERMINATED_CONNECTION and BTLE_CONN_INTERVAL_UNACCEPTABLE).
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS The disconnection procedure has been started successfully.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation (disconnection is already in progress or not connected at all).
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_DISCONNECT, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_disconnect(uint16_t conn_handle, uint8_t hci_status_code));
-
-
-/**@brief Set the radio's transmit power.
- *
- * @param[in] tx_power Radio transmit power in dBm (accepted values are -40, -30, -20, -16, -12, -8, -4, 0, and 4 dBm).
- *
- * @note -40 dBm will not actually give -40 dBm, but will instead be remapped to -30 dBm.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully changed the transmit power.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY The stack is busy, process pending events and retry.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_TX_POWER_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_tx_power_set(int8_t tx_power));
-
-
-/**@brief Set GAP Appearance value.
- *
- * @param[in] appearance Appearance (16-bit), see @ref BLE_APPEARANCES.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Appearance value set successfully.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_APPEARANCE_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_appearance_set(uint16_t appearance));
-
-
-/**@brief Get GAP Appearance value.
- *
- * @param[out] p_appearance Appearance (16-bit), see @ref BLE_APPEARANCES.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Appearance value retrieved successfully.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_APPEARANCE_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_appearance_get(uint16_t * const p_appearance));
-
-
-/**@brief Set GAP Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters.
- *
- * @param[in] p_conn_params Pointer to a @ref ble_gap_conn_params_t structure with the desired parameters.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters set successfully.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_PPCP_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_ppcp_set(ble_gap_conn_params_t const * const p_conn_params));
-
-
-/**@brief Get GAP Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters.
- *
- * @param[out] p_conn_params Pointer to a @ref ble_gap_conn_params_t structure where the parameters will be stored.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Peripheral Preferred Connection Parameters retrieved successfully.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_PPCP_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_ppcp_get(ble_gap_conn_params_t * const p_conn_params));
-
-
-/**@brief Set GAP device name.
- *
- * @param[in] p_write_perm Write permissions for the Device Name characteristic see @ref ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t.
- * @param[in] p_dev_name Pointer to a UTF-8 encoded, <b>non NULL-terminated</b> string.
- * @param[in] len Length of the UTF-8, <b>non NULL-terminated</b> string pointed to by p_dev_name in octets (must be smaller or equal than @ref BLE_GAP_DEVNAME_MAX_LEN).
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS GAP device name and permissions set successfully.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Invalid data size(s) supplied.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_DEVICE_NAME_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_device_name_set(ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t const * const p_write_perm, uint8_t const * const p_dev_name, uint16_t len));
-
-
-/**@brief Get GAP device name.
- *
- * @param[in] p_dev_name Pointer to an empty buffer where the UTF-8 <b>non NULL-terminated</b> string will be placed. Set to NULL to obtain the complete device name length.
- * @param[in,out] p_len Length of the buffer pointed by p_dev_name, complete device name length on output.
- *
- * @note If the device name is longer than the size of the supplied buffer,
- * p_len will return the complete device name length,
- * and not the number of bytes actually returned in p_dev_name.
- * The application may use this information to allocate a suitable buffer size.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS GAP device name retrieved successfully.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Invalid data size(s) supplied.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_DEVICE_NAME_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_device_name_get(uint8_t * const p_dev_name, uint16_t * const p_len));
-
-
-/**@brief Initiate GAP Authentication procedure.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
- * @param[in] p_sec_params Pointer to the @ref ble_gap_sec_params_t structure with the security parameters to be used during the pairing procedure.
- *
- * @details In the central role, this function will send an SMP Pairing Request, otherwise in the peripheral role, an SMP Security Request will be sent.
- * In the peripheral role, only the timeout, bond and mitm fields of @ref ble_gap_sec_params_t are used.
- *
- * @note The GAP Authentication procedure may be triggered by the central without calling this function when accessing a secure service.
- * @note Calling this function may result in the following events depending on the outcome and parameters: @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_PARAMS_REQUEST,
- * @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_INFO_REQUEST, @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_AUTH_KEY_REQUEST, @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_AUTH_STATUS.
- * @note The timeout parameter in @ref ble_gap_sec_params_t is interpreted here as the Security Request timeout
- *
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully initiated authentication procedure.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_AUTHENTICATE, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_authenticate(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gap_sec_params_t const * const p_sec_params));
-
-
-/**@brief Reply with GAP security parameters.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
- * @param[in] sec_status Security status, see @ref BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS.
- * @param[in] p_sec_params Pointer to a @ref ble_gap_sec_params_t security parameters structure.
- *
- * @details This function is only used to reply to a @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_PARAMS_REQUEST, calling it at other times will result in an NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE.
- * @note If the call returns an error code, the request is still pending, and the reply call may be repeated with corrected parameters.
- * @note The timeout parameter in @ref ble_gap_sec_params_t is interpreted here as the SMP procedure timeout, and must be 30 seconds. The function will fail
- * if the application supplies a different value.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully accepted security parameter from the application.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_SEC_PARAMS_REPLY, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_sec_params_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, uint8_t sec_status, ble_gap_sec_params_t const * const p_sec_params));
-
-
-/**@brief Reply with an authentication key.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
- * @param[in] key_type See @ref BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPES.
- * @param[in] key If key type is BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPE_NONE, then NULL.
- * If key type is BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPE_PASSKEY, then a 6-byte ASCII string (digit 0..9 only, no NULL termination).
- * If key type is BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_TYPE_OOB, then a 16-byte OOB key value in Little Endian format.
- *
- * @details This function is only used to reply to a @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_AUTH_KEY_REQUEST, calling it at other times will result in an NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE.
- * @note If the call returns an error code, the request is still pending, and the reply call may be repeated with corrected parameters.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Authentication key successfully set.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_AUTH_KEY_REPLY, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_auth_key_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, uint8_t key_type, uint8_t const * const key));
-
-
-/**@brief Reply with GAP security information.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
- * @param[in] p_enc_info Pointer to a @ref ble_gap_enc_info_t encryption information structure. May be NULL to signal none is available.
- * @param[in] p_sign_info Pointer to a @ref ble_gap_sign_info_t signing information structure. May be NULL to signal none is available.
- *
- * @details This function is only used to reply to a @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_INFO_REQUEST, calling it at other times will result in NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE.
- * @note If the call returns an error code, the request is still pending, and the reply call may be repeated with corrected parameters.
- * @note Data signing is not implemented yet. p_sign_info must therefore be NULL.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully accepted security information.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY The stack is busy, process pending events and retry.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_SEC_INFO_REPLY, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_sec_info_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gap_enc_info_t const * const p_enc_info, ble_gap_sign_info_t const * const p_sign_info));
-
-
-/**@brief Get the current connection security.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
- * @param[out] p_conn_sec Pointer to a @ref ble_gap_conn_sec_t structure to be filled in.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Current connection security successfully retrieved.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_conn_sec_get(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gap_conn_sec_t * const p_conn_sec));
-
-
-/**@brief Start reporting the received signal strength to the application.
- *
- * A new event is reported whenever the RSSI value changes, until @ref sd_ble_gap_rssi_stop is called.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully activated RSSI reporting.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_RSSI_START, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_rssi_start(uint16_t conn_handle));
-
-
-/**@brief Stop reporting the received singnal strength.
- *
- * An RSSI change detected before the call but not yet received by the application
- * may be reported after @ref sd_ble_gap_rssi_stop has been called.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully deactivated RSSI reporting.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle supplied.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GAP_RSSI_STOP, uint32_t, sd_ble_gap_rssi_stop(uint16_t conn_handle));
-/**@} */
-
-#endif // BLE_GAP_H__
-
-/**
- @}
-*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_gatt.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_gatt.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- *
- */
- /**
- @addtogroup BLE_GATT Generic Attribute Profile (GATT) Common
- @{
- @brief Common definitions and prototypes for the GATT interfaces.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_GATT_H__
-#define BLE_GATT_H__
-
-#include "ble_types.h"
-#include "ble_ranges.h"
-
-
-/** @addtogroup BLE_GATT_DEFINES Defines
- * @{ */
-
-/** @brief Default MTU size. */
-#define GATT_MTU_SIZE_DEFAULT 23
-
-/** @brief Only the default MTU size of 23 is currently supported. */
-#define GATT_RX_MTU 23
-
-
-/**@brief Invalid Attribute Handle. */
-#define BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID 0x0000
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_GATT_TIMEOUT_SOURCES GATT Timeout sources
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GATT_TIMEOUT_SRC_PROTOCOL 0x00 /**< ATT Protocol timeout. */
-/** @} */
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_GATT_WRITE_OPS GATT Write operations
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GATT_OP_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid Operation. */
-#define BLE_GATT_OP_WRITE_REQ 0x01 /**< Write Request. */
-#define BLE_GATT_OP_WRITE_CMD 0x02 /**< Write Command. */
-#define BLE_GATT_OP_SIGN_WRITE_CMD 0x03 /**< Signed Write Command. */
-#define BLE_GATT_OP_PREP_WRITE_REQ 0x04 /**< Prepare Write Request. */
-#define BLE_GATT_OP_EXEC_WRITE_REQ 0x05 /**< Execute Write Request. */
-/** @} */
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_GATT_EXEC_WRITE_FLAGS GATT Execute Write flags
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GATT_EXEC_WRITE_FLAG_PREPARED_CANCEL 0x00
-#define BLE_GATT_EXEC_WRITE_FLAG_PREPARED_WRITE 0x01
-/** @} */
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_GATT_HVX_TYPES GATT Handle Value operations
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GATT_HVX_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid Operation. */
-#define BLE_GATT_HVX_NOTIFICATION 0x01 /**< Handle Value Notification. */
-#define BLE_GATT_HVX_INDICATION 0x02 /**< Handle Value Indication. */
-/** @} */
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_GATT_STATUS_CODES GATT Status Codes
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_SUCCESS 0x0000 /**< Success. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_UNKNOWN 0x0001 /**< Unknown or not applicable status. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INVALID 0x0100 /**< ATT Error: Invalid Error Code. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INVALID_HANDLE 0x0101 /**< ATT Error: Invalid Attribute Handle. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_READ_NOT_PERMITTED 0x0102 /**< ATT Error: Read not permitted. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_WRITE_NOT_PERMITTED 0x0103 /**< ATT Error: Write not permitted. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INVALID_PDU 0x0104 /**< ATT Error: Used in ATT as Invalid PDU. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INSUF_AUTHENTICATION 0x0105 /**< ATT Error: Authenticated link required. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_REQUEST_NOT_SUPPORTED 0x0106 /**< ATT Error: Used in ATT as Request Not Supported. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INVALID_OFFSET 0x0107 /**< ATT Error: Offset specified was past the end of the attribute. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INSUF_AUTHORIZATION 0x0108 /**< ATT Error: Used in ATT as Insufficient Authorisation. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_PREPARE_QUEUE_FULL 0x0109 /**< ATT Error: Used in ATT as Prepare Queue Full. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_ATTRIBUTE_NOT_FOUND 0x010A /**< ATT Error: Used in ATT as Attribute not found. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_ATTRIBUTE_NOT_LONG 0x010B /**< ATT Error: Attribute cannot be read or written using read/write blob requests. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INSUF_ENC_KEY_SIZE 0x010C /**< ATT Error: Encryption key size used is insufficient. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INVALID_ATT_VAL_LENGTH 0x010D /**< ATT Error: Invalid value size. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_UNLIKELY_ERROR 0x010E /**< ATT Error: Very unlikely error. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INSUF_ENCRYPTION 0x010F /**< ATT Error: Encrypted link required. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_UNSUPPORTED_GROUP_TYPE 0x0110 /**< ATT Error: Attribute type is not a supported grouping attribute. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_INSUF_RESOURCES 0x0111 /**< ATT Error: Encrypted link required. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_RFU_RANGE1_BEGIN 0x0112 /**< ATT Error: Reserved for Future Use range #1 begin. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_RFU_RANGE1_END 0x017F /**< ATT Error: Reserved for Future Use range #1 end. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_APP_BEGIN 0x0180 /**< ATT Error: Application range begin. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_APP_END 0x019F /**< ATT Error: Application range end. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_RFU_RANGE2_BEGIN 0x01A0 /**< ATT Error: Reserved for Future Use range #2 begin. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_RFU_RANGE2_END 0x01DF /**< ATT Error: Reserved for Future Use range #2 end. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_RFU_RANGE3_BEGIN 0x01E0 /**< ATT Error: Reserved for Future Use range #3 begin. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_RFU_RANGE3_END 0x01FC /**< ATT Error: Reserved for Future Use range #3 end. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_CPS_CCCD_CONFIG_ERROR 0x01FD /**< ATT Common Profile and Service Error: Client Characteristic Configuration Descriptor improperly configured. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_CPS_PROC_ALR_IN_PROG 0x01FE /**< ATT Common Profile and Service Error: Procedure Already in Progress. */
-#define BLE_GATT_STATUS_ATTERR_CPS_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x01FF /**< ATT Common Profile and Service Error: Out Of Range. */
-/** @} */
-
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMATS Characteristic Presentation Formats
- * @note Found at http://developer.bluetooth.org/gatt/descriptors/Pages/DescriptorViewer.aspx?u=org.bluetooth.descriptor.gatt.characteristic_presentation_format.xml
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_RFU 0x00 /**< Reserved For Future Use. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_BOOLEAN 0x01 /**< Boolean. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_2BIT 0x02 /**< Unsigned 2-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_NIBBLE 0x03 /**< Unsigned 4-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UINT8 0x04 /**< Unsigned 8-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UINT12 0x05 /**< Unsigned 12-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UINT16 0x06 /**< Unsigned 16-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UINT24 0x07 /**< Unsigned 24-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UINT32 0x08 /**< Unsigned 32-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UINT48 0x09 /**< Unsigned 48-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UINT64 0x0A /**< Unsigned 64-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UINT128 0x0B /**< Unsigned 128-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SINT8 0x0C /**< Signed 2-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SINT12 0x0D /**< Signed 12-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SINT16 0x0E /**< Signed 16-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SINT24 0x0F /**< Signed 24-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SINT32 0x10 /**< Signed 32-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SINT48 0x11 /**< Signed 48-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SINT64 0x12 /**< Signed 64-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SINT128 0x13 /**< Signed 128-bit integer. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_FLOAT32 0x14 /**< IEEE-754 32-bit floating point. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_FLOAT64 0x15 /**< IEEE-754 64-bit floating point. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_SFLOAT 0x16 /**< IEEE-11073 16-bit SFLOAT. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_FLOAT 0x17 /**< IEEE-11073 32-bit FLOAT. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_DUINT16 0x18 /**< IEEE-20601 format. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UTF8S 0x19 /**< UTF-8 string. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_UTF16S 0x1A /**< UTF-16 string. */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMAT_STRUCT 0x1B /**< Opaque Structure. */
-/** @} */
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_GATT_CPF_NAMESPACES GATT Bluetooth Namespaces
- * @{
- */
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_NAMESPACE_BTSIG 0x01
-#define BLE_GATT_CPF_NAMESPACE_DESCRIPTION_UNKNOWN 0x0000
-/** @} */
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup BLE_GATT_STRUCTURES Structures
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief GATT Characteristic Properties. */
-typedef struct
-{
- /* Standard properties */
- uint8_t broadcast :1; /**< Broadcasting of value permitted. */
- uint8_t read :1; /**< Reading value permitted. */
- uint8_t write_wo_resp :1; /**< Writing value with Write Command permitted. */
- uint8_t write :1; /**< Writing value with Write Request permitted. */
- uint8_t notify :1; /**< Notications of value permitted. */
- uint8_t indicate :1; /**< Indications of value permitted. */
- uint8_t auth_signed_wr :1; /**< Writing value with Signed Write Command permitted. */
-} ble_gatt_char_props_t;
-
-/**@brief GATT Characteristic Extended Properties. */
-typedef struct
-{
- /* Extended properties */
- uint8_t reliable_wr :1; /**< Writing value with Queued Write Request permitted. */
- uint8_t wr_aux :1; /**< Writing the Characteristic User Description permitted. */
-} ble_gatt_char_ext_props_t;
-
-#endif // BLE_GATT_H__
-
-/** @} */
-
-/**
- @}
- @}
-*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_gattc.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_gattc.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,406 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- *
- */
-/**
- @addtogroup BLE_GATTC Generic Attribute Profile (GATT) Client
- @{
- @brief Definitions and prototypes for the GATT Client interface.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_GATTC_H__
-#define BLE_GATTC_H__
-
-#include "ble_gatt.h"
-#include "ble_types.h"
-#include "ble_ranges.h"
-#include "nrf_svc.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup BLE_GATTC_ENUMERATIONS Enumerations
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief GATTC API SVC numbers. */
-enum BLE_GATTC_SVCS
-{
- SD_BLE_GATTC_PRIMARY_SERVICES_DISCOVER = BLE_GATTC_SVC_BASE, /**< Primary Service Discovery. */
- SD_BLE_GATTC_RELATIONSHIPS_DISCOVER, /**< Relationship Discovery. */
- SD_BLE_GATTC_CHARACTERISTICS_DISCOVER, /**< Characteristic Discovery. */
- SD_BLE_GATTC_DESCRIPTORS_DISCOVER, /**< Characteristic Descriptor Discovery. */
- SD_BLE_GATTC_CHAR_VALUE_BY_UUID_READ, /**< Read Characteristic Value by UUID. */
- SD_BLE_GATTC_READ, /**< Generic read. */
- SD_BLE_GATTC_CHAR_VALUES_READ, /**< Read multiple Characteristic Values. */
- SD_BLE_GATTC_WRITE, /**< Generic write. */
- SD_BLE_GATTC_HV_CONFIRM /**< Handle Value Confirmation. */
-};
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup BLE_GATTC_DEFINES Defines
- * @{ */
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_ERRORS_GATTC SVC return values specific to GATTC
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_ERROR_GATTC_PROC_NOT_PERMITTED (NRF_GATTC_ERR_BASE + 0x000)
-/** @} */
-
-/**@brief Last Attribute Handle. */
-#define BLE_GATTC_HANDLE_END 0xFFFF
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup BLE_GATTC_STRUCTURES Structures
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief Operation Handle Range. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t start_handle; /**< Start Handle. */
- uint16_t end_handle; /**< End Handle. */
-} ble_gattc_handle_range_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GATT service. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_uuid_t uuid; /**< Service UUID. */
- ble_gattc_handle_range_t handle_range; /**< Service Handle Range. */
-} ble_gattc_service_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GATT include. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t handle; /**< Include Handle. */
- ble_gattc_service_t included_srvc; /**< Handle of the included service. */
-} ble_gattc_include_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GATT characteristic. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_uuid_t uuid; /**< Characteristic UUID. */
- ble_gatt_char_props_t char_props; /**< Characteristic Properties. */
- uint8_t char_ext_props : 1; /**< Extended properties present. */
- uint16_t handle_decl; /**< Handle of the Characteristic Declaration. */
- uint16_t handle_value; /**< Handle of the Characteristic Value. */
-} ble_gattc_char_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GATT descriptor. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t handle; /**< Descriptor Handle. */
- ble_uuid_t uuid; /**< Descriptor UUID. */
-} ble_gattc_desc_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Write Parameters. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t write_op; /**< Write Operation to be performed, see @ref BLE_GATT_WRITE_OPS. */
- uint16_t handle; /**< Handle to the attribute to be written. */
- uint16_t offset; /**< Offset in bytes. @note For WRITE_CMD and WRITE_REQ, offset must be 0. */
- uint16_t len; /**< Length of data in bytes. */
- uint8_t* p_value; /**< Pointer to the value data. */
- uint8_t flags; /**< Flags, see @ref BLE_GATT_EXEC_WRITE_FLAGS. */
-} ble_gattc_write_params_t;
-
-
-/**
- * @brief GATT Client Event IDs.
- */
-enum BLE_GATTC_EVTS
-{
- BLE_GATTC_EVT_PRIM_SRVC_DISC_RSP = BLE_GATTC_EVT_BASE, /**< Primary Service Discovery Response event. */
- BLE_GATTC_EVT_REL_DISC_RSP, /**< Relationship Discovery Response event. */
- BLE_GATTC_EVT_CHAR_DISC_RSP, /**< Characteristic Discovery Response event. */
- BLE_GATTC_EVT_DESC_DISC_RSP, /**< Descriptor Discovery Response event. */
- BLE_GATTC_EVT_CHAR_VAL_BY_UUID_READ_RSP, /**< Read By UUID Response event. */
- BLE_GATTC_EVT_READ_RSP, /**< Read Response event. */
- BLE_GATTC_EVT_CHAR_VALS_READ_RSP, /**< Read multiple Response event. */
- BLE_GATTC_EVT_WRITE_RSP, /**< Write Response event. */
- BLE_GATTC_EVT_HVX, /**< Handle Value Notification or Indication event. */
- BLE_GATTC_EVT_TIMEOUT /**< Timeout event. */
-};
-
-/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_PRIM_SRVC_DISC_RSP. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t count; /**< Service count. */
- ble_gattc_service_t services[1]; /**< Service data, variable length. */
-} ble_gattc_evt_prim_srvc_disc_rsp_t;
-
-/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_REL_DISC_RSP. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t count; /**< Include count. */
- ble_gattc_include_t includes[1]; /**< Include data, variable length. */
-} ble_gattc_evt_rel_disc_rsp_t;
-
-/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_CHAR_DISC_RSP. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t count; /**< Characteristic count. */
- ble_gattc_char_t chars[1]; /**< Characteristic data, variable length. */
-} ble_gattc_evt_char_disc_rsp_t;
-
-/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_DESC_DISC_RSP. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t count; /**< Descriptor count. */
- ble_gattc_desc_t descs[1]; /**< Descriptor data, variable length. */
-} ble_gattc_evt_desc_disc_rsp_t;
-
-/**@brief GATT read by UUID handle value pair. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t handle; /**< Attribute Handle. */
- uint8_t *p_value; /**< Pointer to value, variable length (length available as value_len in ble_gattc_evt_read_by_uuid_rsp_t).
- Please note that this pointer is absolute to the memory provided by the user when retrieving the event,
- so it will effectively point to a location inside the handle_value array. */
-} ble_gattc_handle_value_t;
-
-/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_CHAR_VAL_BY_UUID_READ_RSP. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t count; /**< Handle-Value Pair Count. */
- uint16_t value_len; /**< Length of the value in Handle-Value(s) list. */
- ble_gattc_handle_value_t handle_value[1]; /**< Handle-Value(s) list, variable length. */
-} ble_gattc_evt_char_val_by_uuid_read_rsp_t;
-
-/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_READ_RSP. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t handle; /**< Attribute Handle. */
- uint16_t offset; /**< Offset of the attribute data. */
- uint16_t len; /**< Attribute data length. */
- uint8_t data[1]; /**< Attribute data, variable length. */
-} ble_gattc_evt_read_rsp_t;
-
-/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_CHAR_VALS_READ_RSP. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t len; /**< Concatenated Attribute values length. */
- uint8_t values[1]; /**< Attribute values, variable length. */
-} ble_gattc_evt_char_vals_read_rsp_t;
-
-/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_WRITE_RSP. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t handle; /**< Attribute Handle. */
- uint8_t write_op; /**< Type of write operation, see @ref BLE_GATT_WRITE_OPS. */
- uint16_t offset; /**< Data Offset. */
- uint16_t len; /**< Data length. */
- uint8_t data[1]; /**< Data, variable length. */
-} ble_gattc_evt_write_rsp_t;
-
-/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_HVX. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t handle; /**< Handle to which the HVx operation applies. */
- uint8_t type; /**< Indication or Notification, see @ref BLE_GATT_HVX_TYPES. */
- uint16_t len; /**< Attribute data length. */
- uint8_t data[1]; /**< Attribute data, variable length. */
-} ble_gattc_evt_hvx_t;
-
-/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTC_EVT_TIMEOUT. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t src; /**< Timeout source, see @ref BLE_GATT_TIMEOUT_SOURCES. */
-} ble_gattc_evt_timeout_t;
-
-/**@brief GATTC event type. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Connection Handle on which event occured. */
- uint16_t gatt_status; /**< GATT status code for the operation, see @ref BLE_GATT_STATUS_CODES. */
- uint16_t error_handle; /**< In case of error: The handle causing the error. In all other cases BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID. */
- union
- {
- ble_gattc_evt_prim_srvc_disc_rsp_t prim_srvc_disc_rsp; /**< Primary Service Discovery Response Event Parameters. */
- ble_gattc_evt_rel_disc_rsp_t rel_disc_rsp; /**< Relationship Discovery Response Event Parameters. */
- ble_gattc_evt_char_disc_rsp_t char_disc_rsp; /**< Characteristic Discovery Response Event Parameters. */
- ble_gattc_evt_desc_disc_rsp_t desc_disc_rsp; /**< Descriptor Discovery Response Event Parameters. */
- ble_gattc_evt_char_val_by_uuid_read_rsp_t char_val_by_uuid_read_rsp; /**< Characteristic Value Read by UUID Response Event Parameters. */
- ble_gattc_evt_read_rsp_t read_rsp; /**< Read Response Event Parameters. */
- ble_gattc_evt_char_vals_read_rsp_t char_vals_read_rsp; /**< Characteristic Values Read Response Event Parameters. */
- ble_gattc_evt_write_rsp_t write_rsp; /**< Write Response Event Parameters. */
- ble_gattc_evt_hvx_t hvx; /**< Handle Value Notification/Indication Event Parameters. */
- ble_gattc_evt_timeout_t timeout; /**< Timeout Event Parameters. */
- } params; /**< Event Parameters. @note Only valid if @ref gatt_status == BLE_GATT_STATUS_SUCCESS. */
-} ble_gattc_evt_t;
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup BLE_GATTC_FUNCTIONS Functions
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief Initiate or continue a GATT Primary Service Discovery procedure.
- *
- * @details This function initiates a Primary Service discovery, starting from the supplied handle.
- * If the last service has not been reached, this must be called again with an updated start handle value to continue the search.
- *
- * @note If any of the discovered services have 128-bit UUIDs which are not present in the table provided to ble_vs_uuids_assign, a UUID structure with
- * type BLE_UUID_TYPE_UNKNOWN will be received in the corresponding event.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
- * @param[in] start_handle Handle to start searching from.
- * @param[in] p_srvc_uuid Pointer to the service UUID to be found. If it is NULL, all primary services will be returned.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully started or resumed the Primary Service Discovery procedure.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Client procedure already in progress.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_PRIMARY_SERVICES_DISCOVER, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_primary_services_discover(uint16_t conn_handle, uint16_t start_handle, ble_uuid_t const * const p_srvc_uuid));
-
-
-/**@brief Initiate or continue a GATT Relationship Discovery procedure.
- *
- * @details This function initiates the Find Included Services sub-procedure. If the last included service has not been reached,
- * this must be called again with an updated handle range to continue the search.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
- * @param[in] p_handle_range A pointer to the range of handles of the Service to perform this procedure on.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully started or resumed the Relationship Discovery procedure.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Client procedure already in progress.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_RELATIONSHIPS_DISCOVER, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_relationships_discover(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gattc_handle_range_t const * const p_handle_range));
-
-
-/**@brief Initiate or continue a GATT Characteristic Discovery procedure.
- *
- * @details This function initiates a Characteristic discovery procedure. If the last Characteristic has not been reached,
- * this must be called again with an updated handle range to continue the discovery.
- *
- * @note If any of the discovered characteristics have 128-bit UUIDs which are not present in the table provided to ble_vs_uuids_assign, a UUID structure with
- * type BLE_UUID_TYPE_UNKNOWN will be received in the corresponding event.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
- * @param[in] p_handle_range A pointer to the range of handles of the Service to perform this procedure on.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully started or resumed the Characteristic Discovery procedure.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Client procedure already in progress.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_CHARACTERISTICS_DISCOVER, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_characteristics_discover(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gattc_handle_range_t const * const p_handle_range));
-
-
-/**@brief Initiate or continue a GATT Characteristic Descriptor Discovery procedure.
- *
- * @details This function initiates the Characteristic Descriptor discovery procedure. If the last Descriptor has not been reached,
- * this must be called again with an updated handle range to continue the discovery.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
- * @param[in] p_handle_range A pointer to the range of handles of the Characteristic to perform this procedure on.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully started or resumed the Descriptor Discovery procedure.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Client procedure already in progress.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_DESCRIPTORS_DISCOVER, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_descriptors_discover(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gattc_handle_range_t const * const p_handle_range));
-
-
-/**@brief Initiate or continue a GATT Read using Characteristic UUID procedure.
- *
- * @details This function initiates the Read using Characteristic UUID procedure. If the last Characteristic has not been reached,
- * this must be called again with an updated handle range to continue the discovery.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
- * @param[in] p_uuid Pointer to a Characteristic value UUID to read.
- * @param[in] p_handle_range A pointer to the range of handles to perform this procedure on.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully started or resumed the Read using Characteristic UUID procedure.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Client procedure already in progress.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_CHAR_VALUE_BY_UUID_READ, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_char_value_by_uuid_read(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_uuid_t const * const p_uuid, ble_gattc_handle_range_t const * const p_handle_range));
-
-
-/**@brief Initiate or continue a GATT Read (Long) Characteristic or Descriptor procedure.
- *
- * @details This function initiates a GATT Read (Long) Characteristic or Descriptor procedure. If the Characteristic or Descriptor
- * to be read is longer than GATT_MTU - 1, this function must be called multiple times with appropriate offset to read the
- * complete value.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
- * @param[in] handle The handle of the attribute to be read.
- * @param[in] offset Offset into the attribute value to be read.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully started or resumed the Read (Long) procedure.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Client procedure already in progress.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_READ, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_read(uint16_t conn_handle, uint16_t handle, uint16_t offset));
-
-
-/**@brief Initiate a GATT Read Multiple Characteristic Values procedure.
- *
- * @details This function initiates a GATT Read Multiple Characteristic Values procedure.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
- * @param[in] p_handles A pointer to the handle(s) of the attribute(s) to be read.
- * @param[in] handle_count The number of handles in p_handles.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully started the Read Multiple Characteristic Values procedure.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Client procedure already in progress.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_CHAR_VALUES_READ, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_char_values_read(uint16_t conn_handle, uint16_t const * const p_handles, uint16_t handle_count));
-
-
-/**@brief Perform a Write (Characteristic Value or Descriptor, with or without response, signed or not, long or reliable) procedure.
- *
- * @details This function can perform all write procedures described in GATT.
- *
- * @note It is important to note that a write without response will <b>consume an application buffer</b>, and will therefore
- * generate a @ref BLE_EVT_TX_COMPLETE event when the packet has been transmitted. A write on the other hand will use the
- * standard client internal buffer and thus will only generate a @ref BLE_GATTC_EVT_WRITE_RSP event as soon as the write response
- * has been received from the peer. Please see the documentation of @ref sd_ble_tx_buffer_count_get for more details.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
- * @param[in] p_write_params A pointer to a write parameters structure.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully started the Write procedure.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Invalid data size(s) supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Procedure already in progress.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_NO_TX_BUFFERS There are no available buffers left.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_WRITE, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_write(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gattc_write_params_t const * const p_write_params));
-
-
-/**@brief Send a Handle Value Confirmation to the GATT Server.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle identifying the connection to perform this procedure on.
- * @param[in] handle The handle of the attribute in the indication.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully queued the Handle Value Confirmation for transmission.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE No Indication pending to be confirmed.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_ATTR_HANDLE Invalid attribute handle.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_NO_TX_BUFFERS There are no available buffers left.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTC_HV_CONFIRM, uint32_t, sd_ble_gattc_hv_confirm(uint16_t conn_handle, uint16_t handle));
-
-/** @} */
-
-#endif /* BLE_GATTC_H__ */
-
-/**
- @}
- @}
-*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_gatts.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_gatts.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,566 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2011 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- *
- */
-/**
- @addtogroup BLE_GATTS Generic Attribute Profile (GATT) Server
- @{
- @brief Definitions and prototypes for the GATTS interface.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_GATTS_H__
-#define BLE_GATTS_H__
-
-#include "ble_types.h"
-#include "ble_ranges.h"
-#include "ble_l2cap.h"
-#include "ble_gap.h"
-#include "ble_gatt.h"
-#include "nrf_svc.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup BLE_GATTS_ENUMERATIONS Enumerations
- * @{ */
-
-/**
- * @brief GATTS API SVC numbers.
- */
-enum BLE_GATTS_SVCS
-{
- SD_BLE_GATTS_SERVICE_ADD = BLE_GATTS_SVC_BASE, /**< Add a service. */
- SD_BLE_GATTS_INCLUDE_ADD, /**< Add an included service. */
- SD_BLE_GATTS_CHARACTERISTIC_ADD, /**< Add a characteristic. */
- SD_BLE_GATTS_DESCRIPTOR_ADD, /**< Add a generic attribute. */
- SD_BLE_GATTS_VALUE_SET, /**< Set an attribute value. */
- SD_BLE_GATTS_VALUE_GET, /**< Get an attribute value. */
- SD_BLE_GATTS_HVX, /**< Handle Value Notification or Indication. */
- SD_BLE_GATTS_SERVICE_CHANGED, /**< Perform a Service Changed Indication to one or more peers. */
- SD_BLE_GATTS_RW_AUTHORIZE_REPLY, /**< Reply to an authorization request for a read or write operation on one or more attributes. */
- SD_BLE_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_SET, /**< Set the persistent system attributes for a connection. */
- SD_BLE_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_GET, /**< Get updated persistent system attributes after terminating a connection. */
-};
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup BLE_GATTS_DEFINES Defines
- * @{ */
-
-/** @brief Only the default MTU size of 23 is currently supported. */
-#define GATT_RX_MTU 23
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_ERRORS_GATTS SVC return values specific to GATTS
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_ERROR_GATTS_INVALID_ATTR_TYPE (NRF_GATTS_ERR_BASE + 0x000) /**< Invalid attribute type. */
-#define BLE_ERROR_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_MISSING (NRF_GATTS_ERR_BASE + 0x001) /**< System Attributes missing. */
-/** @} */
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_GATTS_ATTR_LENS_MAX Maximum attribute lengths
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GATTS_FIX_ATTR_LEN_MAX (510) /**< Maximum length for fixed length Attribute Values. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_VAR_ATTR_LEN_MAX (512) /**< Maximum length for variable length Attribute Values. */
-/** @} */
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_GATTS_SRVC_TYPES GATT Server Service Types
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GATTS_SRVC_TYPE_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid Service Type. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_SRVC_TYPE_PRIMARY 0x01 /**< Primary Service. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_SRVC_TYPE_SECONDARY 0x02 /**< Secondary Type. */
-/** @} */
-
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPES GATT Server Attribute Types
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPE_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid Attribute Type. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPE_PRIM_SRVC_DECL 0x01 /**< Primary Service Declaration. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPE_SEC_SRVC_DECL 0x02 /**< Secondary Service Declaration. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPE_INC_DECL 0x03 /**< Include Declaration. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPE_CHAR_DECL 0x04 /**< Characteristic Declaration. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPE_CHAR_VAL 0x05 /**< Characteristic Value. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPE_DESC 0x06 /**< Descriptor. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPE_OTHER 0x07 /**< Other, non-GATT specific type. */
-/** @} */
-
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_GATTS_OPS GATT Server Operations
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GATTS_OP_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid Operation. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_OP_WRITE_REQ 0x01 /**< Write Request. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_OP_WRITE_CMD 0x02 /**< Write Command. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_OP_SIGN_WRITE_CMD 0x03 /**< Signed Write Command. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_OP_PREP_WRITE_REQ 0x04 /**< Prepare Write Request. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_OP_EXEC_WRITE_REQ_CANCEL 0x05 /**< Execute Write Request: Cancel all prepared writes. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_OP_EXEC_WRITE_REQ_NOW 0x06 /**< Execute Write Request: Immediately execute all prepared writes. */
-/** @} */
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_GATTS_VLOCS GATT Value Locations
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GATTS_VLOC_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid Location. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_VLOC_STACK 0x01 /**< Attribute Value is located in stack memory, no user memory is required. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_VLOC_USER 0x02 /**< Attribute Value is located in user memory. This requires the user to maintain a valid buffer through the lifetime of the attribute, since the stack
- will read and write directly to the memory using the pointer provided in the APIs. There are no alignment requirements for the buffer. */
-/** @} */
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_GATTS_AUTHORIZE_TYPES GATT Server Authorization Types
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_GATTS_AUTHORIZE_TYPE_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid Type. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_AUTHORIZE_TYPE_READ 0x01 /**< Authorize a Read Operation. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_AUTHORIZE_TYPE_WRITE 0x02 /**< Authorize a Write Request Operation. */
-/** @} */
-
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup BLE_GATTS_STRUCTURES Structures
- * @{ */
-
-/**
- * @brief BLE GATTS init options
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t service_changed:1; /**< Include the Service Changed characteristic in the local attributes. */
-} ble_gatts_enable_params_t;
-
-/**@brief Attribute metadata. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t read_perm; /**< Read permissions. */
- ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t write_perm; /**< Write permissions. */
- uint8_t vlen :1; /**< Variable length attribute. */
- uint8_t vloc :2; /**< Value location, see @ref BLE_GATTS_VLOCS.*/
- uint8_t rd_auth :1; /**< Read Authorization and value will be requested from the application on every read operation. */
- uint8_t wr_auth :1; /**< Write Authorization will be requested from the application on every Write Request operation (but not Write Command). */
-} ble_gatts_attr_md_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GATT Attribute. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_uuid_t* p_uuid; /**< Pointer to the attribute UUID. */
- ble_gatts_attr_md_t* p_attr_md; /**< Pointer to the attribute metadata structure. */
- uint16_t init_len; /**< Initial attribute value length in bytes. */
- uint16_t init_offs; /**< Initial attribute value offset in bytes. If different from zero, the first init_offs bytes of the attribute value will be left uninitialized. */
- uint16_t max_len; /**< Maximum attribute value length in bytes, see @ref BLE_GATTS_ATTR_LENS_MAX for maximum values. */
- uint8_t* p_value; /**< Pointer to the attribute data. Please note that if the @ref BLE_GATTS_VLOC_USER value location is selected in the attribute metadata, this will have to point to a buffer
- that remains valid through the lifetime of the attribute. This excludes usage of automatic variables that may go out of scope or any other temporary location.
- The stack may access that memory directly without the application's knowledge. */
-} ble_gatts_attr_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GATT Attribute Context. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_uuid_t srvc_uuid; /**< Service UUID. */
- ble_uuid_t char_uuid; /**< Characteristic UUID if applicable (BLE_UUID_TYPE_UNKNOWN if N/A). */
- ble_uuid_t desc_uuid; /**< Descriptor UUID if applicable (BLE_UUID_TYPE_UNKNOWN if N/A). */
- uint16_t srvc_handle; /**< Service Handle. */
- uint16_t value_handle; /**< Characteristic Handle if applicable (BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID if N/A). */
- uint8_t type; /**< Attribute Type, see @ref BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TYPES. */
-} ble_gatts_attr_context_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GATT Characteristic Presentation Format. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t format; /**< Format of the value, see @ref BLE_GATT_CPF_FORMATS. */
- int8_t exponent; /**< Exponent for integer data types. */
- uint16_t unit; /**< UUID from Bluetooth Assigned Numbers. */
- uint8_t name_space; /**< Namespace from Bluetooth Assigned Numbers, see @ref BLE_GATT_CPF_NAMESPACES. */
- uint16_t desc; /**< Namespace description from Bluetooth Assigned Numbers, see @ref BLE_GATT_CPF_NAMESPACES. */
-} ble_gatts_char_pf_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GATT Characteristic metadata. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_gatt_char_props_t char_props; /**< Characteristic Properties. */
- ble_gatt_char_ext_props_t char_ext_props; /**< Characteristic Extended Properties. */
- uint8_t* p_char_user_desc; /**< Pointer to a UTF-8, NULL if the descriptor is not required. */
- uint16_t char_user_desc_max_size; /**< The maximum size in bytes of the user description descriptor. */
- uint16_t char_user_desc_size; /**< The size of the user description, must be smaller or equal to char_user_desc_max_size. */
- ble_gatts_char_pf_t* p_char_pf; /**< Pointer to a presentation format structure or NULL if the descriptor is not required. */
- ble_gatts_attr_md_t* p_user_desc_md; /**< Attribute metadata for the User Description descriptor, or NULL for default values. */
- ble_gatts_attr_md_t* p_cccd_md; /**< Attribute metadata for the Client Characteristic Configuration Descriptor, or NULL for default values. */
- ble_gatts_attr_md_t* p_sccd_md; /**< Attribute metadata for the Server Characteristic Configuration Descriptor, or NULL for default values. */
-} ble_gatts_char_md_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GATT Characteristic Definition Handles. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t value_handle; /**< Handle to the characteristic value. */
- uint16_t user_desc_handle; /**< Handle to the User Description descriptor, or BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID if not present. */
- uint16_t cccd_handle; /**< Handle to the Client Characteristic Configuration Descriptor, or BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID if not present. */
- uint16_t sccd_handle; /**< Handle to the Server Characteristic Configuration Descriptor, or BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID if not present. */
-} ble_gatts_char_handles_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GATT HVx parameters. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t handle; /**< Characteristic Value Handle. */
- uint8_t type; /**< Indication or Notification, see @ref BLE_GATT_HVX_TYPES. */
- uint16_t offset; /**< Offset within the attribute value. */
- uint16_t* p_len; /**< Length in bytes to be written, length in bytes written after successful return. */
- uint8_t* p_data; /**< Actual data content, use NULL to use the current attribute value. */
-} ble_gatts_hvx_params_t;
-
-/**@brief GATT Read Authorization parameters. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t gatt_status; /**< GATT status code for the operation, see @ref BLE_GATT_STATUS_CODES. */
- uint8_t update : 1; /**< If set, data supplied in p_data will be used in the ATT response. */
- uint16_t offset; /**< Offset of the attribute value being updated. */
- uint16_t len; /**< Length in bytes of the value in p_data pointer, see @ref BLE_GATTS_ATTR_LENS_MAX. */
- uint8_t* p_data; /**< Pointer to new value used to update the attribute value. */
-} ble_gatts_read_authorize_params_t;
-
-/**@brief GATT Write Authorisation parameters. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t gatt_status; /**< GATT status code for the operation, see @ref BLE_GATT_STATUS_CODES. */
-} ble_gatts_write_authorize_params_t;
-
-/**@brief GATT Read or Write Authorize Reply parameters. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t type; /**< Type of authorize operation, see @ref BLE_GATTS_AUTHORIZE_TYPES. */
- union {
- ble_gatts_read_authorize_params_t read; /**< Read authorization parameters. */
- ble_gatts_write_authorize_params_t write; /**< Write authorization parameters. */
- } params;
-} ble_gatts_rw_authorize_reply_params_t;
-
-
-/**
- * @brief GATT Server Event IDs.
- */
-enum BLE_GATTS_EVTS
-{
- BLE_GATTS_EVT_WRITE = BLE_GATTS_EVT_BASE, /**< Write operation performed. */
- BLE_GATTS_EVT_RW_AUTHORIZE_REQUEST, /**< Read/Write Authorization request. */
- BLE_GATTS_EVT_SYS_ATTR_MISSING, /**< A persistent system attribute access is pending, awaiting a sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set(). */
- BLE_GATTS_EVT_HVC, /**< Handle Value Confirmation. */
- BLE_GATTS_EVT_SC_CONFIRM, /**< Service Changed Confirmation. */
- BLE_GATTS_EVT_TIMEOUT /**< Timeout. */
-};
-
-
-/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTS_EVT_WRITE. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t handle; /**< Attribute Handle. */
- uint8_t op; /**< Type of write operation, see @ref BLE_GATTS_OPS. */
- ble_gatts_attr_context_t context; /**< Attribute Context. */
- uint16_t offset; /**< Offset for the write operation. */
- uint16_t len; /**< Length of the incoming data. */
- uint8_t data[1]; /**< Incoming data, variable length. */
-} ble_gatts_evt_write_t;
-
-/**@brief Event structure for authorize read request. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t handle; /**< Attribute Handle. */
- ble_gatts_attr_context_t context; /**< Attribute Context. */
- uint16_t offset; /**< Offset for the read operation. */
-} ble_gatts_evt_read_t;
-
-/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTS_EVT_RW_AUTHORIZE_REQUEST. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t type; /**< Type of authorize operation, see @ref BLE_GATTS_AUTHORIZE_TYPES. */
- union {
- ble_gatts_evt_read_t read; /**< Attribute Read Parameters. */
- ble_gatts_evt_write_t write; /**< Attribute Write Parameters. */
- } request;
-} ble_gatts_evt_rw_authorize_request_t;
-
-/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTS_EVT_SYS_ATTR_MISSING. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t hint;
-} ble_gatts_evt_sys_attr_missing_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTS_EVT_HVC. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t handle; /**< Attribute Handle. */
-} ble_gatts_evt_hvc_t;
-
-/**@brief Event structure for BLE_GATTS_EVT_TIMEOUT. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t src; /**< Timeout source, see @ref BLE_GATT_TIMEOUT_SOURCES. */
-} ble_gatts_evt_timeout_t;
-
-
-/**@brief GATT Server event callback event structure. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Connection Handle on which event occurred. */
- union
- {
- ble_gatts_evt_write_t write; /**< Write Event Parameters. */
- ble_gatts_evt_rw_authorize_request_t authorize_request; /**< Read or Write Authorize Request Parameters. */
- ble_gatts_evt_sys_attr_missing_t sys_attr_missing; /**< System attributes missing. */
- ble_gatts_evt_hvc_t hvc; /**< Handle Value Confirmation Event Parameters. */
- ble_gatts_evt_timeout_t timeout; /**< Timeout Event. */
- } params;
-} ble_gatts_evt_t;
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup BLE_GATTS_FUNCTIONS Functions
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief Add a service declaration to the local server ATT table.
- *
- * @param[in] type Toggles between primary and secondary services, see @ref BLE_GATTS_SRVC_TYPES.
- * @param[in] p_uuid Pointer to service UUID.
- * @param[out] p_handle Pointer to a 16-bit word where the assigned handle will be stored.
- *
- * @note Secondary Services are only relevant in the context of the entity that references them, it is therefore forbidden to
- * add a secondary service declaration that is not referenced by another service later in the ATT table.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully added a service declaration.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, Vendor Specific UUIDs need to be present in the table.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN Forbidden value supplied, certain UUIDs are reserved for the stack.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Not enough memory to complete operation.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_SERVICE_ADD, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_service_add(uint8_t type, ble_uuid_t const*const p_uuid, uint16_t *const p_handle));
-
-
-/**@brief Add an include declaration to the local server ATT table.
- *
- * @note It is currently only possible to add an include declaration to the last added service (i.e. only sequential addition is supported at this time).
- *
- * @note The included service must already be present in the ATT table prior to this call.
- *
- * @param[in] service_handle Handle of the service where the included service is to be placed, if BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID is used, it will be placed sequentially.
- * @param[in] inc_srvc_handle Handle of the included service.
- * @param[out] p_include_handle Pointer to a 16-bit word where the assigned handle will be stored.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully added an include declaration.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, handle values need to match previously added services.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN Forbidden value supplied, self inclusions are not allowed.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Not enough memory to complete operation.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND Attribute not found.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_INCLUDE_ADD, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_include_add(uint16_t service_handle, uint16_t inc_srvc_handle, uint16_t *const p_include_handle));
-
-
-/**@brief Add a characteristic declaration, a characteristic value declaration and optional characteristic descriptor declarations to the local server ATT table.
- *
- * @note It is currently only possible to add a characteristic to the last added service (i.e. only sequential addition is supported at this time).
- *
- * @note Several restrictions apply to the parameters, such as matching permissions between the user description descriptor and the writeable auxiliaries bits,
- * readable (no security) and writeable (selectable) CCCDs and SCCDs and valid presentation format values.
- *
- * @note If no metadata is provided for the optional descriptors, their permissions will be derived from the characteristic permissions.
- *
- * @param[in] service_handle Handle of the service where the characteristic is to be placed, if BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID is used, it will be placed sequentially.
- * @param[in] p_char_md Characteristic metadata.
- * @param[in] p_attr_char_value Pointer to the attribute structure corresponding to the characteristic value.
- * @param[out] p_handles Pointer to the structure where the assigned handles will be stored.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully added a characteristic.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, service handle, Vendor Specific UUIDs, lengths, and permissions need to adhere to the constraints.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation, a service context is required.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN Forbidden value supplied, certain UUIDs are reserved for the stack.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Not enough memory to complete operation.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Invalid data size(s) supplied, attribute lengths are restricted by @ref BLE_GATTS_ATTR_LENS_MAX.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_CHARACTERISTIC_ADD, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_characteristic_add(uint16_t service_handle, ble_gatts_char_md_t const*const p_char_md, ble_gatts_attr_t const*const p_attr_char_value, ble_gatts_char_handles_t *const p_handles));
-
-
-/**@brief Add a descriptor to the local server ATT table.
- *
- * @note It is currently only possible to add a descriptor to the last added characteristic (i.e. only sequential addition is supported at this time).
- *
- * @param[in] char_handle Handle of the characteristic where the descriptor is to be placed, if BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID is used, it will be placed sequentially.
- * @param[in] p_attr Pointer to the attribute structure.
- * @param[out] p_handle Pointer to a 16-bit word where the assigned handle will be stored.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully added a descriptor.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, characteristic handle, Vendor Specific UUIDs, lengths, and permissions need to adhere to the constraints.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation, a characteristic context is required.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN Forbidden value supplied, certain UUIDs are reserved for the stack.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Not enough memory to complete operation.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Invalid data size(s) supplied, attribute lengths are restricted by @ref BLE_GATTS_ATTR_LENS_MAX.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_DESCRIPTOR_ADD, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_descriptor_add(uint16_t char_handle, ble_gatts_attr_t const * const p_attr, uint16_t* const p_handle));
-
-/**@brief Set the value of a given attribute.
- *
- * @param[in] handle Attribute handle.
- * @param[in] offset Offset in bytes to write from.
- * @param[in,out] p_len Length in bytes to be written, length in bytes written after successful return.
- * @param[in] p_value Pointer to a buffer (at least len bytes long) containing the desired attribute value. If value is stored in user memory, only the attribute length is updated when p_value == NULL.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully set the value of the attribute.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND Attribute not found.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN Forbidden handle supplied, certain attributes are not modifiable by the application.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Invalid data size(s) supplied, attribute lengths are restricted by @ref BLE_GATTS_ATTR_LENS_MAX.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_VALUE_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_value_set(uint16_t handle, uint16_t offset, uint16_t* const p_len, uint8_t const * const p_value));
-
-/**@brief Get the value of a given attribute.
- *
- * @param[in] handle Attribute handle.
- * @param[in] offset Offset in bytes to read from.
- * @param[in,out] p_len Length in bytes to be read, total length of attribute value (in bytes, starting from offset) after successful return.
- * @param[in,out] p_data Pointer to a buffer (at least len bytes long) where to store the attribute value. Set to NULL to obtain the complete length of attribute value.
- *
- * @note If the attribute value is longer than the size of the supplied buffer,
- * p_len will return the total attribute value length (excluding offset),
- * and not the number of bytes actually returned in p_data.
- * The application may use this information to allocate a suitable buffer size.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully retrieved the value of the attribute.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND Attribute not found.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_VALUE_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_value_get(uint16_t handle, uint16_t offset, uint16_t *const p_len, uint8_t* const p_data));
-
-/**@brief Notify or Indicate an attribute value.
- *
- * @details This function checks for the relevant Client Characteristic Configuration descriptor value to verify that the relevant operation
- * (notification or indication) has been enabled by the client. It is also able to update the attribute value before issuing the PDU, so that
- * the application can atomically perform a value update and a server initiated transaction with a single API call.
- * If the application chooses to indicate an attribute value, a @ref BLE_GATTS_EVT_HVC will be sent up as soon as the confirmation arrives from
- * the peer.
- *
- * @note The local attribute value may be updated even if an outgoing packet is not sent to the peer due to an error during execution.
- * When receiveing the error codes @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE, @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY, @ref BLE_ERROR_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_MISSING and
- * @ref BLE_ERROR_NO_TX_BUFFERS the ATT table has been updated.
- * The caller can check whether the value has been updated by looking at the contents of *(p_hvx_params->p_len).
- *
- * @note It is important to note that a notification will <b>consume an application buffer</b>, and will therefore
- * generate a @ref BLE_EVT_TX_COMPLETE event when the packet has been transmitted. An indication on the other hand will use the
- * standard server internal buffer and thus will only generate a @ref BLE_GATTS_EVT_HVC event as soon as the confirmation
- * has been received from the peer. Please see the documentation of @ref sd_ble_tx_buffer_count_get for more details.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
- * @param[in] p_hvx_params Pointer to an HVx parameters structure. If the p_data member contains a non-NULL pointer the attribute value will be updated with
- * the contents pointed by it before sending the notification or indication.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully queued a notification or indication for transmission, and optionally updated the attribute value.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_ATTR_HANDLE Invalid attribute handle(s) supplied. Only attributes added directly by the application are available to notify and indicate.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_GATTS_INVALID_ATTR_TYPE Invalid attribute type(s) supplied, only characteristic values may be notified and indicated.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND Attribute not found.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Invalid data size(s) supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation, notifications or indications must be enabled in the CCCD.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Procedure already in progress.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_MISSING System attributes missing, use @ref sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set to set them to a known value.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_NO_TX_BUFFERS There are no available buffers to send the data, applies only to notifications.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_HVX, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_hvx(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gatts_hvx_params_t const*const p_hvx_params));
-
-/**@brief Indicate the Service Changed attribute value.
- *
- * @details This call will send a Handle Value Indication to one or more peers connected to inform them that the attribute
- * table layout has changed. As soon as the peer has confirmed the indication, a @ref BLE_GATTS_EVT_SC_CONFIRM event will
- * be issued.
- *
- * @note Some of the restrictions and limitations that apply to @ref sd_ble_gatts_hvx also apply here.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
- * @param[in] start_handle Start of affected attribute handle range.
- * @param[in] end_handle End of affected attribute handle range.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully queued the Service Changed indication for transmission.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_ATTR_HANDLE Invalid attribute handle(s) supplied, handles must be in the range populated by the application.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Invalid state to perform operation, notifications or indications must be enabled in the CCCD.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY Procedure already in progress.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_MISSING System attributes missing, use @ref sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set to set them to a known value.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_SERVICE_CHANGED, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_service_changed(uint16_t conn_handle, uint16_t start_handle, uint16_t end_handle));
-
-/**@brief Respond to a Read/Write authorization request.
- *
- * @note This call should only be used as a response to a @ref BLE_GATTS_EVT_RW_AUTHORIZE_REQUEST event issued to the application.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
- * @param[in] p_rw_authorize_reply_params Pointer to a structure with the attribute provided by the application.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully queued a response to the peer, and in the case of a write operation, ATT table updated.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE No authorization request pending.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Authorization op invalid,
- * or for Read Authorization reply: requested handles not replied with,
- * or for Write Authorization reply: handle supplied does not match requested handle.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_RW_AUTHORIZE_REPLY, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_rw_authorize_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gatts_rw_authorize_reply_params_t const*const p_rw_authorize_reply_params));
-
-
-/**@brief Update persistent system attribute information.
- *
- * @details Supply to the stack information about persistent system attributes.
- * This call is legal in the connected state only, and is usually
- * made immediately after a connection is established and the bond identified.
- * usually as a response to a BLE_GATTS_EVT_SYS_ATTR_MISSING.
- *
- * p_sysattrs may point directly to the application's stored copy of the struct.
- * If the pointer is NULL, the system attribute info is initialized, assuming that
- * the application does not have any previously saved data for this bond.
- *
- * @note The state of persistent system attributes is reset upon connection and then remembered for its duration.
- *
- * @note If this call returns with an error code different from @ref NRF_SUCCESS, the storage of persistent system attributes may have been completed only partially.
- * This means that the state of the attribute table is undefined, and the application should either provide a new set of attributes using this same call or
- * reset the SoftDevice to return to a known state.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle.
- * @param[in] p_sys_attr_data Pointer to a saved copy of system attributes supplied to the stack, or NULL.
- * @param[in] len Size of data pointed by p_sys_attr_data, in octets.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully set the system attribute information.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA Invalid data supplied, the data should be exactly the same as retrieved with @ref sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_get.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Not enough memory to complete operation.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_SET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set(uint16_t conn_handle, uint8_t const*const p_sys_attr_data, uint16_t len));
-
-
-/**@brief Retrieve persistent system attribute information from the stack.
- *
- * @details This call is used to retrieve information about values to be stored perisistently by the application
- * after a connection has been terminated. When a new connection is made to the same bond, the values
- * should be restored using @ref sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set.
- * The data should be read before any new advertising is started, or any new connection established. The connection handle for
- * the previous now defunct connection will remain valid until a new one is created to allow this API call to refer to it.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle of the recently terminated connection.
- * @param[in] p_sys_attr_data Pointer to a buffer where updated information about system attributes will be filled in. NULL can be provided to
- * obtain the length of the data
- * @param[in,out] p_len Size of application buffer if p_sys_attr_data is not NULL. Unconditially updated to actual length of system attribute data.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully retrieved the system attribute information.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid Connection Handle.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE The system attribute information did not fit into the provided buffer.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_GET, uint32_t, sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_get(uint16_t conn_handle, uint8_t * const p_sys_attr_data, uint16_t* const p_len));
-
-/** @} */
-
-#endif // BLE_GATTS_H__
-
-/**
- @}
-*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_hci.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_hci.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/*
- Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
-
- The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- */
-/**
- @addtogroup BLE_COMMON
- @{
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef BLE_HCI_H__
-#define BLE_HCI_H__
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODES Bluetooth status codes
- * @{ */
-
-#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_SUCCESS 0x00
-#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_UNKNOWN_BTLE_COMMAND 0x01
-#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_UNKNOWN_CONNECTION_IDENTIFIER 0x02
-/*0x03 Hardware Failure
-0x04 Page Timeout
-*/
-#define BLE_HCI_AUTHENTICATION_FAILURE 0x05
-#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_PIN_OR_KEY_MISSING 0x06
-#define BLE_HCI_MEMORY_CAPACITY_EXCEEDED 0x07
-#define BLE_HCI_CONNECTION_TIMEOUT 0x08
-/*0x09 Connection Limit Exceeded
-0x0A Synchronous Connection Limit To A Device Exceeded
-0x0B ACL Connection Already Exists*/
-#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_COMMAND_DISALLOWED 0x0C
-/*0x0D Connection Rejected due to Limited Resources
-0x0E Connection Rejected Due To Security Reasons
-0x0F Connection Rejected due to Unacceptable BD_ADDR
-0x10 Connection Accept Timeout Exceeded
-0x11 Unsupported Feature or Parameter Value*/
-#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_INVALID_BTLE_COMMAND_PARAMETERS 0x12
-#define BLE_HCI_REMOTE_USER_TERMINATED_CONNECTION 0x13
-#define BLE_HCI_REMOTE_DEV_TERMINATION_DUE_TO_LOW_RESOURCES 0x14
-#define BLE_HCI_REMOTE_DEV_TERMINATION_DUE_TO_POWER_OFF 0x15
-#define BLE_HCI_LOCAL_HOST_TERMINATED_CONNECTION 0x16
-/*
-0x17 Repeated Attempts
-0x18 Pairing Not Allowed
-0x19 Unknown LMP PDU
-*/
-#define BLE_HCI_UNSUPPORTED_REMOTE_FEATURE 0x1A
-/*
-0x1B SCO Offset Rejected
-0x1C SCO Interval Rejected
-0x1D SCO Air Mode Rejected*/
-#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_INVALID_LMP_PARAMETERS 0x1E
-#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_UNSPECIFIED_ERROR 0x1F
-/*0x20 Unsupported LMP Parameter Value
-0x21 Role Change Not Allowed
-*/
-#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_LMP_RESPONSE_TIMEOUT 0x22
-/*0x23 LMP Error Transaction Collision*/
-#define BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_LMP_PDU_NOT_ALLOWED 0x24
-/*0x25 Encryption Mode Not Acceptable
-0x26 Link Key Can Not be Changed
-0x27 Requested QoS Not Supported
-*/
-#define BLE_HCI_INSTANT_PASSED 0x28
-#define BLE_HCI_PAIRING_WITH_UNIT_KEY_UNSUPPORTED 0x29
-#define BLE_HCI_DIFFERENT_TRANSACTION_COLLISION 0x2A
-/*
-0x2B Reserved
-0x2C QoS Unacceptable Parameter
-0x2D QoS Rejected
-0x2E Channel Classification Not Supported
-0x2F Insufficient Security
-0x30 Parameter Out Of Mandatory Range
-0x31 Reserved
-0x32 Role Switch Pending
-0x33 Reserved
-0x34 Reserved Slot Violation
-0x35 Role Switch Failed
-0x36 Extended Inquiry Response Too Large
-0x37 Secure Simple Pairing Not Supported By Host.
-0x38 Host Busy - Pairing
-0x39 Connection Rejected due to No Suitable Channel Found*/
-#define BLE_HCI_CONTROLLER_BUSY 0x3A
-#define BLE_HCI_CONN_INTERVAL_UNACCEPTABLE 0x3B
-#define BLE_HCI_DIRECTED_ADVERTISER_TIMEOUT 0x3C
-#define BLE_HCI_CONN_TERMINATED_DUE_TO_MIC_FAILURE 0x3D
-#define BLE_HCI_CONN_FAILED_TO_BE_ESTABLISHED 0x3E
-
-/** @} */
-
-
-#endif // BLE_HCI_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_l2cap.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_l2cap.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2011 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- *
- */
-/**
- @addtogroup BLE_L2CAP Logical Link Control and Adaptation Protocol (L2CAP)
- @{
- @brief Definitions and prototypes for the L2CAP interface.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_L2CAP_H__
-#define BLE_L2CAP_H__
-
-#include "ble_types.h"
-#include "ble_ranges.h"
-#include "ble_err.h"
-#include "nrf_svc.h"
-
-/**@addtogroup BLE_L2CAP_ENUMERATIONS Enumerations
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief L2CAP API SVC numbers. */
-enum BLE_L2CAP_SVCS
-{
- SD_BLE_L2CAP_CID_REGISTER = BLE_L2CAP_SVC_BASE, /**< Register a CID. */
- SD_BLE_L2CAP_CID_UNREGISTER, /**< Unregister a CID. */
- SD_BLE_L2CAP_TX /**< Transmit a packet. */
-};
-
-/** @} */
-
-/**@addtogroup BLE_L2CAP_DEFINES Defines
- * @{ */
-
-/**@defgroup BLE_ERRORS_L2CAP SVC return values specific to L2CAP
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_ERROR_L2CAP_CID_IN_USE (NRF_L2CAP_ERR_BASE + 0x000) /**< CID already in use. */
-/** @} */
-
-/**@brief Default L2CAP MTU. */
-#define BLE_L2CAP_MTU_DEF (23)
-
-/**@brief Invalid Channel Identifier. */
-#define BLE_L2CAP_CID_INVALID (0x0000)
-
-/**@brief Dynamic Channel Identifier base. */
-#define BLE_L2CAP_CID_DYN_BASE (0x0040)
-
-/**@brief Maximum amount of dynamic CIDs. */
-#define BLE_L2CAP_CID_DYN_MAX (8)
-
-/** @} */
-
-/**@addtogroup BLE_L2CAP_STRUCTURES Structures
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief Packet header format for L2CAP transmission. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t len; /**< Length of valid info in data member. */
- uint16_t cid; /**< Channel ID on which packet is transmitted. */
-} ble_l2cap_header_t;
-
-/**@brief L2CAP Event IDs. */
-enum BLE_L2CAP_EVTS
-{
- BLE_L2CAP_EVT_RX = BLE_L2CAP_EVT_BASE /**< L2CAP packet received. */
-};
-
-
-/**@brief L2CAP Received packet event report. */
-typedef struct
-{
- ble_l2cap_header_t header; /** L2CAP packet header. */
- uint8_t data[1]; /**< Packet data, variable length. */
-} ble_l2cap_evt_rx_t;
-
-
-/**@brief L2CAP event callback event structure. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t conn_handle; /**< Connection Handle on which event occured. */
- union
- {
- ble_l2cap_evt_rx_t rx; /**< RX Event parameters. */
- } params;
-} ble_l2cap_evt_t;
-
-
-/**@brief Register a CID with L2CAP.
- *
- * @details This registers a higher protocol layer with the L2CAP multiplexer, and is requried prior to all operations on the CID.
- *
- * @param[in] cid L2CAP CID.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully registered a CID with the L2CAP layer.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, CID must be above @ref BLE_L2CAP_CID_DYN_BASE.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_L2CAP_CID_IN_USE L2CAP CID already in use.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Not enough memory to complete operation.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_L2CAP_CID_REGISTER, uint32_t, sd_ble_l2cap_cid_register(uint16_t cid));
-
-/**@brief Unregister a CID with L2CAP.
- *
- * @details This unregisters a previously registerd higher protocol layer with the L2CAP multiplexer.
- *
- * @param[in] cid L2CAP CID.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully unregistered the CID.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND CID not previously registered.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_L2CAP_CID_UNREGISTER, uint32_t, sd_ble_l2cap_cid_unregister(uint16_t cid));
-
-/**@brief Transmit an L2CAP packet.
- *
- * @note It is important to note that a call to this function will <b>consume an application buffer</b>, and will therefore
- * generate a @ref BLE_EVT_TX_COMPLETE event when the packet has been transmitted.
- * Please see the documentation of @ref sd_ble_tx_buffer_count_get for more details.
- *
- * @param[in] conn_handle Connection Handle.
- * @param[in] p_header Pointer to a packet header containing length and CID.
- * @param[in] p_data Pointer to the data to be transmitted.
- *
- * @return @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully queued an L2CAP packet for transmission.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Invalid pointer supplied.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter(s) supplied, CIDs must be registered beforehand with @ref sd_ble_l2cap_cid_register.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND CID not found.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM Not enough memory to complete operation.
- * @return @ref BLE_ERROR_NO_TX_BUFFERS Not enough application buffers available.
- * @return @ref NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Invalid data size(s) supplied, see @ref BLE_L2CAP_MTU_DEF.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_BLE_L2CAP_TX, uint32_t, sd_ble_l2cap_tx(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_l2cap_header_t const * const p_header, uint8_t const * const p_data));
-
-/** @} */
-
-#endif // BLE_L2CAP_H__
-
-/**
- @}
-*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_ranges.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_ranges.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-/*
- Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
-
- The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- */
-/**
- @addtogroup BLE_COMMON
- @{
- @defgroup ble_ranges Module specific SVC and event number subranges
- @{
-
- @brief Definition of SVC and event number subranges for each API module.
-
- @note
- SVCs and event numbers are split into subranges for each API module.
- Each module receives its entire allocated range of SVC calls, whether implemented or not,
- but return BLE_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED for unimplemented or undefined calls in its range.
-
- Note that the symbols BLE_<module>_SVC_LAST is the end of the allocated SVC range,
- rather than the last SVC function call actually defined and implemented.
-
- Specific SVC and event values are defined in each module's ble_<module>.h file,
- which defines names of each individual SVC code based on the range start value.
-*/
-
-#ifndef BLE_RANGES_H__
-#define BLE_RANGES_H__
-
-#define BLE_SVC_BASE 0x60
-#define BLE_SVC_LAST 0x6B /* Total: 12. */
-
-#define BLE_RESERVED_SVC_BASE 0x6C
-#define BLE_RESERVED_SVC_LAST 0x6F /* Total: 4. */
-
-#define BLE_GAP_SVC_BASE 0x70
-#define BLE_GAP_SVC_LAST 0x8F /* Total: 32. */
-
-#define BLE_GATTC_SVC_BASE 0x90
-#define BLE_GATTC_SVC_LAST 0x9F /* Total: 16. */
-
-#define BLE_GATTS_SVC_BASE 0xA0
-#define BLE_GATTS_SVC_LAST 0xAF /* Total: 16. */
-
-#define BLE_L2CAP_SVC_BASE 0xB0
-#define BLE_L2CAP_SVC_LAST 0xBF /* Total: 16. */
-
-
-#define BLE_EVT_INVALID 0x00
-
-#define BLE_EVT_BASE 0x01
-#define BLE_EVT_LAST 0x0F /* Total: 15. */
-
-#define BLE_GAP_EVT_BASE 0x10
-#define BLE_GAP_EVT_LAST 0x2F /* Total: 32. */
-
-#define BLE_GATTC_EVT_BASE 0x30
-#define BLE_GATTC_EVT_LAST 0x4F /* Total: 32. */
-
-#define BLE_GATTS_EVT_BASE 0x50
-#define BLE_GATTS_EVT_LAST 0x6F /* Total: 32. */
-
-#define BLE_L2CAP_EVT_BASE 0x70
-#define BLE_L2CAP_EVT_LAST 0x8F /* Total: 32. */
-
-#define BLE_OPT_INVALID 0x00 /**< Invalid BLE Option. */
-
-#define BLE_OPT_BASE 0x01 /**< Common BLE Option base. */
-#define BLE_OPT_LAST 0x1F /**< Total: 31. */
-
-#define BLE_GAP_OPT_BASE 0x20 /**< GAP BLE Option base. */
-#define BLE_GAP_OPT_LAST 0x3F /**< Total: 32. */
-
-#define BLE_GATTC_OPT_BASE 0x40 /**< GATTC BLE Option base. */
-#define BLE_GATTC_OPT_LAST 0x5F /**< Total: 32. */
-
-#define BLE_GATTS_OPT_BASE 0x60 /**< GATTS BLE Option base. */
-#define BLE_GATTS_OPT_LAST 0x7F /**< Total: 32. */
-
-#define BLE_L2CAP_OPT_BASE 0x80 /**< L2CAP BLE Option base. */
-#define BLE_L2CAP_OPT_LAST 0x9F /**< Total: 32. */
-
-#endif /* BLE_RANGES_H__ */
-
-/**
- @}
- @}
-*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_types.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/ble_types.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2011 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- *
- */
-/**
- @addtogroup BLE_COMMON
- @{
- @defgroup ble_types Common types and macro definitions
- @{
-
- @brief Common types and macro definitions for the S110 SoftDevice.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_TYPES_H__
-#define BLE_TYPES_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-/** @addtogroup BLE_COMMON_DEFINES Defines
- * @{ */
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_CONN_HANDLES BLE Connection Handles
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID 0xFFFF /**< Invalid Connection Handle. */
-#define BLE_CONN_HANDLE_ALL 0xFFFE /**< Applies to all Connection Handles. */
-/** @} */
-
-
-
-
-
-/** @defgroup BLE_UUID_TYPES Types of UUID
- * @{ */
-#define BLE_UUID_TYPE_UNKNOWN 0x00 /**< Invalid UUID type. */
-#define BLE_UUID_TYPE_BLE 0x01 /**< Bluetooth SIG UUID (16-bit). */
-#define BLE_UUID_TYPE_VENDOR_BEGIN 0x02 /**< Vendor UUID types start at this index (128-bit). */
-/** @} */
-
-/** @brief Set .type and .uuid fields of ble_uuid_struct to specified uuid value. */
-#define BLE_UUID_BLE_ASSIGN(instance, value) do {\
- instance.type = BLE_UUID_TYPE_BLE; \
- instance.uuid = value;} while(0)
-
-/** @brief Copy type and uuid members from src to dst ble_uuid_t pointer. Both pointers must be valid/non-null. */
-#define BLE_UUID_COPY_PTR(dst, src) do {\
- (dst)->type = (src)->type; \
- (dst)->uuid = (src)->uuid;} while(0)
-
-/** @brief Copy type and uuid members from src to dst ble_uuid_t struct. */
-#define BLE_UUID_COPY_INST(dst, src) do {\
- (dst).type = (src).type; \
- (dst).uuid = (src).uuid;} while(0)
-
-/** @brief Compare for equality both type and uuid members of two (valid, non-null) ble_uuid_t pointers. */
-#define BLE_UUID_EQ(p_uuid1, p_uuid2) \
- (((p_uuid1)->type == (p_uuid2)->type) && ((p_uuid1)->uuid == (p_uuid2)->uuid))
-
-/** @brief Compare for difference both type and uuid members of two (valid, non-null) ble_uuid_t pointers. */
-#define BLE_UUID_NEQ(p_uuid1, p_uuid2) \
- (((p_uuid1)->type != (p_uuid2)->type) || ((p_uuid1)->uuid != (p_uuid2)->uuid))
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup BLE_TYPES_STRUCTURES Structures
- * @{ */
-
-/** @brief 128 bit UUID values. */
-typedef struct
-{
- unsigned char uuid128[16];
-} ble_uuid128_t;
-
-/** @brief Bluetooth Low Energy UUID type, encapsulates both 16-bit and 128-bit UUIDs. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint16_t uuid; /**< 16-bit UUID value or octets 12-13 of 128-bit UUID. */
- uint8_t type; /**< UUID type, see @ref BLE_UUID_TYPES. If type is BLE_UUID_TYPE_UNKNOWN, the value of uuid is undefined. */
-} ble_uuid_t;
-
-/** @} */
-
-#endif /* BLE_TYPES_H__ */
-
-/**
- @}
- @}
-*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_error.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_error.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- *
- */
- /**
- @defgroup nrf_error SoftDevice Global Error Codes
- @{
-
- @brief Global Error definitions
-*/
-
-/* Header guard */
-#ifndef NRF_ERROR_H__
-#define NRF_ERROR_H__
-
-/** @defgroup NRF_ERRORS_BASE Error Codes Base number definitions
- * @{ */
-#define NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM (0x0) ///< Global error base
-#define NRF_ERROR_SDM_BASE_NUM (0x1000) ///< SDM error base
-#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM (0x2000) ///< SoC error base
-#define NRF_ERROR_STK_BASE_NUM (0x3000) ///< STK error base
-/** @} */
-
-#define NRF_SUCCESS (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 0) ///< Successful command
-#define NRF_ERROR_SVC_HANDLER_MISSING (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 1) ///< SVC handler is missing
-#define NRF_ERROR_SOFTDEVICE_NOT_ENABLED (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 2) ///< SoftDevice has not been enabled
-#define NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 3) ///< Internal Error
-#define NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 4) ///< No Memory for operation
-#define NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 5) ///< Not found
-#define NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 6) ///< Not supported
-#define NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 7) ///< Invalid Parameter
-#define NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 8) ///< Invalid state, operation disallowed in this state
-#define NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 9) ///< Invalid Length
-#define NRF_ERROR_INVALID_FLAGS (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 10) ///< Invalid Flags
-#define NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 11) ///< Invalid Data
-#define NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 12) ///< Data size exceeds limit
-#define NRF_ERROR_TIMEOUT (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 13) ///< Operation timed out
-#define NRF_ERROR_NULL (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 14) ///< Null Pointer
-#define NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 15) ///< Forbidden Operation
-#define NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 16) ///< Bad Memory Address
-#define NRF_ERROR_BUSY (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 17) ///< Busy
-
-#endif // NRF_ERROR_H__
-
-/**
- @}
-*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_error_sdm.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_error_sdm.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- *
- */
- /**
- @addtogroup nrf_sdm_api
- @{
- @defgroup nrf_sdm_error SoftDevice Manager Error Codes
- @{
-
- @brief Error definitions for the SDM API
-*/
-
-/* Header guard */
-#ifndef NRF_ERROR_SDM_H__
-#define NRF_ERROR_SDM_H__
-
-#include "nrf_error.h"
-
-#define NRF_ERROR_SDM_LFCLK_SOURCE_UNKNOWN (NRF_ERROR_SDM_BASE_NUM + 0) ///< Unknown lfclk source
-#define NRF_ERROR_SDM_INCORRECT_INTERRUPT_CONFIGURATION (NRF_ERROR_SDM_BASE_NUM + 1) ///< Incorrect interrupt configuration (can be caused by using illegal priority levels, or having enabled SoftDevice interrupts)
-#define NRF_ERROR_SDM_INCORRECT_CLENR0 (NRF_ERROR_SDM_BASE_NUM + 2) ///< Incorrect CLENR0 (can be caused by erronous SoftDevice flashing)
-
-#endif // NRF_ERROR_SDM_H__
-
-/**
- @}
- @}
-*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_error_soc.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_error_soc.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- *
- */
- /**
- @addtogroup nrf_soc_api
- @{
- @defgroup nrf_soc_error SoC Library Error Codes
- @{
-
- @brief Error definitions for the SoC library
-
-*/
-
-/* Header guard */
-#ifndef NRF_ERROR_SOC_H__
-#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_H__
-
-#include "nrf_error.h"
-
-/* Mutex Errors */
-#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_MUTEX_ALREADY_TAKEN (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 0) ///< Mutex already taken
-
-/* NVIC errors */
-#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 1) ///< NVIC interrupt not available
-#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_NOT_ALLOWED (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 2) ///< NVIC interrupt priority not allowed
-#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_SHOULD_NOT_RETURN (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 3) ///< NVIC should not return
-
-/* Power errors */
-#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_POWER_MODE_UNKNOWN (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 4) ///< Power mode unknown
-#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_POWER_POF_THRESHOLD_UNKNOWN (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 5) ///< Power POF threshold unknown
-#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_POWER_OFF_SHOULD_NOT_RETURN (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 6) ///< Power off should not return
-
-/* Rand errors */
-#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_RAND_NOT_ENOUGH_VALUES (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 7) ///< RAND not enough values
-
-/* PPI errors */
-#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_CHANNEL (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 8) ///< Invalid PPI Channel
-#define NRF_ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_GROUP (NRF_ERROR_SOC_BASE_NUM + 9) ///< Invalid PPI Group
-
-#endif // NRF_ERROR_SOC_H__
-/**
- @}
- @}
-*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_mbr.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_mbr.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- *
- */
-/**
- @defgroup nrf_mbr_api Master Boot Record API
- @{
-
- @brief APIs for updating SoftDevice and BootLoader
-
-*/
-
-/* Header guard */
-#ifndef NRF_MBR_H__
-#define NRF_MBR_H__
-
-#include "nrf_svc.h"
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-
-/** @addtogroup NRF_MBR_DEFINES Defines
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief MBR SVC Base number. */
-#define MBR_SVC_BASE 0x18
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup NRF_MBR_ENUMS Enumerations
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief nRF Master Boot Record API SVC numbers. */
-enum NRF_MBR_SVCS
-{
- SD_MBR_COMMAND = MBR_SVC_BASE, /**< ::sd_mbr_command */
-};
-
-/**@brief Possible values for ::sd_mbr_command_t.command */
-enum NRF_MBR_COMMANDS
-{
- SD_MBR_COMMAND_COPY_BL, /**< Copy a new a new BootLoader. @see sd_mbr_command_copy_bl_t */
- SD_MBR_COMMAND_COPY_SD, /**< Copy a new SoftDevice. @see ::sd_mbr_command_copy_sd_t*/
- SD_MBR_COMMAND_INIT_SD, /**< Init forwarding interrupts to SD, and run reset function in SD*/
- SD_MBR_COMMAND_COMPARE, /**< This command works like memcmp. @see ::sd_mbr_command_compare_t*/
- SD_MBR_COMMAND_VECTOR_TABLE_BASE_SET, /**< Start forwarding all exception to this address @see ::sd_mbr_command_vector_table_base_set_t*/
-};
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup NRF_MBR_TYPES Types
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief This command copies part of a new SoftDevice
- * The destination area is erased before copying.
- * If dst is in the middle of a flash page, that whole flash page will be erased.
- * If (dst+len) is in the middle of a flash page, that whole flash page will be erased.
- *
- * The user of this function is responsible for setting the PROTENSET registers.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS indicates that the contents of the memory blocks where copied correctly.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL indicates that the contents of the memory blocks where not verified correctly after copying.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint32_t *src; /**< Pointer to the source of data to be copied.*/
- uint32_t *dst; /**< Pointer to the destination where the content is to be copied.*/
- uint32_t len; /**< Number of 32 bit words to copy. Must be a multiple of 256 words*/
-}sd_mbr_command_copy_sd_t;
-
-
-/**@brief This command works like memcmp, but takes the length in words.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS indicates that the contents of both memory blocks are equal.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_NULL indicates that the contents of the memory blocks are not equal.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint32_t *ptr1; /**< Pointer to block of memory */
- uint32_t *ptr2; /**< Pointer to block of memory */
- uint32_t len; /**< Number of 32 bit words to compare*/
-}sd_mbr_command_compare_t;
-
-
-/**@brief This command copies a new BootLoader.
- * With this command, destination of BootLoader is always the address written in NRF_UICR->BOOTADDR.
- *
- * Destination is erased by this function.
- * If (destination+bl_len) is in the middle of a flash page, that whole flash page will be erased.
- *
- * This function will use PROTENSET to protect the flash that is not intended to be written.
- *
- * On Success, this function will not return. It will start the new BootLoader from reset-vector as normal.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE indicates that something was wrong.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL indicates an internal error that should not happen.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN if NRF_UICR->BOOTADDR is not set
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH is invalid.
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint32_t *bl_src; /**< Pointer to the source of the Bootloader to be be copied.*/
- uint32_t bl_len; /**< Number of 32 bit words to copy for BootLoader */
-}sd_mbr_command_copy_bl_t;
-
-/**@brief Sets the base address of the interrupt vector table for interrupts forwarded from the MBR
- *
- * Once this function has been called, this address is where the MBR will start to forward interrupts to after a reset.
- *
- * To restore default forwarding thiss function should be called with @param address set to 0.
- * The MBR will then start forwarding to interrupts to the adress in NFR_UICR->BOOTADDR or to the SoftDevice if the BOOTADDR is not set.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint32_t address; /**< The base address of the interrupt vector table for forwarded interrupts.*/
-}sd_mbr_command_vector_table_base_set_t;
-
-typedef struct
-{
- uint32_t command; /**< type of command to be issued see @ref NRF_MBR_COMMANDS. */
- union
- {
- sd_mbr_command_copy_sd_t copy_sd; /**< Parameters for copy*/
- sd_mbr_command_copy_bl_t copy_bl; /**< Parameters for copy SoftDevice and BootLoader*/
- sd_mbr_command_compare_t compare; /**< Parameters for verify*/
- sd_mbr_command_vector_table_base_set_t base_set; /**< Parameters for vector table base set.*/
- } params;
-}sd_mbr_command_t;
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup NRF_MBR_FUNCTIONS Functions
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief Issue Master Boot Record commands
- *
- * Commands used when updating a SoftDevice and bootloader
- *
- * @param[in] param Pointer to a struct describing the command
- *
- *@note for retvals see ::sd_mbr_command_copy_sd_t ::sd_mbr_command_copy_bl_t ::sd_mbr_command_compare_t
-
-*/
-SVCALL(SD_MBR_COMMAND, uint32_t, sd_mbr_command(sd_mbr_command_t* param));
-
-/** @} */
-#endif // NRF_MBR_H__
-
-/**
- @}
-*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_sdm.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_sdm.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,167 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2011 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- *
- */
-/**
- @defgroup nrf_sdm_api SoftDevice Manager API
- @{
-
- @brief APIs for SoftDevice management.
-
-*/
-
-/* Header guard */
-#ifndef NRF_SDM_H__
-#define NRF_SDM_H__
-
-#include "nrf_svc.h"
-#include "nrf51.h"
-#include "nrf_soc.h"
-#include "nrf_error_sdm.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup NRF_SDM_DEFINES Defines
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief SoftDevice Manager SVC Base number. */
-#define SDM_SVC_BASE (0x10)
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup NRF_SDM_ENUMS Enumerations
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief nRF SoftDevice Manager API SVC numbers. */
-enum NRF_SD_SVCS
-{
- SD_SOFTDEVICE_ENABLE = SDM_SVC_BASE, /**< ::sd_softdevice_enable */
- SD_SOFTDEVICE_DISABLE, /**< ::sd_softdevice_disable */
- SD_SOFTDEVICE_IS_ENABLED, /**< ::sd_softdevice_is_enabled */
- SD_SOFTDEVICE_VECTOR_TABLE_BASE_SET, /**< ::sd_softdevice_vector_table_base_set */
- SVC_SDM_LAST /**< Placeholder for last SDM SVC */
-};
-
-/**@brief Possible lfclk oscillator sources. */
-enum NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRCS
-{
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_SYNTH_250_PPM, /**< LFCLK Synthesized from HFCLK. */
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_500_PPM, /**< LFCLK crystal oscillator 500 PPM accuracy. */
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_250_PPM, /**< LFCLK crystal oscillator 250 PPM accuracy. */
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_150_PPM, /**< LFCLK crystal oscillator 150 PPM accuracy. */
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_100_PPM, /**< LFCLK crystal oscillator 100 PPM accuracy. */
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_75_PPM, /**< LFCLK crystal oscillator 75 PPM accuracy. */
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_50_PPM, /**< LFCLK crystal oscillator 50 PPM accuracy. */
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_30_PPM, /**< LFCLK crystal oscillator 30 PPM accuracy. */
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_XTAL_20_PPM, /**< LFCLK crystal oscillator 20 PPM accuracy. */
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_250MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator, 250ms calibration interval.*/
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_500MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator, 500ms calibration interval.*/
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_1000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator, 1000ms calibration interval.*/
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_2000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator, 2000ms calibration interval.*/
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_4000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator, 4000ms calibration interval.*/
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_8000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator, 8000ms calibration interval.*/
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_TEMP_1000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator. Temperature checked every 1000ms, if changed above a threshold, a calibration is done.*/
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_TEMP_2000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator. Temperature checked every 2000ms, if changed above a threshold, a calibration is done.*/
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_TEMP_4000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator. Temperature checked every 4000ms, if changed above a threshold, a calibration is done.*/
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_TEMP_8000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator. Temperature checked every 8000ms, if changed above a threshold, a calibration is done.*/
- NRF_CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_RC_250_PPM_TEMP_16000MS_CALIBRATION, /**< LFCLK RC oscillator. Temperature checked every 16000ms, if changed above a threshold, a calibration is done.*/
-};
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup NRF_SDM_TYPES Types
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief Type representing lfclk oscillator source. */
-typedef uint32_t nrf_clock_lfclksrc_t;
-
-
-/**@brief SoftDevice Assertion Handler type.
- *
- * When an unexpected error occurs within the SoftDevice it will call the SoftDevice assertion handler callback.
- * The protocol stack will be in an undefined state when this happens and the only way to recover will be to
- * perform a reset, using e.g. CMSIS NVIC_SystemReset().
- *
- * @note This callback is executed in HardFault context, thus SVC functions cannot be called from the SoftDevice assert callback.
- *
- * @param[in] pc The program counter of the failed assert.
- * @param[in] line_number Line number where the assert failed.
- * @param[in] file_name File name where the assert failed.
- */
-typedef void (*softdevice_assertion_handler_t)(uint32_t pc, uint16_t line_number, const uint8_t * p_file_name);
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup NRF_SDM_FUNCTIONS Functions
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief Enables the SoftDevice and by extension the protocol stack.
- *
- * Idempotent function to enable the SoftDevice.
- *
- * @note Some care must be taken if a low frequency clock source is already running when calling this function:
- * If the LF clock has a different source then the one currently running, it will be stopped. Then, the new
- * clock source will be started.
- *
- * @note This function has no effect when returning with an error.
- *
- * @post If return code is ::NRF_SUCCESS
- * - SoC library and protocol stack APIs are made available
- * - A portion of RAM will be unavailable (see relevant SDS documentation)
- * - Some peripherals will be unavailable or available only through the SoC API (see relevant SDS documentation)
- * - Interrupts will not arrive from protected peripherals or interrupts
- * - nrf_nvic_ functions must be used instead of CMSIS NVIC_ functions for reliable usage of the softdevice.
- * - Interrupt latency may be affected by the SoftDevice (see relevant SDS documentation)
- * - Chosen low frequency clock source will be running
- *
- * @param clock_source Low frequency clock source and accuracy. (Note: In the case of XTAL source, the PPM accuracy of the chosen clock source must be greater than or equal to the actual characteristics of your XTAL clock).
- * @param assertion_handler Callback for SoftDevice assertions.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SDM_INCORRECT_INTERRUPT_CONFIGURATION SoftDeviceinterrupt is already enabled, or an enabled interrupt has an illegal priority level
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SDM_LFCLK_SOURCE_UNKNOWN Unknown low frequency clock source selected
- */
-SVCALL(SD_SOFTDEVICE_ENABLE, uint32_t, sd_softdevice_enable(nrf_clock_lfclksrc_t clock_source, softdevice_assertion_handler_t assertion_handler));
-
-/**@brief Disables the SoftDevice and by extension the protocol stack.
- *
- * Idempotent function to disable the SoftDevice.
- *
- * @post SoC library and protocol stack APIs are made unavailable.
- * @post All interrupts that was protected by the SoftDevice will be disabled and initialized to priority 0 (highest).
- * @post All peripherals used by the SoftDevice will be reset to default values.
- * @post All of RAM become available.
- * @post All interrupts are forwarded to the application.
- * @post LFCLK source chosen in ::sd_softdevice_enable will be left running.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_SOFTDEVICE_DISABLE, uint32_t, sd_softdevice_disable(void));
-
-/**@brief Check if the SoftDevice is enabled.
- *
- * @param[out] p_softdevice_enabled If the SoftDevice is enabled: 1 else 0.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_SOFTDEVICE_IS_ENABLED, uint32_t, sd_softdevice_is_enabled(uint8_t * p_softdevice_enabled));
-
-/**@brief Sets the base address of the interrupt vector table for interrupts forwarded from the SoftDevice
- *
- * This function is only intended to be called when a bootloader is enabled.
- *
- * @param[in] address The base address of the interrupt vector table for forwarded interrupts.
-
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_SOFTDEVICE_VECTOR_TABLE_BASE_SET, uint32_t, sd_softdevice_vector_table_base_set(uint32_t address));
-
-/** @} */
-
-#endif // NRF_SDM_H__
-
-/**
- @}
-*/
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_soc.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_soc.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,958 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2011 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * @defgroup nrf_soc_api SoC Library API
- * @{
- *
- * @brief APIs for the SoC library.
- *
-*/
-
-#ifndef NRF_SOC_H__
-#define NRF_SOC_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdbool.h>
-#include "nrf_svc.h"
-#include "nrf51.h"
-#include "nrf51_bitfields.h"
-#include "nrf_error_soc.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup NRF_SOC_DEFINES Defines
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief The number of the lowest SVC number reserved for the SoC library. */
-#define SOC_SVC_BASE (0x20)
-#define SOC_SVC_BASE_NOT_AVAILABLE (0x23)
-
-/**@brief Guranteed time for application to process radio inactive notification. */
-#define NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_INACTIVE_GUARANTEED_TIME_US (62)
-
-/**@brief The minimum allowed timeslot extension time. */
-#define NRF_RADIO_MINIMUM_TIMESLOT_LENGTH_EXTENSION_TIME_US (200)
-
-#define SOC_ECB_KEY_LENGTH (16) /**< ECB key length. */
-#define SOC_ECB_CLEARTEXT_LENGTH (16) /**< ECB cleartext length. */
-#define SOC_ECB_CIPHERTEXT_LENGTH (SOC_ECB_CLEARTEXT_LENGTH) /**< ECB ciphertext length. */
-
-#define SD_EVT_IRQn (SWI2_IRQn) /**< SoftDevice Event IRQ number. Used for both protocol events and SoC events. */
-#define SD_EVT_IRQHandler (SWI2_IRQHandler) /**< SoftDevice Event IRQ handler. Used for both protocol events and SoC events. */
-#define RADIO_NOTIFICATION_IRQn (SWI1_IRQn) /**< The radio notification IRQ number. */
-#define RADIO_NOTIFICATION_IRQHandler (SWI1_IRQHandler) /**< The radio notification IRQ handler. */
-
-#define NRF_RADIO_LENGTH_MIN_US (100) /**< The shortest allowed radio timeslot, in microseconds. */
-#define NRF_RADIO_LENGTH_MAX_US (100000) /**< The longest allowed radio timeslot, in microseconds. */
-
-#define NRF_RADIO_DISTANCE_MAX_US (128000000UL - 1UL) /**< The longest timeslot distance, in microseconds, allowed for the distance parameter (see @ref nrf_radio_request_normal_t) in the request. */
-
-#define NRF_RADIO_EARLIEST_TIMEOUT_MAX_US (128000000UL - 1UL) /**< The longest timeout, in microseconds, allowed when requesting the earliest possible timeslot. */
-
-#define NRF_RADIO_START_JITTER_US (2) /**< The maximum jitter in NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_START relative to the requested start time. */
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup NRF_SOC_TYPES Types
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief The SVC numbers used by the SVC functions in the SoC library. */
-enum NRF_SOC_SVCS
-{
- SD_FLASH_PAGE_ERASE = SOC_SVC_BASE,
- SD_FLASH_WRITE,
- SD_FLASH_PROTECT,
- SD_MUTEX_NEW = SOC_SVC_BASE_NOT_AVAILABLE,
- SD_MUTEX_ACQUIRE,
- SD_MUTEX_RELEASE,
- SD_NVIC_ENABLEIRQ,
- SD_NVIC_DISABLEIRQ,
- SD_NVIC_GETPENDINGIRQ,
- SD_NVIC_SETPENDINGIRQ,
- SD_NVIC_CLEARPENDINGIRQ,
- SD_NVIC_SETPRIORITY,
- SD_NVIC_GETPRIORITY,
- SD_NVIC_SYSTEMRESET,
- SD_NVIC_CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER,
- SD_NVIC_CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT,
- SD_RAND_APPLICATION_POOL_CAPACITY,
- SD_RAND_APPLICATION_BYTES_AVAILABLE,
- SD_RAND_APPLICATION_GET_VECTOR,
- SD_POWER_MODE_SET,
- SD_POWER_SYSTEM_OFF,
- SD_POWER_RESET_REASON_GET,
- SD_POWER_RESET_REASON_CLR,
- SD_POWER_POF_ENABLE,
- SD_POWER_POF_THRESHOLD_SET,
- SD_POWER_RAMON_SET,
- SD_POWER_RAMON_CLR,
- SD_POWER_RAMON_GET,
- SD_POWER_GPREGRET_SET,
- SD_POWER_GPREGRET_CLR,
- SD_POWER_GPREGRET_GET,
- SD_POWER_DCDC_MODE_SET,
- SD_APP_EVT_WAIT,
- SD_CLOCK_HFCLK_REQUEST,
- SD_CLOCK_HFCLK_RELEASE,
- SD_CLOCK_HFCLK_IS_RUNNING,
- SD_PPI_CHANNEL_ENABLE_GET,
- SD_PPI_CHANNEL_ENABLE_SET,
- SD_PPI_CHANNEL_ENABLE_CLR,
- SD_PPI_CHANNEL_ASSIGN,
- SD_PPI_GROUP_TASK_ENABLE,
- SD_PPI_GROUP_TASK_DISABLE,
- SD_PPI_GROUP_ASSIGN,
- SD_PPI_GROUP_GET,
- SD_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_CFG_SET,
- SD_ECB_BLOCK_ENCRYPT,
- SD_RADIO_SESSION_OPEN,
- SD_RADIO_SESSION_CLOSE,
- SD_RADIO_REQUEST,
- SD_EVT_GET,
- SD_TEMP_GET,
- SVC_SOC_LAST
-};
-
-/**@brief Possible values of a ::nrf_mutex_t. */
-enum NRF_MUTEX_VALUES
-{
- NRF_MUTEX_FREE,
- NRF_MUTEX_TAKEN
-};
-
-/**@brief Possible values of ::nrf_app_irq_priority_t. */
-enum NRF_APP_PRIORITIES
-{
- NRF_APP_PRIORITY_HIGH = 1,
- NRF_APP_PRIORITY_LOW = 3
-};
-
-/**@brief Possible values of ::nrf_power_mode_t. */
-enum NRF_POWER_MODES
-{
- NRF_POWER_MODE_CONSTLAT, /**< Constant latency mode. See power management in the reference manual. */
- NRF_POWER_MODE_LOWPWR /**< Low power mode. See power management in the reference manual. */
-};
-
-
-/**@brief Possible values of ::nrf_power_failure_threshold_t */
-enum NRF_POWER_THRESHOLDS
-{
- NRF_POWER_THRESHOLD_V21, /**< 2.1 Volts power failure threshold. */
- NRF_POWER_THRESHOLD_V23, /**< 2.3 Volts power failure threshold. */
- NRF_POWER_THRESHOLD_V25, /**< 2.5 Volts power failure threshold. */
- NRF_POWER_THRESHOLD_V27 /**< 2.7 Volts power failure threshold. */
-};
-
-
-/**@brief Possible values of ::nrf_power_dcdc_mode_t. */
-enum NRF_POWER_DCDC_MODES
-{
- NRF_POWER_DCDC_MODE_OFF, /**< The DCDC is always off. */
- NRF_POWER_DCDC_MODE_ON, /**< The DCDC is always on. */
- NRF_POWER_DCDC_MODE_AUTOMATIC /**< The DCDC is automatically managed. */
-};
-
-/**@brief Possible values of ::nrf_radio_notification_distance_t. */
-enum NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCES
-{
- NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_NONE = 0, /**< The event does not have a notification. */
- NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_800US, /**< The distance from the active notification to start of radio activity. */
- NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_1740US, /**< The distance from the active notification to start of radio activity. */
- NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_2680US, /**< The distance from the active notification to start of radio activity. */
- NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_3620US, /**< The distance from the active notification to start of radio activity. */
- NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_4560US, /**< The distance from the active notification to start of radio activity. */
- NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_5500US /**< The distance from the active notification to start of radio activity. */
-};
-
-
-/**@brief Possible values of ::nrf_radio_notification_type_t. */
-enum NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPES
-{
- NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPE_NONE = 0, /**< The event does not have a radio notification signal. */
- NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPE_INT_ON_ACTIVE, /**< Using interrupt for notification when the radio will be enabled. */
- NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPE_INT_ON_INACTIVE, /**< Using interrupt for notification when the radio has been disabled. */
- NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPE_INT_ON_BOTH, /**< Using interrupt for notification both when the radio will be enabled and disabled. */
-};
-
-/**@brief SoC Events. */
-enum NRF_SOC_EVTS
-{
- NRF_EVT_HFCLKSTARTED, /**< Event indicating that the HFCLK has started. */
- NRF_EVT_POWER_FAILURE_WARNING, /**< Event indicating that a power failure warning has occurred. */
- NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_SUCCESS, /**< Event indicating that the ongoing flash operation has completed successfully. */
- NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_ERROR, /**< Event indicating that the ongoing flash operation has timed out with an error. */
- NRF_EVT_RADIO_BLOCKED, /**< Event indicating that a radio timeslot was blocked. */
- NRF_EVT_RADIO_CANCELED, /**< Event indicating that a radio timeslot was canceled by SoftDevice. */
- NRF_EVT_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_INVALID_RETURN, /**< Event indicating that a radio signal callback handler return was invalid. */
- NRF_EVT_RADIO_SESSION_IDLE, /**< Event indicating that a radio session is idle. */
- NRF_EVT_RADIO_SESSION_CLOSED, /**< Event indicating that a radio session is closed. */
- NRF_EVT_NUMBER_OF_EVTS
-};
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup NRF_SOC_TYPES Types
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief Represents a mutex for use with the nrf_mutex functions.
- * @note Accessing the value directly is not safe, use the mutex functions!
- */
-typedef volatile uint8_t nrf_mutex_t;
-
-/**@brief The interrupt priorities available to the application while the softdevice is active. */
-typedef uint8_t nrf_app_irq_priority_t;
-
-/**@brief Represents a power mode, used in power mode functions */
-typedef uint8_t nrf_power_mode_t;
-
-/**@brief Represents a power failure threshold value. */
-typedef uint8_t nrf_power_failure_threshold_t;
-
-/**@brief Represents a DCDC mode value. */
-typedef uint32_t nrf_power_dcdc_mode_t;
-
-/**@brief Radio notification distances. */
-typedef uint8_t nrf_radio_notification_distance_t;
-
-/**@brief Radio notification types. */
-typedef uint8_t nrf_radio_notification_type_t;
-
-/** @brief The Radio signal callback types. */
-enum NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE
-{
- NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_START, /**< This signal indicates the start of the radio timeslot. */
- NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_TIMER0, /**< This signal indicates the NRF_TIMER0 interrupt. */
- NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_RADIO, /**< This signal indicates the NRF_RADIO interrupt. */
- NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_EXTEND_FAILED, /**< This signal indicates extend action failed. */
- NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_EXTEND_SUCCEEDED /**< This signal indicates extend action succeeded. */
-};
-
-/** @brief The actions requested by the signal callback.
- *
- * This code gives the SOC instructions about what action to take when the signal callback has
- * returned.
- */
-enum NRF_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_ACTION
-{
- NRF_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_ACTION_NONE, /**< Return without action. */
- NRF_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_ACTION_EXTEND, /**< Request an extension of the current timeslot (maximum execution time for this action is when the extension succeeded). */
- NRF_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_ACTION_END, /**< End the current radio timeslot. */
- NRF_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_ACTION_REQUEST_AND_END /**< Request a new radio timeslot and end the current timeslot. */
-};
-
-/**@brief Radio timeslot high frequency clock source configuration. */
-enum NRF_RADIO_HFCLK_CFG
-{
- NRF_RADIO_HFCLK_CFG_DEFAULT, /**< Use the currently selected oscillator as HF clock source during the timeslot (i.e. the source is not specified). */
- NRF_RADIO_HFCLK_CFG_FORCE_XTAL, /**< Force external crystal to be used as HF clock source during whole the timeslot. */
-};
-
-/** @brief Radio timeslot priorities. */
-enum NRF_RADIO_PRIORITY
-{
- NRF_RADIO_PRIORITY_HIGH, /**< High (equal priority as the normal connection priority of the SoftDevice stack(s)). */
- NRF_RADIO_PRIORITY_NORMAL, /**< Normal (equal priority as the priority of secondary activites of the SoftDevice stack(s)). */
-};
-
-/** @brief Radio timeslot request type. */
-enum NRF_RADIO_REQUEST_TYPE
-{
- NRF_RADIO_REQ_TYPE_EARLIEST, /**< Request timeslot as early as possible. This should always be used for the first request in a session. */
- NRF_RADIO_REQ_TYPE_NORMAL /**< Normal timeslot request. */
-};
-
-/** @brief Parameters for a request for a timeslot as early as possible. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t hfclk; /**< High frequency clock source, see @ref NRF_RADIO_HFCLK_CFG. */
- uint8_t priority; /**< The radio timeslot priority, see @ref NRF_RADIO_PRIORITY. */
- uint32_t length_us; /**< The radio timeslot length (in the range 100 to 100,000] microseconds). */
- uint32_t timeout_us; /**< Longest acceptable delay until the start of the requested timeslot (up to @ref NRF_RADIO_EARLIEST_TIMEOUT_MAX_US microseconds). */
-} nrf_radio_request_earliest_t;
-
-/** @brief Parameters for a normal radio request. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t hfclk; /**< High frequency clock source, see @ref NRF_RADIO_HFCLK_CFG. */
- uint8_t priority; /**< The radio timeslot priority, see @ref NRF_RADIO_PRIORITY. */
- uint32_t distance_us; /**< Distance from the start of the previous radio timeslot (up to @ref NRF_RADIO_DISTANCE_MAX_US microseconds). */
- uint32_t length_us; /**< The radio timeslot length (in the range [100..100,000] microseconds). */
-} nrf_radio_request_normal_t;
-
-/** @brief Radio request parameters. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t request_type; /**< Type of request, see @ref NRF_RADIO_REQUEST_TYPE. */
- union
- {
- nrf_radio_request_earliest_t earliest; /**< Parameters for a request for a timeslot as early as possible. */
- nrf_radio_request_normal_t normal; /**< Parameters for a normal radio request. */
- } params;
-} nrf_radio_request_t;
-
-/**@brief Return parameters of the radio timeslot signal callback. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t callback_action; /**< The action requested by the application when returning from the signal callback, see @ref NRF_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_ACTION. */
- union
- {
- struct
- {
- nrf_radio_request_t * p_next; /**< The request parameters for the next radio timeslot. */
- } request; /**< Additional parameters for return_code @ref NRF_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_ACTION_REQUEST_AND_END. */
- struct
- {
- uint32_t length_us; /**< Requested extension of the timeslot duration (microseconds) (for minimum time see @ref NRF_RADIO_MINIMUM_TIMESLOT_LENGTH_EXTENSION_TIME_US). */
- } extend; /**< Additional parameters for return_code @ref NRF_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_ACTION_EXTEND. */
- } params;
-} nrf_radio_signal_callback_return_param_t;
-
-/**@brief The radio signal callback type.
- *
- * @note In case of invalid return parameters, the radio timeslot will automatically end
- * immediately after returning from the signal callback and the
- * @ref NRF_EVT_RADIO_SIGNAL_CALLBACK_INVALID_RETURN event will be sent.
- * @note The returned struct pointer must remain valid after the signal callback
- * function returns. For instance, this means that it must not point to a stack variable.
- *
- * @param[in] signal_type Type of signal, see @ref NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE.
- *
- * @return Pointer to structure containing action requested by the application.
- */
-typedef nrf_radio_signal_callback_return_param_t * (*nrf_radio_signal_callback_t) (uint8_t signal_type);
-
-/**@brief AES ECB data structure */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t key[SOC_ECB_KEY_LENGTH]; /**< Encryption key. */
- uint8_t cleartext[SOC_ECB_CLEARTEXT_LENGTH]; /**< Clear Text data. */
- uint8_t ciphertext[SOC_ECB_CIPHERTEXT_LENGTH]; /**< Cipher Text data. */
-} nrf_ecb_hal_data_t;
-
-/** @} */
-
-/** @addtogroup NRF_SOC_FUNCTIONS Functions
- * @{ */
-
-/**@brief Initialize a mutex.
- *
- * @param[in] p_mutex Pointer to the mutex to initialize.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_MUTEX_NEW, uint32_t, sd_mutex_new(nrf_mutex_t * p_mutex));
-
-/**@brief Attempt to acquire a mutex.
- *
- * @param[in] p_mutex Pointer to the mutex to acquire.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The mutex was successfully acquired.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_MUTEX_ALREADY_TAKEN The mutex could not be acquired.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_MUTEX_ACQUIRE, uint32_t, sd_mutex_acquire(nrf_mutex_t * p_mutex));
-
-/**@brief Release a mutex.
- *
- * @param[in] p_mutex Pointer to the mutex to release.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_MUTEX_RELEASE, uint32_t, sd_mutex_release(nrf_mutex_t * p_mutex));
-
-/**@brief Enable External Interrupt.
- * @note Corresponds to NVIC_EnableIRQ in CMSIS.
- *
- * @pre{IRQn is valid and not reserved by the stack}
- *
- * @param[in] IRQn See the NVIC_EnableIRQ documentation in CMSIS.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The interrupt was enabled.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE The interrupt is not available for the application.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_NOT_ALLOWED The interrupt has a priority not available for the application.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_NVIC_ENABLEIRQ, uint32_t, sd_nvic_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn));
-
-/**@brief Disable External Interrupt.
- * @note Corresponds to NVIC_DisableIRQ in CMSIS.
- *
- * @pre{IRQn is valid and not reserved by the stack}
- *
- * @param[in] IRQn See the NVIC_DisableIRQ documentation in CMSIS
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The interrupt was disabled.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE The interrupt is not available for the application.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_NVIC_DISABLEIRQ, uint32_t, sd_nvic_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn));
-
-/**@brief Get Pending Interrupt.
- * @note Corresponds to NVIC_GetPendingIRQ in CMSIS.
- *
- * @pre{IRQn is valid and not reserved by the stack}
- *
- * @param[in] IRQn See the NVIC_GetPendingIRQ documentation in CMSIS.
- * @param[out] p_pending_irq Return value from NVIC_GetPendingIRQ.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The interrupt is available for the application.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE IRQn is not available for the application.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_NVIC_GETPENDINGIRQ, uint32_t, sd_nvic_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t * p_pending_irq));
-
-/**@brief Set Pending Interrupt.
- * @note Corresponds to NVIC_SetPendingIRQ in CMSIS.
- *
- * @pre{IRQn is valid and not reserved by the stack}
- *
- * @param[in] IRQn See the NVIC_SetPendingIRQ documentation in CMSIS.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The interrupt is set pending.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE IRQn is not available for the application.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_NVIC_SETPENDINGIRQ, uint32_t, sd_nvic_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn));
-
-/**@brief Clear Pending Interrupt.
- * @note Corresponds to NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ in CMSIS.
- *
- * @pre{IRQn is valid and not reserved by the stack}
- *
- * @param[in] IRQn See the NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ documentation in CMSIS.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The interrupt pending flag is cleared.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE IRQn is not available for the application.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_NVIC_CLEARPENDINGIRQ, uint32_t, sd_nvic_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn));
-
-/**@brief Set Interrupt Priority.
- * @note Corresponds to NVIC_SetPriority in CMSIS.
- *
- * @pre{IRQn is valid and not reserved by the stack}
- * @pre{priority is valid and not reserved by the stack}
- *
- * @param[in] IRQn See the NVIC_SetPriority documentation in CMSIS.
- * @param[in] priority A valid IRQ priority for use by the application.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The interrupt and priority level is available for the application.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE IRQn is not available for the application.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_NOT_ALLOWED The interrupt priority is not available for the application.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_NVIC_SETPRIORITY, uint32_t, sd_nvic_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, nrf_app_irq_priority_t priority));
-
-/**@brief Get Interrupt Priority.
- * @note Corresponds to NVIC_GetPriority in CMSIS.
- *
- * @pre{IRQn is valid and not reserved by the stack}
- *
- * @param[in] IRQn See the NVIC_GetPriority documentation in CMSIS.
- * @param[out] p_priority Return value from NVIC_GetPriority.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The interrupt priority is returned in p_priority.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_INTERRUPT_NOT_AVAILABLE - IRQn is not available for the application.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_NVIC_GETPRIORITY, uint32_t, sd_nvic_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, nrf_app_irq_priority_t * p_priority));
-
-/**@brief System Reset.
- * @note Corresponds to NVIC_SystemReset in CMSIS.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_NVIC_SHOULD_NOT_RETURN
- */
-SVCALL(SD_NVIC_SYSTEMRESET, uint32_t, sd_nvic_SystemReset(void));
-
-/**@brief Enters critical region.
- *
- * @post Application interrupts will be disabled.
- * @sa sd_nvic_critical_region_exit
- *
- * @param[out] p_is_nested_critical_region 1: If in a nested critical region.
- * 0: Otherwise.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_NVIC_CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER, uint32_t, sd_nvic_critical_region_enter(uint8_t * p_is_nested_critical_region));
-
-/**@brief Exit critical region.
- *
- * @pre Application has entered a critical region using ::sd_nvic_critical_region_enter.
- * @post If not in a nested critical region, the application interrupts will restored to the state before ::sd_nvic_critical_region_enter was called.
- *
- * @param[in] is_nested_critical_region If this is set to 1, the critical region won't be exited. @sa sd_nvic_critical_region_enter.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_NVIC_CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT, uint32_t, sd_nvic_critical_region_exit(uint8_t is_nested_critical_region));
-
-/**@brief Query the capacity of the application random pool.
- *
- * @param[out] p_pool_capacity The capacity of the pool.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_RAND_APPLICATION_POOL_CAPACITY, uint32_t, sd_rand_application_pool_capacity_get(uint8_t * p_pool_capacity));
-
-/**@brief Get number of random bytes available to the application.
- *
- * @param[out] p_bytes_available The number of bytes currently available in the pool.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_RAND_APPLICATION_BYTES_AVAILABLE, uint32_t, sd_rand_application_bytes_available_get(uint8_t * p_bytes_available));
-
-/**@brief Get random bytes from the application pool.
- *
- * @param[out] p_buff Pointer to unit8_t buffer for storing the bytes.
- * @param[in] length Number of bytes to take from pool and place in p_buff.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The requested bytes were written to p_buff.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_RAND_NOT_ENOUGH_VALUES No bytes were written to the buffer, because there were not enough bytes available.
-*/
-SVCALL(SD_RAND_APPLICATION_GET_VECTOR, uint32_t, sd_rand_application_vector_get(uint8_t * p_buff, uint8_t length));
-
-/**@brief Gets the reset reason register.
- *
- * @param[out] p_reset_reason Contents of the NRF_POWER->RESETREAS register.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_POWER_RESET_REASON_GET, uint32_t, sd_power_reset_reason_get(uint32_t * p_reset_reason));
-
-/**@brief Clears the bits of the reset reason register.
- *
- * @param[in] reset_reason_clr_msk Contains the bits to clear from the reset reason register.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_POWER_RESET_REASON_CLR, uint32_t, sd_power_reset_reason_clr(uint32_t reset_reason_clr_msk));
-
-/**@brief Sets the power mode when in CPU sleep.
- *
- * @param[in] power_mode The power mode to use when in CPU sleep. @sa sd_app_evt_wait
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The power mode was set.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_POWER_MODE_UNKNOWN The power mode was unknown.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_POWER_MODE_SET, uint32_t, sd_power_mode_set(nrf_power_mode_t power_mode));
-
-/**@brief Puts the chip in System OFF mode.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_POWER_OFF_SHOULD_NOT_RETURN
- */
-SVCALL(SD_POWER_SYSTEM_OFF, uint32_t, sd_power_system_off(void));
-
-/**@brief Enables or disables the power-fail comparator.
- *
- * Enabling this will give a softdevice event (NRF_EVT_POWER_FAILURE_WARNING) when the power failure warning occurs.
- * The event can be retrieved with sd_evt_get();
- *
- * @param[in] pof_enable True if the power-fail comparator should be enabled, false if it should be disabled.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_POWER_POF_ENABLE, uint32_t, sd_power_pof_enable(uint8_t pof_enable));
-
-/**@brief Sets the power-fail threshold value.
- *
- * @param[in] threshold The power-fail threshold value to use.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The power failure threshold was set.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_POWER_POF_THRESHOLD_UNKNOWN The power failure threshold is unknown.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_POWER_POF_THRESHOLD_SET, uint32_t, sd_power_pof_threshold_set(nrf_power_failure_threshold_t threshold));
-
-/**@brief Sets bits in the NRF_POWER->RAMON register.
- *
- * @param[in] ramon Contains the bits needed to be set in the NRF_POWER->RAMON register.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_POWER_RAMON_SET, uint32_t, sd_power_ramon_set(uint32_t ramon));
-
-/** @brief Clears bits in the NRF_POWER->RAMON register.
- *
- * @param ramon Contains the bits needed to be cleared in the NRF_POWER->RAMON register.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_POWER_RAMON_CLR, uint32_t, sd_power_ramon_clr(uint32_t ramon));
-
-/**@brief Get contents of NRF_POWER->RAMON register, indicates power status of ram blocks.
- *
- * @param[out] p_ramon Content of NRF_POWER->RAMON register.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_POWER_RAMON_GET, uint32_t, sd_power_ramon_get(uint32_t * p_ramon));
-
-/**@brief Set bits in the NRF_POWER->GPREGRET register.
- *
- * @param[in] gpregret_msk Bits to be set in the GPREGRET register.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_POWER_GPREGRET_SET, uint32_t, sd_power_gpregret_set(uint32_t gpregret_msk));
-
-/**@brief Clear bits in the NRF_POWER->GPREGRET register.
- *
- * @param[in] gpregret_msk Bits to be clear in the GPREGRET register.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_POWER_GPREGRET_CLR, uint32_t, sd_power_gpregret_clr(uint32_t gpregret_msk));
-
-/**@brief Get contents of the NRF_POWER->GPREGRET register.
- *
- * @param[out] p_gpregret Contents of the GPREGRET register.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_POWER_GPREGRET_GET, uint32_t, sd_power_gpregret_get(uint32_t *p_gpregret));
-
-/**@brief Sets the DCDC mode.
- *
- * Depending on the internal state of the SoftDevice, the mode change may not happen immediately.
- * The DCDC mode switch will be blocked when occurring in close proximity to radio transmissions. When
- * the radio transmission is done, the last mode will be used.
- *
- * @param[in] dcdc_mode The mode of the DCDC.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM The DCDC mode is invalid.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_POWER_DCDC_MODE_SET, uint32_t, sd_power_dcdc_mode_set(nrf_power_dcdc_mode_t dcdc_mode));
-
-/**@brief Request the high frequency crystal oscillator.
- *
- * Will start the high frequency crystal oscillator, the startup time of the crystal varies
- * and the ::sd_clock_hfclk_is_running function can be polled to check if it has started.
- *
- * @see sd_clock_hfclk_is_running
- * @see sd_clock_hfclk_release
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_CLOCK_HFCLK_REQUEST, uint32_t, sd_clock_hfclk_request(void));
-
-/**@brief Releases the high frequency crystal oscillator.
- *
- * Will stop the high frequency crystal oscillator, this happens immediately.
- *
- * @see sd_clock_hfclk_is_running
- * @see sd_clock_hfclk_request
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_CLOCK_HFCLK_RELEASE, uint32_t, sd_clock_hfclk_release(void));
-
-/**@brief Checks if the high frequency crystal oscillator is running.
- *
- * @see sd_clock_hfclk_request
- * @see sd_clock_hfclk_release
- *
- * @param[out] p_is_running 1 if the external crystal oscillator is running, 0 if not.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_CLOCK_HFCLK_IS_RUNNING, uint32_t, sd_clock_hfclk_is_running(uint32_t * p_is_running));
-
-/**@brief Waits for an application event.
- *
- * An application event is either an application interrupt or a pended interrupt when the
- * interrupt is disabled. When the interrupt is enabled it will be taken immediately since
- * this function will wait in thread mode, then the execution will return in the application's
- * main thread. When an interrupt is disabled and gets pended it will return to the application's
- * thread main. The application must ensure that the pended flag is cleared using
- * ::sd_nvic_ClearPendingIRQ in order to sleep using this function. This is only necessary for
- * disabled interrupts, as the interrupt handler will clear the pending flag automatically for
- * enabled interrupts.
- *
- * In order to wake up from disabled interrupts, the SEVONPEND flag has to be set in the Cortex-M0
- * System Control Register (SCR). @sa CMSIS_SCB
- *
- * @note If an application interrupt has happened since the last time sd_app_evt_wait was
- * called this function will return immediately and not go to sleep. This is to avoid race
- * conditions that can occur when a flag is updated in the interrupt handler and processed
- * in the main loop.
- *
- * @post An application interrupt has happened or a interrupt pending flag is set.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_APP_EVT_WAIT, uint32_t, sd_app_evt_wait(void));
-
-/**@brief Get PPI channel enable register contents.
- *
- * @param[out] p_channel_enable The contents of the PPI CHEN register.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_PPI_CHANNEL_ENABLE_GET, uint32_t, sd_ppi_channel_enable_get(uint32_t * p_channel_enable));
-
-/**@brief Set PPI channel enable register.
- *
- * @param[in] channel_enable_set_msk Mask containing the bits to set in the PPI CHEN register.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_PPI_CHANNEL_ENABLE_SET, uint32_t, sd_ppi_channel_enable_set(uint32_t channel_enable_set_msk));
-
-/**@brief Clear PPI channel enable register.
- *
- * @param[in] channel_enable_clr_msk Mask containing the bits to clear in the PPI CHEN register.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_PPI_CHANNEL_ENABLE_CLR, uint32_t, sd_ppi_channel_enable_clr(uint32_t channel_enable_clr_msk));
-
-/**@brief Assign endpoints to a PPI channel.
- *
- * @param[in] channel_num Number of the PPI channel to assign.
- * @param[in] evt_endpoint Event endpoint of the PPI channel.
- * @param[in] task_endpoint Task endpoint of the PPI channel.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_CHANNEL The channel number is invalid.
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_PPI_CHANNEL_ASSIGN, uint32_t, sd_ppi_channel_assign(uint8_t channel_num, const volatile void * evt_endpoint, const volatile void * task_endpoint));
-
-/**@brief Task to enable a channel group.
- *
- * @param[in] group_num Number of the channel group.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_GROUP The group number is invalid
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_PPI_GROUP_TASK_ENABLE, uint32_t, sd_ppi_group_task_enable(uint8_t group_num));
-
-/**@brief Task to disable a channel group.
- *
- * @param[in] group_num Number of the PPI group.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_GROUP The group number is invalid.
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_PPI_GROUP_TASK_DISABLE, uint32_t, sd_ppi_group_task_disable(uint8_t group_num));
-
-/**@brief Assign PPI channels to a channel group.
- *
- * @param[in] group_num Number of the channel group.
- * @param[in] channel_msk Mask of the channels to assign to the group.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_GROUP The group number is invalid.
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_PPI_GROUP_ASSIGN, uint32_t, sd_ppi_group_assign(uint8_t group_num, uint32_t channel_msk));
-
-/**@brief Gets the PPI channels of a channel group.
- *
- * @param[in] group_num Number of the channel group.
- * @param[out] p_channel_msk Mask of the channels assigned to the group.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_SOC_PPI_INVALID_GROUP The group number is invalid.
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_PPI_GROUP_GET, uint32_t, sd_ppi_group_get(uint8_t group_num, uint32_t * p_channel_msk));
-
-/**@brief Configures the Radio Notification signal.
- *
- * @note
- * - The notification signal latency depends on the interrupt priority settings of SWI used
- * for notification signal.
- * - In the period between the ACTIVE signal and the start of the Radio Event, the SoftDevice
- * will interrupt the application to do Radio Event preparation.
- * - Using the Radio Notification feature may limit the bandwidth, as the SoftDevice may have
- * to shorten the connection events to have time for the Radio Notification signals.
- *
- * @param[in] type Type of notification signal.
- * @ref NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPE_NONE shall be used to turn off radio
- * notification. Using @ref NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_DISTANCE_NONE is
- * recommended (but not required) to be used with
- * @ref NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPE_NONE.
- *
- * @param[in] distance Distance between the notification signal and start of radio activity.
- * This parameter is ignored when @ref NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPE_NONE or
- * @ref NRF_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_TYPE_INT_ON_INACTIVE is used.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM The group number is invalid.
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_RADIO_NOTIFICATION_CFG_SET, uint32_t, sd_radio_notification_cfg_set(nrf_radio_notification_type_t type, nrf_radio_notification_distance_t distance));
-
-/**@brief Encrypts a block according to the specified parameters.
- *
- * 128-bit AES encryption.
- *
- * @param[in, out] p_ecb_data Pointer to the ECB parameters' struct (two input
- * parameters and one output parameter).
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS
- */
-SVCALL(SD_ECB_BLOCK_ENCRYPT, uint32_t, sd_ecb_block_encrypt(nrf_ecb_hal_data_t * p_ecb_data));
-
-/**@brief Gets any pending events generated by the SoC API.
- *
- * The application should keep calling this function to get events, until ::NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND is returned.
- *
- * @param[out] p_evt_id Set to one of the values in @ref NRF_SOC_EVTS, if any events are pending.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS An event was pending. The event id is written in the p_evt_id parameter.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND No pending events.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_EVT_GET, uint32_t, sd_evt_get(uint32_t * p_evt_id));
-
-/**@brief Get the temperature measured on the chip
- *
- * This function will block until the temperature measurement is done.
- * It takes around 50us from call to return.
- *
- * @note Pan #28 in PAN-028 v 1.6 "Negative measured values are not represented correctly" is corrected by this function.
- *
- * @param[out] p_temp Result of temperature measurement. Die temperature in 0.25 degrees celsius.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS A temperature measurement was done, and the temperature was written to temp
- */
-SVCALL(SD_TEMP_GET, uint32_t, sd_temp_get(int32_t * p_temp));
-
-/**@brief Flash Write
- *
- * Commands to write a buffer to flash
- *
- * This call initiates the flash access command, and its completion will be communicated to the
- * application with exactly one of the following events:
- * - NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_SUCCESS - The command was successfully completed.
- * - NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_ERROR - The command could not be started.
- *
- * @note
- * - This call takes control over the radio and the CPU during flash erase and write to make sure that
- * they will not interfere with the flash access. This means that all interrupts will be blocked
- * for a predictable time (depending on the NVMC specification in nRF51 Series Reference Manual
- * and the command parameters).
- *
- *
- * @param[in] p_dst Pointer to start of flash location to be written.
- * @param[in] p_src Pointer to buffer with data to be written
- * @param[in] size Number of 32-bit words to write. Maximum size is 256 32bit words.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Tried to write to a non existing flash address, or p_dst or p_src was unaligned.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_BUSY The previous command has not yet completed.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH Size was 0, or more than 256 words.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN Tried to write to or read from protected location.
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The command was accepted.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_FLASH_WRITE, uint32_t, sd_flash_write(uint32_t * const p_dst, uint32_t const * const p_src, uint32_t size));
-
-
-/**@brief Flash Erase page
- *
- * Commands to erase a flash page
- *
- * This call initiates the flash access command, and its completion will be communicated to the
- * application with exactly one of the following events:
- * - NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_SUCCESS - The command was successfully completed.
- * - NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_ERROR - The command could not be started.
- *
- * @note
- * - This call takes control over the radio and the CPU during flash erase and write to make sure that
- * they will not interfere with the flash access. This means that all interrupts will be blocked
- * for a predictable time (depending on the NVMC specification in nRF51 Series Reference Manual
- * and the command parameters).
- *
- *
- * @param[in] page_number Pagenumber of the page to erase
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If a new session could not be opened due to an internal error.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR Tried to erase to a non existing flash page.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_BUSY The previous command has not yet completed.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN Tried to erase a protected page.
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS The command was accepted.
- */
-SVCALL(SD_FLASH_PAGE_ERASE, uint32_t, sd_flash_page_erase(uint32_t page_number));
-
-
-/**@brief Flash Protection set
- *
- * Commands to set the flash protection registers PROTENSETx
- *
- * @note To read the values in PROTENSETx you can read them directly. They are only write-protected.
- *
- * @param[in] protenset0 Value to be written to PROTENSET0
- * @param[in] protenset1 Value to be written to PROTENSET1
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN Tried to protect the SoftDevice
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS Values successfully written to PROTENSETx
- */
-SVCALL(SD_FLASH_PROTECT, uint32_t, sd_flash_protect(uint32_t protenset0, uint32_t protenset1));
-
-/**@brief Opens a session for radio requests.
- *
- * @note Only one session can be open at a time.
- * @note p_radio_signal_callback(NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_START) will be called when the radio timeslot
- * starts. From this point the NRF_RADIO and NRF_TIMER0 peripherals can be freely accessed
- * by the application.
- * @note p_radio_signal_callback(NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_TIMER0) is called whenever the NRF_TIMER0
- * interrupt occurs.
- * @note p_radio_signal_callback(NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_RADIO) is called whenever the NRF_RADIO
- * interrupt occurs.
- * @note p_radio_signal_callback() will be called at ARM interrupt priority level 0. This
- * implies that none of the sd_* API calls can be used from p_radio_signal_callback().
- *
- * @param[in] p_radio_signal_callback The signal callback.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR p_radio_signal_callback is an invalid function pointer.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_BUSY If session cannot be opened.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If a new session could not be opened due to an internal error.
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS Otherwise.
- */
- SVCALL(SD_RADIO_SESSION_OPEN, uint32_t, sd_radio_session_open(nrf_radio_signal_callback_t p_radio_signal_callback));
-
-/**@brief Closes a session for radio requests.
- *
- * @note Any current radio timeslot will be finished before the session is closed.
- * @note If a radio timeslot is scheduled when the session is closed, it will be canceled.
- * @note The application cannot consider the session closed until the NRF_EVT_RADIO_SESSION_CLOSED
- * event is received.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN If session not opened.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_BUSY If session is currently being closed.
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS Otherwise.
- */
- SVCALL(SD_RADIO_SESSION_CLOSE, uint32_t, sd_radio_session_close(void));
-
- /**@brief Requests a radio timeslot.
- *
- * @note The timing of the radio timeslot is specified by p_request->distance_us. For the first
- * request in a session, p_request->distance_us is required to be 0 by convention, and
- * the timeslot is scheduled at the first possible opportunity. All following radio timeslots are
- * requested with a distance of p_request->distance_us measured from the start of the
- * previous radio timeslot.
- * @note A too small p_request->distance_us will lead to a NRF_EVT_RADIO_BLOCKED event.
- * @note Timeslots scheduled too close will lead to a NRF_EVT_RADIO_BLOCKED event.
- * @note See the SoftDevice Specification for more on radio timeslot scheduling, distances and lengths.
- * @note If an opportunity for the first radio timeslot is not found before 100ms after the call to this
- * function, it is not scheduled, and instead a NRF_EVT_RADIO_BLOCKED event is sent.
- * The application may then try to schedule the first radio timeslot again.
- * @note Successful requests will result in nrf_radio_signal_callback_t(NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_START).
- * Unsuccessful requests will result in a NRF_EVT_RADIO_BLOCKED event, see @ref NRF_SOC_EVTS.
- * @note The jitter in the start time of the radio timeslots is +/- NRF_RADIO_START_JITTER_US us.
- * @note The nrf_radio_signal_callback_t(NRF_RADIO_CALLBACK_SIGNAL_TYPE_START) call has a latency relative to the
- * specified radio timeslot start, but this does not affect the actual start time of the timeslot.
- * @note NRF_TIMER0 is reset at the start of the radio timeslot, and is clocked at 1MHz from the high frequency
- * (16 MHz) clock source. If p_request->hfclk_force_xtal is true, the high frequency clock is
- * guaranteed to be clocked from the external crystal.
- * @note The SoftDevice will neither access the NRF_RADIO peripheral nor the NRF_TIMER0 peripheral
- * during the radio timeslot.
- *
- * @param[in] p_request Pointer to the request parameters.
- *
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN If session not opened or the session is not IDLE.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If the p_request pointer is invalid.
- * @retval ::NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If the parameters of p_request are not valid.
- * @retval ::NRF_SUCCESS Otherwise.
- */
- SVCALL(SD_RADIO_REQUEST, uint32_t, sd_radio_request(nrf_radio_request_t * p_request ));
-
-/** @} */
-
-#endif // NRF_SOC_H__
-
-/**@} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_svc.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/nrf_svc.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef NRF_SVC__
-#define NRF_SVC__
-
-#ifdef SVCALL_AS_NORMAL_FUNCTION
-#define SVCALL(number, return_type, signature) return_type signature
-#else
-
-#ifndef SVCALL
-#if defined (__CC_ARM)
-#define SVCALL(number, return_type, signature) return_type __svc(number) signature
-#elif defined (__GNUC__)
-#define SVCALL(number, return_type, signature) \
- _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wreturn-type\"") \
- _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wunused-function\"") \
- __attribute__((naked)) static return_type signature \
- { \
- __asm( \
- "svc %0\n" \
- "bx r14" : : "I" (number) : "r0" \
- ); \
- }
-#elif defined (__ICCARM__)
-#define PRAGMA(x) _Pragma(#x)
-#define SVCALL(number, return_type, signature) \
-PRAGMA(swi_number = number) \
- __swi return_type signature;
-#else
-#define SVCALL(number, return_type, signature) return_type signature
-#endif
-#endif // SVCALL
-
-#endif // SVCALL_AS_NORMAL_FUNCTION
-#endif // NRF_SVC__
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/softdevice_assert.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/s110/softdevice_assert.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use,
- * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written
- * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor.
- *
- */
-
-/** @brief Utilities for verifying program logic
- */
-
-#ifndef SOFTDEVICE_ASSERT_H_
-#define SOFTDEVICE_ASSERT_H_
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-/** @brief This function handles assertions.
- *
- *
- * @note
- * This function is called when an assertion has triggered.
- *
- *
- * @param line_num The line number where the assertion is called
- * @param file_name Pointer to the file name
- */
-void assert_softdevice_callback(uint16_t line_num, const uint8_t *file_name);
-
-
-/*lint -emacro(506, ASSERT) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */
-/*lint -emacro(774, ASSERT) */ /* Suppress "Boolean within 'if' always evaluates to True" */ \
-/** @brief Check intended for production code
- *
- * Check passes if "expr" evaluates to true. */
-#define ASSERT(expr) \
-if (expr) \
-{ \
-} \
-else \
-{ \
- assert_softdevice_callback((uint16_t)__LINE__, (uint8_t *)__FILE__); \
- /*lint -unreachable */ \
-}
-
-#endif /* SOFTDEVICE_ASSERT_H_ */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/sd_common/ant_stack_handler_types.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/sd_common/ant_stack_handler_types.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/**@file
- *
- * @defgroup ant_stack_handler_types Types definitions for ANT support in SoftDevice handler.
- * @{
- * @ingroup softdevice_handler
- * @brief This file contains the declarations of types required for ANT stack support. These
- * types will be defined when the preprocessor define ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD is defined.
- */
-
-#ifndef ANT_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__
-#define ANT_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__
-
-#ifdef ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-#define ANT_STACK_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE 32 /**< Size of ANT event message buffer. This will be provided to the SoftDevice while fetching an event. */
-#define ANT_STACK_EVT_STRUCT_SIZE (sizeof(ant_evt_t)) /**< Size of the @ref ant_evt_t structure. This will be used by the @ref softdevice_handler.h to internal event buffer size needed. */
-
-/**@brief ANT stack event type. */
-typedef struct
-{
- uint8_t channel; /**< Channel number. */
- uint8_t event; /**< Event code. */
- uint8_t evt_buffer[ANT_STACK_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE]; /**< Event message buffer. */
-} ant_evt_t;
-
-/**@brief Application ANT stack event handler type. */
-typedef void (*ant_evt_handler_t) (ant_evt_t * p_ant_evt);
-
-/**@brief Function for registering for ANT events.
- *
- * @details The application should use this function to register for receiving ANT events from
- * the SoftDevice. If the application does not call this function, then any ANT event
- * that may be generated by the SoftDevice will NOT be fetched. Once the application has
- * registered for the events, it is not possible to possible to cancel the registration.
- * However, it is possible to register a different function for handling the events at
- * any point of time.
- *
- * @param[in] ant_evt_handler Function to be called for each received ANT event.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Null pointer provided as input.
- */
-uint32_t softdevice_ant_evt_handler_set(ant_evt_handler_t ant_evt_handler);
-
-#else
-
-// The ANT Stack support is not required.
-
-#define ANT_STACK_EVT_STRUCT_SIZE 0 /**< Since the ANT stack support is not required, this is equated to 0, so that the @ref softdevice_handler.h can compute the internal event buffer size without having to care for ANT events.*/
-
-#endif // ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
-
-#endif // ANT_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/sd_common/app_util_platform.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/sd_common/app_util_platform.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/**@file
- *
- * @defgroup app_util_platform Utility Functions and Definitions (Platform)
- * @{
- * @ingroup app_common
- *
- * @brief Various types and definitions available to all applications when using SoftDevice.
- */
-
-#ifndef APP_UTIL_PLATFORM_H__
-#define APP_UTIL_PLATFORM_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "compiler_abstraction.h"
-#include "nrf51.h"
-#include "app_error.h"
-
-/**@brief The interrupt priorities available to the application while the SoftDevice is active. */
-typedef enum
-{
- APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_HIGH = 1,
- APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_LOW = 3
-} app_irq_priority_t;
-
-#define NRF_APP_PRIORITY_THREAD 4 /**< "Interrupt level" when running in Thread Mode. */
-
-/**@cond NO_DOXYGEN */
-#define EXTERNAL_INT_VECTOR_OFFSET 16
-/**@endcond */
-
-#define PACKED(TYPE) __packed TYPE
-
-/**@brief Macro for entering a critical region.
- *
- * @note Due to implementation details, there must exist one and only one call to
- * CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT() for each call to CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(), and they must be located
- * in the same scope.
- */
-#define CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER() \
- { \
- uint8_t IS_NESTED_CRITICAL_REGION = 0; \
- uint32_t CURRENT_INT_PRI = current_int_priority_get(); \
- if (CURRENT_INT_PRI != APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_HIGH) \
- { \
- uint32_t ERR_CODE = sd_nvic_critical_region_enter(&IS_NESTED_CRITICAL_REGION); \
- if (ERR_CODE == NRF_ERROR_SOFTDEVICE_NOT_ENABLED) \
- { \
- __disable_irq(); \
- } \
- else \
- { \
- APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE); \
- } \
- }
-
-/**@brief Macro for leaving a critical region.
- *
- * @note Due to implementation details, there must exist one and only one call to
- * CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT() for each call to CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(), and they must be located
- * in the same scope.
- */
-#define CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT() \
- if (CURRENT_INT_PRI != APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_HIGH) \
- { \
- uint32_t ERR_CODE; \
- __enable_irq(); \
- ERR_CODE = sd_nvic_critical_region_exit(IS_NESTED_CRITICAL_REGION); \
- if (ERR_CODE != NRF_ERROR_SOFTDEVICE_NOT_ENABLED) \
- { \
- APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE); \
- } \
- } \
- }
-
-/**@brief Function for finding the current interrupt level.
- *
- * @return Current interrupt level.
- * @retval APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_HIGH We are running in Application High interrupt level.
- * @retval APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_LOW We are running in Application Low interrupt level.
- * @retval APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_THREAD We are running in Thread Mode.
- */
-static __INLINE uint8_t current_int_priority_get(void)
-{
- uint32_t isr_vector_num = (SCB->ICSR & SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Msk);
- if (isr_vector_num > 0)
- {
- int32_t irq_type = ((int32_t)isr_vector_num - EXTERNAL_INT_VECTOR_OFFSET);
- return (NVIC_GetPriority((IRQn_Type)irq_type) & 0xFF);
- }
- else
- {
- return NRF_APP_PRIORITY_THREAD;
- }
-}
-
-#endif // APP_UTIL_PLATFORM_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/sd_common/ble_stack_handler_types.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/sd_common/ble_stack_handler_types.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/**@file
- *
- * @defgroup ble_stack_handler_types Types definitions for BLE support in SoftDevice handler.
- * @{
- * @ingroup softdevice_handler
- * @brief This file contains the declarations of types required for BLE stack support. These
- * types will be defined when the preprocessor define BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD is defined.
- */
-
-#ifndef BLE_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__
-#define BLE_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__
-
-#ifdef BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "ble.h"
-#include "nrf_sdm.h"
-#include "app_error.h"
-#include "app_scheduler.h"
-#include "app_util.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
-
-#define BLE_STACK_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE (sizeof(ble_evt_t) + (GATT_MTU_SIZE_DEFAULT)) /**< Size of BLE event message buffer. This will be provided to the SoftDevice while fetching an event. */
-#define BLE_STACK_HANDLER_SCHED_EVT_SIZE 0 /**< The size of the scheduler event used by SoftDevice handler when passing BLE events using the @ref app_scheduler. */
-
-/**@brief Application stack event handler type. */
-typedef void (*ble_evt_handler_t) (ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt);
-
-/**@brief Function for registering for BLE events.
- *
- * @details The application should use this function to register for receiving BLE events from
- * the SoftDevice. If the application does not call this function, then any BLE event
- * that may be generated by the SoftDevice will NOT be fetched. Once the application has
- * registered for the events, it is not possible to possible to cancel the registration.
- * However, it is possible to register a different function for handling the events at
- * any point of time.
- *
- * @param[in] ble_evt_handler Function to be called for each received BLE event.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Null pointer provided as input.
- */
-uint32_t softdevice_ble_evt_handler_set(ble_evt_handler_t ble_evt_handler);
-
-#else
-
-#define BLE_STACK_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE 0 /**< Since the BLE stack support is not required, this is equated to 0, so that the @ref softdevice_handler.h can compute the internal event buffer size without having to care for BLE events.*/
-#define BLE_STACK_HANDLER_SCHED_EVT_SIZE 0
-
-#endif // BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
-
-#endif // BLE_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/sd_common/softdevice_handler.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/sd_common/softdevice_handler.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-/** @file
- *
- * @defgroup softdevice_handler SoftDevice Event Handler
- * @{
- * @ingroup app_common
- * @brief API for initializing and disabling the SoftDevice
- *
- * @details This API contains the functions and defines exposed by the @ref lib_softdevice_handler.
- * For more information on the library and how the application should use it, please refer
- * @ref lib_softdevice_handler.
- *
- * @note Use the USE_SCHEDULER parameter of the SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_INIT() macro to select if
- * the @ref app_scheduler is to be used or not.
- *
- * @note Even if the scheduler is not used, softdevice_handler.h will include app_scheduler.h.
- * So when compiling, app_scheduler.h must be available in one of the compiler include
- * paths.
- */
-
-#ifndef SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_H__
-#define SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_H__
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "nordic_common.h"
-#include "nrf_sdm.h"
-#include "app_error.h"
-#include "app_scheduler.h"
-#include "app_util.h"
-#include "ble_stack_handler_types.h"
-#include "ant_stack_handler_types.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
-
-#define SOFTDEVICE_SCHED_EVT_SIZE 0 /**< Size of button events being passed through the scheduler (is to be used for computing the maximum size of scheduler events). For SoftDevice events, this size is 0, since the events are being pulled in the event handler. */
-#define SYS_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE sizeof(uint32_t) /**< Size of System (SOC) event message buffer. */
-
-/**@brief Type of function for passing events from the stack handler module to the scheduler. */
-typedef uint32_t (*softdevice_evt_schedule_func_t) (void);
-
-/**@brief Application System (SOC) event handler type. */
-typedef void (*sys_evt_handler_t) (uint32_t evt_id);
-
-
-/**@brief Macro for initializing the stack event handler.
- *
- * @details It will handle dimensioning and allocation of the memory buffer required for reading
- * events from the stack, making sure the buffer is correctly aligned. It will also
- * connect the stack event handler to the scheduler (if specified).
- *
- * @param[in] CLOCK_SOURCE Low frequency clock source and accuracy (type nrf_clock_lfclksrc_t,
- * see sd_softdevice_enable() for details).
- * @param[in] USE_SCHEDULER TRUE if the application is using the event scheduler, FALSE
- * otherwise.
- *
- * @note Since this macro allocates a buffer, it must only be called once (it is OK to call it
- * several times as long as it is from the same location, that is to do a
- * reinitialization).
- */
-/*lint -emacro(506, SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_INIT) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */
-#define SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_INIT(CLOCK_SOURCE, \
- USE_SCHEDULER) \
- do \
- { \
- static uint32_t EVT_BUFFER[CEIL_DIV(MAX( \
- MAX(BLE_STACK_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE, \
- ANT_STACK_EVT_STRUCT_SIZE), \
- SYS_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE \
- ), \
- sizeof(uint32_t))]; \
- uint32_t ERR_CODE; \
- ERR_CODE = softdevice_handler_init((CLOCK_SOURCE), \
- EVT_BUFFER, \
- sizeof(EVT_BUFFER), \
- (USE_SCHEDULER) ? softdevice_evt_schedule : NULL); \
- APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE); \
- } while (0)
-
-
-/**@brief Function for initializing the stack handler module.
- *
- * @details Enables the SoftDevice and the stack event interrupt handler.
- *
- * @note This function must be called before calling any function in the SoftDevice API.
- *
- * @note Normally initialization should be done using the SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_INIT() macro,
- * as that will both allocate the event buffer, and also align the buffer correctly.
- *
- * @param[in] clock_source Low frequency clock source to be used by the SoftDevice.
- * @param[in] p_evt_buffer Buffer for holding one stack event. Since heap is not being
- * used, this buffer must be provided by the application. The
- * buffer must be large enough to hold the biggest stack event the
- * application is supposed to handle. The buffer must be aligned to
- * a 4 byte boundary. This parameter is unused if neither BLE nor
- * ANT stack support is required.
- * @param[in] evt_buffer_size Size of SoftDevice event buffer. This parameter is unused if
- * BLE stack support is not required.
- * @param[in] evt_schedule_func Function for passing events to the scheduler. Point to
- * ble_ant_stack_evt_schedule() to connect to the scheduler.
- * Set to NULL to make the stack handler module call the event
- * handler directly from the stack event interrupt handler.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful initialization.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter (buffer not aligned to a 4 byte
- * boundary) or NULL.
- */
-uint32_t softdevice_handler_init(nrf_clock_lfclksrc_t clock_source,
- void * p_evt_buffer,
- uint16_t evt_buffer_size,
- softdevice_evt_schedule_func_t evt_schedule_func);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for disabling the SoftDevice.
- *
- * @details This function will disable the SoftDevice. It will also update the internal state
- * of this module.
- */
-uint32_t softdevice_handler_sd_disable(void);
-
-
-/**@brief Function for registering for System (SOC) events.
- *
- * @details The application should use this function to register for receiving System (SOC)
- * events from the SoftDevice. If the application does not call this function, then any
- * System (SOC) events that may be generated by the SoftDevice will NOT be fetched. Once
- * the application has registered for the events, it is not possible to possible to
- * cancel the registration. However, it is possible to register a different function for
- * handling the events at any point of time.
- *
- * @param[in] sys_evt_handler Function to be called for each received System (SOC) event.
- *
- * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful registration.
- * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Null pointer provided as input.
- */
-uint32_t softdevice_sys_evt_handler_set(sys_evt_handler_t sys_evt_handler);
-
-
-// Functions for connecting the Stack Event Handler to the scheduler:
-/**@cond NO_DOXYGEN */
-void intern_softdevice_events_execute(void);
-
-static __INLINE void softdevice_evt_get(void * p_event_data, uint16_t event_size)
-{
- APP_ERROR_CHECK_BOOL(event_size == 0);
- intern_softdevice_events_execute();
-}
-
-static __INLINE uint32_t softdevice_evt_schedule(void)
-{
- return app_sched_event_put(NULL, 0, softdevice_evt_get);
-}
-/**@endcond */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
-
-#endif // SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_H__
-
-/** @} */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/system_nrf51.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/nrf-sdk/system_nrf51.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013, Nordic Semiconductor ASA
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
- *
- * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this
- * list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- *
- * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
- * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
- * and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- *
- * * Neither the name of Nordic Semiconductor ASA nor the names of its
- * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
- * this software without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
- * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
- * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
- * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
- * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
- * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
- * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
- * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- *
- */
-#ifndef SYSTEM_NRF51_H
-#define SYSTEM_NRF51_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-
-
-extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock; /*!< System Clock Frequency (Core Clock) */
-
-/**
- * Initialize the system
- *
- * @param none
- * @return none
- *
- * @brief Setup the microcontroller system.
- * Initialize the System and update the SystemCoreClock variable.
- */
-extern void SystemInit (void);
-
-/**
- * Update SystemCoreClock variable
- *
- * @param none
- * @return none
- *
- * @brief Updates the SystemCoreClock with current core Clock
- * retrieved from cpu registers.
- */
-extern void SystemCoreClockUpdate (void);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* SYSTEM_NRF51_H */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/pstorage_platform.h
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/pstorage_platform.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
- /** @cond To make doxygen skip this file */
-
-/** @file
- * This header contains defines with respect persistent storage that are specific to
- * persistent storage implementation and application use case.
- */
-#ifndef PSTORAGE_PL_H__
-#define PSTORAGE_PL_H__
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "nordic_global.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
-
-#define PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE ((uint16_t)NRF_FICR->CODEPAGESIZE) /**< Size of one flash page. */
-#define PSTORAGE_FLASH_EMPTY_MASK 0xFFFFFFFF /**< Bit mask that defines an empty address in flash. */
-
-#define PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_END \
- ((NRF_UICR->BOOTLOADERADDR != PSTORAGE_FLASH_EMPTY_MASK) \
- ? (NRF_UICR->BOOTLOADERADDR / PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) \
- : NRF_FICR->CODESIZE)
-
-
-#define PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS 2 /**< Maximum number of applications that can be registered with the module, configurable based on system requirements. */
-#define PSTORAGE_MIN_BLOCK_SIZE 0x0010 /**< Minimum size of block that can be registered with the module. Should be configured based on system requirements, recommendation is not have this value to be at least size of word. */
-
-#define PSTORAGE_DATA_START_ADDR ((PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_END - PSTORAGE_MAX_APPLICATIONS) \
- * PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) /**< Start address for persistent data, configurable according to system requirements. */
-#define PSTORAGE_DATA_END_ADDR (PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_END * PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE) /**< End address for persistent data, configurable according to system requirements. */
-
-#define PSTORAGE_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE PSTORAGE_FLASH_PAGE_SIZE /**< Maximum size of block that can be registered with the module. Should be configured based on system requirements. And should be greater than or equal to the minimum size. */
-#define PSTORAGE_CMD_QUEUE_SIZE 30 /**< Maximum number of flash access commands that can be maintained by the module for all applications. Configurable. */
-
-
-/** Abstracts persistently memory block identifier. */
-typedef uint32_t pstorage_block_t;
-
-typedef struct
-{
- uint32_t module_id; /**< Module ID.*/
- pstorage_block_t block_id; /**< Block ID.*/
-} pstorage_handle_t;
-
-typedef uint16_t pstorage_size_t; /** Size of length and offset fields. */
-
-/**@brief Handles Flash Access Result Events. To be called in the system event dispatcher of the application. */
-void pstorage_sys_event_handler (uint32_t sys_evt);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif // #ifdef __cplusplus
-
-#endif // PSTORAGE_PL_H__
-
-/** @} */
-/** @endcond */
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/nordic/softdevice_handler.cpp
--- a/nRF51822/nordic/softdevice_handler.cpp Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000
+++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
@@ -1,342 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA.
- * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC
- * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT.
- *
- * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO
- * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from
- * the file.
- *
- */
-
-#include "softdevice_handler.h"
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "nordic_common.h"
-#include "app_error.h"
-#include "app_util.h"
-#include "nrf_assert.h"
-#include "nrf_soc.h"
-
-#if defined(ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) && defined(BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
- #include "ant_interface.h"
-#elif defined(ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
- #include "ant_interface.h"
-#elif defined(BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
- #include "ble.h"
-#endif
-
-
-static softdevice_evt_schedule_func_t m_evt_schedule_func; /**< Pointer to function for propagating SoftDevice events to the scheduler. */
-
-#if defined (BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) || defined (ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
-// The following two definition is needed only if ANT or BLE events are needed to be pulled from the stack.
-static uint8_t * m_evt_buffer; /**< Buffer for receiving events from the SoftDevice. */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
-static uint16_t m_ble_evt_buffer_size; /**< Size of BLE event buffer. */
-#endif
-
-static volatile bool m_softdevice_enabled = false; /**< Variable to indicate whether the SoftDevice is enabled. */
-
-#ifdef BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
-static ble_evt_handler_t m_ble_evt_handler; /**< Application event handler for handling BLE events. */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
-static ant_evt_handler_t m_ant_evt_handler; /**< Application event handler for handling ANT events. */
-#endif
-
-static sys_evt_handler_t m_sys_evt_handler; /**< Application event handler for handling System (SOC) events. */
-
-
-/**@brief Callback function for asserts in the SoftDevice.
- *
- * @details A pointer to this function will be passed to the SoftDevice. This function will be
- * called if an ASSERT statement in the SoftDevice fails.
- *
- * @param[in] pc The value of the program counter when the ASSERT call failed.
- * @param[in] line_num Line number of the failing ASSERT call.
- * @param[in] file_name File name of the failing ASSERT call.
- */
-void softdevice_assertion_handler(uint32_t pc, uint16_t line_num, const uint8_t * file_name)
-{
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(pc);
- assert_nrf_callback(line_num, file_name);
-}
-
-
-void intern_softdevice_events_execute(void)
-{
- if (!m_softdevice_enabled)
- {
- // SoftDevice not enabled. This can be possible if the SoftDevice was enabled by the
- // application without using this module's API (i.e softdevice_handler_init)
-
- return;
- }
-
- bool no_more_soc_evts = (m_sys_evt_handler == NULL);
-#ifdef BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
- bool no_more_ble_evts = (m_ble_evt_handler == NULL);
-#endif
-#ifdef ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
- bool no_more_ant_evts = (m_ant_evt_handler == NULL);
-#endif
-
- for (;;)
- {
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- if (!no_more_soc_evts)
- {
- uint32_t evt_id;
-
- // Pull event from SOC.
- err_code = sd_evt_get(&evt_id);
-
- if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)
- {
- no_more_soc_evts = true;
- }
- else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- APP_ERROR_HANDLER(err_code);
- }
- else
- {
- // Call application's SOC event handler.
- m_sys_evt_handler(evt_id);
- }
- }
-
-#ifdef BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
- // Fetch BLE Events.
- if (!no_more_ble_evts)
- {
- // Pull event from stack
- uint16_t evt_len = m_ble_evt_buffer_size;
-
- err_code = sd_ble_evt_get(m_evt_buffer, &evt_len);
- if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)
- {
- no_more_ble_evts = true;
- }
- else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- APP_ERROR_HANDLER(err_code);
- }
- else
- {
- // Call application's BLE stack event handler.
- m_ble_evt_handler((ble_evt_t *)m_evt_buffer);
- }
- }
-#endif
-
-#ifdef ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
- // Fetch ANT Events.
- if (!no_more_ant_evts)
- {
- // Pull event from stack
- err_code = sd_ant_event_get(&((ant_evt_t *)m_evt_buffer)->channel,
- &((ant_evt_t *)m_evt_buffer)->event,
- ((ant_evt_t *)m_evt_buffer)->evt_buffer);
- if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)
- {
- no_more_ant_evts = true;
- }
- else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- APP_ERROR_HANDLER(err_code);
- }
- else
- {
- // Call application's ANT stack event handler.
- m_ant_evt_handler((ant_evt_t *)m_evt_buffer);
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- if (no_more_soc_evts)
- {
- // There are no remaining System (SOC) events to be fetched from the SoftDevice.
-#if defined(ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) && defined(BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
- // Check if there are any remaining BLE and ANT events.
- if (no_more_ble_evts && no_more_ant_evts)
- {
- break;
- }
-#elif defined(BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
- // Check if there are any remaining BLE events.
- if (no_more_ble_evts)
- {
- break;
- }
-#elif defined(ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
- // Check if there are any remaining ANT events.
- if (no_more_ant_evts)
- {
- break;
- }
-#else
- // No need to check for BLE or ANT events since there is no support for BLE and ANT
- // required.
- break;
-#endif
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-uint32_t softdevice_handler_init(nrf_clock_lfclksrc_t clock_source,
- void * p_evt_buffer,
- uint16_t evt_buffer_size,
- softdevice_evt_schedule_func_t evt_schedule_func)
-{
- uint32_t err_code;
-
- // Save configuration.
-#if defined (BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) || defined (ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
- // Check that buffer is not NULL.
- if (p_evt_buffer == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- // Check that buffer is correctly aligned.
- if (!is_word_aligned(p_evt_buffer))
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM;
- }
-
- m_evt_buffer = (uint8_t *)p_evt_buffer;
-#else
- // The variable p_evt_buffer is not needed if neither BLE Stack nor ANT stack support is
- // required.
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(p_evt_buffer);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD)
- m_ble_evt_buffer_size = evt_buffer_size;
-#else
- // The variable evt_buffer_size is not needed if BLE Stack support is NOT required.
- UNUSED_PARAMETER(evt_buffer_size);
-#endif
-
- m_evt_schedule_func = evt_schedule_func;
-
- // Initialize SoftDevice.
-
- err_code = sd_softdevice_enable(clock_source, softdevice_assertion_handler);
- if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS)
- {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- /**
- * Using this call, the application can select whether to include the
- * Service Changed characteristic in the GATT Server. The default in all
- * previous releases has been to include the Service Changed characteristic,
- * but this affects how GATT clients behave. Specifically, it requires
- * clients to subscribe to this attribute and not to cache attribute handles
- * between connections unless the devices are bonded. If the application
- * does not need to change the structure of the GATT server attributes at
- * runtime this adds unnecessary complexity to the interaction with peer
- * clients. If the SoftDevice is enabled with the Service Changed
- * Characteristics turned off, then clients are allowed to cache attribute
- * handles making applications simpler on both sides.
- */
- ble_enable_params_t enableParams = {
- .gatts_enable_params = {
- .service_changed = 0
- }
- };
- if ((err_code = sd_ble_enable(&enableParams)) != NRF_SUCCESS) {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- ble_gap_addr_t addr;
- if ((err_code = sd_ble_gap_address_get(&addr)) != NRF_SUCCESS) {
- return err_code;
- }
- if ((err_code = sd_ble_gap_address_set(BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_NONE, &addr)) != NRF_SUCCESS) {
- return err_code;
- }
-
- m_softdevice_enabled = true;
- // Enable BLE event interrupt (interrupt priority has already been set by the stack).
- return sd_nvic_EnableIRQ(SWI2_IRQn);
-}
-
-
-uint32_t softdevice_handler_sd_disable(void)
-{
- uint32_t err_code = sd_softdevice_disable();
-
- m_softdevice_enabled = !(err_code == NRF_SUCCESS);
-
- return err_code;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
-uint32_t softdevice_ble_evt_handler_set(ble_evt_handler_t ble_evt_handler)
-{
- if (ble_evt_handler == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_NULL;
- }
-
- m_ble_evt_handler = ble_evt_handler;
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD
-uint32_t softdevice_ant_evt_handler_set(ant_evt_handler_t ant_evt_handler)
-{
- if (ant_evt_handler == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_NULL;
- }
-
- m_ant_evt_handler = ant_evt_handler;
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-uint32_t softdevice_sys_evt_handler_set(sys_evt_handler_t sys_evt_handler)
-{
- if (sys_evt_handler == NULL)
- {
- return NRF_ERROR_NULL;
- }
-
- m_sys_evt_handler = sys_evt_handler;
-
- return NRF_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-
-/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events interrupt.
- *
- * @details This function is called whenever an event is ready to be pulled.
- */
-extern "C" void SWI2_IRQHandler(void)
-{
- if (m_evt_schedule_func != NULL)
- {
- uint32_t err_code = m_evt_schedule_func();
- APP_ERROR_CHECK(err_code);
- }
- else
- {
- intern_softdevice_events_execute();
- }
-}
diff -r 9a2487262bb2 -r ebda47d22091 nRF51822/projectconfig.h --- a/nRF51822/projectconfig.h Wed Aug 20 13:37:04 2014 +0000 +++ /dev/null Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -/* mbed Microcontroller Library - * Copyright (c) 2006-2013 ARM Limited - * - * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); - * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. - * You may obtain a copy of the License at - * - * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 - * - * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software - * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, - * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. - * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and - * limitations under the License. - */ - -#ifndef _PROJECTCONFIG_H_ -#define _PROJECTCONFIG_H_ - -#include "blecommon.h" - -/*========================================================================= - MCU & BOARD SELCTION - - CFG_BOARD is one of the value defined in board.h - -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - #define CFG_BOARD BOARD_PCA10001 - #define CFG_MCU_STRING "nRF51822" -/*=========================================================================*/ - - -/*========================================================================= - CODE BASE VERSION SETTINGS - - Please do not modify this version number. To set a version number - for your project or firmware, change the values in your 'boards/' - config file. - -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - #define CFG_CODEBASE_VERSION_MAJOR 0 - #define CFG_CODEBASE_VERSION_MINOR 1 - #define CFG_CODEBASE_VERSION_REVISION 0 -/*=========================================================================*/ - - -/*========================================================================= - FIRMWARE VERSION SETTINGS - -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - #define CFG_FIRMWARE_VERSION_MAJOR 0 - #define CFG_FIRMWARE_VERSION_MINOR 0 - #define CFG_FIRMWARE_VERSION_REVISION 0 -/*=========================================================================*/ - - -/*========================================================================= - DEBUG LEVEL - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - - CFG_DEBUG Level 3: Full debug output, any failed assert - will produce a breakpoint for the - debugger - Level 2: ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE is null, ASSERT - has text - Level 1: ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE is an attribute, - ASSERT has no text - Level 0: No debug information generated - - -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - #define CFG_DEBUG (1) - - #if (CFG_DEBUG > 3) || (CFG_DEBUG < 0) - #error "CFG_DEBUG must be a value between 0 (no debug) and 3" - #endif -/*=========================================================================*/ - - -/*========================================================================= - GENERAL NRF51 PERIPHERAL SETTINGS - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - - CFG_SCHEDULER_ENABLE Set this to 'true' or 'false' depending on - if you use the event scheduler or not - - -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - #define CFG_SCHEDULER_ENABLE false - - /*------------------------------- GPIOTE ------------------------------*/ - #define CFG_GPIOTE_MAX_USERS 1 /**< Maximum number of users of the GPIOTE handler. */ - - /*-------------------------------- TIMER ------------------------------*/ - #define CFG_TIMER_PRESCALER 0 /**< Value of the RTC1 PRESCALER register. freq = (32768/(PRESCALER+1)) */ - #define CFG_TIMER_MAX_INSTANCE 8 /**< Maximum number of simultaneously created timers. */ - #define CFG_TIMER_OPERATION_QUEUE_SIZE 5 /**< Size of timer operation queues. */ -/*=========================================================================*/ - - -/*========================================================================= - BTLE SETTINGS - -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - - #define CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL 4 /**< in dBm (Valid values are -40, -20, -16, -12, -8, -4, 0, 4) */ - - /*---------------------------- BOND MANAGER ---------------------------*/ - #define CFG_BLE_BOND_FLASH_PAGE_BOND (BLE_FLASH_PAGE_END-1) /**< Flash page used for bond manager bonding information.*/ - #define CFG_BLE_BOND_FLASH_PAGE_SYS_ATTR (BLE_FLASH_PAGE_END-3) /**< Flash page used for bond manager system attribute information. TODO check if we can use BLE_FLASH_PAGE_END-2*/ - #define CFG_BLE_BOND_DELETE_BUTTON_NUM 0 /**< Button to press to delete bond details during init */ - - /*------------------------------ SECURITY -----------------------------*/ - #define CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_MITM 0 /**< Man In The Middle protection not required. */ - #define CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_IO_CAPABILITIES BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS_NONE /**< No I/O capabilities. */ - #define CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_OOB 0 /**< Out Of Band data not available. */ - #define CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_MIN_KEY_SIZE 7 /**< Minimum encryption key size. */ - #define CFG_BLE_SEC_PARAM_MAX_KEY_SIZE 16 - - /*--------------------------------- GAP -------------------------------*/ - #define CFG_GAP_APPEARANCE BLE_APPEARANCE_GENERIC_TAG - #define CFG_GAP_LOCAL_NAME "mbed HRM1017" - - #define CFG_GAP_CONNECTION_MIN_INTERVAL_MS 50//500 /**< Minimum acceptable connection interval */ - #define CFG_GAP_CONNECTION_MAX_INTERVAL_MS 100//1000 /**< Maximum acceptable connection interval */ - #define CFG_GAP_CONNECTION_SUPERVISION_TIMEOUT_MS 4000 /**< Connection supervisory timeout */ - #define CFG_GAP_CONNECTION_SLAVE_LATENCY 0 /**< Slave Latency in number of connection events. */ - - #define CFG_GAP_ADV_INTERVAL_MS 25 /**< The advertising interval in miliseconds, should be multiply of 0.625 */ - #define CFG_GAP_ADV_TIMEOUT_S 180 /**< The advertising timeout in units of seconds. */ -/*=========================================================================*/ - - -/*========================================================================= - VALIDATION - -----------------------------------------------------------------------*/ - #if CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL != -40 && CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL != -20 && CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL != -16 && CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL != -12 && CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL != -8 && CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL != -4 && CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL != 0 && CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL != 4 - #error "CFG_BLE_TX_POWER_LEVEL must be -40, -20, -16, -12, -8, -4, 0 or 4" - #endif -/*=========================================================================*/ - -#endif /* _PROJECTCONFIG_H_ */